EMI20catalogue PDF

CONTENTS
Outline of Anritsu Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

How to Use This Catalog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Sales, Shipping, and Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Sales Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Alphabetical Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Model Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
New Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Quality, Reliability Assurance System and Effort for Environmental Considerations . . . . . . . 542
Request for measuring instruments not appearing

in this catalog will also be accepted.
Optical Measuring Instruments .................................................
1 • Optical Power Meters • Optical Loss Test Set • Optical Test Set • Multi Channel Box • Optical Time Domain Reflectometers
• Optical Spectrum Analyzer • WDM Tester • Optical Channel Drop Unit • Optical Channel Selector • Optical Attenuators
• Optical Directional Coupler • Bare Fiber Connectors • Others
24
Pulse Pattern Generators/Error Detectors

2 •
•
............................
43.5 Gbit/s BERT System • Pulse Pattern Generators • Error Detectors • 43.5G MUX/43.5G DEMUX • 10 GHz Jitter Analyzer
E/O, O/E Converter • Digital Data Analyzer • SONET/SDH/PDH/DSn Analyzer • PCM Channel Analyzer • PCM CODEC Analyzer
101
IP/Network Measuring Instruments

3 ..........................................
• Data Quality Analyzer • SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzers • Portable 2.5G/10G Analyzer • ATM Quality Analyzer
• Network Data Analyzer • Data Transmission Analyzer • IP Network Analyzer • Network Performance Tester
141
4 Mobile Communications Measuring Instruments ...........

• Digital Mobile Radio Transmitter Testers • Digital Modulation Signal Generator • W-CDMA Signalling Tester • Bluetooth Test Set
• Radio Communication Analyzers • Radio Communication Test System • W-CDMA Area Tester • Measuring Receivers
• Frequency Converter • Shield Box • W-CDMA Protocol Test System/W-CDMA Virtual Signaling Tester
214
5 Handheld Measuring Instruments

• Cell Master • Site Master • Spectrum Master
........................................... 305
6 Spectrum Analyzers
• Spectrum Analyzers
....................................................................... 320
7 Network Analyzers ..........................................................................

• Vector Network Measurement System • Power Amplifier Test System (PATS) • Vector Network Analyzers • Vector Network
Analyzer Automatic Calibrator • Network Analyzers • Scalar Network Analyzer • Reflection Bridges • Transformers
373
8 Signal Generators
Synthesized Signal Generators •
............................................................................
RF Microwave Signal Generator • Level Generators
414
9 RF Microwave Measuring Instruments ...................................

• Microwave Frequency Counters • Calibration Receiver • Voltmeter • Interference/Field Strength Meters • Resistance Attenuator
• Programmable Attenuators • Pre-Amplifier • EMI Probe • Antennas • Microwave Repeater Checker • Signal Generator
• Power Meters
439
10 Analog Transmission Characteristics Measuring Instruments

• Level Meter
.......... 456
11 Components .......................................................................................
• Fixed Attenuator for High Power Measurement • Impedance Transformer • Directional Couplers • Pads • Branch • High-Pass Filter
• Band Pass Filter
458
Microwave/Millimeter Wave Components ..............................

12 • Connectors • Cables, Adapters • Terminations • Attenuators • SWR Bridges • SWR Autotesters • Airlines • Open/Shorts,
Detectors • Power Dividers/Splitters • Bias Tees • DC Blocks • Power Sensors • Test Fixtures • Limiters • Matching Pads
• Connector Tools
463
Peripheral Equipment
13 ....................................................................
• Portable Test Rack • Coaxial Cords, Adapters • Dimensions of Waveguide Flanges • Accessories for F-Series Cabinets
• Accessories for E-Series Cabinets
533
OUTLINE OF ANRITSU CORPORATION
Anritsu Corporation's predecessor, Anritsu Electric Co. Ltd., was cre- Meanwhile, Anritsu head office and Tohoku Anritsu Corporation have
ated by the 1931 merger of Kyoritsu Denki, which grew out of earned ISO14001 environmental management certification, demon-
Sekisansha Co., founded in 1895 as a manufacturer of wire commu- strating our dedication to preserving the natural environment.
nication equipment, and Annaka Denki Seisakusho, established in It is now apparent that the focus of Anritsu's attention, the mobile and
1900 as a pioneer in wireless communication equipment. The com- Internet areas, are about to evolve even further. And in addition to
pany name was changed to Anritsu Corporation in 1985 to reflect the broadband and IP, the entrance of digital broadcasting and intelligent
firm's status as an international enterprise. home appliances means the arrival of a ubiquitous network society where
With a history in wire and wireless communications equipment, Anritsu people are able to enjoy all types of services anytime, anywhere.
has contributed to the enhancement of society through its numerous In order to be both the best partner for our customers and to continue
products, which include equipment for "original and high-level" com- to evolve, Anritsu is putting the "original and high-level" technology
munication equipment, instrumentation and control equipment, infor- and intelligence coming from our 100-year history toward this ubiq-
mation terminals, and manufacturing equipment. In particular, Anritsu uitous network society. We have transformed ourselves into an
has grown to be recognized as a world leader in measurement sys- "Intelligent Solution Creator." By providing electronic, information
tems for wireless communications as well as optical and super high- communication and measurement solutions that directly contribute
speed digital communications. Customers in well over 100 countries to the success of our customers' businesses, Anritsu is supporting
use Anritsu products in a diverse range of industrial areas. the evolution of a ubiquitous network society.
To ensure that Anritsu products are of the highest quality, the Anritsu
Group is establishing a quality system conforming to international
standards, and has become registered as an ISO9001 quality as-
surance corporation by JQA.
Head Office
Established ............................................................. March 17, 1931
Paid-up capital ...................................................... ¥14,043,000,000
Employees ........................................................... 3,720 (worldwide)
Head Office
1800 Onna, Atsugi-shi, Kanagawa, 243-8555, Japan
Phone: +81-46-223-1111
Fax: +81-46-296-1264
See page 4 for sales network.
ANRITSU COMPANY, U.S.

ANRITSU COMPANY
490 Jarvis Drive, Morgan Hill, CA 95037-2809, U.S.A.
Phone: +1-408-778-2000
Fax: +1-408-778-3180
ANRITSU LTD.
ANRITSU LTD.
200 Capability Green, Luton, Bedfordshire, LU1 3LU, United Kingdom
TEL: +44-1582-433280
FAX: +44-1582-731303
Anritsu Homepage
http://www.anritsu.com
http://www.anritsu.com 1
HOW TO USE THIS CATALOG
Index Numerical values used in this catalog
Three easy ways to find the information you need. All numerical values are expressed according to the following units:
• Use the Alphabetical Index on pages 7 to 10. • Output voltage of signal generator
• Use the Model Number Index on pages 11 to 16 to locate a specific The output voltage expressed in a unit of dB or dBµ is calibrated in
instrument by model number. terms of e.m.f. (open circuit output voltage). 1 µV is equal to 0 dB
or 0 dBµ.
Standard products
All measuring instruments appearing in this catalog are standard prod- • Input power of level meter
ucts. For information on non-standard instruments please contact us. The input power is expressed in a unit of dBm which is terminated by
nominal impedance. 0 dBm is equal to 1 mW.
New products Even if the input power is applied to the “high” impedance input ter-
Identifies products developed and introduced in the period from July minal, the indicated value is calibrated as mentioned above.
2002 to June 2003.
• Power supply voltage
Any rated voltage between 100 V and 240 V is available. Normal op-
Measuring instruments whose outline views are marked with eration can be obtained within ±10% of each rated voltage (howev-
conform to EMC (EN61326, EN61000-3-2) and LVD(EN61010-1 er, maximum permissible operating voltage is 250 V).
Safety) standards. As For EMC and LVD, a part of standards will be • Ambient temperature, rated range of use
revised on and after January 1, 2004, and some of equipment be- “Ambient temperature, rated range of use” in the specifications rep-
come compliant with those standards on and after January 1, 2004. resents the range of ambient temperature which guarantees values
Please contact your Anritsu sales representatives for the compliance given in specifications.
status. • External dimensions
External dimensions are indicated in width, height, and depth in
millimeters, and do not include controls, fittings, or stands.
Anritsu Eco Product
Lightweight
Power saving
Small size
Technical publications
In this catalog you will notice that an outline of usage, noteworthy
Products conformed to environment-friendly criteria uniquely set by
points, and standards has been prepared. If further information is re-
ourselves is called “Anritsu Eco Product”.
quired please contact us directly. We will be happy to send you the
For the details of the mark and environment-friendly criteria, please
technical publications of your choice.
refer to Anritsu Corporation home page.
(URL: http://www.anritsu.co.jp/English)
Specification changes
We reserve the right to discontinue any item without notice and to
change specifications at any time without incurring any obligation to
incorporate new features in instruments or parts previously sold.
Accessories
Two types of accessories are available: Supplied and Optional. All in-
struments include the cost of supplied accessories, including fuses
and one operation (or instruction) manual in English. The cost of op-
tional accessories, however, is not included and, therefore, the op-
tional accessories will be supplied only on request.
• Measuring cords
The measuring cord in the accessory column is indicated in the se-
quence of Connector · Cord · Connector.
A type S connector is compatible to a type N.
2 For product ordering information, see pages 3 – 6

SALES, SHIPPING AND SERVICE INFORMATION
Order by model number Returning instrument for repairs
When ordering, please specify the model number and name of the instru- When returning the instrument to Anritsu for repairs, the following
ment desired, for example, “MP1570A SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer.” suggestions will help us return it to you in the shortest possible time:
To prevent misunderstandings, include all necessary specifications • Send complete instructions about what you would like done to the
and specific instructions in your order. That is to say, include all special instrument.
options or features such as special color, nonstandard power line voltage, • If possible, include the “symptoms” or “defects”.
etc. To expedite your order we suggest that you contact us directly. • Indicate the return address, and, if different, the address to be used
for billing purposes.
Shipment All repairs and recalibrations are carried out at our factory.
Generally, instruments will be shipped within two months of receipt of
your order. In the case of “Custom-made products” mentioned in the foot- Extension service
notes, shipment may take from 4 to 7 months. Every endeavor will be The normal warranty term is one year, but may be extended to three
made to maintain delivery dates, but no liability is accepted for loss, dam- or five years as an option when purchasing equipment. For three or
age, or delay of instruments, for reasons which are out of our control. five years extension service, please ask your local Anritsu Field
Office or Sales Representative for price and availability.
Terms
Unless previous terms have been arranged, we will use one of the
following: Duroid is a registered trademark of Bunker Ramo Corporation.
• Full payment in advance of shipment MS-DOS is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Sight draft against an irrevocable confirmed letter of credit Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Quotations and pro forma invoices i386/i486 are registered trademarks of Intel Corporation.
FOB, CIF, C&F, etc., quotations and pro forma invoices are available APC-3.5 is a registered trademark of Amphenol North America, a division of Bunker Ramo
Corporation.
on request. The instrument price includes packing a charge. K Connector and V Connector are registered trademarks of Anritsu Company.
LabWindows and LabVIEW are registered trademarks of National Instruments.
Inspection surcharge LRL/LRM-Calibration method of Rhode & Schwartz, Germany
An inspection surcharge is applied to all orders requiring inspection by Bluetooth and the Bluetooth logos are trademarks owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,
government agencies or individually appointed inspectors at our factory. U.S.A. and licensed to the Anritsu Corporation.
Loctite is a registered trademark of Loctite Corporation.
Special products made-to-order Kovar is a registered trademark of Westinghouse Electric & Manufacturing Company.
Requests for remodeling standard products for special use will be cdma2000® is a registered trademark of the Telecommunications Industry Association
accepted, but only after detailed discussions. (TIA –USA),
WARRANTY
All other express warranties are disclaimed and all implied warranties for this product in-
cluding the warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose are limited
in duration to a period of one year from the date of delivery. In no event shall all Anritsu
group be liable to the customer for any damages, including lost profits, or other inciden-
tal or consequential damages arising out of the use or inability to use this product.
SALES NETWORK
• Argentina ANRITSU ELECTRONICS LTD ANRITSU COMPANY LTD
(VANCOUVER OFFICE) (CHONG QING OFFICE)
MULTIRADIO S.A. 300-1055 W Hastings St. U9,No.3, Marriott Hotel, Office Tower
Av. Cordoba, 4860 Buenos Aires Vancouver, BC V6E 2E9 Canada No.77, Youth Road, Central District
C1414BAT, Argentina TEL: +1-877-267-4878 Chongqing 400010
TEL: +5411-4779-5555 TEL: +1-604-682-5933 TEL: 023-6383 0218
FAX: +5411-4779-5510 FAX: +1-604-682-5934 FAX: 023-6383 0238
• Australia • Chile ANRITSU COMPANY LTD
ANRITSU PTY LTD (SHENZHEN OFFICE)
SISTEMAS DE INSTRUMENTACION LTDA. Room 1505, Building A, World Trade Plaza
Unit 3/170 Forster Road Concha y Toro 65, Stgo Centro
Mount. Waverley, Vic., 3149 Fuhong Road, Shenzhen 518033
Santiago, Chile 51880 TEL: 0755-8366 2847/2851/2852
Australia TEL: +56-2-6960031
TEL: +61-3-9558-8177 FAX: 0755-8366 2849
FAX: +56-2-6969665
FAX: +61-3-9558-8255 • Costa Rica
• China
• Austria SONIVISION, S.A.
ANRITSU COMPANY LTD P.O. Box 620-1000, San Jose, Costa Rica
WIEN-SCHALL G.M.B.H. (HONG KONG OFFICE)
Krichbaumgasse 25 TEL: +506-231-5685
Suite 923, 9/F, Chinachem Golden FAX: +506-231-6531
A-1120 Vienna, Austria Plaza, 77 Mody Road, Tsimshatsui East,
TEL: +43-1-81155140 Kowloon, Hong Kong • Croatia
FAX: +43-1-81155180 TEL: +852-2301 4980 ELSINCO REPRESENTATION OFFICE
ELSINCO G.M.B.H. FAX: +852-2301 3545 ZAGREB
(HEADQUARTERS) ANRITSU COMPANY LTD Savska 66 HR-10000 Zagreb, Croatia
Breitenfurter Strasse 13 (BEIJING OFFICE) TEL: +385 (0)1-631 2477
A-1120 Vienna, Austria Room 1515, Beijing Fortune Building FAX: +385 (0)1-631 2488
TEL: +43 (0)1 815 04 00 No.5, North Road, the East 3rd Ring Road
FAX: +43 (0)1 815 07 00 Chao Yang District, 100004
• Cyprus
• Bahrain TEL: 010-6590 9230 CHRIS RADIOVISION LTD
FAX: 010-6590 9235 23 Crete Street, T.T. 1061
BASMATECH P. O. Box 21989, 1515 Nicosia, Cyprus
P. O. Box 5701, Manama, Bahrain ANRITSU COMPANY LTD
(XI’ AN OFFICE) TEL: +357-22766121
TEL: +973-273729 FAX: +357-22765177
FAX: +973-725404 N0.1102, Zhi Cheng Building, No.2
Gao Xin I Road, Hign-Tech Development • Czech Republic
• BELGIUM Zone, Xi’ an 710075
ANRITSU G.M.B.H. TEL: 029-8377 406/9 ELSINCO CZ S.R.O.
Grafenberger Allee 54-56, 40237 FAX: 029-8377 410 Novodvorská 994, CZ-142 21 Praha 4
Düsseldorf, Germany Czech Republic
ANRITSU COMPANY LTD TEL: +420-241 001 251
Local phone: 0800-90001 (toll free) (WUHAN OFFICE)
TEL: +49-211-96855-0 FAX: +420-241 001 259
A1803, Zhong Shang Plaza, No.7
FAX: +49-211-96855-55 Zhongnan Road, Wuchang, Wuhan 430071 ELSINCO CZ S.R.O.
(BRNO BRANCH OFFICE)
• Brazil TEL: 027-8771 3355
Strmá 19, Czech Republic, CZ-616 00 Brno
FAX: 027-8732 2773
ANRITSU ELETRÔNICA LTDA. TEL: +420-541 427 211
Praça Amadeu Amaral 27,Primera Andar ANRITSU COMPANY LTD FAX: +420-541 427 219
Conj. 11, 12, 13, 14, Liberdade, São Paulo (SHENYANG OFFICE)
SP, Brazil CEP 01327-010 2-185, City Plaza, No.206, Nanjing • Denmark
TEL: +55-11-3283-2511 North Street, He Ping District INSTRUMENTS A/S
FAX: +55-11-3288-6940 Shenyang 110001 Lokesalle 30
TEL: 024-2334 1178/89 DK-8700 Horsens
ANRITSU ELETRÔNICA LTDA. FAX: 024-2334 2838
Praia de Botafogo 440, Sala 2401-Bota Denmark
CEP 22250-040, Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil ANRITSU COMPANY LTD TEL: +45 75646500
TEL: +55-21-2527-6922 (SHANGHAI OFFICE) FAX: +45 75643700
FAX: +55-21-2537-1456 A1807-1810 City Center, Zun YiRoad
Shanghai 200051
• Ecuador
• Bulgaria TEL: 021-6237-0898 EQUITRONICS S.A.
ELSINCO REPRESENTATION OFFICE FAX: 021-6237-0899 Belgica N32 H y Av. de Los Shyris
SOFIA ANRITSU COMPANY LTD Edificio Ivsemon Park, Suite 4B
h.e. Strelbishte, str. Kotlenski Prohod (GUANGZHOU OFFICE) Quito, Ecuador
bl. 96/A/14, BG-1408 Sofia, Bulgaria Room 3008-9, Dongshan Plaza TEL: +593-2-2255-396
TEL: +359 (0)2-958-12 45 No.69 Xian Lie Central Road FAX: +593-2-2255-396
FAX: +359 (0)2-958-16 98 Guangzhou 510095 • Egypt
• Canada TEL: 020-8732 2231/2
FAX: 020-8732 2230 GIZA SYSTEMS ENGINEERING S.A.E.
ANRITSU ELECTRONICS LTD 17 Tiba Street, Mohandisseen, Giza, Egypt
ANRITSU COMPANY LTD TEL: +202-7608801
700 Silver Seven Road, Suite 120, Kanata
(CHENGDU OFFICE) FAX: +202-3385775/3385799
ON K2V 1C3, Canada
26E New Times Square,
TEL: +1-613-591-2003 • Finland
No.42, Wen Wu Road, Xinhua Street
FAX: +1-613-591-1006
Chengdu 610017 ANRITSU AB
ANRITSU ELECTRONICS LTD TEL: 028-8651 0011/22/33 (FINLAND BRANCH OFFICE)
(TORONTO OFFICE) FAX: 028-8651 0055 Piispanportti 9, FIN-02240 Espoo, Finland
2810 Matheson Blvd. E, 2nd Fl. TEL: +358-9-435-522-0
Mississauga, ON L4W 4X7, Canada FAX: +358-9-435-522-50
TEL: +1-877-267-4878
TEL: +1-905-890-7799
FAX: +1-905-625-5864

SALES NETWORK
• France • Italy • Netherlands
ANRITSU S.A. ANRITSU S.P.A. ANRITSU G.M.B.H.
9, Avenue du Québec Z.A. de Courtaboeuf Via Elio Vittorini Grafenberger Allee 54-56, 40237
91951 Les Ulis Cedex, France 129, 00144 Roma EUR, Italy Düsseldorf, Germany
TEL: +33-1-60-92-15-50 TEL: +39-06-509-9711 Local phone: 0800-90001 (toll free)
FAX: +33-1-64-46-10-65 FAX: +39-06-502-2425 TEL: +49-211-96855-0
ANRITSU S.P.A. FAX: +49-211-96855-55
• Germany
(MILANO OFFICE) • New Zealand
ANRITSU G.M.B.H. C.D. Colleoni, Via Paracelso, 4 20041
Grafenberger Allee 54-56 AGRATE B.ZA (MI), Italy ELECTROTEST LTD
D-40237 Dusseldorf, Germany TEL: +39-039-605-7021 PO Box 300 475
TEL: +49-211-96855-0 FAX: +39-039-605-6396 Albany, Auckland
FAX: +49-211-96855-55 New Zealand
• Japan TEL: +64-9-448-2600
• Greece FAX: +64-9-448-2611
ANRITSU CORPORATION
KOSTAS KARAYANNIS SA 1800 Onna, Atsugi-shi, Kanagawa
58 Kapodistriou Str • Norway
243-8555, Japan
GR-142-35 Nea Ionia TEL: +81-46-223-1111 BLOMKVIST AS
Athens, Greece FAX: +81-46-296-1264 Veslefrikksvei 11
TEL: +30-210-6800460 Pb 188 1371 ASKR
FAX: +30-210-6853522 • Korea TEL: +47-66-901190
ANRITSU CORPORATION LTD FAX: +47-66-901212
• Guatemala
8F Hyunjuk-Bldg, 832-41, • Oman
IMPELSA Yeoksam-Dong, Kangnam-Ku
4a Calle 1-15 Zona 10 Seoul, 135-080, Korea NATIONAL PROJECTS AND
Guatemala, CP 01010 TEL: +82-2-553-6603 TECHNOLOGY COMPANY L.L.C
TEL: +502-362-5135 FAX: +82-2-553-6604, 6605 P. O. Box 97, Wadi Al Kabi
FAX: +502-362-6260 Postal Code 117, Sultanate of Oman
• Kuwait TEL: +968-793741
• Hungary FAX: +968-796158
TAREQ COMPANY
ELSINCO BUDAPEST K.F.T. P.O. Box 20506 Safat, 13066 Safat, Kuwait
Pannónia utca 8. IV/I., H-1136 Budapest • Pakistan
TEL: +965-243-6100
Hungary FAX: +965-243-7700 AETCO
TEL: +36 (0)1 339 00 00 Zia Chambers, 25-Mcleod road
FAX: +36 (0)1 339 44 44 • Luxembourg Lahore 54000, Pakistan
ANRITSU G.M.B.H. TEL: +92-42-7311035
• India FAX: +92-42-7221456
Grafenberger Allee 54-56
M/S MERRA AGENCIES PVT. LTD D-40237 Dusseldorf SUPERIOR ELECTRONICS ASSOCIATED
23 Community Centre, Zamroodpur TEL: +49-211-96855-0 B-98 Block H, North Nasimabad
Kailash Colony Extension, FAX: +49-211-96855-55 Karachi-33, Pakistan
New Delhi - 110 048, India TEL: +92-21-613655
TEL: +91-11-6442700 • Malaysia
FAX: +91-11-6442800 O’CONNOR’S ENGINEERING SDN BHD • Paraguay
(For Handheld Products only) Bangunan O’Connor, Lot 13 Jalan 223 DATALAB S.R.L.
• Indonesia 46100 Petaling Jaya, Selangor D.E Avda. Artigas No 1645 Edificio "DataLab"
P.O. Box 8795, 46798 Kelana Jaya Asuncion, Paraguay
PT. SUBUR SAKTI PUTERA Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia TEL: +595-21-20-9126
Graha Astri Aniela Anggun TEL: 603-79538400 FAX: +595-21-20-9127
Jl. Tanah Abang III, No. 15 FAX: 603-79577871
Jakarta 10160, Indonesia • Peru
TEL: +62-21-352-4821 • Mexico ELETELSE S.A.
FAX: +62-21-381-2468 SHIKATRONICS MMWAVE S.A. DE C.V. AV Canaval Moreyra 748
• Ireland Luz Savinon # 9, Sexto Piso San Isidro, Lima 27, Peru
Colonia del Valle TEL: +51-1-224-2514
PEMA LTD Mexico DF FAX: +51-1-224-8148
Ardee Enterprise Centre CP 03100
Ardee, Co. Louth. TEL: +5255-9171-9500
• Philippines
Ireland FAX: +5255-9171-9515 SALRITSU INTERNATIONAL TRADING
TEL: +353 (0) 41-685-7870 CORPORATION
FAX: +353 (0) 41-685-7875 • Morroco 25/F Unit 2502, 139 Corporate Center
• Israel SEDEL 139 Valero St., Salcedo Village
24, 26, Bd, Resistance, Casablanca Makati City 1227, Philippines
TECH-CENT LTD Morroco TEL: +632-893-8998/816-2646/812-4385
P. O. Box 43259 (Mailing Address) TEL: +212-2-302444 FAX: +632-815-0986
12 Raul Walenberg St. (Street Address) FAX: +212-2-449311
Tel-Aviv, 61430 • Poland
Israel • Nepal ELSINCO POLSKA SP. Z.O.O.
TEL: +972-03 6478563 BR INTERNATIONAL PVT. LTD ul Gdanska 50, PL-01-691 Warszawa
FAX: +972-03 6478334 P. O. Box 60, Tamrakar Comm. Bldg. Poland
Bhotebahal Kathmandu, Nepal TEL: +48 (0)22-832 40 42
TEL: +977-1-224-706 FAX: +48 (0)22-832 22 38
FAX: +977-1-227-956
SALES NETWORK
• Portugal • South Africa • United Kingdom
OMNILECTRO S.A. ETECSA (PTY) LTD ANRITSU LTD
Estrada de Alfragide, 43 12 Surrey Square Office Park, 330 Surrey 200 Capability Green, Luton, Bedfordshire
2720-015 Amadora, Portugal Avenue, Ferndale, 2194 Randburg LU1 3LU, United Kingdom
TEL: +351-21-4721210 South Africa TEL: +44-1582-433200
FAX: +351-21-4721209 (P. O. Box 4231 Randburg, 2125 South Africa) FAX: +44-1582-731303
TEL: +27-11-787-7200 ANRITSU LTD
• Puerto Rico FAX: +27-11-787-0446 (LIVINGSTON OFFICE)
CARIBBEAN DATA SYSTEM Unit 1, Knightsridge Industrial Estate
636, San Patricio Ave. San Juan • Spain
Turnbull Way, Knightsridge
PR00920-4507 ANRITSU LTD Livingston EH54 8RB, United Kingdom
Puerto Rico European Sales Development Centre TEL: +44-1506-436111
TEL: +1-787-774-6969 200 Capability Green FAX: +44-1506-436112
FAX: +1-787-774-6973 Luton, LU1 3LU - United Kingdom
TEL: +44-1582-433 340 • U.S.A.
• Qatar TEL: +44-1582-433 319 ANRITSU COMPANY
QATAR COMMUNICATIONS LTD Local Support TEL: +34 91 640 4460 (CORPORATE OFFICES)
P. O. Box 2481, Doha Qatar 490 Jarvis Drive
TEL: +974-424347 • Sri Lanka
Morgan Hill, CA 95037-2809, U.S.A.
FAX: +974-324777 INFOTECHS LTD Toll Free: 1-800-ANRITSU (267-4878)
23/1 Jaya Road TEL: +1-408-778-2000
• Russia & CIS Countries
Colombo 4, Sri Lanka FAX: +1-408-776-1744
ELSINCO G.M.B.H. TEL: +94-1-583210
(HEADQUARTERS) FAX: +94-1-584644 ANRITSU COMPANY
Breitenfurter Strasse 13 1155 East Collins Blvd.
A-1120 Wien, Austria • Sweden Richardson, TX 75081, U.S.A.
TEL: +43 (0)1 8150400 ANRITSU AB Toll Free: 1-800-ANRITSU (267-4878)
FAX: +43 (0)1 8150700 Botvid Center TEL: +1-972-644-1777
Fagelviksvagen 9 FAX: +1-972-671-1877
• Saudi Arabia S-145 84 Stockholm ANRITSU COMPANY
A. RAJAB & A. SILSILAH & CO. TEL: +46-8-534-70700 (SALES AND SERVICE, NJ OFFICE)
P. O. Box 203, Jeddah 21411 FAX: +46-8-534-70730 10 New Maple Avenue, Unit 305
Saudi Arabia P. O. Box 836,
TEL: +966-2-6610006 • Switzerland Pine Brook, NJ 07058-0836, U.S.A.
FAX: +966-2-6610558 EXANOVIS AG Toll Free: 1-800-ANRITSU (267-4878)
ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT Moosstrasse 8a TEL: +1-973-227-8999
MARKETING CO. (EEMCO) 3322 Schoenbuehl FAX: +1-973-575-0092
No. 28, Baroudi Lane Switzerland
TEL: +41-031-850-2525 • Uruguay
Sulaymaniya, Riyadh 11481
Saudi Arabia FAX: +41-031-850-2520 CABONORTE S.A.
TEL: +966-1-477-1650 Colonia 1900, Ap. 603
• Taiwan Montevideo, CP 11800 Uruguay
FAX: +966-1-478-5140
ANRITSU COMPANY, INC. TEL: +59-2-403 0522
• Singapore 7F, NO. 316, Sec. 1, Neihu Road FAX: +59-2-401 8594
ANRITSU PTE. LTD Taipei, Taiwan R.O.C.
TEL: +886-2-8751-1816 • Venezuela
10, Hoe Chiang Road #07-01/02
Keppel Towers, 089315 FAX: +886-2-8751-1817 RADIOCOMUNICACIONES CRUZ C.A.
Singapore ANRITSU COMPANY, INC. Calle la Colina, quinta Elison
TEL: +65-6282-2400 No. 21, Lane 23 Colina de los Caobos
FAX: +65-6282-2533 Guandung Road Caracas 1050, Venezuela
Hsinchu Taiwan TEL: +58-212-7932322
• Slovakia TEL: +886-3-563-6601 FAX: +58-212-7933429
ELSINCO SLOVENSKO, S.R.O. FAX: +886-3-564-5819 • Vietnam
Kudlákova 4, SK-841 01 Bratislava
Slovakia • Thailand SYSTEM & TECHNOLOGIES
TEL: +421 (0)2 6428 41 65 JASMINE TELECOM SYSTEMS CO., LTD VIETNAM LTD
FAX: +421 (0)2 6428 44 54 200 29th-30th Floor, Chaengwatana Road Unit # B236, Binh Minh Hotel
Pakkred Sub-district, Pakkred District 27 Ly Thai To St.
ELSINCO SLOVENSKO, S.R.O. Ha Noi, Vietnam
(KOSICE BRANCH OFFICE) Nonthaburi 11120, Thailand
TEL: +(66)0-2502-3000-7 TEL: +84-4-8-264-728
Juzna trieda 6 SK-040 01 Kosice FAX: +84-4-9-344-111
Slovakia FAX: +(66)0-2502-3150-2
TEL: +421 (0) 55 622 6729 • United Arab Emirates • Zimbabwe
FAX: +421 (0) 55 622 6729 MARTWELL ELECTRONICS (PVT) LTD
UTMOST ELECTRONICS TRADING L.L.C.
• Slovenia (ABU DHABI BRANCH) P.O. Box CH 857 Chisipite Harare
P. O. Box: 41175, Abu Dhabi Zimbabwe
ELSINCO D.O.O. TEL: +263-4-494928
Dalmatinova 2, SI-1000 United Arab Emirates
TEL: +971-2-6458909 FAX: +263-4-494927
Ljubljana, Slovenia
TEL: +386 (0)1 432 62 77 FAX: +971-2-6458907
FAX: +386 (0)1 231 73 97

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
10 GHz Jitter Analyzer ......................................................118 Calibration Grade Adapters .............................................484
10 Gigabit Ethernet Module (for MD1230A Family) ............145
C Calibration Kits .................................................................404
10G (1.31) Module (for MD1230A Family) ..........................146 Calibration Receiver .........................................................446
10G (1.55) Module (for MD1230A Family) ..........................146 CATV Measurement Software
10/10.7G Jitter Unit (for MP1590A) .....................................193 (for MS2650, MS2660 series) ............................................353
10/10.7G Optical Unit (for MP1590A)..................................192 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Signal Generation Software
10/10.7G Unit (for MP1590A) ..............................................189 (for MG3681A).............................................................249, 253
10M/100M Ethernet Module (for MD1230A Family) ...........146 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Measurement Software
12.5 Gb/s Error Detector Unit (for MP1776A) .....................113 (for MS8608A) .....................................................................237
1.5/45/52/52M (1.31) Unit CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Measurement Software
(for MP1570A/A1, MP1577A) ......................................128, 129 (for MS8609A) .....................................................................218
1.5/45/52M Unit (for MP1570A/A1, MP1577A) ...........128, 129 CDMA2000 Measurement Software (for MT8820A) ...........277
1.5/45/52M, 156/622M Jitter Unit (for MP1570A/A1) ..........177 CDMA2000 Wireless Application Test Software
15 dB ENR Noise Source (3.5 mm) ....................................399 (for MT8820A)......................................................................277
1xEV-DO measurement Software (for MT8820A) ...............277 CDMA Cellular System Measurement Software
2.5G (1.31) Module (for MD1230A Family) .........................146 (for MS2650/2660 series)....................................353, 360, 368
2.5G (1.31) Unit (for MP1570A/A1) ....................................177 cdma Measurement Software (for MS8608A) .....................237
2.5G (1.31/1.55) Unit (for MP1570A/A1) ............................177 cdma Measurement Software (for MS8609A) .....................217
2.5G (1.55) Module (for MD1230A Family) .........................146 CDMA Modulation Unit (for MG3681A) ......................248, 249
2.5G (1.55) Unit (for MP1570A/A1) ....................................177 Cell Master ( MT8212A) ................................................19, 306
2.5G Jitter Unit (for MP1570A/A1).......................................181 Circulator ............................................................................397
2.5G/10G Jitter Unit (for MP1580A) ...................................179 Clock Recovery Unit (for MP9677B)....................................122
2.5G/10G Unit (for MP1570A/A1)........................................176 CM Directional Coupler.....................................................459
2/8/34/139M, 15/45/52M, 156/622M Jitter Unit CMI Unit (for MP1570A/A1).................................................175
(for MP1570A/A1) ................................................................178 Coaxial Adapters ..............................................................482
2/8/34/139M, 156/622M Jitter Unit (for MP1570A/A1) .......178 Coaxial Cords .....................................................................535
3.2G Error Detector (for MP1632C) ...................................124 Coaxial Switch (for ME7812 series) ...................................287
3.2G Pulse Pattern Generator (for MP1632C) ...........124, 126 Coaxial Terminations ...............................................493, 494
43.5 Gbit/s BERT System..................................................103 Connector Adapter (for ML9001A) .................................26, 35
43.5G DEMUX.....................................................................116 Connector Adapter (for ML9002A, MS9020D) ................39, 44
43.5G DEMUX (for ME7760A/B).................................104, 105 Connector Adapter (for MT9810B/9812B).............................53
43.5G MUX..........................................................................116 Connector Tools ...............................................................478
43.5G MUX (for ME7760A/B)......................................102, 104 Connectors ...............................................466, 471, 475, 476
5 dB ENR Noise Source (35 mm) ......................................399 Convertible SWR Autotesters ..........................................503
6.3/25M Unit (for MP1220A)................................................203 CPU (for MD8480B) ...........................................................256
6.3M Unit (for MP1220A).....................................................203 CT2 Application Software (for MS8604A) ..........................239
π/4 DQPSK Analysis Software (for MS8604A)....................245 Current Probe ...................................................................397
π/4 DQPSK Measurement Software (for MS8608A) ...........237
π/4 DQPSK Measurement Software (for MS8609A) ...........218
Data Conversion Software (for ML8720B)...........................294
D Data Transmission Analyzer ............................................210
AC Power Pack (for ML524B)..............................................296 Datacom Interface Unit (for MD6430A) ..............................209
A Fiber Adaptor (for ML9001A/9002A) ...............................35, 36 Data Quality Analyzer..................................................17, 144
Add/Drop Unit (for MP1570A/A1) .......................................175 DBT60, DBT60CPW Bias Terminations ........................23, 528
Air Lines ............................................................................505 DC Blocks .................................................................524, 526
AMPS/PCS1900 Measurement Software (for MT8801C) ...284 DECT Application Software (for MS8604A) ...............245, 247
Analog Unit (for MD6420A) ................................................211 DECT Measurement Software (for MT8801C) ...........285, 286
ATM 25M Unit (for MP1220A) ............................................203 Detectors ...................................................................508, 511
ATM Quality Analyzer ........................................................200 Device Test Signal Generation Software
ATM Unit (for MP1570A/A1) ...............................................174 (for MG3681A).............................................................249, 253
AutoCal® (Automatic Calibration) ...........................388, 400 Digital Data Analyzer ........................................................123
Autotesters ........................................................500, 502, 503 Digital MCA Analysis Software (for MS8604A) ..........247, 239
AWGN Unit (for MG3681A) ........................................249, 253 Digital Mobile Radio Transmitter Tester .........216, 231, 238
Digital Modulation Signal Generator ..............................248
Dipole Antenna .................................................................452
Band Pass Filter ..........................................73, 137, 253, 462 Directional Coupler ..................................................459, 460
B Bare Fiber Connector....................................................96, 98 Display Unit (for MW9076 series)..........................................65
Battery Charger (for ML524B) ............................................296
Battery Pack (for ML524B) .................................................296
BER/BLER Measurement Software (for MS8608A) ............237 E/O, O/E Converter ...........................................................121
BER/BLER Measurement Software (for MS8609A) ............230
E E1/E3 Unit (for MP1220A) ...................................................202
Bias Tees ...........................................................519, 520, 522 E1/E3/E4 Unit (for MP1220A)..............................................202
Bias Termination................................................................528 Electronic Voltmeter .........................................................450
Bluetooth Prequalification Test System..........................268 EMI Probe ...........................................................................451
Bluetooth™ Test Set .........................................................257 EMI Probe Kit .....................................................................452
Branch ...............................................................................461 Error Detector ...........................................................112, 114
Broadband Vector Network Analyzer .............................384 External Mixer (for Spectrum Analyzer) .....................336, 342
BTS......................................................................................217
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Fiber Adapter ......................................................................98 Matching Pad and Impedance Adapter ..........................532
F Fiber Adapter (for ML9001A/9002A) ...............................36, 38
M MD1230A Expert Analysis Module
Fiber Adapter (for MT9810B/9812B) ...............................47, 59 (for MD1230A Family)..........................................................159
Fiber Jacket Stripper (for optical accessories) ...................100 Measuring Receiver .................................................295, 297
Field Replaceable Diode Modules.......................................510 Microwave Detectors.................................................508, 511
Fixed Attenuator (for ML2530A) .........................................449 Microwave Frequency Counter .......................................440
Fixed Attenuators .............................................................495 Microwave Repeater Checker...........................................453
Four-Port Junction Pad.....................................................460 Millimeter-Wave Modules ..................................................384
Frame Coder (for MD8480B) ...............................................256 Millimeter-Wave Vector Network Analyzer .....................381
Frame Decoder (for MD8480B) ..........................................256 Mode Scrambler (for optical accessories) ..........................100
Frequency Converter (for ML524B) .................................297 Modulation Analyzer ........................................................216
Frequency Converter (for MS2711D)………………………..318 MP165X to MP1632A/C Pattern Conversion Software
(for MP1632C) ....................................................................125
Multi Channel Box ..............................................................54
G703/G, AMI Interface (for MD6420A)................210, 211, 212 Multislot Chassis ...............................................................144
G GIF 085/130 µm Unit (for MW9060A)....................................71
Gigabit Ethernet Module (for MD1230A Family) .........146, 147
GPIB Remote Control Unit (for MD6420A)..........................211 NADC Measurement Software (for MS8604A)....................243
GSM Application Software (for MS8604A) .........................239 N Network Analyzer .............................................................373
GSM Device Test Software (for MG3681A).................249, 253 Network Analyzer Measurement System .......................387
GSM/GPRS (for MD8480B).................................................256 Network Analyzer Measurement
GSM Measurement Software System/Direct-Access Receiver.......................................393
(for MS2650/2660 series)....................................353, 360, 368 Network Data Analyzer .....................................................206
GSM Measurement Software (for MS2681A)......................330 Network Performance Tester ............................................187
GSM Measurement Software (for MS2683A)......................330 Noise Sources....................................................................392
GSM Measurement Software (for MS2687B)......................330 NRZ Unit (for MP1570A/A1) ................................................175
GSM Measurement Software (for MT8801C)..............278, 284
GSM Measurement Software (for MT8820A) ......................275
OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module (for MD1230A Family) .......153, 154
O OC-3/STM-1 Module (for MD1230A Family) ...............153, 154
Handheld Spectrum Analyzer .........................................316 O/E Calibration Module .................................................21, 386
H High Accuracy Sensor (for ML2430 series).........................514 Offset Terminations...........................................................493
High-Pass Filter .................................................................461 Open/Shorts ......................................................................506
HSDPA Measurement Software (for MS8608A) ..................237 Optical 10G Rx (Narrow) Unit (for MP1570A/A1)................176
HSDPA Measurement Software (for MS8609A) ..................218 Optical 10G Rx (Wide) Unit (for MP1570A/A1) ..................177
Optical 10G Tx (1.31) Unit (for MP1570A/A1).....................178
Optical 10G Tx (1.55) High Power Unit
Instrumentation Grade Adapters ....................485, 486, 489 (for MP1570A/A1) ................................................................176
I Integrated V Connectors ..................................................475 Optical 10G Tx (1.55) Unit (for MP1570A/A1).....................176
Interference/Field Strength Meter ...................................450 Optical 156M/622M (1.31) Unit (for MP1570A/A1)..............175
IP Network Analyzer ....................................................17, 144 Optical 156M/622M (1.31/1.55) Unit (for MP1570A/A1)......175
IP Tester Control Module (for MD1230A Family).................156 Optical 156M/622M (1.55) Unit (for MP1570A/A1)..............175
IS-136A Measurement Software (for MT8801C) .................284 Optical 2.5G/10G Rx (Wide) Unit (for MP1570A/A1) .........179
IS-95 Device Test Software (for MG3681A) ........................249 Optical 2.5G/10G Tx (1.31) Unit (for MP1570A/A1)............179
ISDN (for MD8480B) ..........................................................256 Optical 2.5G/10G Tx (1.55) High Power Unit (for
MP1570A/A1) ......................................................................177
Optical Attenuator ..............................................................97
K Series Connectors .........................................................466 Optical Attenuator (for ML9001A)..........................................35
K Optical Channel Drop Unit (OCDU) .....................................89
Optical Channel Selector ...................................................90
LD Source (for MS9020D) .....................................................26 Optical Channel Selector Unit (for MW9076 series) ............66
L LED Source (for MS9020D)...................................................26 Optical Directional Coupler ...............................................94
Level Correction Software (for ME7812 series)...................287 Optical Handy Power Meter ...............................................37
Level Meter .........................................................................457 Optical Loss Test set .........................................................40
Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B).......................................48 Optical Power Meter ...........................................................33
Log-Periodic Antenna ......................................................452 Optical Power Sensor
Light Source (SLD) (for MT9810B/9812B) ............................56 (for ML9001A/9002A, MS9020D) ..............................39, 42, 44
Loop Antenna ...................................................................453 Optical Sensor (for ML9001A).........................................26, 34
Low-Power Data Communication System Measurement Optical Sensor (for MT9810B/9812B) ............................26, 34
Software conforming to issue of Direct Spread Spectrum Optical Sensor Holder (for ML9001A) ..................................35
System (for MS2650/2660 series) .......................................353 Optical Spectrum Analyzer.....................................73, 78, 83
Low-Power Data Communication System Measurement Optical Test Set....................................................................45
Software conforming to issue of Frequency Hopping Optical Time Domain Reflectometer ..........................60, 68
System (for MS2650/2660 series) .......................................353 Optical Variable Attenuator ...............................................97
OTDR Emulation Software (for MW9076 series) .................62

ALPHABETICAL INDEX
PCM Channel Analyzer ....................................................134 SDH/SONET Pattern Editor (for ME7760A/B).....................105
P PCM CODEC Analyzer.......................................................140
S SDH/SONET Pattern Editor (for MP1632C) ........................126
PDC Measurement Software (for base station) SDH/SONET Pattern Editor
(for MS2650/2660 series) ............................................360, 368 (for MP1763C/1764C) .................................................111, 114
PDC Measurement Software (for MS8604A) .....................241 Sensor Adapter (for ML9002A) .......................................37, 39
PDC Measurement Software (for MT8801C) .....................285 Sensor Adapter (for MT9810B/9812B)............................50, 51
PDC Measurement Software (for MT8820A) ......................275 Sensor Holder (for ML9002A)................................................37
PDC Measurement Software with Call Processing Sensor Module (for ML2530A) ...........................................448
(for MT8801C) ....................................................................285 Shield Box ..........................................................................298
PDC Packet Software (for MG3681A) .........................249, 253 Signal Generator................................................................427
PDC Software (for MG3681A) ....................................249, 253 Site Master ............................................................19, 20, 310
PHS Measurement Software (for MT8801C) .....................285 SMF 1.31 µm Unit (for MW9060A) ........................................70
PHS Measurement Software (for MT8820A).......................277 SMF 1.31/1.55 µm Unit (for MW9060A) ................................70
PHS Measurement Software with Call Processing Software for Pattern Generator Data Write
(for MT8801C) ....................................................................285 (for MG3641A/3642A)..........................................................421
PHS Signal Generation Software (for MU368030A) ...........253 SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer ..............................161, 180
PHS Software (for ME7812 series) ....................................290 SONET/SDH/PDH/DSn Analyzer ........................................127
Portable 2.5G/10G Analyzer..............................................183 Spectrum Analyzer ..........322, 337, 343, 348, 354, 361, 369
Portable Test Rack.............................................................534 Spectrum Master .........................................................20, 316
Power Amplifier Test System (PATS)...............................395 STM-1/OC-3 Unit (for MP1220A) ........................................201
Power Dividers ..........................................................515, 516 STM-4/OC-12 Unit (for MP1220A) ......................................201
Power Meter ..........................................................23, 33, 443 Switch Unit for Transceiver Continuous Test
Power Sensor (for ML2430 series)......................................514 (for ME7812 series) ............................................................287
Power Sensor (for ML2530A series) ...................................514 SWR Autotesters ..............................................500, 502, 503
Power Splitters .........................................................517, 518 SWR Bridge........................................................................499
Power Unit for IP Tester (for MD1230A Family)...................146 Synthesized Level Generator ..........................................438
Pre-amplifier (for MA8611A)................................................451 Synthesized Signal Generator ................................417, 422
Precision DC Blocks ........................................................524 Synthesized Sweep Signal Generator ......................22, 427
Probe (for ML69B) ...............................................................450 Synthesizer/Level Generator ...........................................438
Programmable Attenuator ...............................................451
Programmable Optical Attenuator ....................................97
Protocol Decoding Software (for MP1220A) ......................204 T1/T3 Unit (for MP1220A) ..................................................202
Protocol Unit (for MP1220A)................................................204
T TDMA Modulation Unit (for MG3681A) ...............................249
Pulse Modulator (for MG3633A)..........................................426 TDMA (for MD8480B)..........................................................256
Pulse Pattern Generator ..........................................107, 109 Test Port Heads ................................................................503
TEXT to MP1632A/C Pattern Conversion Software
(for MP1632C) ....................................................................125
Q and Eye Analysis Software (for MP1632C) ....................126 Thermal Power Sensor (for ML2430 series) ......................512
Q Q and Eye Analysis Software (for MP1763C/1764C) ........110 Timing Generator (for MD8480B) ........................................256
Q and Eye Analysis Software..............................................110 Torque Wrench ...................................................................478
QoS Unit (for MP1220A)......................................................204 T-Pad ..................................................................................460
Transformer (for Network Analyzer).....................................413
Transmission/Reflection Module ..........................................383
Radar Test System (RTS) .................................................454 TTL Interface Unit (for MD6420A) ......................................211
R Radio Communication Analyzer .............................271, 278 Tx Baseband (for MD8480B)...............................................256
Radio Communication Test System ...............................287
Range Calibrator (for ML2430A) ........................................247
Reference Source (for ML2430A)........................................445 U-Link .........................................................................535 ,536
Reflection Bridge...............................................................413
U Ultra-Wideband Bias Tee .................................................520
Remote Control Software for MX123002A Universal Modulation Unit (for MG3681A)...........................253
(for MD1230A Family)..........................................................157 Universal Test Fixtures ....................................................530
Resistance Attenuator .....................................................450
Return Loss Unit (for MS9020D) ...........................................42
RF Cables ..........................................................................479 V/X series Interface (for MD6430A) ...................................206
RF Limiters .........................................................................531
V Vector Network Analyzer .........................................373, 376
Rod Antenna .....................................................................453 Vector Network Analyzer Automatic Calibrator .....400, 402
RS-232C Remote Control Unit (for MD6420A) ...................211 Vector Network Analyzer/Direct-Access Receiver
Ruggedized Adapters........................................................437 Configuration ....................................................................376
Rx Baseband (for MD8480B) ..............................................256 Vector Network Measurement System ............................387
Vector Network Measurement System,
Direct-Access Receiver.....................................................393
Verification Kits ................................................................407
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
Voice Codec (for MD8480B)................................................256
W W-1 Calibration Kit.........................................................22, 404
Wander Measurement Application Software
(MTIE/TDEV) (for MP1580A) ..............................................186
Wander (MTIE, TDEV) Measurement Application Software
(for MP1570A/A1) ................................................................162
Waveguide-to-Coaxial Adapters .............484, 485, 486, 489
W-CDMA Area Tester.........................................................292
W-CDMA Call Processing Software( for MT8820A) ............274
W-CDMA Ciphering Software (for MT8820A)......................277
W-CDMA Measurement Software (for MS2681A) ..............330
W-CDMA Measurement Software (for MS2683A)...............330
W-CDMA Measurement Software (for MS2687B)...............330
W-CDMA Measurement Software (for MS8608A).......231, 234
W-CDMA Measurement Software (for MS8609A).......216, 221
W-CDMA Measurement Software (for MT8820A) ..............274
W-CDMA Rapid Test Designer (RTD) ...........................18, 302
W-CDMA Signalling Tester ..............................................254
W-CDMA Signalling Tester Ciphering (for MD8480B) .........256
W-CDMA Signalling Tester Control software
(for MD8480B) .....................................................................256
W-CDMA Signalling Tester Firmware (for MD8480B) ........256
W-CDMA Signalling Tester FPGA (for MD8480B)...............256
W-CDMA Signalling Tester ISDN/PPP (for MD8480B)........256
W-CDMA Software (for MG3681A)......................................253
W-CDMA Virtual Signaling System .................................542
WDM Tester .........................................................................87
Wide Band Peak Power Meters ..................................23, 443
WLAN Test Set.............................................................18, 265
Wireless LAN Measurement Software (for MS8608A) ........237
Wireless LAN Measurement Software (for MS8609A) ........219
X/V series Interface (for MD6420A) ....................................211

X

MODEL NUMBER INDEX
01-201 Connector Torque Wrench .......................................478 3740A-EW Transmission/Reflection Module
01-204 Connector Wrench ...................................................478 (65 to 110 GHz, WR-10) ..........................................383
1 Series RF Limiters .............................................................531 3740A-F Transmission/Reflection Module
1000-50 Circulator..................................................................397 (90 to 140 GHz, WR-8) ............................................383
1000-52 Circulator..................................................................397 3740AQ Transmission/Reflection Module
1000-53 Circulator..................................................................397 (33 to 50 GHz, WR-22) ............................................383
12 Series Matching Pad and Impedance Adapter................532 3740A-V Transmission/Reflection Module
18 Series Air Lines..................................................................505 (50 to 75 GHz, WR-15) ............................................383
19 Series Air Lines..................................................................505 3740A-W Transmission/Reflection Module
2000-1067 Current Probe ..........................................................397 (75 to 110 GHz, WR-10) ..........................................383
2000-1085 Current Probe ..........................................................397 3741A-E Transmission/Reflection Module
22 Series Open/Shorts ...........................................................506 (60 to 90 GHz, WR-12) ............................................383
26 Series Coaxial Terminations.............................................493 3741A-EE Transmission/Reflection Module
28 Series Coaxial Terminations.............................................493 (56 to 94 GHz, WR-12) ............................................383
29 Series Offset Terminations ..............................................493 3741A-EW Transmission/Reflection Module
33 Series Coaxial Adapters....................................................484 (65 to 110 GHz, WR-10) ..........................................383
34 Series Coaxial Adapters....................................................485 3741A-F Transmission/Reflection Module
34R Series Ruggedized Adapters ............................................485 (90 to 140 GHz, WR-8) ............................................383
34V Series Coaxial Adapters....................................................482 3741A-Q Transmission/Reflection Module
35 Series Waveguide-to-Coaxial Adapters ...........................486 (33 to 50 GHz, WR-22) ............................................383
3650, 3650-1 Calibration Kit, SMA/3.5 mm............................404 3741A-V Transmission/Reflection Module
3651, 3651-1 Calibration Kit, GPC 7 ......................................404 (50 to 75 GHz, WR-15) ............................................383
3652, 3652-1 Calibration Kit, K Connector® ..........................404 3741A-W Transmission/Reflection Module
3653 Calibration Kit, Type N ..........................................405 (75 to 110 GHz, WR-10) ..........................................383
3654B Calibration Kit, V Connector® ...............................405 3750LF Calibration Kit, SMA/3.5 mm, 6 GHz ....................404
3655E, 3655E-1 Calibration Kit, WR-12 3750R Calibration Kit,SMA RF (9 GHz)............................404
Waveguide ....................................................405 3751 Calibration Kit, GPC 7, Economy .........................404
3655F, 3655F-1 Calibration Kit, WR-8 3751LF Calibration Kit, GPC 7, 6 GHz ...............................404
Waveguide ....................................................405 3753 Calibration Kit, Type N, Economy ........................404
3655Q, 3655Q-1 Calibration Kit, WR-22 3753LF Calibration Kit, Type N, 6 GHz ..............................404
Waveguide ....................................................405 41 Series Fixed Attenuators...................................................495
3655V, 3655V-1 Calibration Kit, WR-15 43 Series Fixed Attenuators...................................................495
Waveguide ....................................................405 4400 Series Step Attenuators ..............................................497
3655W, 3655W-1 Calibration Kit, WR-10 4500 Series Step Attenuators ..............................................497
Waveguide ....................................................405 4600 Series Step Attenuators ..............................................497
3656 W1 Calibration and Verification Kit ............................405 5400-6 Series SWR Autotesters...............................................502
3658 Series Vector Network Analyzer AutoCal™ ................402 5400-71 Series Microwave Detectors ...........................373, 511
36584 Series 4 Port VNA AutoCal™ .........................................400 560-7 Series Microwave Detectors ........................................373
3663 Verification Kit, Type N..........................................407 560-97 Series SWR Autotesters...............................................500
3663R Type N Verification Kit...........................................407 560-98 Series SWR Autotesters ..............................500, 502, 503
3663LF Verification Kit, Type N, 6 GHz .............................407 560-98C50A Convertible SWR Autotester............................503
3665E Verification Kit, WR-12 Waveguide.......................407 68000C Series CW Generator...................................see MG3690A
3665Q Verification Kit, WR-22 Waveguide.......................407 68100C Series Sweep Generator ........................see MG3690A
3665V Verification Kit, WR-15 Waveguide.......................407 68300C Series Signal Generator.........................see MG3690A
3665W Verification Kit, WR-10 Waveguide.......................407 69000B Series Ultra Low Noise Synthesized CW
3666 Verification Kit, SMA/3.5 mm ................................407 Generator.....................................see MG3690A
3666LF Verification Kit, SMA/3.5 mm, 6 GHz....................407 69100B Series Ultra Low Noise Synthesized Sweep
3667 Verification Kit, GPC-7...........................................407 Generator.....................................see MG3690A
3667LF Verification Kit, GPC-7, 6 GHz ..............................407 69300B Series Ultra Low Noise Synthesized
3668 Verification Kit, K Connector® ..............................407 Sweep/Signal Generator ............see MG3690A
3669B Verification Kit, V Connector® ..............................407 70 Series Microwave Detectors .............................................508
3680 Series Universal Test Fixtures ...................................530 75 Series Microwave Detectors .............................................511
37000 family Millimeter Wave Vector Network Analyzer .....381 61 Series SWR Bridges .........................................................499
37100C Series Vector Network Analyzer/Direct-Access 87 Series SWR Bridges ..........................................................499
Receiver Configuration .....................................376 97 Series Autotesters .............................................................500
37200C Series Vector Network Analyzer.............................376
37300C Series Vector Network Analyzer.............................376 D
3735B Millimeter Wave Test Set .......................................381
3740A-E Transmission/Reflection Module DBT60 Bias Termination ....................................................528
(60 to 90 GHz, WR-12) ............................................383 DBT60CPW Bias Termination ....................................................528
3740A-EE Transmission/Reflection Module
(56 to 94 GHz, WR-12) ............................................383 F
FCN4760 Frequency Convertor ( for MS2711D)………………….318
MODEL NUMBER INDEX
MA9422A Optical Power Sensor
K (for ML9002A, MS9020D)..............................26, 39, 44
K Series Connectors .............................................................466 MA9423A Optical Power Sensor
K120 Series RF Cables ..........................................................479 (for ML9002A, MS9020D)..............................26, 39, 44
K200B Coaxial Adapters....................................................482 MA9611A Optical Sensor (for ML9001A) ............................26, 35
K240 Power Dividers .......................................................516 MA9612A Optical Sensor (for ML9001A) ............................26, 35
K241 Series Power Splitters ..........................................517, 518 MA9621A Optical Power Sensor
K250 Bias Tees ................................................................519 (for ML9002A, MS9020D)..............................26, 39, 44
K251 Ulta-Wideband Bias Tees ......................................520 MA9622A Optical Power Sensor (for MS9020D) ...........39, 42, 44
K261 Precision DC Blocks..............................................524 MA9711A/A1 Optical Sensor (for ML9001A) ........................26, 34
MA9712A Optical Sensor (for ML9001A) ............................26, 34
MA MA9714B Optical Power Sensor (for ML9001A) ..................26, 34
MA1610A Pulse Modulator (for MG3633A) ..............................426 (for ML9002A, MS9020D) ....................................26, 39
MA1612A Four-Port Junction Pad .........................................460 MA9723A Optical Power Sensor
MA2201A Reflection Bridge ...................................................413 (for ML9002A, MS9020D) ....................................26, 39
MA2401A Reflection Bridge ...................................................413 MA9805A Optical Attenuator (for ML9001A) ..............................35
MA2418A Reference Source (for ML2430A) ............................443 MA9901A Fiber Adapter (for MT9810B/9812B) ...................47, 51
MA2421B Thermal Power Sensor (for ML2430 series)............512 MA9901B Fiber Adapter (for MT9810B/9812B)..........................53
MA2422B Thermal Power Sensor (for ML2430 series)............512 MA9902A Connector Adapter (for MT9810B/9812B) .................53
MA2423B Thermal Power Sensor (for ML2430 series)............512 MA9903A Connector Adapter (for MT9810B/9812B) .................53
MA2424B Thermal Power Sensor (for ML2430 series)............512
MA2425B Thermal Power Sensor (for ML2430 series)............512 MB
MA2442A High Accuracy Sensor (for ML2430 series) .............514
MA2444A High Accuracy Sensor (for ML2430 series) .............514 MB-009 50 Ω, 75 Ω Impedance Transformer .....................459
MA2445A High Accuracy Sensor (for ML2430 series) .............514 MB23A Portable Test Rack .................................................534
MA2469A Power Sensor (for ML2430 series) ..........................514 MB24A Portable Test Rack .................................................534
MA2472A Power Sensor (for ML2430 series) ..........................514
MA2473A Power Sensor (for ML2430 series) ..........................514 MD
MA2474A Power Sensor (for ML2430 series) ..........................514
MA2475A Power Sensor (for ML2430 series) ..........................514 MD0620A GPIB Remote Control Unit (for MD6420A) ..............211
MA2499B Sensor Adapter (for ML2430 series)........................514 MD0620B RS-232C Remote Control Unit (for MD6420A)........211
MA2512A Band Pass Filter.............................................253, 462 MD0621 Series X/V Series Interface (for MD6420A) ..............211
MA2540A Sensor Module (for ML2530A).................................448 MD0622 Series G.703, AMI Interface (for MD6420A) .............211
MA2601B/C EMI Probe ..........................................................451 MD0625B I.431 Interface (for MD6420A) .................................211
MA2740A External Mixer (for Spectrum Analyzer)...........336, 342 MD0626A TTL Interface Unit (for MD6420A)............................211
MA2741A External Mixer (for Spectrum Analyzer)...........336, 342 MD0627A Analog Unit (for MD6420A)......................................211
MA2742A External Mixer (for Spectrum Analyzer)...........336, 342 MD1230A Data Quality Analyzer......................................17, 144
MA2743A External Mixer (for Spectrum Analyzer)...........336, 342 MD1231A IP Network Analyzer ........................................17, 144
MA2744A External Mixer (for Spectrum Analyzer)...........336, 342 MD6420A Data Transmission Analyzer .........................142, 210
MA2745A External Mixer (for Spectrum Analyzer)...........336, 342 MD6430A Network Data Analyzer ..................................142, 206
MA2746A External Mixer (for Spectrum Analyzer)...........336, 342 MD8480B W-CDMA Signalling Tester ....................................254
MA29A Transformer (for Network Analyzer) .........................413
MA313A Transformer (for Network Analyzer) .........................413 ME
MA314A Transformer (for Network Analyzer) .........................413
MA315A Transformer (for Network Analyzer) .........................413 ME7220A Radar Test Set (RTS) .............................................454
MA422A1 Transformer (for Network Analyzer) .........................413 ME7411A Switch Unit for Transceiver Continuous Test
MA61B Probe (for ML69B) ...................................................450 (for ME7812 series) .................................................287
MA8120A Shield Box...............................................................298 ME7413A Coaxial Switch (for ME7812 series).........................287
MA8610A Pre-amplifier (for MA8611A) ...................................452 ME7760A/B 43.5 Gbit/s BERT System .................................103
MA8611A EMI Probe Kit..........................................................452 ME7808A Broadband Vector Network Analyzer...................384
MA9001B Connector Adapter (for ML9001A).......................26, 29 ME7812 Series Radio Communication Test System...........287
MA9002A Adapter (for ML9001A) ..............................................26 ME7840A Power Amplifier Test System (PATS) ...................395
MA9004A Connector Adapter (for MS9020D) ......................26, 43 ME7842B Tower Mounted Amplifier Test System(TMATS) ....398
MA9005A Connector Adapter (for ML9002A, MS9020D).....26, 43 ME7865A Bluetooth™ Prequalification Test System............268
MA9006A Sensor Adapter (for ML9002A)............................37, 39
MA9013A Fiber Adapter ...............................................26, 38, 39 MF
MA9014A Bare Fiber Connector ..............................................96
MA9306A Optical Attenuator (for ML9001A) ..............................35 MF2400B Series Microwave Frequency Counter...................440
MA9331A Optical Sensor (for MT9810B) .............................26, 53
MA9332A Optical Sensor (for MT9810B) .............................26, 53 MG
MA9333A Optical Sensor (for MT9810B) .............................26, 53
MG3633A Synthesized Signal Generator......................417, 422
MA9411A Optical Sensor (for ML9001A) .............................26, 34
MG3641A Synthesized Signal Generator ..............................417
MG3642A Synthesized Signal Generator ..............................417
(for ML9002A, MS9020D)..............................26, 39, 44
MG3681A Digital Modulation Signal Generator....................248

MODEL NUMBER INDEX
MG3690A Signal Generator..............................................22, 427 MP1220A ATM Quality Analyzer ............................................200
MG3696A Signal Generator ....................................................427 MP1570A SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer ...........................161
MG442A Synthesized Level Generator................................438 MP1570A1 SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer ...........................180
MG443B Synthesizer/Level Generator ................................438 MP1577A SONET/SDH/PDH/DSn Analyzer ...........................127
MG724E1/G1 Signal Generator ...............................................453 MP1580A Portable 2.5G/10G Analyzer ..................................183
MP1590A Network Performance Tester ................................187
MH MP1632C Digital Data Analyzer .............................................123
MP1763C Pulse Pattern Generator........................................109
MH648A Pre-amplifier ...........................................................451 MP1764C Error Detector.........................................................114
MH669B Frequency Converter .............................................297 MP1775A Pulse Pattern Generator........................................107
MP1776A Error Detector.........................................................112
ML MP1777A 10 GHz Jitter Analyzer...........................................118
MP1801A 43.5G MUX (for ME7760A/B) ..........................102, 104
ML2430A Series Power Meter............................................23, 443 MP1802A 43.5G DEMUX (for ME7760A/B) .............................104
ML2480A Series Wideband Peak Power Meters ....................443 MP1803A 43.5G MUX ..............................................................116
ML2530A Calibration Receiver ..............................................446 MP1804A 43.5G DEMUX .........................................................116
ML424A/B Level Meter .............................................................457 MP414B Loop Antenna.........................................................453
ML428B Interference/Field Strength Meter.........................450 MP415B Rod Antenna...........................................................453
ML524B Measuring Receiver ...............................................295 MP520 Series CM Directional Coupler ....................................459
ML5655C Measuring Receiver ...............................................297 MP526 Series High-Pass Filter.................................................461
ML69B Electronic Voltmeter ..............................................450 MP534A/B Dipole Antenna.......................................................452
ML8720B W-CDMA Area Tester .............................................292 MP614B 50 Ω, 75 Ω Impedance Transformer .....................459
ML9001A Optical Power Meter.................................................33 MP635A Log-Periodic Antenna............................................452
ML9002A Optical Handy Power Meter ....................................37 MP640A Branch.....................................................................461
MP651A/B Dipole Antenna.......................................................452
MN MP654A Directional Coupler................................................460
MP655A Directional Coupler................................................460
MN4765A O/E Calibration Module .........................................386 MP659A Four-Port Junction Pad .........................................460
MN510C/D Resistance Attenuator...........................................450 MP663A Dipole Antenna.......................................................452
MN63A Programmable Attenuator.....................................451 MP666A Log-Periodic Antenna............................................452
MN64B Programmable Attenuator.....................................451 MP721 Series Fixed Attenuator (for ML2530A) .................421, 449
MN65A Programmable Attenuator.....................................451 MP916A Fiber Adapter (for ML9001A/9002A)....................36, 39
MN72A Programmable Attenuator.....................................451 MP922B Bare Fiber Connector ..............................................98
MN924C Optical Attenuator....................................................97 MP924A Fiber Jacket Stripper (for optical accessories).........100
MN938A Programmable Optical Attenuator .........................97 MP92B Connector Adapter (for ML9001A).............................26
MN95D Optical Variable Attenuator.....................................97 MP93A Fiber Adapter (for ML9001A/9002A)....................36, 38
MN9320A Optical Channel Drop Unit (OCDU) ........................89 MP94A Adapter (for ML9001A) ........................................35, 36
MN9604C Optical Directional Coupler.....................................94 MP94D Adapter (for ML9002A) ........................................38, 39
MN9604D Optical Directional Coupler.....................................94 MP9677B E/O, O/E Converter.................................................121
MN9605C Optical Attenuator....................................................97
MN9625A Programmable Optical Attenuator .........................92
MN9626A Programmable Optical Attenuator .........................92
MS
MN9662A Optical Channel Selector ........................................90 MS0901A LED Source (for MS9020D) .......................................26
MN9672A Optical Channel Selector ........................................90 MS0902D LD Source (for MS9020D) .........................................26
MS0903D LD Source (for MS9020D) .........................................26
MP MS0904A LED Source (for MS9020D) .......................................26
MS0906A LED Source (for MS9020D) .......................................26
MP0105A CMI Unit (for MP1570A/A1) .....................................175 MS0907A Return Loss Unit (for MS9020D) ...............................42
MP0108A NRZ Unit (for MP1570A/A1) ....................................175 MS0908A FP-LD Source (for MS9020D)....................................44
MP0111A Optical 156M/622M (1.31) Unit MS0909A FP-LD Source (for MS9020D)....................................44
(for MP1570A/A1) ....................................................175 MS2651B Spectrum Analyzer ................................................361
MP0112A Optical 156M/622M (1.55) Unit MS2661B Spectrum Analyzer ................................................361
(for MP1570A/A1) ....................................................175 MS2661C Spectrum Analyzer ................................................354
MP0113A Optical 156M/622M (1.33/1.55) Unit MS2663C Spectrum Analyzer ................................................348
(for MP1570A/A1) ...................................................175 MS2665C Spectrum Analyzer ................................................343
MP0121A 2/8/34/139/156M Unit MS2667C Spectrum Analyzer ................................................337
(for MP1570A/A1, MP1577A) ..................................128 MS2668C Spectrum Analyzer ................................................332
MP0122A 1.5/45/52M Unit MS2681A Spectrum Analyzer ................................................322
(for MP1570A/A1, MP1577A) ..................................128 MS2683A Spectrum Analyzer ................................................322
MP0122B 1.5/45/52/52M (1.31) Unit MS2687B Spectrum Analyzer ................................................322
(for MP1570A/A1, MP1577A) ..................................129 MS2711B Handheld Spectrum Analyzer...............................316
MP0123A ATM Unit (for MP1570A/A1).....................................174 MS2711D Spectrum Master Handheld
MP0131A Add/Drop Unit (for MP1570A/A1).............................175 Spectrum Analyzer.............................................20, 316
MS369B PCM CODEC Analyzer ...........................................140
MODEL NUMBER INDEX
MS371A/A1 PCM Channel Analyzer.....................................134 MU120120A OC-3/STM-1 Module
MS4622A Network Analyzer Measurement System.............387 (for MD1230A Family) .................................153, 154
MS4622B Network Analyzer Measurement System.............387 MU150000A 2.5G/10G Unit (for MP1570A/A1) .......................177
MS4622C Vector Network Measurement System, MU150001A/B Optical 10G Tx (1.55) Unit
Direct-Access Receiver .........................................387 (for MP1570A/A1) ...............................................176
MS4622D Vector Netowrk Measurement System 4-port ....387 MU150002A Optical 10G Rx (Narrow) Unit
MS4623A Vector Network Measurement System................387 (for MP1570A/A1) ...............................................176
MS4623B Network Analyzer Measurement System.............387 MU150005A 2/8/34/139M, 156/622M Jitter Unit
MS4623C Vector Network Measurement System, (for MP1570A/A1) ...............................................177
Direct-Access Receiver .........................................387 MU150006A 1.5/45/52M, 156/622M Jitter Unit
MS4623D Vector Network Measurement System 4-Port .....387 (for MP1570A/A1) ...............................................177
MS4630B Network Analyzer ...................................................387 MU150007A 2/8/34/139M, 1.5/45/52M, 156/622M
MS555B Radio Communication Analyzer...........................297 Jitter Unit (for MP1570A/A1)...............................177
MS75B Microwave Repeater Checker ...............................453 MU150008A 2.5G (1.31) Unit (for MP1570A/A1) ....................177
MS8604A Digital Mobile Radio Transmitter Tester..................215, 238 MU150009A 2.5G (1.55) Unit (for MP1570A/A1) ....................177
MS8608A Digital Mobile Radio Transmitter Tester..................215, 231 MU150010A 2.5G (1.31/1.55) Unit (for MP1570A/A1) ............177
MS8609A Digital Mobile Radio Transmitter Tester..................215, 216 MU150011A 2.5G Jitter Unit (for MP1570A/A1 .......................177
MS9020D Optical Loss Test Set ..............................................40 MU150017A Optical 10G Rx (Wide) Unit
MS9710B Optical Spectrum Analyzer .....................................78 (for MP1570A/A1) ...............................................176
MS9710C Optical Spectrum Analyzer .....................................73 MU150017B Optical 2.5G/10G Rx (Wide) Unit
MS9715A WDM Tester ..............................................................87 (for MP1570A/A1) ...............................................176
MS9780A Optical Spectrum Analyzer .....................................83 MU150018A 2.5G/10G Jitter Unit (for MP1580A)....................179
MU150031A Optical 10G Tx (1.55) High Power Unit
MT (for MP1570A/A1) ...............................................176
MU150031C Optical 2.5G/10G Tx (1.55) High Power Unit
MT7407A Multislot Chassis ...................................................144 (for MP1570A/A1) ...............................................181
MT8212A Cell Master..............................................................306 MU150061A Optical 10G Tx (1.31) Unit
MT8801C Radio Communication Analyzer...........................278 (for MP1570A/A1) ...............................................176
MT8820A Radio Communication Analyzer...........................271 MU150061B Optical 2.5G/10G Tx (1.31) Unit
MT8850A Bluetooth™ Test Set...............................................257 (for MP1570A/A1) ...............................................178
MT8852A Bluetooth™ Test Set ...............................................259 MU150100A 10/10.7G Unit (for MP1590A) .............................189
MT8860A WLAN Test Set .......................................................265 MU150121A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Tx) (for MP1590A) .........192
MT9810B Optical Test Set ........................................................45 MU150122A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Rx Narrow)
MT9812B Multi Channel Box....................................................54 (for MP1590A).....................................................192
MU150123A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Rx Wide)
MU (for MP1590A).....................................................193
MU150125A 10/10.7G Jitter Unit (for MP1590A) ....................193
MU120001A STM-4/OC-12 Unit (for MP1220A)......................201 MU150134A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Tx. Ex. mod)
MU120002A STM-1/OC-3 Unit (for MP1220A)........................201 (for MP1590A).....................................................199
MU120010A T1/T3 Unit (for MP1220A)...................................202 MU163220C 3.2G Pulse Pattern Generator
MU120011A E1/E3/E4 Unit (for MP1220A).............................202 (for MP1632C) ............................................124, 126
MU120012A E1/E3 Unit (for MP1220A) ..................................202 MU163240C 3.2G Error Detector (for MP1632C)....................124
MU120015A ATM 25M Unit (for MP1220A).............................203 MU177601B 12.5 Gb/s Error Detector Unit
MU120016A 6.3M Unit (for MP1220A) ....................................203 (for MP1776A).....................................................113
MU120017A 6.3/25M Unit (for MP1220A) ...............................203 MU250000A Display Unit (for MW9076 series) .........................65
MU120020A QoS Unit (for MP1220A).....................................204 MU250000A4 Display Unit (for MW9076 series) .........................65
MU120021A Protocol Unit (for MP1220A)...............................204 MU368010A TDMA Modulation Unit (for MG3681A)...............249
MU120101A 10M/100M Ethernet Module MU368030A Universal Modulation Unit (for MG3681A) .... 249, 253
(for MD1230A Family) .........................................146 MU368040A CDMA Modulation Unit (for MG3681A)........248, 249
MU120102A Gigabit Ethernet Module MU368060A AWGN Unit (for MG3681A).........................249, 253
(for MD1230A Family).................................146, 147 MU643000A Datacom Interface Unit (for MD6430A) ..............209
MU120103A 2.5G (1.31) Module (for MD1230A Family).........146 MU643000B Datacom Interface Unit (for MD6430A) ..............209
MU120103B 2.5G (1.31) Module (for MD1230A Family).........146 MU643000C Datacom Interface Unit (for MD6430A) ..............209
MU120104A 2.5G (1.55) Module (for MD1230A Family).........146 MU740701A IP Tester Control Module
MU120104B 2.5G (1.55) Module (for MD1230A Family).........146 (for MD1230A Family) .........................................156
MU120105A 10G (1.31) Module (for MD1230A Family)..........146 MU740702A Power Unit for IP Tester (for MD1230A Family) ......146
MU120106A 10G (1.55) Module (for MD1230A Family)..........146 MU848051A CPU (for MD8480B)............................................256
MU120111A 10/100M Ethernet Module MU848052A Frame Decoder (for MD8480B) ..........................256
(for MD1230A Family) .........................................146 MU848053A Rx Baseband (for MD8480B)..............................256
MU120112A Gigabit Ethernet Module MU848055A ISDN (for MD8480B)...........................................256
(for MD1230A Family) .................................146, 147 MU848056A Voice Codec (for MD8480B) ...............................256
MU120118A 10 Gigabit Ethernet Module MU848057A Frame Coder (for MD8480B) ..............................256
(for MD1230A Family) .................................146, 147 MU848058A Tx Baseband (for MD8480B) ..............................256
MU120119A OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module MU848059B Timing Generator (for MD8480B) .......................256
(for MD1230A Family) .................................153, 154 MU848060B TDMA (for MD8480B) .........................................256

MODEL NUMBER INDEX
MU860820A BER/BLER Measurement Software MX260002A CDMA Cellular System Measurement
(for MS8608A).....................................................237 Software (for MS2650/2660 series)......353, 360, 368
MU860920A BER/BLER Measurement Software MX260003A PDC Measurement Software (for base station)
(for MS8609A).....................................................230 (for MS2650/2660 series) ...........................353, 368
MU931001A Sensor Adapter (for MT9810B/9812B) ...........50, 51 MX260004A GSM Measurement Software
MU931002A Sensor Adapter (for MT9810B/9812B) .................50 (for MS2650/2660 series) ...................353, 360, 368
MU931311A Optical Sensor (for MT9810B/9812B)...................50 MX261001A Low-Power Data Communication System
MU931421A Optical Sensor (for MT9810B/9812B)...................50 Measurement Software conforming to
MU931422A Optical Sensor (for MT9810B/9812B)...................50 issue of Direct Spread Spectrum System
MU931431A Optical Sensor (for MT9810B/9812B)...................46 (for MS2650/2660 series) ...................353, 360, 368
MU951001A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B) .....................48 MX261002A Low-Power Data Communication System
MU951301A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B) .....................48 Measurement Software conforming to issue
MU951501A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B) .....................48 of Frequency Hopping System
MU952501A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B) .....................48 (for MS2650/2660 series) ...................353, 360, 368
MU952502A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B) .....................48 MX262001A CATV Measurement Software
MU952504A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B) .....................48 MX264001A EMI Measurement Software
MU952601A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B) .....................48 MX268001A File Transfer Utility
MU952602A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B) .....................48 (for MS8608A/8609A) .........................230, 237, 330
MU952603A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B) .....................48 MX268101B W-CDMA Measurement Software
MU952604A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B) ......................48 (for MS2681A).....................................................330
MU952605A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B) .....................48 MX268102A GSM Measurement Software (for MS2681A)......330
MU952606A Light Source (for MT9810B/9812B). ................... 48 MX268301B W-CDMA Measurement Software
MU954501A Light Source (SLD) (for MT9810B/9812B)............48 (for MS2683A).....................................................330
MU960001A Optical Channel Selector Unit MX268302A GSM Measurement Software (for MS2683A)......330
(for MW9076 series) .............................................66 MX268701B W-CDMA Measurement Software
MU960002A Optical Channel Selector Unit (for MS2687B).....................................................330
(for MW9076 series) .............................................66 MX268702A GSM Measurement Software (for MS2687B)......330
MU967701A Clock Recovery Unit (for MP9677B)...................122 MX3512A π/4 DQPSK Analysis Software (for MS8604A) ........239
MU967702A Clock Recovery Unit (for MP9677B)...................122 MX3513A Digital MCA Analysis Software
(for MS8604A)..................................................239, 247
MW MX3518A GSM Application Software (for MS8604A) ..............239
MX3519A DECT Application Software (for MS8604A)......245, 247
MW0944B SMF 1.31/1.55 µm Unit (for MW9060A) ....................70 MX3520A CT2 Application Software (for MS8604A) ................247
MW0945B SMF 1.31 µm Unit (for MW9060A) ............................70 MX364001B Software for Pattern Generator Data Write
MW0947B SMF 1.31/1.55 µm Unit (for MW9060A) ....................70 (for MG3641A/3642A).........................................421
MW0967B GIF 0.85/1.30 µm Unit (for MW9060A) ......................71 MX368011A PDC Software (for MG3681A) ....................249, 253
MW9060A Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR)............68 MX368012A GSM Device Test Software
MW9076 Series Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (for MG3681A) ............................................249, 253
(OTDR) ............................................................60 MX368031A Device Test Signal Generation Software
(for MG3681A) ............................................249, 253
MX MX368033A cdma2000® 1xEV-DO Signal Generation
Software (for MG3681A ..............................249, 253
MX122020A Protocol Decoding Software (for MP1220A).......204 MX368034A PDC Packet Software (for MG3681A) ........249, 253
MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software MX368035A PHS Signal Generation Software
(for MD1230A Family) .........................................145 (for MU368030A) ................................................253
MX123002A MD1230A Expert Analysis Module MX368041B W-CDMA Software (for MG3681A).....................253
(for MD1230A Family) .........................................144 MX368042A IS-95 Device Test Software (for MG3681A)........253
MX123003A Remote Control Software for MX123002A MX781217A PHS Software (for ME7812 series).....................290
(for MD1230A Family) .........................................157 MX781250A Level Correction Software
MX150001B Wander (MTIE, TDEV) Measurement (for ME7812 series) ............................................287
Application Software (for MP1570A/A1) .............177 MX785101A W-CDMA Virtual Signaling System .................299
MX150002B Wander Measurement Application MX785201A W-CDMA Protocol Test System (PTS) ............299
Software (MTIE/TDEV) (for MP1580A)...............186 MX786201A W-CDMA Rapid Test Designer .........................302
MX163201A TEXT to MP1632A/C Pattern Conversion MX848000A W-CDMA Signalling Tester Control
Software (for MP1632C) ....................................125 software (for MD8480B)......................................256
MX163202A MP165X to MP1632A/C Pattern MX848001A W-CDMA Signalling Tester Firmware
Conversion Software (for MP1632C) .................125 (for MD8480B) ....................................................256
MX163205A Q and Eye Analysis Software (for MP1632C) ....126 MX848002A W-CDMA Signalling Tester FPGA
MX163206A SDH/SONET Pattern Editor (for MP1632C) .......126 (for MD8480B) ....................................................256
MX176400A Q and Eye Analysis Software MX848003A W-CDMA Signalling Tester ISDN/PPP
(for MP1763C/1764C).........................................110 (for MD8480B) ....................................................256
MX176401A SDH/SONET Pattern Editor MX848005B GSM/GPRS (for MD8480B) ................................256
(for MP1763C/1764C).........................................111 MX848041A W-CDMA Signalling Tester Ciphering
MX177601A SDH/SONET Pattern Editor (for ME7760A/B)......105 (for MD8480B) ....................................................256
MODEL NUMBER INDEX
MX860801B W-CDMA Measurement Software
(for MS8608A).....................................................237
MZ
MX860802A GSM Measurement Software MZ106C Mode Scrambler (for optical accessories) ...............100
(for MS8608A).....................................................232 MZ110B Battery Pack (for ML524B).......................................296
MX860803A cdma Measurement Software (for MS8608A) ......231 MZ114A AC Power Pack (for ML524B) ..................................296
MX860804A cdma2000® 1xEV-DO Measurement Software MZ115B Battery Charger (for ML524B) .................................296
(for MS8608A).....................................................237 MZ137A Battery Pack (for ML524B).......................................296
MX860805A π/4DQPSK Measurement Software MZ8010A Optical Sensor Holder (for ML9001A)........................35
for MS8608A)......................................................237 MZ8013A Sensor Holder (for ML9002A) ....................................37
MX860820A BER/BLER Measurement Software
(for MS8608A).....................................................237
N
MX860830A Wireless LAN Measurement Software
(for MS8608A).....................................................237 N241 Series Power Splitters ..................................................518
MX860850A HSDPA Measurement Software NC346A 5 dB ENR Noise Source (3.5 mm)...........................399
(for MS8608A).....................................................237 NC346B 15 dB ENR Noise Source (3.5 mm).........................399
(for MS8609A).............................................216, 221
S
MX860902A GSM Measurement Software
(for MS8609A).....................................................223 S300C Series Site Master...................................................19, 310
MX860903A cdma Measurement Software (for MS8609A) .....223 S800C Series Site Master.........................................................310
MX860904A cdma2000® 1xEV-DO Measurement Software
(for MS8609A).....................................................224 V
MX860905A π/4DQPSK Measurement Software
(for MS8609A).....................................................226 V Series Connectors .............................................................471
MX860920A RER/BLER Measurement Software V115FCPW Integrated V Connector ....................................475
for MS8609A)......................................................230 V115FMS10 Integrated V Connector ....................................475
MX860930A Wireless LAN Measurement Software V115FMS75 Integrated V Connector ....................................475
(for MS8609A).....................................................230 V116F Integrated V Connector ....................................475
MX860950A HSDPA Measurement Software V120 Series RF Cables ..........................................................479
(for MS8609A).....................................................227 V240 Power Dividers .......................................................516
MX872022B Data Conversion Software (for ML8720B) ..........294 V241 Series Power Splitters ..........................................517, 519
MX880113A IS-136A Measurement Software V250 Bias Tees ................................................................519
(for MT8801C) ....................................................284 V251 Ultra-Wideband Bias Tees.....................................520
MX880114A AMPS/PCS1900 Measurement Software V255 Ultra-Wideband Bias Tee...................................... 522
(for MT8801C) ....................................................284 V261 Precision DC Blocks..............................................524
MX880115A GSM Measurement Software V265 DC Block .................................................................526
(for MT8801C) ..... ......................................278, 284 VP Connectors............................................................................476
MX880116A PDC Measurement Software with
Call Processing (for MT8801C) ..........................285 Z
MX880117A PHS Measurement Software with
Call Processing (for MT8801C) ..........................285 Z-164A/B T-Pad .......................................................................460
MX880118A DECT Measurement Software
(for MT8801C).....................................................285
MX880131A PDC Measurement Software (for MT8801C)......285
MX880132A PHS Measurement Software (for MT8801C)......286
(for MT8820A).....................................................274
MX882001A GSM Measurement Software (for MT8820A) .....275
MX882002A cdma2000® Measurement Software
(for MT8820A).....................................................276
MX882003A 1xEV-DO measurement Software
(for MT8820A).............................................224, 277
MX882004A PDC Measurement Software (for MT8820A)......275
MX882005A PHS Measurement Software (for MT8820A) ......277
MX882022A cdma2000® Wireless Application Test Software
(for MT8820A).....................................................277
MX882051A W-CDMA Call Processing Software
(for MT8820A).....................................................277
MX882071A W-CDMA Ciphering Software (for MT8820A) .....277
MX907600A OTDR Emulation Software
(for MW9076 series) .............................................62

NEW PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS
MD1230A Data Quality Analyzer/MD1231A IP Network Analyzer/MT7407A Multislot Chassis

MD1230A Family
The MD1230A Family achieves all this network monitor-

ing and performance testing in one device with efficiency
and cost savings.
The MD1230A Family comes in 3 chassis types matched
to user needs. Measuring modules operate in all 3 chas-
sis, so one or more chassis can be selected based on us-
age requirements without incurring extra module
expense.
(For further information see page 144)
Network Performance Tester

MP1590A
The MP1590A is a measuring instrument capable of test-

ing PDH, DSn, SDH/SONET and OTN equipment as well
as jitter making measurements with only one unit. It also
can perform OTN, SDH/SONET testing using the input
wavelength from an external Tunable Laser Source. Jitter
measurement and external optical input functions are
provided by plug-in units that can be used in various com-
binations as needed.
For High Speed Testing of 802.11 WLAN Devices

MT8860A WLAN Test Set
2.4 to 2.5 GHz and 4.8 to 6 GHz
The MT8860A WLAN Test Set from Anritsu is an inte-

grated test set dedicated to testing WLAN devices in the
2.4 GHz and 4.8 to 6 GHz Industrial Scientific and
Medical (ISM) frequency bands.
MT8860A provides a high-speed measurement solution
that is suitable for both production testing and design
proving. The user interface is implemented through the
supplied LANLook software package. LANLook runs on a
standard PC and uses a conventional Windows interface
for both instrument configuration and results displays.
LANLook communicates with the MT8860A through a
GPIB interface.
Development and Testing of 3G Terminals

MX786201A W-CDMA Rapid Test Designer (RTD)
The Rapid Test Designer (RTD) is a revolutionary new

tool which aims to speed up the testing of WCDMA de-
vices significantly by greatly simplifying the way in which
tests are created, executed and analysed. This revolu-
tionary test tool hides much of the complexity of testing
3GPP protocols and allows the user to concentrate on test-
ing specific functions and protocols within the UE without
having to be an expert on all the protocol layers. The in-
tuitive graphical interface also avoids the need for the
users having to learn a specialist test language, or needing
a detailed knowledge of how to drive the system simulator.
It is built upon Anritsu’s many years of experience in test-
ing 3GPP protocols with the leading UE vendors.
The RTD system consists of a Personal Computer run-
ning a Windows operating system, connected to the
Anritsu MD8480B W-CDMA Signalling Tester (system
simulator). The RTD is also available as an upgrade for
existing users of Anritsu’s MD8480B and MX785201A
(PTS) products.

A Multi-Function Base Station Test Tool for Greater Flexibility and Technician Productivity
MT8212A Cell Master
25 MHz to 4.0 GHz
Cell Master MT8212A is a comprehensive, one-box base

station test tool for deploying, maintaining and trou-
bleshooting wireless base stations. Combining the func-
tionality of a cable and antenna analyzer (25 MHz to 4.0
GHz), spectrum analyzer (10 MHz to 3.0 GHz), power
meter, and T1/E1 analyzer into one lightweight, handheld
test set - eliminates the need for field engineer and field
technician to carry, manage and learn multiple test sets.
MT8212A measurement capability includes precision re-
turn loss, VSWR, cable loss, distance-to-fault, signal
identification, interference analysis, channel power, adja-
cent channel power ratio, field strength, occupied band-
width, transmitter power and T1/E1 measurements.
Patented RF interference rejection enables accurate, re-
peatable measurements in the presence of high RF ac-
tivity. PC data analysis software enables assessment of
system trends, problems, and performance in addition to
professional report generation.
For Analyzing Cable and Antenna Problems

S331D Site Master
25 MHz to 4 GHz
The Site Master Model S331D combines the functionality

of a 25 MHz to 4 GHz cable and antenna analyzer with
an optional T1/E1 analyzer in a lightweight, handheld test
tool.

S332D Site Master
25 MHz to 4 GHz
The Site Master model S332D adds a 100 kHz to 3 GHz

spectrum analyzer to a 25 MHz to 4 GHz cable and an-
tenna analyzer with an optional 100 kHz to 3 GHz power
meter in a lightweight, handheld test tool. The S331D and
S332D are the most versatile instruments available to ad-
dress wireless market needs.
Fast, Accurate, Repeatable, Portable Spectrum Analysis

MS2711D Spectrum Master
100 KHz to 3.0 GHz
The Spectrum Master Model, MS2711D, is an enhance-

ment over the current MS2711B for deploying, maintain-
ing and troubleshooting wireless base stations and Wi-Fi
(802.11) systems. One button measurements and op-
tional bias tee, transmission measurement, power meter
and frequency converter controller module offer the most
flexible and complete measurement solution for the wire-
less market.

Spectrum Analyzer
MS2687B
9 kHz to 30 GHz
The IMT-2000 (2 GHz band) service for third-generation

mobile radio communication has started. Bluetooth, or
Wireless LAN, has been adopted for close-range radio
communication between portable remote terminals and
peripheral equipment, and R&D of MMAC, IEEE802.11a,
and HyperLAN2 for higher speed access have been con-
ducted in various countries.
The MS2681A/2683A/2687B spectrum analyzer delivers
optimum performance over a wide dynamic range (156
dB, typical value), wide resolution bandwidth (20 MHz), to
high-speed sweep (refresh rate of 20 times/s), required
for evaluating next-generation radio communication sys-
tems and devices.
It can be used not only as a spectrum analyzer but also
to perform various measurements easily and quickly by
installing measurement software.
For Highly Accurate and Stable Optoelectronic Measurements

MN4765A O/E Calibration Module
40 MHz to 65 GHz
The MN4765A is a characterized, unamplified photodi-

ode module. It is used as an optical receiver with the
37200C/37300C series VNAs to perform highly accurate
and stable optoelectronic measurements of both modula-
tors (E/O) and photoreceivers (O/E) to 65 GHz.
The MN4765A consists of an InGaAs photodiode that
converts modulated optical signals to electrical signals,
and includes additional circuitry for temperature and bias
stability. The photodiode has exceptional bandwidth re-
sponse to 65 GHz and a typical responsivity of 0.7A/W.
The MN4765A is characterized for 1550 nm in both mag-
nitude and phase using a NIST derived calibration standard.
For Performing Precise Calibrations of Vector Network Analyzers

3656 W1 Calibration and Verification Kit
40 MHz to 110 GHz
The 3656 W1 calibration and verification kit consists of

precision components that are used to calibrate the
ME7808A Broadband Vector Network Analyzer from 40
MHz to 110 GHz at its 1.0 mm coax test ports. The kit
supports SOLT calibrations with opens, shorts and loads
from 40 MHz to 65 GHz, and Triple Offset short calibra-
tions from 65 to 110 GHz. The two calibrations are con-
catenated in the VNA, resulting in a continuous,
broadband calibration. Two innovative adapters with in-
terchangeable, male or female ends, are provided to fa-
cilitate calibrations for measuring non-insertable devices.
The kit also includes verification devices for determining
system accuracy of the VNA. A diskette containing fac-
tory measured test data is supplied for comparison with
customer measured data.
The Ideal Signal Generator

MG3696A Signal Generator
0.1 Hz to 65 GHz / 110 GHz
Your microwave signal generation requirements have

never been tougher, and yet your capital equipment bud-
get has never been tighter. You need the most value you
can get in a synthesizer, but you can’t compromise per-
formance. You need a synthesizer that meets today’s
needs yet can be upgraded at a reasonable cost to satis-
fy future requirements without shattering your test equip-
ment budget. Anritsu’s MG3690A series of synthesizers
deliver the highest performance and the highest value
available today.

For High Speed Modulated and Pulsed Power Measurements

ML2480A Series Wideband Peak Power Meters
10 MHz to 50 GHz*
The ML2480A series Power Meters are especially de-

signed for accurate power measurements on high speed
modulated measurements. The power meter combines
advances in diode sensor technology with DSP to pro-
duce a compact and economical high speed peak power
meter. A new color display is used to display the results
in graphical or numerical format. The power meter incor-
porates features normally found in digital oscilloscopes to
produce an easy to use high speed peak power meter. A
high speed GPIB interface can be used for the rapid au-
tomation of the power measurement.
The ML2480A series have been designed to use the new
MA2491A Wideband Sensor. The ML2480A is fully com-
patible with the wide range of Anritsu diode, fast thermal and
universal sensors. See the section on the ML2430A Series
Power Meters for more details on these sensors.
Two versions of the product are available; the ML2487A
Single Input unit and the ML2488A Dual Input unit.
* Frequency range is sensor dependent
Ideal for Optical Communication

DBT60, DBT60CPW Bias Termination
50 kHz to 65 GHz
The Bias Termination is designed to meet the stringent

electrical performance requirements and small size of
passive components in optical communication networks.
A broad bandwidth of 50 kHz to 65 GHz, with very good
return loss, makes it ideal to provide DC Bias in 40 Gbps
optical modulators. In addition, the small size of the Bias
terminations makes integration of the Biasing network
easier.
The two different models available are DBT60 and
DBT60CPW. Depending on the type of substrate config-
uration used within an Optical Modulator, one can use the
DBT60 for 0.25 mm thick Microstrip or DBT60CPW for
0.25 mm thick CPW substrate. Bias Terminations can be
customized to meet customer requirements for different
substrate types, substrate thickness, frequency ranges, etc.
OPTICAL
MEASURING
INSTRUMENTS
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Optical Power Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Optical Handy Power Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Optical Loss Test Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Optical Test Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Multi Channel Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Optical Time Domain Reflectometers . . . . . . . . 60, 68
Optical Spectrum Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 78, 83
WDM Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Optical Channel Drop Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Optical Channel Selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Programmable Optical Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Optical Directional Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Bare Fiber Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96, 98
Optical Attenuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Fiber Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Optical Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
24
OPTICAL MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
Selection guide 1
Optical return loss measurement

Optical power
characteristic
identification
Light source
wavelength
Baseband
evaluation
Loss
Application
Optical
Fiber
Laser diode testing

Remarks
Loss-wavelength
Medium/high level
O/E Converter
E/O Converter
High accuracy
and waveform
Fault location
Identification
Wavelength
End-to-end
Splice loss
Loop-back
Spectrum
High-loss
Low level
Model
Others
Loss
ML9001A √ √ √ √ √ √ –100 to +10 dBm
Optical power meters
ML9002A √ √ √ √ –70 to +20 dBm
Optical test set MT9810B √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 0.75 to 1.7 µm
Multi channel box MT9812B √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 0.75 to 1.7 µm
Optical loss test set MS9020D √ √ √ √ √ √ 0.85/1.3/1.55 µm
MS9710B √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 0.6 to 1.75 µm
Optical spectrum
MS9710C √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 0.6 to 1.75 µm
analyzer
MS9780A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 0.6 to 1.75 µm
WDM tester MS9715A √ √ √ √ √ 1.527 to 1.567 µm
MW9060A √ √ 1.31/1.55 µm (SM), 0.85/1.30 µm (GI)
Optical time domain
1.31/1.45/1.55/1.625 µm (SM),
reflectometers MW9076 series √ √ √ √ √ √ √
0.85/1.3 µm (GI)
MN938A √ 0.85/1.3 µm
MN9605C √ 1.31/1.55 µm
Optical attenuators
MN95D √ 1.3 µm
MN924C √ 1.3/1.55 µm
Programmable optical
MN9625A/9626A √ 1.2 to 1.65 µm
attenuator
MN9662A/9664A/
Optical channel selectors √ 1.2 to 1.65 µm
9672A/9674A
Optical directional coupler MN9604C/D √ √ 1.25 to 1.60 µm
Bare fiber connectors MA9014A, MP922B √
Fiber adapter MA9013A √
Optical fiber cord,
adapter, dummy
Optical accessories fiber, optical fiber √
cutter, jacket stripper,
mode scrambler
Optical connector options for Anritsu optical measuring instruments

A variety of optical connectors are used with optical fibers worldwide. control panel, specify only the connector connected to the measured
Specify the option number, model name, and number of the optical fiber. Be sure to consult us before ordering, particularly for optical
connector from the table below according to the type of optical con- connectors for single-mode fibers, to avoid trouble with connectors
nector you use. If no specification is made, an FC-type connector will not fitting.
be supplied. Optical connectors may be designed for either flat-polished or PC-
For combinations marked with “√” symbols in the table, the required polished ends. Some measuring instruments use connectors only for
instrument can be supplied according to the order. For connectors PC-polished ends; consult the literature on the instrument before
without “√” symbols or which do not appear in the table, consult your specifying the connector option.
sales representative. For measuring equipment with more than one
Connector option number
21 22 23 25 26 27 31 32 33 34 35 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 45 46 47
AT & T Biconical∗1
HMS-10/A (SM)∗1
Amphenol 906∗2
HRL-10 (APC)∗3
HFS-13/A (GI)∗2
Amphenol 905
Model
TOCP 172∗2
DIN 47256
Diamond∗4
SC-APC∗3
FC-APC∗3
HFS-25/A
E-2000∗1
FC-PC∗1
NEC D4
EC∗3
MU
SC
FC
LC
ST
MS0901A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS0902A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
LED sources
MS0903A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
(for MS9020D)
MS0904A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS0906A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS0902D √ √ √
LD sources MS0903D √ √ √
(for MS9020D) MS0908A √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5
MS0909A √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5
MA9421A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Optical power MA9423A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
sensors
MA9621A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
(for ML9002A
and MS9020D) MA9721A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MA9723A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MA9411A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MA9611A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Optical power MA9612A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
sensors
(for ML9001A) MA9711A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MA9712A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MA9714B √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5
Optical power
sensors MA9622A √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5
(for MS9020D)
MU931422A √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Optical power MU931431A √ √ √ √ √ √ √

sensors MA9331A √ √ √ √ √ √ √
(for MT9810B) MA9332A √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MA9333A √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Optical return loss MS0907A √∗1 √∗1 √∗1
√ √
measuring unit (for MS9020D)
Optical test set MT9810B √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5
Multi channel box MT9812B √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5
MP92B √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MA9001B √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MA9004A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Adapter MA9005A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MA9005B √ √ √ √ √ √
MA9008A √ √ √ √ √ √
MA9013A √ √ √ √ √ √
Optical MS9710B √ √ √ √ √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √

spectrum MS9710C √ √ √ √ √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √
analyzer MS9780A √ √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5
WDM tester MS9715A √ √ √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5
MW0944B √∗5 √ √∗5 √ √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √ √
Optical time MW0945B √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

MW9060A
domain MW0947B √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
reflectometer MW0967B √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MW9076 series √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MN95D √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Optical MN924C √ √ √ √∗6 √∗6 √∗6 √ √∗6
attenuators MN9605C √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5
MN938A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Continued on next page

Connector option number 1
21 22 23 25 26 27 31 32 33 34 35 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 45 46 47
AT & T Biconical∗1
HMS-10/A (SM)∗1
Amphenol 906∗2
HRL-10 (APC)∗3
HFS-13/A (GI)∗2
Amphenol 905
Model
TOCP 172∗2
DIN 47256
Diamond∗4
SC-APC∗3
FC-APC∗3
HFS-25/A
E-2000∗1
FC-PC∗1
NEC D4
EC∗3
MU
SC
FC
LC
ST
Programmable
MN9625A/9626A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
optical attenuator
Optical channel MN9662A/9664A/9672A/
√∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √∗5 √
selectors 9674A
Optical direc- MN9604C √ √ √ √ √
tional coupler MN9604D √ √ √
Optical fiber cord for baseband measurements √ √
Dummy fiber cord for optical loss measurements √ √ √
Mode scrambler MZ106C √ √ √
∗1: Ferrule type; PC
∗2: Ferrule type; Flat
∗3: Ferrule type; APC (angled PC)
∗4: Ferrule diameter; 3.5 mm, M9 x 0.5 screw
∗5: Ferrule type; PC (user replaceable and cleanable)
∗6: Ferrule type; Flat (user replaceable and cleanable)
No marking: Ferrule type; Flat and PC.
Unit in mm
Option 21: Type D4 connector (flat, convex: PC)
Plug Adapter
13 14 2-ø2.3 13.4
ø5.4
ø5.4
11
ø2
ø9
1.4 M8 x 0.75 M8 x 0.75
33.9
Option 22: AT&T Biconical connector (convex: PC)
Plug Adapter
ø28.4
21.3
35.6 31.2
Option 23: Amphenol type 906 connector (flat)
Plug Adapter
1/4-36UNS
ø3.048
32.3
43.6 23.5
Option 25: FC-APC (angled convex), Option 37: FC-PC (convex)

Option 45: FC (flat)
Plug Adapter
15 15
5 9.5
4
ø2.5
9.5
15
ø9
42 M8 x 0.75
2-ø2.2 x ø3.8

Unit in mm
1
Option 26: SC-APC (angled convex)
Option 40: SC connector (flat, convex: PC)
Plug Adapter
27.4
12.8
ø2.5
9
25
55
Option 27: E-2000 (convex: PC, angled convex: APC)
Plug Adapter
31.5
9
12
13
9
18
22
56 19.25 3.5
42
Option 31: EC (angled convex: APC)
Plug Adapter
28.2 max
56 max
Option 32: MU
Plug Adapter
Unit in mm
Option 33: LC
Plug Adapter
50.0
13.4
21.2
Option 34: Diamond connector

GI: HFS-3 (flat)
SM: HMS-0 (convex: PC)
Plug Adapter
M9 x 0.5
42
ø3.5
22 12
34
Option 35: Amphenol type 905 connector, HP SMA connector

Amphenol type 905: Flat
HP SMA: Convex (PC)
Plug Adapter
1/4-36UNS
ø3.175
27.1
23.5
Option 38: ST connector (flat, convex: PC)
Plug Adapter
ø2.5
ø7.6
16.2
29.5

1
Option 39: DIN connector (flat, convex: PC)
Option 47: HRL-10 (angled convex)
Plug Adapter
M5.5 x 0.5
24.5
ø6.9
M5.5 x 0.5
ø2.5
38.5
Option 41: TOCP 172 (flat)
Plug
10
13 6.7
Option 42: HFS-13/A (GI, flat)
Plug Adapter
23.5
ø2.5
SW8 SW5.5
1/4-36 UNS-2A
1/4-36 UNS
ø9.5
37.3
Option 43: HMS-10/A (SM, convex: PC)
Plug Adapter
23.5
ø2.5
SW8 SW5.5
1/4-36 UNS-2A
1/4-36 UNS
ø9.5
37.3
Option 46: HMS-25/A
Plug Adapter
27
23.5
ø3.125 SW8
SW8 SW5.5
1/4-36 UNS-2A
ø9.5

OPTICAL POWER METER 1
GPIB
ML9001A
0.38 to 1.8 µm
A Variety of Optical Sensors such as Si, Ge and InGas
The ML9001A is a single-channel digital-display optical power meter. • One power sensor for repeater maintenance and long-distance
It ensures accuracy and linearity over a wide wavelength range and fiber loss measurement
greatly improves measurement reliability. It also has an improved ba- The MA9612A Optical Power Sensor has ultra-high sensitivity. Its mea-
sic performance. For example, measurements can be made over the surement level range is –100 to ±3 dBm in the 1.3 µm band and it
wide level range from –100 to +20 dBm because internal reflection can sense either continuous light or modulated light. A single MA9612A
in the power sensors has been suppressed. The ML9001A also has can measure the near-end and far-end outputs of a repeater as well
many new functions that make it easier to use than other power meters. as measure long-distance fiber losses.
It can be used for all optical power measurements such as optical • Interchangeable optical connectors
fiber loss measurement and optical device performance evaluation. The optical connectors of all the power sensors accept adapters. This
system allows the optical connectors to be interchanged so the ML9001A
Features can be quickly used with various optical connectors. Since the inter-
• Enables high-accuracy measurement nal coating of the optical power sensors suppresses reflected light,
The ML9001A accurately and automatically calibrates all the power measurement errors are reduced in beam measurement (with or without
sensors within the specified wavelength range and ensures a ±5% an optical fiber).
accuracy at –23 dBm. It also has a ±0.15 dB linearity (–23 dBm ref- • Reduced measurement time
erence value). The ML9001A extends the guaranteed accuracy range The ML9001A has a much better response speed and stability than
of the measured values and enables high-accuracy measurement. conventional optical power meters. With GPIB, it can measure at 30
ms/point so the measurement time can be reduced to less than 50%
of conventional automatic measurement.
Specifications
• ML9001A Optical Power Meter
Indicator
Display 4 digit, W, W(REL), dBm, dB(REL) selectable
Calibration coefficient Adjustable
Recorder output 1 V/full-scale, linear output
Range select Manual selection and automatic ranging
Measurement mode Continuous and modulated light∗1
Wavelength sensitivity correction Automatic correction in 1 nm steps
Data memory Max. 1000 data via GPIB
Dimensions and mass 213 (W) x 88 (H) x 250 (D) mm, ≤4 kg
Sensor
Model MA9411A MA9611A MA9612A
Wavelength range 0.38 to 1.15 µm 0.75 to 1.7 µm
Element Si photodiode InGaAs photodiode
Active area diameter 9.5 mm –
Input type Direct to photodiode Connector∗2
40 (W) x 32 (H) x 62/73 (D) mm, 61 (W) x 42 (H) x 110 (D) mm,
Dimensions and mass 40 (W) x 32 (H) x 65 (D) mm, ≤400 g
≤400 g ≤800 g
Model MA9711A/A1 MA9712A MA9714B

Wavelength range 0.75 to 1.8 µm
Element Ge photodiode Cooled-Ge photodiode
Active area diameter 5 mm –
Input type Direct to photodiode Connector∗3
40 (W) x 32 (H) x 62/73 (D) mm, 42 (W) x 47 (H) x 110 (D) mm, 47 (W) x 61 (H) x 128 (D) mm,
Dimensions and mass
≤400 g ≤500 g ≤800 g
Overall
Model MA9411A MA9611A MA9612A
Optical power Continuous light –70 to +10 dBm∗4 (0.1 nW to 10 mW) –70 to +3 dBm∗5 (0.1 nW to 2 mW) –100 to +3 dBm∗5 (0.1 pW to 2 mW)
measurement
range Modulated light –70 to +7 dBm∗6 (0.1 nW to 5 mW) –80 to 0 dBm∗7 (10 pW to 1 mW) –90 to 0 dBm∗7 (1 pW to 1 mW)
Absolute accuracy
±5%∗8 (0.5 to 0.95 µm) ±5%∗9 (1.0 to 1.6 µm)
(–23 dBm)
Measurement
Linearity continuous
accuracy ±0.15 dB∗10 ±0.15 dB∗10 ±0.15 dB∗10
light: 23°C, –23
(±0.45 dB for –70 to –60 dBm) (±0.45 dB for –70 to –60 dBm) (±0.45 dB for –90 to –80 dBm)
dBm as reference
Resolution W, W (REL) display: 0.1 to 1%, dBm display: 0.01 dB, dB (REL) display: 0.001 dB
Power 100/115/120/200/220 Vac +10
–15 %, 240 Vac +4
–15 %, 50/60/400 Hz, ≤40 VA
Operating temperature 0° to 50°C
EMC∗11 EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A), EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class D), EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
LVD EN610101-1: 1993/A2, 1995 (Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2)
Model MA9711A/A1 MA9712A MA9714B

Optical power Continuous light –40 to +10 dBm∗5 (0.1 µW to 10 mW) –60 to +10 dBm∗5 (1 nW to 10 mW) –47 to +23 dBm∗12 (20 nW to 200 mW)
measurement
range Modulated light –60 to +7 dBm∗7 (1 nW to 5 mW) –70 to +7 dBm∗7 (0.1 nW to 5 mW) –57 to +20 dBm∗13 (2 nW to 100 mW)
Absolute accuracy ±4.5% (1.3 µm) ±4.5% (1.55 µm)∗14
±5%∗9 (0.95 to 1.5 µm)
(–23 dBm) ±5%(0.95 to 1.6 µm) ±5%(0.95 to 1.6 µm)∗15
Measurement
accuracy Linearity continuous ±0.15 dB∗10 ±0.15 dB∗10 ±0.15 dB∗16(–37 to +20
light: 23°C, –23 (±0.45 dB for –40 to –30 (±0.45 dB for –60 to –50 dBm, ±0.45 dBm for –47 to
dBm as reference dBm) dBm) –37 dBm)
Resolution W, W (REL) display: 0.1 to 1%, dBm display: 0.01 dB, dB (REL) display: 0.001 dB
Power 100/115/120/200/220 Vac +10
–15 %, 240 Vac +4
–15 %, 50/60/400 Hz, ≤40 VA
EMC∗11 EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A), EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class D), EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: Twelve modulation frequencies including 270 Hz and 1 kHz
∗2: FC-type connector standard
∗3: Only for PC type SM fiber (10/125 µm, NA 0.1)
∗4: At 0.85 µm
∗5: At 1.3 µm
∗6: At 0.85 µm, 270 Hz
∗7: At 1.3 µm, 270 Hz
∗8: For wavelengths other than 0.85 µm, specified at 23° ±5°C
∗9: For wavelengths other than 1.3 µm, specified at 23° ±5°C
∗10: At 23° ±5°C
∗11: Electromagnetic compatibility
∗12: At 1.55 µm
∗13: At 1.55 µm, 270 Hz
∗14: At 1.55 µm, 0 dBm
∗15: At 0 dBm
∗16: Reference = 0 dBm
Note:
When an optical fiber is used, performance is guaranteed for a fiber core di-
ameter of up to 62.5 m and an NA of up to 0.29.
When any other fiber is used, a measurement error may occur.

• Optical connector options Ordering information 1
Option No. Optical connector Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
21 D4 Model/order No. Name
22 RUNGE Main frame
23∗1 Amphenol 906 type ML9001A Optical Power Meter
34 DIAMOND (ø 3.5) Standard accessories (for ML9001A)

J0313 Sensor connecting cord A, 2 m
35∗1 HP-SMA, Amphenol 905 type
(for 9612A/9712A/9714B): 1 pc
38 ST J0314 Sensor connecting cord B, 2 m
39 DIN (for MA9411A/A1, MA9611A and MA9711A/A1): 1 pc
Power cord, 2.5 m: 1 pc
40 SC F0004 Fuse, 0.4 A (T400MA250V): 2 pcs
41∗2 TOCP172 F0007 Fuse, 0.8 A (T800MA250V): 2 pcs
W0420AE ML9001A operation manual: 1 copy
43 HMS-10/A W0420BE ML9001A service manual: 1 copy
45 FC
Optical power sensors
∗1: If adapter mounted on 9612A, repeatability may be reduced. MA9411A∗1 Optical Power Sensor
∗2: For MA9411A MA9611A Optical Power Sensor
(with MA9005A connector adapter)
(with J0480A connector adapter)
MA9711A/A1∗1 Optical Power Sensor
MA9714B∗2 Optical Power Sensor
Optional accessories
MA9001B∗3 Connector Adapter (FC type, for MA9411A/MA9711A)
J0480B∗3 Connector adapter (FC type, for MA9612A)
MA9005A∗3 Connector Adapter (FC type, for MA9611A)
MP92B∗3 Connector Adapter (FC type, for MA9712A)
MA9013A∗3 Fiber Adapter (with FC type plug, for fibers with 125 µm
clad dia., 0.25 to 1.0 mm jacket dia.)
MP916A Fiber Adapter (for MA9002A and MP94A, for plastic
fiber with 1 mm dia.)
MP93A Fiber Adapter (≤150 µm clad dia., 0.8 to 1.0 mm jacket
dia.)
MP94A Adapter (for MA9712A, used with MP93A)
MA9002A Adapter (for MA9411A/MA9711A, used with MP93A)
MA9805A Optical Attenuator (for MA9411A, 10 dB)
MA9306A Optical Attenuator (for MA9711A, 10 dB)
MZ8010A Optical Sensor Holder
(securely mounts MA9411A or MA9711A/A1 for
measuring light traveling through free space)
J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
B0186 Front cover
J0617B∗4 Replaceable optical connector (FC)
J0618D∗4 Replaceable optical connector (ST)
J0618E∗4 Replaceable optical connector (DIN)
J0618F∗4 Replaceable optical connector (HMS-10/A)
J0619B∗4 Replaceable optical connector (SC)
J0741A Replaceable ferrule (for MA9714B)
Z0282 Ferrule cleaner (Cletop A type, 1 pc)
Z0283 Tape for ferrule cleaner (6 pcs/set, for Z0282)
Z0284 Cleaner for optical adapter (stick-type, 200 pcs/set)
∗1: MA9711A1 is lateral input sensors.
∗2: Specify one of FC, ST, DIN, SC or HMS-10A (DIAMOND).
When the connector type is not specified, FC is supplied.
∗3: The optical connector of the standard product is FC. Please specify the
option numbers along with model names shown in the tables, if you need
a different optical connector.
∗4: For MA9714B
ML9001A with sensor
MA9612A Optical Power Sensor (0.75 to 1.7µm)
Sensor connecting cord A
MA9712A Optical Power Sensor (0.75 to 1.8 µm)
ML9001A Optical Power Meter

Sensor connecting cord B

Adapters (option) MA9805A Attenuator
MA9001B MA9411A/9711A
Connector Adapter Optical Power Sensor
MA9306A Attenuator
MA9712A
MP92B Connector Adapter
Fiber cord with plug Optical Power Sensor
MA9714B
Optical Power Sensor

(mounted on MA9005A)
Pigtail fiber MA9013A Fiber Adapter

MA9612A
MA9805A Attenuator
MA9002A Adapter MA9411A/9711A

MP93A Fiber Adapter Optical Power Sensor
MA9306A Attenuator
MP94A Adapter MA9712A

Plastic fiber MP916A Fiber Adapter
MA9306A/9805A MA9411A/9711A
Light traveling through free space Attenuator Optical Power Sensor
MA9711A1 Optical Power

Sensor (lateral input sensors)
MA9712A

OPTICAL HANDY POWER METER 1
ML9002A
0.38 to 1.8 µm
The ML9002A is a compact handy power meter with a measurement

For Easy Optical Power Measurement level as wide as other more expensive instruments. Six optical sen-
sors are available for different wavelengths, measurement levels, and
optical input types. Each can be calibrated for three common wave-
lengths so absolute optical power can be read directly. Each optical
sensor can either be incorporated directly in the main frame or con-
nected using a connecting cord. The ML9002A can be used to check
optical disks, optical printers and optical communications systems and
can back-up on-side operations as a powerful multifunctional measur-
ing instrument for maintenance.
Features
• Accurate optical power measurement
The power of a narrow beam can be accurately measured even when
an adapter is changed because anti-reflection optical sensor is used.
• Long-distance measurement with wide measurement level
range
An unprecedented wide measurement level has been achieved in this
handy optical power meter. Optical power of –70 to +3 dBm (MA9621A
Optical Power Sensor) in the 1.3 µm band and –70 to +10 dBm
(MA9423A Optical Power Sensor) in the 0.85 µm band can be mea-
sured.
• Direct absolute power readings for three wavelengths
Each optical sensor is calibrated at three wavelengths (0.633/0.78/
0.85 µm or 0.66/0.78/0.85 µm for short wavelengths, and 0.85/1.3/
1.55 µm for long wavelengths). The absolute power is indicated au-
tomatically just by switching to the measured wavelength.
• Flexible measurements
Two types of connections, a plug-in system (sensor incorporated into
main frame) or a cord system (sensor connected using connecting
cord), are possible so that measurement capabilities are flexible.
• Monitoring without cutting optical fiber
The optical power in an optical fiber cable (ø0.25 mm, UV-coated
fiber) can be measured by using the Optical Power Sensor.
• Compatible with various connectors
The ML9002A can be quickly connected to FC, D4, RUNGE, ST, DIN,
DIAMOND, and SC connectors just by replacing the connector adapter.
Optical Sensors
MA9421A, MA9423A, MA9621A, MA9721A, MA9723A
MZ8013A MA9006A
Sensor Holder Sensor Adapter
Sensor connecting
cord S
MA9422A
Optical
Sensor
ML9002A
MA9005A MA9421A/9423A/9721A
Fiber cord with plug Connector Adapter Optical Sensor
MA9621A/9723A Optical Sensor
MA9005A Connector
Adapter attached
MA9013A MA9005A
Glass fiber Fiber Adapter Connector Adapter
MA9421A/9423A/9721A
MP93A Fiber Adapter MP94D Connector Adapter Optical Sensor
Plastic fiber MP916A Fiber Adapter
Light traveling MA9421A/9423A/9721A

through free space Optical Sensor
MA9422A Optical Sensor

Specifications 1
Unit display W, W(REL), dBm, and dB(REL), selectable, 4 digits
Recorder output 1 V/full-scale, 0.316 V/–5 dB
Main frame
Averaging ON/OFF settings

Range hold Range settings
Buzzer 1 dB sound threshold level setting
Auto power off After 5 minutes non-use (with internal Ni-Cd battery)
Model MA9421A MA9422A MA9423A MA9621A MA9721A MA9723A
Wavelength (µm) 0.38 to 1.15 0.75 to 1.7 0.75 to 1.8
InGaAs
Element Si photodiode Ge photodiode
photodiode
Sensors
Active area diameter 9.5 mm 9 mm 9.5 mm 1 mm 5 mm 1 mm

FC connector FC connector
Input Direct adapter∗1 Direct adapter∗1
Measurement range –60 to +20 –50 to +20 –70 to +10 –70 to +3 –40 to +10 –60 to +3 (at 1.3
(dBm) (at 0.85 µm) (at 0.85 µm) (at 0.85 µm) (at 1.3 µm) (at 1.3 µm) µm, 0° to 40°C)
30 (W) x 30 (H) x 15 (W) x 16 (H) x
37 (D) mm, ≤100 g 140 (D) mm, ≤200 g
Measurement accuracy ±5% (–10 dBm, CW mode) ±5% (–10 dBm, CW mode)∗3
Calibration wavelength 0.633/0.78/0.85 µm 0.66/0.78/0.85 µm 0.85/1.3/1.55 µm
Measurement resolution W/W(REL): 0.1 to 1%, dBm/dB(REL): 0.01 dB
Overall
Operating hours 20 hr or more, floating operation possible (on internal Ni-Cd battery)
Temperature range Operating: 0° to +50°C, Storage: –30° to +50°C, Recharging: +10° to +45°C
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class D)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: Used for NA ≤0.29 core diameter fiber ≤62.5 µm
∗2: Used for 0.25 µm jacket diameter fiber
∗3: For 1.55 µm wavelength, it is specified at 23° ±5°C
Ordering information Optical connector options table

Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
Option No. Optical connector
Model/Order No. Name 21 D4
Main frame
22 RUNGE
ML9002A Optical Handy Power Meter
23 Amphenol Type 906
Optical sensors 24 OF-2
MA9421A Optical Sensor
MA9422A Optical Sensor (Thin sensor) 34 DIAMOND∗1
MA9423A Optical Sensor 35 HP-SMA, Amphenol Type 905
MA9621A Optical Sensor (MA9005A Connector Adapter attached)
MA9721A Optical Sensor 38 ST
MA9723A Optical Sensor (MA9005A Connector Adapter attached) 39 DIN
40 SC
Standard accessories
Z0178 AC adapter: 1 pc 41 TOCP172∗2
∗1: 3.5 mm diameter ferule, M9 screw
B0232 Blank panel: 1 pc
∗2: For MA9421A, MA9423A only
W0400CE ML9002A instruction manual: 1 copy
J0477 Auto-power-off override plug: 1 pc
MA9005A∗ Connector Adapter (for optical sensor)
MA9006A Sensor Adapter (for sensor connecting cord S/T)
MP93A Fiber Adapter (≤150 µm clad dia., 0.8 to 1.0 mm jacket dia.)
MP94D Connector Adapter (for MP93A and MP916A)
MA9013A Fiber Adapter
MZ8013A Sensor Holder
J0056B FC-FC-2M-SM (FC optical fiber cord, 2 m, SM)
J0200B FC-FC-2M-GI (FC optical fiber cord, 2 m, GI)
J0436 Sensor connecting cord S (for ML9002A sensors)
J0438 Recorder output cord
Z0179 Carrying case (with shoulder strap)
Z0182 Soft case
B0234 Battery box
∗: Choose from the options listed in the following table when ordering non-FC
optical connector.
OPTICAL LOSS TEST SET
MS9020D
For Measuring Optical Loss and Checking Optical Parts
The MS9020D is a handy optical measuring instrument that incor- Applications

porates an LD or an LED light source and an optical power meter. It • Optical fiber loss measurement
can also be used for return loss measurement. Every unit of the LD When measuring optical fibers, it is convenient to provide one
light source (4 types), LED source (5 types), the sensors (7 types) MS9020D each at both the near and far ends. By using switchable
and the return loss measurement unit (1 type) is a plug-in type, for light source units (MS0904A, MS0909A), one-touch measurement of
easy exchange and highest suitability for field use. 0.85/1.3 µm and 1.3/1.55 µm can be done.
The MS9020D covers 0.66 µm, 0.85 µm, 1.3 µm, and 1.55 µm bands More accurate loss measurement is possible by using the modulat-
for optical loss measurement. In addition to the CW mode, it provides ed light function. When an LD light source is used, it is possible to
a modulated light mode with 270 Hz, 1 kHz, and 2 kHz modulation measure optical loss up to 67 dB.
signals. Therefore, it is possible to measure optical loss over a wide
dynamic range without stray light effect. This is the most suitable for
• Optical parts performance check
A light source and optical power meter are provided, and an optical
single mode fiber measurement. For return loss, 1.3 µm band single
parts performance check is possible at low cost.
mode fibers can be measured in the 0 to 40 dB range. As a power
meter, every sensor has a wavelength calibration function of 5 nm • Optical return loss measurement
steps at 3 wavelengths, so absolute values can be read directly. Return loss of connectors or optical devices can be measured easi-
ly using return loss measuring units.
Features
• Measures optical loss up to 67 dB
• Measures CW and modulated light
• Provides calibration function of 5 nm steps at 3 wavelengths
• Also measures optical return loss (0 to 40 dB)
• Operates in 3 modes; AC, rechargeable battery, and dry cells
• Various connectors
Specifications
• MS9020D (mainframe)
Unit display W, W (REL), dBm, dB (REL) selectable, 4 digits
Measurement resolution W/W (REL) display: 0.1 to 1%, dBm/dB (REL) display: 0.01/0.1 dB, Blanking is possible.
Auto power off Power turns off automatically after 5 minutes of no adjustment
Recorder output 1 V (on full-scale display), 0.316 V (on –5 dB from full-scale)
Battery alarm Down-side part flickers when battery voltage goes down.
Auto offset Sensor zero point is adjusted automatically.
Back light Display section back light can be set on and off.
Averaging On and off selectable
Range hold Range can be specified and set to be on and off.
Reference value input Used to input the loss point reference value
Buzzer Sound when input level is higher than set reference level in 1 dB steps
Wavelength sensitivity
Deviation of optical power sensor is compensated automatically in 5 nm steps.
characteristics compensation

Resume function At power on, the state when the power is just turned off is restored.
1
Backup Setting condition is backed up for 30 minutes, when the line voltage is zero at exchanging batteries for example.
Modulation CW, 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz (2 kHz is for MA9621A only)
Operation is possible using AC adapter, Ni-Cd battery [Operation hour: 4-hour for outputting light, No operation hour: 9-hour
Power for light is turned off (when fully charged after new battery fully discharged), Charge time: 6-hour], UM-3 Alkali/Manganese
battery∗1 (Require 4 pcs. Operation hour is equivalent with Ni-Cd battery at 25˚C.)
Temperature range 0˚ to 50˚C (use), 10˚ to 45˚C (at charging), –30˚ to +50˚C (storage)
EMC EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A), EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class D), EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: Optional accessories
• Light sources
Model MS0901A∗1 MS0902A∗1 MS0903A∗1 MS0904A∗1
Applicable fiber GI SM, GI
Element LED
1.3 ±0.03
Wavelength (µm) 0.85 ±0.03 1.3 ±0.03 1.55 ±0.035
1.55 ±0.035
Spectral half-width ≤140 (1.3 µm)
≤60 ≤140 ≤210
(nm) ≤210 (1.55 µm)
≥–22 (1.3 µm)∗3
Optical output level: ≥–20∗3 ≥–25∗3 ≥–27 (1.55 µm)∗3
≥–20∗3
CW mode (dBm)∗2 ≥–40∗4 ≥–45∗4 ≥–42 (1.3 µm)∗4
≥–47 (1.55 µm)∗4
Stability∗2, ∗ 5 ≤0.3 dB
Short-term
≤0.04 dB
stability∗2, ∗ 6
Internal modulation Frequency: 270 Hz/1 kHz/2 kHz±1.5%, Square wave (duty factor: 45 to 55%)
Optical connector∗7 FC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC type connector adapter
Temperature range 0˚ to 50˚C (use), –40˚ to +70˚C (storage)
Model MS0906A∗8 MS0902D∗9, ∗ 10 MS0903D∗9, ∗ 10 MS0908A∗11, ∗ 12 MS0909A∗9, ∗ 11

Applicable fiber GI, SM SM SM (ITU-T G.652)
Element LED FP-LD FP-LD
0.85 ±0.03 1.31 ±0.02∗13
Wavelength (µm) 1.31 ±0.025∗13 1.55 ±0.025∗13 0.635 ±0.010∗13
1.30 ±0.03 1.55 ±0.02∗13
Spectral half-width ≤60 (0.85 µm) ≤5 (1.31 µm)∗13
≤5∗13 ≤10∗13 ≤5∗13
(nm) ≤140 (1.30 µm) ≤10 (1.55 µm)∗13
Optical output level: ≥22 (0.85/1.3 µm)∗3
–3±1∗4, ∗ 13 –3±1∗13, ∗ 14 ≥–3∗13, ∗ 14
CW mode (dBm)∗2 ≥–42 (1.3 µm)∗4
Stability∗2, ∗ 5 ≤0.3 dB ±0.5 dB∗4 ±2 dB∗2, ∗ 14, ∗ 15 ±0.5 dB∗2, ∗ 5, ∗ 14
Short-term
≤0.04 dB ±0.05 dB∗4 – ±0.05 dB∗2, ∗ 6, ∗ 14
stability∗2, ∗ 6
Frequency: 270 Hz/
Flickering light function
Internal modulation Frequency: 270 Hz/1 kHz/2 kHz±1.5%, Square wave (duty factor: 45 to 55%) 1 kHz/2 kHz ±1.5%
(3 steps)
Duty: 45 to 55%
FC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, Replaceable connector, PC polish
Optical connector∗7 FC or SC type integrated with connector∗16
SC type connector adapter (FC, ST, DIN, HMS-10A, SC)
0˚ to 40˚C (use), 0˚ to 50˚C (use),
–40˚ to +70˚C (storage) –40˚ to +70˚C (storage)
90 (W) x 133 (H) x 90 (W) x 133 (H) x
38 (D) mm, ≤300 g 38 (D) mm, ≤500 g
∗1: Installed in MS9020A/B/C/D ∗8: Installed in MS9020B/C/D
∗2: Used with FC-type connectors ∗9: Laser Product Safety Standards: Class-1 (IEC Pub. 825, FDA 21CFR)
∗3: When connected with Anritsu GI fiber (50/125 µm, NA 0.2, 2 m) ∗10: Installed in MS9020C/D
∗4: When connected with Anritsu SM fiber (10/125 µm, NA 0.1, 2 m) ∗11: Installed in MS9020D
∗5: CW, 0˚ to 50˚C (5 hour) ∗12: Laser Product Safety Standards: Class-2 (IEC Pub. 825, FDA 21CFR)
∗6: CW, at ±1˚C (1 minute) within 0˚ to 50˚C ∗13: CW, 25˚C
∗7: Specify one connector among those shown in the specification table. ∗14: Connected with SM fiber (ITU-T G.652), 2 m
When no connector and manufacturer’s name are specified, FC-type will ∗15: CW, at 0˚ to 40˚C ambient temperature, 5 hour
be mounted and supplied. ∗16: Use the conversion cord (see ordering information) for other optical con-
Other than the connectors indicated in the table are dealt in special connectors
nectors of custom-made. The ordering method of optical connectors are
indicated in the table on page 39.
• Optical sensors
Model MA9421A∗1 MA9422A∗1 MA9423A∗1 MA9621A∗1
Element Si diode InGaAs diode
Active area diameter ø9.5 mm ø9 mm ø9.5 mm ø1 mm
FC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC
Input Direct
type connector adapter∗2
CW
–60 to +20 (0.85 µm) –50 to +20 (0.85 µm) –70 to +10 (0.85 µm) –70 to +3 (1.3 µm)
Measurement (dBm)
range MOD
–65 to +17 (0.85 µm) –50 to +17 (0.85 µm) –75 to +7 (0.85 µm) –75 to 0 (1.3 µm)
(dBm)
Measurement
±5%∗4 ±5%∗5 ±5%∗6
accuracy∗3
30 (W) x 30 (H) x 37 (D) mm, 15 (W) x 16 (H) x 140 (D) mm,
≤100 g ≤200 g
Model MA9622A∗7, ∗ 8 MA9721A∗1 MA9723A∗1

Element InGaAs diode Ge diode
Active area diameter – ø5 mm ø1 mm
FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, replaceable FC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC type
Input Direct
connector, PC polishing connector adapter∗2
CW
–50 to +23 (1.3/1.55 µm) –40 to +10 (1.3 µm) –60 to +3∗9 (1.3 µm)
Measurement (dBm)
range MOD
–55 to +20 (1.3/1.55 µm) –50 to +7 (1.3 µm) –65 to 0∗9 (1.3 µm)
(dBm)
Measurement
±5%∗10 ±5%∗6, ∗ 11
accuracy∗3
Temperature range 0˚ to +50˚C (use), –40˚ to +70˚C (storage)
∗1: Installed in MS9020A/B/C/D
∗2: Specify one connector among those shown in the specification table.
When no connector and manufacturer’s name are specified, FC-type will
• MS0907A Return Loss Measurement Unit*1
be mounted and supplied. Applicable fiber SM (10/125 µm, NA 0.1)
Other than the connectors indicated in the table are dealt in special con-
Wavelength 1.31 ±0.03 µm (25˚C)
nectors of custom-made. The ordering method of optical connectors are
indicated in the table on page 39. 0 to 40 dB (relative to total internal reflection
Measurement range
∗3: Used with FC-type connectors cord, including output connector reflection)
∗4: At –10 dBm, 0.633/0.78/0.85 µm CW light mode Measured data display 0 to 60 dB (relative to total internal reflection
∗5: At –10 dBm, 0.66/0.78/0.85 µm CW light mode range cord, excluding output connector reflection)
∗6: At –10 dBm, 0.85/1.3/1.55 µm CW light mode
∗7: Installed in MS9020D, applicable connector: SM fiber (ITU-T G.652) Measurement accuracy
±1 dB (relative to the reflection, constant
Return loss: ≥40 dB (1.55 ±0.2 µm, only when return loss of optical con- temperature)
nector: ≥45 dB) Optical output connector∗2 FC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC: PC-type
Polarization dependency: ≤0.1 dB (1.55 ±0.02 µm)
∗8: Installed in MS9020D Temperature range 0˚ to 50˚C (use), –40˚ to +70˚C (storage)
∗9: 0˚ to 40˚C Dimensions and mass 90 (W) x 93 (H) x 36 (D) mm, ≤300 g
∗10: At –10 dBm, 1.3/1.55 µm CW light mode
∗11: At –10 dBm, 1.55 µm CW light mode, 18˚ to 28˚C ∗1: Installed in MS9020B/C/D; Laser Product Safety Standards: Class-1 (IEC
Pub. 825, FDA 21CFR)
∗2: Specify one connector among those shown in the specification table.
Safety measures for laser products When no connector and manufacturer’s name are specified, FC-type will
The MS0908A complies with the optical safety standards in Class 2 be mounted and supplied.
of the IEC pub. 825 and the FDA (21CFR 1040.10, USA); the follow- Other than the connectors indicated in the table are dealt in special con-
ing descriptive labels are affixed to the product (FDA label is only af- nectors of custom-made. The ordering method of optical connectors are
fixed to product for export to the USA). indicated in the table on page 39.
IEC FDA (CFR)
The maximum output is indicated under ∗1, and the wavelength under ∗2.
Caution: Do not look directly into the laser beam.

1
Optical Sensor
(MA9421A/9423A/9621A/
9721A/9723A)
LED Source
(MS0901A/0902A/0903A/
0904A/0906A)
LD Source
(MS0902D/0903D)
LD Source MS9020D
(MS0908A/0909A)
Optical sensor
(MA9422A)
(A photograph
includes a sensor)
Fiber cord with plug
MA9014A
Bare fiber Bare Fiber Connector Pigtail fiber MA9004A Connector Adapter attached
LED Source
(MS0901A/0902A/0903A/0904A/0906A)
Bare fiber MA9013A Fiber Adapter

LD Source
(MS0902D/0903D)
FC/SC type (integrated with connector)
Optical Sensor
Fiber cord with plug (MA9421A/9423A/9621A/9721A/9723A)
MA9005A Connector Adapter
Fiber cord with plug LD Source (MS0908A/0909A)
(Replaceable connector)
MA9014A
Bare fiber Bare Fiber Connector Pigtail fiber
(A photograph includes a sensor)
Fiber cord with plug MA9622A Optical Sensor
(Replaceable connector)
Ordering information
Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
Model/Order No. Name Model/Order No. Name
Mainframe Optional accessories
MS9020D Optical Loss Test Set (with Ni-Cd batteries) MA9004A Connector Adapter (for MS0902A/0903A/0904A)
MA9005A Connector Adapter
Standard accessories (for MA9421A/9423A/9621A/9721A/9723A)
Z0178 AC adapter: 1 pc MA9006A Sensor Adapter (for optical sensors)
Power cord, 2.5 m: 1 pc MA9013A Fiber Adapter (Clad diam. 125 µm; Jacket diam. 0.25 to 1 mm)
J0599 AC operation adapter: 1 pc MA9014A Bare Fiber Connector
J0477 Continuant adapter: 1 pc MP93A Fiber Adapter (Clad diam. ≤150 µm)
J0597 Total internal reflection cord (for MS0907A only): 1 pc MP94D Connector Adapter (used with MP93A)
W1306AE MS9020D operation manual: 1 copy MZ8013A Sensor Holder
J0436 Optical sensor cord S (for ML9002A, MS9020A/B/C/D)
LED sources J0438 Recorder output cord (mini-jack with clips)
MS0901A LED Source (MA9004A Connector Adapter attached) J0598 Plastic fiber cord (ø1 mm, NA 0.5 , Amphenol 905, 2 m)
MS0902A LED Source (MA9004A Connector Adapter attached) J0200B FC-FC-2M-GI (FC optical fiber cord, 2 m, GI)
MS0903A LED Source (MA9004A Connector Adapter attached) J0056B FC-FC-2M-SM (FC optical fiber cord, 2 m, SM)
MS0904A LED Source (MA9004A Connector Adapter attached) Z0179 Carrying case
MS0906A LED Source (MA9004A Connector Adapter attached) Z0180 Battery pack (for Alkali/Manganese cell, up to 4 pcs)
Z0181 Ni-Cd battery pack
LD sources Z0182 Soft case (MS0908A/0909A can not house)
MS0902D LD Source (integrated with connector) Z0426 Carrying case (for MS9020D + MS0908A/0909A)
MS0903D LD Source (integrated with connector) J0206A FC·PC-DIA·PC-1M-SM (FC·PC-DIAMOND·PC optical
MS0908A LD Source (replaceable connector attached) conversion cord, 1 m, SM)
MS0909A LD Source (replaceable connector attached) J0208A FC-BIC-1M-GI (FC-BICONIC optical conversion cord, 1 m, GI)
J0210A FC-D4-1M-SM (FC-D4 optical conversion cord, 1 m, SM)
Optical sensors J0517A FC-DIN-1M-SM (FC-DIN optical conversion cord, 1 m, SM)
MA9421A Optical Sensor J0519A FC-ST-1M-SM (FC-ST optical conversion cord, 1 m, SM)
MA9422A Optical Sensor (thin type) J0521A FC-SC-1M-SM (FC-SC optical conversion cord, 1 m, SM)
MA9423A Optical Sensor J0617B Replaceable connector (FC)
MA9621A Optical Sensor (MA9005A Connector Adapter attached) ∗For MA9622A, MS0908A/0909A
MA9622A Optical Sensor (for high power, replaceable optical J0618D Replaceable connector (ST)
connector attached) ∗For MA9622A, MS0908A/0909A
MA9721A Optical Sensor J0618E Replaceable connector (DIN)
MA9723A Optical Sensor (MA9005A Connector Adapter attached) ∗For MA9622A, MS0908A/0909A
J0618F Replaceable connector (HMS-10/A)
Optical return loss measuring unit ∗For MA9622A, MS0908A/0909A
MS0907A Optical Return Loss Measuring Unit J0619B Replaceable connector (SC)
∗For MA9622A, MS0908A/0909A
Z0333A Wavelength selector ∗For MS0904A/0906A/0909A
B0232 Blank panel

OPTICAL TEST SET 1
GPIB
MT9810B
Multipurpose Optical Measuring Instruments Supporting Reference Light Sources
Today, as we turn to photonic communications, a variety of optical • Recording measured optical power values
communication networks, from core to access, are about to be real- By mounting an optical sensor, a maximum of 1000 power measure-
ized. For this reason, there are a wide variety of performance re- ment values can be saved per channel. The saved measurement val-
quirements demanded of optical components and optical communi- ues can be read by remote control, permitting various analyses and
cations systems making up these rapidly developing optical commu- processings.
nication networks. • Variable optical power measurement interval
And the performance and specifications of the sought after evalua- By mounting an optical sensor, the optimum measurement interval
tion systems vary depending on the field (development, manufactur- can be set according to the applications (1 ms to 99 h 59 min 59 s);
ing, inspection, maintenance) in which these are developed, sup- for example, a long interval for a long-duration measurement, and a
plied and implemented. short interval for high-speed measurement.
The MT9810B Optical Test Set is the most fundamental optical mea-
surement instrument with a complete line-up of light sources (DFB-
• Variable optical power measurement bandwidth
By mounting an optical sensor, the bandwidth can be set according
LD, FP-LD, SLD) and optical sensors (high-speed, general-purpose,
to the measured item; for example, the average pulse optical power
high-power).
can be measured by widening the bandwidth, and the variations in
The evaluation system can be configured to fit the users needs. In
optical power at an optical switch can be measured by narrowing the
addition, by combining the optical test set with peripheral devices
bandwidth. The setting range is between 0.1 Hz to 100 kHz
such as the optical directional coupler and the optical channel se-
(MU931311A) or 10 kHz (MU931421A/931422A).
lector, the user can construct even more diverse evaluation systems.
The MT9810B is a highly accurate and reliable evaluation system • Relative measurement
that will respond with flexibility to future diverse measurement needs. By mounting an optical sensor, 0 dB is displayed as the measured
value on the display when the relative key (Rel) is pressed. It allows
• Light source the difference from the reference value to be read directly in the loss
The DFB-LD complies with ITU-T recommended wavelengths and
measurement of an optical fiber or device.
highly stable 1.31 µm band, 1.55 µm band FP-LD’s are also offered.
In addition, an SLD light source with a center wavelength of 1.55 µm • Reference measurement
and an approximately 40 nm wavelength band is provided. By mounting an optical sensor, a relative value based on a reference
value (reference) entered using the keys can be displayed. When the
• Optical sensors light is incident at a distant location in the loss measurement of an
There are three optical sensors: high-sensitivity, general-purpose
optical fiber, the fiber loss can be read directly by entering the refer-
and high-power. Each has sensor head and plug-in models.
ence value of incident light as a reference.
• Measurement conditions saving function • Controlling optical channel selector
Up to 10 sets of measurement conditions can be saved for each
The MN96xxA Optical Channel Selector can be controlled from the
channel, permitting the repetition of measurements.
MT9810B Optical Test Set by connecting the two via a dedicated ca-
• Clone function ble. It facilitates the measurement if the optical test set and the opti-
When the same types of units are mounted in Channels 1 and 2, the cal channel selector are at a distance from each other due to the
measurement conditions for one side can be copied onto the other configuration of the measurement system. The cable lengths are
side. available in the range from 1 to 10 m.
• Measurement of max., min. and variation of optical power • GPIB and RS-232C I/F as standard
By mounting an optical sensor, the maximum and minimum values of GPIB and RS-232C interfaces are provided as standard, permitting
optical power and the variations in its value can be always displayed, remote control of the measurements via a PC. In addition, the
eliminating the need for saving the measured optical power various LabVIEW® software driver for remote control is provided as stan-
in the memory. Light source stability and PDL (polarization depen- dard, enhancing the construction of a remote measurement system.
dent loss) characteristics can be evaluated in real time. ∗ LabVIEW® is registered trademark of National Instruments Corporation.
Light source units • FP-LD light source units
• DFB-LD light source unit The MU951301A and MU951501A have a wavelength of 1.31 µm
MU952500A/952600A series are 97 wavelengths supporting WDM. and 1.55 µm, respectively. The MU951001A allows the wavelength
The unit is equipped with a high-output and high-stability DFB-LD to be selected as either 1.31 or 1.55 µm.
light source. High-power
Conforms to wavelengths complying with ITU-T The units are general-purpose light sources with a high output of +7
The unit incorporates a DFB-LD light source that supports D-WDM dBm, making them ideal for performing measurements over a high
and complies with ITU-T. Frequencies from 186.3 to 195.9 THz dynamic range.
(1609.19 to 1530.33 nm) over a 100 GHz interval are available. High-stability
High-power, high-stability The units provide high output-power stability of better than or equal
High Power of +10 dBm and high stability of better than or equal to to ±0.002 dB. They are suitable as light sources for measurements
±0.005 dB are provided. In addition, high stability of better than or in which high accuracy is required(MU951301A/951501A).
equal to ±2 GHz can be achieved for the center frequency
(MU952501A/952502A/952503A/952504A/952505A).
Output power stability (dB)

Output power stability (dB)
Time (min)
• SLD light source unit

Time (min) This light source has a center wavelength of 1550 nm and an ap-
proximate wavelength band of 40 nm. Optical output power is –3
dBm. The output level is higher than LED light source. A measure-
ment system of MS9710B/C Optical Spectrum Analyzer and SLD
Output frequency stability (GHz)
light source unit achieves more dynamic range.

On the other hand, when combined with the MN9604C/D Optical
Directional Coupler, highly stable reflectance measurements can be
performed because of low interference to use SLD light source.
Optical sensor units

High-sensitivity, general-purpose or high-power optical sensors are
available. A remote sensor head model and a plug-in model are also
provided. Furthermore, besides supporting all optical connectors,
the optical input method (connection method) for optical sensors
supports bare fiber connection and free-space optical input. The
user can select the optical sensor that meets his use environment
and purpose.
Time (min)
• General-purpose optical sensor
(MU931421A/MU931422A/MA9332A)
Variable optical frequency MU931421A and MU931422A with measurement ranges of +10 to
The center frequency of the light source can be varied in the maxi- –80 dBm and MA9332A with a measurement range of +7 to –80
mum range of ±60 GHz (approx. ±0.5 nm). Moreover, the frequency dBm, are highly accurate optical sensors that achieve a measure-
can be displayed in either frequency or wavelength units. This func- ment accuracy of ±2% and linearity of ±0.01 dB.
tion allows a required frequency to be set between reference grids. MU931422A and MA9332A can be used in measuring fiber with an
APC connector, GI fiber and bare fiber. MU931422A is a plug-in
model and MA9332A, a sensor head model.
∗ When using MA9332A, MU931001A or MU931002A sensor adapter is nec-
essary.
• High-power optical sensor (MA9331A/MU931431A)

High-power optical sensors MA9331A and MU931431A have maxi-
mum measurement optical inputs of +35 dBm and +33 dBm, re-
spectively. These sensors have NPL (National Physical Laboratory)
traceability in conducting calibration at +30 dBm, and are able to
measure “high-power” with an even higher level of confidence than
conventional high-power optical sensors. And of course all types of
corresponding connectors also support fiber with an APC connector,
GI fiber and bare fiber. MU931431A is a plug-in model and
MA9331A, a sensor head model.
∗ When using MA9331A, MU931001A sensor adapter is necessary.

Optical input method of the sensor • MA9901A/B Fiber Adapter 1
Setting can be accomplished without touching the cut fiber edge by
Various Bare Space
Item Model Type using the clamping method, which catches and then fixes the fiber at
connector fiber beam
both ends. Fiber can also be easily attached and removed by pinch-
MU931421A Unit √ ∗1 ing the clamp, making this adapter perfect for extended work.
General MU931422A Unit √ √ High-resolution optical power measurement
purpose The MT9810B has a panel of high resolution of 1/1000 dB. In addi-
Sensor
MA9332A √ √
head tion, the optical power can be measured at a high resolution of
MU931431A Unit √ √ 1/10000 dB via GPIB or RS-232C interface.
Sensor
High-speed analog output
High power √ √
MA9331A head The MU931311A Optical Sensor can send a signal to an analog out-
put terminal with a response speed of approx. 10 µs (The response
High ∗1
sensitivity MU931311A Unit √ speed of other optical sensors is approx. 100 µs).
Large Sensor
diameter PD
MA9333A
head √ √ √
∗1: MU931421A/MU931311A does not correspond to MU connector, LC con-

nector, and APC connector.
• High-sensitivity optical sensor (MU931311A)

The MU931311A has an optical power range of +10 to –110 dBm
and measures high-level to extremely low-level light. It achieves
measurement uncertainty of ±2% and linearity of ±0.01 dB. Optical
power can be measured with a high degree of accuracy. And of
course, this optical sensor is compatible with all connectors.
• Large diameter PD sensor (MA9333A)
This is a sensor head-model optical sensor that has low noise char-
acteristics, and uses an internal photo acceptance unit with a ±5
mm-InGaAs-PD. In addition to SM, GI and POF (plastic fiber), a col-
limated spatial beam can also be measured directly. This optical sen-
sor also supports bare fiber.
∗ When using MA9333A, MU931002A Sensor Adapter is necessary.
Specifications
• MT9810B Optical Test Set
dBm: 0.001, 0.01, 0.1
Display resolution dB: 0.001, 0.01, 0.1
W: 5 digits
Display range –199.999 to +199.999 dBm, ±0.0001 pW to ±10000 W
Fluorescent character display tube, 7 segments (5-1/2 digits), 2 screens, dot matrix (138 x 20 dots), dedicated segments
Display (AUTO, AVG, MOD, CAL, SYS, PRMTR, APPL, REMOTE)
Remote (GPIB, RS-232C)
GPIB: Address
RS-232C
Data length: 7/8 bits, Stop bit: 1/2 bits
System settings Parity bit: None, odd, even
Speed: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 14400, 19200 bps
Buzzer volume: 4 levels, Contrast: 9 levels
Time setting: Year, month, day, hour, minute, second (24 hour display)
General
Settings save: 10 max. (each channel)
Settings copy: Between channels (only for same type of unit)
Selectable controlled channel
Functions Using optical sensor
Bar graph display: 60 dots
Record measurement: 1000 max. data (each channel)
Calculations: Channel subtraction, max./min./(max. – min.) displays, relative value display (measured value reference,
numeric value input), calibration value correction
Remote control GPIB, RS-232C
Laser safety mechanism Remote inter-lock, optical output control (key control)
Operating temperature/humidity: 0˚ to +50˚C/≤90% (no condensation);
Environmental conditions Storage temperature: –25˚ to +71˚C
Plug-in units 2 max.
LabVIEW ® driver Bundled as standard
Dimensions and mass 213 (W) x 88 (H) x 351 (D) mm, ≤3.5 kg (without units)
Power 100 to 120/200 to 240 Vac (+10%/–15%), ≤70 VA, 47.5 to 63 Hz
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
LVD EN61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 (Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2)
• Light sources
DFB-LD light source
Model MU952501A/952502A/952503A/952504A/952505A MU952601A/952602A/952603A/952604A/952605A/952606A
Optical element DFB-LD
Applicable optical fiber SM (ITU-T G.652)
Specified wavelength
range (fp)∗1 191.7 to 195.9 THz (1563.86 to 1530.33 nm) 186.3 to 191.6 THz (1609.19 to 1564.68 nm)
Center optical frequency∗2 fp ±0.01 THz (approx. ±0.08 nm)

Spectrum half width∗2 ≤30 MHz
Optical output power∗2 +10 ±1 dBm +7 ±1 dBm
Time stability (short term)∗2, ∗3, ∗4: ≤±0.005 dB Time stability (short term)∗2, ∗3, ∗4: ≤±0.01 dB
Optical power stability Time stability (long term)∗2, ∗3, ∗5: ≤±0.02 dB Time stability (long term)∗2, ∗3, ∗5: ≤±0.02 dB
Temperature stability∗2, ∗3, ∗6: ≤±0.25 dB Temperature stability∗2, ∗3, ∗6: ≤±0.25 dB
Time stability (short term) ∗2, ∗4: ≤±2 GHz (approx. ±0.02 nm)
Center frequency stability Time stability (long term) ∗2, ∗5: ≤±4 GHz (approx. ±0.04 nm)
Tuning range: fp ±60 GHz (approx. ±0.48 nm), Step: 1 GHz (approx. 0.01 nm),
Optical frequency tuning Accuracy∗2: ≤±10 GHz (setting to fp +60 GHz, or fp –60 GHz, 25˚C)
Frequency∗2: 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz ±0.1%
Internal modulation Duty: 50% ±5%, Extinction ratio: ≥13 dB
Optical output attenuation 0.00 to 6.00 dB (0.01 dB steps), accuracy: ≤±0.5 dB (at 25˚C when set to 6.00 dB)
Laser safety mechanism IEC60825-1: Class 3A, 21CFR1040.10: Class III b
Optical connector FC-PC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC∗7 (all PC type)
Warm-up time 1 h (after optical output on)
Operating temperature/humidity: +15˚ to +35˚C/≤90% (no condensation),
Environmental conditions Storage temperature: –25˚ to +71˚C
Note: Wavelengths in vacuum ∗4: 5 min at constant temperature (at one point 20˚ to 30˚C)
∗1: Specify an optical frequency (wavelength) and model name from the or- ∗5: 1 h at constant temperature
dering information. ∗6: 8 h at +15˚ to +35˚C
∗2: At CW, optical attenuation setting (0.00 dB), center optical frequency (fp) ∗7: Specified connector for optical connector option supplied as standard acces-
using SM fiber (ITU-T G.652) and FC-PC connector sory. If connector not specified, FC-PC (Option 37) supplied as standard.
∗3: When return loss seen from light source side is 40 dB min.
FP-LD light source
Model MU951301A MU951501A MU951001A∗1

Optical element FP-LD
Fiber SM (ITU-T G.652)
Wavelength∗2 1310 ±20 nm 1550 ±20 nm 1310/1550 ±20 nm
Spectral half-width∗2 ≤5 nm ≤10 nm ≤5 nm (1310 nm), ≤10 nm (1550 nm)
Optical output power∗2 +7 ±1 dBm
Optical output power Time stability (long term)∗2, ∗3, ∗5: ≤±0.02 dB Time stability (long term)∗2, ∗3, ∗5: ≤±0.05 dB
stability
Internal modulation Frequency: 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz ±0.1%, Duty: 50% ±5%, Extinction ratio: ≥13 dB
Optical output attenuation 0.00 to 6.00 dB (0.01 dB steps), Accuracy: ≤±0.5 dB (at 25˚C when set to 6.00 dB)
Laser safety mechanism IEC60825-1: Class 3A, 21CFR1040.10: Class III b
Optical connector FC-PC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC∗7 (all PC type)
Environmental conditions Operating temperature/humidity: 0˚ to +50˚C/≤90% (no condensation); Storage temperature: –40˚ to +71˚C (no condensation)
Note: Wavelengths in vacuum ∗4: 15 min at constant temperature (at one point from 20˚ to 30˚C)
∗1: Only one MU951001A can be installed into MT9812B. ∗5: 6 h at constant temperature
∗2: At CW, optical attenuation setting (0.00 dB), using SM fiber (ITU-T G.652) ∗6: 8 h at 0˚ to 50˚C
and FC-PC connector ∗7: Specified connector for optical connector option supplied as standard acces-
∗3: When return loss seen from light source side is 40 dB min. sory. If connector not specified, FC-PC (Option 37) supplied as standard.
SLD light source
Model MU954501A
Optical element SLD
Fiber SM fiber (ITU-T G.652)
Wavelength∗1 1550 ±20 nm
Spectral half-width∗1 ≥40 nm
Optical output power∗1 –3 ±1 dBm

Time stability (short term)∗1, ∗2, ∗3: ±0.01 dB
1
Optical output power stability Time stability (long term)∗1, ∗2, ∗4: ±0.1 dB
Temperature stability∗1, ∗2, ∗5: ±0.5 dB
Optical connector∗6 FC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC (all PC type)
Laser safety mechanism IEC60825-1: Class 1, 21CFR1040.10: Class I
Operating temperature/humidity: 0˚ to +50˚C/≤90% (no condensation)
Environmental conditions Storage Temperature: –40˚ to +71˚C
Note: Wavelengths in vacuum, please contact us for 1310 nm SLD light source.
∗1: At CW, optical attenuation setting (0.00 dB), using SM fiber (ITU-T G.652) and FC-PC connector
∗3: 15 min at constant temperature
∗4: 6 h at constant temperature
∗5: 8 h at 0˚ to 50˚C
∗6: Specified connector for optical connector option supplied as standard accessory. If connector not specified, FC-PC (Option 37) supplied as standard.
Laser product safety protection

The MU952501A/952502A/952503A/952504A/952505A, MU952601A/
952602A/952603A/952604A/952605A/952606A, MU951301A/951501A/
951001A, and MU954501A are laser products and safety protection
conforming to optical safety standards IEC 60825-1 and
21CFR1040.10 (USA) is incorporated; the following warning label is
affixed to the product.
• 21CFR1040.10 warning label • IEC 60825-1 warning label

MU952501A/952502A/952503 MU951501A MU952501A/952502A/952503 MU951501A
A/952504A/952505A A/952504A/952505A
DANGER DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION

DO NOT STARE INTO BEAM OR VIEW
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION
DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION (MAX) (PULSE DURATION) (WAVELENGTH)
(MAX) (PULSE DURATION) (WAVELENGTH)
AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE 40 mW CW 1.55 µm
40 mW CW 1.55 µm
TO BEAM TO BEAM
MAXIMUM POWER : 40mW MAXIMUM POWER : 40mW
CLASS 3A LASER PRODUCT
WAVELENGTH :1.55µm WAVELENGTH :1.55µm CLASS 3A LASER PRODUCT
CLASS ΙΙΙb LASER PRODUCT CLASS ΙΙΙb LASER PRODUCT
MU952601A/952602A/952603 MU951001A MU952601A/952602A/952603 MU951001A

A/952604A/952605A/952606A A/952604A/952605A/952606A
DANGER DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION

DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS DIRECTLY WITH OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION (MAX) (PULSE DURATION) (WAVELENGTH)
AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE 40 mW CW 1.6 µm 40 mW CW 1.31/1.55 µm
TO BEAM TO BEAM
MAXIMUM POWER : 40mW MAXIMUM POWER : 40mW
WAVELENGTH WAVELENGTH :1.31/1.55µm CLASS 3A LASER PRODUCT CLASS 3A LASER PRODUCT
:1.6µm
CLASS ΙΙΙb LASER PRODUCT CLASS ΙΙΙb LASER PRODUCT
MU951301A MU951301A MU954501A
DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION

AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE
40 mW CW 1.31 µm
TO BEAM
MAXIMUM POWER : 40mW
WAVELENGTH :1.31µm CLASS 3A LASER PRODUCT
CLASS ΙΙΙb LASER PRODUCT
• Optical sensors (unit)

Model MU931311A MU931421A MU931422A
Element InGaAs-PD
Input type Fiber
9/125 to 62.5/125 µm (NA: ≤0.29)
Applicable optical fiber SM (ITU-T G.652) PC, APC polish conformity
Wavelength range 800 to 1600 nm 750 to 1700 nm
CW: +10 to –110 dBm CW: +10 to –80 dBm
Optical power measurement range∗1 MOD: +7 to –90 dBm MOD: +7 to –90 dBm
Noise level∗2 ≤–93 dBm ≤–73 dBm
Polarization dependency∗3 ≤±0.01 dB ≤±0.025 dB
Return loss∗3 ≥40 dB —
Optical power measurement uncertainty Reference conditions∗4: ±2%, Operating conditions∗5: ±3.5%
±0.05 dB (+10 to 0 dBm) ±0.05 dB (+10 to 0 dBm)
Linearity∗6 ±0.01 dB ±0.3 pW (0 to –90 dBm) ±0.01 dB ±30 pW (0 to –70 dBm)
Calibration factor input –99.999 to +99.999 dB
Wavelength sensitivity correction Measurement wavelength input in 0.01 nm units
Zero set operation Automatic zero calibration
Range select Auto, manual
Modulated light reception CW/MOD selectable, MOD: 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz
Measurement interval∗7 1, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 ms, 1 s to 99 h 59 min 59 s
Average setting Off, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000 times
Analog output∗8 Approx. +2 V
Auto, manual
Bandwidth select∗9 Manual setting: 0.1, 1, 10, 100 Hz, Auto, manual
1, 10, 100 kHz (CW mode only) Manual setting: 0.1, 1, 10, 100 Hz, 1, 10 kHz (CW mode only)
Optical connector∗10 FC-PC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC (all PC type) FC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC, MU, LC
Operating temperature/humidity: 0˚ to +50˚C/≤90% (no condensation),
Environmental conditions Storage temperature/humidity: –40˚ to +71˚C/≤95% (no condensation)
41 (W) x 78 (H) x 335 (D) mm,
≤700 g
∗1 Wavelength: 1300 nm
∗2 Measurement interval: 100 ms, average: 10 times, peak to peak noise, wavelength: 1300 nm
∗3 SM fiber (ITU-T G.652), return loss: ≥45 dB, wavelength: 1550 nm
∗4 Reference conditions
SM fiber (ITU-T G.652), master FC connector
Power level: 100 µW (–10 dBm), CW light, wavelength: 1300 nm, ambient temperature: 23˚ ±2˚C, at day of calibration,
Warm-up: 1 h (MU931311A) and 30 min (MU931421A/931422A)
∗5 Operating conditions
SM Fiber (ITU-T G.652), master FC connector, CW light, any wavelength in 1000 to 1600 nm (MU931311A) and 1000 to 1650 nm (MU931421A/931422A),
power level: 100 µW (–10 dBm), ambient
temperature: 23˚ ±5˚C, within 1 year after calibration, warm-up: 1 h (MU931311A) and 30 min (MU931421A/931422A), Uncertainty increase by 1% if either
an APC connector or NA ≤0.29 fiber is used with the MU931422A.
∗6 Measurement conditions: Constant temperature within 23˚ ±5˚C, bandwidth: auto/0.1/1/10 Hz, any wavelength in 1000 to 1600 nm (MU931311A) and 1000
to 1650 nm (MU931421A/931422A), CW light, power level: 100 µW (–10 dBm) reference, warm-up: 1 h (MU931311A) and 30 min (MU931421A/931422A)
∗7 Only record measurements for measurement interval of ≤100 ms
∗8 Full-scale value for each measurement range
∗9 Approx. 3 dB bandwidth. Response time at bandwidth setting of 100 kHz varies according to analog output amplitude
∗10 Specify connector for optical connector option supplied as standard accessory. If connector not specified, FC-PC (Option 37) supplied as standard.
• Optical sensor (sensor head)

Model MU931001A + MA9332A MU931002A + MA9332A/MA9333A
Element InGaAs-PD
Input type Fiber
Applicable optical fiber 9/125 to 62.5/125 µm (NA: ≤0.29), PC, APC polish conformity
Wavelength range 750 to 1700 nm
Optical power measurement range∗1 CW: +7 to –80 dBm, MOD: +4 to –70 dBm CW: +7 to –80 dBm
Noise level∗2 ≤–73 dBm
Polarization dependency∗3 ≤±0.017 dB (MA9332A), ≤±0.013 dB (MA9333A)
Optical power measurement accuracy Reference conditions∗4: ±2%, Operating conditions∗5: ±3.5%
Linearity∗6 ±0.05 dB (+7 to 0 dBm), ±0.01 dB ±30 pW (0 to –70 dBm)
Modulated light reception CW/MOD selectable, MOD: 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz —
Measurement interval∗7 1 ms to 99 h 59 min 59 s
Average setting 2 to 1000 times
Auto, manual Auto, manual
Bandwidth select∗9 Manual setting: Manual setting:
0.1, 1, 10, 100 Hz, 1, 20 kHz (CW mode only) 1, 10, 100 Hz, 1, 20 kHz (CW mode only)
Optical connector∗10 FC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC, MU, LC
MU931001A/MU931002A: 41 (W) x 78 (H) x 335 (D) mm, ≤500 g
Dimensions and mass MA9332A/MA9333A: 65 (W) x 80 (H) x 110 (D) mm, ≤750 g
∗3 SM fiber (ITU-T G.652), power level: 100 µW (–10 dBm), return loss: ≥45 dB, wavelength: 1550 nm

∗4 Reference conditions 1
Power level: 100 µW (–10 dBm), CW light, wavelength: 1550 nm, ambient temperature: 23˚ ±2˚C
At day of calibration, warm-up: 30 min, 1 h (when using MA9333A)
SM Fiber (ITU-T G.652), master FC connector, power level: 100 µW (–10 dBm)
CW light, wavelength: 1000 to 1650 nm, ambient temperature: 23˚ ±5˚C, within 1 year after calibration
warm-up: 30 min, 1 h (when using MA9333A)
Uncertainty increase by 1% if either an APC connector or NA ≤0.29 fiber is used.
∗6 Measurement conditions
Constant temperature within 23˚ ±5˚C, any wavelength in 1000 to 1650 nm, CW light, power level: 100 µW (–10 dBm) reference
Bandwidth: auto/0.1/1/10 Hz (0.1 Hz: MU931001A only), warm-up: 30 min, 1 h (when using MA9333A)
∗9 Approx. 3 dB bandwidth
∗10 Specify connector for optical connector option supplied as standard accessory. If connector not specified, FC (Option 37) supplied as standard.
• Optical sensor (high-power)

Model MU931001A + MA9331A MU931431A
Element InGaAs-PD
Input type Fiber
Optical power measurement range∗1 CW: +35 to –50 dBm CW: +33 to –50 dBm
Polarization dependency∗3 PC connector: ≤±0.005 dB, APC connector: ≤±0.025 dB PC connector: ≤±0.025 dB, APC connector: ≤±0.05 dB
Reference conditions∗4: ±3%, Reference conditions∗4: ±4%,
Optical power measurement accuracy Operating conditions∗5: ±4% Operating conditions∗5: ±5%
Linearity∗6 ±0.05 dB ±30 nW (+35 to –40 dBm) ±0.05 dB ±30 nW (+33 to –40 dBm)
Auto, manual
Bandwidth select∗9 Manual setting: 0.1, 1, 10, 100 Hz, 1, 20 kHz
MU931001A: 41 (W) x 78 (H) x 335 (D) mm, ≤500 g
Dimensions and mass MA9331A: 65 (W) x 80 (H) x 110 (D) mm, ≤750 g 41 (W) x 78 (H) x 335 (D) mm, ≤880 g
∗4 Reference conditions,
Connector adapter, SM fiber (ITU-T.G.652), APC connector
Power level 1 W (+30 dBm), CW light, and wavelength 1550 nm
Ambient temperature 23 ±2˚C, humidity 60 % ±10 %
Warm-up time 30 minutes, day of calibration.
Connector adapter, SM fiber (ITU-T G.652), APC connector, power level: 1 W (30 dBm)
CW light, wavelength: 980 ±1 nm, 1240 to 1340 nm, 1440 to 1640 nm
Ambient temperature: 23˚ ±5˚C, within 6 months after calibration
warm-up: 30 min
Uncertainty increase by 1% if either NA ≤0.29 fiber is used.
2 % added when wavelength besides above are used (However, humidity 60 % ±10 %)
Constant temperature within 23˚ ±5˚C, any wavelength in 1000 to 1650 nm, CW light, power level: 1 W (+30 dBm) reference
Bandwidth: auto/0.1/1/10 Hz, warm-up: 30 min
∗10 Specify connector for optical connector option supplied as standard accessory.
If connector not specified, FC (Option 37) supplied as standard.
• MA9901A Fiber Adapter

Fiber ø250 µm strand (Clad diameter: ø125 mm)
Dimensions and mass 20 (W) x 22.5 (H) x 29.5 (D) mm, ≤30 g
Specify the model order number, name and quantity when ordering.
Main frame MU952504A-10 Light source (fp: 195.00 THz, 1537.40 nm)
MT9810B Optical Test Set MU952505A-01 Light source (fp: 195.10 THz, 1536.61 nm)
MU952505A-02 Light source (fp: 195.20 THz, 1535.82 nm)
Standard accessories MU952505A-03 Light source (fp: 195.30 THz, 1535.04 nm)
W1886AE MT9810B operation manual: 1 copy MU952505A-04 Light source (fp: 195.40 THz, 1534.25 nm)
W1887AE MT9810B remote control operation manual: 1 copy MU952505A-05 Light source (fp: 195.50 THz, 1533.47 nm)
J0895 RCA short pin (for remote inter-lock): 1 pc MU952505A-06 Light source (fp: 195.60 THz, 1532.68 nm)
J0896 RCA plug (for remote inter-lock): 1 pc MU952505A-07 Light source (fp: 195.70 THz, 1531.90 nm)
Z0391 Key (for laser output control): 2 pcs MU952505A-08 Light source (fp: 195.80 THz, 1531.12 nm)
F0011 Fuse, 2 A (for 100 to 120 Vac): 2 pcs MU952505A-09 Light source (fp: 195.90 THz, 1530.33 nm)
F0008 Fuse, 1 A (for 200 to 240 Vac): 2 pcs MU952601A-01 Light source (fp: 191.10 THz, 1568.77 nm)
Power cord, 2.6 m: 1 pc MU952601A-02 Light source (fp: 191.20 THz, 1567.95 nm)
B0425 Blank panel: 1 pc MU952601A-03 Light source (fp: 191.30 THz, 1567.13 nm)
Application parts MU952601A-04 Light source (fp: 191.40 THz, 1566.31 nm)
J0006 GPIB cable, 0.5 m MU952601A-05 Light source (fp: 191.50 THz, 1565.50 nm)
J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m MU952601A-06 Light source (fp: 191.60 THz, 1564.68 nm)
J0655A RS-232C cable (9P-25P, cross) MU952602A-03 Light source (fp: 190.30 THz, 1575.37 nm)
J0897B 8P modular cable, 1 m MU952602A-05 Light source (fp: 190.50 THz, 1573.71 nm)
J0897C 8P modular cable, 2 m MU952602A-06 Light source (fp: 190.60 THz, 1572.89 nm)
J0897D 8P modular cable, 5 m MU952602A-07 Light source (fp: 190.70 THz, 1572.06 nm)
J0897E 8P modular cable, 10 m MU952602A-08 Light source (fp: 190.80 THz, 1571.24 nm)
B0438B Rack mount Kit MU952602A-09 Light source (fp: 190.90 THz, 1570.42 nm)
B0438 Rack mount Kit MU952602A-10 Light source (fp: 191.00 THz, 1569.59 nm)
B0425 Blank panel MU952603A-01 Light source (fp: 189.10 THz, 1585.36 nm)
B0427 Protect cover MU952603A-02 Light source (fp: 189.20 THz, 1584.53 nm)
[Light sources] MU952603A-04 Light source (fp: 189.40 THz, 1582.85 nm)
MU952501A DFB-LD Light Source∗1 MU952603A-06 Light source (fp: 189.60 THz, 1581.18 nm)
MU951301A FP-LD Light Source MU952604A-07 Light source (fp: 188.70 THz, 1588.73 nm)
MU951001A Switchable FP-LD Light Source MU952604A-09 Light source (fp: 188.90 THz, 1587.04 nm)
Standard accessory MU952604A-10 Light source (fp: 189.00 THz, 1586.20 nm)
Optical connector adapter∗2 MU952605A-01 Light source (fp: 187.10 THz, 1602.31 nm)
Options MU952605A-03 Light source (fp: 187.30 THz, 1600.60 nm)
MU952501A-01 Light source (fp: 193.10 THz, 1552.52 nm) MU952605A-04 Light source (fp: 187.40 THz, 1599.75 nm)
MU952502A-07 Light source (fp: 192.70 THz, 1555.75 nm) Applications parts
MU952502A-08 Light source (fp: 192.80 THz, 1554.94 nm) J0617B Replaceable optical connector (FC, user replaceable)
MU952502A-09 Light source (fp: 192.90 THz, 1554.13 nm) J0618D Replaceable optical connector (ST, user replaceable)
MU952502A-10 Light source (fp: 193.00 THz, 1553.33 nm) J0618E Replaceable optical connector (DIN, user replaceable)
MU952503A-07 Light source (fp: 191.70 THz, 1563.86 nm) J0618F Replaceable optical connector (HMS-10/A, user re-
MU952503A-08 Light source (fp: 191.80 THz, 1563.05 nm) placeable)
MU952503A-09 Light source (fp: 191.90 THz, 1562.23 nm) J0619B Replaceable optical connector (SC, user replaceable)
MU952503A-10 Light source (fp: 192.00 THz, 1561.42 nm) Z0282 Ferrule cleaner
MU952504A-01 Light source (fp: 194.10 THz, 1544.53 nm) Z0283 Ferrule cleaning tape (6 pcs/set)
MU952504A-02 Light source (fp: 194.20 THz, 1543.73 nm) Z0284 Adapter cleaner (stick type, 200 pcs/set)
MU952504A-03 Light source (fp: 194.30 THz, 1542.94 nm) Main frame
MU952504A-04 Light source (fp: 194.40 THz, 1542.14 nm) MU954501A SLD Light Source
MU952504A-06 Light source (fp: 194.60 THz, 1540.56 nm) Standard accessory
MU952504A-07 Light source (fp: 194.70 THz, 1539.77 nm) Optical connector adapter∗2
MU952504A-08 Light source (fp: 194.80 THz, 1538.98 nm) W2023AE MU954501A instruction manual

Model/Order No. Name Model/Order No. Name 1
Applications parts Main frame
J0617B Replaceable optical connector (FC, user replaceable) MA9331A Optical Sensor
J0618D Replaceable optical connector (ST, user replaceable)
J0618E Replaceable optical connector (DIN, user replaceable) Standard accessory
J0618F Replaceable optical connector (HMS-10/A, user re- Optical connector adapter∗2
placeable) Applications parts
J0619B Replaceable optical connector (SC, user replaceable) MA9008A-32 Connector adapter (MU, user replaceable)
Z0282 Ferrule cleaner MA9008A-33 Connector adapter (LC, user replaceable)
Z0283 Ferrule cleaning tape (6 pcs/set) MA9008A-37 Connector adapter (FC, user replaceable)
Z0284 Adapter cleaner (stick type, 200 pcs/set) MA9008A-38 Connector adapter (ST, user replaceable)
[Optical sensor] MA9008A-39 Connector adapter (DIN, user replaceable)
Main frame MA9008A-40 Connector adapter (SC, user replaceable)
MU931311A Optical Sensor MA9008A-43 Connector adapter (HMS-10/A, user replaceable)
MU931421A Optical Sensor MA9013A Fiber Adapter
MA9901B Fiber Adapter
Standard accessory MA9903A Connector Adapter (for MA9901B)
Optical connector adapter∗2 Z0282 Ferrule cleaner
Z0283 Ferrule cleaning tape (6 pcs/set)
Applications parts
Z0284 Adapter cleaner (stick type, 200 pcs/set)
J0617B Replaceable optical connector (FC, user replaceable)
MZ8012A Connector Cleaning Set
J0618D Replaceable optical connector (ST, user replaceable)
J0618E Replaceable optical connector (DIN, user replaceable) Main frame
J0618F Replaceable optical connector (HMS-10/A, user re- MA9332A Optical Sensor
placeable) MA9333A Optical Sensor
J0619B Replaceable optical connector (SC, user replaceable)
Z0282 Ferrule cleaner Standard accessory
Z0283 Ferrule cleaning tape (6 pcs/set) Optical connector adapter∗2
Z0284 Adapter cleaner (stick type, 200 pcs/set) Applications parts
J0635B Optical fiber cord (both-end FC-PC type with connector, MA9005A-32 Connector adapter (MU, user replaceable)
RL >50 dB, SM), 2 m MA9005A-33 Connector adapter (LC, user replaceable)
MZ8012A Connector Cleaning Set MA9005A-37 Connector adapter (FC, user replaceable)
J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m MA9005A-38 Connector adapter (ST, user replaceable)
J0003A Coaxial cord (SMA-P · 3D-2W · SMA-P), 1 m MA9005A-39 Connector adapter (DIN, user replaceable)
J0901A HRM-517 (09) conversion connector (SMA-P · BNC-J) MA9005A-40 Connector adapter (SC, user replaceable)
J0902A HRM-518 (09) conversion connector (SMA-J · BNC-P) MA9005A-43 Connector adapter (HMS-10/A, user replaceable)
Main frame MA9013A Fiber Adapter (for bare fiber)
MU931422A Optical Sensor (MA9005A Connector Adapter attached) MA9901A Fiber Adapter (for bare fiber)
MA9902A Connector Adapter (for MA9901A)
Standard accessory Z0282 Ferrule cleaner
Optical connector adapter (for MU931311A/931421A)∗2 Z0283 Ferrule cleaning tape (6 pcs/set)
W1624AE MU931422A operation manual Z0284 Adapter cleaner (stick type, 200 pcs/set)
MZ8012A Connector Cleaning set
Applications parts
MA9005A-32 Connector adapter (MU, user replaceable) [Sensor adapter]
MA9005A-33 Connector adapter (LC, user replaceable) Main frame
MA9005A-37 Connector adapter (FC, user replaceable) MU931001A Sensor Adapter
MA9005A-38 Connector adapter (ST, user replaceable)
MA9005A-39 Connector adapter (DIN, user replaceable) Standard accessory
MA9005A-40 Connector adapter (SC, user replaceable) J1073A Optical sensor connect cable, 1.5 m
MA9005A-43 Connector adapter (HMS-10/A, user replaceable) W1895AE MU931001A/MA9331A/MA9332A operation manual
MA9013A Fiber Adapter (for bare fiber) Applications parts
MA9901A Fiber Adapter (for bare fiber) J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m
MA9902A Connector Adapter (for MA9901A) J0003A Coaxial cord (SMA-P · 3D-2W · SMA-P), 1 m
Z0282 Ferrule cleaner J0901A HRM-517 (09) conversion connector (SMA-P · BNC-J)
Z0283 Ferrule cleaning tape (6 pcs/set) J0902A HRM-518 (09) conversion connector (SMA-J · BNC-P)
J0635B Optical fiber cord (both-end FC-PC type, with connec- Main frame
tor, RL >50 dB, SM), 2 m MU931002A Sensor Adapter
MZ8012A Connector Cleaning Set Standard accessory
J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m J1073A Optical sensor connect cable, 1.5 m
J0003A Coaxial cord (SMA-P · 3D-2W · SMA-P), 1 m
J0901A HRM-517 (09) conversion connector (SMA-P · BNC-J) Applications parts
J0902A HRM-518 (09) conversion connector (SMA-J · BNC-P) J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m
Main frame
J0901A HRM-517 (09) conversion connector (SMA-P · BNC-J)
MU931431A Optical Sensor
J0902A HRM-518 (09) conversion connector (SMA-J · BNC-P)
Standard accessory Optical connector options
Optical connector adapter∗2 (for light sources and optical sensors)
W1896AE MU931431A operation manual [Model]-32 MU connector (user replaceable)
Applications parts [Model]-33 LC connector (user replaceable)
MA9005B-32 Connector adapter (MU, user replaceable) [Model]-37 FC connector (user replaceable)
MA9005B-33 Connector adapter (LC, user replaceable) [Model]-38 ST connector (user replaceable)
MA9005B-37 Connector adapter (FC, user replaceable) [Model]-39 DIN connector (user replaceable)
MA9005B-38 Connector adapter (ST, user replaceable) [Model]-40 SC connector (user replaceable)
MA9005B-39 Connector adapter (DIN, user replaceable) [Model]-43 HMS-10/A connector (user replaceable)
MA9005B-40 Connector adapter (SC, user replaceable)
MA9005B-43 Connector adapter (HMS-10/A, user replaceable) ∗1: Specify an optical frequency (wavelength) and model name when ordering.
MA9013A Fiber Adapter (for bare fiber) ∗2: When ordering, the option specified connector is supplied as standard.
MA9901B Fiber Adapter (for bare fiber) Specified the option number after the light source or optical sensor model
MA9902B Connector Adapter (for MA9901B) number. If a connector is not specified, a FC (Option 37) connector is sup-
J0178A AG adapter plied as standard. These are applied to DFB-LD unit, FP-LD unit, SLD unit
J0952A Conversion cord (FC · PC-FC · APC), 1 m and optical sensor. However, MU and LC connecter option are only apply
J0954A Conversion cord (SC · PC-SC · APC), 1 m to MU931422A, MA9331A, MA9332A and MA9333A.
MULTI CHANNEL BOX GPIB
MT9812B
For Adding Light Sources and Optical Sensors for Maximum of 9 Channels
The MT9812B is a mainframe supporting devices such as DFB-LD

multiple light sources and multi-channel device evaluation systems.
A maximum of 9 MT9810B compatible light sources (DFB-LD, FP-
LD, SLD) and optical sensor units can be inserted. In addition to be-
ing able to set and verify setting conditions for each unit on the front
panel, a remotely controlled measurement system can be supported
as GPIB and RS-232C interfaces are standard equipment.
Comparison of the features of MT9810B and MT9812B

Functions MT9810B MT9812B
Number of channels 2 9
Remote functions √ √
Main frame
Date/time setting √
Optical channel selector control √
Laser safety protection mechanism √ √
Measuring power display √ √
Measuring range √ Can be set remotely
BW/interval √ Can be set remotely
Averaging √ Can be set remotely
Optical modulation mode √ Can be set remotely
Max/min value memory √
Optical sensor Measurement condition/measuring value saving √
Relative measurement √
Reference measurement √
Calibration measurement √
Wavelength calibration √ √
Unit∗ √ √
Sensor head∗ √
Attenuation √ √
DFB-LD Variable wavelength √ √
Modulation frequency √ Can be set remotely
Attenuation √ √
FP-LD Modulation frequency √ Can be set remotely
Changed wavelength (2 wavelength unit) √ √
SLD Modulation frequency √ Can be set remotely
∗ Unit: MU931311B, MU931421B, MU931422B, MU931431A

Sensor head: MA9331A, MA9332A, MA9333A

Specifications 1
• MT9812B Multi Channel Box
Plug-in units∗1 9 max.
Display 7 segments LED, 7 digits (sign: 1 digit, numerical value: 6 digits)
Remote control GPIB, RS-232C
Laser safety mechanism Remote inter-lock, optical output control (key control)
Environmental Operating temperature/humidity∗2: 0˚ to 40˚C/≤90% (no condensation)
conditions Storage temperature: –30˚ to +71˚C
Power 85 to 132/170 to 250 Vac, 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤250 VA
Dimensions and mass 426 (W) x 133 (H) x 451 (D) mm, ≤9 kg (without units)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class D)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: Only one MU951001A can be installed into MT9812B

∗2: Narrowest temperature range of the plug-in units or MT9812B
• DFB-LD light sources

Model MU952501A/952502A/952503A/952504A/952505A MU952601A/952602A/952603A/952604A/952605A/952606A
Optical element DFB-LD
Specified wavelength 191.7 to 195.9 THz (1563.86 to 1530.33 nm) 186.3 to 191.6 THz (1609.19 to 1564.68 nm)
range (fp)∗1
Center optical frequency∗2 fp ±0.01 THz (approx. ±0.08 nm)
Spectrum half width∗2 ≤30 MHz
Optical output power∗2 +10 ±1 dBm +7 ±1 dBm
Optical power stability Time stability (long term)∗2, ∗3, ∗5: ≤±0.02 dB Time stability (long term)∗2, ∗3, ∗5: ≤±0.02 dB
Center frequency Time stability (short term)∗2, ∗4: ≤±2 GHz (approx. ±0.02 nm)
stability Time stability (long term)∗2, ∗5: ≤±4 GHz (approx. ±0.04 nm)
Optical frequency Tuning range: fp ±60 GHz (approx. ±0.48 nm), Step: 1 GHz (approx. 0.01 nm)
tuning Accuracy∗2: ≤±10 GHz (setting to fp + 60 GHz or fp – 60 GHz, 25˚C)
Frequency∗2: 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz ±0.1%
Internal modulation
Duty: 50% ±5%, Extinction ratio: ≥13 dB
Laser safety mechanism IEC60825-1: Class 3A, 21CFR1040.10: Class ΙΙΙb
Optical connector FC-PC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC∗7
Environmental
Operating temperature/humidity: +15˚ to +35˚C/≤90% (no condensation); Storage temperature: –25˚ to +71˚C
conditions
Note: Wavelengths in vacuum
∗1: Specify an optical frequency (wavelength) and model name from the ordering information.
∗2: At CW, optical attenuation setting (0.00 dB), center optical frequency (fp) using SM fiber (ITU-T G.652) and FC-PC connector
∗4: 5 min at constant temperature (at one point from 20 to 30˚C)
∗5: 1 h at constant temperature
∗6: 8 h at 15˚ to 35˚C
∗7: Specified connector for optical connector option supplied as standard accessory.
If connector not specified, FC-PC (Option 37) supplied as standard.
• FP-LD light sources

Model MU951301A MU951501A MU951001A∗1
Optical element FP-LD
Wavelength∗2 1310 ±20 nm 1550 ±20 nm 1310/1550 ±20 nm
Spectral half-width∗2 ≤5 nm ≤10 nm ≤5 nm (1310 nm), ≤10 nm (1550 nm)
Optical output power∗2 +7 ±1 dBm
Optical output power Time stability (long term)∗2, ∗3, ∗5: ≤±0.02 dB Time stability (long term)∗2, ∗3, ∗5: ≤±0.05 dB
stability Temperature stability∗2, ∗3, ∗6: ≤±0.1 dB Temperature stability∗2, ∗3, ∗6: ≤±0.15 dB
Laser safety mechanism IEC60825-1: Class 3A, 21CFR1040.10: Class ΙΙΙb
Optical connector FC-PC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC∗7
Model MU951301A MU951501A MU951001A∗1
Environmental Operating temperature/humidity: 0˚ to +50˚C/≤90% (no condensation); Storage Temperature: –25˚ to +71˚C
conditions
Note: Wavelengths in vacuum ∗4: 15 min at constant temperature (at one point from +20 to +30˚C)
∗1: Only one MU951001A can be installed into MT9812B. ∗5: 6 h at constant temperature
∗2: At CW, optical attenuation setting (0.00 dB), using SM fiber (ITU-T G.652) ∗6: 8 h at 0˚ to +50˚C
and FC-PC connector ∗7: Specified connector for optical connector option supplied as standard ac-
∗3: When return loss seen from light source side is 40 dB min. cessory. If connector not specified, FC-PC (Option 37) supplied as standard.
• MU954501A Light Source (SLD)

Optical element SLD
Wavelength∗1 1550 ±20 nm
Spectral half-width∗1 ≥40 nm
Optical output power∗1 –3 ±1 dBm
Time stability (short term)∗1, ∗2, ∗3: ≤±0.01 dB
Optical output power stability Time stability (long term)∗1, ∗2, ∗4: ≤±0.1 dB
Temperature stability∗1, ∗2, ∗5: ≤±0.5 dB
Laser safety mechanism JIS, IEC60825-1: Class 1, 21CFR1040.10: Class Ι
Optical connector∗6 FC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC (all PC type)
Environmental conditions
Storage Temperature: –40˚ to +71˚C
Note: Wavelengths in vacuum, please contact us for 1310 nm SLD light ∗3: 15 min at constant temperature
source. ∗4: 6 h at constant temperature
∗1: At CW, optical attenuation setting (0.00 dB), using SM fiber (ITU-T G.652) ∗5: 8 h at 0˚ to 50˚C
and FC-PC connector ∗6: Specified connector for optical connector option supplied as standard ac-
∗2: When return loss seen from light source side is 40 dB min. cessory. If connector not specified, FC-PC (Option 37) supplied as standard.
• Optical sensors
Element InGaAs-PD
Input type Fiber
Applicable optical fiber SM (ITU-T G.652) 9/125 to 62.5/125 µm (NA: ≤0.29)
Wavelength range 800 to 1600 nm 750 to 1700 nm
Optical power CW: +10 to –110 dBm CW: +10 to –80 dBm
measurement range∗1 MOD: +7 to –90 dBm MOD: +7 to –90 dBm
Noise level∗2 ≤–93 dBm ≤–73 dBm
Polarization dependency∗3 ≤0.02 dB ≤0.05 dB
Return loss∗3 ≥40 dB –
Optical power measure- ∗4 ∗5
Reference conditions : ±2%, Operating conditions : ±3.5%
ment uncertainty
±0.05 dB (+10 to 0 dBm),
Linearity∗6 ±0.05 dB (+10 to 0 dBm), ±0.01 dB ±30 pW (–70 to 0 dBm)
±0.01 dB ±0.3 pW (–90 to 0 dBm)
Calibration factor input –99.999 to +99.999 dB
Wavelength sensitivity
Measurement wavelength input in 0.01 nm units
correction
Range select Auto, manual
Modulated light reception CW/MOD selectable, MOD: 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz
Measurement interval∗7 1, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500 ms, 1 s to 99 h 59 min 59 s
Average setting Off, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000 times
Auto, manual
Manual setting: Auto, manual
Bandwidth select∗9
0.1, 1, 10, 100 Hz, 1, 10, 100 kHz Manual setting: 0.1, 1, 10, 100 Hz, 1, 10 kHz (CW mode only)
(CW mode only)
Optical connector∗10 FC-PC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A, SC
Environmental
Operating temperature/humidity: 0˚ to +50˚C/≤90% (no condensation); storage: –40˚ to +71˚C
conditions
Dimensions and mass 41 (W) x 78 (H) x 335 (D) mm, ≤700 g 41 (W) x 78 (H) x 335 (D) mm, ≤550 g

∗1 Wavelength: 1300 nm 1
∗4 Reference conditions
Power level: 100 µW (–10 dBm), CW light, wavelength: 1300 nm, ambient temperature: 23˚ ±2˚C
At day of calibration, warm-up: 1 h (MU931311A) and 30 min (MU931421A/931422A)
SM Fiber (ITU-T G.652), master FC connector, CW light, any wavelength in 1000 to 1600 nm (MU931311A) and 1000 to 1650 nm (MU931421A/931422A),
power level: 100 µW (–10 dBm), ambient temperature: 23˚ ±5˚C, within 1 year after calibration, warm-up: 1 h (MU931311A) and 30 min
(MU931421A/931422A), Uncertainty increase by 1% if either a fiber other than a SM fiber (ITU-T G.652) or an APC connector is used with the MU931422A.
∗6 Measurement conditions: Constant temperature within 23˚ ±5˚C, bandwidth: auto/0.1/1/10 Hz, any wavelength in 1000 to 1600 nm (MU931311A) and 1000
to 1650 nm (MU931421A/931422A), CW light, power level: 100 µW (–10 dBm) reference, warm-up: 1 h (MU931311A) and 30 min (MU931421A/931422A)
∗9 Approx. 3 dB bandwidth. Response time at bandwidth setting of 100 kHz varies according to analog output amplitude
∗10 Specify connector for optical connector option supplied as standard accessory. If connector not specified, FC-PC (Option 37) supplied as standard.
• Optical sensor (high-power)

Model MU931431A
Element InGaAs-PD
Input type Fiber
Optical power measurement range∗1 CW: +33 to –50 dBm
Polarization dependency∗3 PC connector: ≤±0.025 dB, APC connector: ≤±0.05 dB
Reference conditions∗4: ±4%
Optical power measurement accuracy
Operating conditions∗5: ±5%
Linearity∗6 ±0.05 dB ±30 nW (+33 to –40 dBm)
Auto, manual
Bandwidth select∗9
Manual setting: 0.1, 1, 10, 100 Hz, 1, 20 kHz
Storage temperature/humidity: –40˚ to +71˚C/≤95% (no condensation)
∗4 Reference conditions,
Connector adapter, SM fiber (ITU-T.G.652), APC connector
Power level 1 W (+30 dBm), CW light, and wavelength 1550 nm
Ambient temperature 23 ±2˚C, humidity 60 % ±10 %
Warm-up time 30 minutes, day of calibration.
Connector adapter, SM fiber (ITU-T G.652), APC connector, power level: 1 W (30 dBm)
CW light, wavelength: 980 ±1 nm, 1240 to 1340 nm, 1440 to 1640 nm
Ambient temperature: 23˚ ±5˚C, within 6 months after calibration
warm-up: 30 min
Uncertainty increase by 1% if either NA ≤0.29 fiber is used.
2 % added when wavelength besides above are used (However, humidity 60 % ±10 %)
Constant temperature within 23˚ ±5˚C, any wavelength in 1000 to 1650 nm, CW light, power level: 1 W (+30 dBm) reference
Bandwidth: auto/0.1/1/10 Hz, warm-up: 30 min
∗10 Specify connector for optical connector option supplied as standard accessory.
If connector not specified, FC (Option 37) supplied as standard.
Please specify the model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
MT9812B Multi Channel Box MU952504A-10 Light source (fp: 195.00 THz, 1537.40 nm)
Standard accessories MU952505A-02 Light source (fp: 195.20 THz, 1535.82 nm)
J0895 RCA short pin (for remote inter-rock): 1 pc MU952505A-03 Light source (fp: 195.30 THz, 1535.04 nm)
J0896 RCA plug (for remote inter-rock): 1 pc MU952505A-04 Light source (fp: 195.40 THz, 1534.25 nm)
Z0391 Key (for laser output control): 2 pcs MU952505A-05 Light source (fp: 195.50 THz, 1533.47 nm)
F0013 Fuse, 5 A (for 100/200 Vac): 2 pcs MU952505A-06 Light source (fp: 195.60 THz, 1532.68 nm)
Power cord, 2.6 m: 1 pc MU952505A-07 Light source (fp: 195.70 THz, 1531.90 nm)
B0425 Blank panel: 8 pcs MU952505A-08 Light source (fp: 195.80 THz, 1531.12 nm)
W1555AE MT9812B operation manual: 1 copy MU952505A-09 Light source (fp: 195.90 THz, 1530.33 nm)
Option MU952601A-02 Light source (fp: 191.20 THz, 1567.95 nm)
MT9812B-01 High power sensor option (for MU931431A) MU952601A-03 Light source (fp: 191.30 THz, 1567.13 nm)
Application parts MU952601A-05 Light source (fp: 191.50 THz, 1565.50 nm)
J0006 GPIB cable, 0.5 m MU952601A-06 Light source (fp: 191.60 THz, 1564.68 nm)
[Light sources] MU952602A-07 Light source (fp: 190.70 THz, 1572.06 nm)
MU951001A Switchable FP-LD Light Source MU952604A-02 Light source (fp: 188.20 THz, 1592.95 nm)
Standard accessory MU952604A-04 Light source (fp: 188.40 THz, 1591.26 nm)
Optical connector adapter∗2 MU952604A-05 Light source (fp: 188.50 THz, 1590.41 nm)
Options MU952604A-07 Light source (fp: 188.70 THz, 1588.73 nm)
MU952503A-09 Light source (fp: 191.90 THz, 1562.23 nm) Applications parts
MU952503A-10 Light source (fp: 192.00 THz, 1561.42 nm) J0617B Replaceable optical connector (FC, user replaceable)
MU952504A-01 Light source (fp: 194.10 THz, 1544.53 nm) J0618D Replaceable optical connector (ST, user replaceable)
MU952504A-02 Light source (fp: 194.20 THz, 1543.73 nm) J0618E Replaceable optical connector (DIN, user replaceable)
MU952504A-03 Light source (fp: 194.30 THz, 1542.94 nm) J0618F Replaceable optical connector
MU952504A-04 Light source (fp: 194.40 THz, 1542.14 nm) (HMS-10/A, user replaceable)
MU952504A-05 Light source (fp: 194.50 THz, 1541.35 nm) J0619B Replaceable optical connector (SC, user replaceable)
MU952504A-06 Light source (fp: 194.60 THz, 1540.56 nm) Z0282 Ferrule cleaner
MU952504A-07 Light source (fp: 194.70 THz, 1539.77 nm) Z0283 Ferrule cleaning tape (6 pcs/set)
MU952504A-08 Light source (fp: 194.80 THz, 1538.98 nm) Z0284 Adapter cleaner (stick type, 200 pcs/set)

Model/Order No. Name Model/Order No. Name 1
[Light source] Main frame
Main frame MU931431A Optical Sensor
MU954501A Light Source (SLD)∗3
Standard accessory
Standard accessories Optical connector adapter∗2
J0617B Optical connector adapter∗3 W1896AE MU931431A operation manual
W2023AE MU954501A instruction manual: 1 copy
Applications parts
Optical connector options MA9005B-32 Connector adapter (MU, user replaceable)
MU954501A-37 FC-PC connector MA9005B-33 Connector adapter (LC, user replaceable)
MU954501A-38 ST connector MA9005B-37 Connector adapter (FC, user replaceable)
MU954501A-39 DIN connector MA9005B-38 Connector adapter (ST, user replaceable)
MU954501A-40 SC connector MA9005B-39 Connector adapter (DIN, user replaceable)
MU954501A-43 HMS-10/A connector MA9005B-40 Connector adapter (SC, user replaceable)
MA9005B-43 Connector adapter (HMS-10/A, user replaceable)
Application parts J1078A AG adapter
J0617B Replaceable optical connector (FC)
J0618D Replaceable optical connector (ST) Optical connector options
J0618E Replaceable optical connector (DIN) (for light sources and optical sensors)
J0618F Replaceable optical connector (HMS-10/A) [Model]-32 MU connector (user replaceable)
J0619B Replaceable optical connector (SC) [Model]-33 LC connector (user replaceable)
[Model]-37 FC connector (user replaceable)
[Optical sensor] [Model]-38 ST connector (user replaceable)
Main frame [Model]-39 DIN connector (user replaceable)
MU931311A Optical Sensor [Model]-40 SC connector (user replaceable)
MU931421A Optical Sensor [Model]-43 HMS-10/A connector (user replaceable)
Standard accessory ∗1: Specify an optical frequency (wavelength) and model name when ordering.
Optical connector adapter∗2 ∗2: When ordering, the option specified connector is supplied as standard.
Specified the option number after the light source or optical sensor model
Applications parts number. If a connector is not specified, a FC (Option 37) connector is
J0617B Replaceable optical connector (FC, user replaceable) supplied as standard. These are applied to DFB-LD unit, FP-LD unit,
J0618D Replaceable optical connector (ST, user replaceable) SLD unit and optical sensor. However, MU and LC connecter option are
J0618E Replaceable optical connector (DIN, user replaceable) only apply to MU931422B, MA9331A, MA9332A and MA9333A.
J0618F Replaceable optical connector ∗3: Connector for specified options at ordering supplied as standard.
(HMS-10/A, user replaceable) Specify by appending number after model. If connector not specified, FC-
J0619B Replaceable optical connector (SC, user replaceable) PANDA (Option 37) supplied as standard.
Z0282 Ferrule cleaner
J0635B Optical fiber cord (both-end FC-PC type with
connector, RL >50 dB, SM), 2 m
J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m
Main frame
MU931422A Optical Sensor
(MA9005A Connector Adapter attached)
Standard accessory
Optical connector adapter (for MU931311B/931421B)∗2
W1624AE MU931422B operation manual
Applications parts
MA9005A-32 Connector adapter (MU, user replaceable)
MA9005A-33 Connector adapter (LC, user replaceable)
MA9005A-37 Connector adapter (FC, user replaceable)
MA9005A-38 Connector adapter (ST, user replaceable)
MA9005A-39 Connector adapter (DIN, user replaceable)
MA9005A-40 Connector adapter (SC, user replaceable)
MA9005A-43 Connector adapter (HMS-10/A, user replaceable)
MA9013A Fiber Adapter (for bare fiber)
J0635B Optical fiber cord (both-end FC-PC type, with connector,
RL >50 dB, SM), 2 m
B0444A Cap R
OPTICAL TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER
MW9076 Series
1.31/1.45/1.55/1.625 µm (SM), 0.85/1.3 µm (GI)
Simple Measurement of Chromatic Dispersion
Features
• 45 dB high dynamic range
• 8 m short dead zone
• Simple measurement of chromatic dispersion from one end of op-
tical fiber
• Measurement in 10 s (Full-Auto mode), 0.15 s real-time sweep
• 5 cm high resolution, 50,000 sampling points
• 8.4 inch TFT-LCD color display
Model MW9076B1 MW9076B MW9076C MW9076D1 MW9076J MW9076K

Optical fiber SM SM SM SM GI GI
1.31/1.55 µm 1.31/1.55 µm 1.31/1.55/ 1.31/1.45/1.55/
Wavelength 0.85 µm ± 30 nm 0.85/1.3 µm ± 30 nm
± 25 nm ± 25 nm 1.625 µm ± 25 nm 1.625 µm ± 3 nm
40.5/38.5 dB 45/43 dB
Dynamic range 41.5/39.5/37 dB 34.5/33.5/32.5/30.0 dB 21 dB 21/25 dB
(typical value) (typical value)
Dead zone (Fresnel/
1.6/8 m 1.6/8 m 1.6/8 m 3/25 m 2/7 m 2/7 m
back-scattered)
Chromatic dispersion √
Light source function √ √
Visible LD √ √ √ √ √ √
Optical power meter √ √ √
Options
High power
√ √ √
optical power meter
Optical channel
√ √ √
selector
• High cost • Highest class • Chromatic disper-

performance
model • Three wavelengths sion measurement • For GI fiber
• For GI fiber
Features
• Short dead zone
• Wide dynamic • L-band • Four wavelengths • Short dead zone
• Dual wavelengths
• Low cost
range measurement • Wavelength • Short dead zone
• Short dead zone accuracy: ±3 nm

Performance and functions • Chromatic dispersion characteristics 1
• High dynamic range The zero and total dispersion can be displayed along with the delay,
When using a wavelength of 1.55 µm, a point about 190 km distant dispersion and dispersion slope at 0.1 nm steps.
can be measured.
• Short dead zone

Clearly measure up to near end by 8 m dead zone (back-scatter,
SM unit)
• High-speed measurement
It takes only 10 seconds to measure and display the waveform and
connection loss on one screen. Just one press of the Start key is all
that is needed to make measurement.
• Full automatic mode
Measurement results are displayed by simply pressing the Start key.
All complicated settings of distance range, pulse width, attenuator,
and maker can be automatically executed. Measurement speed in
this mode was significantly increased. When the wavelengths are set
B
A to ALL, wavelengths are automatically changed.
• Repeated measurement
A series of operations, such as measurement, wavelength switching,
data saving, optical channel switching, and next optical fiber mea-
surement, can be executed automatically under preset measurement
conditions. This mode is ideal for measuring a multi-core optical
fiber.
• Waveform comparison function
Measured and saved data can be compared on the same screen. In
addition, differences can be displayed as a waveform for simple ob-
• Chromatic dispersion measurement servation of distance and level differences. This is useful for check-
The MW9076D1 has a built-in function for measuring chromatic dis- ing aging changes or comparing several fibers.
persion even outdoors. The chromatic dispersion can be measured
automatically over a wide range from 1300 to 1660 nm from one end
of the fiber. The dispersion reproducibility is ±0.05 ps/(nm · km)∗ and
the dynamic range is 30 dB. The MW9076D1 can be operated from
an external PC using remote commands to measure the chromatic
dispersion. For detail of the chromatic dispersion measurement, re-
fer to the document of “product introduction MW9076 series Optical
Time Domain Reflectometer”.
∗: Measured with 25 km of 1.3 µm zero-dispersion fiber (ITU-T G.652) at 1550
nm.
• Fresnel reflection
The far-end Fresnel reflection can be measured for four wavelengths
(1310/1450/1550/1625 nm).
• Group delay characteristics
The fitting formula supports cubic or quintic Sellmeier, and polyno-
mials can be applied to various types of fibers.
• Warning level setup function • VGA output terminal
In automatic measurement mode, an event warning value can also The VGA connector outputs the screen interface to a CRT monitor,
be set in addition to a detection threshold value. For example, the which is very useful for production-line applications.
threshold value can be set to the acceptance level, and warning val- • Large internal memory
ue to a pass/rejection decision level. In this case, all events will be About 18 MB internal memory is provided as standard. The following
detected, and those exceeding the warning value are displayed in table shows the number of waveforms which can be saved in each
another color, therefore, enabling the operator to easily identify pos- media.
sible “borderline” events.
Media GR196 Analysis
FDD (1.4 MB) 123 67
PC-ATA card (32 MB) 2700 1520
PC-ATA card (256 MB) 16000 10600
Internal memory (18 MB) 1560 860
Hard disk (1 GB)∗ 32700 32700
Number of data points: 5,000
∗: The hard disk is for the PC card slot (IBM Microdrive DSCM-11000 + PC
card adapter)
MX907600A OTDR Emulation Software

• Emulation function
Measured waveform data can be analyzed using a PC.
• Data transmission function
• Communication light check function Data files recorded by the MW9076 series can be transferred to a PC
When measuring a fiber in service, there is a possibility of mis-mea- via the RS-232C port.
surement by an OTDR. To guard against the risk of mis-measure- • Both-end measurement function
ment, this check function checks for the presence of light other than A new waveform can be composed by averaging data measured at
the OTDR optical measurement pulse. both ends of an optical fiber.
• Optical channel selector control function
In addition to using the built-in optical channel selector, external
MN9662A/9664A Optical Channel Selector can be controlled via the
RS-232C interface from an OTDR. By using these selectors, an op-
tical fibercable consisting of up to 32 cores can be measured auto-
matically.
• Visible LD
A 635 nm visible LD option is available for the detection of breaks
and loss points along the fiber to be measured.
• Light source, power meter
Optical fiber loss can be measured using the optical power meter
function and light source function. Two types of optical power meters
are supported: One is measurement range of –70 to +3 dBm
(MW9076B/B1/C-02 option), the other is measurement range of –50
to +23 dBm (MW9076B/B1/C-03 option).

Specifications 1
• Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (main frame)
Model MW9076B MW9076C MW9076B1 MW9076J MW9076K MW9076D1
1310/1550 nm 1310/1550/1625 nm 1310/1550 nm 850 nm 850/1300 nm 1310/1450/1550/
Wavelength
±25 nm∗1 ±25 nm∗1 ±25 nm∗1 ±30 nm ±30 nm 1625 nm ±3 nm∗1
10/125 µm single-
Measurable optical fiber 10/125 µm single-mode optical fiber (ITU-T G.652) 62.5/125 µm GI fiber∗2 mode optical fiber
(ITU-T G.652)
FC, SC, DIN, HMS-
Optical connector FC, SC, DIN, HMS-10/A, ST (replaceable, PC type) FC, SC, DIN, ST (replaceable, PC type) 10/A, ST (replace-
able, PC type)
1, 2.5, 5, 10, 25,
Distance range 1, 2.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 200, 250, 400 km 1, 2.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100 km 50, 100, 200, 250,
400 km
10, 20, 50, 100 ns 10, 20, 50, 100,
(0.85 µm) 500, 1000, 2000,
Pulse width 10, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 10000, 20000 ns 10, 20, 50, 100 ns
10, 20, 50, 100, 500, 4000, 10000,
1000 ns (1.3 µm) 20000 ns
42.5 dB (1.31 µm) 38 dB (1.31 µm)
34.5 dB (1.31 µm)
40.5 dB (1.55 µm) 41.5 dB (1.31 µm) 36 dB (1.55 µm)
Dynamic range∗3, ∗4 ∗Typical value: 39.5 dB (1.55 µm) ∗Typical value: 21 dB
21 dB (0.85 µm) 33.5 dB (1.45 µm)
(S/N = 1) 25 dB (1.3 µm) 32.5 dB (1.55 µm)
45 dB (1.31 µm) 37 dB (1.625 µm) 40.5 dB (1.31 µm)
30.0 dB (1.625 µm)
43 dB (1.55 µm) 38.5 dB (1.55 µm)
≤7 m (0.85 µm,
≤7 m (deviation: deviation: ±0.5 dB)
≤8 m (1.31 µm)
Dead zone ≤8 m (1.31 µm) ≤8 m (1.31 µm) ±0.5 dB) ≤10 m (1.3 µm,
(back-scattered light)∗5 ≤9 m (1.55 µm) ≤25 m
≤9 m (1.55 µm) ≤9 m (1.55 µm) ≤50 m (deviation: deviation: ±0.5 dB)
≤12 m (1.625 µm)
±0.1 dB) ≤50 m (deviation:
±0.1 dB)
Dead zone
≤1.6 m ≤2 m ≤3 m
(Fresnel reflection)∗6
Marker resolution 0.05 to 800 m 0.05 to 200 m 0.05 to 800 m
Sampling resolution 0.05 to 80 m 0.05 to 20 m 0.05 to 80 m
Quick mode: 5001, 6251
Sampling points∗7 Normal mode: 20001, 25001
High mode: 40001, 50001
Y-axis scale 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5, 10, 15 dB/div (15 dB/div is indicated only at Auto and Full Auto measurement.)
IOR settings 1.400000 to 1.699999 (0.000001 steps)
0.1 m ±3 x mea-
surement distance
Distance measurement x 10 –5 ±marker re-
±1 m ±3 x measurement distance x 10 –5 ±marker resolution (excluding uncertainty caused by fiber IOR)
accuracy solution (excluding
uncertainty caused
by fiber IOR)
Loss measurement accuracy
±0.05 dB/dB or ±0.1 dB (whichever is greater)
(linearity)
Return loss measurement
±2 dB ±4 dB ±2 dB
accuracy
Measurement items:
Total loss, total return loss. Each event distance, connection loss, return loss, or reflection amount (displays in table format)
Threshold values
Connection loss: 0.01 to 9.99 dB (in 0.01 dB steps), Return loss: 20 to 60 dB (in 0.1 dB steps),
Fiber-end: 1 to 99 dB (in 1 dB steps)
Warning values
Splice connection loss: 0.1 to 10 dB (in 0.01 dB steps), Connector connection loss: 0.1 to 10 dB (in 0.01 dB steps),
Automatic measurement∗8 Return loss: 10 to 50 dB (in 0.1 dB steps), Fiber loss: 0.01 to 10 dB (in 0.01 dB steps),
Total loss: 0.1 to 60 dB (in 0.1 dB steps), Total return loss: 10 to 50 dB (in 0.1 dB steps),
Average loss: 0.01 to 10 dB (in 0.01 dB steps)
Number of detected events: Up to 99
Automatic setting: Distance range, pulse width, averaging count (time)
Measurement time: ≤60 s (in full automatic measurement mode)
Connection check: Automatic check of front panel connector connection quality
Communication light check: Check for presence of communication light in optical fiber to be measured
Measurement items:
Transmission loss and distance between 2 points, loss per unit length between 2 points, connection loss, return
Manual measurement
loss/reflection amount, total return loss, average loss
Real-time sweep: 0.1 to 0.2 second or less∗9
Model MW9076B MW9076C MW9076B1 MW9076J MW9076K MW9076D1
Applicable optical fibers:
SM optical fiber (ITU-T G.652)
Optical connectors:
Shared with OTDR (same port)
Light-emitting elements: FP-LD
Center wavelength:
1310/1550 ±25 nm (MW9076B, CW,
25°C)
1310/1550/1625 ±25 nm (MW9076C,
CW, 25°C)
Spectrum width:
≤5/10 nm (MW9076B, CW, 25°C)
≤5/10/10 nm (MW9076C, CW, 25°C)
Optical loss measurement
Output level accuracy:
light source function —
–3 ±1.5 dBm (CW, 25°C, SM optical
fiber: 2 m)
Optical output short term stability:
≤0.1 dB [CW, at one point from –10° to
+40°C (±1°C), Difference between maxi-
mum and minimum values in one min,
SM optical fiber cable: 2 m]
Output waveform
CW, 270 Hz, 1 kHz, 2 kHz (Modulated
waves are square waves.)
Modulation frequency: 270 Hz/1 kHz/
2 kHz ±1.5%
Laser safety specification:
21CFR Class 1, IEC 60825-1 Class 1
Wavelength range:
1300 to 1660 nm,
Wavelength accura-
cy: ±0.5 nm∗10 (typi-
cal),
Zero-dispersion re-
Chromatic dispersion peatability:
measurement
— ±0.6 nm (typical)∗11,
Dispersion repeata-
bility:
±0.05 ps/(nm · km)∗11
∗ Typical
Dynamic range:
30 dB (4% Fresnel,
typical)
Waveform storage [Bellcore. SOR (GR-196-CORE, SR-4731) or Anritsu. Dat format, user selectable], waveform comparing
function, print output (Centronics), repeated measurement function (A series of operations such as wavelength switching,
Other functions
waveform storage, and printing can be executed by pressing a single key.), relative distance set (zero cursor set), calendar
clock, distance unit set (km, m, kf, f, mi), title input (up to 32 characters), remaining battery power display
Laser safety specification 21CFR Class 1, IEC Pub. 60825-1 Class 1
Power ≤35 W max. (at charging), 4 W (in standard state, MU250000A power consumption included.)
Battery Continuous operation: 6 h (typical value)∗12
290 (W) × 194 (H) ×
77 (D) mm
(MW9076D1 main
frame)
290 (W) × 194 (H) ×
290 (W) × 194 (H) × 30 (D) mm (MW9076B/B1/C/J/K main frame) 122 (D) mm (with
Dimensions and mass 290 (W) × 194 (H) × 75 (D) mm (MU250000A Display Unit included) MU250000A Display
≤1.4 kg Unit)
≤3.7 kg (MU250000A display unit and battery pack included) ≤3.1 kg (MW9076D1
main
frame only), ≤5.4 kg
(with MU250000A
Display Unit and bat-
tery pack included)
Operating temperature and humidity: –10° to 40°C, ≤ 85% (no condensation)
Storage temperature and humidity: –20° to 60°C, ≤ 85%
Environmental condition Vibration: Conforming to MIL-T-28800E Class 3
Shock: 76 cm height, 6 surfaces, 8 corners∗13
Dust-proofing: MIL-T-28800E
Drip-proofing: MIL-T-28800E
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class D)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)

∗1 At 25°C, pulse width: 1 µs ∗5 Pulse width: 10 ns, return loss: SM 40 dB, GI 30 dB, deviation: ±0.1 dB 1
∗2 For GI fiber (core diameter: 62.5 µm ±3.0 nm, NA: 0.275 ±0.015, trans- (Refer to the figure right.)
mission loss: ≤3.2/0.9 dB/km (wavelength: 0.85/1.3 µm). At measurement ∗6 Pulse width: 10 ns (Refer to the figure below.)
of 50/125 µm GI fiber, the dynamic range drops by about 3.0 dB. ∗7 Either value is automatically selected in each mode, depending on the dis-
∗3 At 25°C, pulse width: SM 20 µs, GI 100 ns (0.85 µm), 1 µs (1.3 µm) tance range.
∗4 Dynamic range (one-way back-scattered light) ∗8 Automatic measurement is a supporting function which enables to oper-
SNR=1: The level difference between the RMS noise level and the level ate easier, it doesn’t assure results. As there is a case of miss detection,
where near end back-scattering occurs. please check a waveform data, either.
∗9 At quick mode
∗10 Compared value with internal wavelength data at chromatic dispersion
measurement
∗11 Measured with 25 km of 1.3 µm zero-dispersion fiber (ITU-T G.652) at
1550 nm.
SNR = 1 Not an error from absolute value but repeatability of measured results.
Level
Contact Anritsu Corporation in case of measuring ITU-T G.655 fiber.

∗12 At back light low brightness, measurement not executed.
∗13 Dropped on the floor of plywood thickness 5 cm fixed by concrete. Not ap-
plicable to the MW9076D1.
Distance
1.5 dB
l1: Fresnel reflection

0.1 dB
l2: Back-scattered light
l1
l2
• MU250000A/A4 Display Unit

MU250000A Unit: 8.4 inch color, TFT-LCD (640 x 480 pixels, transparent type, with back light)
Display
MU250000A4 Unit: 7.8 inch color, STN-LCD (640 x 480 pixels, reflective type, with front light on/off)
Serial interface:
RS-232C-1 (115.2 kbps max.), with D-sub 9-pin connector
RS-232C-2 (57.6 kbps max.), with mini-DIN 8-pin connector
Interface
Printer interface: 8-bit parallel interface (Centronics), with D-sub, 25-pin connector
Keyboard interface: IBM US ENGLISH (101 keys) 106 keys compatible, with mini-DIN 6-pin connector
VGA output connector: Mini-DIN 10-pin connector
FDD Built-in 3.5 inch (1.44 MB/720 kB)
10 to 26.4 Vdc
Power supply 100 to 250 Vac (rated), 50/60 Hz, ≤50 VA max. (Specific AC adapter is used.)
Battery: CGR-B/802 Lithium ion battery pack can be used. (mounted in main frame)
Power ≤35 W
Dimensions and mass 290 (W) x 194 (H) x 45 (D) mm, ≤1.9 kg
Restricted by memory card specifications when a memory card is mounted.
AC adapter: Depend on the conditions of AC adapter
Operation temperature and humidity: –10° to +40°C, ≤85% (no condensation), +5° to 40°C, ≤80% (FDD is used.)
Environmental Storage temperature and humidity: –20° to 60°C, ≤85%
conditions Vibration: Conform to MIL-T-28800E Class 3
Shock: 76 cm height, 6 surfaces, 8 corners∗
Dust proofing: Conform to MIL-T-28800E
Drip proofing: Conform to MIL-T-28800E
EMC Same as MW9076 series
LVD Same as MW9076 series
∗: Dropped on the floor of plywood (thickness 5 cm) fixed by concrete
• Battery pack: CGR-B/802D • Visible light source: MW9076B/B1/C/D1/J/K-01

Battery Lithium ion secondary battery Central
635 ±15 nm (at 25°C)
Voltage, capacity 14.4 V, 3440 mAh (49.53 Wh) wavelength
Continuous Optical output –3.0 ±1.5 dBm

See the MW9076 series specifications
drive time Output optical
10/125 µm, SM (ITU-T G.652)
Charging time ≤3 h fiber
Optical
Dimensions
134.5 (W) x 89.5 (H) x 20.5 (D) mm, ≤420 g FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A (DIAMOND) ∗Replaceable
and mass connector
Optical safety IEC Pub 60825-1 Class 2, 21CFR Class 2
Environmental
• AC adapter: ADP60WB24.0 conditions
Same as MW9076 series
Rated AC input 100 to 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz EMC Same as MW9076 series
Rated DC output 24 Vdc, 2.5 A LVD Same as MW9076 series
Dimensions
109.5 x 62.5 x 31 mm, ≤350 g
and mass
Safety
UL, CSA, TUV, CE, AS
specifications
Environmental Operating temperature and humidity: 0° to +40°C, 80%
conditions Storage temperature and humidity: –20° to +80°C, 90%
Safety measures for laser products Ordering information
This option complies with optical safety standards in Class 2 of the Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
IEC pub. 60825-1 and the FDA (21CFR1040.10, USA); the following
descriptive labels are affixed to the product (FDA labels is only af- Model/Order No. Name
fixed to product for export to the USA). Optical Time Domain Reflectometer
(main frame, requires display unit)
MW9076B SMF 1.31/1.55 µm OTDR
MW9076B1 SMF 1.31/1.55 µm OTDR
MW9076C SMF 1.31/1.55/1.625 µm OTDR
MW9076D1 SMF 1.31/1.45/1.55/1.625 µm OTDR
∗1 MW9076J GIF 0.85 µm OTDR
∗1 ∗2 MW9076K GIF 0.85/1.3 µm OTDR
Standard accessories (main frame)

IEC FDA (CFR) ∗2 W1659AE MW9076 series operation manual: 1 copy
W1660AE MW9076 series serial interface manual: 1 copy
Connector adapter∗1: 1 pc
The maximum output is indicated under ∗1, and the wavelength un- Z0619A Lithium ion battery pack: 1 pc
der ∗2.
Caution: Do not look directly into the laser beam. Units
MU250000A Display Unit (8.4 inch TFT-LCD)
• Optical power meter: MW9076B/B1/C-02, MW0976B/B1/C-03 MU250000A4 Display Unit (7.8 inch STN-LCD)
Applicable Standard accessories (display unit)

10/125 µm, SM (ITU-T G.652)
optical fiber ADP60WB24.0 AC adapter
Z0402 Front cover
Optical connector FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A (DIAMOND) ∗Replaceable
0979 A-2 power cord∗2 (for Japan)
Wavelength range 1.2 to 1.7 µm J0980 A-2 power cord∗2 (for USA, Canada, Taiwan)
Option 02: J0981 B4 power cord∗2 (for UK, Malaysia, South Africa,
+3 to –70 dBm (continuous light) Hong Kong)
Measurement 0 to –73 dBm (modulated light) J0982 C7 power cord∗2 (for Europe)
range Option 03: J0983 S3 power cord∗2 (for Oceania, China)
+23 to –50 dBm (continuous light) J1027 P4 power cord∗2 (for India)
+20 to –53 dBm (modulated light) J1028 D1 power cord∗2 (for Switzerland)
Z0403A Belt with hook
Measurement Option 02: ±5% (–10 dBm, 1.31/1.55 µm, continuous light) MU960001A Optical Channel Selector Unit
accuracy Option 03: ±5% (–10 dBm, 1.31/1.55 µm, continuous light) (1 x 4 channels, with connector adapter∗1)
Environmental MU960002A Optical Channel Selector Unit
conditions
Same as MW9076 series (1 x 8 channels, with connector adapter∗1)
EMC Same as MW9076 series Battery pack
LVD Same as MW9076 series Z0619A Lithium ion battery pack
Software
• MU960001A/960002A Optical Channel Selector Unit MX907600A OTDR Emulation Software
Model MU960001A MU960002A
Options
Configuration 1x4 1x8 MW9076B/B1/C/D1-01 Visible light source (factory option)
Wavelength 1.2 to 1.65 µm (The special wavelength are MW9076B/B1/C-02 Optical power meter (factory option)∗3, ∗4
range 1.31/1.55 µm.) MW9076B/B1/C-03 High power optical power meter (factory option)∗3, ∗4
MW9076B/C-25 FC-APC connector (factory option)
Optical fiber 10/125 µm, SM (ITU-T G.652)
MW9076B/C-26 SC-APC connector (factory option)
Optical connector FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A (DIAMOND) ∗Replaceable MW9076B/B1/C/D1-37 FC-PC connector
Insertion loss ≤2.5 dB ≤4.5 dB MW9076B/B1/C/D1-38 ST connector
MW9076B/B1/C/D1-39 DIN connector
Environmental MW9076B/B1/C/D1-40 SC connector
Same as MW9076 series (not applicable to the shock)
conditions MW9076B/B1/C/D1-43 HMS-10/A (DIAMOND) connector
Dimensions 290 (W) x 194 (H) x 47 (D) mm MW9076B/C-47 HRL-10 connector (factory option)
MU960001A-37 FC-PC connector
Mass ≤1.5 kg ≤2.0 kg MU960002A-37 FC-PC connector
EMC Same as MW9076 series MU960001A-38 ST connector
LVD Same as MW9076 series MU960002A-38 ST connector
MU960001A-39 DIN connector
∗MU960001A/MU960002A can not be attached to MW9076D1. MU960002A-39 DIN connector
MU960001A-40 SC connector
MU960002A-40 SC connector
MU960001A-43 HMS-10/A (DIAMOND) connector
MU960002A-43 HMS-10/A (DIAMOND) connector
Application parts
Z0434A Keyboard (requires mini-DIN conversion adapter)
JT8MA3-NT1 PC-ATA card (8 MB)
J0057 Optical adapter FC type
J0635 ∗5 Optical fiber cord [with FC-PC at both ends (SM)]
B0442 Soft carrying case [440 (W) x 310 (H) x 110 (D) mm]
Z0435 Soft carrying case [430 (W) x 300 (H) x 170 (D) mm]
Z0436 Hard carrying case (holds main frame and thermal
printer)

Model/Order No. Name 1
J0618D Replaceable optical connector (ST)
J0618E Replaceable optical connector (DIN)
J0618F Replaceable optical connector (HMS-10/A, HFS-13/A)
J0619B Replaceable optical connector (SC)
J0441 Total internal reflection cord (SM)
J1039 Total internal reflection cord (SC-PC)
J0654A Serial interface cord (for remote control with
IBM-PC/AT or J-310, 9 pin-9 pin)
J0655A Serial interface cord (for PC-98 remote control,
9 pin-25 pin)
J0977 Serial interface cord (for connection with external
optical channel selector)
J0978 VGA conversion cable (for external monitor)
J0952A FC · PC-FC · APC(SG)-1M-SM
(FC · APC closed width: 2 mm, conforms to seiko-giken)
J0953A FC · PC-FC · APC(SI)-1M-SM
(FC · APC closed width: 2.14 mm, conforms to SSI)
J0954A SC · PC-SC · APC-1M-SM
[return loss: >50 dB (SC · PC), >65 dB (SC · APC)]
J1041A 1.31/1.55 LWPF filter cord (SC · PC), 1 m
Peripherals
BL-80R2 High speed thermal printer∗6
BL-100W AC adapter (for BL-80R2, AC 100 to 240 V)
DPU-414-31B Thermal printer∗7
PW-4007-U1 AC adapter∗7
DPU-414-31B Thermal printer∗8
PW-4007-E1 AC adapter∗8
J0614 Printer connection cable (for DPU-414)
Supplies
BL-80-30 Printer paper (for BL-80R2 thermal printer, 10 rolls/set)
TP411-28CL Printer paper (for DPU-414 Thermal printer, 10 rolls/set)
∗1: Specify one of FC, ST, DIN, SC or HMS-10/A. When the connector type is
not specified, FC-PC is supplied.
∗2: Specify one of A-2, B4, C7, S3, P4 or D1.
∗3: The optical power meter (Option 02) and high-level-input optical power me-
ter (Option 03) cannot be mounted at the same time.
∗4: The optional optical power meter and high-level-input optical power meter
cannot be set for MW9076D1.
∗5: Specify the optical fiber length as A, B or C (A: 1 m, B: 2 m, C: 3 m)
∗6: Operates only with AC adapter, printing width: 72 mm, printing speed: ap-
proximately 13 s (manual measure-ment result with header), 0° to +40°C,
dimensions: 119 (W) x 77 (H) x 174 (D) mm, Sanei products (AC adapter
and printer cable are sold separately.)
∗7: 120 VAC ±10 %, 60 Hz, 0° to +40°C, Seiko products (printer cable: sold
separately)
∗8: 230 VAC ±10 %, 50 Hz, 0° to +40°C, Seiko products (printer cable: sold
separately)
OPTICAL TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER GPIB
MW9060A
1.31/1.55 µm (SM), 0.85/1.3 µm (GI)
For High-Accuracy Measurement of Optical Fiber Cables
Custom-made product
The MW9060A is an upgraded version of the high-performance Functions and Performance

MW9040A/B OTDR. Anritsu’s unique procedure and event-registration • Measurement of long optical fibers
functions combine to reduce measurement time. The new unit also The MW0945B/0947B plug-in units have a dynamic range of 34/32
incorporates a 3.5 inch FDD and printer. dB or better (1.31/1.55 µm), for measuring long optical fibers of 180
This is a universal type OTDR to be used for single mode or multimode km or more. A measurement example for a long optical fiber with a
fiber in a wide dynamic range for long distance or in a high-resolution transmission loss of 0.18 dB/km (1.55 µm) is shown below.
for short distance.
There are 2 types of wide dynamic range plug-in units in the single
mode (1.31 µm, 1.31/1.55 µm) whose dynamic ranges are 34 dB, 32
dB, and 34/32 dB, respectively. The long-distance optical fibers can
be measured with high efficiency. There are also 2 types of high-res-
olution plug-in unit, one is in single mode (1.31/1.55 µm) and the oth-
er is in multimode (0.85/1.30 µm). A single mode unit realizes near-
end dead zone of 8 m (MW0944B high-resolution unit), and a multi-
mode fiber unit realizes the zone of 3 m, thus making possible for
fault detection from the near end.
Features
• For long- and short-haul, and single-mode and multimode fiber
• Fast 0.3-s sweep speed (FAST mode, 2PA mode)
• Procedure and event registration functions shorten measurement time
• Printer and 3.5 inch FD/PMC drives as standard equipment
• Return loss measurement

• High-resolution measurements • PMC and FD drives 1
The MW0944B plug-in unit has a spatial resolution of less than 2 m With a 512 KB PMC, 248 measured waveform screens can be record-
and a near-end dead zone of less than 8 m, making it useful for de- ed. The FDD uses the MS-DOS∗ format, so recorded data can be
tecting faults in short optical fibers used in buildings, etc. read on a PC. Up to 700 measured waveform screens can be record-
ed on one 2HD floppy disk. PMCs offer better durability than floppy
• Built-in high-speed printer disks and are very reliable even in dusty and hot environments.
The image displayed on the screen can be printed in about 7 seconds ∗: MS-DOS is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
at 73.1 x 57.1 mm. Averaging continues even during printing and the
unit also responds to key input during printing, so there is no need to • Direct-plot function
wait for printing to finish. Direct printing to an external printer or plotter is possible using the
GPIB interface.
• Unique procedure and event registration functions
The procedure function can be used to assign operation procedures
to function keys. The same operation can then be repeated just by
pressing the assigned function key. In addition, event markers can be
set at any point to be measured; when the LASER-ON key is pressed,
the measured results are displayed in an event table according to the
marker settings.
Copy example using event function
Specifications
• MW9060A (main frame)
Sweep speed Min. 0.3 s/sweep (used in fast sweep mode and 2PA mode)
No. of search points: Max. 5 points (at event mode off), max. 100 points (at event mode on)
Automatic search
Threshold (dB): 0.05, 0.1, 0.3, 1.0, 3.0, 5.0
Optical return loss measurement Provided
Waveform comparison Displays 2 waveforms simultaneously
Smoothing function Improves the S/N ratio of the waveform by 6 levels from level 1 through level 6
Full-trace display function Display the full measurement trace, measured by switching each attenuator in turn
Relative distance measurement function Display distance relative to cursor setting
Event function Fiber length, total loss, transmission loss, return loss for fiber on either side of splice point
Procedure function Key command sequence is recorded and assigned to a single key for automatic execution.
Built-in memory 32 waveforms (store the setting conditions at the same time)
Memory card Plug-in memory card, 32/64/128/256/512 KB (option)
Floppy disk∗1 Micro Floppy disk, storage capacity (MS-DOS∗2 formatted),

2 MB/1 MB (1.44 MB/720 KB) or 1.6 MB/1 MB (1.2 MB/720 KB)
Printer Hard copy of screen display is available by line thermal printer.
Title display 20 characters x 2 lines
Index of refraction (IOR) 1.400000 to 1.699999 (in 0.000001 steps)
Distance display units Meters, feet, miles
CRT 6-inch, green
Conforms to IEE-488.1 and IEEE-448.2
GPIB Device mode: SH1, AH1, T6, L4, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C0, E2
Interface Controller mode: SH1, AH1, T6, L4, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C4, C7, E2
Direct plot Hard copy of the measurement screen to an external plotter/printer is available through GPIB.
Power supply 85 to 132 (170 to 250) Vac, 50/60 Hz ±5%, ≤160 VA
Temperature and humidity∗3 –10° to +55°C (operate), –20° to +60°C (storage), ≤80%
Dimensions and mass 284 (W) x 177 (H) x 450 (D) mm, ≤12.5 kg (without plug-in units)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class D)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: 1 MB/1.6 MB (720 KB/1.2 MB) capability available as option
720 KB/1.44 MB: When formatting the IBM-PC series (IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation)
720 KB/1.2 MB: When formatting the PC-9800 series (PC-9800 series is a product of NEC.)
∗2: MS-DOS is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
∗3: When plug-in memory cards (PMC) are used, the operating temperature is:
PMC left inserted: –10° to +55°C
Inserting/removing PMC: 0° to +55°C
Operating temperature when floppy disk and printer are used: +5° to +35°C
• MW0944B high-resolution unit
Wavelength∗1 1310/1550 nm ±15 nm
Fiber under measurement 10/125 µm single-mode fiber (ITU-T G.652)
Optical connector∗2 FC-PC, DIAMOND-PC, ST-PC, DIN-PC, SC-PC
Pulse width 10 ns 20 ns 100 ns 500 ns 2 µs
Dynamic range (one- Effective 6.5/4.0 dB 8.0/5.5 dB 11.5/9.0 dB 15.0/12.5 dB 18.0/15.5 dB
way back-scattered
light level)∗3,∗4 SNR=1 9.5/7.0 dB 11.0/8.5 dB 14.5/12.0 dB 18.0/15.5 dB 21.0/18.5 dB
Dynamic range (4% Effective 34.5/33.0 dB
Fresnel reflection)∗4 SNR=1 37.5/36.0 dB
Near-end dead Fresnel reflection 3m 5m 13 m 55 m 220 m
zone∗5,∗6 Back-scattered light 8m 10 m 20 m 65 m 240 m
Fresnel reflection 2m 4m 13 m 55 m 220 m
Spatial resolution∗5,∗7
Back-scattered light 2m 4m 15 m 60 m 220 m
No. of masks 5 max. (optical)
Mask function∗5,∗8
Mask width 13 m 13 m 18 m 65 m 240 m
Variable near-end mask width Provided
Variable optical output power function∗8 Provided
Distance range (km)∗5 10, 25, 50, 100
2.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km (10 km range)
2.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km, 2.5 km (25 km range)
Scale (m/div)
2.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km, 2.5 km, 5 km (50 km range)
2.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km, 2.5 km, 5 km, 10 km (100 km range)
Horizontal axis∗5
Sampling resolution: 5 cm to 20 m
Resolution
Read-out resolution: 5 cm to 200m
Accuracy ±1 m ±measured value (m) x 2 x 10–5 (does not include uncertainty in fiber index of refraction)
Scale (dB/div) 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5
Vertical axis Read-out resolution 0.001 dB
Linearity ±0.05 dB/dB
Ambient temperature 0° to +35°C (spec. meet), –10° to +60°C(storage)
Mass ≤2.5 kg
• MW0945B/0947B wide dynamic range unit

Wavelength∗1 1310 nm ±15 nm
Fiber under measurement 10/125 µm single-mode fiber (ITU-T G.652)
Optical connector∗9 FC, DIAMOND, ST, DIN, SC
Pulse width 20 ns 100 ns 500 ns 1 µs 4 µs 10 µs 20 ns 100 ns 500 ns 1 µs 4 µs 10 µs
Dynamic range (one- Effective 15 dB 20 dB 23 dB 26 dB 31 dB 34 dB 13 dB 18 dB 21 dB 24 dB 29 dB 32 dB
way back-scattered
light level)∗3,∗4 SNR=1 18 dB 23 dB 26 dB 29 dB 34 dB 37 dB 16 dB 21 dB 24 dB 27 dB 32 dB 35 dB
Dynamic range (4% Effective 35 dB 39 dB 41 dB 42 dB 44 dB 45 dB 34 dB 38 dB 40 dB 41 dB 43 dB 44 dB
Fresnel reflection)∗4 SNR=1 38 dB 42 dB 44 dB 45 dB 47 dB 48 dB 37 dB 41 dB 43 dB 44 dB 46 dB 47 dB
Near-end dead Fresnel reflection 35 m 50 m 95 m 200 m 700 m 1500 m 35 m 50 m 95 m 200 m 700 m 1500 m
zone∗5,∗6 Back-scattered light 35 m 50 m 95 m 200 m 700 m 1500 m 35 m 50 m 95 m 200 m 700 m 1500 m
Fresnel reflection 15 m 30 m 75 m 150 m 500 m 1500 m 15 m 30 m 75 m 150 m 500 m 1500 m
Spatial resolution∗5,∗7
Back-scattered light 30 m 50 m 90 m 200 m 700 m 1500 m 30 m 50 m 90 m 200 m 700 m 1500 m
∗5,∗8
No. of masks 5 max. (optical)
Mask function
Mask width 75 m 75 m 150 m 200 m 700 m 1500 m 75 m 75 m 150 m 200 m 700 m 1500 m
Variable optical output power function∗8 Provided
Distance range (km)∗5 10, 25, 50, 100, 250
5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km (10 km range)
5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km, 2.5 km (25 km range)
Scale (m/div) 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km, 2.5 km, 5 km (50 km range)
Horizontal axis∗5 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km, 2.5 km, 5 km, 10 km (100 km range)
5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km, 2.5 km, 5 km, 10 km, 25 km (250 km range)
Resolution Sampling resolution: 10 cm to 50 m, Read-out resolution: 10 cm to 500 m
Accuracy ±1 m ±measured value (m) x 2 x 10–5 (does not include uncertainty in fiber index of refraction)
Scale (dB/div) 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5
Vertical axis Read-out resolution 0.001 dB
Ambient temperature –10° to +55°C (spec. meet), –40° to +75°C (storage)
Mass ≤2.5 kg

• MW0967B high-resolution unit 1
Wavelength∗1 850/1300 nm ±15 nm
Fiber under measurement∗10 50/125 µm GI multimode fiber (NA0.2) ∗ITU-T G.651
Optical connector∗11 FC, DIAMOND, ST, DIN, SC
Pulse width 5 ns 20 ns 100 ns 500 ns 2 µs
Dynamic range one- Effective 9.0/7.0 dB 12.0/10.0 dB 15.5/13.5 dB 19.0/17.0 dB 21.5/20.0 dB
way back-scattered
light level∗3,∗4 SNR = 1 12.0/10.0 dB 15.0/13.0 dB 18.5/16.5 dB 22.0/20.0 dB 24.5/23.0 dB
Dynamic range (4% Effective 27/29 dB 29/31 dB
Fresnel reflection)∗4 SNR = 1 30/32 dB 32/34 dB
Near-end dead Fresnel reflection 1.5 m 1.5 m 1.5 m 1.5 m 1.5 m
zone∗5,∗6 Back-scattered light 3m 4.5 m 15 m 60 m 220 m
Spatial Fresnel reflection 2m 4m 15 m 60 m 220 m
resolution∗5,∗7 Back-scattered light 2m 4m 15 m 60 m 220 m
Mask function Not provided
Variable optical output power function Provided
Distance range (km)∗5 10, 25, 50, 100
2.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km (10 km range)
2.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km, 2.5 km (25 km range)
Scale (m/div)
2.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km, 2.5 km, 5 km (50 km range)
Horizontal axis∗5 2.5, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 500, 1 km, 2.5 km, 5 km, 10 km (100 km range)
Sampling resolution: 5 cm to 20 m
Resolution
Read-out resolution: 5 cm to 200 m
Accuracy ±1m ±measured value (m) x 2 x 10–5 (does not include uncertainty fiber index of refraction)
Scale (dB/div) 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2.5, 5
Vertical axis Readout resolution 0.001 dB
Ambient temperature –10° to +55°C (spec. meet), –40° to +75°C (storage)
Mass ≤2.5 kg
∗1: Not applicable in the variable optical output power mode ∗7: Spatial resolution
∗2: Please specify one of these types when ordering. Please contact us for other Fresnel reflection: The width of an unsaturated Fresnel reflection pulse at the
connectors. (However, the dynamic range is degraded by 0.5 dB for DIAMOND point that is 1.5 dB less than the peak value.
and D4 connectors.) Back-scattered light: The distance between the points where the beginning and
∗3: Dynamic range (one-way back-scattered light) ending levels at a splice etc. (≤1 dB) are within ±0.1 dB of their initial and final
Effective: The difference between the level of the point which is 0.3 dB higher than values, respectively.
the peak noise level and the level of the point where near-end back-scattering occurs.
SNR=1: The level difference between the RMS noise level and the level where Spatial resolution (Fresnel reflection)
near end back-scattering occurs.
1.5 dB
Effective
SNR = 1
Level
0.3 dB
±0.1 dB
Distance
∗4: Values are obtained using smoothing (level 6). With no smoothing, all values are ≤1 dB
reduced by 2 dB.
∗5: When the index of refraction is set to 1.500000. ±0.1 dB
∗6: Near-end dead zone
Fresnel reflection: The minimum distance at which the 4% Fresnel reflection
generated by the fault can be detected. (MW0944B with built-in variable optical
output power function used.)
Back-scattered light: The near-end dead zone (for back-scattered light) is the
distance at which the near-end back-scattered light level approaches ±0.5 dB
of its final value. — For the MW0944B: This specification represents the values Spatial resolution (back-scattered light)
for the FC-PC connector (when return loss ≥25 dB). When a fiber with an FC
connector (flat polished) is measured, the dead zone may be larger than the ∗8: All masks including the near-end mask (except MW0945B and MW0947B) are
specified value. The variable near-end mask width function can be used to sup- OFF in the variable optical output mode.
press dead zone widening to 2 to 3 m. ∗9: Please specify one of these types when ordering. Please contact us for other
connectors. (However, the dynamic range is degraded by 0.5 dB for DIAMOND,
D4, and AT&T Biconic connectors.)
±0.5 dB ∗10: The dynamic range is increased by about 1.5 dB when measuring 62.5/125 µm
(NA 0.29) fibers. The transmission loss measurement result may differ from that
obtained with NA 0.29 by as much as 0.1 dB/km.
∗11: Please specify one of these types when ordering. Please contact us for other
connectors.
Level
Distance
Dead zone (back-scattered light)
Model/order No. Name
Main frame
MW9060A Optical Time Domain Reflectometer
Plug-in units
MW0944B SMF 1.31/1.55 µm Unit (short distance, high resolution)
MW0945B SMF 1.31 µm Unit (long distance, wide-dynamic range
measurement)
MW0947B SMF 1.31/1.55 µm Unit (long distance, wide-dynamic
range measurement)
MW0967B GIF 0.85/1.30 µm Unit (short distance, high resolution)
Standard accessories (main frame)

F0013 Fuse, 5 A: 2 pcs
Z0240 Thermal roll paper (2 rolls/set): 2 sets
W0667AE MW9060A operation manual: 1 copy
Standard accessory (plug-in unit)

B0346 Unit adapter (for unit installation): 1 pc/1 unit
Options (main frame)

MW9060A-01 GPIB interface
MW9060A-02 1.2 MB FDD (conforming to NEC PC-9800 series format)
Options (plug-in unit)

MW09[ ][ ]-21 D4 connector
MW09[ ][ ]-22 AT&T Biconic connector (unavailable for the MW0944B)
MW0967B-23 Amphenol 906
MW09[ ][ ]-37 FC-PC connector (unavailable for the MW0944B/0967B)
B0346 Unit adapter
B0293 CRT hood
P0005 Memory card (RAM: 32 KB)
J0126B BCN cable, 2 m
FC-AP Optical adapter FC type
J0200[∗] FC-FC-[∗]M-GI (FC optical fiber cord, [∗] m, GI)
J0056[∗] FC-FC-[∗]M-SM (FC optical fiber cord, [∗] m, SM)
J0087[∗] FC-D4-[∗]M-GI (FC-D4 optical conversion cord, [∗] m, GI)
J0210[∗] FC-D4-[∗]M-SM (FC-D4 optical conversion cord, [∗] m, SM)
J0209[∗] FC-BIC-[∗]M-GI (FC-BICONIC optical conversion cord,
[∗] m, GI)
J0208[∗] FC-BIC-[∗]M-GI (FC-BICONIC optical conversion cord,
[∗] m, GI)
J0207[∗] FC-DIA-[∗]M-GI (FC-DIAMOND optical conversion cord,
[∗] m, GI)
J0206[∗] FC·PC-DIA·PC-[∗]M-SM (FC·PC-DIAMOND·PC optical
conversion cord, [∗]m, SM)
J0516[∗] FC-DIN-[∗]M-GI (FC-DIN optical conversion cord, [∗] m, GI)
J0517[∗] FC-DIN-[∗]M-SM (FC-DIN optical conversion cord, [∗] m, SM)
J0518[∗] FC-ST-[∗]M-GI (FC-ST optical conversion cord, [∗] m, GI)
J0519[∗] FC-ST-[∗]M-SM (FC-ST optical conversion cord, [∗] m, SM)
J0520[∗] FC-SC-[∗]M-GI (FC-SC optical conversion cord, [∗] m, GI)
J0521[∗] FC-SC-[∗]M-SM (FC-SC optical conversion cord, [∗] m, SM)
B0329K Protective cover (for front panel)
B0350 Carrying case (hard type)
Z0245 Carrying case for plug-in unit (hard type)
Z0246 Carrying case for plug-in unit (soft type)
Peripherals
MA9014A Bare Fiber Connector (common use for SM and GI fiber)
MA9013A Fiber Adapter
FP-850 Printer (EPSON product)
VP-870 Printer (EPSON product)
HP7550A Plotter (HP product)
Supplies
Z0168 3.5 inch mini floppy disk (2HD): 10 pcs/set
Z0054 3.5 inch mini floppy disk (2DD): 10 pcs/set
[∗]: These lengths are expressed by symbols A, B and C in the order number,
for example; J0200A, B or C, where A = 1 m, B = 2 m, C = 3 m.

OPTICAL SPECTRUM ANALYZER 1
GPIB
MS9710C
600 to 1750 nm
High Performance for DWDM Optical Communications
The MS9710C is a diffraction-grating spectrum analyzer for analyz- Distance from peak wavelength 0.2 nm 0.4 nm 1 nm
ing optical spectra in the 600 to 1750 nm wavelength band. In addi-
Normal dynamic range mode 42 dB (45 dB typical) 58 dB 62 dB
tion to uses such as measurement of LD and LED spectra, it has
functions for measuring the transmission characteristics of passive High dynamic range mode 42 dB (45 dB typical) 60 dB 70 dB
elements such as optical isolators, as well as NF/Gain of optical fiber
amplifier systems. High-dynamic range measurement example with DFB-LD spectrum
In addition to its basic features, the superior stability and reliability of passed via narrow-band Band-Pass Filter (BPF).
the diffraction grating (patent pending) offer the severe level and
wavelength specifications particularly in the WDM band.
DFB-LD Narrow-band BPF MS9710C
This analyzer has the dynamic range, reception sensitivity, and sweep
speed requested by users, backed by Anritsu’s high-level technology.
The high sensitivity meets the exacting demands placed on today’s
measuring instruments. In particular, the excellent wavelength and
level specifications fully meet the dense WDM requirements (1520 to
1620 nm).
The MS9710C Optical Spectrum Analyzer is the successor to the
popular MS9710B but with improved functions and higher perfor-
mance. The specifications have been upgraded for the important
1.55 µm band for WDM communications and have also been opti-
mised to include the new requirements for L-band (1570 to 1620 nm)
use. In addition to the high reliability and excellent basic perfor-
mance, this analyzer has a full range of application functions to sup-
port accurate measurement in the fastest possible time.
Features
• Wavelength accuracy of ±20 pm (C-band) and ±50 pm (L-band)
• Dynamic range of 42 dB (0.2 nm from peak wavelength), 70 dB • Relying on WDM transmission
(1 nm from peak wavelength)
As a result of the need for increased transmission capacity, R&D into
• WDM measurement of wavelength, level, and SNR for up to 128 large-capacity transmission techniques is becoming more active,
channels and Wavelength Division Multiplexing (WDM) is now in use. This
Performance and applications WDM transmission technology requires quantitative measurement of
the signal quality and wavelength transmission characteristics of
• 70 dB dynamic range each channel.
The dynamic range at 0.2 nm from the peak wavelength is better Measuring instruments for this purpose require highly-accurate wave-
than 42 dB and is a high 58 dB min. at 0.4 nm from the peak, per- length and level measurements. Furthermore, accurate measure-
mitting high-accuracy measurement of DWDM systems with a 50 ment of fiber-amplifier NF requires extremely good polarization de-
GHz (0.4 nm) channel spacing. The analyzer demonstrates its ex- pendant loss characteristics and level linearity specifications.
cellence in SNR measurement of WDM light sources, as well as in The MS9710C design achieves excellent wavelength and level spec-
evaluation of narrow-band optical band pass filters. ifications for this purpose in the 1520 to 1620 nm wavelength band
and also in the extended band (L-band) to 1620 nm. In particular, the
wavelength accuracy can be calibrated automatically using an op-
tional internal reference wavelength light source; the post-calibration
accuracy is better than ±20 pm.
Specifications for WDM application • 3.5 inch internal FDD
Mainframe, In addition to saving and recalling measurement data, etc., wave-
MS9710C With Option 15∗2 forms saved to floppy disk can be easily and directly read by a per-
option
sonal computer.
Wavelength ±20 pm (1530 to 1570 nm)
±20 pm (1520 to 1620 nm) The PC screen shown on the right is displaying an image of the
accuracy∗1 ±50 pm (1520 to 1600 nm)
MS9710C screen saved to floppy disk. Screen images can be saved
Wavelength
50 pm (FWHM of internal optical BPF) to FD media and output as Windows® bitmap-format files. In addi-
resolution
tion, since the data can be output in text-file format, it can be manip-
Resolution ≤±3% (1530 to 1570 nm, ≤±3% (1520 to 1620 nm, ulated easily using spreadsheet software.
accuracy resolution: 0.2 nm) resolution: 0.2 nm)
Level ±0.1 dB (1530 to 1570 nm)
±0.1 dB (1520 to 1620 nm)
flatness to ±0.3 dB (1520 to 1620 nm)
wavelength Resolution: 0.5 nm, ATT: off
Polarization
±0.05 dB (1550/1600 nm)
dependency
Level ±0.05 dB (1550 nm) ±0.05 dB (1550/1600 nm)
linearity –50 to 0 dBm (ATT: off), –30 to +20 dBm (ATT: on)
∗1: After calibration with optical reference wavelength light source

∗2: L-band enhancement
Full function lineup

In addition to its excellent basic functions, the MS9710C comes with
a full lineup of other useful functions summarized in the following
table.
• Spectrum analysis for WDM communication systems
The wavelength, level, and SNR of up to 300 WDM channels can be
For analyzing and evaluating waveforms of optical
analyzed.
Device analysis A new noise level left/right average function (shown below) has been
devices (DFB-LDs, FP-LDs, LEDs)
added to SNR measurement. In addition, the noise level is normal-
For waveform analysis by RMS and threshold
ized to a per nm figure. Accurate SNR measurement can be achieved
Waveform analysis methods; SMSR, half-width evaluation, WDM
waveform analysis due to the high-resolution accuracy of the MS9710C.
Application EDFA NF and gain measurement, polarization mode
measurement dispersion measurement
Modulation, pulsed
Max. frequency range (VBW) = 1 MHz
light measurement
Multimarkers: Marker function for max. 300 points
Markers Zone markers: For waveform analysis within zone
Peak/dip search: Searches for a peak or dip
Power monitor Also functions an optical power meter
Vacuum
Converts displayed wavelength to value in vacuum
wavelength display
External interfaces GPIB, RS-232C, VGA monitor output
The measurement results described above can be switched to a

table display that can be saved and recalled in text format. Both the
wavelength and frequency are shown in the table.

• Convenient light source option, including reference wavelength The following diagram shows the spectrum of the SLD light source 1
light source for better accuracy output from Port 2.
Any one of the wavelength reference & SLD light source (Option 13), When this light source is used instead of the earlier white light
SLD light source (Option 14), wavelength reference light source source for measurement of the wavelength transmission characteris-
(Option 05), and White light source (Option 02) can be installed in tics of optical receiver elements, it is possible to achieve a 20 dB
the MS9710C. wider dynamic range.
The block diagram of the SLD light source & Reference wavelength
light source option is shown below. This option has two separate out-
put ports: Port 1 for wavelength calibration, and the Port 2 for mea-
suring transmission characteristics. When the MS9710C is calibrat-
ed automatically by inputting the reference wavelength light source,
post-calibration wavelength accuracy in the 1520 to 1620 nm range
is better than ±20 pm (Option 15). This is very useful in precision ab-
solute measurement of the wavelengths of light sources used in
WDM systems.
Port 1 (reference
SLD light Acetylene SM fiber
wavelength light
source (C2H2) cell output)
Port 2 (SLD light

SM fiber output)
Spectrum of SLD light
Block diagram of SLD light source & Reference wavelength light The following figure is a measurement example of the transmission
characteristics of an optical band pass filter using the SLD light source.
Measurement of optical bandpass filter
If this dynamic range is not required, a lower-cost white light source

can be installed instead.
Specifications
Main frame, option MS9710C With Option 15 (L-band enhancement)
Applicable optical fiber 10/125 µm SM fiber (ITU-T G.652)
Optical connector∗1 User replaceable (FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A), factory option (E2000, FC-APC, SC-APC, HRL-10)
Measurement range 600 to 1750 nm
±20 pm (1530 to 1570 nm)∗2, ±50 pm (1520 to 1600 nm)∗2 ±20 pm (1520 to 1620 nm)∗2
Accuracy
±200 pm (1530 to 1570 nm)∗3 , ±300 pm (600 to 1750 nm)∗3
Stability ±5 pm
Linearity ±20 pm (1530 to 1570 nm)
Resolution 0.05, 0.07, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0 nm (RBW: 3 dB optical filter; transmission bandwidth)
Wavelength
Read resolution 5 pm
≤±2.2% (1530 to 1570 nm, resolution: 0.5 nm)
≤±3% (1530 to 1570 nm, resolution: 0.2 nm)
≤±2.2% (1520 to 1620 nm, resolution: 0.5 nm)
≤±4% (1520 to 1530 nm, 1570 to 1620 nm, resolution: 0.5 nm)
Resolution∗4 ≤±5% (1520 to 1530 nm, 1570 to 1620 nm, resolution: 0.2 nm)
Main frame, option MS9710C With Option 15 (L-band enhancement)
–65 to +10 dBm (600 to 1000 nm, 0 to +30˚C, optical ATT: off)
–60 to +10 dBm (600 to 1000 nm, +30 to +50˚C, optical ATT: off)
Measurement
range
Level
–70 to +23 dBm (1100 to 1600 nm, 0 to +30˚C, optical ATT: on)
–65 to +23 dBm (1100 to 1600 nm, +30 to +50˚C, optical ATT: on)
[Resolution: ≥0.07 nm, VBW: 10 Hz, sweep average: 10 times]
Accuracy ±0.4 dB (1300/1550 nm, input: –23 dBm, resolution: ≥0.1 nm)
Stability ±0.02 dB (1 min, resolution: ≥0.1 nm, input: –23 dBm, no polarization fluctuation)
±0.1 dB (1530 to 1570 nm, resolution: 0.5 nm, optical ATT: off)
Flatness ±0.1 dB (1520 to 1620 nm, resolution: 0.5 nm, optical ATT: off)
±0.3 dB (1520 to 1620 nm, resolution: 0.5 nm, optical ATT: off)
±0.05 dB (1550 nm, –50 to 0 dBm, optical ATT: off) ±0.05 dB (1550/1600 nm, –50 to 0 dBm, optical ATT: off)
Linearity
±0.05 dB (1550 nm, –30 to +20 dBm, optical ATT: on) ±0.05 dB (1550/1600 nm, –30 to +20 dBm, optical ATT: on)
Polarization dependency ±0.05 dB (1550/1600 nm), ±0.1 dB (1300 nm) ∗Setting resolution: ≥0.5 nm
High-dynamic range mode (20˚ to 30˚C):
70 dB (1 nm from peak wavelength), 60 dB (0.4 nm from peak wavelength), 42 dB (0.2 nm from peak wavelength)
Dynamic range∗5
Normal mode (20˚ to 30˚C):
62 dB (1 nm from peak wavelength), 58 dB (0.4 nm from peak wavelength), 42 dB (0.2 nm from peak wavelength)
Optical return loss ≥35 dB (1300/1550 nm)
Sweep width: 0, 0.2 to 1200 nm
Sweep speed (typical)∗6 :
Sweep
0.5 s (normal dynamic mode, sweep width: 500 nm, VBW: 10 kHz, center wavelength: 1200 nm, sweep start to stop, no optical
input, sampling point: 501)
Display 6.4 inch, color TFT-LCD
Memory A/B (2 trace), 3.5 inch FDD (for MS-DOS® format)
Printer Internal (thermal type)
Interface GPIB, RS-232C, VGA output
Operating temperature: 0˚ to +50˚C (FDD: +5˚ to +50˚C), storage temperature: –20˚ to +60˚C,
Operating conditions Relative humidity: ≤90% (no condensation, FDD: 20 to 80%)
Shock: 30 G, 11 ms pulse, half sine
Power 85 to 132 Vac/170 to 250 Vac, 47.5 to 63 Hz, 150 VA (max.)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: One of these connector is attached. Please specify when ordering.
∗2: After Wl cal (ref) at wavelength reference optical light source (Option 05/13), resolution: 0.05 to 0.2 nm
∗3: After Wl cal (Ext) at DFB-LD and soon external optical light source
∗4: Actual screen resolution, 0˚ to 30˚C
∗5: Setting resolution: 0.05 nm, wavelength: 1550 nm, optical attenuator: off
∗6: Typical value for reference; not guaranteed specification
VBW, sweep speed, minimum light reception sensitivity*1

VBW 10 Hz 100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz
Sweep speed (typ) 30 s 5s 0.5 s 0.5 s 0.5 s 0.5 s
Minimum light reception sensitivity∗2 –90 dBm –80 dBm –70 dBm –60 dBm –50 dBm –40 dBm
∗1: Data for reference (501 points no averaging; not guaranteed specifications)
∗2: RMS noise level (1250 to 1600 nm)
Note: Warm-up the MS9710C for about 5 min. to ensure stable operation. The above specifications were obtained 2 hours after power-on.
White light source (Option 02)

Optical output ≥–59 dBm/nm (multimode fiber input)∗1
Operating temperature 18˚ to 28˚C
∗1: –65 dBm (typ) measured with MS9710C (at 1 nm wavelength resolution)
which has single-mode fiber at the input.
Wavelength reference light source (Option 05)

Wavelength reference 1530 nm band Acetylene

Wavelength Reference & SLD light source (Option 13) Ordering information 1
Wavelength range 1450 to 1650 nm Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
>–40 dBm/nm (1550 nm ±10 nm) Model/Order No. Name
Output level
>–60 dBm/nm (1450 to 1650 nm) Main frame
±0.04 dB (MS9710C setting resolution: 1 nm, MS9710C Optical Spectrum Analyzer
Output level stability∗1 no polarization change, constant temperature,
measured for 20 min at 1550 nm) Standard accessories
Optical connector adapter∗1: 1 pc
Spectrum half width >70 nm (typical: 90 nm) Power cord, 2.5 m: 1 pc
Optical connector User replaceable type (FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A) Z0312 Printer paper: 2 rolls
W1579AE MS9710C operation manual: 1 copy
W1580AE Remote control operation manual: 1 copy
Wavelength reference 1530 nm band Acetylene MX971003S LabVIEW® driver (RS-232C): 1 pc
MX971003G LabVIEW® driver (GPIB): 1 pc
∗1: Measured after one hour warm-up B0329G Front cover: 1 pc
SLD light source (Option 14) Options

MS9710C-02 White light source∗2
Wavelength range 1450 to 1650 nm MS9710C-05 Wavelength reference light source∗2
>–40 dBm/nm (1550 nm ±10 nm) MS9710C-13 Wavelength reference & SLD light source∗2
Output level
>–60 dBm/nm (1450 to 1650 nm) MS9710C-14 SLD light source∗2
MS9710C-15 L-band enhancement
±0.04 dB (MS9710C setting resolution: 1 nm, MS9710C-25 FC-APC connector∗3
Output level stability∗1 no polarization change, constant temperature, MS9710C-26 SC-APC connector∗3
measured for 20 min at 1550 nm) MS9710C-27 E2000 (Diamond) connector∗3
Spectrum half width >70 nm (typical: 90 nm) MS9710C-31 EC (Radial) connector∗3
MS9710C-37 FC connector∗4
Optical connector User replaceable type (FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A)
MS9710C-38 ST connector∗4
Operating temperature 0˚ to 40˚C MS9710C-39 DIN connector∗4
MS9710C-40 SC connector∗4
∗1: Measured after one hour warm-up MS9710C-43 HMS-10/A (Diamond) connector∗4
MS9710C-47 HRL-10 connector∗3
Application parts
J0654A RS-232C cable (9P-9P)
J0618F Replaceable optical connector (HMS-10/A)
J0635B FC-PC · FC-PC 2M-SM (FC-PC optical fiber cord, 2 m, SM)
Z0283 Replacement reel for ferrule cleaner (for Z0282)
Z0284 Cleaner for optical adapter (stick type)
G0084A Polarization rotation module (for PMD measurement)
B0330C Tilt stand
∗1: Specify the connector to be supplied as the standard connector when or-
dering the above options. If the connector is not specified, the FC connec-
tor (MS9710C-37) is supplied as standard.
∗2: Factory options; Two units cannot be installed simultaneously.
Exchangeable-type optical connectors (FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A) are
supplied when specified at ordering. One conversion cord is supplied for
connecting other optical connectors to the FC connector.
∗3: Factory option
∗4: User replaceable
MS-DOS® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
LabVIEW® is a registered trademark of National Instruments.
OPTICAL SPECTRUM ANALYZER GPIB
MS9710B
600 to 1750 nm
For Evaluating LED/LD Spectra and Transmission Characteristics of Passive Elements
The MS9710B is a diffraction-grating spectrum analyzer for analyz-

ing optical spectra in the 600 to 1750 nm wavelength band. In addi-
tion to uses such as measurement of LD and LED spectra, it has
functions for measuring the transmission characteristics of passive
elements such as optical isolators, as well as the NF/Gain of optical
fiber systems.
In addition to its basic features, the superior stability and reliability of
the diffraction grating (patent pending) easily pass the severe speci-
fications required for precise measurement of WDM communications
methods, particularly in the 1.55 µm band. This analyzer has the dy-
namic range, reception sensitivity, and sweep speed requested by
users, backed by Anritsu’s high-level technology. The high sensitivi-
ty meets the exacting demands placed on today’s measuring instru-
ments. In particular, the excellent wavelength and level specifications
fully meet the dense WDM requirements in the 1.55 µm band.
In addition to having a much wider dynamic range, its compact porta-
bility (approx. 50% lighter) eliminates the large cumbersome image
of earlier analyzers by perfectly combining portability with high per-
formance. In addition to the high reliability and excellent basic per-
formance, this analyzer has a full range of application functions to
• –90 dBm guaranteed optical reception sensitivity
The MS9710B has achieved an improved S/N over a wide range by
support accurate measurement in the fastest possible time. taking thorough countermeasures to noise and stray light. The RMS
Features noise level at wavelengths from 1250 to 1600 nm is –90 dBm max.
The screen display below is the waveform obtained when measuring
• 70 dB dynamic range a 1.55 µm DFB-LD optical source of –85 dBm; only 25 seconds are
• –90 dBm guaranteed optical reception sensitivity required for the measurement. In addition, the S/N can be improved
• Internal 3.5 inch FDD (Windows ®) using sweep averaging.
• Tracking with tunable laser source
• Optical pulse measurement
• Full range of WDM application functions
Performance and functions
• 70 dB dynamic range
The measurement dynamic range of the MS9710B in the normal
measurement mode at a wavelength 1 nm from the peak wavelength
is 62 dB. In the high dynamic range measurement mode, better than
70 dB can be achieved. The analyzer demonstrates its excellence in
SMSR measurement of DFB-LDs, as well as in evaluation of narrow-
band optical band pass filters. (See top screen in adjoining column.)

• Full function lineup Applications 1
In addition to its excellent basic functions, the MS9710B comes with • Spectrum analysis for WDM communication system
a full lineup of other useful functions summarized in the following The wavelength characteristics for the gain, and signal to noise ratio
table. (SNR) between each channel are difficult problems in WDM trans-
mission technology. In evaluation, it is very important to measure this
For analyzing and evaluating waveforms of optical quantitatively. The MS9710B permits extremely quick and simple
Device analysis waveform analysis of up to 300 spectra. The waveform and level
elements (DFB-LDs, FP-LDs, LEDs)
For waveform analysis by RMS and threshold (SNR) of each peak exceeding the set threshold is displayed. The
Waveform analysis methods; SMSR, half-width evaluation, WDM screen display below shows an example of the tilt gain.
waveform analysis
Application EDFA NF and gain measurement, PMD measure-
measurement ment (See applications.)
Modulation, pulsed
Max. frequency range (VBW) = 1 MHz
light measurement
(See applications.)
Markers
Zone markers: For waveform analysis in zone
Peak/dip search: Searches for a peak or dip
Power monitor Also functions as optical power meter
Vacuum wavelength
Converts displayed wavelength to value in vacuum
display
External interfaces GPIB, RS-232C
• Relying on 1.55 µm transmission band

As a result of the need for increased transmission capacity, R&D into
large-capacity transmission techniques is becoming more active and
wavelength division multiplexing (WDM) is ready to use. This WDM
transmission technology requires quantitative measurement of the • Polarization mode dispersion
wavelength transmission characteristics between each channel. An important factor determining the upper limit of the transmission bit
Measuring instruments for this purpose require more accurate wave- rate is the polarization mode dispersion (PMD). PMD is measured in
length and level measurement. Furthermore, accurate measurement the time and wavelength domains (see below). The MS9710B can be
of fiber-amplifier NF requires extremely good polarized light depen- used as a fixed analyzer to perform simple and automated mea-
dency and level linearity specifications. The MS9710B design has surement in the wavelength domain and immediately computes the
achieved excellent wavelength and level specifications for this pur- PMD by data processing from the measured waveform. The wave-
pose in the 1.53 to 1.57 µm wavelength band. In particular, the wavelength difference (λ2 – λ1) between the peak wavelength (λ 1) and the
length accuracy can be calibrated automatically using an optional in- wavelength at the Nth peak (λ 2) are read directly, and the PMD is cal-
ternal reference wavelength light source — the post-calibration ac- culated from the following equation:
curacy is better than ±0.05 nm. Evaluation of WDM systems requires
measurement without repeated calibration at each measurement N–1 λ1 · λ2
and the MS9710B achieves high-accuracy measurement with high PMD = K x
C ∆λ
repeatability.
where: K is the mode coupling factor and C is the speed of light (m/s).
• Convenient light source option (reference wavelength or white • Measurement of modulated and pulsed light
light) for better accuracy The synchronization signal for the measured modulated/pulsed light
The wavelength reference & SLD light source (Option 13), SLD light is input to the external input trigger on the rear panel. With this ana-
source (Option 14), wavelength reference light source (Option 05), lyzer, the data can be held by this sync signal. As a result, the spec-
and white light source (Option 02) can each be installed in the trum of the modulated or pulsed light can be measured accurately
MS9710B. The block diagram of the SLD light source and reference without data loss. In addition, an optical source that does not have a
wavelength light source option is shown below. This option has two sync signal can be measured in the same manner by setting an ap-
separate output ports: Port 1 for wavelength calibration and Port 2 for propriate gate time. The waveform in the diagram on the right shows
measuring transmission characteristics. When the MS9710B is cali- measurement of an optical pulse (OTDR’s light source) with a pulse
brated automatically by inputting the reference light for the wave- width of 1 µs and a duty cycle of 1%. However, for accurate spectrum
length, post-calibration wavelength accuracy in the 1.52 to 1.57 µm measurement, the VBW must be set to a wider bandwidth than the
range is better than ±0.05 nm. This is very useful in precision ab- modulation frequency of the measured light (see below). The maxi-
solute measurement of the wavelengths of light sources used in mum settable VBW in the MS9710B is 1 MHz. (Refer to the specifica-
WDM systems. tions page for the relationship between VBW, received light sensitiv-
ity and sweep time.)
SLD light Acetylene SM fiber
Port 1 (reference wavelength
source (C2H2) cell light output)
Port 2 (SLD light output)

SM fiber
Block diagram of SLD light source & reference wavelength light
The following diagram shows the spectrum of the SLD light output
from Port 2. When this light source is used instead of the earlier
white light source for measurement of the wavelength transmission
characteristics of optical receiver elements, it is possible to achieve
a 20 dB wider dynamic range.
Spectrum of SLD light source
Specifications
• MS9710B
Fiber 10/125 µm SM fiber (ITU-T G.652)
User replaceable: FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A
Optical connector∗1
Factory option (not user replaceable): E-2000 (Diamond), EC (Radial), FC-APC, SC-APC, HRL-10
Range: 600 to 1750 nm
Accuracy: ±0.2 nm (1530 to 1570 nm, after wavelength calibration)
±0.3 nm (600 to 1750 nm, after wavelength calibration)
±0.05 nm (1530 to 1570 nm, resolution: 0.07 to 0.2 nm, after calibration with wavelength reference light source option)
±0.1 nm (1530 to 1570 nm, resolution: 0.5 to 1 nm, after calibration with wavelength reference light source option)
Wavelength Stability: ±5 pm (smoothing: 11 points, 1 minute, at half-width center wavelength)
Linearity: ±20 pm (1530 to 1570 nm)
Resolution: 0.07, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1 nm
Resolution accuracy∗2: ±≤2.2% (resolution: 0.5 nm, 1550 ±20 nm), ±≤7% (resolution: 0.5 nm, at other wavelength),
±≤3% (resolution: 0.2 nm, 1550 ±20 nm), ±≤15% (resolution: 0.2 nm, at other wavelength),
±≤7% (resolution: 0.1 nm, 1550 ±20 nm), ±≤30% (resolution: 0.1 nm, at other wavelength)
Measurement range:
–65 to +10 dBm (600 to 1000 nm, +10˚ to +30˚C, VBW: 10 Hz, sweep averaging: 10 times)
Level –55 to +10 dBm (1700 to 1750 nm, +10˚ to +30˚C, VBW: 10 Hz, sweep averaging: 10 times)
–65 to +20 dBm (1100 to 1600 nm, attenuator: on)
Accuracy: ±0.4 dB (1300/1550 nm, –23 dBm, resolution: ≥0.1 nm)
Stability: ±0.02 dB (1550 nm, –23 dBm, resolution: ≥0.1 nm, 1 minute, constant temperature, no polarization shift)
Linearity: ±0.05 dB (1550 nm, 0 to –50 dBm)
Flatness: ±0.1 dB (1530 to 1570 nm)

Polarization dependency ±0.05 dB (1.55 µm band, resolution: ≥0.5 nm), ±0.1 dB (1.3 µm band, resolution: ≥0.5 nm)
1
70 dB (±1 nm, resolution: 0.07 nm, 1.55 µm band, high-dynamic range mode measurement, 20˚ to 30˚C)
60 dB (±0.5 nm, resolution: 0.07 nm, 1.55 µm band, high-dynamic range mode measurement, 20˚ to 30˚C)
Dynamic range
62 dB (±1 nm, resolution: 0.07 nm, 1.55 µm band, normal mode measurement)
58 dB (±0.5 nm, resolution: 0.07 nm, 1.55 µm band, normal mode measurement)
Optical return loss ≥35 dB (1.3/1.55 µm band)
Sweep
Sweep speed∗3(typical): 0.5 s (sweep width: 500 nm, normal mode measurement, VBW: 10 kHz)
Display 6.4 inch color TFT-LCD
Memory A, B (2 traces), 3.5 inch FDD (for Windows ®)
Interface GPIB, RS-232C
Main functions Optical pulse measurement, power monitor, wavelength auto-calibration
Operating temperature: 0˚ to +50˚C (FDD: 5˚ to 50˚C), storage temperature: –20˚ to +60˚C,
Operating conditions
Relative humidity: ≤90% (no condensation)
EMC EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A), EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A), EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: One of these connector is attached. Please specify when ordering.

∗2: Actual screen resolution • Wavelength Reference & SLD light source (Option 13)
∗3: Typical value for reference; not guaranteed specification Wavelength range 1450 to 1650 nm
>–40 dBm/nm (1550 nm ±10 nm)
• White light source (Option 02) Output level >–60 dBm/nm (1450 to 1650 nm)
Optical output ≥–59 dBm/1 nm (multimode/fiber input)∗1 ±0.04 dB (MS9710B setting resolution: 1 nm,
Wavelength range 900 to 1600 nm Output level stability∗1 no polarization change, constant temperature,
measured for 20 min at 1550 nm)
Spectrum half width >70 nm (typical: 90 nm)
∗1: –65 dBm (typ.) measured with MS9710B (at 1 nm wavelength resolution) Optical connector User replaceable type (FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A)
which has single mode fiber at the input Operating temperature 0˚ to 40˚C
• Reference wavelength light source (Option 05) Wavelength reference 1530 nm band Acetylene
Wavelength reference 1.53 µm band Acetylene ∗1: Measured after one hour warm-up
• SLD light source (Option 14)

>–40 dBm/nm (1550 nm ±10 nm)
Output level >–60 dBm/nm (1450 to 1650 nm)
±0.04 dB (MS9710B setting resolution: 1 nm,
∗1: Measured after one hour warm-up
• VBW, sweep speed, minimum light reception sensitivity* 1

Sweep speed (typ.) 30 s 5s 0.5 s 0.5 s 0.5 s 0.5 s
Minimum light reception sensitivity∗2 –90 dBm –80 dBm –70 dBm –60 dBm –50 dBm –40 dBm
∗1: Data for reference; not guaranteed specifications
∗2: RMS noise level (1.25 to 1.6 µm)
Note: Warm-up to the MS9710B for about 5 minutes to ensure stable operation. The above specifications were obtained 2 hours after power-on.
Model/Order No. Name
Main frame
MS9710B Optical Spectrum Analyzer
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A (for 100/200 Vac system): 2 pcs
Z0312 Printer paper: 2 rolls
W1283AE MS9710B operation manual: 1 copy
MX971002S LabVIEW ® driver (RS-232C): 1
MX971002G LabVIEW ® driver (GPIB): 1
B0329G Front cover: 1 pc
Options
MS9710B-02 White light source∗2
MS9710B-05 Wavelength reference light source∗2
MS9710B-06 Monitor output
MS9710B-10 Functional addition (Frequency display, table display)
MS9710B-13 Wavelength reference & SLD light source∗2
MS9710B-14 SLD light source∗2
MS9710B-25 FC-APC connector∗3
MS9710B-26 SC-APC connector∗3
MS9710B-27 E2000 (Diamond) connector∗3
MS9710B-31 EC (Radial) connector∗3
MS9710B-37 FC connector∗4
MS9710B-38 ST connector∗4
MS9710B-39 DIN connector∗4
MS9710B-40 SC connector∗4
MS9710B-43 HMS-10/A (Diamond) connector∗4
MS9710B-47 HRL-10 connector∗3
Application parts
J0654A RS-232C cable, 9P-9P
J0655A RS-232C cable, 9P-25P
J0635B FC·PC-FC·PC-2M-SM (FC·PC optical fiber cord, 2 m, SM)
Z0283 Replacement reel for ferrule cleaner (for Z0282)
Z0284 Cleaner for optical adapter (stick type)
G0084A Polarization rotation module (for PMD measurement)
B0330C Tilt stand
dering the above options. If the connector is not specified, the FC connec-
tor (MS9710B-37) is supplied as standard.
Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

OPTICAL SPECTRUM ANALYZER 1
GPIB
MS9780A
600 to 1750 nm
For Fibers with Core Diameters of 10, 50, and 62.5 µm
The MS9780A is a diffraction-grating spectrum analyzer for analyz- Wide-dynamic range measurement example with DFB-LD spectrum
ing optical spectra in the 600 to 1750 nm wavelength band. Its input passed via narrow-band BPF.
section has been redesigned to support fibers with core diameters of
50/62.5 µm; the input section of the MS9780A can be used to mea- DFB-LD Narrow-band BPF MS9780A
sure the spectra of LDs and LEDs, etc. In addition to uses such as
measurement of LD and LED spectra, it has functions for measuring
the transmission characteristics of passive elements such as optical
isolators, as well as the NF/Gain of optical fiber amplifier systems. In
addition to its basic features, the superior stability and reliability of
the diffraction-grating (patent pending) capability easily passes the
severe specifications required for the precise measurement of WDM
communications methods, particularly in the 1.55 µm band.
This analyzer, which is backed by Anritsu's high-level technology,
has the dynamic range, reception sensitivity and sweep speed re-
quested by users. Its high sensitivity meets the exacting demands
placed on today's measuring instruments. In particular, the excellent
wavelength and level specifications fully meet the dense WDM re-
quirements in the 1.55 µm band. In addition to the high reliability and
excellent basic performance, this analyzer has a full range of appli-
cation functions to support accurate measurement in the fastest pos-
sible time.
Features • –90 dBm guaranteed optical reception sensitivity

• 70 dB dynamic range The MS9780A has achieved an improved S/N over a wide range by
• –90 dBm guaranteed optical reception sensitivity taking thorough countermeasures to noise and stray light. The RMS
noise level at wavelengths from 1250 to 1600 nm is –90 dBm max.
• Optical pulse measurement In addition, the S/N can be improved using sweep averaging. The
• Full range of WDM application functions screen display below shows the waveform after 10 averagings; the
• Tracking with tunable laser source S/N is improved by more than 5 dB.
Applications
• 70 dB dynamic range
The measurement dynamic range of the MS9780A in the normal
measurement mode at a wavelength 1 nm from the peak wavelength
is 62 dB. In the high-dynamic range measurement mode, better than
70 dB can be achieved. The analyzer demonstrates its excellence in
SMSR measurement of DFB-LDs, as well as in evaluation of narrow-
band optical band pass filters.
Dynamic range (at SM fiber)

Measurement mode
1 nm from peak 0.5 nm from peak
High dynamic range 70 dB 60 dB
Normal 62 dB 58 dB
• Full function lineup • Convenient light source option (refer wavelength light) for
In addition to its excellent basic functions, the MS9780A comes with better accuracy
a full lineup of other useful functions summarized in the following Any one of the wavelength reference & SLD light source (Option 13),
table. SLD light source (Option 14), wavelength reference light source
(Option 05), and white light source (Option 02) can be installed in the
For analyzing and evaluating waveforms of optical
Device analysis MS9780A.
elements (DFB-LDs, FP-LDs, LEDs)
The block diagram of the wavelength reference & SLD light source
For waveform analysis by RMS and threshold option is shown below. This option has two separate output ports:
Waveform analysis methods; SMSR, half-width evaluation, WDM Port 1 for wavelength calibration, and Port 2 for measuring transmis-
waveform analysis
sion characteristics. When the MS9780A is calibrated automatically
Application EDFA NF and gain measurement, PMD by inputting the reference light for the wavelength, post-calibration
measurement measurement (See applications.) wavelength accuracy in the 1.52 to 1.57 µm range is better than
Modulation, pulsed Max. frequency range (VBW) = 1 MHz ±0.05 nm. This is very useful in precision absolute measurement of
light measurement (See applications.) the wavelengths of light sources used in WDM systems.
(See applications.) MS9780A
Markers Zone markers:
For waveform analysis in zone specified zone SLD light Acetylene SM fiber
Port 1 (wavelength reference
Peak/dip search: Searches for a peak or dip source (C2H2) cell light output)
Power monitor Also functions as optical power meter
Converts displayed wavelength to value in display Port 2 (SLD light output)
Vacuum wavelength
vacuum SM fiber
External interfaces GPIB, RS-232C
Block diagram of wavelength reference & SLD light
The following diagram shows the spectrum of the SLD light output
from Port 2. When this light source is used instead of the earlier
white light source for measurement of the wavelength transmission
characteristics of optical receiver elements, it is possible to achieve
a 20 dB wider dynamic range.
The following figure shows an example of measuring the transmis-
sion characteristics of optical band pass filter using the SLD light.
• Spectrum analysis for WDM communication systems

Difficult problems in WDM transmission technology are the wave-
length characteristics for the gain, and signal to noise ratio (SNR) be-
tween each channel. In evaluation, it is very important to measure
this quantitatively. The MS9780A permits extremely quick and simple
waveform analysis of up to 128 spectra. The waveform and level
(SNR) of each peak exceeding the set threshold is displayed. The
screen display below shows an example of the tilt gain.
Measurement of optical band pass filter
If this dynamic range is not required, a lower-cost white light source

can be installed instead. The following figure shows the spectrum of
the white light source. When this light is used, transmission charac-
teristics can be measured in wide range of 900 to 1750 nm.
Spectrum of white light source

Specifications 1
• MS9780A
Fiber SM (9.5/125 µm), GI (50/125 µm)∗1, GI (62.5/125 µm)∗1
Range : 600 to 1750 nm
Accuracy: ±0.3 nm (600 to 1750 nm, after wavelength calibration with external light source)
Wavelength
±0.05 nm (1550 ±20 nm, resolution: 0.07 to 0.2 nm, after calibration with wavelength reference light source option)∗2
±0.1 nm (1550 ±20 nm, resolution: 0.5/1.0 nm, after calibration with wavelength reference light source option)∗2
Stability: ±5 pm (1 minute)
Setting: 0.07∗2, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1.0 nm
Resolution Accuracy∗2,∗3: ±30% (1300/1550 nm, resolution: 0.1 nm), ±15% (1300/1550 nm, resolution: 0.2 nm),
±7% (1300/1550 nm, resolution: 0.5 nm)
Measurement range (attenuator: off, 0° to +30°C)∗4:
–65 to +10 dBm (600 to 1000 nm), –85 to +10 dBm (1000 to 1250 nm), –90 to +10 dBm (1250 to 1600 nm),
–75 to +10 dBm (1600 to 1700 nm), –55 to +10 dBm (1700 to 1750 nm, +10° to +30°C)
Measurement range (attenuator: on, 0° to +30°C): –65 to +20 dBm ( 1100 to 1650 nm)
Accuracy∗2: ±0.6 dB (1300/1500 nm, –23 dBm, resolution: ≥0.2 nm)
Stability∗2: ±0.1 dB (1550 nm, –23 dBm, resolution: ≥0.2 nm, 1 minute)
Level Linearity∗2: ±0.1 dB (1550 nm, –50 to 0 dBm)
Polarization dependency∗2: ±0.15 dB (1300/1500 nm, resolution: ≥0.5 nm)
Dynamic range∗2
Normal mode: 62 dB (±1 nm), 58 dB (±0.5 nm) ∗1550 nm, resolution: 0.07 nm
Wide dynamic range mode: 70 dB (±1 nm), 60 dB (±0.5 nm) ∗1550 nm, resolution: 0.07 nm, 25° ±5°C
Return loss∗2: 32 dB (1300/1550 nm)
Sweep
Sweep speed (typical∗5): 0.5 s (sweep width: 500 nm, normal mode measurement, VBW: 10 kHz)
Display 6.4 inch color TFT-LCD
Memory A, B (2 trace), 3.5 inch FDD (for Windows®)
Interface GPIB, RS-232C
Main functions Optical pulse measurement, power monitor, wavelength auto-calibration
Operating temperature: 0° to +50°C (FDD: 5° to 50°C), Storage temperature: –20° to +60°C
Operating conditions
Relative humidity: ≤90% (no condensation)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: The NA of GI fiber is 0.2 for a core diameter of 50/125 µm and 0.275 for 62.5/125 µm. However, the permissible NA is 0.1 due to the spectroscope limitations.
∗2: Connects to SM fiber (10/125 µm)
∗3: Effective resolution value
∗4: VBW: 10 Hz, sweep average: 10 times
∗5: Typical value for reference; not guaranteed specification
• White light source (Option 02) • SLD light source (Option 14)
Optical output ≥–59 dBm/1 nm (typical value: –55 dBm/1 nm) Wavelength range 1450 to 1650 nm
Wavelength range 900 to 1600 nm >–40 dBm/nm (1550 nm ±10 nm)
Operating temperature +18° to +28°C
• Reference wavelength light source (Option 05)
Wavelength reference 1.53 µm band Acetylene
• Wavelength Reference & SLD light source (Option 13) ∗1: Measured after one hour warm-up
>–40 dBm/nm (1550 nm ±10 nm) • VBW, sweep speed, minimum light reception sensitivity*1
Output level stability∗1 no polarization change, constant temperature, Sweep speed (typ.) 30 s 5s 0.5 s 0.5 s 0.5 s 0.5 s
Minimum light
Spectrum half width >70 nm (typical: 90 nm) reception –90 dBm –80 dBm –70 dBm –60 dBm –50 dBm –40 dBm
Optical connector User replaceable type (FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A) sensitivity∗2
Operating temperature 0˚ to 40˚C ∗1: Data for reference; not guaranteed specifications
Wavelength reference 1530 nm band Acetylene
∗2: RMS noise level (1.25 to 1.6 µm)
∗1: Measured after one hour warm-up Note: Warm-up to the MS9780A for about 5 minutes to ensure stable opera-
tion. The above specifications were obtained 2 hours after power-on.
Main frame
MS9780A Optical Spectrum Analyzer
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A (for 100 Vac system): 2 pcs
Z0312 Printer paper: 2 rolls
W1477AE MS9780A operation manual: 1 copy
MX978001S LabVIEW® driver (RS-232C): 1
MX978001G LabVIEW® driver (GPIB): 1
B0239G Front cover: 1 pc
Options
MS9780A-02 White light source∗2
MS9780A-05 Wavelength reference light source∗2
MS9780A-06 Monitor output (VGA output)∗3
MS9780A-13 Wavelength reference & SLD light source∗2
MS9780A-14 SLD light source∗2
MS9780A-27 E2000 (Diamond) connector∗3
MS9780A-37 FC connector∗4
MS9780A-38 ST connector∗4
MS9780A-39 DIN connector∗4
MS9780A-40 SC connector∗4
MS9780A-43 HMS-10/A (Diamond) connector∗4
Application parts
J0007 GPIB cable, 1m
J0893B FC · PC-FC · PC-2M-GI (50/125 µm)
J0894B FC · PC-FC · PC-2M-GI (62.5/125 µm)
J0203 Optical fiber cord with lens attached to end (50 µm core
diameter), 2 m
J0204 Optical fiber cord with lens attached to end (200 µm core
diameter), 2 m
Z0282 Ferrule cleaner (Cletop A type, 1 pc)
Z0283 Tape for ferrule cleaner (6 pcs/set)
Z0284 Cleaner for optical adapter (stick-type, 200 pcs/set)
B0330C Tilt stand
∗1: Specify the connector to be supplied as the standard connector when

ordering the above options. If the connector is not specified, the FC
connector (MS9780A-37) is supplied as standard.
Note:
Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

WDM TESTER 1
GPIB
MS9715A
1.527 to 1.567 µm
For Maintaining and Monitoring WDM Optical Communication Systems
Custom-made product
Optical communications are getting into full swing. Great things are ∗3: Difference between maximum and minimum peak values for total signal
spectrum
expected of WDM optical communications in answer to the recent ∗4: Slope of least mean square regression line of total signal spectrum peaks
social demand for dramatic increases in transmission volume. In (dB/nm)
WDM communications, multiple optical elements are used in an op-
tical amplifier and various characteristics are precisely controlled to
• Superior basic functions
The MS9715A provides the high performance required for the per-
maintain system performance.
formance testing and evaluation of WDM equipment. Wavelength
The MS9715A is a measuring instrument for use in system manu-
measurement has ±50 pm accuracy, ±5 pm wavelength stability, and
facture, construction, and maintenance. One instrument combines ac-
±20 pm wavelength linearity. High performance level measurement
curate measurement of necessary items over long periods and sat-
has a dynamic range of 53 dB (0.5 nm from peak), ±0.4 dB level ac-
isfies conditions of simplicity of use in construction and maintenance
curacy, ±0.02 dB level stability, and ±0.05 dB level linearity∗5.
operations, lightness and compactness, and superior environmental
performance with respect to vibration and shock. In addition, since ∗5: 5 performances at 0.1 nm resolution
the LabVIEW driver is fitted as standard, programming by remote
control is simple. A windows compatible floppy disk drive is also fit- • Calculation functions
ted as standard. Measurement calculation functions for SNR, gain tilt, total power,
gain slope, channel spacing, etc. are provided.
Feature • 2 measurement modes
• For WDM optical communication Spectrum measurement mode and long-time measurement mode are
Performance and functions provided. As shown on the screen below, in spectrum measurement
mode, the results calculated are displayed. (Spectrum is expanded
• Measurement items or contracted using the zoom marker).
Maximum, minimum, and average values over a long period for wave-
length, level, SNR∗1, channel spacing∗2, gain tilt∗3, gain slope∗4, total
power, and spectrum measurement.
∗1: Signal to Noise Ratio (dB). Noise resolution level of 0.1 nm. Of the signal’s
2 extremes, that with the greater level (smaller SNR) is automatically se-
lected.
Gain tilt
dB
nm
SNR
Gain slope
Channel spacing Example of gain tilt and gain slope display
∗2: Wavelength difference between spectra for individual signal (nm, GHz)
Example of specific spectrum emphasis display Wavelength table

• Ease of operation
Measured wavelength settings can be freely expanded or contracted
using the zoom marker. The guide spectrum for a specific spectrum
can be found at a glance while freely setting the marker. In addition,
the level axis is automatically set by detection of maximum and min-
imum. Wavelength calibration is performed automatically using an in-
ternal standard light source.
• Long-time mode
The long-time mode displays measurement results for wavelength,
level, and SNR in tables. Besides average value, maximum value,
minimum value, and maximum – minimum value for the time interval
set by the user (sampling period), the table displays the difference
between the current value and that at start time (initial long-time
measurement). The wavelength tables also display channel spacing.
The complete table value display for each sampling period is treated
as one set, and a maximum of 1000 sets are recorded on floppy disk.
The behavior of the measured system can be analyzed over a long
time period. During the long-time measurement, wavelength calibra-
tion is performed automatically using the internal wavelength stan- Level table
dard; even if ambient conditions change during the measurement,
high wavelength measurement accuracy is secured.
Specifications
Range: 1.527 to 1.567 µm
(integrate power: 1.52 to 1.58 µm) Ordering information
Accuracy: ±0.05 nm Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
Stability: ±5 pm (1 min),
Wavelength Model/order No. Name
±10 pm (constant temperature: 60 min)
Linearity: ±20 pm
Resolution: 0.1 nm Mainframe
Resolution accuracy: ±10% (actual display resolution) MS9715A WDM Tester (custom-made product)
Range: – 65 to +20 dBm Standard accessories
Accuracy: ±0.4 dB Power cord, 2.5 m: 1 pc
Stability: ±0.02 dB (–23 dBm, 1 min, constant F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A (for 100/200 Vac system): 2 pcs
Level temperature) B0329G Front cover (3/4MW4U): 1 pc
Linearity: ±0.05 dB (0 to –50 dBm) MX971501S LabVIEW® driver (RS-232C): 1
Flatness: ±0.15 dB MX971501G LabVIEW® driver (GPIB): 1
Polarization dependency ±0.25 dB W1234AE MS9715A operation manual: 1 copy
W1235AE MS9715A remote control operation manual: 1 copy
Dynamic range 58 dB (±1 nm), 53 dB (±0.5 nm)
Measurement signal Max. 32 waves Options
MS9715A-27 E-2000 (Diamond) connector
Return loss ≥35 dB MS9715A-31 EC (Radial) connector
Wavelength reference Acetylene (1.52 µm) MS9715A-37 FC connector
Display 6.4”, color TFT-LCD MS9715A-38 ST connector
MS9715A-39 DIN connector
Maximum, minimum and average values over a long MS9715A-40 SC connector
Measurement item period for wavelength, level, SNR, channel spacing, MS9715A-43 HMS-10/A (Diamond) connector
gain tilt, gain slope, total power, and spectrum
Memory 3.5” FD (for Windows) Optional accessories
J0654A Serial interface cable (IBM-PC/AT, for J-310)
Interface RS-232C, GPIB J0655A Serial interface cable (9/25-pin, 9P-9P)
Operating temperature: +5˚ to +50˚C J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m (2 pcs)
Environmental condition Storage temperature: –20˚ to +60˚C J0617B Replaceable optical connector (FC)
Relative humidity: ≤90% J0618D Replaceable optical connector (ST)
Power AC 85 to 132/170 to 250 V, 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤150 VA J0618E Replaceable optical connector (DIN)
Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 177 (H) x 350 (D) mm, ≤16.5 kg J0619B Replaceable optical connector (SC)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A) J0635B Optical fiber cord (FC-PC connector, for SM), 2 m
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A) Z0282 Ferrule cleaner
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A) Z0283 Tape for Ferrule cleaner (6 pcs/set, for Z0282)
EN61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 (Installation Category Z0284 Adapter cleaner (200 pcs/set)
LVD II, Pollution degree 2)

OPTICAL CHANNEL DROP UNIT (OCDU) 1
MN9320A
1528 to 1565 nm
these channels in the Channel Grid Display. In addition to the tabular

Access to DWDM Channels and display in the channel table, the user can see them in a bar graph format.
Traffic at One Location • Channel insert mode
Where non-standard channels are to be used to carry traffic or for co-
channel cross-talk testing, the user can add these to the channel table.
• Automatic channel grid mode
From the set up screen the user can select to use the ITU-T 50 GHz
or 100 GHz channel spacing. Where non standard spacings are
used, custom grids can be created and stored in internal memory.
• Optical output protection mode
Any network data analyzer is an expensive test tool, yet the receiver
can be easily damaged by the application of a high input power.
The MN9320A offers a unique output protection mode to prevent this
expensive mistake. On switch on, the unit has a preset level above
which the output port will not become active. This level can be
changed by the user in the set up screen.
• Incredible wavelength accuracy
The optical components within the MN9320A are of the highest quality,
providing wavelength accuracy of typically ±10 pm and repeatability of
±3 pm, so you can be sure it goes back to the same spot, time after time.
The technique of Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing is well es-
tablished and adopted worldwide as a means of increasing the traffic Specifications
carrying capacity of a fiber. Optical cross connects, wavelength rout- Wavelength range 1528 to 1565 nm
ing and translation, now make a typical network far more complex in
construction. Identification of an individual channel and verification of Channel spacing: 50 GHz and higher
Channel drop mode
Data rate: 10 Gbps
the data passing over it during installation, commissioning and routine
maintenance as part of a Service Level Agreement (SLA) is becom- Wavelength accuracy ±20 pm guaranteed (±10 pm typical)
ing more critical. The MN9320A Optical Channel Drop Unit is a test Wavelength repeatability ±3 pm
instrument that scans the DWDM optical signal and displays all those ORR @ 0.4 nm >40 dBc typical
channels present in the form of a bar graph or a tabulation of chan-
nel and power. Any individual channel can be selected from this dis- Maximum input power +18 dBm
play and fed to its output port which can then be connected to a pro- Input power
–50 to +10 dBm
tocol analyzer such as the Anritsu MP1570A for data validation and measurement range
testing. Wherever the integrity of a DWDM signal must be verified, Power meter accuracy ±0.5 dBm for –40 to +10 dBm
the MN9320A can be used. Insertion loss 8 dB max
Features Display Color STN 6" (159 mm) FVGA
Independent DWDM signal access for channels of 50 GHz spacing External interfaces RS-232C
or higher up to data rates of 10 Gbps. EMC EN61326: 1998 STD
• ±10 pm wavelength accuracy (typical)
Safety EN61010-1: 1993
• ITU-T 50 GHz, 100 GHz or custom grid capability
• Provides DWDM channel access to any BER tester Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 133 (H) x 350 (D) mm, 11 kg
• Measurement of channel wavelength and power Power 100 to 240 VAC, 47 to 67 Hz. 250 VA max
• Optical output protection mode Temperature range Operation: 0° to +50°C, Storage: –40° to +70°C
Proof of conformance to a customer SLA, isolation of points of fail-
ure or performance degradation in a DWDM network can be
achieved by connecting the MN9320A to a monitor point in the net- Ordering information
work and connecting it to a Data Analyzer such as the Anritsu Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
MP1570A. Any of the individual DWDM channel signals can then be Model/Order No. Name
directed to the input of the BERT for analysis. Main frame
Data at rates of up to 10 Gbps and at a spacing as close as 50 GHz MN9320A 'C' band Optical Channel Drop Unit
are easily handled by the MN9320A.
Standard accessories supplied with this unit:
Functional and simple to use FC/UPC connectors, operation manual, AC power cord,
• Single button operation protective front cover
• Channel table shows wavelength and optical power
• Any selected channel can be dropped Options
MN9320A-01 SC/UPC connectors
• Filter design will prevent data corruption at 10 Gbps MN9320A-02 ST/UPC connectors
• Optical channel scan mode MN9320A-03 HMS-10/A connectors
The MN9320A will scan the entire 'C' band window at the press of
one button, identify the channels present at their optical power. Application parts
760-218 Hard carry case, with storage for power cord, optical
• Optical power meter mode patch cords, operation manual and other accessories
The MN9320A measures the optical power in each channel. From J0617B Replaceable connector (FC)
the measurement window the user can select to measure optical J0618D Replaceable connector (ST)
power anywhere in the 'C' band. J0618E Replaceable connector (DIN)
J0618F Replaceable connector (HMS-10/A)
• Channel search mode J0619B Replaceable connector (SC)
The MN9320A enables a user to select a particular power level above
which DWDM channels are expected. The unit will then only display
OPTICAL CHANNEL SELECTOR GPIB
MN9662A/9664A/9672A/9674A
1.2 to 1.65 µm
For Automatic Switching of Optical Paths
The optical channel selector is a switching device used for outputting addition to the control by the MT9810B Optical Test Set, GPIB and
the light that is inputted to the common channels to any channel. RS-232C interfaces are provided as standards, allowing the above
The above devices are equipped with eight (for MN9662A/9672A) devices to be used as components of an automatic measurement
and sixteen (for MN9664A/9674A) channels, making them ideal for system.
the evaluation of devices for WDM and various optical transmission ∗: Please contact us for 1 x 24, 2 x 24, 1 x 32 and 2 x 32 optical channel selectors
devices∗.
They possess excellent switching repeatability of 0.003 dB (typical Features
value) and low polarization dependent loss of 0.03 dBp-p (MN9662A/ • Low polarization-dependent Loss (0.03 dBp-p: MN9662A/9664A)
9664A). Cleanable and replaceable optical adapters (FC, SC, ST, • Cleanable and replaceable optical adapters (FC, SC, ST, DIN,
DIN and HMS-10/A) are also available as applications. Moreover, in HMS-10/A)
Specifications
Typical values are given for reference only to assist in the use of these instruments, and are not guaranteed specifications.
Model MN9662A MN9664A MN9672A MN9674A
Number of channels 1x8 1 x 16 2x8 2 x 16
Wavelength 1.2 to 1.65 µm
Insertion loss∗1, ∗2 ≤1.6 dB (1.1 dB typ.) ≤2.5 dB (2.0 dB typ.)
Return loss∗3 ≥45 dB (PC connector)
Polarization dependent loss∗1 ≤0.03 dBp-p (0.015 dBp-p typ.)∗4 ≤0.05 dBp-p (0.025 dBp-p typ.)∗5
Crosstalk ≤–80 dB
Switching repeatability∗6 ≤0.02 dBp-p (0.003 dBp-p typ.)
Min.∗7 ≤600 ms
Switching time
Max. ≤800 ms∗8 ≤1100 ms∗9 ≤800 ms∗8 ≤1100 ms∗9
Switching life ≥1 x 107 times
Max. input level +23 dBm (200 mW)
I/O optical connector FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A (all PC type)
Temperature range Operating: 0˚ to 50 ˚C, Storage: –30˚ to +71 ˚C
Remote control GPIB, RS-232C (D-sub 9-pin), control by MT9810B
Power 85 to 132/170 to 250 Vac, ≤35 VA, 47.5 to 63 Hz
∗1: Specifications measured using master optical fiber cable ∗6: At constant temperature in operating temperature range and constant po-
∗2: Including connector loss at 2 points at 1.31 and 1.55 µm larization condition
∗3: Loss depends on connected connector, using PC connector at ≥50 dB re- ∗7: Between channel 1 and channel 2
turn loss at 1.31 and 1.55 µm ∗8: Between channel 7 and channel 8
∗4: At constant temperature in operating temperature range at 1.31 and 1.55 µm ∗9: Between channel 15 and channel 16
∗5: At constant temperature in operating temperature range at 1.55 µm Note: Please contact us for 1 x 24, 2 x 24, 1 x 32 and 2 x 32 optical channel
selectors.

Ordering information 1
Main frame
MN9662A Optical Channel Selector (1 x 8 channels)
Power cord: 1 pc
F0008 Fuse, 1 A (for 100/200 V mains): 2 pcs
Z0397A FC adapter caps∗1
B0329L Front cover: 1 pc
W1489AE MN9662A/9672A/9664A/9674A
operation manual: 1 copy
Options
MN9662A/9664A-37 FC-PC connector (with FC adapter cap)∗2
MN9672A/9674A-37 FC-PC connector (with FC adapter cap)∗2
MN9662A/9664A-38 ST connector (with ST adapter cap)∗2
MN9672A/9674A-38 ST connector (with ST adapter cap)∗2
MN9662A/9664A-39 DIN connector (with DIN adapter cap)∗2
MN9672A/9674A-39 DIN connector (with DIN adapter cap)∗2
MN9662A/9664A-40 SC connector (with SC adapter cap)∗2
MN9672A/9674A-40 SC connector (with SC adapter cap)∗2
MN9662A/9664A-43 HMS-10/A connector (with HMS-10/A adapter cap)∗2
MN9672A/9674A-43 HMS-10/A connector (with HMS-10/A adapter cap)∗2
Application parts
J0617B Replaceable optical adapter (FC-PC)
J0618D Replaceable optical adapter (ST)
J0618E Replaceable optical adapter (DIN)
J0618F Replaceable optical adapter (HMS-10/A)
J0619B Replaceable optical adapter (SC)
Z0397A FC adapter cap
Z0411A ST adapter cap
Z0412A DIN adapter cap
Z0413A SC adapter cap
Z0414A HMS-10/A adapter cap
J0635B Optical fiber cord (FC-PC connector), 2 m
J0006 GPIB cable, 0.5 m
J0654A Serial interface cross cable (for IBM-PC/AT, J-310)
J0655A Serial interface cross cable (for PC-98)
J0897B MT9810B connection cable, 1 m
J0897C MT9810B connection cable, 2 m
J0897D MT9810B connection cable, 5 m
J0897E MT9810B connection cable, 10 m
Z0282 Ferrule cleaner (A-type)
B0390G Rack mount for 1 set
B0390H Rack mount for 2 sets
∗1: Number differs according to model

MN9662A: 9 pcs; MN9672A: 10 pcs; MN9664A: 17 pcs; MN9674A: 18 pcs
∗2: Standard connector for specified option. If not specified, FC-PC connector
(Option 37) supplied as standard.
PROGRAMMABLE OPTICAL ATTENUATOR GPIB
MN9625A/9626A
1.2 to 1.65 µm
High Attenuation Accuracy, Low Polarization Dependent Loss, Excellent Wavelength Flatness
The MN9625A/9626A Programmable Optical Attenuator has excel- Typical characteristics

lent attenuation accuracy. It is calibrated with a high-accuracy cali-
bration system over an attenuation range of 0 to 60 dB. 0.3
Wavelength flatness (dB)
The MN9625A has a superior wavelength flatness of 0.2 dBp-p max. 0.2
by using an attenuation element with very flat wavelength character-
istics. It is the ideal instrument for evaluating WDM (wavelength divi- 0.1
sion multiplexing) optical amplifiers in which gain flatness vs. wave- 0
length is an important factor. Moreover, the MN9626A has a built-in
optical monitor output for monitoring the level of through light. –0.1
Features –0.2
• Attenuation accuracy of ±0.05 dB (typical) –0.3

1.46 1.47 1.48 1.49 1.50 1.51 1.52 1.53
• Wavelength flatness of 0.1 dBp-p (typical, 1.52 to 1.57 µm, MN9625A) Wavelength (µm) Attenuation: 15 dB
• Low polarization dependent loss of 0.05 dBp-p max. (MN9625A)
• Return loss of 45 dB min. (PC connector) and 60 dB min. (APC: Wavelength flatness: 1.46 to 1.53 µm (MN9625A)
Angled PC connector)
0.3
• Removable optical connector for easy cleaning and replacement
0.2
Applications
• R&D and manufacturing of WDM optical amplifiers ––– Adjusting 0.1
input optical level, evaluating gain flatness 0
• R&D and manufacturing of optical transmission systems ––– Adjusting
optical output and reception optical levels, testing error rates –0.1
• R&D and manufacturing of optical components ––– Measuring op- –0.2
tical fiber amplifier I/O and wavelength characteristics, measuring
optical loss of isolators, etc. –0.3
1.53 1.535 1.54 1.545 1.55 1.555 1.56 1.565
Wavelength (µm) Attenuation: 15 dB
Wavelength flatness: 1.53 to 1.565 µm (MN9625A)
0.3
0.2
0.1
–0.1
–0.2
–0.3
1.565 1.575 1.585 1.595 1.605 1.615 1.625
Wavelength (µm) Attenuation: 15 dB
Wavelength flatness: 1.565 to 1.625 µm (MN9625A)

Specifications 1
(Specifications at 1.31/1.55 µm measured using master optical fiber cord. Typical values are not guaranteed.)
Model MN9625A MN9626A
Applicable optical fiber SM fiber (ITU-T G.652)
Maximum attenuation 60 dB (except insertion loss)
Display resolution 0.01 dB
Attenuation accuracy ±0.1 dB (typical: ±0.05 dB)
Polarization dependent loss ≤0.05 dBp-p (typical: 0.03 dBp-p) ≤0.1 dBp-p (typical: 0.07 dBp-p)
≤0.2 dBp-p (1.46 to 1.53 µm)
Wavelength flatness∗1 ≤0.2 dBp-p (1.53 to 1.565 µm) –
≤0.25 dBp-p (1.565 to 1.625 µm)
Insertion loss ≤2.8 dB (typical: 1.8 dB) ≤4.2 dB∗2
Switching repeatability ±0.01 dB∗3 (typical: ±0.005 dB)
Switching time ≤150 ms (attenuation variation: 0.01 dB), ≤500 ms (attenuation variation: 60 dB)
I/O crosstalk ≤–80 dB (shutter closed)
Return loss ≥45 dB (PC connector)∗4, ≥60 dB (APC connector)∗5
Output ratio – 10:1
Optical Loss difference – ≤19.0 dB
monitor
output∗6 Output stability – ≤0.1 dB
Crosstalk attenuation – ≥40 dB
PC∗7: FC, SC, DIN, ST, HMS-10/A
I/O connector APC∗8: FC, SC, HRL-10
Maximum input level 18 dBm (63 mW)
Operating temperature range 0 to 50˚C
Power∗9 85 to 132 Vac, 170 to 250 Vac, 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤45 VA
Dimensions and mass 132.5 (H) x 213 (W) x 351 (D) mm, ≤6.5 kg
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class D)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: Attenuation range of 0 to 30 dB
∗2: Including optical fiber coupler loss
∗3: At constant temperature in operating temperature range
∗4: Depends on connector (using PC connector with return loss of 48 dB min.)
∗5: Depends on connector (using APC connector with return loss of 63 dB min.)
∗6: Between output and optical monitor output
∗7: User replaceable (One connector type supplied as standard accessory. When connector type is not specified in the order, FC connectors are supplied.)
∗8: Factory option, attachable/detachable front shell
∗9: Specify 100 Vac or 200 Vac system when ordering (factory setting only).
Main frame B0390E Rack mount kit (inch type, for 1 unit, left side)
MN9625A Programmable Optical Attenuator B0390F Rack mount kit (inch type, for 2 units, side-by-side)
MN9626A Programmable Optical Attenuator (with optical monitor B0329M Front cover (1/2MW3U)
output) J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
Standard accessories J0009 GPIB cable, 4 m
W1834AE MN9625A/9626A operation manual: 1 copy J0617B Replaceable optical connector (FC)
Power cord, 2.5 m: 1 pc ∗For PC connector
F0010 Fuse, 1.6 A: 2 pcs J0618D Replaceable optical connector (ST)
∗For PC connector
Options J0618E Replaceable optical connector (DIN)
MN9625A/9626A-38 ST connector (both input and output) ∗For PC connector
MN9625A/9626A-39 DIN connector (both input and output) J0619B Replaceable optical connector (SC)
MN9625A/9626A-40 SC connector (both input and output) ∗For PC connector
MN9625A/9626A-43 HMS-10/A connector (both input and output) J0618F Replaceable optical connector (HMS-10/A)
MN9625A/9626A-25 FC (APC) connector (both input and output, factory ∗For PC connector
option) J0739A Replaceable optical connector (FC)
MN9625A/9626A-26 SC (APC) connector (both input and output, factory ∗For APC connector
option) J0739C Replaceable optical connector (SC)
MN9625A/9626A-47 HRL-10 (APC) connector (both input and output, ∗For APC connector
factory option) J0739D Replaceable optical connector (HRL-10)
∗For APC connector
Optional accessories Z0282 Ferrule cleaner
Z0513A∗1 Optical fixed attenuator [FC (PC)] Z0283 Replacement reel for ferrule cleaner (6 pcs/set)
Z0513B∗1 Optical fixed attenuator [SC (PC)] Z0284 Cleaner for optical adapter (stick type, 200 pcs/set)
Z0513C∗1 Optical fixed attenuator [ST (PC)]
∗1: Attenuation: 6 dB ±1 dB, Maximum input level: +23 dBm, Return loss: ≥55 dB
OPTICAL DIRECTIONAL COUPLER
MN9604C/D
1.25 to 1.65 µm
For High-Accuracy Measurement of Optical Connector Return Loss
The MN9604C/D is used in combination with stabilized light source

and optical power meter to measure optical return loss of optical con-
nectors at approx. 50 dB.
Specifications
Model MN9604C MN9604D
Compatible fiber SM (10/125 µm, NA 0.1)
Insertion loss <5.5 dB (1.31/1.55 µm: <5.0 dB, between ports A to B and ports A to C)
Loss difference between ports <2.2 dB (1.31/1.55 µm: <1.5 dB, between ports A to B and ports A to C)
Insertion loss polarization
<0.15 dB∗1
dependency
Crosstalk attenuation >54 dB∗1,∗2 >70 dB∗1,∗3
Optical connector FC, SC, ST, DIN, HMS-10/A
Ambient temperature, rated range
0˚ to +50˚C
of use
Storage temperature –40˚ to +71˚C
∗1: Wavelength: 1.31/1.55 µm
∗2: When using the connector with return loss of >53 dB
∗3: Specified with the wavelength of 1.55 µm, except from the reflection of APC connector.
• MN9604D optical connector option

Connector
Model No.
Port A Port B, C
MN9604D-25 FC-APC FC-PC
MN9604D-26 SC-APC SC-PC
MN9604D-47 HRL-10 DIN (47256)
Port A Port B
Port C
Terminator

Main frame
MN9604C Optical Directional Coupler (for SM fiber)
W1563AE MN9604C operation manual: 1 copy
Optical connectors
MN9604C-37 FC/PC connector
MN9604C-38 ST connector
MN9604C-39 DIN connector
MN9604C-40 SC connector
MN9604C-43 HMS-10/A (DIAMOND) connector
J0441 Total internal reflection fiber cord, 1 m (with FC · PC
connector)
Z0282 Ferrule cleaner (Cletop A-type, 1 pc)
Z0283 Ferrule cleaner spare tape (6 pcs/set)
Main frame
MN9604D Optical Directional Coupler∗1
MN9604D-25 FC-APC connector
MN9604D-26 SC-APC connector
MN9604D-47 HRL-10 connector
W2025AE MN9604D operation manual: 1 copy
∗1: Connector for specified options at ordering supplied as standard.

Specify by appending number after model. If connector not specified, FC-
PC (Option 25) supplied as standard.
BARE FIBER CONNECTOR
MA9014A
Simple to Use
The MA9014A Bare Fiber Connector has a V-groove design to per- Ordering information
mit quick connections of optical fibers. During maintenance and in- Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
stallation, bare optical fibers with mirrored cut-end faces can be con-
nected. And the use of optical fiber guide and glass tube ensures Model/Order No. Name
that the fibers are easily and reliably set. Main frame
MA9014A Bare Fiber Connector
Features
• Simple to use Standard accessories
• Accommodates single-mode fibers Z0049 Matching oil (3 cc volume): 1 bottle
Z0051 Toothpick: 5 pcs
Applications Z0157 Cleaning liquid (37 cc volume) 1 bottle
Z0158 Cleaning paper (50 sheets) 1 pack
• Measuring breakes in optical fiber cable with optical time domain Z0156 Insertion jig: 1 pc
reflectometer B0282 Storage case: 1 pc
• Two-way communication during optical-fiber cable installation W0483AE MA9014A operation manual: 1 copy
Specifications Option
MA9014A-01 Microscope
50/125, 62.5/125,
Compatible optical fibers 10/125 µm
100/140 µm
Application instruments
Connection loss∗ ≤0.5 dB ≤0.2 dB MP924A Jacket Stripper
Dimensions and mass 74 (W) x 28 (H) x 24 (D) mm, <100 g Z0052 Optical fiber cutter
∗: When optical fibers with same core and clad diameters and matching oil used
Note: Usable optical fiber jacket diameter: ø0.25 to ø1 mm

The MN938A can set attenuation in a range of 0 to 60 dB in 0.1 dB 1
PROGRAMMABLE OPTICAL ATTENUATOR steps. Two wavelengths can be selected. As the MN938A is provided
MN938A with GPIB as standard, it can be used in a variety of automatic mea-
suring systems for development, production, and inspection. A rotary
0.85/1.3 µm
encoder permits attenuation to be set smoothly even when used
manually.
For Two Wavelengths of 0.85/1.3 µm Features

• Wide attenuation range: 0 to 60 dB
• Application for two wavelengths by switch selection
• Suitable for multi-mode fibers (50/125 µm)
GPIB
The MN95D optical variable attenuator passes an optical signal from

OPTICAL VARIABLE ATTENUATOR a light emitting element through an optical fiber via a lens through an
MN95D attenuating filter to reduce it to an appropriate light power output. It
is a reflection type using metallic film and is used in the 1.3 µm band.
1.3 µm
The MN95D can be varied continuously and in steps.
Features
High-Stabile Attenuation • Metallic film filters assure a wide range of usable wavelengths and
stable accuracy.
• Prevention of multiple reflection
• Small and lightweight
• Suitable for multi-mode fibers (50/125 µm)
The MN924C and MN9605C are high-precision optical attenuators

OPTICAL ATTENUATOR designed for use with single mode optical fibers. A combined step at-
MN924C, MN9605C tenuator and continuous attenuator permit highly accurate attenua-
tion adjustment.
1.3/1.55 µm
The MN9605C has PC-type optical connectors, so that internally-re-
flected light is thoroughly suppressed. It is precisely constructed for
single-mode fiber use and can be used as a highly accurate 65 dB
Easy-to-Change Optical Connector Adapters variable attenuator.
Features
• Suitable for 1.3 and 1.55 µm wavelengths
• Minimal light reflection at input/output connectors (return loss: ≥40
dB; MN9605C)
• Optical connector adapters easily attached and removed
The MP922B is a bare-fiber connector using a V-shaped groove to
BARE FIBER CONNECTOR temporarily and quickly connected optical fiber cores. The V-groove
MP922B can be observed by microscope. This permits fine control of distance
between optical fiber end-surfaces, and allows low-loss single mode
fiber connection.
Features
For Low-Loss Connection of GI/SM Fibers • No special technical training required
• Low-loss connection even for single mode and multi-mode fibers
• Usable for optical fibers with jacket diameters from 0.25 to 1.2 mm
With the MA9013A Fiber Adapter, bare fiber connections can be made
FIBER ADAPTER quickly and easily. The device, engineered to allow fiber core connec-
MA9013A tions without need for polishing, is especially useful for simple tem-
porary instrument connections during on-site operations. Moreover,
the high-precision ferrule facilitates low-loss single-mode and multi-
mode fiber connections.
Easy-to-Use Optical FIber Insertion Features
• Simple to use
• Suitable for single-mode and multi-mode fibers
• Accommodates optical fibers with external diameter error
• Compatible with various optical fibers
• Easy ferrule replacement (FC connector)

1
OPTICAL ACCESSORIES
Anritsu offers a full line of accessories for use with optical communi-
cations measuring equipment. Please specify model/order number,
name, and quantity when ordering.
Model/Order No. Name Remarks Photo No.
J0893[∗] FC · PC-FC · PC-<∗>M-GI FC · PC optical fiber cord (GI) GI (50/125)
Optical fiber cord
J0635[∗] FC · PC-FC · PC-<∗>M-SM FC · PC optical fiber cord (SM) RL: ≥50 dB 1

J1053[∗] FC · APC-FC · APC-<∗>M-SM FC · APC optical fiber cord (SM) RL: ≥65 dB
J0839[∗] SC · PC-SC · PC-<∗>M-GI SC · PC optical fiber cord (GI) GI (50/125)
J0660[∗] SC · PC-SC · PC-<∗>M-SM SC · PC optical fiber cord (SM) RL: ≥50 dB –
J1054[∗] SC · APC-SC · APC-<∗>M-SM SC · APC optical fiber cord (SM) RL: ≥65 dB
RL: ≥50 dB (PC side),
J0952[∗] FC · PC-FC · APC-<∗>M-SM
Optical conversion cord
FC · PC-FC · APC optical fiber cord (SM)

≥65 dB (APC side)
RL: ≥50 dB (PC side),
J0954[∗] SC · PC-SC · APC-<∗>M-SM SC · PC-SC · APC optical fiber cord (SM)
≥65 dB (APC side)
–
J0692[∗] FC · PC-SC · PC-<∗>M-SM FC · PC-SC · PC optical fiber cord (SM) RL: ≥50 dB
J0757[∗] FC · PC-ST · PC-<∗>M-SM FC · PC-ST · PC optical fiber cord (SM) RL: ≥50 dB
J0760[∗] FC · PC-DIN · PC-<∗>M-SM FC · PC-DIN · PC optical fiber cord (SM) RL: ≥50 dB
J0763[∗] FC · PC-HMS-10A-<∗>M-SM FC · PC-HMS-10/A optical fiber cord (SM) RL: ≥50 dB
J0617B Replacement optical connector (FC)
optical connector optical connector
J0618D Replacement optical connector (ST)

Replaceable
J0618E Replacement optical connector (DIN) –

J0618F Replacement optical connector (HMS-10/A)
J0618B Replacement optical connector (SC) 6
J0739A Replacement optical connector (FC · APC)
Replacement
J0739C Replacement optical connector (SC · APC)

–
J0739D Replacement optical connector (HRL-10)
J0739G Replacement optical connector (FC-PANDA) –
J0601 Dummy fiber for optical loss measurements – 2
Other accessories
Z0052 Optical fiber cutter – 3

MP924A Fiber Jacket Stripper – 4
MZ106C Mode Scrambler – 5
J0057 Optical adapter FC type – ∗1
J0596 Optical adapter SC type – –
J0849B Optical conversion adapter FC to SC type – –
∗1: Refer to page 41.
Value
Fiber length
[∗] <∗>
1m A 1
2m B 2
3m C 3
Optical fiber cord

MP924A Fiber Jacket Stripper
This tool is used to remove the nylon jacket from around the core.
Photo 4
MZ106C Mode Scrambler

When measuring optical fiber loss or instrument insertion loss, this de-
vice is attached to LED light sources to ensure a uniform injection mode.
Photo 1
Insertion loss 1.5 dB∗1
NA (numerical aperture) 0.195 ±0.01∗2
Dummy fiber for optical loss measurements Connector FC
This is a dummy fiber used in optical loss measurements to excite the Optical fiber GI (50/125 µm)∗3
normal propagation mode of the light.
Dimensions 20 (W) x 20 (H) x 205 (D) mm
Insertion loss Applicable connector ∗1: Typical value (typical value is given for reference only and is not guaranteed
< 8 dB FC-P specifications.)
Does not include connector loss.
∗2: Test method depends on JIS C5961
∗3: Does not include fiber
Photo 2 Photo 5
Optical fiber cutter Replaceable and replacement optical connector

This device cuts optical fibers to produce a right-angle mirror-face
break. Replaceable
FC SC ST DIN HMS-10/A
Replacement
FC-APC SC-APC HRL-10

Photo 3
Photo 6

PULSE PATTERN
GENERATORS/
ERROR
DETECTORS
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

43.5 Gbit/s BERT System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Pulse Pattern Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107, 109
Error Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 114
43.5G MUX/43.5G DEMUX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
10 GHz Jitter Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
E/O, O/E Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Digital Data Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
SONET/SDH/PDH/DSn Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
PCM Channel Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
PCM CODEC Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
101
PULSE PATTERN GENERATORS/ERROR DETECTORS
Selection guide
Module test for 10G SDH/SONET
Ultra High Speed Pulse Generator

Application
Multi-channel test of high speed
Network test for over 40G bit/s

Multi-channel signal source for
Transponder test for 40G bit/s

Module test for 10 GbE
High Speed device test

Module test for 1 GbE
XFP, XENPAK, XPAK

SFF Module test
Remarks
10G WDM
module
Model
Remote
Digital Data Analyzer MP1632C √ 10 MHz to 3.2 GHz∗5
MP1763C (1ch) √ 50 MHz to 12.5 GHz
Pulse Pattern Generators
MP1775A (4ch) √ √ √ 100 MHz to 12.5 GHz
MP1764C (1ch) √ 50 MHz to 12.5 GHz
Error Detectors
MP1776A (4ch) √ √ √ 100 MHz to 12.5 GHz
MP1801A √ 25 to 43.5 GHz
43.5G MUX
MP1803A √ 25 to 43.5 GHz
2.6 V Data Output MP1803A-01 ♦∗1 For MP1803A
MP1802A √ 25 to 43.5 GHz
43.5G DEMUX
MP1804A √ 25 to 43.5 GHz
10 GHz Jitter Analyzer MP1777A ♦ ♦ STM-16/32/64/FEC
E/O, O/E Converter MP9677B ♦ ♦ 2.4 to 11 GHz∗2
Text to MP1632A/C Pattern Conversion Software MX163201A ♦ For MP1632A/C
MX165X to MP1632A/C Pattern Conversion Software MX163202A For MP1632A/C
Q and Eye Analysis Software MX163205A ♦ For MP1632A/C
SDH/SONET Pattern Editor MX163206A ♦ For MP1632A/C
Q and Eye Analysis Software MX176400A ♦ For MP1762C
SDH/SONET Pattern Editor MX176401A ♦ For MP1763C/1764C
SDH/SONET Pattern Editor MX177601A ♦ ♦ ♦ For MP1758A/1775A/1776A
Q and Eye Analysis Software MX180400A ♦ ♦ For MP1804A
System Model Name∗3 ME7760A∗4 ME7760B∗4
√: Standard component
♦: Application
∗1: Amplitude range is from 1.0 to 2.6 V. Crosspoint range is from 30 to 70%. Offset range is from –2 to +2 V.
∗2: It is possible to select frequency of CDR as a unit from STM-64, 10.7G and 10.3G.
∗3: Software is application for system, not part of system.
∗4: It is necessary to prepare signal generator for 1/1 clock, ex. MG3695A.
∗5: Please use external synthesizers (10 MHz to 50 MHz)

43.5 Gbit/s BERT SYSTEM GPIB
ME7760B
ME7760A/B
25 to 43.5 Gbit/s
2
Measurement Solution for 40 Gbit/s SONET/SDH System and Modules
The ME7760A/B is bit error rate measurement equipments which The multiplexer (MP1801A/1803A) and the de-multiplexer
measures a bit error rate of transmission signals 25 to 43.5 Gbit/s. (MP1802A/1804A) can support 25 to 43.5 Gbit/s signals.
This equipment is composed of pulse pattern generator, multiplexer, • 32 Mbits pattern memory for OC-768/STM-256
demultiplexer, error detector and synthesizer. Both the MP1775A and the MP1776A have 32 Mbits pattern memo-
The ME7760A/B are applied for electrical or optical market which ex- ry and it is suitable for 40 Gbit/s SDH/SONET frames (OC-768/STM-
amines from components evaluations to communication equipments. 256). Its pattern can be edited using the MX177601A SDH/ SONET
MX177601A SDH/SONET Pattern Editor Software is provided and is Pattern Editor via GPIB interface.
used to edit a SDH/SONET frame. • High flexibility
The MP1775A Pulse Pattern Generator and the MP1776A Error
Features Detector can be used as the single measurement equipment. It will
• High quality waveform bring you a high flexibility on the various combinations and scenes.
A re-timing circuit using D-type Flip-Flop realizes high quality wave-
form (small jitter and low wave distortion) and high output amplitude Selection guide
(2 Vp-p).
ME7760A ME7760B
• Measurement with pure PRBS
The MP1775A Pulse Pattern Generator can generate PRBS on 43.5 MP1801A √
Gbit/s (selectable pattern length = 2n – 1: n= 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 23, 31). MP1802A √
The phase of each channel is shifted by 1/4 cycle and multiplexed MP1803A∗ √
signal can be treated as pure PRBS.
MP1804A∗ √
• Wide operation frequency
ME7760A have capability to treat FEC signals on the 40 Gbit/s. 4 MP1775A √ √
channels pulse pattern generator (MP1775A) and the 4 channels er- MP1776A √ √
ror detector (MP1776A) can support 100 Mbit/s to 12.5 Gbit/s sig- ∗: Custom-made product
nals.
Transmitter side Receiver side

10.875 GHz data signals × 4
43.5 GHz
Synthesized clock signal
Signal Generator 43.5 GHz 43.5 GHz
data signal data signal
MP1801A/1803A MP1802A/1804A MP1776A
DUT
43.5G MUX 43.5G DEMUX Error Detector
MP1775A 43.5 Gbit/s 43.5 Gbit/s
Pulse Pattern clock signal clock signal
Generator 10.875 GHz
clock signal
10.875 Gbit/s clock signals × 4
10.875 Gbit/s data signals × 4

System configurations
Specifications
• MP1801A 43.5G MUX
Operation frequency 25 to 43.5 GHz (external)
Clock input Input waveform: Sine or rectangular wave (duty 50%), Input amplitude: 0.7 to 1.5 Vp-p, Connector: V
Number of outputs: 2 DATA, DATA, Output waveform: NRZ, Output amplitude: 2.0 Vp-p (AC coupling) fixed,
Data output Tr/Tf (10 to 90%): ≤18 ps, Pattern jitter: ≤10 ps (p-p), Waveform distortion: ≤10%, Termination: 50 Ω/GND (with back
termination), Connector: V
Output amplitude: 1.0 Vp-p (AC coupling) fixed, Tr/Tf (10 to 90%): ≤18 ps, Waveform distortion: ≤10%,
Clock output
Termination: 50 Ω/GND (with back termination), Connector: V, Phase adjust range: 120 ps
Number of inputs: 4
1/4 Data input Input level: VOH, VOL: –1.0
Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: K
Number of outputs: 1 (CLOCK), Output amplitude: VOH: 0 ±0.4 V, Output amplitude: 1.40 V ±0.4 V
Tr/Tf (20 to 80%): 40 ps (typ.)
1/4 Clock output Waveform distortion: ≤0.4 Vp-p
Connector: K
Phase adjust range: 120 ps
Dimensions and mass 213 (W) x 132.5 (H) x 350 (D) mm, ≤8 kg
Power 85 to 265 V, 47 to 63 Hz, ≤75 VA
Operation temperature +20˚ to +30˚C
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
• MP1802A 43.5G DEMUX

Operation frequency 25 to 43.5 GHz
Number of inputs: 1 (DATA), Input waveform: NRZ, Input amplitude: 0.1 to 1.0 Vp-p,
Data input
Threshold voltage: +0.25 to –0.75 V (variable), Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: V
Number of inputs: 1 (CLOCK), Input waveform: Sine or rectangular wave (duty 50%), Input amplitude: 0.7 to 1.5 Vp-p,
Clock input
Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: V, Phase adjust range: 120 ps
Number of outputs: 4
Output amplitude: VOH: 0 ±0.3 V, VOL: –1.0 ±0.3 V
Tr/Tf (10 to 90%): ≤35 ps (typ.)
1/4 Data output Pattern jitter: ≤20 ps (peak to peak)
Waveform distortion: ≤10%
Termination: 50 Ω/GND
Connector: K
Number of outputs: 4
Output amplitude: VOH: 0 ±0.3 V, VOL: –1.0 ±0.3 V
Tr/Tf (10 to 90%): ≤35 ps
1/4 Clock output Waveform distortion: ≤10%
Termination: 50 Ω/GND
Connector: K
Phase adjust range: 120 ps
Input level: VOH: 0 ±0.1 V, VOL: –1.0 ±0.1 V
DEMUX reset input Termination: 50 Ω/GND
Connector: K
Power 85 to 265 V, 47 to 63 Hz, ≤75 VA
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
• MP1803A 43.5G MUX

Clock input Input waveform: Sine or rectangular wave (duty: 50%), Input amplitude: 0.7 to 1.5 Vp-p, Connector: V
Number of outputs: 2 (DATA, DATA), Output waveform: NRZ, Output amplitude: 2.0 ±0.2 Vp-p (AC coupled),
Data output Tr/Tf (20 to 80%, ≥38 Gbit/s): 10 ps (typ.), Pattern jitter: Less than 10 ps (P-P), Waveform distortion: ≤10%,
Termination: 50 Ω/GND (with back termination), Connector: V
Number of outputs: 1 (CLOCK), Output amplitude: 0.7 to 1.6 Vp-p (AC coupled), Tr/Tf (20 to 80%, ≥38 Gbit/s): 5 ps (typ.),
Clock output Waveform distortion: ≤10%, Phase adjust range: –70.0 to +70.0 ps (0.1 ps step),
Termination: 50 Ω/GND (with back termination), Connector: V,
Number of inputs: 4 (D1, D2, D3, D4), Input amplitude: VIH = 0 V ±0.07 V, VIL = –1 V ±0.07 V,
1/4 data input
Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: SMA
Number of outputs: 1 (CLOCK), Output amplitude: VOH = 0 V ±0.40 V, Vamp = 1.40 V ±0.40 V,
1/4 clock output
Phase adjust range: –70 to 70 ps (1 ps step), Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: SMA

PULSE PATTERN GENERATORS/ERROR DETECTERS
Number of outputs: 1 (1/64 clock output), Output voltage: VOH = 0 V ±0.2 V, VOL = –1 V ±0.2 V
Sync. output
Control interface GPIB
Power AC 100 to 240 V, Frequency: 47 to 63 Hz, ≤100 VA 2
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)

Data input
Threshold voltage: –0.75 to +0.25 V (0.001 V step), Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: V
Number of inputs: 1 (CLOCK), Input waveform: Sine or rectangular wave (duty: 50%), Output amplitude: 0.7 to 1.5 Vp-p (AC
Clock input
coupled), Phase adjust range: –70 to +70 ps (0.1 ps step), Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: V
1/4 data output Number of outputs: 4, Output voltage: VOH = 0 V ±0.2 V, VOL = –1 V ±0.2 V, Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: SMA
Number of outputs: 4, Output voltage: VOH = 0 ±0.25 V, VOL = –1 ±0.25 V
1/4 Clock output
Phase adjust range: –70 to +70 ps (1 ps step), Impedance: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: SMA
Number of inputs: 1 (1/64 clock output), Input voltage: V1H = 0 ±0.1 V, VIL = –1 ±0.1 V
DEMUX reset input
Power AC 100 to 240 V, Frequency: 47 to 63 Hz, ≤100 VA
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
• MX177601A SDH/SONET Pattern Editor

Computer: IBM-PC/AT or full compatible
CPU: Pentium 200 MHz or higher
OS: Windows 95/98/2000/NT4.0
Required system Memory: 128 MB or more
Display resolution and color: 800 x 600 or more and 256 colors or more
FDD: 3.5-inch (1.44 MB), Hard drive: require 100 MB or more
GPIB: National Instruments-made GPIB Interface (PCMCIA-GPIB or AT-GPIB/TNT series boards are recommended.)
SDH/SONET pattern editor
Mapping for SDH:
[MP1758A] STM-n (n = 1, 4c, 16c)
[MP1775A/1776A] STM-n (n = 1, 4c, 12c, 16c, 32c, 64c, 256c)
Mapping for SONET:
[MP1758A] STS-n (n = 3c, 12c, 48c)
[MP1775A/1776A] STS-n (n = 3c, 12c, 48c, 192c, 768c)
Pattern edit:
Arbitrary editing of program patterns (PRBS pattern can be inserted in the payload.), time indication, table indication/edit
Payload: Free format, ALL 0, ALL 1, PRBS 2n – 1 (n = 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 20z, 23, 31)
Functions [Pattern repetition up to the length of all frames]
Measurement condition: ALL, payload, SOH ALL, POH ALL, OH (D1-D3), OH (D4-D12), OH (1 byte)
[Pattern repetition up to the length of all frames]
CID pattern: Available (Conforming to ITU-T G.958)
Frame repetition: Maximum 6 frames
Alarm addition: Alarm addition conforming to SDH/SONET standard
SDH: [items: OOF/LOF, MS-AIS, MS-RDI, MS-REI, MS-AIS, HP-RDI, HP-REI]
SONET: [items: OOF/LOF, AIS-L, RDI-L, REI-L, AIS-P, RDI-P, REI-P]
BIP error addition: B1, B2 and B3
B1, B2 and B3 calculation: Automatic calculation
Scramble: ON/OFF
OH editor: All bytes edit are possible except B1, B2, B3, H1, H2, H3. Pointer (H1, H2, H3) is fixed value.
Windows and MS-DOS are Registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
IBM and AT are Registered trademarks of International Business Machines.
Pentium is a Registered trademark of Intel Corporation.
PCMCIA-GPIB and AT-GPIB/TNT are Registered trademarks of National Instruments.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
No part of this paper may be copied, modified for any means without permission of Anritsu Corporation.
Main frame
MP1801A 43.5G MUX
J1090 Cable (V120MM-30CM), 30 cm: 3 pcs
J0696E SMA cable (AA-165-1500), 1.5 m: 5 pcs
F0012 Fuse (T3.15 A 250 V): 1 pc
Z0306A Wrist strap: 1 pc
B0329M Front cover:
J1108 Cable (V120MM-50CM), 50 cm: 1 pc
J1138 SMA cable (SF1041/SMA-451/11SMA/451/1.5M),
1.5 m: 1 pc
J1137 Terminator (HRM-601): 6 pcs
J1145 Terminator (V210): 4 pcs
W1961AE MP1801A operation manual: 1 copy
Main frame
MP1802A 43.5G DEMUX
J0696D Semi-flexible cable (AA-165-2000), 2 m: 1 pc
J1090 Cable (V120MM-30CM), 30 cm: 2 pcs
J0696E SMA cable (AA-165-1500), 1.5 m: 8 pcs
J1144 Fixed coaxial attenuator (41V-6): 1 pc
F0012 Fuse (T3.15 A 250 V): 1 pc
B0329M Front cover: 1 pc
Main frame
MP1803A 43.5G MUX (Custom-made product)
J1090 Coaxial cable (V120MM-30CM), 30 cm: 3 pcs
J0696E Coaxial cable (AA-165-1500), 1.5 m: 5 pcs
J1108 Coaxial cable (V120MM-50CM), 50 cm: 1 pc
J1138 Coaxial cable, 1.5 m: 1 pc
J0008 GPIB cable, 2.0 m: 1 pc
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A (T3.15 250 V): 1 pc
W2032AE MP1803A GPIB remote control operation manual: 1 copy
Options
MP1803A-01 2.6 V data output
MP1803A-11 Extended up to 48 Gbit/s
Main frame
MP1804A 43.5G DEMUX (Custom-made product)
J1144 Fixed coaxial attenuator
(41V-6, for MUX-DEMUX connection): 1 pc
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A (T3.15 250 V): 1 pc
Option
For the details of MP1775A Pulse Pattern Generator, MP1776A Error Detector
and MG3695A, please refer to page 107, 112 and 427 respectively.

PULSE PATTERN GENERATOR GPIB
MP1775A
100 MHz to 12.5 GHz (4 channels)
2
Supports Measurement for up to 50 Gbit/s System (Installed with 4 Channels)
The MP1775A Pulse Pattern Generator has 4 channels data output Features
lines and each channel has capability to generate maximum 12.5 • Error measurement of OC-768c/STM-256c SDH/SONET frame us-
Gbit/s signal. It is available to create PRBS (maximum pattern length ing 8 Mbits/channel PRGM pattern and application software
is 2n – 1, n = 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 23, 31) and 32 Mbits programmable (MX177601A)
pattern (user defined pattern). Combining with the MP1801A/ • Parallel output of 12.5 Gbit/s x 4-channels
MP1803A 43.5G Multiplexer makes it possible to generate 43.5 • Independent level adjustment for each of the 4-channels
Gbit/s pure PRBS or programmable pattern suitable for OC-768/ • Reduce waveform distortion using back-termination
STM-256. • Cross-Point adjustment capability on the front panel
Specifications
Operation frequency From 0.1 to 12.5 GHz (internal/external selectable)
External clock Input level from: 0.8 to 2.0 Vp-p, Input waveform: sign wave (over 500 MHz) or Pulse, Connector: APC-3.5
Internal clock (option 03) Resolution: 1 kHz, 1 MHz, Reference signal of PLL: 10 MHz (internal/external selectable)
Pseudo random pattern: 2n – 1 (n = 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 23, 31), PRGM pattern: 8 Mbits/channel total 32 Mbits
Pattern Logic: POS/NEG
Error insertion: 10–n (n = 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 and single) insertion root selectable from 32 channels by switch on front panel
Waveform: NRZ, Number of output: 4 (CH1, CH2, CH3, CH4), Amplitude : from 0.5 to 2.0 Vp-p/10 mV step∗1
Data output Offset: from –2.0 to 2.0 VOH/5 mV step∗1, termination: GND/–2 V(ECL) selectable
Load impedance: 50 Ω, Connector: APC-3.5
Number of output : 2 (CLOCK1, CLOCK2), Amplitude: from 0.5 to 2.0 Vp-p/10 mV step∗1
Clock output Offset: from –2.0 to 2.0 VOH/5 mV step∗1, termination: GND/–2 V (ECL) selectable
Variable delay: from –500 to 500 ps/1 ps step, Load impedance: 50 Ω, Connector: APC-3.5
Number of output: 1 (1/32 clock or pattern sync.)
Sync. output
Amplitude: 1 Vp-p fixed, termination: to GND with 50 Ω, Connector: SMA
Control interface GPIB/Parallel port, Parameter memory: 3.5 inch FDD (MS-DOS compatible)∗2
426 (W) x 221 (H) x 450 (D) mm (16.8W x 8.7H x 17.7D inches), less than 35 kg (77.2 pounds), from 85 to132 Vac or from 170
Dimensions and mass
to 250 Vac, power: less than 1000 Watts
Operation temperature From 15˚ to 35˚C (59 to 95˚F)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: Independently settable in each channel

∗2: MS-DOS is registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.
Ordering Information
Main frame
MP1775A Pulse Pattern Generator
J0491 Shield power cord (13 A): 1 pc
J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m: 1 pc
J0496 APC3.5J-J connector: 7 pcs
J0696A SMA cable (AA-165-500), 0.5 m: 6 pcs
J0696B SMA cable (AA-165-800), 0.8 m: 1 pc
J0693A SMA cable (HRM202B-3D2W-HRM202B), 1 m: 1 pc
J1141 50 Ω terminator (BL02-6113-02): 7 pcs
F0100A Fuse, 6.3 A: 2 pcs
W1937AE MP1775A panel operation manual: 1 copy
W1938AE MP1775A GPIB operation manual: 1 copy
Z0168 3.5 inch mini floppy disk (2HD, MF-2HD-3.5MF): 2 pcs
B0021 Front cover: 1 pc
Option
MP1775A-01 Clock, Clock output (custom-made product)
MP1775A-03 Internal synthesizer
J0500A Semi-rigid cable (SMA-P UT-141 SMA-P), 0.5 m
J0696E SMA cable (AA-165-1500), 1.5 m
MB24B Portable Test Rack (with 20 A power cord)

PULSE PATTERN GENERATOR GPIB
MP1763C
12.5 GHz
2
For R&D of High-Speed Logic, ICs, Optical Modules and Devices
The MP1763C is used in combination with the MP1764C Error Detector. MX176400A Q and Eye Analysis Software controls MP1763C and
The amplitude of the clock and data signals can be varied from 0.25 MP1764C from the PC to measure Q factor, eye margin, and eye dia-
to 2 Vp-p while the offset can be adjusted to within ±2 V so that the gram. MX176401A SDH/SONET Pattern Editor controls the MP1763C
amplitude and the offset margin can be measured. The clock has a and MP1764C to generate frame pattern conforming to SDH/SONET
variable delay function so that time-dependent characteristics or standards.
phase margins of the input clock and data can be measured. An M
series pseudorandom pattern representative of actual conditions or Features
a programmable pattern can be selected as cell data. • High quality waveform
In addition, a 3.5 inch floppy disk drive is built in for storing preset data, • Low FM/PM-noise clock generator
enabling rapid measurements to be performed by simply pressing a • 8 Mbit programmable pattern corresponding to six frames of STM-
key. A GPIB function is provided, enabling automatic or remote mea- 64/STS-192
surement via an external controller. • Generates PRBS patterns with bit length from 27 – 1 to 231 – 1
The MP1763C is a pulse pattern generator ideal for research and de- bits
velopment of high-speed logic, ICs, and digital systems. • Complementary outputs of both data and clock
• The amplitudes and offsets of all 8 data outputs that have 1/8
speed of fundamental clock signal can be set
Specifications
• MP1763C (main frame)
Operation frequency 0.05 to 12.5 GHz
Internal Frequency range 0.05 to 12.5 GHz
clock SSB phase noise (at 10 kHz ≤–85 dBc/Hz (0.05 to 4 GHz), ≤–80 dBc/Hz (4 to 8 GHz), ≤–75 dBc/Hz (8 to 10 GHz),
(option 01) offset, 1 Hz bandwidth) ≤–70 dBc/Hz (10 to 12.5 GHz)
External clock input level 0.4 to 2.5 Vp-p
Pattern: 2n – 1 (n: 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 23, 31)
Pseudorandom binary
Mark ratio: 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 0/8 (1/2, 3/4, 7/8, 8/8 are possible with logic inversion)
sequence pattern (PRBS)
Bit shifts number for mark ratio varied: 1, 3 bits selectable
Data pattern Data length: 2 to 8388608 bits
Pattern
Alternate pattern A/B pattern data length: 128 to 4194304 bits (128 bit steps); Loop time: A, B pattern (1 to 127, 1 steps)
Zero substitution pattern Zero bit length: 1 to (pattern length – 1) bits; Pattern: 2n (n: 7, 9, 11, 15)
Error rate: 10–n (n: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9), and single error
Error addition
External error injection: Provided
Number of outputs 2 (DATA/DATA independently)
Amplitude 0.25 to 2 Vp-p, 2 mV steps
VOH: –2 to +2 V, 1 mV steps
Offset voltage
Display: VOH, VTH or VOL selectable
Rise/fall time Typical 30 ps (10% to 90% of amplitude)
Data Pattern jitter ≤20 psp-p, typical 10 psp-p
output Waveform distortion (0-peak) ≤15% or ≤150 mV whichever is greater
Gating input Provided
Load impedance 50 Ω (with back termination)
Connector APC-3.5
DATA/DATA tracking DATA amplitude and offset voltage can be set to the same values as for DATA.
Cross point adjustment function The cross point of DATA and DATA outputs can be adjusted at semifixed resistor of side.
Number of outputs 3 (CLOCK 1/CLOCK 1, CLOCK 2)
CLOCK 1/CLOCK 1: 0.25 to 2 Vp-p (2 mV steps)
Amplitude
CLOCK 2: 1 Vp-p
CLOCK 1/CLOCK 1: VOH –2 to +2 V (1 mV steps)
Clock Offset voltage
CLOCK 2: VOH 0 V fixed
output
Rise/fall time Typical 30 ps (10% to 90% of amplitude)
Load impedance 50 Ω (CLOCK 1/CLOCK 1: with back termination)
Connector CLOCK 1/CLOCK 1: APC-3.5, CLOCK 2: SMA
Delay ±500 ps (1 ps steps)
Number of outputs: DATA 8, CLOCK 1
1/8 data and clock output Output level: ECL
Connector: SMA
Number of outputs DATA: 4, CLOCK: 1
1/4 data
and clock Amplitude 0.5 to 2 Vp-p (2 mV steps)
output (op- Offset voltage VOH: –1.5 to +1.5 V (1 mV steps)
tion 03)∗1
Connector SMA
Number of outputs 1 (1/64 clock, fixed position pattern, or variable position pattern selectable)
Sync. signal Output level 0/–1 V
output
Connector SMA
Media: 3.5 inch FD (2HD, 2DD)
Parameter memory Format: MS-DOS (Rev. 3.1)∗2
Content: Pattern or other parameters
Operating temperature range 0˚ to +50˚C
Power ≤400 VA
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: When the Option 03 (1/4 speed output) is added, the 1/8 speed output is not available.
∗2: MS-DOS is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• MX176400A Q and Eye Analysis Software

Computer: IBM-PC/AT or full compatible, OS: Windows 95/98/NT, CPU: Pentium 166 MHz or higher,
Memory: 64 MB or more, Hard disk space: 100 MB or more
Required GPIB: National Instruments made GPIB interface (PCMCIA-GPIB or AT-GPIB/TNT series boards are recommended.)
system Display
Resolution: 800 x 600 or more, Display colors: 256 or more
∗If two or more applications are running simultaneously, operation cannot be guaranteed.
Measurement frequency: 2 to 12.5 GHz (eye diagram/eye margin measurement), 1 to 12.5 GHz (Q factor measurement)
Measurement patterns: PRGM, PRBS 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 23, 31
Pattern format: Continuous/burst (To be synchronized within 1 s)
Eye margin measurement
Measurement resolution (threshold): 1 to 10 mV (1 mV steps), Measurement resolution (phase): 1 to 10 ps (1 ps steps),
Measurement rate: E-2 to E-15
Eye diagram measurement
Functions Measurement resolution (phase): 1 to 10 ps (1 ps steps)
Measurement rate: E-2 to E-15 (actual measurement), E-3 to E-12 (estimate measurement)
Display rate: E-2 to E-15 (actual measurement), E-2 to E-4915 (estimate measurement)
Mask test judgment rate: E-2 to E-15
Q factor measurement
Measurement style: Multiple measurements at fixed phase/phase vs. Q factor measurements
Bit error rate range: Upper limit at E-3 to E-5, lower limit at E-7 to E-12
Minimum error count (measurement accuracy): 1, 10, 100, 1000
Vth shift width: Automatic, fixed (1 to 10 mV/1 mV/steps)

Computer: IBM-PC/AT or full compatible, CPU: Pentium 200 MHz or higher, OS: Windows 95/98/NT, Memory: 64 MB or more
Display
Required
Resolution: 800 x 600 or more; Display colors: 256 or more
system
FDD: 3.5-inch (1.44 MB), Hard disk space: 100 MB or more
GPIB: National Instruments-made GPIB interface (PCMCIA-GPIB or AT-GPIB/TNT series boards are recommended.) 2
Mapping: STM-N (N = 1, 4c, 12c, 16c, 32c, 64c), STS-N SPE (N = 1, 3c, 12c, 48c, 192c)
Pattern edit: Arbitrary editing of program patterns (PRBS pattern can be inserted in the payload.), time indication, table indication/edit
Payload: Free format, ALL 0, ALL 1, PRBS 2n – 1 (n = 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 20z, 23, 31) ∗Pattern repetition up to the length of all frames
Measurement condition: ALL, payload, SOH ALL, POH ALL, OH (D1-D3), OH (D4-D12), OH (1 byte) ∗Pattern repetition up to the length of all frames
CID pattern: Available
Frame repetition: Maximum 6 frames
Alarm addition: Alarm addition conforming to SDH/SONET Standard; [items: OOF/LOF, MS-AIS (L-AIS), MS-RDI (L-RDI), MS-REI (L-REI),
Functions
HP-AIS (P-AIS), HP-REI (P-REI), HP-RDI (P-RDI)]
BIP error addition: Generates parity errors of B1, B2, and B3
B1, B2, and B3 calculation: Available
Scramble: Available
BIP correction: Available
Bit window: Active for patterns without frame
Block window: Active for patterns without frame with a pattern length of multiples of 32
OH editor: Available
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation of the U.S. in the United States and other countries. IBM and AT are registered trademarks of
International Business Machines. Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation. PCMCIA-GPIB and AT-GPIB/TNT are registered trademarks of National
Instruments.
Main frame
MP1763C Pulse Pattern Generator
J0500A Semi-rigid cable (SMA-P · SX-36 · SMA-P), 0.5 m: 2 pcs
J0672D Semi-rigid cable, 7 cm: 1 pc
J0672F Semi-rigid cable, 10 cm: 1 pc
J0693A SMA cable (HRM202B · 3D2W · HRM202B), 1 m: 1 pc
J0496 APC-3.5 J-J connector: 4 pcs
J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m: 1 pc
Power cord: 1 pc
Z0168 3.5 inch floppy disk (MF2HD-3.5MF): 2 pcs
F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A (T6.3A250V): 1 pc
W1848AE MP1763C operation manual: 1 copy
W1849AE MP1763C GPIB operation manual: 1 copy
Z0481 12.5G/3.2G BERTS application software demo: 1 pc
B0021 Protective cover (for 1MW · 5U): 1 pc
Options
MP1763C-01 12.5 GHz synthesizer (50 MHz to 12.5 GHz)
MP1763C-03 1/4 speed output
Application equipment
68347B Synthesized Sweep Generator (10 MHz to 20 GHz)
Application software
MX176400A Q and Eye Analysis Software
MX176401A SDH/SONET Pattern Editor
J0500B Semi-rigid cable (SMA-P · SX-36 · SMA-P), 1 m
J0322A Coaxial cable (11SMA · SUCOFLEX104 · 11SMA), 0.5 m
J0322B Coaxial cable (11SMA · SUCOFLEX104 · 11SMA), 1 m
Z0054 3.5 inch floppy disk (MF2DD-3.5MF)
MB24B Portable Test Rack
(rating current of power cord and plug: 20 A)
B0413A Carrying case
B0163 Soft carrying case
B0044 Rack mount (for 1MW · 5U panel)
Z0292A Stacking rack (for sweep synthesizer)
Z0416 3.5 inch head cleaning disk
ERROR DETECTOR
MP1776A
100 MHz to 12.5 GHz
Supports Measurement for up to 50 Gbit/s System (Installed with 4 Channels)
MP1776A is an error detector housing four error detectors that can Features
measure error up to 12.5 Gbit/s. It has four-channels independent • Max. 4-channels in one box
measurement mode, two-channels or four-channels combined mea- • Independent measurement of 4-channels
surement mode and be used for development, manufacturing and • PRBS patterns from 27 – 1 to 231 – 1
maintenance of transmission systems and modules from 12.5 Gbit/s • Max. 32 Mbit programmable pattern at 4-channels combined mode
to maximum 50 Gbit/s. (corresponding six frames of STM-256/ STS-768)
• Burst data BER measurement for optical circulating loop test
• Good operability by GUI
Specifications • Display 4-channels measurement results on screen
• MP1776A (main frame), MU177601B (12.5 Gbit/s Error Detector)
Operating frequency 100 MHz to 12.5 GHz
PRBS pattern: 2n – 1 (n: 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 23, 31)
Zero substitution pattern: 2n (n: 7, 9, 11, 15), consecutive zero-pattern can be inserted up to pattern length – 1
Programmable data
Measurement pattern Independent: 2 to 8,388,608 bits
2-channels combined: 4 to 16,777,216 bits
4-channels combined: 8 to 33,554,432 bits
Logic inversion: Positive/negative switching possible
Measurement mode Independent∗1, 2-channels combined∗2, 4-channels combined∗3
Synchronization method Normal, frame
Error detection mode Insertion, omission, total
Error ratio: 0.0000 x 10–16 to 1.0000 x 100
Error count: 0 to 9,999,999, 1.0000 x 107 to 9.9999 x 1016
Measurement items Clock frequency:
0.1 to 12.5 GHz (independent), 0.2 to 25 GHz (2-channels combined), 0.4 to 50 GHz (4-channels combined)
∗Resolution: 1 kHz, accuracy: 10 ppm ±1 kHz
Sync threshold value Internal, 10–n (n: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8)
Auto search function Supported
Input waveform: NRZ
Input amplitude: 0.5 to 2.0 Vp-p
Threshold voltage: –3.000 to +1.750 V (1 mV step)
Data input Termination condition: GND/–2.0 V
Input impedance: 50 Ω
Connector: APC-3.5
Number of input: 1 (MU177601B 12.5 Gbit/s Error Detector Unit)
Input level: 0.5 to 2.0 Vp-p
Input waveform: Square wave only (<0.5 GHz, Duty: 50%), Sine or square wave (≥0.5 GHz, duty: 50%)
Clock delay: ±500 ps (1 ps step)
Clock input Polarity inversion: POS/NEG inversion selectable
Connector: APC-3.5
Number of input: 1 (MU177601B 12.5 Gbit/s Error Detector Unit, up to 4 channel can be added.)

Resync input Input level: 0/–1 V ±0.1 V, Connector: SMA
Display: 10.4-inch, color LCD, touch screen, 640 x 480 dots, 256 colors (16 M colors in VGA when external display is connected.)
Printer: Parallel port for external printer (D-sub 25-pin)
Keyboard: 101-type (English), PS/2 (mini DIN 6-pin)
Mouse: Serial, PS/2 (mini DIN 6pin)
System environment
FDD: 3.5-inch, 2 models (740 KB, 1.44 MB) 2
HDD
C drive: ≥474 MB (Used for system: measurement data, pattern)
D drive: ≥30 MB (Not accessible to users, interface: IDE)
Remote control RS-232C (standard, D-sub 9-pin), GPIB (IEEE488.2)
Power 90 to 120 Vac/180 to 250 Vac, 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤1000 VA
Operating temperature +15˚ to +35 ˚C
Dimensions and mass 426 (W) x 266 (H) x 584 (D) mm, ≤50 kg (with 4 units of MU177601B)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: Different measurement pattern and frequency can be set for each channel.
∗2: Evaluates 1:2 DEMUX to check that the signal before demultiplexing is PRBS.
∗3: Evaluates 1:4 DEMUX to check that the signal before demultiplexing is PRBS.
Model/order No. Name
Main frame
MP1776A Error Detector
J0491 Power cord (with shield, 13 A): 1 pc
J0670A Power cord (L-type, C7, for 200 V main), 2.5 m: 1 pc
F0074 Fuse, 10 A: 1 pc
Z0319A PS/2 mouse: 1 pc
Z0320 Input pen: 1 pc
W1411AE MP1776A remote operation manual: 1 copy
Z0306A List strap: 1 pc
Z0352 MP1776A recovery tool: 2 pcs
Z0396A Pen holder: 1 pc
Unit
MU177601B 12.5 Gb/s Error Detector Unit
J0696B SMA cable (AA-165-800), 0.8 m: 2 pcs
J0693A Coaxial cable (HRM202B · 3D2W · HRM202B), 1 m: 1 pc
Z0321A Keyboard (PS/2)
B0496 Portable test rack
B0374G Carrying case
B0497A Dummy unit (for Slot 5)
B0497B Dummy unit (for Slot 1 to Slot 4)
Z0416 Head cleaning disk (for 3.5-inch FDD)
ERROR DETECTOR GPIB
MP1764C
12.5 GHz
For R&D of High-Speed Logic, ICS, Optical Modules and Devices
The MP1764C is used in combination with the MP1763C Pulse Pattern Features
Generator to detect errors used to evaluate conformity with ITU-T • Auto-search function for setting optimum values of input threshold
standards. In addition, complicated searching for input thresholds or and phase setting by a “one-touch” operation
phase adjustments is simplified with the touch of a single key. These • Synchronization of 8 Mbits pattern is easily made within a short pe-
functions are ideally suited for the research and development of ul- riod of time (when in frame mode)
trahigh-speed logic ICs and digital communication systems. • Errors are detected in intervals as short as 0.1 sec.
MX176400A Q and Eye Analysis Software controls MP1764C and • Zero wait time counter gate
MP1763C from the PC to measure Q factor, eye margin, and eye dia-
gram. MX176401A SDH/SONET Pattern Editor controls the MP1764C
and MP1763C to generate frame pattern conforming to SDH/SONET
standards.
Specifications
Operation frequency 0.05 to 12.5 GHz
Input waveform NRZ
Input amplitude 0.25 to 2.0 Vp-p
Threshold voltage variable range –3.000 to +1.875 Vp-p (1 mV steps)
Data input Phase margin ≥70 ps (typical value at 10 Gb/s, PRBS 223 – 1, and an input amplitude of 1 Vp-p)
Input sensitivity 50 mVp-p (typical value at 10 Gb/s and PRBS 223 – 1
Termination Connected to GND or –2 V via a 50 Ω termination
Connector APC-3.5
Input waveform Rectangular wave (<0.5 GHz), rectangular or sine wave (≥0.5 GHz), duty factor: 50%
Input voltage 0.25 to 2.0 Vp-p
Clock Input delay variable range ±500 ps (1 ps steps)
input Polarity inversion CLOCK/CLOCK inversion possible
Termination Connected to GND or –2 V via a 50 Ω termination
Connector APC-3.5
Auto search function Provided
Pattern: 2n – 1 (n: 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 23, 31)
Pseudorandom binary
Mark ratio: 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 0/8 (1/2, 3/4, 7/8, 8/8 are possible with logic inversion.)
sequence pattern (PRBS)
Number of AND bit shift at mark ratio setting: 1, 3 bits (selectable by using DIP switch on rear panel)
Receive
pattern Data pattern Data length: 2 to 8388608 bits
Alternate pattern A/B pattern word length: 128 to 4194304 bits (128 bits steps), Number of loops: Controlled using external signal
Zero substitution pattern Zero bit length: 1 to (pattern length –1) bits, Pattern length: 2n (n: 7, 9, 11, 15)

Synchronous mode Normal, frame, quick
Synchronous threshold Preset value or 10–n (n: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8)
Error detection mode Omission insertion, total (selectable with DIP switch on rear panel)
Error rate 0.0000 x 10–16 to 1.0000 x 10–0
Number of errors 0 to 9.9999 x 1016 2
Measure-
Error interval (asynchronous) 0 to 9999999 (interval: 1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s)
ment item
Error free interval (EFI) 0.0000% to 100.0000%
Clock frequency 0.05 to 12.5 GHz, (resolution: 1 kHz, accuracy: 10 ppm ±1 kHz)
Eye margin measurement function Provided
Error performance data calculation function Provided
Measurement CH mask 1 to 32 ch (settable independently)
Block window Error for any block of 32-bit segments can be measured.
Error analysis (option 01) Pattern (256 bits in total) before and after bit in which error occurred is stored.
Error output (direct) 1/128 OR error, Output level: 0/–1 V, Connector: SMA
Error output (stretched) Pulse width: 350 ns (typical), Output level: TTL, Connector: BNC
Auxiliary
output Alarm output (clock loss, Output level: TTL
sync. loss) Connector: BNC
Sync. gain output Output level: 0/–1 V; Connector: SMA
External mask input Input level: 0/–1 V; Connector: SMA
Auxiliary Resync. input Input level: 0/–1 V; Connector: SMA
input
Alternate A/B switching input Input level: ECL; Connector: SMA
Number of outputs 1 (1/32 clock, fixed position pattern, or variable position pattern selectable)
Sync. signal Output level 0/–1 V
output
Connector SMA
Media: 3.5 inch FD (2HD, 2DD)
Parameter memory Format: MS-DOS (Rev. 3.1)∗1
Content: Pattern or other parameters
Operating temperature range 0˚ to +50˚C
Power ≤300 VA
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: MS-DOS is a registered trade mark of Microsoft Corporation.
Main frame Application software
MP1764C Error Detector MX176400A Q/Eye Analysis Software
MX176401A SDH/SONET Pattern Editor
J0500A Semi-rigid cable (SMA-P · SX-36 · SMA-P), 0.5 m: 2 pcs Optional accessories
J0693A SMA cable (HRM202B-3D2W-HRM202B), 1 m: 3 pcs J0500B Semi-rigid cable (SMA-P · SX-36 · SMA-P), 1 m
J0496 APC-3.5 J-J connector: 2 pcs J0322A Coaxial cable (11SMA · SUCOFLEX104 · 11SMA), 0.5 m
J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m: 2 pc J0322B Coaxial cable (11SMA · SUCOFLEX104 · 11SMA), 1 m
Power cord: 1 pc J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
Z0168 3.5 inch floppy disk (MF2HD-3.5MF): 2 pcs Z0054 3.5 inch floppy disk (MF2DD-3.5MF)
F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A (T6.3A250V): 1 pc MB24B Portable Test Rack
W1850AE MP1764C operation manual: 1 copy (rating current of power cord and plug: 20A)
W1851AE MP1764C GPIB operation manual: 1 copy B0413A Carrying case
B0306A Wrist strap: 1 pc B0163 Soft carrying case
B0021 Protective cover (for 1MW · 5U): 1 pc B0044 Rack mount (for 1MW · 5U panel)
B0481 12.5G/3.2G BERTS application software demo: 1 pc Z0416 3.5 inch head cleaning disk
Option
MP1764C-01 Error analysis
43.5G MUX/43.5G DEMUX
MP1803A/MP1804A
25 to 43.5 Gbit/s
For R&D and Manufacturing of a 40 Gbit/s Devices and Transmission systems
MP1803A MP1804A
Custom-made product
The MP1803A 43.5G MUX can multiplex maximum 4 data signal in- Features
puts (each transmission speed is maximum 10.875 Gbit/s) and gen- • Adopting high resolution variable delay unit (Resolution: 0.1 ps)
erate 43.5 Gbit/s multiplexed signal. It can also generate 1/4 clock • High resolution threshold voltage setting suitable for the Q factor
signal. analysis (Resolution: 0.001 V)
The MP1804A 43.5G DEMUX can de-multiplex the 43.5 Gbit/s data • Digital display
input into 4 signals. Its 4 output signal lines are brought to the 4 • For various applications with the remote control.
channels error detector (MP1776A) and it enables to evaluate 43.5
Gbit/s high-speed data signal.
Specifications
• MP1803A 43.5G MUX
Clock input Input waveform: Sine or rectangular wave (duty: 50%), Input amplitude: 0.7 to 1.5 Vp-p, Connector: V
Number of outputs: 2 (DATA, DATA), Output waveform: NRZ, Output amplitude: 2.0 ±0.2 Vp-p (AC coupled),
Data output Tr/Tf (20 to 80%, ≥38 Gbit/s): 10 ps (typ.), Pattern jitter: Less than 10 ps (P-P), Waveform distortion: ≤10%,
Termination: 50 Ω/GND (with back termination), Connector: V
Number of outputs: 1 (CLOCK), Output amplitude: 0.7 to 1.6 Vp-p (AC coupled), Tr/Tf (20 to 80%, ≥38 Gbit/s): 5 ps (typ.),
Clock output Waveform distortion: ≤10%, Phase adjust range: –70.0 to +70.0 ps (0.1 ps step),
Termination: 50 Ω/GND (with back termination), Connector: V,
Number of inputs: 4 (D1, D2, D3, D4), Input amplitude: VIH = 0 V ±0.07 V, VIL = –1 V ±0.07 V,
1/4 data input
Number of outputs: 1 (CLOCK), Output amplitude: VOH = 0 V ±0.40 V, Vamp = 1.40 V ±0.40 V,
1/4 clock output
Phase adjust range: –70 to 70 ps (1 ps step), Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: SMA
Number of outputs: 1 (1/64 clock output), Output amplitude: VOH = 0 V ±0.2 V, VOL = –1 V ±0.2 V
Sync. output
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)

Data input
Threshold voltage: –0.75 to +0.25 V (0.001 V step), Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: V
Clock input
Number of inputs: 1 (CLOCK), Input waveform: Sine or rectangular wave (duty: 50%), Output amplitude: 0.7 to 1.5 Vp-p (AC
coupled), Phase adjust range: –70 to +70 ps (0.1 ps step), Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: V
2
1/4 data output Number of outputs: 4, Output voltage: VOH = 0 V ±0.2 V, VOL = –1 V ±0.2 V, Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: SMA
Number of outputs: 4, Output voltage: VOH = 0 ±0.25 V, VOL = –1 ±0.25 V
1/4 Clock output
Phase adjust range: –70 to +70 ps (1 ps step), Termination: 50 Ω/GND, Connector: SMA
Number of inputs: 1 (1/64 clock output), Input voltage: V1H = 0 ±0.1 V, VIL = –1 ±0.1 V
DEMUX Reset input
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Main frame
MP1803A 43.5G MUX
J1108 Coaxial cable (V120MM-50CM), 50 cm: 1 pc
J1138 Coaxial cable, 1.5 m: 1 pc
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A (T3.15 250 V): 1 pc
Options
MP1803A-01 2.6 V data output
Main frame
MP1804A 43.5G DEMUX
J1144 Fixed coaxial attenuator
(41V-6, for MUX-DEMUX connection): 1 pc
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A (T3.15 250 V): 1 pc
Option
10 GHz JITTER ANALYZER GPIB
MP1777A
STM-16 to 64, OC-48 to 192
For Evaluating STM-64/OC-192 Jitter
The MP1777A is a measurement solution for jitter evaluation. It sup- Application examples
ports both the STM-16/32/64 and OC-48/96/192 bit rates. In addition • Jitter Generation
to supporting the bit rates of 2488.32, 4976.64, and 9953.28 MHz, To generate jitter, an external signal generator is required to source a
one of six additional bit rates used in submarine cable systems, 10 modulation signal. The MX177701A Jitter Performance Test Software
GbE and OTN can be added as option. and a GPIB card are required for automatic measurement. It is also
The MP1777A can evaluate jitter characteristics, including jitter tol- possible to perform manual measurements, which does not require
erance, jitter transfer, and output jitter, which are parameters most these items.
commonly used to evaluate digital lines.
The MX177701A Jitter Performance Test Software (bundled with
• Jitter measurement
The MP1777A can measure the jitter of input signals directly without
MP1777A) allows the MP1777A to be controlled remotely. When the
using an external BPF. When Option 10 (High Sensitive Input) is in-
Jitter Performance Test Software is used together with specified aux-
stalled, it can measure the jitter of input signals with amplitudes
iliary measuring instruments, jitter tolerance and jitter transfer char-
down to 150 mVp-p. In this case, it can perform evaluation by direct
acteristics can be measured automatically.
device connection. The MX177701A Jitter Performance Test
Functions Software and a GPIB card are required for automatic measurement.
Manual measurement is also possible and the measurement results
• Conforms to 0.172 new recommendations are checked on the MP1777A screen. Furthermore, UIp-p, UI+p, UI-
The MP1777A meets the STM-64/OC-192 measurement standards.
p, and UIrms can also be measured.
It is compatible with bandwidths up to 80 MHz and jitter modulation
By combining the MP9677B E/O, O/E converter, the MP1777A can
amplitudes up to 3200 UIp-p.
measure the jitter measurement of optical interfaces.
• Six optional series of bit rates • Jitter tolerance measurement
The MP1777A supports to various uses flexibly, such as 10 GbE
By combining the O/E and E/O converters, the MP1777A can
which has been spread increasingly, and OTN which is now drawing
measure the jitter tolerance of optical interfaces. The MX177701A
great attention as next-generation SDH/SONET technologies, and
Jitter Performance Test Software and a GPIB card are required for
current submarine cable systems. The MP1777A can also support six
automatic measurement. It is also possible to perform manual mea-
series of bit rates by adding Option 01 (2494.16, 4988.32, 9976.64
surements without these items.
MHz), Option 02 (2666.0571, 5332.1142, 10664.2284 MHz), Option
04 (3062.3629, 6124.7259, 12249.4517 MHz), Option 05 (3069, • Measuring Jitter Transfer Characteristics
6138, 12276 MHz), Option 06 (2677.3063, 5354.6127, 10709.2253 The MP1777A can evaluate jitter transfer characteristics up to 80
MHz) and Option 07 (2578.125, 5156.25, 10312.5 MHz). MHz in applications such as 10 Gbit/s clock recovery module (O/E
converter) evaluation. Automatic (using MX177701A external soft-
• Automatic jitter measurement ware/GPIB) and manual measurements are possible.
The MX177701A Jitter Performance Test Software is used for auto-
By combining the MP9677B E/O, O/E converter, the MP1777A can
matic jitter measurement and can be used with the MP1777A to con-
evaluate the jitter transfer characteristics up to 80 MHz at optical in-
figure an automatic measurement system for jitter tolerance and jit-
terfaces.
ter transfer characteristics∗1.
∗1: Requires MS4630B Network Analyzer, MP1763C Pulse Pattern Generator
and MP1764C Error Detector for automatic measurement of jitter toler-
ance. Requires MS4630B Network Analyzer and MP1763C Pulse Pattern
Generator for automatic measurement of jitter transfer. Also requires
controller, MX177701A Jitter Performance Test Software, GPIB card, and
cables.

Specifications
Standard: 2488.32, 4976.64, 9953.28 Mbit/s
Option 01: 2494.16, 4988.32, 9976.64 Mbit/s
Option 02: 2666.0571, 5332.1142, 10664.2284 Mbit/s
Option 04: 3062.3629, 6124.7259, 12249.4517 Mbit/s
Bit rate
Option 05: 3069,6138,12276 Mbit/s 2
Option 06: 2677.3063, 5354.6127, 10709.2253 Mbit/s
Option 07: 2578.125, 5156.25, 10312.5 Mbit/s
∗Choose the one of Options from 02 to 07.
Modulation frequency: 10 Hz to 80 MHz
Amplitude: 0 to 3200 UIp-p
Resolution: 0.001 UIp-p (0.5 UI range), 0.01 UIp-p (20, 40, 80 UI range), 1 UIp-p (800, 1600, 3200 UI range)
800/1600/3200 UI range (2488M/4977M/9953M)

A3
–20 dB/dec
Jitter amplitude (UIp-p)
A3'
20/40/80 UI range (2488M/4977M/9953M)
A2
–20 dB/dec
A2'
0.5 UI range
A1
f0 f1 f2 f3 f4' f4 f5
Jitter generation Jitter frequency (Hz)
Bit rate f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f4’ f5 A1 A2’ A2 A3’ A3

(bit/s) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (kHz) (MHz) (kHz) (MHz) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p)
2488M 10 15 480 100 2 100 20 0.5 1 20 25 800
4977M 10 15 480 100 2 100 40 0.5 2 40 50 1600
9953M 10 15 480 100 2 100 80 0.5 4 80 100 3200
Accuracy:
±5% ±10 UIp-p/Fr (3200 UI range), ±5% ±8 UIp-p/Fr (1600 UI range), ±5% ±5 UIp-p/Fr (800 UI range),
±5% ±0.8 UIp-p/Fr (80 UI range), ±5% ±0.6 UIp-p/Fr (40 UI range), ±5% ±0.3 UIp-p/Fr (20 UI range),
±5% ±0.1 UIp-p/Fr (0.5 UI range/10G), ±5% ±0.08 UIp-p/Fr (0.5 UI range/5G), ±5% ±0.05 UIp-p/Fr (0.5 UI range/2.5G)
Fr: 100 kHz (0.5, 20, 40, 80 UI range), 10 Hz (800, 1600, 3200 UI range)
Frequency response error (Fr Hz):
±5% (10 to 20 Hz), ±2% (20 Hz to 300 kHz), ±3% (300 kHz to 1 MHz), ±5% (1 to 3 MHz), ±10% (3 to 10 MHz), ±15% (10 to 80
MHz)
Range: ±50 ppm (0.1 ppm steps)
Frequency offset Accuracy: ±0.1 ppm (after power-on, calibrates after 60 min. warm-up 23 ±5°C)
Auxiliary interface External modulation input, external 10 MHz reference input, DCS input, external reference clock input
Amplitude: 0 to 4.00 UIp-p, 0 to 1.41 UIrms
Resolution: 0.001 UIp-p/0.001 UIrms (1 UI range), 0.01 UIp-p/0.01 UIrms (4 UI range)
4 UI range
A3
1 UI range
A3'
A2
f0 f3 f4 1 UI range
Jitter measurement f3 f4 4 UI range
f0
Jitter frequency (Hz)
A2 A3’ A3 f0 f3 f4
Bit rate (bit/s) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (Hz) (MHz) (MHz)
1 UI range 0.5 1 — 100 10 20
2488M
4 UI range 0.5 — 4 100 2.5 20
1 UI range 0.5 1 — 100 20 40
4977M
4 UI range 0.5 — 4 100 5 40
1 UI range 0.5 1 — 100 40 80
9953M
4 UI range 0.5 — 4 100 10 80
Accuracy
[UIp-p]: ±5% ±W UIp-p (Fr Hz)
[UIrms]: ±5% ±Y UIrms (Fr Hz), Fr: 100 kHz
Frequency response error (Fr Hz):
±5% (10 to 20 Hz), ±2% (20 Hz to 300 kHz), ±3% (300 kHz to 1 MHz), ±5% (1 to 3 MHz), ±10% (3 to 10 MHz), ±15% (10 to 80 MHz)
W (UIp-p)∗1 Y (UIrms)∗2
Bit rate (bit/s)
1 UI 4 UI 1 UI 4 UI
2488M 0.05 0.22 0.008 0.08
4977M 0.07 0.24 0.009 0.09
Jitter measurement 9953M 0.09 0.26 0.010 0.10
∗1: With HP1 + LP, ∗2: With HP + LP
Filters: LP, HP1 + LP, HP1’ + LP, HP2 + LP, HP + LP, HP' + LP
HP1 HP1’ HP2 HP HP’ LP
Bit rate (bit/s) (kHz) (kHz) (MHz) (kHz) (kHz) (MHz)
2488M 5 — 1 12 — 20
4977M 8 — 2 12 — 40
9953M 10 20 4 12 50 80
Auxiliary interface Demodulation output

Internal memory Measurement conditions: 10
Others GPIB, Buzzer, Time
Dimensions and mass 426 (W) x 221.5 (H) x 451 (D) mm, ≤23 kg (with options)
Power 100 to 240 Vac, 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤350 VA
Temperature 10˚ to 40˚C
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
• Operation environment
Pulse Pattern Generators: MP1763C (12.5 GHz), MP1570A (SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer)
Applicable
Error Detectors: MP1764C (12.5 GHz), MP1570A (SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer)
instruments
Network Analyzer: MS4630B (300 MHz, with Option 10)
Personal computer: IBM-PC/AT compatible
OS: Windows®95 (English) or Windows®98 (English)
CPU: Pentium (75 MHz or faster)
Memory size: 16 Mbyte min.
Recommended HDD free space: ≥300 kbyte for full install
controller GPIB interface: National Instruments AT-GPIB/TNT (PnP), AT-GPIB/TNT+, PCMCIA-GPIB, or PCMCIA-GPIB+ and Windows® driver
(for Windows®95 or Windows®98)
Swap file size: ≥40 Mbyte guaranteed
Display colors: Set to 256
Number of applications running simultaneously: 1 (unable to run other applications simultaneously)
Windows®95 and Windows®98 are registered trademarks of Microsoft® Corporation.
Please specify model/order number, name, and quality when ordering.
Main frame Options
MP1777A 10 GHz Jitter Analyzer MP1777A-01 2494M/4988M/9977M jitter∗2
MP1777A-02 2666M/5332M/10664M jitter∗3
Standard accessories MP1777A-04 3062M/6124M/12249M jitter∗4, ∗5
AC power cord: 1 pc MP1777A-05 3069M/6138M/12276M jitter∗6
F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A: 2 pcs MP1777A-06 2677M/5355M/10709M jitter∗7
B0329D Front cover: 1 pc MP1777A-07 2578M/5156M/10313M jitter∗8
W1497AE MP1777A operation manual: 1 copy MP1777A-10 High sensitive input (0.15 to 1.3 Vp-p)
W1498AE MP1777A remote control operation manual: 1 copy
J0496 APC 3.5 J-J connector: 2 pcs Application equipment
J0900E SMA cable (50 Ω), 1.5 m (AA-165-1500): 2 pcs MS4630B Network Analyzer (10 Hz to 300 MHz, with Option 10)
J0776C BNC cable (50 Ω), 1 m: 3 pcs MP1763C Pulse Pattern Generator (12.5 GHz)
J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m: 1 pc MP1764C Error Detector (12.5 GHz)
MX177701A Jitter Performance Test Software∗1: 1 pc MP1570A SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer
W1499AE MX177701A operation manual: 1 copy MP9677B E/O, O/E Converter
∗1: Please confirm the operating system.

∗2: 2494.16, 4988.32, 9976.64 MHz
∗3: 2666.0571, 5332.1142, 10664.2284 MHz
∗4: 3062.3629, 6124.7259, 12249.4517 MHz
∗5: Custom-made product
∗6: 3069, 6138, 12276 MHz
∗7: 2677.3063, 5354.6127, 10709.2253 MHz
∗8: 2578.125, 5156.25, 10312.5 MHz

E/O, O/E CONVERTER
MP9677B
10 Gbit/s
2
For STM-64, OC-192 or FEC Jitter Evaluation
MP9677B is the 10 Gbit/s E/O and O/E converter for STM-64, OC- Sensitivity
192 or FEC jitter evaluation and BER measurement. It has a jitter Wide: –11 to –5 dBm, Narrow: –11 to –3 dBm
bandwidth of 80 MHz, and can measure jitter tolerance, jitter trans- Input waveform: NRZ
fer, and output jitter at 10 Gbit/s optical interface when used with Optical signal input Wavelength: 1480 to 1580 nm
MP1777A. It can be also used with MP1570A. Maximum input level: 0 dBm (average power)
Return loss: ≥20 dB
Functions Connector: FC-SPC∗2 (single mode fiber)
• SDH/SONET network test Data level: 0 V ±0.2 V(VH)/ –1 V ±0.2 V(VL), 50 Ω
Measurements such as jitter tolerance, jitter transfer, output jitter, Output waveform: NRZ
Electrical signal
and BER at 9.95328 Gbit/s optical interface are available. These Clock level: 1 V(p-p) ±0.33 V, 50 Ω
output
Connector: SMA
measurements can be performed manually, with no need for a per- Phase adjustable range: ≥100 ps
sonal computer.
External optical Maximum input level: +10 dBm
• FEC test input∗3 (Option 01) Wavelength: 1530 to 1570 nm (guaranteed range)
Measurements such as jitter tolerance, jitter transfer, output jitter,
and error at 10.66423 Gbit/s optical interface are available. These Through data input:
0 V ±0.3 V(VH)/–1 V ±0.3 V(VL), 50 Ω
measurements can be performed manually, with no need for a per-
Retiming clock input: 1 V(p-p) ±0.3 V, 50 Ω
sonal computer. Others Internal phase adjustable range: ≥100 ps
Reshaped data output:
0 V ±0.2 V(VH)/–1.5 V ±0.2 V(VL), 50 Ω
Specifications Connector: SMA
• MP9677B E/O, O/E Converter Dimensions and 426 (W) x 177 (H) x 450 (D) mm, ≤20 kg (including
Bit rate 2.4 to 11 Gbit/s (typical) mass clock recovery unit)
Level: –5 dBm ±3 dBm (average power) AC 85 to 132 V/170 to 250 V (auto-switching),
Power
Output waveform: NRZ 47 to 63 Hz, ≤300 VA (including clock recovery unit)
Wavelength: 1545 nm ±20 nm (any one wavelength Environmental Operating temperature: +10˚ to +40˚C, Storage
Optical signal within range∗1) condition temperature: –20˚ to +60˚C, Humidity: 40 to 90%
output Wavelength width: ≤1 nm (20 dB down point)
Side mode suppression ratio: ≥30 dB EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
Extinction ratio: ≥10 dB EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
Connector: FC-SPC∗2 (single mode fiber) EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Data level: 0 V ±0.3 V(VH)/–1 V ±0.3 V(VL), 50 Ω LVD
EN61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 (Installation Category II,
Output waveform: NRZ Pollution degree 2)
Electrical signal
Clock level: 1 V(p-p) ±0.3 V, 50 Ω
input ∗1: When ordering, the option specified connector is supplied as standard.
Connector: SMA
Phase adjustable range: ≥100 ps
∗3: Using this with the application parts’ polarization rotating module is rec-
ommended.
• MU967701A/967702A Clock Recovery Unit
Reshaped data input
Bit rate: 9.95328 Gbit/s ±50 ppm (MU967701A), 10.66423 Gbit/s ±50 ppm (MU967702A)
Data input Level: 0.5 to 1.5 V(p-p), 50 Ω
Input waveform: NRZ
Connector: SMA
Through data output
Bit rate: 9.95328 Gbit/s ±50 ppm (MU967701A, depend on input signal), 10.66423 Gbit/s ±50 ppm (MU967702A, depend on input signal)
Data output Level: 0 V ±0.2 V(VH)/–1 V ±0.2 V(VL), 50 Ω
Output waveform: NRZ
Connector: SMA
Retiming clock output, monitor clock output
Frequency: 9.95328 GHz ±50 ppm (MU967701A, depend on input signal), 10.66423 GHz ±50 ppm (MU967702A, depend on input signal)
Clock output Level: 1 V(p-p) ±0.2 V, 50 Ω
Connector: SMA
A3
A1 A2 A3
0.2 UIp-p 2 UIp-p 2490 UIp-p
A2
Jitter tolerance∗1 f6 (Hz) f7 (Hz) f1 (Hz) f2 (Hz) f3 (Hz) f4 (Hz)
10 12.1 20k 400k 4M 80M
A1
f6 f7 f1 f2 f3 f4
Jitter frequency (Hz)
Wide mode
A3
A1
A2 A1 A2 A3 A4 f1 f2 f3
A4 1.5 dB –1.5 dB 3.5 dB –3.5 dB 100 Hz 10 MHz 80 MHz
Jitter transfer
characteristics f1 f2 f3
Narrow mode
A1
A2 A1 A2 f1 f2 f3
0.1 dB –19.9 dB 100 Hz 8 MHz 80 MHz
f1 f2 f3
Environmental condition Same as MP9677B (main frame)
∗1 MP9677B: Wide mode, –8 to –6 dBm input level, 10˚ to 30˚C
MU967701A: SDH internal, VC4-64c-Bulk, PRBS 223 – 1 used with MP1570A and MU150000A
MU967702A: PRBS 223 – 1 used MP1763C/1764C
Main frame MP9677B-40 SC connector
MP9677B E/O, O/E Converter MP9677B-43 HMS-10/A connector
MU967701A Clock Recovery Unit (9.95328 Gbit/s)
MU967702A Clock Recovery Unit (10.66423 Gbit/s) Peripheral instruments
MP1777A 10 GHz Jitter Analyzer
Standard accessories MS4630B Network Analyzer (10 Hz to 300 MHz, with Option 10)
AC power cord, 2.5 m: 1 pc MP1763C Pulse Pattern Generator (12.5 Gbit/s)
J0670A Power cord (L-type, C7), 2.5 m: 1 pc MP1764C Error Detector (12.5 Gbit/s)
F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A: 2 pcs MP1570A SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer (with MU150000A)
J0900E Coaxial cord: 4 pcs
W1765AE MP9677B operation manual: 1 copy Application parts
W1710AE MU967701A operation manual J0796A ST connector (user replaceable, with protective cap, 1 set)
(supplied to MU967701A): 1 copy J0796B DIN connector (user replaceable, with protective cap, 1 set)
W1761AE MU967702A operation manual J0796C SC connector (user replaceable, with protective cap, 1 set)
(supplied to MU967702A): 1 copy J0796D HMS-10/A connector (user replaceable, with protective
B0329C Front cover: 1 pc cap, 1 set)
E0008A Optical output control key: 2 pcs J0796E FC connector (user replaceable, with protective cap, 1 set)
J0995 U link (for connection with MU967701A Z0478 Polarization rotating module (for MP9677B-01)
or MU967702A): 3 pcs J0747A Fixed optical attenuator (5 dB)
J0635B SM optical fiber cord (both-ends FC-SPC connector), 2 m
Options
MP9677B-01 External optical input function (external light source usable)
MP9677B-03 High output, high sensitivity
MP9677B-10 E/O converter minus option
MP9677B-38 ST connector
MP9677B-39 DIN connector

DIGITAL DATA ANALYZER GPIB
OPTION
MP1632C
50 MHz to 3.2 GHz
2
For Development, Manufacturing and Inspection of Transmission Systems, Optical Modules and Logic Devices
Core networks and computer networks are increasing rapidly as the

volume of data transmitted in this multimedia data is growing. In ad-
dition to the STM-16/OC-48 (2.488 Gbit/s), Fibre channel, Giga-bit
Ethernet, etc. are being commercialized. Compact and high perfor-
DATA
mance digital data analyzer are required for inspecting products like
digital transmission systems, optical modules, and logic devices.
The MP1632C realizes a compact solution that incorporates former
measuring equipment (MP1652A Pulse Pattern Generator and
MP1653A Error Detector) into a case.
MX163201A TEXT to MP1632A/C Pattern Conversion Software,
MX163202A MP165X to MP1632A/C Pattern Conversion Software, Clock
MX163205A Q and Eye Analysis Software, and MX163206A SDH/
SONET Pattern Editor are available as application software.
Features
H: 100 ps/div, V: 1 V/div
• 3.2 Gb/s PPG and ED in a case MU163220C output waveform (3.2 GHz)
• Eye diagram measurement and burst signal measurement supported
Performance and functions • Error detector with many functions
• Easy operation High input sensitivity (25 mVp-p∗) and wide phase margin (250 ps∗)
The MP1632C has a large, color LCD with touch screen. Microsoft performance is provided. The autosearch function enables PRBS
Windows ® operating system version 3.1 displays measurement re- pattern search with usual phase and threshold search. Insertion er-
sults graphically. Customized screens enable one-key and one-para- ror and omission error can be measured simultaneously.
meter operation. ∗Typical values at 3 Gb/s, PRBS 223 – 1
• High-quality pulse pattern generator • Internal synthesizer with high signal purity (Option)
Programmable patterns of 8 Mbit max, PRBS patterns [(27 – 1) to Highly pure signals, SSB phase noise characteristics of –85 dBc/Hz
(231 – 1) with variable mark ratio], and zero substitution patterns can or less (10 kHz offset), is generated.
be generated. Variable cross-point of data output waveform is also • Support of various applications
supported. The MP1632C supports testing of SDH/SONET (STM-0, 1, 4, 16/
OC-1, 3, 12, 48) devices and modules, research and development on
WDM components, Fibre channels, Giga-bit Ethernet, evaluation of
E/O and O/E module, GaAs IC, and high-speed ASIC/FPGAs
Specifications
• MU163220C 3.2G Pulse Pattern Generator
Operating frequency 10 MHz to 3.2 GHz (50 MHz to 3.2 GHz when using MP1632C-03 3.2G Internal Synthesizer)
External clock input 0.5 to 2 Vp-p (<0.5 GHz: square wave, ≥0.5 GHz: square wave or sine wave, 50% duty cycle)
Pseudo random pattern (PRBS)
Pattern length: 2 n – 1 (n: 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 23, 31)
Mark ratio: 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 0/8, 1/2, 3/4, 7/8, 8/8
AND bit shift upon mark ratio setting: 1, 3 bits
Data pattern
Data length: 2 to 8,338,608 bits
Generation pattern
Zero substitution pattern
Continuous 0 bit length: 1 to (pattern length – 1) bits
Pattern length: 2 n (n: 7, 9, 11, 15)
Error insertion
Error ratio: 10–n (n: 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9), single error
External error input: Provided
Number of outputs: 2 (DATA/DATA, independent)
Amplitude: 0.5 to 2 Vp-p (10 mV steps, setting error: ±15% or ±0.1 V, whichever is greater)
Offset voltage
VOH: –2 to +2 V (at 2 Vp-p amplitude), –3.5 to +2 V (at 0.5 Vp-p amplitude)
(5 mV steps, setting error: ±15% of offset voltage, ±0.1 V or ±15% of amplitude, whichever is the greatest)
Display: VOH, VTH, and VOL selectable
Data output Rise/fall time: ≤80 ps (10% to 90% of amplitude)
Pattern jitter: ≤30 psp-p
Waveform distortion: 10% or 0.1 V of amplitude, whichever is greater
Load impedance: 50 Ω (with back termination)
Connector: SMA
DATA/DATA tracking: DATA amplitude and offset voltage can be set to same value as DATA.
Crosspoint adjustment function: Provided
Number of output: 2 (CLOCK/CLOCK, independent)
Amplitude: 0.5 to 2 Vp-p (10 mV steps, setting error: ±15% or ±0.1 V, whichever is greater)
Offset voltage
VOH : –2 to +2 V (at 2 Vp-p amplitude), –3.5 to +2 V (at 0.5 Vp-p amplitude)
(5 mV steps, setting error: ±15% of offset voltage, ±0.1 V or ±15% of amplitude, whichever is the greatest)
Clock output
Display: VOH, VTH, and VOL selectable
Rise/fall time: ≤80 ps (10% to 90% of amplitude)
Load impedance: 50 Ω (with back termination)
Connector: SMA
Clock delay: –1 to +1 ns (2 ps steps)
External burst trigger input Input level: 0/–1 V, connector: SMA
Internal burst signal Burst cycle: 2 µs to 50 ms (1 µs steps), Enable length: 1 µs to 49.999 ms (1 µs steps)
Burst trigger output Output level: 0/–1 V, connector: SMA
Sync signal output Number of outputs: 1 (1/8 clock, variable pattern synchronization output selectable), Output level: 0/–1 V, Connector: SMA
Operating temperature +5 to +45˚C
Power ≤200 VA
• MU163240C 3.2G Error Detector

Operating frequency 10 MHz to 3.2 GHz (50 MHz to 3.2 GHz when using MP1632C-03 3.2G Internal Synthesizer)
Input waveform: NRZ
Input voltage: 0.5 to 4 Vp-p
Data input Variable threshold voltage: –4 to +4 V (1 mV steps)
Termination: Connected to GND, –2 V or +3 V via 50 Ω
Connector: SMA
Input waveform: Square wave (<0.5 GHz), square wave or sine wave (≥0.5 GHz), duty: 50%
Input amplitude: 0.5 to 4 Vp-p
Variable input delay: –1 to +1 ns (2 ps steps)
Clock input
Polarity inversion: POS/NEG inversion selectable
Termination: Connected to GND, –2 V or +3 V via 50 Ω
Connector: SMA
Auto search function Phase, threshold, phase & threshold, PRBS pattern (allowed if the mark ratio is between 1/8 and 7/8)
Pseudo random pattern (PRBS)
Pattern length: 2 n – 1 (n: 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 23, 31)
Marker ratio: 1/2, 1/4, 1/8, 0/8, 1/2, 3/4, 7/8, 8/8
AND bit shift upon mark ratio setting: 1, 3 bits
Receive pattern Data pattern
Data length: 2 to 8,338,608 bits
Zero substitution pattern
Continuous 0 bit length: 1 to (pattern length – 1) bits
Pattern length: 2 n (n: 7, 9, 11, 15)
Sync mode Normal, frame
Sync threshold AUTO or 10–n (n: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8)
Error detection mode Omission, insertion, total

Error rate: 0.0000 x 10–16 to 1.0000 x 100
Number of errors: 0 to 9.9999 x 1016
Measurement items Error interval (async): 0 to 9999999 (Interval: 100 ms, 1 s)
Error free interval (EFI): 0.0000 to 100.0000%
Clock frequency: 0.01 to 3.2 GHz (resolution: 1 Hz, accuracy: 10 ppm ±1 kHz)
function Provided 2
Error performance
Provided
calculation function
Measurement channel mask 1 to 8 channels, each channel settable independently
Error output Number of output: 1 (1/32 bit rate OR error), Output level: 0/–1, Connector: SMA
Number of outputs: 1 (switchable among 1/8 clock, fixed pattern sync, sync gain output)
Sync signal output
Output level: 0/–1 V, Connector: SMA
Burst trigger input Input level: 0/–1 V, connector: SMA
Operating temperature +5˚ to +45˚C
Power ≤250 VA
• MP1632C (Main frame)

OS: Microsoft Windows ® operating system Version 3.1
Display: 10.4 inch, color LCD (touch screen), 640 x 480 dots, 256 colors
Printer: Parallel port for external printer (D-sub, 25-pins)
Keyboard: 101 type (English), PS/2 (mini DIN 6-pin connector)
System environment
Mouse: Serial, PS/2 (mini DIN, 6-pin connector)
FDD: 2 modes (1.44 MB, 740 KB)
HDD
C drive: ≥474 MB (used for system: measurement data, pattern), D drive: ≥30 MB (not accessible to users, interface: IDE)
Remote control RS-232C (standard), GPIB (option): IEEE488.2, Ethernet (option): 10 Base-T
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Power supply 100 to 120 Vac/200 to 240 Vac, 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤150 VA
Operating temperature +5˚ to +45˚C
Dimensions and mass 426 (W) x 221.5 (H) x 451(D) mm, ≤20 kg
• 3.2G internal synthesizer (Option 03)

Frequency range 50 MHz to 3.2 GHz (1 kHz steps)
Frequency accuracy ±2 ppm
SSB phase noise ≤–85 dBc/Hz (10 kHz offset, 1 kHz bandwidth)
Non-harmonic spurious ≤–60 dBc (limited to spurious 10 kHz or more distant from carrier frequency)
Reference lock range 10 MHz ±10 ppm
Power ≤50 VA
Mass ≤5 kg
• MX163201A TEXT to MP1632A/C Pattern Conversion Software

Computer: IBM-PC/AT or full compatible, OS: Windows 3.1/95/98, CPU: Pentium 133 MHz or higher, Memory: 32 MB or more,
Hard disk space: 25 MB or more
Required system Display
FDD: 3.5-inch (1.44 MB)
A text file describing the program pattern in hex format (maximum number of characters in a line: 32696 bits including spaces
Text file and return characters)
MP1632A/C pattern data All the MP1632A/C set data and patterns (file format for reading/writing on the MP1632A/C main screen)
file (PTN)
MP1632A/C pattern clip Only patterns (a file format that can be read or written in the MP1632A/C Pattern Editor)
file (PCP)
• MX163202A MP165X to MP1632A/C Pattern Conversion Software

Computer: IBM-PC/AT or full compatible, OS: Windows 3.1/95/98, CPU: Pentium 133 MHz or higher, Memory: 32 MB or more,
Hard disk space: 25 MB or more
FDD: 3.5-inch (1.2/1.44 MB)
MP165X program pattern files: MP165X’s reading/writing and edit
Input file
File name: T∗∗.PTN (for pulse pattern generator ), R∗∗.PTN (for error detector)
MP1632A/C pattern data file (PTN):
Output file All the MP1632A/C set data and patterns (file format for reading/writing on the MP1632A/C main screen)
MP1632A/C pattern clip file (PCP): Only patterns (File format that can be read or written in the MP1632A/C’s pattern editor.)
Note: Since the FD format of MP165X is 1.2 MB, the PC must read 1.2 MB format FD.
• MX163205A Q and Eye Analysis Software
Computer: IBM-PC/AT or full compatible, OS: Windows 95/98/NT, CPU: Pentium 166 MHz or higher,
Memory: 64 MB or more, Hard disk space: 100 MB or more,
GPIB: National Instruments made GPIB interface (PCMCIA-GPIB or AT- GPIB/TNT series boards are recommended.)
∗If two or more applications are running simultaneously, operation cannot be guaranteed.
Measurement frequency: 1 to 3.2 GHz
Measurement patterns: PRGM, PRBS 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 23, 31
Pattern format: Continuous/burst (To be synchronized within 1 s)
Measurement resolution (threshold): 1 to 10 mV (1 mV steps), Measurement resolution (phase): 2 to 10 ps (2 ps steps),
Measurement rate: E-2 to E-15
Eye diagram measurement
Measurement resolution (phase): 2 to 10 ps (2 ps steps)
Function
Measurement rate: E-2 to E-15 (actual measurement), E-3 to E-12 (estimate measurement)
Display rate: E-2 to E-15 (actual measurement), E-2 to E-4915 (estimate measurement)
Mask test judgment rate: E-2 to E-15
Q factor measurement
Measurement style: Multiple measurements at fixed phase/phase vs. Q factor measurements
Bit error rate range: Upper limit at E-3 to E-5, lower limit at E-7 to E-12
Minimum error count (measurement accuracy): 1, 10, 100, 1000
Vth shift width: Automatic, fixed (1 to 10 mV/1 mV steps)

Computer: IBM-PC/AT or full compatible, CPU: Pentium 200 MHz or higher, OS: Windows 95/98/NT, Memory: 64 MB or more
Display
Required system Resolution: 800 x 600 or more; Display colors: 256 or more
FDD: 3.5-inch (1.44 MB), Hard disk space: 100 MB or more,
GPIB: National Instruments made GPIB interface (PCMCIA-GPIB or AT-GPIB/TNT series boards are recommended.)
Mapping: STM-N (N = 1, 4c, 12c, 16c), STS-N SPE (N = 1, 3c, 12c, 48c)
Pattern edit: Arbitrary editing of program patterns (PRBS pattern can be inserted in the payload.), time indication, table indication/edit
Payload:
Free format, ALL 0, ALL 1, PRBS 2n – 1 (n = 7, 9, 11, 15, 20, 20z, 23, 31) ∗Pattern repetition up to the length of all frames
CID pattern: Available
Frame repetition : Maximum 26 frames
Functions
Alarm addition:
Alarm addition conforming to SDH/SONET Standard
∗items: OOF/LOF, MS-AIS (L-AIS), MS-RDI (L-RDI), MS-REI (L-REI), HP-AIS (P-AIS), HP-REI (P-REI), HP-RDI (P-RDI)
BIP error addition: Generates parity errors of B1, B2, and B3
B1, B2, and B3 calculation: Available
Scramble: Available
BIP correction: Available
OH editor: Available
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation of the U.S. in the United States and other countries. IBM and AT are registered trademarks of
International Business Machines. Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation. PCMCIA-GPIB and AT-GPIB/TNT are registered trademarks of National
Instruments.
Main frame Peripherals
MP1632C Digital Data Analyzer Z0321A Keyboard (PS/2)
Standard accessories B0447A Dummy unit for CG
Power cord (shielded): 1 pc B0447C Dummy unit for PPG
F0090 Fuse, 8 A: 2 pcs B0447D Dummy unit for ED
Z0319A PS/2 mouse: 1 pc Z0416 3.5 inch head cleaning disk
Z0320 Input pen: 1 pc MB24B Portable Test Rack (specified current: 20 A)
Z0527 Recovery disk∗1: 1 set B0348 Soft case
Z0528 Application disk∗1: 1 set B0329D Front cover
Z0529 Remote sample disk∗1: 1 set B0333D Rack mount kit
Z0396A Pen holder: 1 pc J0905A Semi-rigid cable (for Option 03)
W1859AE MP1632C operation manual: 1 copy Z0398 Ethernet installation disk (for Option 02)
W1860AE MP1632C remote control operation manual: 1 copy W1529AE Ethernet operation manual (for Option 02)
B0447B Dummy unit for EXTENSION: 1 pc
B0329D Front cover: 1 pc MU163220C 3.2G Pulse Pattern Generator∗2
Options Standard accessories
MP1632C-01 GPIB J0693A Coaxial cord (HRM202B · 3D2W · HRM202B), 1 m: 1 pc
MP1632C-02 Ethernet J0696A Coaxial cord (AA-165-500), 0.5 m: 2 pcs
MP1632C-03 3.2G internal synthesizer W1857AE MU163220C/163240C operation manual: 1 copy
MX163201A TEXT to MP1632A/C Pattern Conversion Software MU163240C 3.2G Error Detector∗2
MX163202A MP165X to MP1632A/C Pattern Conversion Software Standard accessories
MX163205A Q and Eye Analysis Software J0693A Coaxial cord (HRM202B · 3D2W · HRM202B), 1 m: 1 pc
MX163206A SDH/SONET Pattern Editor J0696A Coaxial cord (AA-165-500), 0.5 m: 2 pcs
W1857AE MU163220C/163240C operation manual∗3: 1 copy
∗1: Only for MP1632C customer
∗2: Units are factory options (not user replaceable)
∗3: Not supplied when 3.2G pulse pattern generator purchased as same time

SONET/SDH/PDH/DSn ANALYZER GPIB
OPTION
MP1577A
1.5 Mbit/s to 10 Gbit/s
2
Comprehensive Testing of Core Networks from One Compact Portable Analyzer
The MP1577A analyzer is designed for development, manufacturing, • Overhead setting and testing
construction, maintenance, and inspection of SDH, SONET, PDH, The user can modify and capture the overhead, and test the over-
and ATM equipment and networks. head portion with overhead change, pointer 64 frames, overhead
A variety of plug-in units and options are available that offer the flex- add/drop and overhead bit errors.
ibility to the users to configure various analysis systems for different • APS function
applications. The user can test the automatic protection switch (APS) by measur-
The MP1577A is scalable from 1.5 Mbit/s to 10 Gbit/s, and perform ing the equipment switching time accurately in milliseconds. The
SONET/SDH/PDH/DSn tests such as concatenation mapping, tan- MP1577A also conforms to ITU-T Rec. G.783 and G.841.
dem connection, APS switching time measurement.
The MP1577A has a built-in printer and a 3.5-inch floppy disk drive
as standard output devices to print measurement results, and to
save and read measurement data to and from the floppy disk (FD),
which can also be read on an external PC. The user can also save
screen data to the FD. The MP1577A has a "HELP" key function that
explains operations, functions and connections.
SDH, SONET and PDH measurement

• Measurement at bit rates from 1.5 Mbit/s to 10 Gbit/s
A mapping route to a bit rate of up to 10 Gbit/s can be set.
The MP1577A mainly supports SDH, SONET, and Japanese map-
ping, European PDH and North American DSn for digital communi-
cations. For concatenation mapping, a route can be set from STM-
1c/STS-3c up to STM-64c/STS-192c. Furthermore, the MP1577A APS test sub-screen
supports a combination of channels. For example, 64 channels of
VC4c/STS3c, 16 channels of VC4-4c/STS-12c, and four channels of • Mixed payload
VC4-16c/STS-48c (See Figure 1 or Figure 2 in page 4 or 6). At mapping measurement in TUG-3 and AU3, the user can set dif-
ferent mapping for three additional channels other than the target
measurement channel.
• Tandem connection
The N1/Z5 and N2/Z6 bytes can be set and measured.
• Various analysis functions
The internal optical power meter and frequency counter allows the
user to measure optical power and frequency during error and alarm
measurement without changing the connections of the signal cables.
Measured errors and alarms can be displayed as a graph with a time
scale in 1 second, 1 minute, 15 minutes, or 60 minutes.
• Pointer value monitoring
Changes in pointer value can be displayed as a graph with values
updated in real time.
Mapping
• MUX/DEMUX function (option) • Enhanced error/alarm simulation
When the MUX/DEMUX option is added, the multiplexing structure The MP1577A can generate normal and abnormal frames alternate-
including the frame alignment signal can be generated, and multi- ly to test the frame synchronization function of terminal equipment.
plexer/demultiplexer measurement can be performed. (This is an SDH/SONET FAS error addition function.)
• Through modes
One of the three through modes can be selected: (1) Transparent, (2)
Overhead/Overwrite, and (3) Payload/Overwrite. The external
DS1/DS3/PDH signal can be added/dropped to/from payload at pay-
load overwrite.
Specifications
• MP0121A 2/8/34/139/156M*1 Unit
Bit rate 2.048, 8.448, 34.368, 139.264 Mbit/s
Level/waveform Conforms to ITU-T G.703 (with 20 dB monitoring point)
BNC (75 Ω, unbalanced), 3-pin Siemens (120 Ω, balanced)
2.048 Mbit/s: HDB3 (balanced/unbalanced)
Connectors 8.448, 34.368 Mbit/s: HDB3 (unbalanced)
139.264 Mbit/s: CMI (unbalanced)
Clock Internal (accuracy: ±7 ppm, jitter unit not installed), external (ECL [AC] 50 Ω), received signal
Unframed: 2, 8, 34, 139 Mbit/s
Frame format Framed: 2 Mbit/s (with/without CRC-4 at channels 30/31, G.704), 8 Mbit/s (G.742), 34 Mbit/s (G.751), 139 Mbit/s (G.751),
MUX/DEMUX (Option 06)
PRBS: 211 – 1, 215 – 1, 220 – 1, 223 – 1 (O.151)
Test patterns Invert: On/off
Word: 16-bit programmable, all 0, all 1
Bit (all, test pattern), code, E-bit
Error addition Timing: Single, rate (1E–3, 1E–4, 1E–5, 1E–6, 1E–7)
FAS: n in 16 (n: 1 to 4), all
Alarm addition LOS, LOF, AIS, RDI, RDI (MF)

Timing: All
Mode: Single, repeat, manual
In-service
Errors: Frame, code, CRC-4, E-bit
Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, AIS, LOF, MF loss, RDI, RDI (MF)
Measurements Error performance: G.821 (inc. Annex D), M.2100, G.826
Out-of-service
Errors: Frame, code, CRC-4, E-bit, bit
Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, AIS, LOF, MF loss, RDI, RDI (MF), sync loss
Error performance: G.821 (inc. Annex D), M.2100, G.826
LEDs LOS, AIS, LOF, MF loss, RDI, RDI (MF), sync loss, errors
Monitor Frame word
Trouble search Auto search for errors/alarms in all measured channels
Delay measurement 0 to 1 s
Auxiliary interface Clock sync output, frame sync output, error output
∗1: Built-in 156M CMI (electrical) interface

Can not used simultaneously with the MP0122A or MP0122B (when installed option 20, 21).
• MP0122A 1.5/45/52M*1 Unit, MP0122B 1.5/45/52/52M*2 (1.31) Unit

Bit rate 1.544, 44.736 Mbit/s
Level/waveform 1.544 Mbit/s: ANSI T1.102 (with 20 dB monitoring point), 0/655 ft

44.736 Mbit/s: ANSI T1.102 (with 20 dB monitoring point), 0/450/900 ft
BNC (75 Ω, unbalanced), BANTAM (100 Ω, balanced)
Connectors
1.544 Mbit/s: AMI/B8ZS (balanced), 44.736 Mbit/s: B3ZS (unbalanced)
Clock Internal (accuracy: ±7 ppm), external (ECL [AC] 50 Ω) received signal
Unframed: 1.5, 45 Mbit/s
Frame format
Framed: 1.5 Mbit/s (D4, ESF, Japan ESF∗3), 45 Mbit/s (M13, C-bit), MUX/DEMUX (Option 07)
PRBS: 211 – 1, 215 – 1, 220 – 1 (zero suppress), 220 – 1, 223 – 1 (O.151)
Word: 16-bit program, all 0, all 1, 3 in 24 (1.5 Mbit/s)
Bit (all, test pattern), code, parity, CRC-6, C-bit, REI
FAS (45 Mbit/s): n in 16 (n: 1 to 4), all
X-bit setting 00, 01, 10, 11
LOS, LOF, AIS, RDI
Alarm addition
Timing: All

In-service
Errors: FAS, code, parity, CRC-6, C-bit, REI
Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, AIS, LOF, RDI
Out-of-service
Errors: FAS, code, parity, CRC-6, C-bit, REI, bit 2
Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, AIS, LOF, RDI, sync loss
LEDs LOS, LOF, AIS, RDI, sync loss, errors
Delay measurement 0 to 1 s
∗1: Built-in 52M B3ZS (electrical) interface
∗2: Built-in 52M B3ZS (electrical) and optical interfaces
∗3: Mounted Option 09 (Japan mapping)
Can not used simultaneously with the MP0121A or MP0122B (when installed option 20, 21).
• MP0122B 1.5/45/52/52M (1.31) Unit

Optical interface
Bit rate 51.84 Mbit/s (NRZ)
Wavelength: 1310 nm
Output level: –11.5 dBm ±3.5 dB
Transmit
Optical safety: IEC 825-1 Class 1, 21CFR1040.10 Class Ι
Connector: FC-PC (SM-F)
Sensitivity
52M: –33 to –8 dBm (test pattern: PRBS 223 – 1, BER 10–10, +10˚ to +40˚C)
Connector: FC-PC (SM-F)
Receive Power measurement
Measurement range: –30 to 0 dBm (peak power), Accuracy: ±1 dB (–20 dBm), Linearity: ±1 dB (–30 to 0 dBm)
Monitor input
Level: 0.1 to 1.0 Vp-p (AC), Connector: SMA (50 Ω)
Can not be used simultaneously with the MP0121A or MP0122A (when installed option 20, 21).
• 52/156/622/2488/9953M (SDH)
Bit rate 51.84, 155.52, 622.08, 2488.32∗1, 9953.28∗1 Mbit/s
52M (electrical: B3ZS)∗2: ANSI T1.102, 0/450 ft
52M (optical): As per MP0122B unit optical interface specifications
156M (electrical: CMI)∗3: ITU-T G.703
Level/waveform 156M (optical): As per optical 156M/622M unit specifications
622M (electrical/optical): As per optical 156M/622M unit and NRZ unit specifications
2488M (electrical/optical): As per 2.5G unit and 2.5G/10G unit specifications
9953M (electrical/optical): As per 2.5G/10G unit specifications
Internal (accuracy: ±3.5 ppm, jitter unit not installed), Lock (2 MHz, 1.5 MHz, 64 kHz + 8 kHz, 2 Mbit/s, 1.5 Mbit/s),
Clock external (ECL [AC] 50 Ω, 9953M: 1.02 to 0.58 Vp-p, 50 Ω), received signal
Frame SDH/SONET
Mapping See Fig. 1
Through Trance parent, over head overwrite, payload overwrite
PRBS: 211 – 1, 215 – 1, 220 – 1 (zero suppress, MP0122A/B installed), 220 – 1, 223 – 1, 231 – 1 (only concatenation mapping
16c/64c, conform to O.151)
Test patterns
Invert: On/off
Bit all (all, test pattern), FAS, B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, MS-REI, HP-REI, LP-REI
Error addition Timing: Single, single (burst) bit (1 to 64000), rate (1E–3, 1E–4, 1E–5, 1E–6, 1E–7, 1E–8, 1E–9)
User program AE-B [A: 1.0 to 9.9 (step: 0.1), B: 2 to 10]
Alternative: Error frame (0 to 8000), normal frame (1 to 8000)
LOS, LOF, MS-AIS, MS-RDI, AU-AIS, AU-LOP, HP-SLM, HP-TIM, HP-RDI, HP-UNEQ, TU-AIS, TU-LOP, TU-LOM, LP-SLM,
Alarm addition LP-TIM, LP-RDI, LP-UNEQ, LP-RFI
Timing: Single, single (burst) frame
Alternative: Alarm frame (0 to 8000), normal frame (1 to 8000), all
In-service/Out-of-service
Errors: B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, MS-REI, HP-REI, LP-REI
Measurements Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, LOF, OOF, MS-AIS, MS-RDI, AU-AIS, AU-LOP, HP-SLM, HP-TIM, HP-RDI, HP-UNEQ, TU-AIS,
TU-LOP, TU-LOM, LP-SLM, LP-TIM, LP-RDI, LP-UNEQ, LP-RFI
Error performance: G.826, M2101, M2110, M2120
Preset: Alarm measurement condition
LOS, LOF, OOF, MS-AIS, MS-RDI, AU-AIS, AU-LOP, HP-RDI, HP-SLM, TU-AIS, TU-LOM, TU-LOP, LP-RDI, LP-RFI, LP-SLM,
LEDs Tandem, sync. loss, errors
N1 byte (Type 1, Type 2), N2 byte
Tandem connection Errors: N2 BIP-2, TC-REI, OEI, IEC
Alarms: VC-AIS, ISF, FAS, HP-Incoming-AIS, HP-TC-RDI, HP-ODI, LP-Incoming-AIS, LP-TC-RDI, LP-ODI
AU pointer, TU pointer, C, C1/C2
Justification Measurement: NDF, +PJC, –PJC, Cons, C, C1/C2
Monitor SOH, POH, K1/K2, pointer, path trace (TIM alarms detectable), Tandem, payload
Payload: Dummy, copy, mixed payload
Dummy channel setting Setting: POH, pathtrace, SS bit, Tandem
Simultaneous measurement VC2, VC12, VC11
Measurement period: 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 s
Delay Measurement range: 0 to 999 µs, 1.0 to 999.9 ms, 1.0 to 10.0 s, time out
Display accuracy: ±5 µs (0.5, 1 s), ±50 µs (2, 5, 10 s)
Switching time measurement
Measurement range: 1 to 2000 ms, >2000 ms
Trigger
Internal: B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, MS-REI, HP-REI, LP-REI, MS-AIS, AU-AIS, AU-LOP, HP-RDI, TU-AIS, TU-LOM, TU-LOP, LP-RDI,
APS (K1/K2) LP-RFI, Bit
External: Measures trigger input signal (active high)
Threshold: Specify non-error alarm between 1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms
Sequence generation: 2 to 64 word, repeat (8000 frame)
Sequence capture: 2 to 64 word, repeat (8000 frame)
Frequency measurement Range: ±100 ppm, Accuracy: ±3.5 ppm
Japan mapping (option 09) VC11 Signaling (8-multiframe, 64-multiframe setting)
Payload offset ±100 ppm/0.1 ppm step
Auxiliary interface Clock sync output, trigger input, trigger output, DCC interface (V.11), orderwire, receive clock output
∗1: Mounted option 20, 21
∗2: Mounted MP0122A/B
∗3: Mounted MP0121A
STM-64 x 64
STM-16 AUG AU-4 VC-4 139M (Async.)
x 16
x4 x3 Bulk
STM-4 TUG-3 TU-3 VC-3 34M (Async.)
x3
STM-1 34M (Sync.)
x7
STM-0 AU-3 VC-3 45M (Async.)
Bulk
x7
TUG-2 TU-2 VC-2 Bulk
6M (Async.)
x3 6M (Bit sync.)
mc
TU-12 VC-12 2M (Async.)
2M (Bit sync. F)
2M (Bit sync. L)
x4 2M (Byte sync. F)
2M (Byte sync. L)
Bulk
TU-11 VC-11 1.5M (Async.)
1.5M (Bit sync. F)
1.5M (Bit sync. L)
1.5M (Byte sync. F)
1.5M (Byte sync. L)
Bulk
384k (data)
384k (voice)
Byte (data)
Byte (voice)
STM-64c VC4-64c Bulk

x4
STM-16c VC4-16c Bulk
x4
STM-4c VC4-4c Bulk
x4
STM-1c VC4 Bulk
Fig. 1 Mapping structure (SDH)

The mapping depends on the option and unit configuration.

• 52/156/622/2488/9953M (SONET)
Bit rate 51.84, 155.52, 622.08, 2488.32∗1, 9953.28∗1 Mbit/s
Level/waveform 156M (optical): As per optical 156M/622M unit specifications 2
Clock External (ECL [AC] 50 Ω, 9953M: 1.02 to 0.58 Vp-p, 50 Ω), received signal
Frame SDH/SONET
Mapping See Fig. 2
Test patterns
Invert: On/off
Bit all (all, test pattern), FAS, B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, REI-L, REI-P, REI-V
Timing: Single, single (burst) bit (1 to 64000), rate (1E–3, 1E–4, 1E–5, 1E–6, 1E–7, 1E–8, 1E–9)
Error addition
LOS, LOF, AIS-L, RDI-L, AIS-P, LOP-P, PLM-P, HP-TIM, RDI-P, UNEQ-P, AIS-V, LOP-V, LOM-V, PLM-V, LP-TIM, RDI-V, UNEQ-V, RFI-V
Alarm addition Timing: Single, single (burst) frame
Alternative: alarm frame (0 to 8000), normal frame (1 to 8000), all
Errors: B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, REI-L, REI-P, REI-V
Measurements Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, LOF, OOF, AIS-L, RDI-L, AIS-P, LOP-P, PLM-P, HP-TIM, RDI-P, UNEQ-P, AIS-V, LOP-V, LOM-V,
PLM-V, LP-TIM, RDI-V, UNEQ-V, RFI-V
LEDs LOS, LOF, OOF, AIS-L, RDI-L, AIS-P, LOP-P, RDI-P, PLM-P, AIS-V, LOM-V, LOP-V, RDI-V, RFI-V, PLM-V, Tandem, sync. loss, errors
Z5 byte (Type 1, Type 2), Z6 byte
Tandem connection Errors: Z6 BIP-2, TC-REI, OEI, IEC
STS pointer, VT pointer, C, C1/C2
Monitor TOH, POH, K1/K2, pointer, path trace (TIM alarms detectable), Tandem, payload
Simultaneous measurement VT6SPE, VT2SPE, VT1.5SPE
Trigger
Internal: B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, REI-L, REI-P, REI-V, AIS-L, AIS-P, LOP-P, RDI-P, AIS-V, LOM-V, LOP-V, RDI-V, RFI-V, Bit
APS (K1/K2)
Frequency measurement Range: ±100 ppm, Accuracy: ±3.5 ppm
Japan mapping (option 09) VT1.5SPE Signaling (8-multiframe, 64-multiframe setting)
∗1: Mounted option 20,21

∗2: Mounted MP0122A/B
∗3: Mounted MP0121A
STS-192 x 64
STS-48 STS3 STS3cSPE 139M (Async.)
x 16
x4 x3 Bulk
STS-12 TUG-3 TU-3 VC-3 34M (Async.)
x3
STS-3 34M (Sync.)
x7
STS-1 STS1SPE 45M (Async.)
Bulk
x7
VTG VT6 VT6SPE Bulk
6M (Async.)
x3 6M (Bit sync.)
mc
VT2 VT2SPE 2M (Async.)
2M (Bit sync. F)
2M (Bit sync. L)
x4 2M (Byte sync. F)
2M (Byte sync. L)
Bulk
VT1.5 VT1.5SPE 1.5M (Async.)
1.5M (Bit sync. F)
1.5M (Bit sync. L)
1.5M (Byte sync. F)
1.5M (Byte sync. L)
Bulk
384k (data)
384k (voice)
Byte (data)
Byte (voice)
STS192 STS192c Bulk

x4
STS48 STS48c Bulk
x4
STS12 STS12c Bulk
x4
STS3 STS3c Bulk
Fig. 2 Mapping structure (SONET)

The mapping depends on the option and unit configuration.
• General
Printer Internal, external
Internal memory Measurement settings memory: 10, Graphics memory: 15
FDD, RS-232C (Option 01)∗1, GPIB (Option 02)∗1, Ethernet (Option 03)∗1, video output (Option 04)∗1, buzzer, clock, help, screen
Others
copy
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 177 (H) x 350 (D) mm, 15 kg approx.
Temperature 0˚ to +40˚C
∗1: The video output, RS-232C, GPIB and Ethernet options cannot all be used simultaneously.
Only the video output + RS-232C, or video output + GPIB, or RS-232C + GPIB board, or Ethernet board combinations support simultaneous use, so change
the board combinations according to the purpose.

Main frame MP1577A-37 FC connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 6 sets)
MP1577A∗1 SONET/SDH/PDH/DSn Analyzer (requires Option 20 or MP1577A-38 ST connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 6 sets)
Option 21) MP1577A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 6 sets)
2
MP1577A-40 SC connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 6 sets)
Standard accessories MP1577A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, with protective caps,
AC power cord: 1 pc 6 sets)
Z0169 Printer paper (5 rolls/pack): 1 pack MP1577A-90 Extended three year warranty service
F0079 Fuse, 10 A: 2 pcs MP0121A-90 Extended three year warranty service
B0329G Front cover: 1 pc MP0122A-90 Extended three year warranty service
Z0486 Side cover: 1 pc MP0122B-90 Extended three year warranty service
J0907Q Remote interlock cord (for 2.5G/10G optical MP0122B-37 FC connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 2 sets)
output): 1 pc MP0122B-38 ST connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 2 sets)
J0908 Remote interlock terminator (for 2.5G/10G optical MP0122B-39 DIN connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 2 sets)
output): 1 pc MP0122B-40 SC connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 2 sets)
E0008A Optical output control key (for 2.5G/10G optical MP0122B-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, with protective caps,
output): 1 pc 2 sets)
J0747B Fixed optical attenuator (10 dB, for 2.5G/10G
optical input)): 1 pc Application equipment
J0635A Optical fiber cable (FC · PC-FC · PC) 1 m: 1 pc J0796A ST connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
W2002AE MP1577A operation manual (Vol. 1 Basic operation J0796B DIN connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
for SDH): 1 copy J0796C SC connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
W2003AE MP1577A operation manual (Vol. 1 Basic operation J0796D HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, with protective caps,
for SONET): 1 copy 1 set)
W2004AE MP1577A operation manual (Vol. 2 Remote control): J0796E FC connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
1 copy J0162A Balanced cable (Siemens 3P/Siemens 3P), 1 m
J1002A Semi-rigid cable (for 2.5G/10G optical output, 2 J0162B Balanced cable (Siemens 3P/Siemens 3P), 2 m
pcs/set): 1 set J0845A Balanced cable (BANTAM 3P/ BANTAM 3P), 6 ft
J1002B Semi-rigid cable (for 2.5G/10G optical input, 2 J0775B Coaxial cable (BNC-P620 · 3C-2WS · BNC-P620), 0.5 m
pcs/set): 1 set (75 Ω)
J1002C Semi-rigid cable (for 2.5G/10G electrical I/O, 3 J0775D Coaxial cable (BNC-P620 · 3C-2WS · BNC-P620), 2 m
pcs/set): 1 set (75 Ω)
J0776D Coaxial cable (BNC-P-3W · 3D-2W · BNC-P-3W), 2 m
Plug-in units (50 Ω)
MP0121A 2/8/34/139/156M Unit J0635A Optical fiber cable (SM, FC-SPC connector both ends), 1 m
MP0122A 1.5/45/52M Unit J0635B Optical fiber cable (SM, FC-SPC connector both ends), 2 m
MP0122B∗1 1.5/45/52/52M (1.31) Unit J0635C Optical fiber cable (SM, FC-SPC connector both ends), 3 m
J0747A Fixed optical attenuator (5 dB)
Options J0747B Fixed optical attenuator (10 dB)
MP1577A-01∗2 RS-232C J0747C Fixed optical attenuator (15 dB)
MP1577A-02∗2 GPIB J0747D Fixed optical attenuator (20 dB)
MP1577A-03∗2 Ethernet J0322B Coaxial cable (11SMA · SUCOFLEX104 · 11SMA), 1 m
MP1577A-04∗2 VGA output J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
MP1577A-06 MUX/DEMUX (2/8/34/139 Mb/s, for MP0121A) B0448 Soft case
MP1577A-07 MUX/DEMUX (1.5/45 Mb/s, for MP0122A/B) B0336C Carrying case
MP1577A-09 Japan mapping (requires MP0122A or MP0122B) B0454C Blank panel (for slot 1)
MP1577A-20∗3 10G (1.55 µm)/2.5G (1.31/1.55 µm) Transmission MA1314A I-214/3-pole CF adapter
MP1577A-21∗3 10G (1.31 µm)/2.5G (1.31 µm) Transmission MP35A Matching Transformer (75 Ω: unbalance/120 Ω: balance)
MP1577A-22∗3 2M - 622M Transmission with Jitter and Wander J0698 High impedance pad (attenuator: 20 dB)
(included MP0121A) J0697 T-pad (BNC-TA619)
MP1577A-23∗3 1.5M - 622M Transmission with Jitter and Wander
(included MP0122A) ∗1: Specify one of FC, ST, DIN, SC or HMS-10/A. If the connector is not spec-
MP1577A-24∗3 1.5M/2M - 622M Transmission with Jitter and Wander ified, an FC connector will be supplied as standard.
(included MP0121A and MP0122A) ∗2: The video output, RS-232C, GPIB and Ethernet options cannot all be used
MP1577A-25∗3 2M - 622M Transmission (included MP0121A) simultaneously. Only the video output + RS-232C, video output + GPIB or
MP1577A-26∗3 1.5M - 622M Transmission (included MP0122A) video output + Ethernet board combinations support simultaneous use, so
MP1577A-27∗3 1.5M/2M - 622M Transmission (included MP0121A and change the board combinations according to the purpose.
MP0122A) ∗3: The Option 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26 and Option 27 can not be installed
simultaneously.
PCM CHANNEL ANALYZER GPIB
MS371A/A1 (MS371A1)
For Simultaneous Measurement of 30 Channels with MS120A
The MS371A/A1 is an overall measuring instrument with many mea- Features

suring functions for digital primary hierarchy transmission. It can be • Automatic measurement of A-A, A-D, D-A and D-D (A: analog,
used to measure (1) voice encode/decode performance characteris- D: digital)
tics, (2) frame alignment/alarm test, (3) bit, code, and frame errors, (4) This analyzer automatically measures most of the items stipulated in
timing jitter, and (5) signalling, etc. ITU-T Rec. G.712/713/714. The test sequence and parameters are
The primary hierarchy (PCM) digital transmission system has been stored internally, and new test sequences or parameters can be en-
commonly used as the foundation for ISDNs. Therefore, there are tered by the operator. Also, measurement can be done manually or
many existing equipment and transmission channels to be maintained. via GPIB.
The necessary measurements are diverse and much time and labor
is needed to evaluate them when commissioning and maintaining
• Frame alignment/alarm test
Frame alignment and alarm tests stipulated in ITU-T Rec. G.704/
transmission circuits and equipment. The increasing number of PCM
O.162 can be made.
systems has made improved measurement evaluation efficiency a
necessity. • Error measurement
The Anritsu MS371A/A1 has most of the functions required to measure Error rate, error count, error second, and % error-free second can be
PCM systems. It is an all-purpose measuring instrument designed to measured by detecting the bit, frame, and code errors.
improve measurement efficiency. Measurements of PCM voice en- • Timing jitter measurement
code/decode performance require much time and labor. The MS371A/ Jitter modulation is available. Also jitter amplitude and jitter immuni-
A1 stores the measurement sequence and parameters in its internal ty can be measured.
memory and makes automatic measurements to markedly improve • Signalling measurement
efficiency. It has a GPIB control function, which with the MS120A Manipulation/monitoring of the signalling bit and E&M signalling dis-
Channel Selector permits measurement of 30 channels in one se- tortion can be measured.
quence. It also compares the measured results to a reference value, • GPIB controller
judges them, and displays GOOD or NO GOOD automatically. The A GPIB controller function has been incorporated. One to thirty
measured results can then be printed out on the built-in printer. channels can be tested automatically and continuously through the
Another special feature is that the report of the measured results can channel selector.
also be printed out an external printer. • Built-in printer
In conventional measuring systems, the results are edited by a per- Results are printed out by the built-in printer. In automatic measure-
sonal computer or some other external device. However, the MS371A/ ment, all results can be printed out or the printout can be limited to
A1 performs this function internally and prints out to the external print- results failing the evaluation.
er. This unique function can instantaneously prepare test performance
sheets during installation and report the results of periodic mainte-
• External printer
Results from channels 1 to 30 can be edited according to measuring
nance without the need for manual or computer evaluation. item and printed out. A report, such as a test performance sheet, can
be prepared immediately after the completion of measurements.

Functions The MS371A/A1 stores the reference frequency, the level difference
• Automatic measurement mode in the frequency, the subsequent frequency for measurement, and
In the automatic measuring mode, voice encode and decode perfor- the procedure for compensation operations at each frequency. As a
mance characteristics can be measured. Encode and decode perfor- result, the corrected result is reached automatically. Then the mea-
mance characteristics in the voice frequency are recommended in sured result is compared to a reference value in the memory to eval-
ITU-T Rec. G712/713/714/792 Q.507. Many items are required for uate whether or not it passes or fails; evaluation is automatic. 2
voice frequency evaluation, and many points must be measured for If it fails, the item, condition, and results can be printed out (fail-only
each item. printout or complete printout of results can be selected). In automatic
In attenuation/frequency distortion, some compensation of the mea- measurement, the MS371A/A1 can measure the 15 items shows in
surement value is required for each measurement frequency because the table below, including attenuation/frequency distortion. The mea-
of the absolute level difference caused in the reference frequency. surement table summary indicates whether items can be measured
Manual correction requires much time and effort to obtain the correct or not by comparing the measurement configuration with measure-
result. ment items. Functions that cannot be executed cannot be measured
in principle.
Summary of automatic measurement

Measurement configuration
Measurement item
A-A A-D D-A D-D A-D/D-A∗2
Level setting √ √ √ √ √
Attenuation frequency distortion √ √ √ √ √
Variation of gain with input level (tone) √ √ √ √ √
Variation of gain with input level (noise) √ √ √ √ √
Total distortion including quantizing distortion (tone) √ √ √ √ √
Total distortion including quantizing distortion (noise) √ √ √ √ √
Idle channel noise √ √ √ √ √
Far-end crosstalk √∗1 √∗1 √∗1
Near-end crosstalk √∗1 √
Go-to-return crosstalk √ √
Return loss √∗1 √∗1 √∗1 √∗1
Spurious out-of-band signal √ √ √
Discrimination against out-of-band input signal √ √ √
Longitudinal balance √ √ √ √
E&M signalling distortion √ √ √ √ √
∗1: Only when used with channel selector
∗2: Measures D/A immediately after measuring A/D
As an application example, the measurement of PCM terminal voice the MS371A/A1 to channel 2 of the PCM terminal equipment, and re-
encode and decode performance characteristics is shown below. measures.
This measuring method is used when installing PCM terminal equipment. Measurement of one system portion of the terminal equipment is finished
Measurement items shown in the table of measurement summary are from channel 1 to 30 automatically in the same way. Upon completion
executed in the measuring sequence programmed into the MS371A/A1. of measurement, the measured results of channel 1 to 30 are edited
(The operator can set individual items to be executed or omitted.) according to each measurement item and output to the external printer.
After measurement in channel 1, the MS371A/A1 controls the MS120A As mentioned above, voice channel measurement is fully automated,
Channel Selector via the GPIB, connects the measuring terminal of with no chance for miss operation.
MS120A Measured PCM

MS371A/A1 Channel terminal
PCM Channel Analyzer Selector equipment
Digital Analog 1S 1S
signal signal
2S 2S
analyzer generator PCM S
A 3S 3S
30S 30S
Digital Analog
signal signal 1R 1R
generator analyzer 2R 2R
PCM R
B 3R 3R
30R 30R
GPIB
Printer
The MS371A/A1 controls the MS120A Channel Selector via GPIB. Port A scans from 1R to 30R
and port B scans from 1S to 30S. This permits automatic testing of 30 PCM channels (1 system).
Four-wire VF interface PCM terminal equipment automatic testing
• Manual measurement mode Alarm simulation
Table 1 summarizes the manual measurements. Manual measure- Frame, multiframe, or signal loss pseudo-errors can be inserted into
ments can be classified broadly as follows: voice channel, word test, the signal by the MS371A/A1 to test the alarm response of the equip-
alarm simulation, error measurement, signalling measurement, jitter ment.
measurement, and order wire. Error measurement
Voice channel measurement Per-channel (64 kbit/s) bit errors can be measured. Bit, line code, and
Manual measurement is used when varying the parameters more frame word errors at 2 Mbit/s can also be measured. The error rate,
finely than in automatic measurement or when no measurement can error second, and % error-free second of these errors can then be
be made in automatic measuring sequences, as in end-to-end mea- automatically calculated.
surement. Manual measurement is also suited to observing changes Jitter measurement
in results over time. In the digital signal generator, jitter can be generated at 2 Mbit/s inter-
Word test face and the digital signal analyzer can measure the jitter in a received
Voice channel, frame, non-frame, and multiframe words can be ma- signal. Combined use of jitter generation and error measuring func-
nipulated or monitored. Thus, spare bits included in the multiframe tions enables measurement of jitter immunity.
and non-frame can be functionally tested and defined and by the cir- Order wire
cuit user. The drop insert function of the voice channel can also be The front panel of the MS371A/A1 has a phone jack. Connection of a
tested. handset permits use of the circuit to be measured as an order wire.
Table 1 Manual measurement summary

Measurement configuration
Measurement item
A-A A-D D-A D-D
Tone (FLM) √ √ √ √
Level measurement Tone (SLM) √ √ √ √
Noise √ √ √ √
Tone (FLM) √ √ √ √
Tone (SLM) √ √ √ √
Gain measurement Digital mW (FLM) √ √
Digital mW (SLM) √ √
Noise √ √ √ √
Total distortion including Tone √ √ √ √
quantizing distortion Noise √ √ √ √
Idle channel noise √ √ √ √
Return loss √
Spurious out-of-band signal √ √
Tone √ √
Coder offset
Noise √ √
Tone √ √
Peak code detection
Noise √ √
Longitudinal balance √ √ √
Voice channel √
Frame √∗1
Word test
Non frame √∗1
Multiframe √∗2
AIS √∗1
Signal loss √∗1
Frame error √∗1
Alarm simulation
Multiframe error √∗1
Remote end frame error √∗1
Remote end multiframe alarm √∗2
Error rate √
Number of errors √
Error measurement
Error seconds √
% error free seconds √
E&M signalling distortion √ √∗3 √∗4 √∗2
Signalling measurement
Bit test √∗2
Jitter immunity √∗5
Jitter measurement
Jitter √∗6
Order-wire circuit √ √ √ √
∗1: When both digital interfaces of the transmitter/receiver are 2 M balanced or unbalanced
∗2: When both digital interfaces of the transmitter/receiver are 2 M balanced or unbalanced 30 channels, CAS
∗3: When the digital interfaces of the receiver is 2 M balanced or unbalanced 30 channels, CAS
∗4: When the digital interfaces of the transmitter is 2 M balanced or unbalanced 30 channels, CAS
∗5: When the digital interface of the transmitter is 2 M balanced or unbalanced
∗6: When the digital interface of the receiver is 2 M balanced or unbalanced

Specifications
Frequency range: 200 Hz to 10 kHz
Frequency resolution: 10 Hz
Frequency accuracy: ±0.1% ±0.1 Hz
Spurious including harmonics:
Sine wave signal output
>70 dB down (400 to 3500 Hz, +5 dBm), >60 dB down (200 to 400 Hz, +5 dBm), 2
>50 dB down (3500 to 10000 Hz, +5 dBm)
Level range: –80 to 13.1 dBm
Level resolution: 0.1 dB
Spectral span: 3.9 Hz
Analog signal
Noise signal output Bandwidth: 200 Hz (350 to 550 Hz)
generator
Repetition rate: 256 ms
Conforms to ITU-T Rec. O.131 Level range: –85 to 0 dBm
Connector: 3-pole CF
Impedance: 600, 900 Ω balanced
Relative level: –20 to 10 dBr, 0.1 dB steps
Output interface
Max. DC isolation: ±60 V
DC loop: ICT, OGT selectable
Current direction: Normal, reverse selectable (ICT only)
Bandwidth: 200 Hz
Activating signal generator
Output level: –55 dB0 nominal
Output interface: Same as analog signal generator
In-band pre-filter: 200 to 6000 Hz
Out-of-band pre-filter: 4.2 to 72 kHz
Psophometric filter: Conforms to ITU-T Rec. O.41
Filters 3 kHz flat filter: 300 to 3400 Hz
Band pass filters: 200, 300, 420, 500, 600, 820, 1020, 2400 2800, 3000, 3400, 3600 Hz selectable
Notch filters: 820, 1020 Hz selectable
Analog receiver Filter for S/N meter: Conforms to ITU-T Rec. O.131
Connector: 3-pole CF
Impedance: 600, 900 Ω, high (> 20 kΩ), balanced, unbalanced selectable
Relative level: –20 to +10 dBr, 0.1 dB steps
Input interface
Max, DC isolation: ±60 V
DC loop: ICT, OGT selectable
Current direction: Normal, reverse, selectable (ICT only)
Frequency range: 200 to 3990 Hz
Frequency resolution: 10 Hz
Sine wave signal output Frequency accuracy: ±0.1%, ±0.1 Hz
Level range: –60 to 3.1 dBm0
Noise signal output Bandwidth: 200 Hz (350 to 550 Hz)
Repetition rate: 256 ms
Conform to ITU-T Rec. O.131 Level range: –65 to 0 dBm0
Digital mW signal Conforms to ITU-T Rec. G.711
PCM alarm signals: AIS, signal loss selectable
Frame error signals: 1 in 2, 2 in 4, 3 in 4, 1.5 x 10–3, 1.5 x 10–4, 1.5 x 10–5, 1.5 x 10–6 selectable
Alarm simulation signal Multiframe error signal: 1 in 2, 2 in 2
Remote end frame alarm: Alarm bit “0” or “1” settable
Remote end multiframe alarm: Alarm bit “0” or “1” settable
Telephone channel time slot: 00000000 to 11111111 settable
Frame word: 00000000 to 11111111 settable
Word pattern manipulation
Non-frame word: 00000000 to 11111111 settable
Digital signal Multiframe word: 00000000 to 11111111 settable
generator
Pseudo-random binary sequence for 64 kbit/s: 211–1 (ITU-T Rec. O.152)
Error measurement signal
Pseudo-random binary sequence for 2.048 Mbit/s: 215–1 (ITU-T Rec. O.151)
Signalling bit test signal Possible to set logic “0” or “1” to selected signalling channel in any bit: a, b, c
Signalling distortion measurement
signal (possible to inject measure- Pulse speed: 10, 20 pps selectable
ment signal to selected signalling Marker ratio: 10 to 90%, 1 % steps
channel in any bit: a, b, c, d)
Output impedance: 120 Ω balanced, 75 Ω unbalanced selectable
Telephone channel number: 30, 31 channels selectable
PCM output interface
Signalling: Channel associated signalling, common channel signalling selectable
Conforms to ITU-T Rec. G.703,
Coding: HDB3, AMI selectable
G.704 (2.048 MHz, however,
Synchronization: Internal, external 8 kHz frame signal (TTL), external 2.048 MHz clock signal (TTL)
CRC code is not inserted)
or from digital signal receiver selectable
Connector: 3-pole CF (120 Ω bal.), BNC (75 Ω unbal.)
Telephone channel number: 32 channels at 2.038 Mbit/s, signal channel at 64 kHz
Synchronization: Internal, external 8 kHz frame signal (TTL), external 64 kHz (64 kbit/s interface),
TTL output interface external 2.048 MHz (2.048 Mbit/s interface) or frame signal from digital signal
receiver
Connector: D-sub 25 pole (rear panel)
Psophometric filter: Conforms to ITU-T Rec. O.41
3 kHz flat filter: 300 Hz to 3.4 kHz
Filters Band pass filter: 200, 300, 420, 500, 600, 820, 1020, 2400, 2800, 3000, 3400, 3600 Hz selectable
Notch filter: 820, 1020 Hz selectable
Filter for S/N meter: Conforms to ITU-T Rec. O.131
Alarm display Signal loss, AIS, frame loss, multiframe loss is indicated with the red LED display.
Coder offset detection Measurement range: –128 to +128
Peak code detection Measurement range: –128 to +128
Remote end alarm detection Remote end frame alarm, remote end multiframe alarm
World pattern monitor Telephone channel, frame word, non-frame word, multiframe word
Detectable error: Code, frame, word, bit
Measurement item: Error ratio, errored second, % error-free second, error count
Error detection Acceptable bit error measurement pattern (64 kbit/s): 211–1 ( ITU-T Rec. O.152)
Digital receiver Acceptable bit error measurement pattern (2.048 Mbit/s): 215–1 (ITU-T Rec. O.151)
Time base: 1 to 9999 s
Signalling bit monitor Possible to display on selected signalling channel in a, b, c, d bit
Signalling distortion meter (possi-
Acceptable pulse speed: 10, 20 pps
ble to measure selected signalling
Mark ratio range: 0 to 100%
channel in any bit: a, b, c, d)
Input impedance: 120 Ω balanced, 75 Ω unbalanced selectable
PCN input interface Number of telephone channels: 30, 31 channels selectable
Signalling: Channel associated signalling, common channel signalling selectable
Conforms to ITU-T Coding: HDB3, AMI selectable
Rec. G.703, G.704 (2.048 MHz) Synchronization: Regenerated frame and multiframe from incoming PCM signals
Connector: 3-pole CF (120 Ω bal.), BNC (75 Ω, unbal.)
Number of telephone channels: 32 channels at 2.048 Mbit/s, single channel at 64 bit/s
TTL input interface Synchronization: External 8 kHz frame signal
Connector: D-sub 25-pole (rear panel)
Frequency mode: Conforms to ITU-T Rec. O.171
Amplitude of modulated jitter:
10 UI
Amplitude of modulated jitter
0.5 UI
2 Hz 2.4 kHz 45 kHz 100 kHz

Frequency
Jitter detection (PCM interface only)
Range: 1 UI, 10 UI selectable
Amplitude and frequencies: Conforms to ITU-T Rec. O.171
Amplitude of measured jitter:
10 UI
Amplitude of modulated jitter
0.5 UI
20 Hz 2.4 kHz 45 kHz 100 kHz

Frequency
Pulse speed: 10, 20 pps selectable
Measurement parameters
Mark ratio: 10 to 90%, 1% steps
E&M test signal DC sink current: 100 mA maximum (make)
generator Output impedance: >22 kΩ (brake)
Interface
Switch voltage: 53 V maximum
Connector: 3-pole CF (rear panel)
Pulse speed: 10 to 20 pps
Measuring range
E&M signalling Mark ratio: 0 to 100%
receiver Input impedance: 3.3 kΩ internally pulldown to –48 V
Interface
Connector: 3-pole CF (rear panel)

Voice signal output: Analog signal generator or selected digital signal generator output port
Order wire Voice signal input: Analog signal receiver or selected digital signal receiver input port
Headset connector: 4-pole modular telephone jack
Loudspeaker (for audible alarm Monitor: Selected telephone channel in digital signal or analog input signal
and received voice monitor) Monitor level: Adjustable with knob on front panel
Others Display 128 x 256 dots LCD with back light 2
Printing method: Thermal
Built-in printer
Printing letter: 20 characters/line
Real time clock YY, MM, HH, mm, ss (Y: year, M: month, D: date, H: hour, m: minute, s: second)
GPIB
Implementation: SH1, AH1, T6, TE0, L4, LE0, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C1, C2, C3, C27
(conforms to IEEE Std. 488-1978)
+10
Power AC: 100 V –15 %, 50/60 Hz, approx. 130 VA
General EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)

EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
The MS371A1 is the same as the MS371A but also has 64 kb/s co-contradirectional interface.
Main frame
MS371A PCM Channel Analyzer
MS371A1 PCM Channel Analyzer
J0162B Balanced cable
(both ends with Siemens 3P-type plug): 4 pcs
J0081 BNC cable (both ends with BNC-type plug): 2 pcs
J0586 TTL interface connector: 1 pc
AC power cord, 2.5 m: 1 pc
J0443 DC power plug: 1 pc
F0011 Fuse, 2 A: 1 pc
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A: 2 pcs
F0040 Fuse, 0.315 A: 1 pc
F0044 Fuse, 1.6 A: 1 pc
F0046 Fuse, 3.15 A: 2 pcs
Z0031A Thermal paper for printer: 2 rolls/set
W0161AE MS371A/A1 operation manual: 1 copy
MS120A∗1 Channel Selector
J0162A Balanced cable, 1 m
J0081 BNC cable (both ends with BNC-type plug, 3C-2V), 2 m
A0006 Headset
MB23A Portable Test Rack
B0169A Transport quilting
B0239A Protective carrying case (for MS371A)
B0239B Protective carrying case (for MS371A1)
B0043 Rack mount kit 4U (2 pcs/set)
B0020 Protective cover (2 pcs are needed.)
∗1: Do not meet the EMC and low voltage directives of European Union.
The MS369B uses new technology to measure the characteristics of
PCM CODEC ANALYZER PCM CODECs (Coder, Decoder). Single-channel CODECs (SCC)
MS369B are already being produced by many semiconductor makers for PCM
terminal equipment, digital exchanges, PBX, digital telephones, and
so on. The number of SCCs in use is increasing gradually. In addition,
former common-channel CODECs used time sharing among a num-
ber of channels. Measuring the characteristics of one single channel
For Measuring CODECs make it possible to dispense with measurement of the other common
channels. For equipment using SCCs, however, the encoding and
decoding characteristics for each channel must be measured. As a
result, more channels must be measured which will lead to demands
for improved measuring performance.
The MS369B uses DSP (Digital Signal Processing) technology to re-
duce measuring time and to improve measuring accuracy. It also incor-
porates a high-performance, special-purpose LSI developed by
Anritsu. The MS369B reduces measuring time and automates mea-
surement using GPIB, and increases production and maintenance
efficiency.
Features
• Both A-law and µ-law measurement
• A-A, D-A, A-D, and D-D measurement
GPIB

IP/NETWORK
MEASURING
INSTRUMENTS
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Data Quality Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
IP Network Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Multislot Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzers . . . . . . . . 161, 180
Portable 2.5G/10G Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Network Performance Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
ATM Quality Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Network Data Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Data Transmission Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
141
IP/NETWORK MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
Selection guide
• Bit rate/Interface
Model
MP1220A MP1570A/A1 MP1580A MP1590A MD1231A MD1230A MT7407A MD6420A MD6430A
Bit rate/Interface
50 bit/s to 200 kbit/s: V.24/V.28 (RS-232C) √ √
50 bit/s to 10 Mbit/s: V.35 √ √
50 bit/s to 10 Mbit/s: V.36 (RS-449) √ √
50 bit/s to 10 Mbit/s:
√ √
X.20 (RS-423)/X.21 (RS-422)
50 bit/s to 10 Mbit/s: TTL √ √
64 kbit/s √ √
192 kbit/s: ISDN √ √
1.544 Mbit/s: DS1 √ √ √ √ √
2.048 Mbit/s: E1 √ √ √ √
6.312 Mbit/s: DS2 √ √ √
8.448 Mbit/s: E2 √ √
32.00 Mbit/s: ATM25M √
34.368 Mbit/s: E3 √ √ √
44.736 Mbit/s: DS3 √ √ √
139.264 Mbit/s: E4 √ √ √
51.84 Mbit/s: STM-0/OC-1 √ √ √
155.52 Mbit/s: STM-1/OC-3 √ √ √ √ √ √
622.08 Mbit/s: STM-4/OC-12 √ √ √ √ √ √
2488.32 Mbit/s: STM-16/OC-48 √ √ √ √ √
9953.28 Mbit/s: STM-64/OC-192 √ √ √ √ √
2666.057 Mbit/s: OTU-1 √
10709.225 Mbit/s: OTU-2 √
10M/100M Ethernet √ √ √
Gigabit Ethernet √ √ √
10 Gigabit Ethernet √ √

• Measurement functions
Model
MP1220A MP1570A/A1 MP1580A MP1590A MD1231A MD1230A MT7407A MD6420A MD6430A
Measurement functions
Analog measurements √
Digital level measurements
√
A-law, µ-law
Frequency measurements √ √ √ √
ISDN, PDH/DSn
Pattern trace √ √
Error measurement (G.821, etc.) √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 3
ISDN origination/termination √ √
Frame relay √
OTN frame √
SDH/SONET frame √ √ √ √ √ √
GFP frame √ √
O.191 test cells √ √
1 point CDV, 2 point CDV √ √
ATM cell capture √ √
CID pattern G.958 √
OTN/
SDH/ Tandem connection pattern G.707 √ √
SONET/ Automatic Protection Switch √ √ √ √ √
EOS
Frame memory/Capture √
PDH/DSn mapping √ √
POS √ √ √ √
Through mode √ √ √ √ √
Optical power measurements √ √ √ √ √
Jitter/wander measurements √ √ √
Frequency offset √ √ √ √ √
Packet capture √ √ √
Protocol decoding √ √ √
Protocol emulation √ √ √
XENPAK measurements √ √
RFC2544 Automatic test √ √ √
RFC2889 Automatic test √ √ √
Ethernet
Through mode √ √ √
Traffic map √ √ √
Traffic monitor √ √ √
Full wire rate transmission √ √ √
Packet BER measurement √ √ √
Latency √ √ √
Remote Control √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MD1230A FAMILY GPIB

MD1230A DATA QUALITY ANALYZER
MD1231A IP NETWORK ANALYZER
MT7407A MULTISLOT CHASSIS
A Total Communications Test Solution from Devices to Networks

NEW
Real time network data, such as voice and video, is increasingly im- • RFC2544 standard measurements
portant as IP networks grow and become faster. The need for per- Even Multi-function network devices must be evaluated for their core
formance enhancements for core networks also increases with the performance. Core performance is checked by the automatic
growth in the scale of networks. RFC2544 measurements of the MD1230A Family. After setting up
The development of network equipment and systems requires per- test conditions in advance, five performance parameters, (through-
formance measurement as well as QoS evaluation. put, latency, frame loss rate, back-to-back frames, and system re-
The MD1230A Family achieves all this network monitoring and per- covery) can be measured automatically with a single start button.
formance testing in one device with efficiency and cost savings. Measurement results are graphically displayed, making them useful
The MD1230A Family comes in 3 chassis types matched to user in preparing reports. The auto measurement functions of the
needs. Measuring modules operate in all 3 chassis, so one or more MD1230A Family enable effective manpower utilization.
chassis can be selected based on usage requirements without in- • Global protocol analysis standard
curring extra module expense. Anritsu has licensed Sniffer® Technologies from Network Associates
• Verifying network load provided Inc. for use with MD1230A Family products. Employing the func-
High-speed frame processing capabilities are required to test routers tionality of Sniffer® Technologies software with the 10 Gbps capture
and switches. The MD1230A Family full wire rate transmission func- ability of MD1230A Family high-speed interfaces provides powerful
tion permits the continuous sending of frames on multiple ports at a support for construction, installation, and maintenance of modern
rate of 10 Gbps. Near-actual network conditions can also be recre- networks.
ated by combining transmitted packets with protocols such as IPv4,
IPv6, TCP, and UDP.
In addition, adding sequence numbers to the frames to be sent can
check for duplicate and out-of-sequence frame delivery. The
MD1230A Family can test the performance of switch or Router using
the variety of the transmitted data.
• Checking network traffic
The MD1230A Family can measure simultaneous real-time counts of
transmitted bytes/frames, received bytes/frames, QoS frames in 8
priority levels, every error type, and SONET/SDH alarms among
others. Specific frame traffic can also be measured for each port
when the filter function is used.
For example, specific MPLS VoIP frame traffic (with a specified UDP
port number) can be extracted from a VPN service.
• System QoS verification
The MD1230A Family comes equipped with an 8-stage QoS counter. MD1230A MD1231A
Priority controls can be checked through real-time counting of frames Sniffer® Technologies software is employed.
with the priority set in the VLAN tag or TOS fields. QoS of a total
System can be verified with one test device because the transmis- Decode module (Option 04 Decode Module)
sion functions of the MD1230A Family create pseudo-application Network data where failures have occurred can be captured so that
traffic. troubleshooting can be performed quickly using the protocol transla-
tion functions of the decode module. This supports, for example,
CDP, DISL, DRiP, PAGP and Cisco CGMP as well as H.225, H.245,
MGCP and SIP VoIP protocols. The decode module can also save
and export .CAP file formats, enabling failure analysis using separate
analysis applications that support the .CAP format.

Packet level failure analysis via expert analysis functions • Rich protocol emulation functions (Options 07, 08, 09, 14)
(MX123002A/MU740701A-30 Expert Analysis Module) To verify routers, an actual network environment must be built.
The expert analysis module can automatically find areas where fail- However, it is difficult to prepare a large-scale network in terms of
ures or damage might occur in frames captured by the MD1230A time and physical requirements. The MD1230A Family provides
Family, and display countermeasure advice for them. Analysis work routing protocol emulation functions as tools for measuring existing
that used to require enormous expenditures of time and labor can network and core router performance. The protocol emulation func-
now be reduced as the possible problem areas are narrowed. tion establishes a virtual network for a router under test. The emu-
• High resolution network analysis lation function supports stream transmit, frame count and frame cap-
(Option 20 Application Traffic Monitor) ture on the virtual network.
Streaming video distribution systems frequently have problems due • Remote PC control (MX123001A)
to the relationship between the burst nature of the picture encoder Up to eight remote PCs can control up to 8 linked MD1230A Family 3
equipment and the performance of the network instruments over an Ethernet network using Windows compatible
equipment. Traditional traffic monitoring every second is not suffi- MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software (sold separate-
cient to identify most of these problems because of the very short ly). Integrated management of devices is enabled when many
bursts in the traffic and the behavior of network equipment. The MD1230A Family instruments are used in the manufacturing line (op-
MD1230A Family Application Traffic Monitor can discover these mo- erates on Windows®98, Windows®2000 or Windows®XP).
mentary traffic peaks that are equalized and ignored by traditional [MT7407A can be connected up to 8 side (Side A and/or Side B)]
measurements. It can check whether traffic is over the performance • Software upgrade service
limits of a network device such as a switch by measuring the band- The MD1230A Family permits service upgrades for compatible soft-
width peaks in a traffic flow with 1 msec. resolution. ware. A CD-ROM containing the latest applications can be sent to
• IPv6 protocol support function (Option 12 IPv6 Expansion) the user when the MD1230A Family is upgraded if the software up-
The MD1230A Family support NDP (Neighbor Discovery Protocol) in grade (maintenance) option is purchased. The user can then per-
IPv6 network. form measurements using the latest applications.
Then the MD1230A Family perform Address Autoconfiguration and
Address Resolution using NDP to help your measurement in IPv6
network.
• 10 Gigabit Ethernet modules
MD1230A Family 10 Gigabit Ethernet modules have 2 ports, en-
abling full bidirectional performance measurements using one mod-
ule. Modules support various 10 Gigabit Ethernet standard by em-
ploying XENPAK transceivers.
• EOS measurement application
By using EOS measurements in combination with the Gigabit
Ethernet module, performance of the Ethernet layer and the GFP
layer can be measured simultaneously.
OC-48c / STM-16c
TX RX
Through Mode
F-GFP Frame
GbE 2 GbE 2
MD1230A
Ethernet Frame Ethernet Frame
EOS measurement application example
Selection guide
• MD1230A Family module table
Model Name Power consumption∗1 MD1230A MD1231A MT7407A
MU120101A 10M/100M Ethernet Module 4.5 √ √ √
MU120102A Gigabit Ethernet Module 3.5 √ √ √
MU120103A 2.5G (1.31) Module 5.0 √ √
MU120103B 2.5G (1.31) Module 8.0 √ √
MU120104A 2.5G (1.55) Module 5.0 √ √
MU120104B 2.5G (1.55) Module 8.0 √ √
MU120105A 10G (1.31) Module 10.0 √ √
MU120106A 10G (1.55) Module 10.0 √ √
MU120111A 10/100M Ethernet Module 5.5 √ √ √
MU120112A Gigabit Ethernet Module 5.5 √ √ √
MU120118A 10 Gigabit Ethernet Module 17.0 √ √
MU120119A OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module (1310 nm) 3.5 √ √ √
MU120120A OC-3/STM-1 Module (1310 nm) 3.5 √ √ √
MU740701A∗2, ∗3 IP Tester Control Module 2.0 √
MU740702A∗2, ∗4 Power Unit for IP Tester ∗1 √
∗1: The maximum output current of each MU740702A is 65A. The requirements of total power consumption of module installed should not exceed 65A for each
side.
∗2: It is a module only for MT7407A. Up to two modules are inserted for one MT7407A.
∗3: One MU740701A supports up to 7 slots.
∗4: One MU740701A requires one MU740702A. When adding MU740702A, chassis hardware modification is required.
• MD1230A Family Option Table

Name MD1230A MD1231A MU740701A MX123001A
RS-232C control MD1230A-01 MX123001A-07∗1
GPIB Control MD1230A-02 MD1231A-02 MX123001A-09∗1
Ethernet Control MD1230A-03 MD1231A-03 MX123001A-10∗1
Decode Module MD1230A-04 MD1231A-04 MU740701A-04∗2, ∗ 4 MX123001A-01∗2, ∗ 4
GPS Module MD1230A-05 MD1231A-05 MU740701A-05∗3
Tcl Interface MD1230A-06 MD1231A-06 MX123001A-06∗1
OSPF Protocol MD1230A-07 MD1231A-07 MU740701A-07
MPLS (LDP/CR-LDP) Protocol MD1230A-08 MD1231A-08 MU740701A-08
MPLS (RSVP) Protocol MD1230A-09 MD1231A-09 MU740701A-09
RFC2889 Benchmarking Test MD1230A-10 MD1231A-10 MU740701A-10
Packet BER Test MD1230A-11 MD1231A-11 MU740701A-11
IPv6 Expansion MD1230A-12 MD1231A-12 MU740701A-12
XENPAK Test MD1230A-13 MU740701A-13
IGAP Protocol MD1230A-14 MD1231A-14 MU740701A-14
Auto Negotiation Analysis MD1230A-15 MD1231A-15 MU740701A-15
Link Fault Signaling MD1230A-16 MU740701A-16
Application Traffic Monitor MD1230A-20 MD1231A-20 MX123001A-20
Expert Analysis Module MX123002A MX123002A MU740701A-30∗4 MX123003A∗4
∗1: PC on which MX123001A is installed can be operated by another PC.

∗2: When using a decode module with MT7407A, MU740701A-04 and MX123001A-01 are required.
Each MU740701A module require one MU740701A-04 when using Decode module in both Side A and Side B.
∗3: When using GPS module with MT7407A, it is required MT7407A-01. However two MU740701A-05 can be inserted to MT7407A, it is enough only one
MU740701A-05 for one MT7407A.
∗4:When using a Expert Analysis module with MT7407A, MX123001A-01, MX123003A, MU740701A-04 and MU740701A-30 are required. Each MU740701A
module require one MU740701A-04 and one MU740701A-30 when using Expert Analysis module in both Side A and Side B.

• MD1230A Family selection guide
Module 10M/100MbE GbE 10 GbE POS EOS
MU120103A MU120105A MU120119A MU120103B
Function MU120101A MU120111A MU120102A MU120112A MU120118A
/120104A /120106A /120120A∗1 /120104B
Depends on 2488.320 9953.280 155.52/622.08 2488.320
Bit Rate 10/125 Mbps 1.25 Gbps XENPAK Mbps Mbps Mbps Mbps
–18 to 0/ –12 to 0/ –18 to 0/
Optical Input Level (dBm) –28 to –8
Depends on –28 to –9 –14 to –3 –28 to –9
Depends on GBIC
XENPAK –5 to 0/ –4 to 0/ –5 to 0/
Optical Output Level (dBm) –15 to –8
–2 to +3 –1 to +2 –2 to +3 3
OSPF Protocol √ √
MPLS (LDP/CR-LDP) Protocol √ √
MPLS (RSVP) Protocol √ √
RFC2889 Benchmarking Test √ √ √
Options (sold separately)
Packet BER Test √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

IPv6 Expansion √ √
XENPAK Test √
IGAP Protocol √ √
Auto Negotiation Analysis √∗2
Link Fault Signaling √
Application Traffic Monitor √
MU120119A/120120A Optical Power Meter √
MU120103B/120104B EOS Mapping √
MU120103B/120104B √
Virtual Concatenation
1000BASE-T GBIC √
RFC2544 Automatic Test √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
BGP-4 Emulation Function √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
BGP-4 Emulation Route Expansion √ √
Standard functions
IGMP √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Through Mode Function √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Monitor Mode Function √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Address Swap Function √ √
∗3
Unframe BER Measurement Function √ √ √ √ √ √ √
TCP/UDP Port Number Increment √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
CRC32 √ √ √ √
CRC16 √
∗1: For MU120120A, only 155.52 Mbps is supported.
∗2: Supported optical interfaces are 1000BASE-SX/LX/LH/ZX.
∗3: XENPAK Test Option supports Unframe BER Measurement Function.
Specifications
• MD1230A Data Quality Analyzer
LCD 8.4 Type, TFT
LED Power fail, Errors, Alarms, Remote, Local, HDD, Power, FDD
User Interface 0 to 9, “.”, A to F, Cursor (↑, ↓, →, ←, →|F, R|←), Set, Cancel, View, Display 1 to 3, Hist., H.Reset, Print now, Local, Panel Lock, Power
External Interface
RS-232C, GPIB, Ethernet (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX), USB port x 2, PS/2 keyboard connector, GPS antenna, Video output (VGA)
Connector
Trigger Input Connector Usable as capture buffer trigger, Level: TTL (active high), Impedance: 75 Ω (BNC)
Trigger Output Connector Usable as capture buffer trigger, Level: TTL (Active high), Impedance: 75 Ω (BNC)
Sync I/O MD1230A/MD1231A/MT7407A time sync signal, Impedance: 75 Ω (BNC)
Frequency: 64 kHz + 8 kHz ±50 ppm, 2.048 MHz ±50 ppm, 1.544 MHz ±50 ppm, 2.048 Mbit/s ±50 ppm, 1.544 Mbit/s ±50 ppm
Interface
2M: ITU-T G.703 Table 10, HDB3
1.5M: B8ZS, AMI ANSI T1.403
SONET/SDH Sync Level (64k): 0.63 to 1.1 Vo-p
Clock Input Code (64k): AMI 8 kHz with violation
Connector
BNC (75 Ω): 2 MHz, 2Mbit/s
Siemens (120 Ω balanced): 2 MHz, 2 Mbit/s, 64 kHz + 8 kHz
Bantam (100 Ω balanced): 1.5 MHz, 1.5 Mbit/s
OS Windows®98 (Second Edition)
Built-in Memory Measurement conditions: 10 sets, Measurement results: 10 sets, HDD
External Storage 3.5” FDD
Power Supply AC 85 to 132 V/170 to 250 V (auto switching) , 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤530 VA
Operating Temperature 0˚ to +40 ˚C (except when HDD or FDD are active.)
Storage Temperature –20˚ to +60 ˚C
Dimensions and Mass 320 (W) x 177 (H) x 350 (D) mm, ≤15 kg (excluding options and modules)
MD1230A-01: RS-232C Control∗1, MD1230A-02: GPIB Control∗1, MD1230A-03: Ethernet Control∗1, ∗2, ∗3, MD1230A-04: MD1230A
Decode Module∗4, MD1230A-05: GPS Module, MD1230A-06: Tcl Interface∗3, MD1230A-07: OSPF Protocol∗5, MD1230A-08: MPLS
(LDP/CR-LDP) Protocol∗5, MD1230A-09: MPLS (RSVP) Protocol∗5, MD1230A-10: RFC2889 Benchmarking Test∗5, MD1230A-11:
Corresponding Options
Packet BER Test∗5, MD1230A-12: IPv6 Expansion∗5, MD1230A-13: XENPAK Test∗6, MD1230A-14: IGAP Protocol∗5, MD1230A-15:
Auto Negotiation Analysis∗7, MD1230A-16: Link Fault Signaling∗6, MD1230A-20: Application Traffic Monitor∗7, ∗8, MD1230A-40:
Software Upgrade Service for MD1230A∗9
Number of Slots 5
MU120101A: 10M/100M Ethernet Module, MU120102A: Gigabit Ethernet Module, MU120103A: 2.5G (1.31) Module, MU120103B:
2.5G (1.31) Module, MU120104A: 2.5G (1.55) Module, MU120104B: 2.5G (1.55) Module, MU120105A: 10G (1.31) Module,
Corresponding Module
MU120106A: 10G (1.55) Module, MU120111A: 10/100M Ethernet Module, MU120112A: Gigabit Ethernet Module, MU120118A: 10
Gigabit Ethernet Module, MU120119A: OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module (1310 nm), MU120120A: OC-3 STM-1 Module (1310 nm)
∗1: The MD1230A-01/02/03 options are required only for remote control using GPIB commands.
Note that these options may be installed together, although only one of them can be used at a time.
∗2: The MD1230A-03 option is required for remote control using GPIB remote commands via Ethernet interface. The MD1230A-03 option is not required for ex-
ternal PC control using MX123001A.
∗3: MD1230A-03 and MD1230A-06 may be implemented together, although only one of them can be used at a time.
∗4: Purchase MD1230A-04 and the operation manuals (W2107AE) on CD-ROM. Printed versions sold separately.
∗5: Some of these interface modules may not work in certain combinations depending on the modules and software versions. Please see the selection guide
(pages 8, 9).
∗6: MD1230A-13 and MD1230A-16 support only MU120118A.
∗9: MD1230A-40 is provided free for the first year after purchase. It is required to receive software upgrade service starting with the second year after purchase.
• MD1231A IP Network Analyzer

LCD 8.4 Type, TFT
LED Remote, Local, HDD, Power
User Interface Pointing device, Mouse SW, Local, Panel Lock, Power
External Interface Connector GPIB, Ethernet (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX), USB port x 2, PS/2 keyboard connector, GPS antenna, Pointing device
Trigger Input Connector Usable as capture buffer trigger, Level: TTL (Active HIGH), Impedance: 75 Ω (SMB)
Trigger Output Connector Usable as capture buffer trigger, Level: TTL (Active HIGH), Impedance: 75 Ω (SMB)
Sync I/O MD1230A/MD1231A/MT7407A time sync signal, Impedance: 75 Ω (SMB)
OS Windows®98 (Second Edition)
Built-in Memory Measurement conditions: 10 sets, Measurement results: 10 sets, HDD
Power Supply AC 85 to 132 V/170 to 250 V (auto switching), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤150 VA
Operating Temperature 0˚ to +40 ˚C (except when HDD are active.)
Dimensions and Mass 320 (W) x 100 (H) x 300 (D) mm, ≤5 kg (excluding options and modules)
MD1231A-02: GPIB Control∗1, MD1231A-03: Ethernet Control∗1, ∗2, ∗3, MD1231A-04: MD1231A Decode Module∗4, MD1231A-05: GPS
Module, MD1231A-06: Tcl Interface∗3, MD1231A-07: OSPF Protocol∗5, MD1231A-08: MPLS (LDP/CR-LDP) Protocol∗5, MD1231A-09:
Corresponding Options MPLS (RSVP) Protocol∗5, MD1231A-10: RFC2889 Benchmarking Test∗5, MD1231A-11: Packet BER Test∗5, MD1231A-12: IPv6
Expansion∗5, MD1230A-14: IGAP Protocol∗5, MD1231A-15: Auto Negotiation Analysis∗6, MD1231A-20: Application Traffic Monitor∗6, ∗7,
MD1231A-40: Annual Software Upgrade Service for MD1231A∗8
Number of Slots 2
Corresponding Module MU120101A: 10M/100M Ethernet Module, MU120102A: Gigabit Ethernet Module, MU120111A: 10/100M Ethernet Module, MU120112A:
Gigabit Ethernet Module, MU120119A: OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module (1310 nm), MU120120A: OC-3/STM-1 Module (1310 nm)
∗1: The MD1231A-02/03 options are required only for remote control using GPIB commands.
Note that these options may be installed together, although only one of them can be used at a time.
∗2: The MD1231A-03 option is required for remote control using GPIB remote commands via Ethernet interface. The MD1230A-03 option is not required for ex-
ternal PC control using MX123001A.
∗3: MD1231A-03 and MD1231A-06 may be implemented together, although only one of them can be used at a time.
∗5: Some of these interface modules may not work in certain combinations depending on the modules and software versions. Please see the selection guide (pages 8,
9).
∗8: MD1231A-40 is provided free for the first year after purchase. It is required to receive software upgrade service starting with the second year after purchase.

• MT7407A Multislot Chassis
LED For Power Module
External Interface Connector Ethernet (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)
Trigger Input Connector Usable as capture buffer trigger, Level: TTL (Active HIGH), Impedance: 75 Ω (BNC)
Trigger Output Connector Usable as capture buffer trigger, Level: TTL (Active HIGH), Impedance: 75 Ω (BNC)
Power Supply∗1 AC 85 to 132 V/170 to 250 V (auto switching), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤1100 VA∗2
Operating Temperature 0˚ to +40 ˚C
Dimensions and Mass 426 (W) x 355 (H) x 501 (D) mm, ≤20 kg (excluding options and modules) 3
Corresponding Options MT7407A-01: Interface Board for IP Tester, MT7407A-40: Annual Software Upgrade Service for MT7407A∗3
Number of Slots 14 (except slot for control module)
Exclusive Module MU740701A: IP Tester Control Module, MU740702A: Power Unit for IP Tester
MU120101A: 10M/100M Ethernet Module, MU120102A: Gigabit Ethernet Module, MU120103A: 2.5G (1.31) Module, MU120103B:
Corresponding Module 2.5G (1.31) Module, MU120104A: 2.5G (1.55) Module, MU120104B: 2.5G (1.55) Module, MU120105A: 10G (1.31) Module,
MU120106A: 10G (1.55) Module, MU120111A: 10/100M Ethernet Module, MU120112A: Gigabit Ethernet Module, MU120118A:
10 Gigabit Ethernet Module, MU120119A: OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module (1310 nm), MU120120A: OC-3/STM-1 Module (1310 nm)
∗1: Power supply is MU740702A
∗2: MT7407A include two MU740702A.
∗3: MT7407A-40 is provided free for the first year after purchase. It is required to receive software upgrade service starting with the second year after purchase.
One license supports two MU740701A.
• Standard Ethernet Module

10BASE-T/100BASE-TX 1000BASE-SX/LX/LH/ZX∗1 10GBASE-LR∗2
Number of ports: 8 Number of ports: 2 Number of ports: 2
Connector: RJ-45 Connector: GBIC interface (SC connector) Connector: XENPAK interface
Ports Link speed: 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s Link speed: 1 Gbit/s (SC connector)
Duplex mode: Full, Half Duplex mode: Full Link speed: 10 Gbit/s
Auto negotiation: On/Off Auto negotiation: On/Off Duplex mode: Full
Flow control: On/Off Flow control: On/Off Flow control: On/Off
LEDs Link, Tx/Collision, Rx/Error Link, Tx, Rx, Error
MAC address: Fixed, Increment, Decrement, Random (changeable portions specified in 4 bits units)
VLAN tag∗3: Fixed, Increment, Decrement, Random
MPLS label∗3: Up to 10 MPLS labels can be appended. Fixed setting
Protocol editing:
Frame Settings IPv4, IPv6, TCP/IPv4, UDP/IPv4, IGMP/IPv4, ICMP/IPv4, RIP/UDP/IPv4, DHCP/UDP/IPv4, IPX, ARP, MAC control, IS-IS
Data field
Can set any 4 portions of data field: All 1, All 0, Alternate1/0 (Each bit, Each 2 bits, Each 4 bits, Each byte, Each 2 bytes),
Increment, Decrement, Random, Single PRBS9
Data field 1 only: Time stamp, Sequence number, User defined, Test frame
12 to 10000 byte (Settable as auto, Fixed,
Frame Length 48 to 65280 byte (Settable as auto, Fixed, Increment∗4, or Random∗4)
Increment∗4, or Random∗4)
Continuous, Continuous burst, Stop after this stream, Next stream, Jump to stream, Jump to stream for count (Loop count: 1 to
Stream Transport Mode
16,000,000, Frame count per burst: 1 to 16,777,215, Burst count per stream: 1 to 16,777,215)
10BASE-T: Resolution of 800 ns
8 µs to 1700 s, Settable as fixed, Random Resolution of 8 ns Resolution of 0.8 ns
Inter Frame Gap
100BASE-TX: Resolution of 80 ns 64 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed, Random 7.2 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed, Random
Stream Gap Setting
800 ns to 170 s, Settable as fixed, Random

8 µs to 1700 s, Settable as fixed Resolution of 8 ns Resolution of 0.8 ns
Inter Burst Gap
100BASE-TX: Resolution of 80 ns 64 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed 7.2 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed
800 ns to 170 s, Settable as fixed
8 µs to 1700 s, Settable as fixed Resolution of 8 ns Resolution of 0.8 ns
Inter Stream Gap
100BASE-TX: Resolution 80 ns 64 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed 64 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed
Number of Streams 256 Streams/Port
FCS error, Undersize error, Oversize error,
Error Insertion
Frame Error Fragments error, Oversize & FCS error, FCS error, Undersize error, Oversize error, Fragments error, Oversize & FCS error
Alignment error, Dribble bit error, Collision
Packet Error IPv4 header checksum error, TCP/UDP checksum error
Packet BER Test
– PRBS bit error
(Option 11)∗5
Transmitted frame count/rate, Received frame count/rate, Transmitted bit count/rate, Received bit count/rate, Transmitted
Common
byte/rate, Received byte/rate, Capture trigger, Capture filter, User defined 1 count/rate, User defined 2 count/rate
Transmitted ARP reply, Received ARP Transmitted ARP reply, Received ARP
Transmitted ARP reply, Received ARP
reply, Transmitted ARP request, Received reply, Transmitted ARP request, Received
reply, Transmitted ARP request, Received
ARP request, Flow control, Dribble bit ARP request, Flow control, Line error,
Ethernet ARP request, Flow control, Fragment,
error, Line error, Fragment, Undersize, Fragment, Undersize, Oversize,
Undersize, Oversize, Oversize & FCS
Oversize, Oversize & FCS error, Oversize & FCS error, FCS error, Byte
error, FCS error
FCS error, Alignment error, Collision alignment error
Transmitted IPv4 packet count/rate, Received IPv4 packet count/rate, IPv4 header checksum error, Transmitted PING reply,
IP/TCP/UDP Received PING reply, Transmitted PING request, Received PING request, Fragments, Received TCP packet count/rate, TCP
Counter
checksum error, Received UDP packet count/rate, UDP checksum error, QoS 0 to 7 frame count/rate
Unframe –
Bit error count/rate, Pattern Sync Loss Option 13∗6
count/second
Packet BER Test Transmitted test frame, Received test frame, Sequence error, Received PRBS bit
–
(Option 11)∗5 error count/rate, Received PRBS error frame count/rate
Bit error count/rate, Pattern sync loss count/
XENPAK Test rate, Bit error count lane 0 to 3, Bit error
–
(Option 13)∗6 rate lane 0 to 3, Pattern sync loss lane 0 to
3, Pattern sync loss second lane 0 to 3
Link Fault Signaling
– Transmitted LFS, Received LFS
(Option 16)∗7
Latency Maximum, Minimum, Average
Frame Arrival Time
Time resolution: 1 µs, 10 µs, 100 µs, 1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, 1 s
Variation Measurement
QoS Counter Setting Using Qos described below, 8-level priority frame count: IEEE802.1D VLAN tag user priority field, 3 LSB of RFC2474 DSCP field
Test pattern:
All 0, All 1, User-defined 16-bit pattern, PRBS23, PRBS31, CJPAT, CRPAT
Error insertion: Bit error
Unframe BER Setting∗6 –
Error insertion timing:
Single error, Single rate (1E-3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9),
Programmable rate (9.9 E-3 to 1.0 E-10)
Capture Buffer 8 Mbyte/port 32 Mbyte/port 256 Mbyte/port
At following conditions for each port, capture filter condition settings:
Capture Filter
Destination MAC address, Source MAC address, 32-bit pattern (settable bit length and offset) x 2, Error conditions
At following conditions for each port, capture trigger condition settings:
Capture Trigger Destination MAC address, Source MAC address, 32-bit pattern (settable bit length and offset) x 2, Error conditions, Traffic
over, Latency over, External trigger input
ARP, BGP-4, DHCP, DVMRP, Ethernet, ICMP, ICMPv6, IGAP, IGMP, IPCP, IPv4, IPv6, IPv6CP, IPX, IS-IS, LCP, LDP, MAC
Protocol Decode
Control Frame, MPLS, MPLSCP, OSPFv2, RIP, RSVP, SNAP, TCP, UDP, VLAN, MD1230A Test Frame
Protocol Emulation ARP, PING, IGMP, BGP-4
Traffic Monitor Ethernet frame count for up to 64 flows, IP packet count for up to 64 flows, Frame count for up to 64 protocols
Traffic Map Ethernet data flow for up to 256 flows, IP data flow for up to 256 flows
Service Disruption Time Time of frame disruption
RFC2544 Automatic Test Throughput, Latency, Frame Loss Rate, Back to Back Frame, System Recovery, Reset
[1] Fully Meshed Throughput, Frame
Loss and Forwarding Rates, [2] Partially
Meshed one-to-Many/Many-to-One,
[3] Partially Meshed Multiple Devices,
[4] Partially Meshed Unidirectional Traffic,
RFC2889 Automatic
– [5] Congestion Control, [6] Forward –
Test (Option 10)∗5
Pressure and Maximum Forwarding Rate,
[7] Address Caching Capacity, [8] Address
Learning Rate, [9] Errored Frames
Filtering, [10] Broadcast Frame
Forwarding and Latency
LFS pattern transmit function, LFS
Link Fault Signaling transmitted counter function, Received
–
(Option 16)∗7 counter function, LFS data capture,
LFS emulation function
∗1: 1000BASE-SX/LX/LH/ZX/T can be selected by changing the GBIC module.
∗2: 10GBASE-LR can be selected by changing the XENPAK module.
∗3: VLAN tag and MPLS labels cannot both be used simultaneously.
∗4: Increment and random of frame length can be used only when choosing None as a protocol.
∗5: Main frame option is required.
∗6: Unframe BER Test (MU120118A) requires main frame option (Option 13).
∗7: Main frame option is required (Option 16).

• Advanced Protocol Ethernet Module
10BASE-T/100BASE-TX 1000BASE-SX/LX/LH/ZX∗1, Electrical: 1000BASE-T∗1
Number of ports: 8 Number of ports: 2
Connector: RJ-45 Connector: GBIC interface (GBIC: SC, RJ-45)
Ports Link speed: 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s Link speed: 1 Gbit/s
Duplex mode: Full, Half Duplex mode: Full
Auto negotiation: On/Off Auto negotiation: On/Off
Flow control: On/Off Flow control: On/Off
LEDs Link (10/100M), Tx/Collision, Rx/Error Link, Tx, Rx, Error
MAC address: Fixed, Increment, Decrement, Random (changeable portions specified in 4 bits units) 3
MPLS label∗2: Up to 10 MPLS labels can be appended (fixed setting)
Protocol editing: Ethernet, IPv4, IPv6, TCP/IPv4, UDP/IPv4, IGMP/IPv4, ICMP/IPv4, RIP/UDP/IPv4, DHCP/UDP/IPv4, IPX, ARP,
MAC control, IS-IS
Frame Settings Option 12∗3, ∗4:
TCP/IPv6, UDP/IPv6, ICMPv6/IPv6, IPv6 over IPv4, ICMPv6/IPv6 over IPv4, TCP/IPv6 over IPv4, UDP/IPv6 over IPv4
Data field
Can set any 4 portions of data field: All 1, All 0, Alternate1/0 (Each bit, Each 2 bits, Each 4 bits, Each byte, Each 2 bytes),
Data Field 1 only: Time stamp, Sequence number, User defined, Test frame
Frame Length 12 to 10000 byte (Settable as auto, Fixed, Increment∗3, or Random∗3) 48 to 65280 byte (Settable as auto, Fixed, Increment∗3, or Random∗3)
8 µs to 1700 s, Settable as fixed, Random Resolution of 8 ns
Inter Frame Gap
100BASE-TX: Resolution of 80 ns 64 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed, Random
Stream Gap Setting
800 ns to 170 s, Settable as fixed, Random

8 µs to 1700 s, Settable as fixed Resolution of 8 ns
Inter Burst Gap
100BASE-T: Resolution of 80 ns 64 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed
8 µs to 1700 s, Settable as fixed Resolution of 8 ns
Inter Stream Gap
100BASE-TX: Resolution 80 ns 64 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed
FCS error, Undersize error, Oversize error, Fragments error, FCS error, Undersize error, Oversize error, Fragments error,
Error Insertion
Frame Error
Oversize & FCS error, Alignment error, Dribble bit error, Collision Oversize & FCS error
Packet BER Test
PRBS error
(Option 11)∗4
Transmitted frame count/rate, Received frame count/rate, Transmitted bit count/rate, Received bit count/rate, Transmitted byte/rate,
Common
Received byte/rate, Capture trigger, Capture filter, User defined 1 count/rate, User defined 2 count/rate
Transmitted ARP reply, Received ARP reply, Transmitted ARP Transmitted ARP reply, Received ARP reply, Transmitted ARP
request, Received ARP request, Flow control, Dribble bit error, request, Received ARP request, Flow control, Line error,
Ethernet
Line error, Fragments, Undersize, Oversize, Oversize & FCS Fragments, Undersize, Oversize, Oversize & FCS error,
error, FCS error, Alignment error, Collision FCS error, Byte alignment error
Transmitted IPv4 packet count/rate, Received IPv4 packet count/rate, Transmitted PING reply, Received PING reply, Transmitted
Counter
IP/TCP/UDP PING request, Received PING request, QoS 0 to 7 frame count/rate, Received TCP packet count/rate, Received UDP packet
count/rate, IPv4 header checksum error, TCP checksum error, UDP checksum error
Unframe∗5 Bit error count/rate, Pattern sync loss count/second
Packet BER Test
Transmitted test frame, Received test frame, Sequence error, PRBS bit error count/rate, PRBS frame error count/rate
(Option 11)∗4
Transmitted IPv6 packet count/rate, Received IPv6 packet count/rate, Transmitted ICMPv6 echo request, Received ICMPv6 echo
IPv6 Expansion
request, Transmitted ICMPv6 echo reply, Received ICMPv6 echo reply, Transmitted ICMPv6 (NA), Received ICMPv6 (NA),
(Option 12)∗4
Transmitted ICMPv6 (NS), Received ICMPv6 (NS)
Frame Arrival Time
QoS Counter Setting Using QoS described below, 8-level priority frame count: IEEE802.1D VLAN tag user priority field, 3 LSB of RFC2474 DSCP field
Test pattern: Test pattern: All 0, All 1, User-defined 16-bit pattern,
All 0, All 1, User-defined 16-bit pattern, PRBS23, PRBS31 PRBS23, PRBS31, CJPAT, CRPAT
Error insertion: Bit unit Error insertion: Bit unit
Unframe BER Test∗5
Error insertion timing: Error insertion timing:
Single error, Single rate (1E-3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9), Single error, Single rate (1E-3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9),
Programmable rate (9.9 E-3 to 1.0 E-10) Programmable rate (9.9 E-3 to 1.0 E-10)
Capture Buffer 8 Mbyte/port 32 Mbyte/port
Capture Filter
Destination MAC address, Source MAC address, 128-bit pattern (settable bit length and offset) x 2, Error conditions
Capture Trigger Destination MAC address, Source MAC address, 128-bit pattern (settable bit length and offset) x 2, Error conditions, Traffic over,
Latency over, External trigger input
ARP, BGP-4, DHCP, DVMRP, Ethernet, ICMP, ICMPv6, IGAP, IGMP, IPCP, IPv4, IPv6, IPv6CP, IPX, IS-IS, LCP, LDP, MAC
Protocol Decode
Control Frame, MPLS, MPLSCP, OSPFv2, RIP, RSVP, SNAP, TCP, UDP, VLAN, MD1230A Test Frame
ARP, ICMP for IPv4, IGMP, BGP-4, OSPF (Option 07), MPLS LDP/CR-LDP (Option 08), MPLS RSVP (Option 09), ICMP for IPv6
Protocol Emulation
(Option 12), IGAP (Option 14)
Traffic Monitor Ethernet frame count for up to 64 flows, IP packet count for up to 64 flows, Frame count for up to 64 protocols
Traffic Map Ethernet data flow for up to 256 flows, IP data flow for up to 256 flows
RFC2544 Automatic Test Throughput, Latency, Frame Loss Rate, Back-to-Back Frame, System Recovery, Reset
[1] Fully Meshed Throughput and Frame Loss, Forwarding Rate, [2] Partially Meshed one-to-Many/Many-to-One, [3] Partially
RFC2889 Automatic Meshed Multiple Devices, [4] Partially Meshed Unidirectional Traffic, [5] Congestion Control, [6] Forward Pressure and Maximum
Test (Option 10)∗4 Forwarding Rate, [7] Address Caching Capacity, [8] Address Learning Rate, [9] Errored Frames Filtering, [10] Broadcast Frame
Forwarding and Latency
Auto Negotiation Code data transmitted function, Auto negotiation sequence
Analysis (Option 15)∗4 – capture function, Link timer value variable function
∗1: 1000BASE-SX/LX/LH/ZX/T can be selected by changing the GBIC module.
∗2: VLAN tag and MPLS labels cannot both be used simultaneously.
∗5: Unframe BER Test (MU120111A) requires port 1 or port 5.
• POS Module
Model MU120103A MU120104A MU120105A MU120106A
OC-48/STM-16 OC-48/STM-16 OC-192/STM-64 OC-192/STM-64
Wavelength: 1260 to 1360 nm Wavelength: 1500 to 1580 nm Wavelength: 1290 to 1330 nm Wavelength: 1530 to 1565 nm
Number of ports: 1 Number of ports: 1 Number of ports: 1 Number of ports: 1
Ports Connector: SC Connector: SC Connector: SC Connector: SC
Bit rate: 2488.320 Mbit/s (NRZ) Bit rate: 2488.320 Mbit/s (NRZ) Bit rate: 9953.280 Mbit/s (NRZ) Bit rate: 9953.280 Mbit/s (NRZ)
Output level: –5 to 0 dBm Output level: –2 to +3 dBm Output level: –4 to +0 dBm Output level: –1 to +2 dBm
Input sensitivity: –18 to 0 dBm Input sensitivity: –28 to –9 dBm Input sensitivity: –12 to 0 dBm Input sensitivity: –14 to –3 dBm
LEDs Link, Tx, Rx, Error, Optical send
Internal (±50 ppm variable), Receive signal, Internal (±100 ppm variable), Receive signal,
Clocks
Lock (64 kHz + 8 kHz, 1.5 MHz, 2 MHz, 1.5 Mbit/s, 2 Mbit/s) Lock (64 kHz + 8 kHz, 1.5 MHz, 2 MHz, 1.5 Mbit/s, 2 Mbit/s)
Power Meter Standard
Frame select: SONET/SDH
Scramble: On/Off
Alarm addition: LOS, LOF, MS-AIS, MS-RDI, MS-TIM, AU-AIS, AU-LOP, HP-SLM, HP-TIM, HP-RDI, HP-UNEQ
SDH/SONET Setting Alarm addition timing: Single, Single burst frame (1 to 64000), Alternative [Alarm frame (0 to 8000), Normal frame (1 to 8000)], All
Error insertion: FAS, Bit all, B1, B2, B3, MS-REI, HP-REI, HP-IEC
Error insertion timing: Single, Single burst bit (1 to 64000), Rate (1E-3, 1E-4, 1E-5, 1E-6, 1E-7, 1E-8, 1E-9),
Programmed rate [AE-B ∗A: 1.0 to 9.9 (step 0.1), B: 3 to 10], All
APS (K1/K2) sequence generation: 2 to 64 words, Repeat (8000 frames)
OC-48c MAPOS Version1 OC-192c MAPOS Version1

STM-16c VC4∗16c MAPOS 16 STM-48c VC4∗64c MAPOS 16
Mapping PPP PPP
CiscoHDLC CiscoHDLC
Unframed Unframed
Bulk Bulk
FCS: CRC32
MPLS label: Up to 10 MPLS labels can be appended (fixed setting)
Protocol editing: PPP, IPv4, IPv6, TCP/IP, UDP/IP, IGMP/IP, ICMP/IP, RIP/UDP/IP, DHCP, IS-IS
Frame Settings Data field
Can set any 4 parts in data field: All 1, All 0, Alternate 1/0 (Each bit, Each 2 bits, Each 4 bits, Each byte, Each 2 bytes), Increment,
Decrement, Random, Single PRBS9
16,000,000, Frame count per burst: 1 to 1,099,551,627,775, Burst count per stream: 1 to 1,099,551,627,775)
Resolution of 3.3 ns Resolution of 0.8 ns
Stream Gap Setting
Inter Frame Gap

3.3 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed, Random 0.8 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed, Random
Inter Burst Gap
3.3 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed 13.4 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed
Inter Stream Gap
427.4 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed 106.8 ns to 120 s, Settable as fixed
Error Insertion
Frame Error FCS error, Abort frame, Fragment, Undersize, Oversize, Oversize & FCS error
Packet BER Test
(Option 11)∗2 PRBS bit error

Model MU120103A MU120104A MU120105A MU120106A
B1 count/rate, B2 count/rate, B3 count/rate, HP-IEC count/rate, MS-REI count/rate, HP-REI count/rate, LOS count/second,
SONET/SDH/ LOF count/second, OOF count/second, MS-AIS count/second, MS-RDI count/second, AU-AIS count/second, AU-LOP count/second,
Bulk HP-SLM count/second, HP-RDI count/second, HP-UNEQ count/second, Bit Info count/rate, Pattern Sync Loss count/second,
Abort frame, Sequence error count
Justification NDF count/rate, +PJC count/rate, –PJC count/rate, Consecutive count/rate, PPM
Common
Counter
Transmitted bytes (after stuffing), Received bytes (before destufing), Transmitted IPv4 packet count/rate, Received IPv4 packet
count/rate, Transmitted PING reply, Received PING reply, Transmitted PING request, Received PING request, QoS 0 to 7 frame/rate,
PPP/IP/TCP/UDP Received TCP packet count/rate, Received UDP packet count/rate, IPv4 header checksum error, TCP checksum error, UDP 3
checksum error
Unframe Bit Info count/rate, Pattern Sync Loss count/second
Packet BER Test Transmitted test frame, Received test frame, Sequence error, Received PRBS frame error count/rate, Received PRBS bit error
(Option 11)∗2 count/rate
Alarm Arrival Time
QoS Counter Settings Using QoS described below, 8-level priority frame count: 3 LSB of RFC2474 DSCP field
Test pattern: PRBS23, PRBS31
Unframe BER Setting Error insertion: Bit unit
Error insertion timing: Single error, Single rate (1E-3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9), Programmable rate (9.9 E-3 to 1.0 E-10)
Capture Buffer 256 Mbyte/port
Capture Filter
Destination IP address, Source IP address, 32-bit pattern (settable bit length and offset) x 2, Error conditions
Capture Trigger Destination IP address, Source IP address, 32-bit pattern (settable bit length and offset) x 2, Error conditions, Traffic over,
BGP-4, Cisco HDLC, DHCP, DVMRP, ICMP, ICMPv6, IGAP, IGMP, IPCP, IPv4, IPv6, IPv6CP, IPX, IS-IS, LCP, LDP, MAPOS, MPLS,
Protocol Decode
MPLSCP, OSPFv2, PPP, RIP, RSVP, SNAP, TCP, UDP, MD1230A Test Frame
Protocol Emulation PPP, PING, IGMP, BGP-4
Traffic Monitor IP packet count for up to 64 flows, Frame count for up to 64 protocols
Traffic Map IP data flow for up to 256 flows
RFC2544 Automatic Throughput, Latency, Frame Loss Rate, Back-to-Back Frame, System Recovery, Reset
Test

OC-3/12 STM-1/4 OC-3 STM-1
Wavelength: 1300 nm band Wavelength: 1300 nm band
Ports Connector: SC Connector: SC
Bit rate: 155.52/622.08 Mbit/s (NRZ) Bit rate: 155.52 Mbit/s (NRZ)
Output level: –15 to –8 dBm Output level: –15 to –8 dBm
Input sensitivity: –28 to –8 dBm Input sensitivity: –28 to –8 dBm
LEDs Link, Tx, Rx, Error
Clocks Internal (±50 ppm variable), Receive signal, Lock (64 kHz + 8 kHz, 1.5 MHz, 2 MHz, 1.5 Mbit/s, 2 Mbit/s)
Power Meter Option
Scramble: On/Off
SDH/SONET Setting Alarm addition timing: Single, Single burst frame (1 to 64000), Alternative [Alarm frame (0 to 8000), Normal frame (1 to 8000)], All
APS (K1/K2) Sequence generation: 2 to 64 words, Repeat (8000 frames)
OC-12c MAPOS Version1 MAPOS Version1

STM-4c VC4∗4c MAPOS 16 MAPOS 16
Mapping PPP PPP
OC-3c VC-4 OC-3c VC-4
CiscoHDLC CiscoHDLC
STM-1c STM-1c
Bulk Bulk
Unframed Unframed
FCS: CRC32
MPLS label: Up to 10 MPLS labels can be appended (fixed setting)
Protocol editing: PPP, IPv4, IPv6, TCP/IP, UDP/IP, IGMP/IP, ICMP/IP, RIP/UDP/IP, DHCP, IS-IS
Frame Settings Data field
Can set any 4 parts in data field: All 1, All 0, Alternate 1/0 (Each bit, Each 2 bits, Each 4 bits, Each byte, Each 2 bytes),
156M: 53.4 ns to 120 s, Resolution of 53.4 ns, Settable as fixed, Random
Stream Gap Setting
Inter Frame Gap

622M:13.4 ns to 120 s, Resolution of 13.4 ns, Settable as fixed, Random
156M: 53.4ns to 120 s, Resolution of 53.4 ns, Settable as fixed
Inter Burst Gap
622M:13.4 ns to 120 s, Resolution of 13.4 ns, Settable as fixed
156M: 427.4 ns to 120 s, Resolution of 53.4 ns, Settable as fixed
Inter Stream Gap
622M:106.8 ns to 120 s, Resolution of 13.4 ns, Settable as fixed
Number of Streams 256 streams/port
Error Insertion

Packet BER Test
(Option 11)∗2 PRBS bit error
B1 count/rate, B2 count/rate, B3 count/rate, HP-IEC count/rate, MS-REI count/rate, HP-REI count/rate, LOS count/second, LOF
count/second, OOF count/second, MS-AIS count/second, MS-RDI count/second, AU-AIS count/second, AU-LOP count/second,
SONET/SDH/Bulk
HP-SLM count/second, HP-RDI count/second, HP-UNEQ count/second, Bit Info count/rate, Pattern Sync Loss count/second,
Abort frame, Sequence error count
Common
Counter
count/rate, Transmitted PING reply, Received PING reply, Transmitted PING request, Received PING request, QoS 0 to 7 frame/
PPP/IP/TCP/UDP rate, Received TCP packet count/rate, Received UDP packet count/rate, IPv4 header checksum error, TCP checksum error, UDP
checksum error
Unframe Bit Info count/rate, Pattern Sync Loss count/second
Packet BER test Transmitted test frame, Received test frame, Sequence error, Received PRBS frame error count/rate, Received PRBS bit error
(Option 11)∗2 count/rate
Frame Arrival Time
QoS Counter Settings Using QoS described below, 8-level priority frame count: 3 LSB of RFC2474 DSCP field
Test pattern: PRBS11, PRBS15, PRBS20, PRBS23, PRBS31
Error insertion timing: Single error, Single rate (1E-3,4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9), Programmable rate (9.9 E-3, 1.0 E-10)
Capture Filter
Destination IP address, Source IP address, 32-bit pattern (settable bit length and offset) x 2, Error conditions
Capture Trigger Destination IP address, Source IP address, 32-bit pattern (settable bit length and offset) x 2, Error conditions, Traffic over,
BGP-4, Cisco HDLC, DHCP, DVMRP, ICMP, ICMPv6, IGAP, IGMP, IPCP, IPv4, IPv6, IPv6CP, IPX, IS-IS, LCP, LDP, MAPOS,
Protocol Decode
MPLS, MPLSCP, OSPFv2, PPP, RIP, RSVP, SNAP, TCP, UDP, MD1230A Test Frame
Protocol Emulation PPP, PING, IGMP, BGP-4
MU120119A-01/MU120120A-01
Maximum input level: +10 dBm
Module Options
Optical power measurement range: –40 to +5 dBm
Optical power measurement accuracy: ±0.5 dBm

• EOS Module
Model MU120103B MU120104B
OC-48/STM-16 OC-48/STM-16
Wavelength: 1260 to 1360 nm Wavelength: 1500 to 1580 nm
Ports Connector: SC Connector: SC
Bit rate: 2488.320 Mbit/s (NRZ) Bit rate: 2488.320 Mbit/s (NRZ)
Output level: –5 to 0 dBm Output level: –2 to +3 dBm
Input sensitivity: –18 to 0 dBm Input sensitivity: –28 to –9 dBm
LEDs Link, Tx, Rx, Error, Optical send
Clocks Internal (±50 ppm variable), Receive signal, Lock (64 kHz + 8 kHz, 1.5 MHz, 2 MHz, 1.5 Mbit/s, 2 Mbit/s)
3
Power Meter Standard
Scramble: On/Off
Alarm addition timing: Single, Single burst frame (1 to 64000), Alternative [Alarm frame (0 to 8000), Normal frame (1 to 8000)], All
SDH/SONET Setting
APS (K1/K2) sequence generation: 2 to 64 words, Repeat (8000 frames)
OC-48c VC4∗16c MAPOS Version1 (a) (b)

VC4∗Xc ∗1,∗2 F-GFP ∗1
STM-16c MAPOS 16
(a) ∗1,∗2 ∗1
PPP VC4 LEX
Mapping
CiscoHDLC VC3 ∗1,∗2 LAPS ∗1
Bulk VC4∗Xv ∗2
(b) VC3∗Xv ∗2
FCS: CRC32, CRC16

MAC address: Fixed, Increment, Decrement, Random (changeable portions specified in 4 bits units)
MPLS label∗3: Up to 10 MPLS labels can be appended. Fixed setting
Protocol editing: Ethernet, IPv4, IPv6, TCP/IPv4, UDP/IPv4, IGMP/IPv4, ICMP/IPv4, RIP/UDP/IPv4, DHCP/UDP/IPv4, IPX, ARP,
Frame Settings
MAC control, IS-IS, LEX Control Packet∗4, GFP, PPP
Data field
Can set any 4 parts in data field: All 1, All 0, Alternate 1/0 (Each bit, Each 2 bits, Each 4 bits, Each byte, Each 2 bytes),
GFP: 0 ns to 120 s, Resolution of 13.4 ns, Settable as fixed, Random∗6
Stream Gap Setting
Inter Frame Gap

PPP/LEX/LAPS: 3.3 ns to 120 s, Resolution of 3.2 ns, Settable as fixed, Random∗6
51.4 ns to 120 s, Resolution of 3.2 ns, Settable as fixed
Inter Burst Gap
(IFG <51.4 ns or Frame length <63 bytes) IFG + 51.4ns to 120 s
427.4 ns to 120 s, Resolution of 3.2 ns, Settable as fixed
Inter Stream Gap
(IFG <51.4 ns or Frame length <63 bytes) IFG + 427.4 ns to 120 s
Number of Streams 256 streams/port
GFP∗7 cHEC error, Correctable cHEC error, tHEC error, Correctable tHEC error, eHEC error, Correctable eHEC error, FCS error
LAPS∗7 FCS error, Abort sequence
Error Insertion
LEX∗7 FCS error, Fragment error, Undersize error, Oversize, Oversize & FCS error, Abort sequence
Packet BER Test
PRBS bit error
(Option 11)∗8
B1 count/rate, B2 count/rate, B3 count/rate, HP-IEC count/rate, MS-REI count/rate, HP-REI count/rate, LOS count/second,
LOF count/second, OOF count/second, MS-AIS count/second, MS-RDI count/second, AU-AIS count/second, AU-LOP count/second,
SONET/SDH/Bulk
HP-SLM count/second, HP-RDI count/second, HP-UNEQ count/second, Bit Info count/rate, Pattern Sync Loss count/second,
Sequence error count
Transmitted frame count/rate, Received frame count/rate, Transmitted bit count/rate, Received bit count/rate, Transmitted
Common
byte/rate, Received byte/rate, Capture trigger, Capture filter, User defined 1 count/rate, User defined 2 count/rate
Counter
Transmitted bytes (after stuffing), Transmitted bytes (after adaptation), cHEC error, Correctable cHEC error, tHEC error, Correctable
GFP/LEX/LAPS∗7 tHEC error, eHEC error, GFP FCS error, Server signal fail interval, Client loss of sync frame, Client loss of sync interval, Client
loss of signal frame, Client loss of signal interval, Fragment, Undersize, Oversize, Oversize & FCS error, Abort frame
Transmitted Ethernet frame, Received Ethernet frame, Transmitted Ethernet byte, Received Ethernet byte, Ethernet FCS error,
Ethernet∗7 Flow control, Ethernet fragment error, Ethernet undersize error, Ethernet oversize error, Ethernet oversize & FCS error,
Transmitted ARP request, Received ARP request, Transmitted ARP reply, Received ARP reply
count/rate, Transmitted PING reply, Received PING reply, Transmitted PING request, Received PING request, QoS 0 to 7 frame/
PPP/IP/TCP/UDP rate, Received TCP packet count/rate, Received UDP packet count/rate, IPv4 header checksum error, TCP checksum error, UDP
checksum error
Model MU120103B MU120104B
Unframe Bit info count/rate, Pattern Sync Loss count/second
Counter
Packet BER Test Transmitted test frame, Received test frame, Sequence error, Received PRBS frame error count/rate, Received PRBS bit error
(Option 11) count/rate
Frame Arrival Time
QoS Counter Settings Using QoS described below, 8-level priority frame count: IEEE802.1D VLAN tag user priority field, 3 LSB of RFC2474 DSCP field
Test pattern: PRBS23, PRBS31
Error insertion timing: Single error, Single rate (1E-3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9), Programmable rate (9.9 E-3, 1.0 E-10)
Capture Filter Destination MAC address∗9, Source MAC address∗9, Destination IP address, Source IP address, 32-bit pattern (settable bit
length and offset) x 2, Error conditions
Capture Trigger Destination MAC address∗9, Source MAC address∗9, Destination IP address, Source IP address, 32-bit pattern (settable bit
length and offset) x 2, Error conditions, Traffic over, Latency over, External trigger input
ARP, BGP-4, Cisco HDLC, DHCP, DVMRP, Ethernet, GFP, ICMP, ICMPv6, IGAP, IGMP, IPCP, IPv4, IPv6, IPv6CP, IPX, IS-IS,
Protocol Decode LAPS (X.86), LCP, LDP, LEX, LLC, MAC Control Frame, MAPOS, MPLS, MPLSCP, OSPFv2, PPP, PPP-LEX, RIP, RSVP, SNAP,
TCP, UDP, VLAN, MD1230A Test Frame
Protocol Emulation ARP, PPP, ICMP(PING), IGMP, BGP-4
MU120103B-01/MU120104B-01
Mapping: T-GFP, LAPS, LEX
Concatenation: [SDH] VC-4-Xc (X = 16, 8, 4, 3, 2), VC-4, VC-3
Module Options [SONET] STS-Xc (X = 48, 24, 12, 9, 6, 3), STS-1
MU120103B-02/MU120104B-02
Virtual concatenation: [SDH] VC-4-Xv (X = 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2), VC-3-Xv (X = 24, 21, 18, 15, 12, 9, 6, 3)
[SONET] STS3c-Xv (X = 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2), STS1-Xv (X = 24, 21, 18, 15, 12, 9, 6, 3)
∗1: Settable while using the Option 01.

∗2: Settable while using the Option 02.
∗3: VLAN tag and MPLS labels cannot be used simultaneously.
∗4: LEX Control Packet can be chosen only when choosing LEX mapping.
∗6: Random setting is effective only when frame length is more than 64 bytes.
∗7: Settable only while using the Option 01.
∗9: Settable as only GFP/LAPS/LEX mapping.
• MU740701A IP Tester Control Module

Control Slot Number∗1 7
Interface RS-232C
Standard: RFC2544 Test (Throughput, Latency, Frame Loss Rate, Back-to-Back Frame, System Recovery, Reset)
Option: RFC2889 Benchmarking Test ([1] Fully Meshed Throughput, Frame Loss and Forwarding Rates, [2] Partially Meshed
Automatic Test One-to-Many/Many-to-One, [3] Partially Meshed Multiple Devices, [4] Partially Meshed Unidirectional Traffic, [5] Congestion
Control, [6] Forward Pressure and Maximum Forwarding Rate, [7] Address Caching Capacity, [8] Address Learning Rate,
[9] Errored Frames Filtering, [10] Broadcast Frame Forwarding and Latency)
LED For configuration check
Operating Temperature 0˚ to +40 ˚C
MU740701A-04: MU740701A Decode Module∗2, MU740701A-05: GPS Module∗3, MU740701A-07: OSPF Protocol∗4, MU740701A-08:
MPLS (LDP/CR-LDP) Protocol∗4, MU740701A-09: MPLS (RSVP) Protocol∗4, MU740701A-10: RFC2889 Benchmarking Test∗4,
Corresponding Options MU740701A-11: Packet BER Test∗4, MU740701A-12: IPv6 Expansion∗4, MU740701A-13: XENPAK Test∗5, MU740701A-14: IGAP
Protocol∗4, MU740701A-15: Auto Negotiation Analysis∗6, MU740701A-16: Link Fault Signalling∗5, MU740701A-30: MU740701A
Expert Analysis Module∗7, MT7407A-40: Annual Software Upgrade Service for MT7407A∗8
∗1: MU740701A is controllable a maximum of 7 modules.
∗2: Purchase MU740701A-04 on FD. The Decode Module function doesn’t operate with only MU740701A-04. MX123001A-01 (sold separately) is required.
∗3: When using MU740701A-05, MT7407A-01 (sold separately) is required. With one MU740701A-05 can support an entire MT7407A chassis with one
MU740701A module installed.
∗4: Some of these interface modules may not work in certain combinations depending on the modules and software versions.
Please see the selection guide (Pages 8, 9)
∗5: MU740701A-13 and MU740701A-16 support only MU120118A.
∗6: MU740701A-15 supports only MU120112A.
∗7: Purchase MU740701A-30 on FD. The Expert Analysis module function doesn't operate with only MU740701A-30. MU740701A-04 MU740701A Decode
Module, MX123001A-01 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04, and MX123003A Remote Control Software for MX123002A are required.
∗8: MT7407A-40 is provided free for the first year after purchase. It is required to receive software upgrade service starting with the second year after purchase.
One license supports two MU740701A.

• MT7407A-01 IP Tester Interface∗1
Frequency: 64 kHz + 8 kHz ± 50 ppm, 2.048 MHz ± 50 ppm, 1.544 MHz ± 50 ppm, 2.048 Mbit/s ± 50 ppm,1.544 Mbit/s ± 50 ppm
Interface
2M: ITU-T G.703 Table 10, HDB3
1.5M: B8ZS, AMI ANSI T1.403
SONET/SDH sync Level (64k): 0.63 to 1.1 Vo-p
Clock Input Code (64k): AMI 8 kHz violation
Connector
BNC (75 Ω): 2 MHz, 2 Mbit/s
Siemens (120 Ω balanced): 2 MHz, 2 Mbit/s, 64 kHz + 8 kHz
Bantam (100 Ω balanced): 1.5 MHz, 1.5 Mbit/s
Sync I/O MD1230A/1231A time sync signal, Impedance: 75 Ω (BNC) 3
External Interface
GPS Antenna
Connector∗2
∗1: This option is required when synchronizing SONET/SDH with MT7407A, or when synchronizing two or more sets of MT7407A, MD1230A, and MD1231A.
∗2: When using MU740701A-05, MT7407A-01 (sold separately) is required.
• MD1230A
Main frame MX123001A-20 Application Traffic Monitor Option∗13
MD1230A Data Quality Analyzer MX123003A Remote Control Software for MX123002A∗15
MX123003A-05 Remote Control Software for MX123002A (5 licenses)∗15
Standard accessories MX123003A-08 Remote Control Software for MX123002A (8 licenses)∗15
F0079 Fuse, 10 A: 1 pc Software options
B0329G Front cover (for 3/4MW4U): 1 pc MX123001A-06 Tcl Interface∗3
B0500A Side cover: 1 pc MX123001A-07 RS-232C Control∗2
W2306AE MD1230A Family operation manual CD-ROM∗1: 1 pc MX123001A-09 GPIB Control∗2
MX123001A-10 Ethernet Control∗2, ∗3
Main frame options
MD1230A-01 RS-232C Control∗2 Software upgrade service
MD1230A-02 GPIB Control∗2 MD1230A-40 Annual Software Upgrade Service for MD1230A∗16
MD1230A-03 Ethernet Control∗2,∗3 MD1230A-41 Annual Software Maintenance for MD1230A-04∗17
MD1230A-04 MD1230A Decode Module∗4 MD1230A-42 Annual Software Maintenance for MX123002A∗17
MD1230A-05 GPS Module
MD1230A-06 Tcl Interface∗3 Maintenance service
MD1230A-07 OSPF Protocol∗5 MD1230A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MD1230A-08 MPLS (LDP/CR-LDP) Protocol∗5 MU120101A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MD1230A-09 MPLS (RSVP) Protocol∗5 MU120102A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MD1230A-10 RFC2889 Benchmarking Test∗5 MU120103A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MD1230A-11 Packet BER Test∗5 MU120103B-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MD1230A-12 IPv6 Expansion∗5 MU120104A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MD1230A-13 XENPAK Test∗6 MU120104B-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MD1230A-14 IGAP Protocol∗5 MU120105A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MD1230A-15 Auto Negotiation Analysis∗7 MU120106A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MD1230A-16 Link Fault Signaling∗6 MU120111A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MD1230A-20 Application Traffic Monitor∗7,∗8 MU120112A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MX123002A MD1230A Expert Analysis Module∗14 MU120118A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MU120119A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
Plug-in modules MU120120A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MU120101A 10M/100M Ethernet Module
MU120102A Gigabit Ethernet Module∗9 Optional accessories
MU120103A 2.5G (1.31) Module∗10 G0105A GBIC SX 850 nm∗19
MU120103B 2.5G (1.31) Module∗10 G0106A GBIC LX 1310 nm∗19
MU120104A 2.5G (1.55) Module∗10 G0107A GBIC LH 1310 nm∗19
MU120104B 2.5G (1.55) Module∗10 G0108A GBIC ZX 1550 nm∗19
MU120105A 10G (1.31) Module G0124A GBIC T (1000BASE-T)∗20
MU120106A 10G (1.55) Module G0126A XENPAK (10GBASE-LR)∗21
MU120111A 10/100M Ethernet Module J1049A Fixed Optical Attenuator (SC, 5 dB)∗22
MU120112A Gigabit Ethernet Module∗9 J1049B Fixed Optical Attenuator (SC, 10 dB)∗22
MU120118A 10 Gigabit Ethernet Module∗11 J1049C Fixed Optical Attenuator (SC, 15 dB)∗22
MU120119A OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module (1310 nm) MZ1221A XAUI Extender
MU120120A OC-3/STM-1 Module (1310 nm) MZ1222A XENPAK Interface
J1163A XAUI cable, 0.5 m
Plug-in module options J1164A MDIO cable, 0.5 m
MU120103B-01 EOS Mapping J0660B Optical fiber cord (SM, SC-SC connector both ends),
MU120103B-02 Virtual Concatenation 2m
MU120104B-01 EOS Mapping J0773B Optical fiber cord (GI, SC-SC connector both ends), 2 m
MU120104B-02 Virtual Concatenation J1119B Optical fiber cable (Duplex, MM), 2 m
MU120119A-01 Optical Power Meter J0775D Coaxial cord (BNC-P620 · 3C-2WS · BNC-P620, 75 Ω),
MU120120A-01 Optical Power Meter 2m
J1165A Coaxial cord (27CP-P-1.5-BNC-P-1.5C-CR10)∗23
Softwares J0845A Balanced cable (BANTAM 3P/BANTAM 3P), 6 ft
MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software J0162B Balanced cable (Siemens 3p-Siemens 3p), 2 m
MX123001A-05 Data Quality Analyzer Control Software (5 licenses) J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
MX123001A-08 Data Quality Analyzer Control Software (8 licenses) J1109B LAN cable (Cross), 5 m
MX123001A-01 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04∗12 J1110B LAN cable (Straight), 5 m
MX123001A-15 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04 (5 licenses)∗12 Z0321A Keyboard (PS/2)
MX123001A-18 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04 (8 licenses)∗12
Model/Order No. Name • MD1231A
Z0541A USB mouse Model/Order No. Name
B0448 Soft case
B0336C Carrying case (for 3/4MW4U, 350D)∗24 Main frame
B0530 Carrying case caster for B0336C MD1231A IP Network Analyzer
(only for B0336C, 4 pcs/set)
B0533 Carrying case (for 3/4MW4U, 350D)∗25 Standard accessories
B0501B Blank panel J0134 Power cord, 2.5 m: 1 pc
W1927AE MD1230A Data Quality Analyzer operation manual F0101 Fuse, 2 A: 1 pc
W1928AE MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software B0489 Front cover: 1 pc
operation manual W2306AE MD1230A Family operation manual CD-ROM∗1: 1 pc
W1929AE MD1230A-01/02/03 Remote Control operation manual
W2107AE MD1230A-04 MD1230A Decode Module MX123001A-01 Main frame options
Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04 operation MD1231A-02 GPIB Control∗2
manual MD1231A-03 Ethernet Control∗2,∗3
W2122AE MD1230A-06 Tcl Interface operation manual MD1231A-04 MD1231A Decode Module∗4
W2134AE MD1230A-20/MD1231A-20/MX123001A-20 Application MD1231A-05 GPS Module
Traffic Monitor operation manual MD1231A-06 Tcl Interface∗3
W2108AE MX123002A MD1230A Expert Analysis Module MD1231A-07 OSPF Protocol∗5
MX123003A Remote Control Software for MX123002A MD1231A-08 MPLS (LDP/CR-LDP) Protocol∗5
operation manual MD1231A-09 MPLS (RSVP) Protocol∗5
W1931AE MU120101A/11A 10M/100M Ethernet Module MD1231A-10 RFC2889 Benchmarking Test∗5
MU120102A/12A Gigabit Ethernet Module MU120118A MD1231A-11 Packet BER Test∗5
10 Gigabit Ethernet Module operation manual MD1231A-12 IPv6 Expansion∗5
W1932AE MU120103A/B 2.5G (1.31) Module MU120104A/B 2.5G MD1231A-14 IGAP Protocol∗5
(1.55) Module MU120105A 10G (1.31) Module MD1231A-15 Auto Negotiation Analysis∗6
MU120106A 10G (1.55) Module operation manual MD1231A-20 Application Traffic Monitor∗6,∗7
W2121AE MU120119A OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module (1310 nm) MX123002A MD1230A Expert Analysis Module∗11
MU120120A OC-3/STM-1 Module (1310 nm) operation
manual Plug-in modules
MU120101A 10M/100M Ethernet Module
∗1: Includes W1927AE, W1928AE, W1929AE and W2122AE operation MU120102A Gigabit Ethernet Module∗8
manuals. Printed versions sold separately. MU120111A 10/100M Ethernet Module
∗2: The MD1230A-01/02/03 options and MX123001A-07/09/10 options are MU120112A Gigabit Ethernet Module∗8
required only for remote control using GPIB commands. Note that these MU120119A OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module (1310 nm)
options may be installed together, although only one of them can be used MU120120A OC-3/STM-1 Module (1310 nm)
at a time.
∗3: MD1230A-03 and MD1230A-06, MX123001A-06 and MX123001A-10 Plug-in module options
may be installed together, although only one of them can be used at a MU120119A-01 Optical Power Meter
time. MU120120A-01 Optical Power Meter
∗4: Purchase MD1230A-04 and the operation manuals (W2107AE) on CD-
ROM. Printed versions sold separately. Softwares
∗5: Some of these interface modules may not work in certain combinations MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software
depending on the modules and software versions. Please see the MX123001A-05 Data Quality Analyzer Control Software (5 licenses)
selection guide (Pages 8, 9) MX123001A-08 Data Quality Analyzer Control Software (8 licenses)
∗6: MD1230A-13 and MD1230A-16 support only MU120118A. MX123001A-01 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04∗9
∗7: MD1230A-15 and MD1230A-20 support only MU120112A. MX123001A-15 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04 (5 licenses)∗9
∗8: Purchase MD1230A-20 and the operation manuals (W2134AE) on CD- MX123001A-18 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04 (8 licenses)∗9
ROM. Printed versions sold separately. MD1230A-20 supports only two MX123001A-20 Application Traffic Monitor Option∗10
MU120112A. MX123003A Remote Control Software for MX123002A∗12
∗9: MU120102A/12A require GBIC modules (sold separately). MX123003A-05 Remote Control Software for MX123002A (5 licenses)∗12
∗10: MU120103A/04A support POS mapping. MU120103B/04B support POS MX123003A-08 Remote Control Software for MX123002A (8 licenses)∗12
mapping and EOS mapping.
However, EOS mapping is an option. Software options
∗11: MU120118A requires XENPAK modules (sold separately). MX123001A-06 Tcl Interface∗3
∗12: MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software and MD1230A-04 MX123001A-07 RS-232C Control∗2
MD1230A Decode Module are required. MX123001A-09 GPIB Control∗2
∗13: Software for external control of MD1230A-20 and MD1231A-20. It can MX123001A-10 Ethernet Control∗2,∗3
be used even if there is no MX123001A.
∗14: MD1230A-04 MD1230A Decode Module is required. Software upgrade service
∗15: MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software, MX123001A-01 MD1231A-40 Annual Software Upgrade Service for MD1231A∗13
Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04, MD1231A-41 Annual Software Maintenance for MD1231A-04∗14
MD1230A-04 MD1230A Decode Module and MX123002A MD1230A MD1231A-42 Annual Software Maintenance for MX123002A∗15
Expert Analysis Module are required.
∗16: MD1230A-40 is provided free for the first year after purchase. It is re- Maintenance service
quired to receive software upgrade service starting with the second year MD1231A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
after purchase. MU120101A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
∗17: Annual Maintenance Service for MD1230A-04 and MX123001A-01. MU120102A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
You have to purchase this software maintenance simultaneously with MU120111A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
MD1230A-04 and MX123001A-01. Moreover, when continuing this MU120112A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
software maintenance, annual renewal is required each year. MU120119A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
∗18: Annual Maintenance Service for MX123002A and MX123003A. You MU120120A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service
have to purchase a this software maintenance simultaneously with and
MX123002A and MX123003A. Moreover, when continuing this software Optional accessories
maintenance, annual renewal is required each year. G0105A GBIC SX 850 nm∗16
∗19: The GBIC module is sold on a per-unit basis. MU120102A/12A has two G0106A GBIC LX 1310 nm∗16
GBIC interfaces slots. G0107A GBIC LH 1310 nm∗16
∗20: The GBIC-T module is sold on a per-unit basis. MU120112A has two G0108A GBIC ZX 1550 nm∗16
GBIC interfaces slots. G0124A GBIC T (1000BASE-T)∗17
∗21: The XENPAK module is sold on a per-unit basis. MU120118A has two J1049A Fixed Optical Attenuator (SC, 5 dB)∗18
XENPAK interfaces slots. J1049B Fixed Optical Attenuator (SC, 10 dB)∗18
∗22: Please check the optical power level. J1049C Fixed Optical Attenuator (SC, 15 dB)∗18
∗23: For connecting MD1231A Unit Sync (SMB connector). J0660B Optical fiber cord (SM, SC-SC connector both ends), 2 m
∗24: Dimensions and mass: 600 (W) x 805 (H) x 365 (D) mm, 8 kg J0773B Optical fiber cord (GI, SC-SC connector both ends), 2 m
∗25: Dimensions and mass: 413 (W) x 605 (H) x 420 (D) mm, 13 kg J1119B Optical fiber cable (Duplex, MM), 2 m
Two spaces which contain the box of standard accessories are provided.

Model/Order No. Name • MT7407A
J0775D Coaxial cord (BNC-P620 · 3C-2WS · BNC-P620, 75 Ω), 2 m Model/Order No. Name
J1165A Coaxial cord (27CP-P-1.5-BNC-P-1.5C-CR10)∗19
J1166A Coaxial cord (27CP-P-1.5)∗20 Main frame
J0845A Balanced cable (BANTAM 3P/BANTAM 3P), 6 ft MT7407A Multislot Chassis
J0162B Balanced cable (Siemens 3p-Siemens 3p), 2 m
J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m Standard accessories for MT7407A
J1109B LAN cable (Cross), 5 m J1211 Power Cord, 3 m: 1 pc
J1110B LAN cable (Straight), 5 m F0108 Fuse, 20 A: 1 pc
Z0321A Keyboard (PS/2) J1109B LAN cable (cross), 5 m: 1 pc
Z0541A USB mouse W2306AE MD1230A Family operation manual CD-ROM∗1: 1 pc
B0510 Soft case
Option for MT7407A
3
B0501B Blank panel
W2096AE MD1231A Data Quality Analyzer operation manual MT7407A-01 Interface Board for IP Tester∗2
W1928AE MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software
operation manual Standard accessories for MT7407A-01
W1929AE MD1230A-01/02/03 Remote Control operation manual J0775I Coaxial cable, 0.1 m: 1 pc
W2107AE MD1230A-04 MD1230A Decode Module, MX123001A-01
Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04 operation Plug-in modules for MT7407A
manual MU740701A IP Tester Control Module∗2
W2122AE MD1230A-06 Tcl Interface operation manual MU740702A Power Unit for IP Tester∗2, ∗3
W2134AE MD1230A-20/MD1231A-20/MX123001A-20 Application
Traffic Monitor operation manual Standard accessories for MU740701A
W2108AE MX123002A MD1230A Expert Analysis Module, J1221B RS-232C cross cable: 1 pc
MX123003A Remote Control Software for MX123002A
operation manual Control module options
W1931AE MU120101A/11A 10M/100M Ethernet Module, MU740701A-04 MU740701A Decode Module∗4
MU120102A/12A Gigabit Ethernet Module, MU120118A MU740701A-05 GPS Module∗5
10 Gigabit Ethernet Module operation manual MU740701A-07 OSPF Protocol∗6
W2121AE MU120119A OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module (1310 nm), MU740701A-08 MPLS (LDP/CR-LDP) Protocol∗6
MU120120A OC-3/STM-1 Module (1310 nm) operation MU740701A-09 MPLS (RSVP) Protocol∗6
manual MU740701A-10 RFC2889 Benchmarking Test∗6
MU740701A-11 Packet BER Test∗6
∗1: Includes W2096AE, W1928AE, W1929AE and W2122AE operation MU740701A-12 IPv6 Expansion∗6
manuals. Printed versions sold separately. MU740701A-13 XENPAK Test∗7
∗2: The MD1231A-02/03 options and MX123001A-07/09/10 options are re- MU740701A-14 IGAP Protocol∗6
quired only for remote control using GPIB commands. Note that these MU740701A-15 Auto Negotiation Analysis∗8
options may be installed together, although only one of them can be used MU740701A-16 Link Fault Signaling∗7
at a time. MU740701A-30 MU740701A Expert Analysis Module∗9
∗3: MD1231A-03 and MD1231A-06, MX123001A-06 and MX123001A-10
may be installed together, although only one of them can be used at a Plug-in modules
time. MU120101A 10M/100M Ethernet Module
∗4: Purchase MD1231A-04 and the operation manuals (W2107AE) on CD- MU120102A Gigabit Ethernet Module∗10
ROM. Printed versions sold separately. MU120103A 2.5G (1.31) Module∗11
∗5: Some of these interface modules may not work in certain combinations MU120103B 2.5G (1.31) Module∗11
depending on the modules and software versions. Please see the selec- MU120104A 2.5G (1.55) Module∗11
tion guide (Pages 8, 9). MU120104B 2.5G (1.55) Module∗11
∗6: MD1231A-15 and MD1231A-20 support only MU120112A. MU120105A 10G (1.31) Module
∗7: Purchase MD1231A-20 and the operation manuals (W2134AE) on CD- MU120106A 10G (1.55) Module
ROM. Printed versions sold separately. MD1231A-20 supports only two MU120111A 10/100M Ethernet Module
sets MU120112A. MU120112A Gigabit Ethernet Module∗10
∗8: MU120102A/12A require GBIC modules (sold separately). MU120118A 10 Gigabit Ethernet Module∗12
∗9: MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software and MD1231A-04 MU120119A OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module (1310 nm)
MD1231A Decode Module are required. MU120120A OC-3/STM-1 Module (1310 nm)
∗10: Software for external control of MD1230A-20 and MD1231A-20. It can
be used even if there is no MX123001A. Plug-in module options
∗11: MD1231A-04 MD1231A Decode Module is required. MU120103B-01 EOS Mapping
∗12: MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software, MX123001A-01 MU120103B-02 Virtual Concatenation
Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04, MD1231A-04 MD1231A MU120104B-01 EOS Mapping
Decode Module and MX123002A MD1230A Expert Analysis Module are MU120104B-02 Virtual Concatenation
required. MU120119A-01 Optical Power Meter
∗13: MD1231A-40 is provided free for the first year after purchase. It is re- MU120120A-01 Optical Power Meter
quired to receive software upgrade service starting with the second year
after purchase. Softwares
∗14: Annual Maintenance Service for MD1231A-04 and MX123001A-01. MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software
You have to purchase this software maintenance simultaneously with MX123001A-05 Data Quality Analyzer Control Software (5 licenses)
MD1230A-04 and MX123001A-01. Moreover, when continuing this MX123001A-08 Data Quality Analyzer Control Software (8 licenses)
software maintenance, annual renewal is required each year. MX123001A-01 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04∗13
∗15: Annual Maintenance Service for MX123002A and MX123003A. You MX123001A-15 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04 (5 licenses)∗13
have to purchase this software maintenance simultaneously with MX123001A-18 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04 (8 licenses)∗13
MX123002A and MX123003A. Moreover, when continuing this software MX123003A Remote Control Software for MX123002A∗14
maintenance, annual renewal is required each year. MX123003A-05 Remote Control Software for MX123002A (5 licenses)∗14
∗16: The GBIC module is sold on a per-unit basis. MU120102A/12A has two MX123003A-08 Remote Control Software for MX123002A (8 licenses)∗14
GBIC interfaces slots.
∗17: The GBIC-T module is sold on a per-unit basis. MU120112A has two Software options
GBIC interfaces slots. MX123001A-06 Tcl Interface∗15
∗18: Please check the optical power level. MX123001A-07 RS-232C Control∗16
∗19: For connecting MD1230A main frames or MT7407A. MX123001A-09 GPIB Control∗16
∗20: For connecting MD1231A main frames. MX123001A-10 Ethernet Control∗15,∗16
Software upgrade service

MT7407A-40 Annual Software Upgrade Service for MT7407A∗17
MU740701A-41 Annual Software Maintenance for MU740701A-04∗18
MU740701A-42 Annual Software Maintenance for MU740701A-30∗19
Model/Order No. Name ∗1: Includes W2238AE, W1928AE, W1929AE and W2122AE operation
manuals. Printed versions sold separately.
Maintenance service ∗2: Maximum two sets for one MT7407A. When two MU740701A modules
MT7407A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service∗20 are used, MT7407A requires two MU740702A units. Each MU740701A
MU740701A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service∗20 supports 7 slots.
MU740702A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service∗20 ∗3: One MU740702A supports one MU740701A. When adding MU740702A,
MU120101A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service chassis hardware modification is required.
MU120102A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service ∗4: The Decode Module function doesn’t operate with only MU740701A-04.
MU120103A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service MX123001A-01 (sold separately) is required.
MU120103B-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service ∗5: When using GPS module with MT7407A, it is required MT7407A-01.
MU120104A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service However two MU740701A-05 can be inserted to MT7407A, it is enough
MU120104B-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service only one MU740701A-05 for one MT7407A.
MU120105A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service ∗6: Some of these interface modules may not work in certain combinations
MU120106A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service depending on the modules and software versions. Please see the selec-
MU120111A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service tion guide (Pages 8, 9).
MU120112A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service ∗7: MU740701A-13 and MU740701A-16 supports only MU120118A.
MU120118A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service ∗8: MU740701A-15 supports only MU120112A.
MU120119A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service ∗9: The Expert Analysis module function doesn't operate with only
MU120120A-90 Extended Three Year Warranty Service MU740701A-30. MU740701A-04 MU740701A Decode Module,
MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software, and MX123001A-
Optional accessories 01 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04 are required.
G0105A GBIC SX 850 nm∗21 ∗10: MU120102A/12A require GBIC modules (sold separately).
G0106A GBIC LX 1310 nm∗21 ∗11: MU120103A/04A support POS mapping. MU120103B/04B support POS
G0107A GBIC LH 1310 nm∗21 mapping and EOS mapping. However, EOS mapping is an option.
G0108A GBIC ZX 1550 nm∗21 ∗12: MU120118A requires XENPAK modules (sold separately).
G0124A GBIC T (1000BASE-T)∗22 ∗13: MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software and MU740701A-
G0126A XENPAK (10GBASE-LR)∗23 04 MU740701A Decode Module are required.
J1049A Fixed Optical Attenuator (SC, 5 dB)∗24 ∗14: MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software, MX123001A-01
J1049B Fixed Optical Attenuator (SC, 10 dB)∗24 Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04, MU740701A-04
J1049C Fixed Optical Attenuator (SC, 15 dB)∗24 MU740701A Decode Module and MU740701A-30 MU740701A Expert
MZ1221A XAUI Extender Analysis Module are required.
MZ1222A XENPAK Interface ∗15: MX123001A-06 and MX123001A-10 may be installed together, although
J1163A XAUI cable, 0.5 m only one of them can be used at a time.
J1164A MDIO cable, 0.5 m ∗16: MX123001A-07/09/10 options are required only for remote control using
B0532 Rack flange GPIB commands. Note that these options may be installed together, al-
B0531 Blank panel∗25 though only one of them can be used at a time.
B0501B Blank panel ∗17: MT7407A-40 is provided free for the first year after purchase. It is re-
J0660B Optical fiber cord (SM, SC-SC connector both ends), 2 m quired to receive software upgrade service starting with the second year
J0773B Optical fiber cord (GI, SC-SC connector both ends), 2 m after purchase. One license supports two MU740701A.
J1119B Optical fiber cable (duplex, MM), 2 m ∗18: Annual Maintenance Service for MU740701A-04 and MX123001A-01.
J0775D Coaxial cord (BNC-P620 · 3C-2WS · BNC-P620, 75 Ω), 2 m You have to purchase software maintenance simultaneously with
J1165A Coaxial cord (27CP-P-1.5-BNC-P-1.5C-CR10)∗26 MU740701A-04 and MX123001A-01. Moreover, when continuing this
J0845A Balanced cable (BANTAM 3P/BANTAM 3P), 6 ft software maintenance, annual renewal is required each year.
J0162B Balanced cable (Siemens 3p-Siemens 3p), 2 m ∗19: Annual Maintenance Service for MU740701A-30 and MX123003A. You
J0008 GPIB cable have to purchase this software maintenance simultaneously with
J1109B LAN cable (Cross), 5 m MU740701A-30 and MX123003A. Moreover, when continuing this
J1110B LAN cable (Straight), 5 m software maintenance, annual renewal is required each year.
W2238AE MT7407A operation manual ∗20: Extended Three Year Warranty Service is divided into three order for
W1928AE MX123001A Data Quality Analyzer Control Software op- main frame, CPU module and Power Unit. Please choose your need or-
eration manual der among them.
W1929AE MD1230A-01/02/03 Remote Control operation manual ∗21: The GBIC module is sold on a per-unit basis. MU120102A/12A has two
W2107AE MD1230A-04 MD1230A Decode Module MX123001A-01 GBIC interfaces slots.
Remote Control Software for MD1230A-04 operation ∗22: The GBIC-T module is sold on a per-unit basis. MU120112A has two
manual GBIC interfaces slots.
W2122AE MD1230A-06 Tcl Interface operation manual ∗23: The XENPAK module is sold on a per-unit basis. MU120118A has two
W1931AE MU120101A/11A 10M/100M Ethernet Module XENPAK interfaces slots.
MU120102A/12A Gigabit Ethernet Module MU120118A ∗24: Please check the optical power level.
10 Gigabit Ethernet Module operation ∗25: For CPU module slot.
manual ∗26: For connecting MD1231A Unit Sync (SMB connector).
W1932AE MU120103A/B 2.5G (1.31) Module MU120104A/B 2.5G
(1.55) Module MU120105A 10G (1.31) Module
MU120106A 10G (1.55) Module operation manual
W2121AE MU120119A OC-3/12 STM-1/4 Module (1310 nm)
MU120120A OC-3/STM-1 Module (1310 nm) operation
manual

SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM ANALYZER GPIB
OPTION
MP1570A
Comprehensive Testing of Core Networks from One Compact Portable Analyzer
The MP1570A analyzer is designed for development, manufacturing,

construction, maintenance, and inspection of SDH, SONET, PDH,
and ATM equipment and networks.
A variety of plug-in units and options are available that offer the flex-
ibility to the users to configure various analysis systems for different
applications.
The MP1570A is scalable from 1.5 Mbit/s to 10 Gbit/s, and has six
slots to install the plug-in units required for SDH, SONET and PDH
tests at bit different rates. Installing the appropriate combinations of
plug-in units can also perform ATM, jitter and wander tests conform
to ITU-T O.171/O.172.
The MP1570A conforms to the ITU-T recommendations and Bellcore
standards, and supports concatenation mapping, tandem connec-
tion, APS measurement, CID measurement and POS measurement. Mapping
The user can measure 1.5 Mbit/s to 10 Gbit/s signals using a single
MP1570A; previously, this required several measuring instruments.
The MP1570A has a built-in printer and a 3.5-inch floppy disk drive • Overhead setting and testing
as standard output devices to print measurement results, and to The user can modify and capture the overhead, and test the over-
save and read measurement data to and from the floppy disk (FD), head portion with overhead change, pointer 64 frames, overhead
which can also be read on an external PC. The user can also save add/drop and overhead bit errors.
screen data to the FD. The MP1570A has a "HELP" key function that • APS function
explains operations, functions and connections. The user can test the automatic protection switch (APS) by measur-
ing the equipment switching time accurately in milliseconds. The
SDH, SONET and PDH measurement MP1570A also conforms to ITU-T Rec. G.783 and G.841.
• Measurement at bit rates from 1.5 Mbit/s to 10 Gbit/s
A mapping route to a bit rate of up to 10 Gbit/s can be set.
The MP1570A mainly supports SDH, SONET, and Japanese map-
ping, European PDH and North American DSn for digital communi-
cations. For concatenation mapping, a route can be set from STM-
1c/STS-3c up to STM-64c/STS-192c. Furthermore, the MP1570A
supports a combination of channels. For example, 64 channels of
VC4c/STS3c, 16 channels of VC4-4c/STS-12c, and four channels of
VC4-16c/STS-48c (See Figure 1 or Figure 2 in page 165 and 166).
APS test sub-screen
• Mixed payload
At mapping measurement in TUG-3 and AU3, the user can set dif-
ferent mapping for three additional channels other than the target
measurement channel.
• Tandem connection • Wander measurement (option)
The N1/Z5 and N2/Z6 bytes can be set and measured. Subdivides the bandwidth of the wander measurement into three
• Various analysis functions ranges, and can analyze the wander factor caused by temperature
The internal optical power meter and frequency counter allows the change, pointer, etc. It can also perform measurements conforming
user to measure optical power and frequency during error and alarm to ITU-T O.172.
measurement without changing the connections of the signal cables. • Through jitter function (only SONET/SDH)
The MP1570A can capture any SOH/TOH or POH (1 byte), K1/ K2 Able to generate the jitter by through, while monitoring the input jitter
byte, or H1/H2 byte in 1023 frames to analyze errors and alarms, and quality.
check APS operation.
Measured errors and alarms can be displayed as a graph with a time ATM
scale in 1 second, 1 minute, 15 minutes, or 60 minutes. • Supports ATM from 1.5M to 622M rates
• Pointer value monitoring TC layer mappings of 622M, 156M, 52M, 139M, 45M, 34M, 2M and
Changes in pointer value can be displayed as a graph with values 1.5M are supported along with ATM mappings of O.191, AAL1,
updated in real time. AAL2, AAL3/4, and AAL5, which makes the MP1570A ideal for vari-
• MUX/DEMUX function (option) ous combinations of layers. The VPI/VCI for 1023 channels can be
When the MUX/DEMUX option is added, the multiplexing structure detected automatically, and the presence/absence of alarms, cell
including the frame alignment signal can be generated, and multi- count, and non-conforming cell count can be displayed graphically,
plexer/demultiplexer measurement can be performed. for easy comparison of line channel traffic.
• Non frame pattern/CID pattern
Frames can be set on/off at all bit rates. CID pattern can generate or
analysis at SONET/SDH measurements.
• Through modes
One of the three through modes can be selected: (1) Transparent, (2)
Overhead/Overwrite, and (3) Payload/Overwrite. The external
DS1/DS3/PDH signal can be added/dropped to/from payload by pay-
load overwrite.
• Enhanced error/alarm simulation
The MP1570A can generate normal and abnormal frames alternate-
ly to test the frame synchronization function of terminal equipment.
(This is an SDH/SONET FAS error addition function.)
• Easily operated pointer sequence test (combined jitter mea-
surement)
Able to generate the justification pattern conforming to ITU-T G.783 • 1- and 2-point CDV in conformance with I.356
from the transmission equipment side, and simultaneously make the When measuring delay in cell traffic, either 1-point CDV or 2-point
tributary signal offset variable. This makes the combined jitter test CDV conforming to ITU-T Rec. I.356 can be selected according to
possible. the conditions.
• Simultaneous display of error cells, inserted error cells and
Jitter, wander measurements lost cells
The jitter/wander measurement conforming to ITU-T O.171/O.172 The error/alarm generation conditions can be displayed both numerical-
exceeds these standards in performance evaluation. Automatic mea- ly and graphically to give a visual impression of the traffic conditions.
surements, such as jitter tolerance, jitter transfer, and jitter vs. fre- • Traffic monitoring
quency offset are performed in a short time. Various automatic mea- The constantly changing traffic can be displayed as a graph for the
surements can be achieved with just one unit. selected-one-channel VPI/VCI.
IP-over-SONET/SDH, IP-over-ATM (option)

Programs IP/PPP at will transmits it, picks PPP packet from capture
memory (option), displays it and supports high-speed POS router
evaluation. Programs IP in the AAL5 payload at will transmits it, picks
the IP packet from the cell capture memory, and displays it. And eval-
uate router ATM function.
• IP/PPP header setting
Able to set the value of each header optionally when selecting IPv4
or IPv6. Calculates FCS or header checksum automatically.
• Various wander generation functions (option)

Various wander generations for evaluation are available: such as
TDEV wander tolerance measurement and TDEV wander transfer
characteristics measurement that were regulated by ITU-T, ANSI,
Bellcore, and ETSI.
• PPP packet transmission and real time count

Transmits the three types of packets (can be set separately) by op-
tional sequence (the idle length between each packet can be set si-
multaneously.). Displays the number of Tx packets and Rx PPP
packets at real time.
• PPP packet capture and display
Samples PPP packet from the capture memory, and displays IP
header. Detects FCS error and displays it in red.

Specifications
• MP0121A 2/8/34/139/156M*1 Unit
Bit rate 2.048, 8.448, 34.368, 139.264 Mbit/s
Level/waveform Conforms to ITU-T G.703 (with 20 dB monitoring point)
BNC (75 Ω, unbalanced), 3-pin Siemens (120 Ω, balanced)
2.048 Mbit/s: HDB3 (balanced/unbalanced)
Connectors 8.448, 34.368 Mbit/s: HDB3 (unbalanced)
139.264 Mbit/s: CMI (unbalanced)
Clock Internal (accuracy: ±7 ppm, jitter unit not installed), external (ECL [AC] 50 Ω), received signal
Unframed: 2, 8, 34, 139 Mbit/s 3
Frame format Framed: 2 Mbit/s (with/without CRC-4 at channels 30/31, G.704), 8 Mbit/s (G.742), 34 Mbit/s (G.751), 139 Mbit/s (G.751),
MUX/DEMUX (Option 06)
PRBS: 211 – 1, 215 – 1, 220 – 1, 223 – 1 (O.151)
Bit (all, test pattern), code, E-bit
FAS: n in 16 (n: 1 to 4), all
Alarm addition LOS, LOF, AIS, RDI, RDI (MF)

Timing: All
In-service
Errors: Frame, code, CRC-4, E-bit
Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, AIS, LOF, MF loss, RDI, RDI (MF)
Out-of-service
Errors: Frame, code, CRC-4, E-bit, bit
Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, AIS, LOF, MF loss, RDI, RDI (MF), sync loss
Measurement cycle: 0.5, 1 s
Delay Measurement range: 0 to 1.00 s, timeout
Display accuracy: Within ±5 µs, 0 to 999 µs, 1.0 to 999.9 ms, 1.0 s, timeout
LEDs LOS, AIS, LOF, MF loss, RDI, RDI (MF), sync loss, errors
Monitor Frame word
∗1: Built-in 156M CMI (electrical) interface

• MP0122A 1.5/45/52M*1 Unit, MP0122B 1.5/45/52/52M*2 (1.31) Unit
Level/waveform 1.544 Mbit/s: ANSI T1.102 (with 20 dB monitoring point), 0/655 ft

44.736 Mbit/s: ANSI T1.102 (with 20 dB monitoring point), 0/450/900 ft
BNC (75 Ω, unbalanced), BANTAM (100 Ω, balanced)
Connectors
1.544 Mbit/s: AMI/B8ZS (balanced), 44.736 Mbit/s: B3ZS (unbalanced)
Clock Internal (accuracy: ±7 ppm, jitter unit not installed), external (ECL [AC] 50 Ω) received signal
Unframed: 1.5, 45 Mbit/s
Frame format
Framed: 1.5 Mbit/s (D4, ESF, Japan ESF∗3), 45 Mbit/s (M13, C-bit), MUX/DEMUX (Option 07)
PRBS: 211 – 1, 215 – 1, 220 – 1 (zero suppress), 220 – 1, 223 – 1 (O.151)
Word: 16-bit program, all 0, all 1, 3 in 24 (1.5 Mbit/s)
Bit (all, test pattern), code, parity, CRC-6, C-bit, REI
FAS (45 Mbit/s): n in 16 (n: 1 to 4), all
X-bit setting 00, 01, 10, 11
LOS, LOF, AIS, RDI
Alarm addition
Timing: All
In-service
Errors: FAS, code, parity, CRC-6, C-bit, REI
Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, AIS, LOF, RDI
Out-of-service
Errors: FAS, code, parity, CRC-6, C-bit, REI, bit
Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, AIS, LOF, RDI, sync loss
Measurement cycle: 0.5, 1 s
Delay Measurement range: 0 to 1.00 s, timeout
Display accuracy: Within ±5 µs, 0 to 999 µs, 1.0 to 999.9 ms, 1.0 s, timeout
LEDs LOS, LOF, AIS, RDI, sync loss, errors
∗1: Built-in 52M B3ZS (electrical) interface ∗3: Mounted Option 09 (Japan mapping)
∗2: Built-in 52M B3ZS (electrical) and optical interfaces
• 52/156/622/2488/9953M (SDH)
Bit rate 51.84, 155.52, 622.08, 2488.32, 9953.28 Mbit/s
Clock external (ECL [AC] 50 Ω, 9953M: 1.02 to 0.58 Vp-p, 50 Ω), received signal
Frame SDH/SONET, CID pattern, non-frame
Mapping See Fig. 1
Test patterns
Invert: On/off
Bit all (all, test pattern), FAS, B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, MS-REI, HP-REI, LP-REI
Error addition Timing: Single, single (burst) bit (1 to 64000), rate (1E–3, 1E–4, 1E–5, 1E–6, 1E–7, 1E–8, 1E–9)
LOS, LOF, MS-AIS, MS-RDI, AU-AIS, AU-LOP, HP-SLM, HP-TIM, HP-RDI, HP-UNEQ, TU-AIS, TU-LOP, TU-LOM, LP-SLM,
Alarm addition LP-TIM, LP-RDI, LP-UNEQ, LP-RFI
Timing: Single, single (burst) frame
Alternative: Alarm frame (0 to 8000), normal frame (1 to 8000), all
Errors: B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, MS-REI, HP-REI, LP-REI
Measurements Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, LOF, OOF, MS-AIS, MS-RDI, AU-AIS, AU-LOP, HP-SLM, HP-TIM, HP-RDI, HP-UNEQ, TU-AIS,
TU-LOP, TU-LOM, LP-SLM, LP-TIM, LP-RDI, LP-UNEQ, LP-RFI
LOS, LOF, OOF, MS-AIS, MS-RDI, AU-AIS, AU-LOP, HP-RDI, HP-SLM, TU-AIS, TU-LOM, TU-LOP, LP-RDI, LP-RFI, LP-SLM,
LEDs Tandem, sync. loss, errors
N1 byte (Type 1, Type 2), N2 byte
Tandem connection Errors: N2 BIP-2, TC-REI, OEI, IEC
AU pointer, TU pointer, C, C1/C2
Monitor SOH, POH, K1/K2, pointer, path trace (TIM alarms detectable), Tandem, payload
Signal of opposites polarity, regular with double, regular with missing, double of opposites polarity, 87-3/26-1 (normal, add, cancel),
Pointer sequence continuous pattern (normal, add, cancel), single pointer adjustment, maximum rate pointer burst, phase transient pointer burst,
initialize period polarity, cooldown period
Over head capture SOH/POH (any 1 byte), H1/H2, K1/K2
Simultaneous measurement VC2, VC12, VC11
Trigger
Internal: B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, MS-REI, HP-REI, LP-REI, MS-AIS, AU-AIS, AU-LOP, HP-RDI, TU-AIS, TU-LOM, TU-LOP, LP-RDI,
APS (K1/K2) LP-RFI, Bit
Frequency measurement Range: ±100 ppm, Accuracy: ±3.5 ppm (jitter unit not installed)
OH change: SOH/POH 1 byte, K1/K2, RSOH, MSOH, SOH, POH (except B1, B2, B3, BIP-2)
PTR 64 frame: AU pointer, TU pointer
Timing: Single, repeat (2 to 64)
Over head test Setting: PTR, NDF, +PJC, –PJC
OH BERT: SOH/POH 1 byte (exclude B1, B2, B3, BIP-2), D1-D3, D4-D12
Test pattern: 211 – 1, 215 – 1
OH add/drop: SOH/POH 1 byte, D1-D3, D4-D12 (exclude B1, B2, B3, BIP-2 additional type)
Japan mapping (option 09) VC11 Signaling (8-multiframe, 64-multiframe setting)
Memory size: 64 frame (156M, 622M, Option 13), 64 frame (MU150008A-01/150009A-01/150010A-01, 2.5G),
Frame memory/capture
26 frame (MU150000A-01, 2.5G/10G)
Insert/extract Bit rate: 10G (52M, 156M), 2.5G (52M, 156M)
∗1: Mounted MP0122A/B, ∗2: Mounted MP0121A

STM-64 x 64
STM-16 AUG AU-4 VC-4 139M (Async.)∗1
x 16
x4 x3 Bulk∗1
STM-4
x3 TUG-3 TU-3 VC-3 34M (Async.)∗1
STM-1
x7 34M (Sync.)∗1
STM-0 AU-3 VC-3 45M (Async.)∗3
Bulk∗3
x7
TUG-2 TU-2 VC-2 Bulk
x3
6M (Async.)
3
6M (Bit sync.)
mc
TU-12 VC-12 2M (Async.)∗1
2M (Bit sync. F)∗1
2M (Bit sync. L)∗1
x4 2M (Byte sync. F)∗1
2M (Byte sync. L)∗1
Bulk∗1
TU-11 VC-11 1.5M (Async.)
1.5M (Bit sync. F)
1.5M (Bit sync. L)
1.5M (Byte sync. F)
1.5M (Byte sync. L)
Bulk
∗1: Requires MP0121A
∗2: Requires Japan mapping (Option 09) 384k (data)∗2
∗3: Requires MP0122A/B 384k (voice)∗2
∗4: Requires MU150000A Byte (data)∗2
∗5: Requires MU150000A, MU150008A, MU150009A or MU150010A Byte (voice)∗2
STM-64c∗4 VC4-64c Bulk

x4
STM-16c∗4,∗5 VC4-16c Bulk
x4
STM-4c VC4-4c Bulk
x4
STM-1c VC4c Bulk
Fig. 1 Mapping structure (SDH)
• 52/156/622/2488/9953M (SONET)
Bit rate 51.84, 155.52, 622.08, 2488.32, 9953.28 Mbit/s
Clock External (ECL [AC] 50 Ω, 9953M: 1.02 to 0.58 Vp-p, 50 Ω), received signal
Frame SDH/SONET, CID pattern, non-frame
Mapping See Fig. 2
Test patterns
Invert: On/off
Bit all (all, test pattern), FAS, B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, REI-L, REI-P, REI-V
Timing: Single, single (burst) bit (1 to 64000), rate (1E–3, 1E–4, 1E–5, 1E–6, 1E–7, 1E–8, 1E–9)
Error addition
LOS, LOF, AIS-L, RDI-L, AIS-P, LOP-P, PLM-P, HP-TIM, RDI-P, UNEQ-P, AIS-V, LOP-V, LOM-V, PLM-V, LP-TIM, RDI-V, UNEQ-V, RFI-V
Alarm addition Timing: Single, single (burst) frame
Alternative: alarm frame (0 to 8000), normal frame (1 to 8000), all
Errors: B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, REI-L, REI-P, REI-V
Measurements Alarms: Power-fail, LOS, LOF, OOF, AIS-L, RDI-L, AIS-P, LOP-P, PLM-P, HP-TIM, RDI-P, UNEQ-P, AIS-V, LOP-V, LOM-V,
PLM-V, LP-TIM, RDI-V, UNEQ-V, RFI-V
LEDs LOS, LOF, OOF, AIS-L, RDI-L, AIS-P, LOP-P, RDI-P, PLM-P, AIS-V, LOM-V, LOP-V, RDI-V, RFI-V, PLM-V, Tandem, sync. loss, errors
Z5 byte (Type 1, Type 2), Z6 byte
Tandem connection Errors: Z6 BIP-2, TC-REI, OEI, IEC
STS pointer, VT pointer, C, C1/C2
Monitor TOH, POH, K1/K2, pointer, path trace (TIM alarms detectable), Tandem, payload
Signal of opposites polarity, regular with double, regular with missing, double of opposites polarity, 87-3/26-1 (normal, add, cancel),
Pointer sequence continuous pattern (normal, add, cancel), single pointer adjustment, maximum rate pointer burst, phase transient pointer burst,
initialize period polarity, cooldown period
Over head capture TOH/POH (any 1 byte), H1/H2, K1/K2
Simultaneous measurement VT6SPE, VT2SPE, VT1.5SPE
Trigger
Internal: B1, B2, B3, BIP-2, REI-L, REI-P, REI-V, AIS-L, AIS-P, LOP-P, RDI-P, AIS-V, LOM-V, LOP-V, RDI-V, RFI-V, Bit
APS (K1/K2)
Frequency measurement Range: ±100 ppm, Accuracy: ±3.5 ppm (jitter unit not installed)
OH change: TOH/POH 1 byte, K1/K2, LOH, SOH, TOH, POH (except B1, B2, B3, BIP-2)
PTR 64 frame: STS pointer, VT pointer
Timing: Single, repeat (2 to 64)
Over head test Setting: PTR, NDF, +PJC, –PJC
OH BERT: TOH/POH 1 byte (exclude B1, B2, B3, BIP-2), D1-D3, D4-D12
Test pattern: 211 – 1, 215 – 1
OH add/drop: TOH/POH 1 byte, D1-D3, D4-D12 (exclude B1, B2, B3, BIP-2 additional type)
Japan mapping (option 09) VT1.5SPE Signaling (8-multiframe, 64-multiframe setting)
Memory size: 64 frame (156M, 622M, Option 13), 64 frame (MU150008A-01/150009A-01/150010A-01, 2.5G),
Frame memory/capture
26 frame (MU150000A-01, 2.5G/10G)
Insert/extract Bit rate: 10G (52M, 156M), 2.5G (52M, 156M)
∗1: Mounted MP0122A/B, ∗2: Mounted MP0121A
STS-192 x 64
STS-48 STS3 STS3cSPE 139M (Async.)∗1
x 16
x4 x3 Bulk∗1
STS-12
x3 TUG-3 TU-3 VC-3 34M (Async.)∗1
STS-3
x7 34M (Sync.)∗1
STS-1 STS1SPE 45M (Async.)∗1
Bulk∗3
x7
VTG VT6 VT6SPE Bulk
6M (Async.)
x3 6M (Bit sync.)
mc
VT2 VT2SPE 2M (Async.)∗1
2M (Bit sync. F)∗1
2M (Bit sync. L)∗1
x4 2M (Byte sync. F)∗1
2M (Byte sync. L)∗1
Bulk∗1
VT1.5 VT1.5SPE 1.5M (Async.)
1.5M (Bit sync. F)
1.5M (Bit sync. L)
1.5M (Byte sync. F)
1.5M (Byte sync. L)
Bulk
∗1: Requires MP0121A
∗2: Requires Japan mapping (Option 09) 384k (data)∗2
∗3: Requires MP0122A/B 384k (voice)∗2
∗4: Requires MU150000A Byte (data)∗2
∗5: Requires MU150000A, MU150008A, MU150009A or MU150010A Byte (voice)∗2
STS192∗4 STS192c Bulk

x4
STS48∗4,∗5 STS48c Bulk
x4
STS12 STS12c Bulk
x4
STS3 STS3c Bulk
Fig. 2 Mapping structure (SONET)

• IP-over-SONET/SDH (Option)*1
Bit rate 155.52, 622.08, 2488.32, 9953.28 Mbit/s
Flag, address, control: Any settable
PPP setting Protocol: 8/16 bit selectable and any settable
(RFC1662) FCS: 16/32 bit selectable and auto calculate
Information: IPv4/IPv6 selectable and any settable
Any setting: Version, IHL, TOS, total length, ID, flags, flagment offset, TTL, protocol, address (source, destination)
IPv4 setting
Header checksum: Auto calculate
(RFC791)
Data byte: All 0, all 1, 8 bits program, single PRBS 7, user program (max. 65535 byte)
IPv6 setting Any setting: Version, priority, flow label, payload length, next header, hop limit, address (source, destination)
(RFC1883) Data byte: All 0, all 1, 8 bits program, single PRBS 7, user program (max. 65535 byte) 3
Packet transmission 1 to 3 in IP/PPP (independently), IP/PPP sending pattern, packet sending interval (max. 100000 bytes), single/repeat, sending
setting on/off, scramble (X43 + 1) on/off, control escape auto insertion, FCS error insertion (single), number of packet count display
Packet PPP frame calculation (count), scramble (X43 + 1) on/off setting, automatic analysis of control escape. Frame/capture memory
receiving/analysis (option) required data captured into the capture memory (max. 64 frames∗2), IPv4/IPv6 select, IP address filter set
∗1: The frame/capture memory (option) is required.
∗2: Maximum 26 frames at 2488/9953 Mbits when MU150000A is inserted.
• IP-over-ATM (Option)*1
AAL5 edit pattern IPv4/IPv6 selectable
Any setting: Version, IHL, TOS, total length, ID, flags, flagment offset, TTL, protocol, address (source, destination)
IPv4 setting
Header checksum: Auto calculate
(RFC791)
Data byte: All 0, all 1, 8 bit program, single PRBS 7, user program (max. 65535 bytes)
IPv6 setting Any setting: Version, priority, flow label, payload length, next header, hop limit, address (source, destination)
(RFC1883) Data byte: All 0, all 1, 8 bits program, single PRBS 7, user program (max. 65535 bytes)
Packet sending Follow with AAL5 distribution setting
Packet
Displays the IP packet from the data captured into cell capture memory (maximum 2016 cells), IPv4/IPv6 selectable
receiving/analysis
∗1: MP0123A ATM Unit is required.
• General
Printer Internal, external
Internal memory Measurement settings memory: 10, Graphics memory: 15
FDD, RS-232C (Option 01)∗1, GPIB (Option 02)∗1, Ethernet (Option 03)∗1, video output (Option 04)∗1, buzzer, clock, help, screen
Others
copy
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 177 (H) x 350 (D) mm, 10 kg approx. (excluding plug-in units and options)
Temperature 0˚ to +40˚C
∗1: The video output, RS-232C, GPIB and Ethernet options cannot all be used simultaneously.
Only the video output + RS-232C, or video output + GPIB, or RS-232C + GPIB board, or Ethernet board combinations support simultaneous use, so change
the board combinations according to the purpose.
• MU150005A/150006A/150007A Jitter Units
MU150005A: 2.048, 8.448, 34.368, 139.264, 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s
Bit rate MU150006A: 1.544, 44.736, 51.84, 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s
MU150007A: 1.544, 2.048, 8.448, 34.368, 44.736, 139.264, 51.84, 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s
Conform to ITU-T O.171/O.172
Modulation frequency: 0.1 Hz to 6 MHz
Amplitude: 0 to 404.0 UIp-p
Resolution:0.001 UIp-p (2 UI range), 0.01 UIp-p (16 UI range), 0.1 UIp-p (80 UI range), 0.2 UIp-p (400 UI range)
[UIp-p]
400 Ul range
400 Ul range
400.0 80 Ul range
–20 dB/dec 16 Ul range
80 Ul range 2 Ul range
80.8
Jitter modulation
–20 dB/dec
16 Ul range
16.16
–20 dB/dec
2 Ul range
2.020
–20 dB/dec
0.60
0.50
0.20
f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7 (Hz)
Modulation frequency
Bit rate f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7
(Mbit/s) (Hz) (Hz) (kHz) (kHz) (kHz) (kHz) (kHz)
1.544 130 630 3.2 25 — 100 —
2.048 300 1.5k 7.5 60 — 240 —
8.448 1.1k 5.5k 28 220 — 880 —
34.368 2.5k 13k 63 500 — — 5000
44.736 2.5k 13k 63 500 — — 5000
139.264 9k 45k 230 1800 6000 — —
51.84 2.5k 13k 63 500 — — 5000
155.52 7.5k 38k 190 1500 — 6000 —
Jitter generation
622.08 3k 15k 75 600 — — 6000
Accuracy
2 UI range: (±Q% of setting) ±0.02 UIp-p, 16 UI range: (±Q% of setting) ±0.2 UIp-p, 80 UI range: (±Q% of setting) ±1.2 UIp-p,
400 UI range: (±Q% of setting) ±6 UIp-p
Bit rate (Mbit/s) Error Q Frequency range
±12% 0.1 to 2 Hz
1.544
±8% 2 Hz to 100 kHz
±12% 0.1 to 10 Hz
2.048
±8% 10 Hz to 240 kHz
±12% 0.1 to 20 Hz
8.448
±8% 20 Hz to 880 kHz
±12% 0.1 to 100 Hz
34.368 ±8% 0.1 to 500 kHz
±12% 500 kHz to 5 MHz
±12% 0.1 to 2 Hz
44.736
±8% 2 Hz to 5 MHz
±12% 0.1 to 100 Hz
±8% 0.1 to 500 kHz
139.264
±12% 0.5 to 2 MHz
±15% 2 to 6 MHz
±12% 0.1 to 300 Hz
51.84
±8% 300 Hz to 5 MHz
±12% 0.1 to 500 Hz
155.52 ±8% 0.5 to 500 kHz
±12% 0.5 to 6 MHz
±12% 0.1 Hz to 1 kHz
±8% 1 to 500 kHz
622.08
±12% 0.5 to 2 MHz
±15% 2 to 6 MHz

Range: ±999.9 ppm/0.1 ppm steps (jitter off), ±100 ppm/0.1 ppm steps (jitter on/off)
Frequency offset
Accuracy: ±0.1 ppm after power-on, calibrates after 60 min warm-up, 23˚ ±5˚C
Auxiliary interface External modulation input, External 5/10 MHz reference input, Jitter clock/Jitter reference output, Wander reference output
Conform to ITU-T O.171/O.172
Amplitude: 0.0 to 400 UI (800 UI: at 622M)
Resolution:
0.001 UIp-p/0.001 UIrms (2 UI range), 0.01 UIp-p/0.01 UIrms (8 UI/20 UI range), 0.2 UIp-p (400 UI range), 0.5 UIp-p (800 UI range)
[UIp-p]
Jitter measurement
[2/8 UI range] 3
A2
A1
F1 F2 F3 F4
Modulation frequency (Hz)
A1 A2 F1∗ F2 F3 F4
Bit rate (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz)
(Mbit/s)
— Full Wide Full Wide Full Wide — —
1.544 0.5 8 2 0.1 10 1.25k 5k 20k 40k
2.048 0.5 8 2 0.1 10 3.75k 15k 60k 100k
8.448 0.5 — 2 — 10 — 50k 200k 400k
34.368 0.5 8 2 0.1 10 18.75k 75k 300k 800k
44.736 0.5 8 2 0.1 10 25k 100k 400k 400k
139.264 0.5 8 2 0.1 10 50k 200k 800k 3.5M
51.84 0.5 8 2 1 10 25k 100k 400k 400k
155.52 0.4 8 2 1 10 25k 100k 500k 1.3M
622.08 0.3 8 2 1 10 75k 300k 2M 5M
Jitter measurement
∗F1 = 100 Hz at RMS
A1 F1∗ F2 F3 F4
Bit rate
[UIp-p] (UIp-p) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz)
(Mbit/s)
[20 Ul range] — Full Wide — — —
20
∗(7.07)
1.544 0.67 0.1 1 600 15k 15k
Jitter measurement
2.048 1.67 0.1 1 1.5k 18k 18k

8.448 1.43 0.1 1 5k 70k 70k
34.368 0.5 0.1 1 8k 300k 300k
44.736 0.5 0.1 1 10k 400k 400k
139.264 0.5 0.1 1 20k 800k 1.2M
A1
51.84 0.5 1 1 10k 400k 400k
155.52 0.4 1 1 10k 500k 1.3M
F1 F2 F3 F4
Modulation frequency (Hz) 622.08 0.3 1 1 30k 2M 5M
∗F1 = 100 Hz at RMS
[UIp-p] Bit rate A1 A2 F1∗∗ F2 F3

[400/800 Ul range]
A2 (Mbit/s) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz)
1.544 20 400 0.1 10 200
Jitter measurement
2.048 20 400 0.1 10 200

8.448 20 400 0.1 10 200
34.368 20 400 0.1 10 200
44.736 20 400 0.1 10 200
A1
139.264 20 400 0.1 10 200
51.84 20 400 0.1 10 200
155.52 4 400 0.1 10 1k
F1 F2 F3
Modulation frequency (Hz) 622.08 4 800 0.1 10 2k
∗∗: Full band only
Filter:
Conform to O.171/O.172, LP, HP0 + LP, HP1 + LP, HP2 + LP, HP + LP, user
Bit rate HP0 HP1 HP2 HP2' HP LP
(Mbit/s) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz)
1.544 10 10 8k — 12k 40k
2.048 10 20 18k 700 12k 100k
8.448 10 20 3k 80k 12k 400k
34.368 10 100 10k — 12k 800k
44.736 10 10 30k — 12k 400k
139.264 10 200 10k — 12k 3.5M
51.84 10 100 20k — 12k 400k
155.52 10 500 65k — 12k 1.3M
622.08 10 1k 250k — 12k 5M
Accuracy (UIp-p, UI+p, UI-p)

2 UI range: ±R% of reading ±W UIp-p, 20 UI range: ±R% of reading ±W UIp-p, 400 UI range: ±R% of reading ±W UIp-p,
800 UI range: ±R% of reading ±W UIp-p
Fixed error [W]
UIp-p
Pseudo-random signal
Bit rate
HP1 + LP HP2 + LP
(Mbit/s) Bit length
2 UI 8 UI 20 UI 400/800 UI 2 UI 8 UI 20 UI
1.544 0.040 0.08 0.22 3.5 0.025 0.05 0.15 220 – 1
2.048 0.040 0.08 0.22 3.5 0.025 0.05 0.15 215 – 1
8.448 0.040 — 0.22 3.5 0.025 — 0.15 215 – 1
34.368 0.040 0.08 0.22 3.5 0.025 0.05 0.15 223 – 1
44.736 0.040 0.08 0.22 3.5 0.025 0.05 0.15 215 – 1
139.264 0.040 0.08 0.30 5.0 0.025 0.05 0.15 223 – 1
Clock signal
Bit rate
HP1 + LP HP2 + LP
(Mbit/s)
Jitter measurement 2 UI 8 UI 20 UI 400/800 UI 2 UI 8 UI 20 UI
1.544 0.015 0.03 0.10 1.6 0.010 0.02 0.08
2.048 0.015 0.03 0.10 1.6 0.010 0.02 0.08
8.448 0.015 — 0.10 1.6 0.010 — 0.08
34.368 0.030 0.06 0.18 2.8 0.020 0.04 0.15
44.736 0.030 0.06 0.18 2.8 0.020 0.04 0.15
139.264 0.030 0.06 0.22 3.8 0.020 0.04 0.20
SONET/SDH signal
Bit rate
HP1 + LP HP2 + LP
(Mbit/s) Container
2 UI 8 UI 20 UI 400/800 UI 2 UI 8 UI 20 UI
51.84e 0.070 0.14 0.30 5.0 0.050 0.10 0.20 VC3
51.84o 0.070 0.14 0.30 5.0 0.050 0.10 0.20 VC3
155.52e 0.070 0.14 0.30 5.0 0.025 0.05 0.20 VC4
155.52o 0.070 0.14 0.30 5.0 0.050 0.10 0.20 VC4
622.08 0.100 0.20 0.30 10.0 0.050 0.10 0.20 VC4-4c
At PRBS 223 – 1
Clock signal
Bit rate
HP1 + LP HP2 + LP
(Mbit/s)
2 UI 8 UI 20 UI 400/800 UI 2 UI 8 UI 20 UI
51.84e 0.050 0.10 0.22 3.8 0.030 0.06 0.20
155.52e 0.050 0.10 0.22 3.8 0.030 0.06 0.20
622.08 0.050 0.10 0.22 5.0 0.030 0.06 0.20
Frequency error [R]

Frequency error Frequency range
±10% 0.1 to 20 Hz
±7% 20 Hz to 300 kHz
±8% 300 kHz to 1 MHz
±10% 1 to 3 MHz
±15% 3 to 5 MHz

UIrms
2 UI range: ±R% ±Y UIrms, 20 UI range: ±R% ±Y UIrms
Fixed error [Y]
UIrms
Pseudo-random signal Clock signal
Bit rate HP + LP Bit rate HP + LP
(Mbit/s) (Mbit/s)
Bit length
2 UI 8 UI 20 UI 2 UI 8 UI 20 UI
1.544 0.006 0.02 0.04 220 – 1 1.544 0.004 0.02 0.03
2.048 0.006 0.02 0.04 215 – 1 2.048 0.004 0.02 0.03
8.448 0.006 — 0.04 215 – 1 8.448 0.004 — 0.03 3
34.368 0.008 0.02 0.05 223 –1 34.368 0.006 0.02 0.04
44.736 0.008 0.02 0.05 215 – 1 44.736 0.006 0.02 0.04
139.264 0.008 0.02 0.05 223 – 1 139.264 0.006 0.02 0.04
SONET/SDH signal Clock signal

Bit rate Bit rate
Jitter measurement HP + LP HP + LP
(Mbit/s) Container (Mbit/s)
2 UI 8 UI 20 UI 2 UI 8 UI 20 UI
51.84e 0.010 0.02 0.06 VC3 51.84e 0.008 0.02 0.05
51.84o 0.010 0.02 0.06 VC3 155.52e 0.008 0.02 0.05
155.52e 0.010 0.02 0.06 VC4 622.08 0.010 0.02 0.06
155.52o 0.010 0.02 0.06 VC4
622.08 0.012 0.03 0.08 VC4-4c
At PRBS 223 – 1
Frequency error [R]
±10% 0.1 to 20 Hz
±7% 20 Hz to 300 kHz
±10% 1 to 3 MHz
±15% 3 to 5 MHz
Hit measurement Count, seconds, % free Seconds

Frequency measurement Resolution: 0.1 ppm, Display: Hz or ppm (After power-on, calibrates after 60 min warm-up, 23˚ ±5˚C)
Auxiliary interface Demodulation output, Clock/Reference input
Jitter tolerance measurement: Evaluates jitter tolerance point automatically
Jitter sweep measurement: Conforms to high-speed jitter tolerance evaluation for mass production, etc.
Jitter auto measurement Jitter transfer measurement: High dynamic range measurement by selective level method (variable)
Jitter frequency measurement: Measures the mapping jitter automatically
Frequency sweep measurement: Measures the jitter tolerance automatically while changing the offset
Modulation frequency: 10 µHz to 10 Hz (sine wave)
Amplitude: 0 to 400,000 UI (10 UIp-p steps)
Bit rate f0 f1 f2 A0 A1
(Mbit/s) (µHz) (mHz) (Hz) (UIp-p) (UIp-p)
[UIp-p] 1.544 10 20 10 400,000 800
A B
A0 2.048 10 20 10 400,000 800
8.448 10 200 10 400,000 8,000
–20 dB/dec
34.368 10 400 10 400,000 16,000
44.736 10 400 10 400,000 16,000
C
A1 139.264 10 2,000 10 400,000 80,000
Line wander generation
51.84 10 400 10 400,000 16,000
155.52 10 2,000 10 400,000 80,000
f0 f1 f2 (Hz)
622.08 10 400 10 400,000 16,000
Accuracy: ±Q% of setting ±100 UIp-p

Error Q Frequency range
±8% 10 µHz to 0.125 Hz
±12% 0.125 Hz to 1 Hz
±15% 1 to 10 Hz
Wander auto
Automatically evaluates the wander of the sine wave by the wander sweep measurement
measurement
Off: Able to set non-modulated status
TDEV mask:
Reference wander The 37 types of TDEV masks that are regulated by ITU-T, ETSI, ANSI, and Bellcore standards are available as default.
generation (Option 03) It is possible to add the wander modulation on the user specified TDEV mask.
Transient: It is possible to change the A (1 – e –63.7t) phase by the timing of the start.
Signal off: It is possible to disconnect the standard signal.
Conform to ITU-T O.172
Reference input: 2.048M (HDB3, Clock), 1.544M (AMI/B8ZS, Clock), 64k + 8 kHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz
Sampling frequency: 40 Hz, 1 Hz, 0.1 Hz, 5 mHz (select by MX150001B)
Measurement range
P-P: 0.0 to 2E10 ns, +P/–P: 0.0 to 1E10 ns, TIE: 0.0 to ±1E10 ns
Accuracy: Conform to ITU-T O.172
Wander measurement Measurement time: 10 to 1 x 108 s (max. 120, 000 s; MP1570A only)
(Option 02) Wander application (requires MX150001B Wander Application Software)
TIE: Max. 1 x 108 s, MTIE: Max. 1 x 108 s, TDEV: Max. 1 x 106 s
Frequency offset: Measurement conforms to ANSI TI.105.09
Frequency drift rate: Measurement conforms to ANSI TI.105.09
MRTIE: The evaluation separated from the wander by a frequency offset
Wander tolerance (TDEV) measurement: Evaluation by the various TDEV mask generations
Wander transfer (TDEV) measurement: Calibration method by simulation,outputting results by the one measurement
• MU150011A 2.5G Jitter Unit

Conforms to ITU-T O.172
Frequency: 2488.32 MHz
Amplitude: 0 to 808.0 UIp-p
Resolution: 0.001 UIp-p (2 UI range), 0.01 UIp-p (20 UI range), 0.4 UIp-p (800 UI range)
[UIp-p] 800 Ul range
–20 dB/dec
808
20 Ul range –20 dB/dec
Jitter measurement
20.2
2 Ul range
2.02
–20 dB/dec
0.5
0.2
F1 F1' F2 F2' F3 F4 F5
Modulation frequency(Hz)
Jitter generation
Bit rate F1 F1' F2∗ F2'∗ F3∗ F4∗ F5∗
(Mbit/s) (Hz) (Hz) (kHz) (kHz) (MHz) (MHz) (MHz)
2488.32 0.1 60 2.5 30 1.2 2 20
∗Typical value
Accuracy
2 UI range: (±Q% of setting) ±0.02 UIp-p, 20 UI range: (±Q% of setting) ±0.3 UIp-p, 800 UI range: (±Q% of setting) ±12.5 UIp-p
Bit rate Error Q Frequency range
(Mbit/s)
±12% 0.1 Hz to 5 kHz
±8% 5 to 500 kHz
2488.32
±12% 0.5 to 2 MHz
±15% 2 to 20 MHz
Range: ±100 ppm/0.1 ppm steps (jitter on/off)

Frequency offset Accuracy: ±0.1 ppm (after power-on, calibrate after 60 min warm-up, 23˚±5 ˚C)
Auxiliary interface External clock input, Jitter reference output
Frequency: 2488.32 MHz ±100 ppm
Amplitude: 0.0 to 32 UI
Resolution: 0.001 UIp-p/0.001 UIrms (2 UI range), 0.01 UIp-p/0.01 UIrms (32 UI range)
[UIp-p]
32 Ul range –20 dB/dec

32
∗(11.31)
Jitter measurement
Jitter modulation
2 Ul range Bit rate F0 F0' F2' F2'' F3' F4

2
∗(0.707) (Mbit/s) (Hz) (Hz) (kHz) (kHz) (MHz) (MHz)
2 UI – 100 – 100 1 20
0.2 2488.32
∗(0.071) 32 UI 10 – 6.25 – 1 20
F0 F0' F2' F2'' F3' F4 (Hz)


LP, HP0 + LP, HP1 + LP, HP2 + LP, HP + LP
Bit rate HP0 HP1 HP2 HP LP
(Mbit/s) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz)
2488.32 10 5k 1M 12k 20M
Accuracy (UIp-p, UI+p, UI–p)
2 UI range: Measurement value ±R% ±W UIp-p, 32 UI range: Measurement value ±R% ±W UIp-p
[MU150008A/150009A/150010A are simultaneously installed, conform to ITU-T O.172]
Fixed error [W]
Input level: –12 to –10 dBm (adds to 0.01 UIp-p/dB at <–12 dBm)
3
Bit rate Bit rate
HP1 + LP HP2 + LP HP1 + LP HP2 + LP
(Mbit/s) Container (Mbit/s)
2 UI 32 UI 2 UI 32 UI 2 UI 32 UI 2 UI 32 UI
2488.32 0.100 2.2 0.050 1.40 VC4-16c 2488.32 0.050 0.60 0.030 0.50
At PRBS 223 – 1
Accuracy (UIrms)
Jitter measurement 2 UI range: ±R% ±Y UIrms, 32 UI range: ±R% ±Y UIrms
Fixed error [Y]
Input level: –12 to –10 dBm (adds to 0.002 UIrms/dB at <–12 dBm)
Bit rate
HP + LP HP + LP
(Mbit/s) Container
2 UI 32 UI 2 UI 32 UI
2488.32 0.012 0.08 VC4-16c 0.010 0.16
At PRBS 223 – 1
Frequency error [R]
±7% 5 to 300 kHz
±10% 1 to 3 MHz
±15% 3 to 10 MHz
±20% 10 to 20 MHz
Hit measurement Count, Seconds, % free seconds

Frequency measurement Resolution: 0.1 ppm, Display: Hz or ppm (after power-on, calibrates after 60 min warm-up, 23˚ ±5˚C)
Auxiliary interface Reference clock input
Jitter tolerance measurement: Evaluates jitter tolerance point automatically
Jitter sweep measurement: Conforms to high-speed jitter tolerance evaluation for mass production, etc.
Auto jitter measurement
Jitter transfer measurement: High dynamic range measurement by selective level method
Frequency sweep measurement: Measures the jitter tolerance automatically while changing the offset
Modulation frequency: 10 µHz to 0.2 Hz (sine wave)
Amplitude: 0 to 57,600 UIp-p (30 UIp-p steps)
[UIp-p]
Wander modulation
A0
A1
A2
F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5
Line wander generation Modulation frequency (Hz)
Bit rate Amplitude (UIp-p) Frequency (Hz)

(Mbit/s) A0 A1 A2 f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5
2488.32 57600 6480 810 10µ 180µ 1.6m 16m 0.13 0.2
Accuracy: ±Q% ±160 UIp-p
±8% 10 µHz to 0.1 Hz
±12% 0.1 to 0.2 Hz
Auto wander measurement Wander sweep measurement

Reference wander generation is valid when MU150005A/150006A/150007A Option 03 is mounted.
Off: Able to set non-modulated status
TDEV mask:
Reference wander
The 37 types of TDEV masks that are regulated by ITU-T, ETSI, ANSI, and Bellcore standards are available as default.
generation
It is possible to add the wander modulation to the user specified TDEV mask.
Transient: It is possible to change the A (1 – e –63.7t) phase by the timing of the start.
Wander measurement is valid when MU150005A/150006A/150007A Option 02 is mounted. Conforms to ITU-T O.172
Reference input: 2.048M (HDB3, clock), 1.544M (AMI/B8ZS, clock), 64k + 8 kHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz
Sampling frequency: 320 Hz, 40 Hz, 1 Hz, 0.1 Hz, 5 mHz (select from MX150001B)
Measurement range
P-P: 0.0 to 2E10 ns, +P/–P: 0.0 to 1E10 ns, TIE: 0.0 to ±1E10 ns
Accuracy: Conform to ITU-T O.172
Measurement time: 10 to 1 x 108 s (Max. 120,000 s: MP1570A only)
Wander application (requires MX150001B Wander Application Software)
Wander measurement
TIE: Max. 1 x 108 s
MTIE: Max. 1 x 108 s
TDEV: Max. 1 x 106 s
Frequency offset: Measurement with conform to ANSI TI.105.09
Frequency drift rate: Measurement with conform to ANSI TI.105.09
MRTIE: Evaluation separated from the wander by the frequency variation
Wander transfer (TDEV) measurement: Calibration method by simulation, outputting results by the one measurement
• MP0123A ATM Unit

Bit rate 1.544, 2.048, 34.368, 44.736, 139.264, 51.84, 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s
ATM/AAL
STM-4c /OC-12c (optical) SDH /SONET AAL1
STM-1c /OC-3c (optical) AAL2
STM-1c /STS-3c AAL3/4
STM-0 /STS-1 AAL5
Mapping
139M (G.832) PDH /DSn ATM
34M (G.832)
2M (G.704)
45M (G.704)
1.5M (G.704)
Traffic pattern CBR, burst, sawtooth, CBR/PCR with CDV, Poisson

Cell: Single cell PRBS 9, cross cell PRBS 9/15/23, 16-bit word pattern, edit pattern, time stamp
O.191: Edit pattern
AAL1: Single cell PRBS 9, cross cell PRBS 9/15/23, 16-bit word pattern, edit pattern, time stamp
AAL2 (CPS-PDU): Time stamp
Test patterns AAL2 (CPS-PACKET): Single cell PRBS 7, 8-bit word pattern, edit pattern
AAL3/4 (SAR-PDU): Time stamp
AAL3/4 (CPCS-PDU): Single cell PRBS 9, cross cell PRBS 9/15/23, 16-bit word pattern, edit pattern
AAL5: Single cell PRBS 9, cross cell PRBS 9/15/23, 16-bit word pattern, edit pattern
Cell: HEC, programmable pattern
O.191: Lost cell, misinserted cell, errored cell, SECB
AAL1: Lost cell, SNP, PRBS, word
AAL2 (CPS-PDU): P, SN, OSF
Error addition
AAL2 (CPS-PACKET): HEC, PRBS, word
AAL3/4 (SAR-PDU): SN, CRC10, segment type, LI, abort
AAL3/4 (CPCS-PDU): CPI, B/E tag mismatch, BA size, AL, length, PRBS, word
AAL5: Frame size, length, CRC32, abort, PRBS, word
Alarm addition LCD, VP/VC AIS, VP/VC RDI, VP/VC CC, VP/VC loopback cell
PM cell Error insertion: Lost cell, misinserted cell, BIPV, SECB
Cell editing O.191, AAL1, AAL2, AAL3/4, AAL5, AIS, RDI, CC, loopback, FM, BR, background (10 ch)
Memorized cell Possible to send after editing receiver's capture data
Error
Cell: Cell count, correctable HEC, uncorrectable HEC, non-conforming cell
O.191: Errored cell, lost cell, misinserted cell, SECB
AAL1: SAR-PDU count, lost cell, SNP, uncorrectable SNP, PRBS, word
AAL2: CPS-PDU count, P, OSF, SN, CPS packet count, CID count, HEC, PRBS, word
AAL3/4∗: SAR-PDU count, CRC10, MID count (SAR-PDU with selected MID value), SN, ST (segment type), LI, abort, discarded
PDU (one of SN error, Ll error, abort, COM with ST error, or EOM with ST error), CPCS-PDU count, CPI, B/E tag
Measurement mismatch, BA size, AL, length, undeliverded PDU (one of CPI error, B/E tag mismatch, BA size error, AL error, or
length error), PRBS, word
∗CRC10 is calculated for all SAR-PDU. The others are calculated for SAR-PDU with specified MID.
AAL5: CPCS-PDU count, frame size, length, CRC32, abort, discarded PDU (one of frame size error, length error, CRC32 error,
or abort), PRBS, word
FM: Lost cell, misinserted cell, BIPV, SECB
BR: Lost cell, misinserted cell, BIPV, SECB
Alarm: LCD, VP/VC segment AIS, VP/VC end-to-end AIS, VP/VC segment RDI, VP/VC end-to-end RDI, VP/VC segment LOC,
VP/VC end-to-end LOC
LED LCD, VP-AIS, VP-RDI, VP-LOC, VC-AIS, VC-RDI, VC-LOC, errors
Monitor Live monitor (1023 channel monitor), traffic monitor, cell monitor
Delay measurement 1-point CDV, 2-point CDV
Capture 1 to 2016 cells

• MP0131A Add/Drop Unit
Bit rate 1.544, 2.048, 34.368, 44.736, 139.264 Mbit/s
1.544 Mbit/s: ANSI T1.102, 0/655 ft
Level/waveform 44.736 Mbit/s: ANSI T1.102, 0/450/900 ft (0 ft: Drop only)
2.048/34.368/139 Mbit/s: ITU-T G.703
BANTAM (100 Ω, balanced): 1.544 Mbit/s (AMI/B8ZS)
Connector 3-pin Siemens (120 Ω, balanced): 2.048 Mbit/s (HDB3)
BNC (75 Ω, unbalanced): 2.048 Mbit/s, 34.368 Mbit/s (HDB3), 139.264 Mbit/s (CMI)
Mapping See Fig. 3 and 4
3
STM-64
x 64
x 16 AUG AU-4
STM-16 VC-4 139M (Async.)
x4
x3
STM-4 TUG-3 TU-3 VC-3 34M (Async.)
x3
STM-1
x7
STM-0 AU-3 VC-3 45M (Async.)
x7
x3
TUG-2 TU-12 VC-12 2M (Async.)
x4
Fig. 3 Add/Drop mapping structure (SDH) TU-11 VC-11 1.5M (Async.)
STS-192
x 64
x 16 STS3
STS-48 STS3cSPE 139M (Async.)
x4
STS-12 x3
TUG-3 TU-3 VC-3 34M (Async.)
x3
STS-3
x7
STS-1 STS1SPE 45M (Async.)
x7 x3
VTG VT2 VT2SPE 2M (Async.)
x4
Fig. 4 Add/Drop mapping structure (SONET) VT1.5 VT1.5SPE 1.5M (Async.)
• MP0111A Optical 156M/622M (1.31) Unit • MP0113A Optical 156M/622M (1.31/1.55) Unit
Bit rate: 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s (NRZ) Bit rate: 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s (NRZ)
Wavelength: 1310 nm Wavelength: 1310/1550 nm
Transmit Output level: –11.5 dBm ±3.5 dB Output level
Transmit
Optical safety: IEC 825-1 Class 1, 21CFR1040.10 Class Ι 1.31 µm: –11.5 dBm ±3.5 dB, 1.55 µm: –5 dBm ±2 dB
Connector: FC-PC (SMF) Optical safety: IEC825-1 Class 1, 21CFR1040.10 Class Ι
Bit rate: 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s (NRZ) Connector: FC-PC (SMF)
Sensitivity Bit rate: 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s (NRZ)
156M: –33 to –8 dBm (test pattern: PRBS 223 – 1, Sensitivity
BER 10–10, +10˚ to +40˚C) 156M: –33 to –8 dBm (test pattern: PRBS 223 – 1,
622M: –28 to –8 dBm (test pattern: PRBS 223 – 1, BER 10–10, +10˚ to +40˚C)
Receive BER 10–10, +10˚ to +40˚C) 622M: –28 to –8 dBm (test pattern: PRBS 223 – 1,
Connector: FC-PC (SMF) Receive BER 10–10, +10˚ to +40˚C)
Power measurement Connector: FC-PC (SMF)
Measurement range: –30 to 0 dBm (peak power) Power measurement
Accuracy: ≤±1 dB (–20 dBm) Measurement range: –30 to 0 dBm (peak power)
Linearity: ≤±1 dB (–30 to 0 dBm) Accuracy: ≤±1 dB (–20 dBm)
Linearity: ≤±1 dB (–30 to 0 dBm)
• MP0112A Optical 156M/622M (1.55) Unit • MP0105A CMI Unit

Bit rate: 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s (NRZ)
Transmit Bit rate: 155.52 Mbit/s, Level: 1 ±0.1 V, Connector: BNC (75 Ω)
Wavelength: 1550 nm
Transmit Output level: –5 dBm ±2 dB Bit rate: 155.52 Mbit/s
–
Optical safety: IEC825-1 Class 1, 21CFR1040.10 Class Ι Level: 1 ±0.1 V (0 to 12 dB, with √ f auto correction and
Receive
Connector: FC-PC (SMF) monitor function)
Connector: BNC (75 Ω)
Bit rate: 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s (NRZ)
Sensitivity
156M: –33 to –8 dBm (test pattern: PRBS 223 – 1,
BER 10–10, +10˚ to +40˚C) • MP0108A NRZ Unit
622M: –28 to –8 dBm (test pattern: PRBS 223 – 1, Bit rate: 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s
Receive BER 10–10, +10˚ to +40˚C) Transmit Level: ECL
Connector: FC-PC (SMF) Connector (data, clock): SMA (50 Ω)
Power measurement Bit rate: 155.52, 622.08 Mbit/s
Measurement range: –30 to 0 dBm (peak power) Receive Level: ECL (–2 V)
Accuracy: ≤±1 dB (–20 dBm) Connector (data, clock): SMA (50 Ω)
Linearity: ≤±1 dB (–30 to 0 dBm)
• MP0122B 1.5/45/52/52 (1.31) Unit • MU150002A Optical 10G Rx (Narrow) Unit
Optical interface Bit rate 9953.28, 2488.32 Mbit/s (Option 01)
Bit rate: 51.84 Mbit/s (NRZ) Sensitivity
Wavelength: 1310 nm 10G: –13 to –3 dBm (BER 10–12, NRZ, mark ratio: 1/2,
Transmit Output level: –11.5 dBm ±3.5 dB PRBS: 231 – 1)
Optical safety: IEC 825-1 Class 1, 21CFR1040.10 Class Ι 2.5G: –29 to –10 dBm (BER 10–11, NRZ, mark ratio: 1/2,
Connector: FC-PC (SMF) PRBS: 223 – 1) (Option 01)
Bit rate: 51.84 Mbit/s (NRZ) Optical Connector: FC-PC (SMF)
Sensitivity input Power measurement
52M: –33 to –8 dBm (test pattern: PRBS 223 – 1, BER 10–10, Range:–16 to 0 dBm (10G, average power),
+10˚ to +40˚C) –30 to –10 dBm (2.5G, average power)
Connector: FC-PC (SMF) Accuracy: ≤±2 dB (10G, –10 dBm), ≤±2 dB (2.5G, –20 dBm)
Receive Power measurement Linearity: ≤±2 dB (10G, –16 to 0 dBm),
Measurement range: –30 to 0 dBm (peak power) ≤±2 dB (2.5G, –30 to –10 dBm)
Accuracy: ≤±1 dB (–20 dBm) Data output: 0.65 to 1.4 Vp-p
Electrical
Linearity: ≤±1 dB (–30 to 0 dBm) Clock output: 0.65 to 1.3 Vp-p
output
Monitor input Connector: SMA 50 Ω
Level: 0.1 to 1.0 Vp-p (AC), Connector: SMA (50 Ω)
• MU150031A/C Optical 10G Tx (1.55) High Power Unit

• MU150008A/150009A/150010A 2.5G Unit
MU150031A: 9953.28 Mbit/s
Bit rate 2488.32 Mbit/s (NRZ) Bit rate
MU150031C: 9953.28 Mbit/s, 2488.32 Mbit/s
Wavelength: 1310 nm (MU150008A), 1550 nm (MU150009A),
Wavelength: 1525 to 1565 nm
1310/1550 nm (MU150010A)
Optical Optical Output level: +2 dBm ±2 dB
Output level: –4 dBm ±3 dB
output output Optical Safety: IEC825-1 (Class 3A), 21CFR1040.10 (Class ΙΙΙb)
Optical safety: IEC825-1 Class 3A, 21CFR1040.10 Class ΙΙΙb
Connector: FC-PC (SMF)
Data input
Sensitivity
H: 0 to –0.2 V, L: –0.85 to –1.4 V
Narrow: –28 to –9 dBm (BER 10–10, +10˚ to +30˚C), Electrical
Clock input
–27 to –9 dBm (BER 10–10, 0˚ to +30˚C) input
H: 0 to –0.2 V, L: –0.85 to –1.3 V
Wide: –20 to –9 dBm (BER 10–10, +10˚ to +40˚C)
Optical Connector: SMA (50 Ω)
input
Power measurement
Range: –30 to –9 dBm (peak power)
Accuracy: ≤±2 dB (–20 dBm)
• MU150061A/B Optical 10G Tx (1.31) Unit
Linearity: ≤±2 dB (–30 to –9 dBm) MU150061A: 9953.28 Mbit/s
Bit rate
Transmit (NRZ) MU150061B: 9953.28 Mbit/s, 2488.32 Mbit/s
Level: ECL (–2 V), Connector (data, clock): SMA (50 Ω) Wavelength: 1290 to 1330 nm
Electrical Receive (NRZ) Optical Output level: +3 dBm ±2 dB
I/O Level: ECL (–2 V), Connector (data, clock): SMA (50 Ω) output Optical Safety: IEC825-1 (Class 3A), 21CFR1040.10 (Class ΙΙΙb)
Monitor input Connector: FC-PC (SMF)
Level: 0.1 to 1.0 Vp-p (AC), Connector (data): SMA (50 Ω) Data input
Auxiliary H: 0 to –0.2 V, L: –0.85 to –1.4 V
External clock input, receive clock output, sync. output Electrical
interface Clock input
input
H: 0 to –0.2 V, L: –0.85 to –1.3 V
Connector: SMA (50 Ω)
• MU150000A 2.5G/10G Unit
Bit rate 9953.28, 2488.32 Mbit/s (NRZ)
• MU150017A/B Optical 10G Rx (Wide) Unit
Transmit (NRZ)
Level MU150017A: 9953.28 Mbit/s ±100 ppm
Data H: 0 to –0.2 V, Data L: –0.85 to –1.4 V Bit rate MU150017B:
Clock H: 0 to –0.2 V, Clock L: –0.85 to –1.3 V 9953.28 Mbit/s ±100 ppm, 2488.32 Mbit/s ±100 ppm
Electrical Connector (data, clock): SMA (50 Ω) Wavelength
I/O Receive (NRZ) 10G: 1550 nm band,
Level 2.5G: 1310/1550 nm band (MU150017B)
Data: 0.65 to 1.4 Vp-p, Clock: 0.65 to 1.3 Vp-p Sensitivity:
Connector (data, clock): SMA (50 Ω) –11 to –3 dBm (10G BER10–12, NRZ, VC4-64c,
Auxiliary External clock input, internal clock output, receive clock scramble: on, mark ratio: 1/2, PRBS 223 – 1
Optical
interface output,156M sync. output –15 to –3 dBm (2.5G BER10–12, NRZ, VC4-16c,
output
scramble: on, mark ratio: 1/2, PRBS 223 – 1
Connector: FC-SPC (SMF)
Power measurement
• MU150001A/B Optical 10G Tx (1.55) Unit Range: –16 to –2 dBm (10G, average power),
Bit rate 9953.28, 2488.32 Mbit/s (Option) –36 to –2 dBm (2.5G average power)
Wavelength: Accuracy: ≤±2 dB
10G: 1550 nm band Data output: 0.7 to 1.3 Vp-p
2.5G: 1310 nm band (Option 01), 1550 nm band (Option 02), Clock output: 0.65 to 1.3 Vp-p
Optical
1310/1550 nm band (Option 03) Electrical Connector: SMA (50 Ω)
output
Output level: –4 dBm ±3 dB input Output phase:
Optical safety: IEC825-1 Class 3A, 21CFR1040.10 Class ΙΙΙb Variable output clock phase according to output data (10G
Connector: FC-PC (SMF) only)
Data input
H: 0 to –0.2 V, L: –0.85 to –1.4 V
Electrical
Clock input
input
H: 0 to –0.2 V, L: –0.85 to –1.3 V
Connector: SMA 50 Ω

Unit Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4/5 Front Ordering information
MP0121A 2/8/34/139/156M Unit √ Please specify model/order number name and quantity when ordering.
MP0122A 1.5/45/52M Unit √∗ √ Model/Order No. Name
MP0122B 1.5/45/52/52M (1.31) Unit √∗ √ Main frame
MP1570A∗1 SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer
MP0123A ATM Unit √
MU150005A 2/8/34/139M, 156/622M Jitter Unit √ Standard accessories
MU150006A 1.5/45/52M, 156/622M Jitter Unit √ AC power cord: 1 pc
Z0169 Printer paper (5 rolls/pack): 1 pack
MU150007A 2/8/34/139M, 1.5/45/52M, √ F0079 Fuse, 10 A: 2 pcs
156M/622M Jitter Unit B0329G Front cover: 1 pc
MP0111A Optical 156/622M (1.31) Unit √ Z0486 Side cover: 1 pc
3
J0907Q Remote interlock cord (for MU150001A/B,
MP0112A Optical 156/622M (1.55) Unit √ MU150008A, MU150009A, MU150010A,
MP0113A Optical 156/622M (1.31/1.55) Unit √ MU150031A/C, MU150061A/B): 1 pc
J0908 Remote interlock terminator (for MU150001A/B,
MU150008A 2.5G (1.31) Unit √
MU150008A, MU150009A, MU150010A,
MU150009A 2.5G (1.55) Unit √ MU150031A/C, MU150061A/B): 1 pc
MU150010A 2.5G (1.31/1.55) Unit √ E0008A Optical output control key (for MU150001A/B,
MU150008A, MU150009A, MU150010A,
MU150011A 2.5G Jitter Unit √ MU150031A/C, MU150061A/B): 2 pcs
MP0131A Add/Drop Unit √ √ J0747A Fixed optical attenuator (5 dB, for MU150017A/B): 1 pc
J0747B Fixed optical attenuator (10 dB, for MU150002A): 1 pc
MU150000A 2.5G/10G Unit √ J0900A Coaxial cable (AA-165-200), 20 cm
MU150001A/B Optical 10G Tx (1.55) Unit √ (for MU150011A): 2 pcs
J0635A Optical fiber cable (FC · PC-FC · PC), 1 m (for
MU150002A Optical 10G Rx (Narrow) Unit √
MU150002A, MU150008A, MU150009A,
MP0105A CMI Unit √ MU150010A, MU150017A/B): 1 pc
MP0108A NRZ Unit √ MX150001B Wander (MTIE, TDEV) Measurement Application
Software (supplied with MU150005A-02,
MU150031A/C Optical 10G Tx (1.55)
√ MU150006A-02, MU150007A-02): 1 pc
High Power Unit W1719AE MP1570A operation manual
MU150061A/B Optical 10G Tx (1.31) Unit √ (Vol. 1 Basic operation for SDH): 1 copy
W1720AE MP1570A operation manual
MU150017A/B Optical 10G Rx (Wide) Unit √ (Vol. 1 Basic operation for SONET): 1 copy
Note: The same model name units can not be used simultaneously with inserted W1721AE MP1570A operation manual
them in to the plural slots. Only one unit is usable at a time. (Vol. 2 Remote control): 1 copy
∗: MP0122A/B can not insert in to slot 1 when MP0123A is inserted in to Slot 3 (Vol. 3 ATM measurement): 1 copy
(Vol. 4 2.5G/10G measurement): 1 copy
(Vol. 5 Add/Drop function): 1 copy
(Vol. 6 Jitter/wander measurement, for
MU150005A/150006A/150007A): 1 copy
(Vol. 7 2.5G jitter/wander measurement, for
MU150011A): 1 copy
W1763AE Wander (MTIE, TDEV) APPLI SOFT manual
(supplied with MX150001B): 1 copy
J1002A Semi-rigid cable (for MU150001A/B, MU150031A/C,
MU150061A/B): 2 pcs
J1002B Semi-rigid cable (for MU150002A, MU150017A/B): 2 pcs
J1002C Semi-rigid cable (for MU150000A): 3 pcs
Plug-in units
MP0121A 2/8/34/139/156M Unit
MP0122A 1.5/45/52M Unit
MP0122B∗2 1.5/45/52/52M (1.31) Unit
MP0123A ATM Unit
MU150008A∗2 2.5G (1.31) Unit (with optical power meter)
MU150009A∗2 2.5G (1.55) Unit (with optical power meter)
MU150010A∗2 2.5G (1.31/1.55) Unit (with optical power meter)
MP0131A Add/Drop Unit
MU150000A 2.5G/10G Unit
MU150001A∗2 Optical 10G Tx (1.55) Unit (2 km transmission)
MU150001B∗2 Optical 10G Tx (1.55) Unit (40 km transmission)
MU150002A∗2 Optical 10G Rx (Narrow) Unit (with optical power meter)
MP0111A∗2 Optical 156M/622M (1.31) Unit (with optical power meter)
MP0112A∗2 Optical 156M/622M (1.55) Unit (with optical power meter)
MP0113A∗2 Optical 156M/622M (1.31/1.55) Unit (with optical power
meter, 1.31/1.55 switchable)
MU150017A Optical 10G Rx (Wide) Unit
MU150017B Optical 2.5G/10G Rx (Wide) Unit
MU150031A Optical 10G Tx (1.55) High Power Unit
MU150031C Optical 2.5G/10G Tx (1.55) High Power Unit
MU150061A Optical 10G Tx (1.31) Unit
MU150061B Optical 2.5G/10G Tx (1.31) Unit MU150008A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
MU150005A 2/8/34/139M, 156/622M Jitter Unit [jitter generation/ MU150009A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
measurement only (requires MP0121A)] MU150009A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
MU150006A 1.5/45/52M, 156/622M Jitter Unit [jitter generation/ MU150009A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
measurement only (requires MP0122A/B)] MU150009A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
MU150007A 2/8/34/139M, 1.5/45/52M, 156/622M Jitter Unit [jitter MU150009A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
generation/measurement only (requires MP0121A or MU150010A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
MP0122A/B)] MU150010A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
MU150011A 2.5G Jitter Unit [jitter generation/measurement only MU150010A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
(requires MU150008A/150009A or MU150010A)] MU150010A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
MP0105A CMI Unit MU150010A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
MP0108A NRZ Unit MU150001A/B-37 FC connector (replaceable, 1 set)
MU150001A/B-38 ST connector (replaceable, 1 set)
Options MU150001A/B-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A-01∗3 RS-232C MU150001A/B-40 SC connector (replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A-02∗3 GPIB MU150001A/B-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A-03∗3 Ethernet MU150002A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 1 set)∗4
MP1570A-04∗3 VGA output MU150002A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 1 set)∗4
MP1570A-06 MUX/DEMUX (2/8/34/139 Mbit/s, for MP0121A) MU150002A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 1 set)∗4
MP1570A-07 MUX/DEMUX (1.5/45 Mbit/s, for MP0122A/B) MU150002A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 1 set)∗4
MP1570A-08 45M-2M MUX/DEMUX (requires MP0121A and MU150002A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 1 set)∗4
MP0122A/B) MU150017A/B-37 FC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A-09 Japan mapping (requires MP0122A or MP0122B) MU150017A/B-38 ST connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A-10∗1 SDH MU150017A/B-39 DIN connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A-11∗1 SONET MU150017A/B-40 SC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A-13 Frame memory capture (156M/622M, 64 frame) MU150017A/B-43 HMS-10/A connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A-14 IP-over-SONET/SDH (requires MP1570A-13) MU150031A/C-37 FC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A-15 IP-over-ATM (requires MP0123A) MU150031A/C-38 ST connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A-22 K1/K2 overwrite through MU150031A/C-39 DIN connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150005A-02 Wander measurement MU150031A/C-40 SC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150006A-02 Wander measurement MU150031A/C-43 HMS-10/A connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150007A-02 Wander measurement MU150061A/B-37 FC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150005A-03 Wander reference output MU150061A/B-38 ST connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150006A-03 Wander reference output MU150061A/B-39 DIN connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150007A-03 Wander reference output MU150061A/B-40 SC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150008A-01 Frame memory capture (2.5G, 64 frame) MU150061A/B-43 HMS-10/A connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150009A-01 Frame memory capture (2.5G, 64 frame)
MU150010A-01 Frame memory capture (2.5G, 64 frame) Maintenance service*5
MU150000A-01 Frame memory capture (2.5G/10G, 26 frame) MP1570A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150001A/B-01 2.5G (1.31) MP0121A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150001A/B-02 2.5G (1.55) MP0122A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150001A/B-03 2.5G (1.31/1.55) MP0122B-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150002A-01 2.5G MP0123A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150002A-04 Available for 10G (1.31) MU150005A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0111A/0112A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MU150006A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0111A/0112A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 2 sets MU150007A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0111A/0112A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MU150008A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0111A/0112A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MU150009A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0111A/0112A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MU150010A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0113A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 3 sets) MU150011A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0113A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 3 sets) MU150000A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0113A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 3 sets) MU150001A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0113A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 3 sets) MU150001B-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0113A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 3 sets) MU150002A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0122B-37 FC connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MP0111A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0122B-38 ST connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MP0112A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0122B-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MP0113A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0122B-40 SC connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MP0105A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0122B-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MP0108A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150008A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MU150017A/B-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150008A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MU150031A/C-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150008A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MU150061A/B-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150008A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 2 sets)

Application equipment
MP1777A 10 GHz Jitter Analyzer
MP9677B E/O, O/E Converter
MU967701A Clock Recovery Unit (9.95328 Gbit/s)
MP1580A Portable 2.5G/10G Analyzer
MU150018A 2.5G/10G Jitter Unit (for MP1580A)
MN9320A Optical Channel Drop Unit (OCD)
MX150001B Wander (MTIE, TDEV) Measurement Application
Software (supplied with MU150005A-02/150006A-02/
150007A-02)
3
J0796A ST connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
J0796B DIN connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
J0796C SC connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
J0796D HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, with protective caps,
1 set)
J0796E FC connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
J0162A Balanced cable, 1 m (Siemens 3p-Siemens 3p)
J0162B Balanced cable, 2 m (Siemens 3p-Siemens 3p)
J0845A Balanced cable, 6 ft (BANTAM 3P/BANTAM 3P)
J0775D Coaxial cable (BNC-P620 · 3C-2WS · BNC-P620,
75 Ω), 2 m
J0776D Coaxial cable (BNC-P-3W · 3D-2W · BNC-P-3W, 50 Ω),
2m
J0898A Conversion cable (M-1PS · BANTAM 3P), 1 m
J0898B Conversion cable (M-1PS · BANTAM 3P), 2 m
J0635A Optical fiber cable, 1 m (SM, FC-SPC connector both
ends)
J0635B Optical fiber cable, 2 m (SM, FC-SPC connector both
ends)
J0635C Optical fiber cable, 3 m (SM, FC-SPC connector both
ends)
J0660A Optical fiber cable, 1 m (SM, SC connector, both-ends)
J0660B Optical fiber cable, 2 m (SM, SC connector, both-ends)
J0660C Optical fiber cable, 3 m (SM, SC connector, both-ends)
J0756A Optical fiber cable, 1 m (SM, ST connector, both-ends)
J0756B Optical fiber cable, 2 m (SM, ST connector, both-ends)
J0756C Optical fiber cable, 3 m (SM, ST connector, both-ends)
J0747B Fixed optical attenuator (10 dB)
J0747C Fixed optical attenuator (15 dB)
J0747D Fixed optical attenuator (20 dB)
J1049A Fixed optical attenuator, SC (5 dB)
J1049B Fixed optical attenuator, SC (10 dB)
J1049C Fixed optical attenuator, SC (15 dB)
J1049D Fixed optical attenuator, SC (20 dB)
J1050A Fixed optical attenuator, ST (5 dB)
J1050B Fixed optical attenuator, ST (10 dB)
J1050C Fixed optical attenuator, ST (15 dB)
J1050D Fixed optical attenuator, ST (20 dB)
A0006 Head set
B0453B Blank panel (for front slot)
B0454C Blank panel (for slot 1 to 3)
B0454D Blank panel (for slot 4/5)
B0448 Soft case
B0336C Carrying case
∗1: Must specify SDH (Option 10) or SONET (Option 11) when ordering de-
pends on your system. The option price is included in the MP1570A.
These two options can be installed simultaneously. But in this case, one
option price is charged.
dering the above options. If the connector is not specified the FC connec-
tor (MP0111A/0112A/0113A/0122B-37, MU150008A/150009A/150010A/
150001A/150001B/150002A-37) is supplied as standard.
∗3: The video output, RS-232C, GPIB and Ethernet options cannot all be used
simultaneously. Only the video output + RS-232C, or video output + GPIB,
or RS-232C + GPIB board, or Ethernet board combinations support simul-
taneous use, so change the board combinations according to the purpose.
∗4: With Option 01, 2 sets
∗5: Please ask your local Anritsu Field Office or Sales. Representative for
price and availability.
The units for MP1552A/B and MP1555A/B can be used with MP1570A.
SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM ANALYZER GPIB
OPTION
MP1570A1
Supports North American and European Mapping by One Box
MP1570A1 is a SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer which has one Ordering information

more slot compared with MP1570A. It can measure bit rate of 2488M Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
(OC-48) or more in North American and European mapping without
the DSn and PDH plug-in units exchange. Model/Order No. Name
Main frame
MP1570A1∗1 SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer
Specifications
• General Standard accessories
AC power cord: 1 pc
(Other specifications are same as MP1570A. For the specification, re-
Z0169 Printer paper (5 rolls/pack): 1 pack
fer to page 163.) F0079 Fuse, 10 A: 2 pcs
B0482 Front cover: 1 pc
Printer Internal, external J0907Q Remote interlock cord (for MU150001A/B,
Internal Measurement settings memory: 10 MU150008A, MU150009A, MU150010A,
memory Graphics memory: 15 MU150031A/C, MU150061A/B): 1 pc
J0908 Remote interlock terminator (for MU150001A/B,
FDD, RS-232C (Option 01)∗1, GPIB (Option 02)∗1, MU150008A, MU150009A, MU150010A,
Others Ethernet (Option 03)∗1, Video output (Option 04)∗1, MU150031A/C, MU150061A/B): 1 pc
buzzer, clock, help, screen copy E0008A Optical output control key (for MU150001A/B,
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A) MU150008A, MU150009A, MU150010A,
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A) MU150031A/C, MU150061A/B): 2 pc
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A) J0747A Fixed optical attenuator
(5 dB, for MU150017A/B): 1 pc
EN61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 (Installation Category II,
LVD J0747B Fixed optical attenuator (10 dB, for
Pollution degree 2)
MU150002A): 1 pc
Dimensions 320 (W) x 222 (H) x 350 (D) mm, 12 kg approx. J0900A Coaxial cable (AA-165-200, 20 cm, for
and mass (excluding plug-in units and options) MU150011A): 2 pcs
Power 100 to 240 Vac, 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤500 VA J0635A Optical fiber cable (FC · PC-FC · PC, 1 m, for
MU150002A/150008A/150009A/150010A,
Temperature 0° to +40°C MU150017A/B): 1 pc
MX150001B Wander (MTIE, TDEV) Measurement
∗1: The video output, RS-232C, GPIB and Ethernet options cannot all be Application Software (supplied with
used simultaneously. Only the video output + RS-232C, or video output
MU150005A-02/150006A-02/150007A-02): 1 pc
+ GPIB, or RS-232C + GPIB board, or Ethernet board combinations sup-
W1882AE MP1570A1 operation manual: 1 copy
port simultaneous use, so change the board combinations according to
the purpose.
(Vol. 1 Basic operation for SDH): 1 copy
(Vol. 1 Basic operation for SONET): 1 copy
(Vol. 2 Remote control): 1 copy
(Vol. 3 ATM measurement): 1 copy
(Vol. 4 2.5G/10G measurement): 1 copy

W1724AE MP1570A operation manual MP0111A/0112A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
(Vol. 5 Add/Drop function): 1 copy MP0111A/0112A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
W1725AE MP1570A operation manual (Vol. 6 Jitter/wander MP0113A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
measurement, for MU150005A/150006A/ MP0113A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
150007A): 1 copy MP0113A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
W1726AE MP1570A operation manual (Vol. 7 2.5G jitter/ MP0113A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
wander measurement, for MU150011A): 1 copy MP0113A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
W1763AE Wander (MTIE, TDEV) Measurement MP0122B-37 FC connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
Application Software (supplied with MP0122B-38 ST connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
MX150001B): 1 copy MP0122B-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
J1002A Semi-rigid cable (for MU150001A/B,
MU150031A/C, MU150061A/B): 2 pcs
MP0122B-40
MP0122B-43
SC connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
3
J1002B Semi-rigid cable (for MU150002A, MU150017A/B): 2 pcs MU150008A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
J1002C Semi-rigid cable (for MU150000A): 3 pcs MU150008A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
MU150008A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
Plug-in units MU150008A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
MP0121A 2/8/34/139/156M Unit MU150008A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
MP0122A 1.5/45/52M Unit MU150009A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
MP0122B∗2 1.5/45/52/52M (1.31) Unit MU150009A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
MP0123A ATM Unit MU150009A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
MU150005A 2/8/34/139M, 156/622M Jitter Unit (only jitter MU150009A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
generation/measurement, requires MP0121A) MU150009A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 2 sets)
MU150006A 1.5/45/52M, 156/622M Jitter Unit (only jitter MU150010A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
generation/measurement, requires MP0122A/B) MU150010A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
MU150007A 2/8/34/139M, 1.5/45/52M, 156/622M Jitter Unit MU150010A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
(only jitter generation/measurement, requires MU150010A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
MP0121A or MP0122A/B) MU150010A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 3 sets)
MU150008A∗2 2.5G (1.31) Unit (with optical power meter) MU150001A/B-37 FC connector (replaceable, 1 set)
MU150009A∗2 2.5G (1.55) Unit (with optical power meter) MU150001A/B-38 ST connector (replaceable, 1 set)
MU150010A∗2 2.5G (1.31/1.55) Unit (with optical power meter) MU150001A/B-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 1 set)
MU150011A 2.5G Jitter Unit (only jitter generation/measurement, MU150001A/B-40 SC connector (replaceable, 1 set)
requires MU150008A, MU150009A, or MU150010A) MU150001A/B-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 1 set)
MP0131A Add/Drop Unit MU150002A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 1 set∗4)
MU150000A 2.5G/10G Unit MU150002A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 1 set∗4)
MU150001A∗2 Optical 10G Tx (1.55) Unit (2 km transmission) MU150002A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 1 set∗4)
MU150001B∗2 Optical 10G Tx (1.55) Unit (40 km transmission) MU150002A-40 SC connector (replaceable, 1 set∗4)
MU150002A∗2 Optical 10G Rx (Narrow) Unit (with optical power meter) MU150002A-43 HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, 1 set∗4)
MP0111A∗2 Optical 156M/622M (1.31) Unit (with optical power meter) MU150017A/B-37 FC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP0112A∗2 Optical 156M/622M (1.55) Unit (with optical power meter) MU150017A/B-38 ST connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP0113A∗2 Optical 156M/622M (1.33/1.55) Unit (with optical MU150017A/B-39 DIN connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
power meter, 1.31/1.55 switchable) MU150017A/B-40 SC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150017A Optical 10G Rx (Wide) Unit MU150017A/B-43 HMS-10/A connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150017B Optical 2.5G/10G Rx (Wide) Unit MU150031A/C-37 FC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150031A Optical 10G Tx (1.55) High Power Unit MU150031A/C-38 ST connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150031C Optical 2.5G/10G Tx (1.55) High Power Unit MU150031A/C-39 DIN connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150061A Optical 10G Tx (1.31) Unit MU150031A/C-40 SC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150061B Optical 2.5G/10G Tx (1.31) Unit MU150031A/C-43 HMS-10/A connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP0105A CMI Unit MU150061A/B-37 FC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP0108A NRZ Unit MU150061A/B-38 ST connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MU150061A/B-39 DIN connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
Options MU150061A/B-40 SC connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A1-01∗3 RS-232C MU150061A/B-43 HMS-10/A connector (user replaceable, 1 set)
MP1570A1-02∗3 GPIB
MP1570A1-03∗3 Ethernet Maintenance service∗5
MP1570A1-04∗3 VGA output MP0121A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP1570A1-06 MUX/DEMUX (2/8/34/139 Mbit/s, for MP0121A) MP0122A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP1570A1-07 MUX/DEMUX (1.5/45 Mbit/s, for MP0122A/B) MP0122B-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP1570A1-08 45M-2M MUX/DEMUX (requires MP0121A and MP0123A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP0122A/B) MU150005A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP1570A1-09 Japan mapping (requires MP0122A or MP0122B) MU150006A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP1570A1-10∗1 SDH MU150007A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP1570A1-11∗1 SONET MU150008A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP1570A1-13 Frame memory capture (156M/622M, 64 frame) MU150009A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP1570A1-14 IP-over-SONET/SDH (requires option of frame MU150010A-90 Extended three year warranty service
memory/capture) MU150011A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP1570A1-15 IP-over-ATM (requires MP0123A) MU150000A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MP1570A1-22 K1/K2 overwrite through MU150001A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150005A-02 Wander measurement MU150001B-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150006A-02 Wander measurement MU150002A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150007A-02 Wander measurement MP0111A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150005A-03 Wander reference output MP0112A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150008A-01 Frame memory capture (2.5G, 64 frame) MP0108A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150009A-01 Frame memory capture (2.5G, 64 frame) MU150017A/B-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150010A-01 Frame memory capture (2.5G, 64 frame) MU150031A/C-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150000A-01 Frame memory capture (2.5G/10G, 26 frame) MU150061A/B-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150001A/B-01 2.5G (1.31)
MU150001A/B-02 2.5G (1.55) Application equipment
MU150001A/B-03 2.5G (1.31/1.55) MP1777A 10 GHz Jitter Analyzer
MU150002A-01 2.5G MP9677B E/O, O/E Converter
MU150002A-04 Available for 10G (1.31) MU967701A Clock Recovery Unit (9.95328 Gbit/s)
MP0111A/0112A-37 FC connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MP1580A Portable 2.5G/10G Analyzer
MP0111A/0112A-38 ST connector (replaceable, 2 sets) MU150018A 2.5G/10G Jitter Unit (for MP1580A)
MP0111A/0112A-39 DIN connector (replaceable, 2 sets) Continued on next page
J0796A ST connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
J0796B DIN connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
J0796C SC connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
J0796D HMS-10/A connector (replaceable, with protective
caps, 1 set)
J0796E FC connector (replaceable, with protective caps,
1 set)
J0162A Balanced cable (Siemens 3P-Siemens 3P), 1 m
J0162B Balanced cable (Siemens 3P-Siemens 3P), 2 m
J0845A Balanced cable (BANTAM 3P/BANTAM 3P), 6 ft
J0775D Coaxial cable (BNC-P620 · 3C-2WS · BNC-P620,
75 Ω), 2 m
J0776D Coaxial cable (BNC-P-3W · 3D-2W · BNC-P-3W,
50 Ω), 2 m
J0898A Conversion cable (M-1PS · BANTAM 3P), 1 m
J0898B Conversion cable (M-1PS · BANTAM 3P), 2 m
J0635A Optical fiber cable (SM, FC-SPC connector both
ends), 1 m
J0635B Optical fiber cable (SM, FC-SPC connector both
ends), 2 m
J0635C Optical fiber cable (SM, FC-SPC connector both
ends), 3 m
J0660A Optical fiber cable, 1 m (SM, SC connector, both-ends)
J0660B Optical fiber cable, 2 m (SM, SC connector, both-ends)
J0660C Optical fiber cable, 3 m (SM, SC connector, both-ends)
J0756A Optical fiber cable, 1 m (SM, ST connector, both-ends)
J0756B Optical fiber cable, 2 m (SM, ST connector, both-ends)
J0756C Optical fiber cable, 3 m (SM, ST connector, both-ends)
J0747B Fixed optical attenuator (10 dB)
J0747C Fixed optical attenuator (15 dB)
J1049A Fixed optical attenuator, SC (5 dB)
J1049B Fixed optical attenuator, SC (10 dB)
J1049C Fixed optical attenuator, SC (15 dB)
J1049D Fixed optical attenuator, SC (20 dB)
J1050A Fixed optical attenuator, ST (5 dB)
J1050B Fixed optical attenuator, ST (10 dB)
J1050C Fixed optical attenuator, ST (15 dB)
J1050D Fixed optical attenuator, ST (20 dB)
A0006 Head set
B0453B Blank panel (for front panel)
B0454C Blank panel (for Slot 1 to 3)
B0454D Blank panel (for Slot 4/5)
∗1: Must specify SDH (Option 10) or SONET (Option 11) when ordering de-
pends on your system. The option price is included in the MP1570A1.
These two options can be installed simultaneously. But in this case, one
option price is charged.
dering the above options. If the connector is not specified the FC connec-
tor MP0111A/0112A/0113A/0122B-37, MU150008A/150009A/150010A/
150001A/150001B/150002A-37) is supplied as standard.
∗3: The video output, RS-232C, GPIB and Ethernet options cannot all be used
simultaneously. Only the video output + RS-232C, or video output + GPIB,
or RS-232C + GPIB board, or Ethernet board combinations support simul-
taneous use, so change the board combinations according to the purpose.
∗4: With Option 01, 2 sets
∗5: Please ask your local Anritsu Field Office or Sales. Representative for
price and availability.

PORTABLE 2.5G/10G ANALYZER
MP1580A
For 2.5G/10G Jitter/Wander Measurements
The MP1580A is a unique and powerful solution for analyzing jitter Application
at the standard OC-48/192 or STM-16/64 bit rates. It can measure • Output jitter measurement
jitter of 2.5G/10G electrical interfaces (clock signal) with a simple The MP1580A can easily measure the jitter clock signal (electrical in-
operation. In addition, when used in combination with the MP1570A terface only) by just inputting the output clock of DUT directly.
SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer, evaluation of jitter characteristics
in digital transmission lines, systems and devices, such as — jitter
tolerance, jitter transfer, jitter generation, etc., can be performed
easily.
Functions
• Complies with the latest ITU-T O.172 and Bellcore GR-1377
standards
The MP1580A conforms to both the OC-192/STM-64 jitter measure-
ment standards and supports required jitter modulation amplitude of
4000 UIp-p and 80 MHz jitter bandwidth.
• Supports 10 GHz wander measurement according to the latest Optical signals can be measured easily by combining the MP1580A
ITU-T G.813 standard (option) with the MP1570A, MU150000A, MU150001A and MU150017A/B.
The MP1580A can generate and measure various types of wander.
It can generate wander in the frequency range of 10 µHz to 10 Hz at • Jitter tolerance measurement
400,000 UIp-p max. In addition, MTIE/TDEV can be measured in When the MP1580A is used with the MP1570A (send/receive jittered
real-time using an external PC and optional application software clock), jitter tolerance tests can be performed on OC-192/STM-64
(MX150002B). and OC-48/STM-16 signals of electrical and optical interfaces.
• Single cabinet support for both 2.5G and 10G jitter/wander
measurements
Just one MP1580A is required for 2.5G and 10G jitter generation and
analysis. When combined with the MP1570A and MU150000A, jitter
can be added to SONET/SDH signals and measured.
• Differences from existing instrument (MP1777A)
Anritsu launched the MP1777A 10 GHz Jitter Analyzer in February
of 1998, as a jitter measurement solution for OC-192/STM-64
(9953M). The new MP1580A Portable 2.5G/10G Jitter Analyzer is
providing more convenience in measurement without the need for
ancillary equipment (network analyzer, external E/O-O/E converter).
Anritsu has also developed a Wide Band O/E Converter
(MU150017A/B) for the MP1570A to support jitter measurement of
80 MHz at 9953.28 Mbit/s as required by ITU-T standard in conjunc-
tion with the MP1580A. Although it uses two cabinets, the compact
size makes the system ideal for R&D, manufacturing, installation and
maintenance. In addition, the MP1570A can be controlled from the
MP1580A for performing automatic measurements, such as Jitter
Tolerance and Jitter Transfer.
• Jitter transfer measurement • Wander generation and measurement
When the MP1580A is used with the MP1570A (send/receive jittered The MP1580A can generate and measure of wander conforming to
clock), jitter transfer tests can be performed on OC-192/STM-64 and ITU-T O.172 and also generation of TDEV conforming to ITU-T
OC-48/STM-16 signals of electrical and optical interfaces. G.813. It also can measure TIE (Time Interval Error) by itself and
measure MTIE and TDEV by connection of an external PC in which
MX150002B is installed.
Specifications
Frequency
Range: 9953.28, 2488.32 MHz
Offset range: ±100 ppm
Resolution: 0.1 ppm
Accuracy: ±0.1 ppm (calibrate after 60 min warm-up, 23 ±5˚C)
Generation function: Clock signal output, data signal output (with MP1570A), jitter on, wander on/off
Modulation source: Internal (sine wave), external (for jitter generation function only)
Modulation frequency accuracy: fm ±100 ppm (0.1 Hz to 80 MHz)
Jitter generation: Conform to ITU-T O.172
4000 Ul range
A3 Slope : –20 dB/dec
Jitter amplitude [UIp-p]
A3' 80 Ul range
A2
Slope : –20 dB/dec
A2'
0.5 Ul range
A1
f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5
Bit rate f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 A1 A2' A2 A3' A3

(bit/s) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (kHz) (MHz) (MHz) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p)
Jitter generation 9953.28M 0.1 15 600 100 2 80 0.5 4 80 100 4000
0.5 UI range: 0.000 to 0.505 UIp-p (0.001 UIp-p steps)
80 UI range: 0.00 to 80.80 UIp-p (0.05 UIp-p steps)
4000 UI range: 0 to 4040 UIp-p (2 UIp-p steps)
1000 Ul range
A3 Slope : –20 dB/dec
A3'
20 Ul range
A2
A2'
0.5 Ul range
A1
f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5
Bit rate f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 A1 A2' A2 A3' A3

(bit/s) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (kHz) (MHz) (MHz) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p)
2488.32M 0.1 15 600 100 2 20 0.5 1 20 25 1000
0.5 UI range: 0.000 to 0.505 UIp-p (0.001 UIp-p steps)

1000 UI range: 0 to 1010 UIp-p (1 UIp-p steps)

Wander generation: 10 µHz to 10 Hz, 0 to 400,000 UIp-p (1 UIp-p steps), conform to ITU-T O.172
A0
Wander amplitude [UIp-p]

A1
Wander generation
3
F0 F1 F2
Bit rate F0 F1 F2 A0 A1 Steps

(bit/s) (µHz) (mHz) (Hz) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p)
2488.32M 10 400 10 400,000 16,000 1
9953.28M 10 400 10 400,000 16,000 1
Measurement functions: UIp-p, UI + peak, UI – peak, UIrms, hit count, hit second, %F second, peak jitter
Measurement mode: Repeat, single, manual
Display: Current, last
Measurement interval: 1 to 99 s, 1 to 99 min, 1 to 99 h, 1 to 99 day
Jitter measurement: Conform to ITU-T O.172
20 Ul range
20
2 Ul range
2
0.2
F1 F1' F2 F2' F3 F4
Bit rate Range F1 F1' F2 F2' F3 F4

(bit/s) (UI) (Hz) (Hz) (kHz) (kHz) (MHz) (MHz)
2 — 100 — 100 1 20
2488.32M
20 10 — 10 — 1 20
2 — 100 — 400 4 80
9953.28M
20 10 — 40 — 4 80
4000 Ul range
4000
1000 Ul range
1000
Jitter measurement
F1 F1' F2 F2' F3
Bit rate Range F1 F1' F2 F2' F3

(bit/s) (UI) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (kHz)
2488.32M 1000 — 1 — 12.1 5
9953.28M 4000 1 — 12.1 — 20
UIp-p measurement
1000 UI range: 0 to 1010 UIp-p (1 UIp-p steps, 2488.32 Mbit/s only)
4000 UI range: 0 to 4040 UIp-p (2 UIp-p steps, 9953.28 Mbit/s only)
UI rms measurement
2 UI range: 0.000 to 0.714 UIrms (0.001 UIrms steps)
20 UI range: 0.00 to 7.17 UIrms (0.01 UIrms steps)
Filters:
Confirming to ITU-T O.172 and Bellcore GR1377
LP, HP0 + LP, HP1 + LP, HP1' + LP, HP2 + LP, HP + LP, HP' + LP, LP' (1000/4000 UI range only),
HP0 + LP' (1000/4000 UI range only)
Bit rate HP0 HP1 HP1' HP2 HP' HP LP LP'

(bit/s) (Hz) (kHz) (kHz) (MHz) (kHz) (kHz) (MHz) (kHz)
2488.32M 10 5 — 1 — 12 20 5
9953.28M 10 10 20 4 50 12 80 20
Off: Able to set non-modulated status∗
TDEV mask:
Reference wander The 37 types of TDEV masks that are regulated by ITU-T, ETSI, ANSI, and Bellcore standards are available as default.
generation It is possible to add the wander modulation on the user specified TDEV mask.
(Option 03) Transient: It is possible to change the A (1 – e –63.7t ) phase by the timing of the start.
Conform to ITU-T O.172
Reference input: 2.048M (HDB3, clock), 1.544M (AMI/B8ZS, clock), 64k + 8 kHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz
Sampling frequency: 40 Hz, 1 Hz, 0.1 Hz (select by MX150002B)
Measurement range
Wander P-P: 0.0 to 2E10 ns, +P/–P: 0.0 to 1E10 ns, TIE: 0.0 to ±1E10 ns
measurement Measurement time: 10 to 1 x 108 s (max. 120,000 s; MP1570A only)
(Option 02) Wander application (requires MX150002B Wander Application Software)
TIE: Max. 1 x 108 s, MTIE: Max. 1 x 108 s, TDEV: Max. 1 x 106 s
Frequency offset: Measurement conforms to ANSI TI.105.09
Frequency drift rate: Measurement conforms to ANSI TI.105.09
Other measurement Jitter transfer, frequency measurement, jitter tolerance, jitter sweep, frequency sweep, wander sweep (with MP1570A)
Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 100 (H) x 350 (D) mm, ≤10 kg (with MU150018A)
Power ≤250 VA
Temperature range 0˚ to +40˚C (operating), –20˚ to +60˚C (storage)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗: Only non-modulated status can be set without this option.
Main frame Optical accessories
MP1580A Portable 2.5G/10G Analyzer J0661A RS232C cable (cross cable with D-sub 9 pin connector
at both ends), 2 m
Standard accessories J0006 GPIB cable, 0.5 m
AC power cord: 1 pc J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
F0093A Fuse, 6.3 A: 1 pc J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
B0489 Front cover: 1 pc J0322B Coaxial cord, 1 m
W1889AE MP1580A operation manual J0696A Coaxial cord (AA-165-500), 0.5 m
(Vol 1 Jitter/wander): 1 copy J0696C Coaxial cord (AA-165-1000), 1 m
W1890AE MP1580A operation manual J0900E Coaxial cord (AA-165-1500), 1.5 m
(Vol 2 Remote control): 1 copy J0162A Balanced cord (Siemence 3P · Siemence 3P) 1 m
MX150002B Wander Measurement Application Software J0162C Balanced cord (Siemence 3P · Siemence 3P), 2 m
(MTIE/TDEV) ∗Supplied with MU150018A-02: 1 pc J0845A Balanced cord, (Bantam 3P · Bantam 3P), 6 ft
W1892AE MX150002B operation manual (wander application) J0775D Coaxial cord (BNC-P620 · 3C-2WS · BNC-P620, 75 Ω),
∗Supplied with MX150002B: 1 copy 2m
J1074 Semirigid cable Tx (for connection to MP1570A): 1 pc J0776D Coaxial cord (BNC-P-3W · 3D-2W · BNC-P-3W, 50 Ω),
J1075 Semirigid cable Rx (for connection to MP1570A): 1 pc 2m
B0490 Joint plate (to mount MP1580A and MP1570A in a stack)
Plug-in unit B0491 Soft case
MU150018A 2.5G/10G Jitter Unit B0492 Hard carrying case
MU150018A-02 Wander measurement B0495 Side cover
MU150018A-03 Wander reference output phase modulation B0330F Tilt stand
Options ∗: Must specify SDH (Option 10) or SONET (Option 11) when ordering de-
MP1580A-01 RS-232C pends on your systems. The option price is included in the MP1570A.
MP1580A-02 GPIB These two options can be installed simultaneously. But in this case, one
MP1580A-03 ETHERNET option is charged.
MP1580A-04 VGA
Maintenance service
MP1580A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MU150018A-90 Extended three year warranty service
Peripherals
MP1570A SONET/SDH/PDH/ATM Analyzer
MP1570A-02 GPIB (requires to combine with MP1580A)
MP1570A-10∗ SDH
MP1570A-11∗ SONET
MU150000A 2.5G/10G Unit (electrical for MP1570A)
MU150001A Optical 10G Tx (1.55) Unit ∗2 km, for MP1570A
MU150001B Optical 10G Tx (1.55) Unit ∗40 km, for MP1570A
MU150001A/B-01 2.5G (1.31, option for MP1570A)
MU150001A/B-02 2.5G (1.55, option for MP1570A)
MU150001A/B-03 2.5G (1.31/1.55, option for MP1570A)
MU150017A Optical 10G Rx (Wide) Unit ∗For MP1570A
MU150017B Optical 2.5G/10G Rx (Wide) Unit ∗For MP1570A
MP9677B E/O, O/E Converter
MU967701A Clock Recovery Unit (9953.28 MHz) ∗For MP9677B
MP35A Matching Transformer
(BNC-J/Siemence, C42334-A282, 75/120 Ω)

NETWORK PERFORMANCE TESTER GPIB
OPTION
MP1590A
PDH/DSn/SDH/SONET/OTN/Jitter Measurement with One Unit

NEW
3
The MP1590A Network Performance Tester is a measuring instru- • Concatenation mapping

ment capable of testing PDH, DSn, SDH/SONET and OTN equip- In addition to traditional concatenation mapping, the MP1590A sup-
ment as well as making jitter measurements with only one unit. ports arbitrary concatenation.
It also can perform OTN, SDH/SONET testing using the input wave-
length from an external Tunable Laser Source. Jitter measurement Arbitrary concatenation
and external optical input functions are provided by plug-in units that
SONET STS3-Xc (X = 2 to 16)
can be used in various combinations as needed.
The MP1590A is equipped with Random error insertion and variable SDH VC-4-Xc (X = 2 to 16)
optical output power functions. So it can efficiently evaluate Forward
Error Correction (FEC) used with OTN equipment. • SDH/SONET functions
For SDH/SONET equipment, the MP1590A can perform Tandem The MP1590A is applicable for both SDH and SONET frames. It is
Connection and Automatic Protection Switch (APS) tests. For PDH easy to switch between SDH and SONET. Transmission/reception
or DSn equipment, it can perform function tests using multiplexer/de- with Tandem Connection pattern and “No frame” pattern are possi-
multiplexer (MUX/DEMUX) measurement, error insertion or alarm ble. Also, APS switching time testing is supported. Moreover, vari-
addition. ous error/alarm generation functions enable stress testing of
SDH/SONET equipment.
• Supports 1.5 Mbit/s to 10.7 Gbit/s interfaces with only one unit • SDH/SONET overhead setting and monitoring
The MP1590A supports the following electrical and optical interfaces. SOH/TOH and POH within an SDH/SONET frame can be set and
Electrical interfaces: PDH (2.048, 8.448, 34.368, 139.264 Mbit/s), transmitted. Real-time monitoring is supported for K1/K2 bytes with-
DSn (1.544, 44.736 Mbit/s), STM-0/1/64, STS1/3/192 (51.84, 155.52, in SOH/TOH, K3/K4 bytes within POH, AU/STS pointer, TU/VT point-
9953.28 Mbit/s), OTU-2 (10.71 Gbit/s) er, path trace and N1/Z5, N2 of the received signal.
Optical interfaces: STM-0/1/4/16/64, OC-1/3/12/48/192 (51.84, • Error analysis (error performance)
155.52, 622.08, 2488.32, 9953.28 Mbit/s), OTU-1 (2.66 Gbit/s), Measurements conforming to ITU-T Rec. G.821/G.826/G.828/G.829,
OTU-2 (10.71 Gbit/s) M.2100/M.2101/M.2110/M.2120 and GR-820 can be performed.
Because a plug-in system is employed, units can be used in various
combinations as needed.
• Jitter generation/measurement
Installing a 10/10.7G jitter unit enables SDH/SONET (52 to 9953
• ITU-T G.709 OTN measurement MHz), OTU-1 (2.66 GHz), OTU-2 (10.71 GHz) and 10.3 GHz jitter
Supports setting/monitoring of all overhead for OTU-1 (2.66 Gbit/s) generation/measurement. Jitter tolerance and jitter transfer charac-
and OTU-2 (10.71 Gbit/s) conforming to ITU-T G.709. teristic measurements conforming to ITU-T Rec. G.783, G.825,
OTN equipment can be tested by error/alarm generation/detection G.8251 and Telcordia GR-253 can be performed. The measured re-
functions. In particular, the Random error insertion function on the sults are displayed in numeric values and graphs, allowing user eval-
MP1590A enables FEC function evaluation. The built-in optical out- uation and simplifying pass/fail judgment.
put power adjustable function allows one MP1590A to test the error
correction ratio of OTN equipment based on its input power specifi-
• Through mode
Through mode operation can be used for all bit rates of PDH/DSn,
cation.
SDH/SONET and OTU-1/OTU-2.
For SDH/SONET and OTU-1/OTU-2, either transparent through or
overhead overwrite modes can be selected. In the overhead over-
write, it is also possible to add an error/alarm to through signals.
• Clock/frame synchronization signal output • External optical input function
Divided-by-16 clock or frame synchronization signals can be output. By using the MU150134A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Transmission
Connecting this signal output to an external sampling External Modulation), OTN and SDH/SONET tests based on a user-
oscilloscope allows the MP1590A to evaluate errors/alarms and the provided input wavelength can be performed. This is best suited to
oscilloscope to evaluate the input waveform simultaneously. provide the reference optical source for jitter measurement because
The MP1590A can provide both a transmission signal and the syn- of its very fine waveform quality and low jitter characteristics.
chronized recovered clock from its received signal, making waveform
analysis possible for devices that do not have their own synchronized
signal output.
Specifications
• MP1590A (main frame)
Frequency
Clock: 1.544 MHz, 2.048 MHz, 64 kHz + 8 kHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz
Data: 1.544 Mbit/s (BITS), 2.048 Mbit/s
Input range: ±50 ppm
Level/Code
1.544 Mbit/s: ANSI T1.403 (B8ZS)
Reference Clock input 2.048 Mbit/s: ITU-T G.703 Table10 (HDB3)
1.544 MHz, 2.048 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz: TTL (Rectangle)
64 kHz + 8 kHz: 0.63 to 1.1 Vo-p (AMI, 8 kHz violation)
Interface
1.544 MHz, 2.048 MHz, 2.048 Mbit/s, 5 MHz, 10 MHz: BNC 75 Ω
2.048 MHz, 2.048 Mbit/s, 64 kHz + 8 kHz: SIEMENS 120 Ω
1.544 Mbit/s: BANTAM 100 Ω
Effective SDH/SONET/OTN bit rate.
Frequency
Clock: 1.544 MHz, 2.048 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz
Data: 1.544 Mbit/s (BITS), 2.048 Mbit/s
Level/Code
1.544 Mbit/s: ANSI T1.403 (B8ZS)
Reference Clock output 2.048 Mbit/s: ITU-T G.703 Table10 (HDB3)
1.544 MHz, 2.048 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz: TTL (Rectangle)
Interface
1.544 MHz, 2.048 MHz, 2.048 Mbit/s, 5 MHz, 10 MHz: BNC 75 Ω
1.544 Mbit/s: BANTAM 100 Ω
∗5 MHz is possible to use when the MU150125A is installed.
Effective SDH/SONET/OTN bit rate.
Trigger input: For capture/APS measurement
Trigger Trigger output: Transmit Error/Alarm, Receive Error/Alarm, Capture trigger
Level: TTL (active High)
Connector: BNC 75 Ω
Data input/output: D1-D3 (192 kbit/s), D4-D12 (576 kbit/s), GCC0-2 (13124 kbit/s, 326.7 kbit/s)
Clock output: 192 kHz , 576 kHz, 13124 kHz, 326.7 kHz
DCC/GCC Level: V.11
Connector: D-sub 9 pin
Remote interface RS-232C (installed Option 01), GPIB (installed Option 02), Ethernet (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX, installed Option 03)
Peripheral connection VGA output (SVGA), USB (2 port, Rev. 1.1), keyboard (PS/2)
External memory Compact flash (2 to 512 MB, recommended by CFA)
Pointing device By standard pointing device for a main frame, cursor movement in a screen is possible.
Display size 8.4 inch, color TFT (800 x 600)
OTN: Frame, OTU, ODU, OPU
LED SDH/SONET: Frame, MS/Line, AU/Path, TU/VT
Standby, HDD, Clock Loss, Power Fail, History, Signal Loss, Errors, Test Pattern, Jitter, PDH/DSn, Event
Power 85 to 132/170 to 250 Vac (100/200 V system automatic change), 47.5 to 63 Hz
Power consumption ≤500 VA
Operational temperature 0˚ to +40 ˚C
Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 177 (H) x 350 (D) mm, ≤13 kg (excluding plug-in units)

• MU150100A 10G/10.7G Unit
Bit rate
PDH/DSn: 1.544 Mbit/s, 2.048 Mbit/s, 8.448 Mbit/s, 34.368 Mbit/s, 44.736 Mbit/s, 139.264 Mbit/s
SDH/SONET: 51.84 Mbit/s, 155.52 Mbit/s
Code
1.544 Mbit/s: AMI/B8ZS
2.048 Mbit/s, 8.448 Mbit/s, 34.368 Mbit/s: HDB3
44.736 Mbit/s, 51.84 Mbit/s: B3ZS
139.264 Mbit/s, 155.52 Mbit/s: CMI
Connector
Electrical interface 1.5M: BANTAM 100 Ω Balanced
(1.544 to 155.52 Mbit/s) 2M: 3 pin Siemens 120 Ω Balanced 3
2/8/34/139/45/52/156M: BNC 75 Ω
Level
ANSI T1.102 (1.5/45M)
ITU-T G.703 (2/8/34/139/156M)
DSX output (1.5M): 0/655 feet
DSX output (45M, 52M): 0/450/900 feet
Monitor gain
20 dB, 26 dB: 1.5M/2M/8M/34M/45M/52M
20 dB: 139M/156M
Bit rate
SDH/SONET: 9953.28 Mbit/s
OTN: 10709.225 Mbit/s (Installed Option 05)
Electrical interface Code: NRZ
(9953.28 M, Connector: SMA 50 Ω
10709.225 Mbit/s) Level
Clock Output: 1.3 to 0.6 Vp-p
Data Output: 0 to –0.2 V (High), –0.85 to –1.5 V (Low)
Data Input: 1.5 to 0.3 Vp-p
Bit rate
SDH/SONET: 51.84 Mbit/s, 155.52 Mbit/s, 622.08 Mbit/s, 2488.32 Mbit/s
Optical interface OTN: 2666.057 Mbit/s (Installed Option 05)
Code: NRZ
Connector: FC-PC (SMF), replaceable
Level: –1 to +3 dBm (ATT = 0 dB, Option 04)
Extinction ratio: ≥10 dB
SMSR: ≥30 dB
Optical output Peak wavelength: 1550 nm ±20 nm (Option 02,03), 1310 nm ±20 nm (Option 01,03)
Wavelength stability: ±0.1 nm
–20 dB width: ≤1 nm
Safety classification: IEC 825-1:CLASS 3A, 21 CFR 1040.10:CLASS III B
Optical input level: –8 to –33 dBm (52/156M), –8 to –29 dBm (622M/2.5G/2.6G)
Optical input Wavelength: 1260 to 1610 nm
Overload: +3 dBm (Average)
Internal, External (Reference input, 1/1 input), Receive
Internal
Clock Accuracy: ±0.1 ppm
Offset range: ±100 ppm/0.1 ppm step
1.544 Mbit/s: D4/ESF/Japan ESF
2.048 Mbit/s: 30, 31ch with or without CRC4
8.448 Mbit/s: G.742
34.368 Mbit/s: G.751
44.736 Mbit/s: M13/C-bit
Frame 139.264 Mbit/s: G.751
51.84 Mbit/s: SDH/SONET
1.544, 2.048, 8.448, 34.368, 44.736, 139.264 Mbit/s
No frame 51.84, 155.52, 622.08, 2488.32, 9953.28 Mbit/s
PRBS, Word, all0, all1, 3 in 24 (only 1.5M)
PRBS (SDH/SONET)
No Frame: 215 – 1 (only 52/156M), 223 – 1, 231 – 1
Concatenation mapping: 215 – 1 (1c/4c), 223 – 1, 231 – 1
Another mapping: 211 – 1, 215 – 1, 220 – 1, 220 – 1z (only 1.5M/45M), 223 – 1
Test pattern Invert ON/OFF
PRBS (PDH/DSn)
211 – 1, 215 – 1, 220 – 1, 220 – 1z (only 1.5M/45M), 223 – 1
Invert ON/OFF
Word: 16-bit programmable
Transmit/Receive: An independent setup is possible
PDH/DSn: Bit all (only addition), Code, Bit info, Bit 1.5M, Bit 2M, Bit 8M, Bit 34M, Bit 45M, Bit 139M, FAS 1.5M, FAS 2M,
FAS 8M, FAS 34M, FAS 45M, FAS 139M, EXZ, CRC6, Ebit, Parity, Cbit, REI
Error addition/ SDH: FAS, Frame (only measurement), B1, B2, HP-B3, LP-B3, BIP-2, MS-REI (M0/M1), HP-REI, LP-REI, Bitall (Only
measurement Addition), Bit info, OH bit, HP-IEC, LP-IEC, N2 BIP-2, HP-TC-REI, LP-TC-REI, HP-OEI, LP-OEI
SONET: FAS, Frame (only measurement), B1, B2, HP-B3, LP-B3, BIP-2, REI-L (M0/M1), REI-P, REI-V, Bitall (Only
Addition), Bit info, OH bit, HP-IEC, LP-IEC, N2 BIP-2, HP-TC-REI, LP-TC-REI, HP-OEI, LP-OEI
Rate, Alternative, Single, Burst, All, Frame
Rate
Fix rate: 1∗10–n (n: 3 to 9), User program: A∗10–B (A: 1.0 to 9.9 step 0.1, B: 2 to 10)
Error addition timing Alternative
Error frame: 0 to 64000, Normal frame: 1 to 64000
Frame (only PDH/DSn) : n in 16 frame (n: 1 to 4 Error Frame)
B1, B2, B3, BIP-2 can be set Error bit.
PDH/DSn: LOS, LOF, AIS, RDI, RDI (MF)
SDH: LOS, LOF, OOF (only measurement), RS-TIM, MS-AIS, MS-RDI, AU-AIS, AU-LOP, HP-RDI, HP-ERDIP, HP-ERDIS,
HP-ERDIC, HP-TIM, HP-UNEQ, HP-SLM, TU-AIS, TU-LOP, TU-LOM, LP-RDI, LP-ERDIP, LP-ERDIS, LP-ERDIC,
Alarm addition/ ISF, LP-RFI, LP-TIM, LP-UNEQ, LP-SLM, Sync. loss, OH Sync., HP-VC-AIS, LP-VC-AIS, HP-FAS, LP-FAS, HP-
measurement Incoming AIS, LP-Incoming AIS, HP-TC-RDI, LP-TC-RDI, HP-ODI, LP-ODI, HP-TC-TIM, LP-TC-TIM, HP-LTC, LP-LTC
SONET: LOS, LOF, OOF (only measurement), RS-TIM, AIS-L, RDI-L, AIS-P, LOP-P, RDI-P, ERDIP-P, ERDIS-P, ERDIC-P, TIM-P,
UNEQ-P, PLM-P, AIS-V, LOP-V, LOM-V, RDI-V, ERDIP-V, ERDIS-V, ERDIC-V, ISF, RFI-V, TIM-V, UNEQ-V, PLM-V,
Sync. loss, OH Sync., HP-VC-AIS, LP-VC-AIS, HP-FAS, LP-FAS, HP-Incoming AIS, LP-Incoming AIS, HP-TC-RDI, LP-
TC-RDI, HP-ODI, LP-ODI, HP-TC-TIM, LP-TC-TIM, HP-LTC, LP-LTC
Single, Burst, Alternative, All
Alarm addition timing Alternative
Error frame = 0 to 64000, Normal frame = 1 to 64000
PDH/DSn: FAS 1.5M, FW 2M, NFW 2M, MFW 2M, FAS 8M, FAS 34M, FAS 45M, FAS 139M, Info byte (only 2M)
Monitor SDH/SONET: SOH/TOH/POH, Path Trace, Tandem byte, K1/K2 byte, AU/STS, TU/VT pointer
Through Transparent, Overhead overwrite (only SDH/SONET/OTN)
MUX/DEMUX MUX/DEMUX is possible to 64 k units in PDH and DSn
PDH/DSn signal can be added to or dropped from the SDH/SONET mapping.
Add/Drop Bit rate: 1.5 Mbit/s, 2 Mbit/s, 34 Mbit/s, 45 Mbit/s, 139 Mbit/s
Delay measurement Measurement period: 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 s

Measurement range: 0.1 to 999 µs, 1.0 to 999.9 ms, 1.0 to 10.0 s, >Time out
Mode: Copy/Dummy
Dummy channel Pattern: all 0, all 1, 211 – 1, 215 – 1 (Invert)
J0, J1, J2 byte can be set arbitrarily.
Path Trace 16 byte (CRC On), 32 byte (CRC Off)
N1/Z5, N2 byte can be set arbitrarily.
Tandem connection It can set ON/OFF
AU/STS, TU/VT pointer
Pointer generation Action: NDF, ±Justification
Timing: Manual, Burst (2 to 64), NDF
AU/STS, TU/VT pointer, C bit
Pointer measurement Measurement item: NDF, + PJC, –PJC, Cons, C, C1/C2
Payload offset Offset range: ±100 ppm/0.1 ppm step can set at the Async. mapping.
Measurement time: 0.1 to 2000.0 ms, Timeout
APS test APS Sequence Generator
Generator timing: 2 to 64 word, Max. 8000 frame/word
It can be set for each K1/K2, K3, K4.
Capture byte: K1/K2, K3, K4, AU-Pointer, TU-Pointer
Overhead sequence Size: 64 sequence
capture Repeat: Max. 8000 frame/sequence
SOH/TOH/POH 1byte, A1/A2, K1/K2, RSOH, MSOH, SOH, POH (except parity byte)
Overhead test Timing: Alternative (A: 1 to 8000 times, B: 1 to 8000 times), A and B can be set up to 256 frames.
Test byte: SOH/TOH/POH 1 byte, D1-D3, D4-D12 (except parity byte)
OH BERT test Pattern: 211 – 1, 215 – 1 (Invert)
Error addition: Bit (only Single)
Measurement: Bit error, Sync loss
OH add/drop Test byte: D1-D3, D4-D12
Performance G.821, G.826, G.828, G.829, M.2100, M.2101, M.2110, M.2120, GR.820
Wavelength: 1310 nm/1550 nm
Optical power meter Measurement range: –7 dBm to –40 dBm
Measurement accuracy: ±1 dB (–10 to –30 dBm), ±2 dB (–7 to –9.9 dBm, –30.1 to –40 dBm)
Measurement frequency (f0):
1.544, 2.048, 8.448, 34.368, 44.736, 139.264 MHz
Frequency counter 51.84, 155.52, 622.08, 2488.320, 2666.057 MHz
9953.28, 10709.225 MHz
Measurement range: f0 ±100 ppm
Accuracy: ±0.1 ppm


A3
A2
A1
f6 f7 f1 f2 f3 f4
Frequency (Hz)
Bit rate A1 A2 A3 f6 f7 f1 f2 f3 f4
(Mbit/s) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz)
51.84 20 2 0.2 10 30 300 2k 20k 400k
3
155.52 50 2 0.2 10 19.3 500 6.5k 65k 1.3M
622.08 200 2 0.2 10 10 1k 25k 250k 5M
2488.32 800 2 0.2 10 12.1 20k 400k 4M 20M
2666.05 800 2 0.2 10 12.1 20k 400k 4M 20M
Measurement condition: MU150100A loop-back measurement (Built-in MU150125A-05)
Temperature condition: +10˚ to +40˚C
Optical input level: –10 to –12 dBm
Error threshold: 10–8 (52M), 10–9 (156M, 622M), 10–10 (2488M, 2666M)
Optical input wavelength: 1310 nm/1550 nm
Mapping
SDH: VC3-Bulk (52M), VC4-nc (n = 1, 4, 16) (156M/622M/2488M)
SONET: STSnc (n = 1, 3, 12, 48)
OTU-1: ODU1-OPU1-PRBS
Jitter tolerance Test pattern: PRBS23 (SDH), PRBS31 (OTU-1), Mark ratio 1/2, Scramble “On”
Clock: internal
A3
A2
A1
f6 f7 f1 f2 f3 f4
Frequency (Hz)
Bit rate A1 A2 A3 f6 f7 f1 f2 f3 f4
(Mbit/s) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz)
9953 0.2 2 3200 10 12.1 20k 400k 4M 80M
10709 0.2 2 3200 10 12.1 20k 400k 4M 80M
Measurement condition: MU150100A, MU150121A, MU150123A loop-back measurement (Built-in MU150125A-05)

Mapping
SDH: VC4-64c (9953M)
SONET: STS192c (9953M)
Test pattern: PRBS23 (SDH), PRBS31 (OTU-2), Mark ratio 1/2, Scramble “On”
Clock: internal
Auxiliary interface External clock input, Receive clock output, Cock/Frame sync. output
Optical attenuator Attenuation: 0 to 30 dB, accuracy: ≤±0.5 dB (0 to 10 dB), ≤±1.0 dB (10.1 to 30 dB) setting resolution: 0.1 dB
(Option 04)
• MU150100A Option 05 (OTU-1/OTU-2)

Bite rate 10709.225 Mbit/s, 2666.057 Mbit/s
Frame 10709.225 Mbit/s: OTU-2, 2666.057 Mbit/s: OTU-1
No frame 10709.225 Mbit/s, 2666.057 Mbit/s
PRBS, Word, all 0, all 1
PRBS
No frame: 215 – 1, 223 – 1, 231 – 1
PRBS mapping: 215 – 1, 223 – 1, 231 – 1
Test pattern SDH/SONET mapping: According to SDH/SONET mapping
Invert ON/OFF
Word: 16-bit programmable
Transmit/Receive: An independent setup is possible
G.709, RS (255, 239)
FEC It can set ON/OFF
Generation
Justification Action: ±Justification
Timing: Single, Burst (2 to 64)
Measurement item: + JC, –JC
Payload offset Offset range: ±65.9 ppm/0.1 ppm step can set at the Async. mapping.
Error addition/measurement FAS, BIP-8 (SM, PM, TCM1-6), BEI (SM, PM, TCM1-6), Bit all (only addition for OTN frame), Bit
Single, Rate, All, Alternate, Random (only Bit all)
Rate
Fix rate: 1∗10–n (n: 3 to 9), User program: A∗10–B (A: 1.0 to 9.9, B: 2 to 10)
Error addition timing Alternative
Random: Poisson error insertion function (only Bit all)
When the Parity error is set, it can be select Error position
Alarm addition/ LOF, OOF (only measurement), LOM, OOM (only measurement), BDI (SM, PM, TCM1-6), AIS (OTU, ODU), ODU-OCI,
measurement ODU-LCK, IAE (SM,TCM1-6), TIM (SM, PM, TCM1-6), LTC (TCM1-6), BIAE (SM, TCM1-6)
Alternative, All, Burst, Single
Alarm addition timing Alternative
All OH (OTU, ODU, OPU), TTI, FTFL, Payload
Monitor Multi-frame indicate is possible at the TTI and FTFL.
Capture byte: FAS, APS/PCC, EXP, FTFL, GCC0-2, PM, PSI, SM, TCMACT, TCM1-6, OPU
Overhead sequence Size: 64 sequence
capture Repeat: Max. 8000 frame/sequence
OTU/ODU/OPU 1byte, FAS, APS/PCC, TCM1-6, SM, PM, GCC0-2, EXP (except JC,NJC)
Overhead test Timing: Alternative (A: 1 to 8000 times, B: 1 to 8000 times), A and B can be set up to 256 frames.
GCC0-2, OH 1byte (except Parity byte)
OH BERT test Pattern: 211 – 1, 215 – 1 (Invert)
Error addition: Bit (only Single)
Measurement: Bit error, Sync.loss
OH Add/Drop Test byte: GCC0-2
• MU150100A Option 07 (10G/10.7G Minus option)

Function This Option removes the 10G/10.7G electrical capability from the MU150100A.
This Option must be installed in the factory.
• MU150121A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Tx)

9953.28 Mbit/s, 10709.225 Mbit/s
Bit rate Depends on frequency accuracy and external input frequency of the MU150100A.
1310 ±20 nm (Option 01, 03)
Peak wavelength 1550 ±20 nm (Option 02, 03)
–20 dB width ≤0.5 nm (@–20 dB)
SMSR ≥30 dB
Extinction ratio ≥10 dB
Optical output power 0 to +3 dBm
Signal code NRZ
Connector FC-PC (SMF), replaceable
9953.28 Mbit/s ±100 ppm, 10709.225 Mbit/s ±100 ppm
Input level
Electrical input H: 0 to –0.2 V, L: –0.85 to –1.5 V
Impedance: 50 Ω
Connector: SMA
Optical output power
variable (Option 04) Variable range: 0 to 20 dB, accuracy: ≤±0.5 dB (0 to 10 dB), ≤±1.0 dB (10.1 to 20 dB), setting resolution: 0.1 dB
• MU150122A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Rx narrow)

Bit rate 9953.28 Mbit/s ±100 ppm, 10709.225 Mbit/s ±100 ppm
Optical input wavelength 1260 to 1610 nm
Optical input sensitivity –14 to 0 dBm
Absolute maximum optical input +3 dBm (average)
Optical input signal code NRZ
Optical input return loss ≥27 dB
Optical connector FC-PC (SMF), replaceable
9953.28 Mbit/s, 10709.225 Mbit/s
Output level: 0.2 to 1.0 Vp-p
Electrical output signal Signal code: NRZ
Impedance: 50 Ω
Connector: SMA
Optical input power Measurement range: –20 to +2 dBm
measurement Measurement accuracy: ≤±0.5 dB (+2 to –10 dBm), ≤±1.0 dB (–10.1 to –20 dBm)

• MU150123A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Rx wide)
Bit rate 9953.28 Mbit/s ±100 ppm, 10709.225 Mbit/s ±100 ppm (Option 05)
Optical input wavelength 1260 to 1610 nm
Optical input sensitivity –14 to 0 dBm
Absolute maximum optical input +3 dBm (average)
Optical input signal code NRZ
Optical input return loss ≥27 dB
Optical connector FC-PC (SMF), replaceable
Data output 3
9953.28 Mbit/s, 10709.225 Mbit/s (Option 05)
Output level: 1.0 ±0.25 Vp-p
Clock output
Electrical output signal 9953.28 MHz, 10709.225 MHz (Option 05)
Output level: 0.8 ±0.25 Vp-p
Signal code:NRZ
Connector: SMA
Optical input power Measurement range: –20 to +2 dBm
measurement Measurement accuracy: ≤±0.5 dB (+2 to –10 dBm), ≤±1.0 dB (–10.1 to –20 dBm)
• MU150125A 10/10.7G jitter Unit

51.84 MHz, 155.52 MHz, 622.08 MHz, 2488.32 MHz, 9953.28 MHz
Frequency 2666.06 MHz (Option 05), 10709.225 MHz (Option 05)
10312.5 MHz (Option 06)
Frequency:
51.84 MHz ±100 ppm, 155.52 MHz ±100 ppm, 622.08 MHz ±100 ppm, 2488.32 MHz ±100 ppm, 2666.057 MHz ±100 ppm,
9953.28 MHz ±100 ppm, 10312.5 MHz ±100 ppm, 10709.225 MHz ±100 ppm
Level: 0.8 Vp-p ±0.25 V
Interface: SMA, 50 Ω
Modulation frequency: 0.1 to 80 MHz
Amplitude: 0 to 4040 UIp-p
Modulation value:
52M, 156M, 622M
250 Ul range
A4
Slope: –20 dB/dec
80 Ul range
A3
jitter amplitude (UIp-p)
Slope: –20 dB/dec

20 Ul range
A2
Slope: –20 dB/dec
2 Ul range
A1
Slope: –20 dB/dec
A0
f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5
Jitter generation Frequency (Hz)
Bit rate f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4
(bit/s) (Hz) (kHz) (kHz) (kHz) (kHz) (MHz) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p)
52M 0.1 — — 50 500 1.3 0.776 2.02 20.20 — —
155M 0.1 — 38 150 1500 3.8 0.797 2.02 20.20 80.8 —
622M 0.1 4.8 15 60 600 5 0.242 2.02 20.20 80.8 253.0
2488M, 2666M
1000 Ul range
A5
Slope: –20 dB/dec
A4
20 Ul range
A3
Slope: –20 dB/dec
A2 2 Ul range
Slope: –20 dB/dec
0.5 Ul range
A1
f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7
Frequency (Hz)
Bit rate f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
(bit/s) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (kHz) (kHz) (MHz) (MHz) (MHz) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p)
2488M
2666M 0.1 15 600 100 500 1 4 20 0.505 2.02 20.2 25 1010
9953M, 10.3G, 10.7G

4000 Ul range
A6
Slope: –20 dB/dec
A5
80 Ul range
A4
Slope: –20 dB/dec
A3 8 Ul range
Slope: –20 dB/dec
A2
A1 0.5 Ul range
f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7
Frequency (Hz)
Bit rate f0 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6
(bit/s) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (kHz) (kHz) (kHz) (MHz) (MHz) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p)
9953M
10.3G 0.1 15 600 100 500 1 4 80 0.505 2.02 8.08 80.8 110 4040
Jitter generation 10.7G
Accuracy:
0.5 UI range: ±Q % of setting ±0.02 UIp-p
2 UI range: ±Q % of setting ±0.02 UIp-p
20 UI range: ±Q % of setting ±1.2 UIp-p (2488M, 2666M)
80 UI range: ±Q % of setting ±4.8 UIp-p (9953M, 10.3G, 10.7G)
250 UI range: ±Q % of setting ±6 UIp-p
Frequency Variable error Q Frequency range
±8 % 0.1 to 500 kHz
52 MHz
±12 % 500 kHz to 1.3 MHz
±8 % 0.1 to 500 kHz
156 MHz ±12 % 500 kHz to 1.5 MHz
±15 % 1.5 MHz to 3.8 MHz
±8 % 0.1 to 500 kHz
622 MHz ±12 % 500 kHz to 2 MHz
±15 % 2M to 5 MHz
±8 % 0.1 to 500 kHz
2488 MHz
±12 % 500 kHz to 2 MHz
2666 MHz
±15 % 2M to 20 MHz
9953MHz ±8 % 0.1 to 500 kHz
10.3 GHz ±12 % 500 kHz to 2 MHz
10.7 GHz ±15 % 2M to 80 MHz
Frequency:
51.84 MHz ±100 ppm, 155.52 MHz ±100 ppm, 622.08 MHz ±100 ppm, 2488.32 MHz ±100 ppm, 2666.057 MHz ±100 ppm,
9953.28 MHz ±100 ppm, 10312.5 MHz ±100 ppm, 10709.225 MHz ±100 ppm
Level: 0.8 Vp-p ±0.3 V (52 MHz to 2.6 GHz), 0.8 Vp-p ±0.25 V (10/10.3/10.7 GHz)
Interface: SMA, 50 Ω
Manual jitter measurement: UIp-p, UI+p, UI-p/UIrms
UIp-p measurement:
2 UI range (–1.010 to 1.010 UIp-p/Step 0.001 UIp-p)
Jitter measurement 20 UI range (–10.10 to 10.10 UIp-p/Step 0.01 UIp-p)
1000 UI range (–510.0 to 510.0 UIp-p/Step 1 UIp-p)
4000 UI range (–2020 to 2020 UIp-p/Step 2 UIp-p)
UIrms measurement:
2 UI range (0.000 to 0.714 UIrms/Step 0.001 UIrms)
20 UI range (0.00 to 7.14 UIrms/Step 0.01 UIrms)

Filter
Frequency HP0 HP1 HP1’ HP2 HP’ HP LP LP’
(Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz)
52M 10 100 — 20k — 12k 400k —
156M 10 500 — 65k — 12k 1.3M 500
622M 10 1k — 250k — 12k 5M 1k
2488M
2666M 10 5k — 1M — 12k 20M 5k
9953M
10.3G 10 20k 10k 4M 50k 12k 80M 20k
10.7G
3
Accuracy (UIp-p, UI+p, UI-p):
2 UI range: ±R% ±W UIp-p
W Clock signal
Frequency
HP1+LP HP2+LP HP+LP∗ HP0+LP’
(Hz)
2 UI 20 UI 2 UI 20 UI 2 UI 20 UI 80/250/1000/4000 UI
52M 0.035 0.5 0.03 0.3 0.03 0.3 —
156M 0.035 0.5 0.02 0.2 0.03 0.3 2
622M 0.035 0.5 0.03 0.3 0.03 0.3 8
2488M
2.6G 0.035 0.5 0.03 0.3 0.03 0.3 20
9953M
10.3G 0.05 0.5 0.03 0.3 0.03 0.3 80
10.7G
∗: Apply HP+LP' at 9953M, 10.3G, 10.7G
Jitter measurement UIrms
2 UI range: ±R% ±Y UIp-p
20 UI range: ±R% ±Y UIp-p
Bit rate Y clock signal
(bit/s)/ HP+LP∗
frequency
(Hz) 2 UI 20 UI
52M 0.008 0.04
156M 0.008 0.04
622M 0.008 0.04
2488M
2666M 0.008 0.04
9953M
10.3G 0.008 0.05
10.7G
∗: Apply HP'+LP at 9953M, 10.3G, 10.7G
MU150100A loop back measurement
W data signal
Bit rate UIp-p UIrms
(Mbit/s) HP1+LP HP+LP HP2+LP HP+LP
2 UI 2 UI 2 UI 2 UI
51.84 (Optical) 0.070 0.070 0.035 0.010
51.84 (Electrical) 0.070 0.070 0.035 0.010
155.52 (Optical) 0.070 0.070 0.035 0.010
155.52 (Electrical) 0.070 0.070 0.035 0.010
622.08 (Optical) 0.070 0.070 0.035 0.010
2488.32 (Optical) 0.080 0.080 0.060 0.010
2666.05∗ (Optical) 0.080 0.080 0.060 0.010
∗: Built-in MU150125A-05
MU150100A with MU150125A Receiver only
W data signal (Typical)
(Mbit/s) HP1+LP HP+LP HP2+LP HP+LP
2 UI 2 UI 2 UI 2 UI
51.84 (Optical) 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.009
51.84 (Electrical) 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.009
155.52 (Optical) 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.009
155.52 (Electrical) 0.035 0.035 0.025 0.009
622.08 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.009
2488.32 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.009
2666.05∗ 0.035 0.035 0.035 0.009
Measurement condition
Measurement time: 1 min
Mapping
SDH: VC3-Bulk (52M), VC4-nc (n = 1, 4, 16) (156M/622M/2488M)
SONET: STSnc (n = 1, 3, 12, 48)
Clock: internal
MU150100A, MU150121A, MU150123A loop back measurement

W data signal
(Mbit/s) HP1+LP HP’+LP HP2+LP HP’+LP
2 UI 2 UI 2 UI 2 UI
Jitter measurement 9953.280 0.080 0.080 0.060 0.010
10709.225 0.080 0.080 0.060 0.010

Mapping
SDH: VC4-64c (9953M)
Clock: internal
MU150100A, MU150134A, MU150123A loop back measurement

W data signal
2 UI 2 UI 2 UI 2 UI
9953.280 0.065 0.065 0.060 0.010
10709.225 0.065 0.065 0.060 0.010

Optical input wavelength: 1550 nm
Mapping
SDH: VC4-64c (9953M)
Clock: internal

MU150123A with MU150125A Receiver only
W data signal (Typical)
2 UI 2 UI 2 UI 2 UI
9953.280 0.050 0.035 0.035 0.009
10709.225∗ 0.050 0.035 0.035 0.009
3
Mapping
SDH: VC4-64c (9953M)
Jitter measurement Clock: internal
Additional error [R]
Additional error Frequency range
<100 Hz (52M)
<500 Hz (156M)
±15 % <1 kHz (622M)
<5 kHz (2488M, 2666M)
<20 kHz (9953M/10.3G/10.7G)
100 Hz to 300 kHz (52M)
500 Hz to 300 kHz (156M)
±7 % 1 kHz to 300 kHz (622M)
5 kHz to 300 kHz (2488M, 2666M)
20 kHz to 300 kHz (9953M/10.3G/10.7G)
±8 % 300 kHz to 400 kHz (52M)
300 kHz to 1 MHz (≥156M)
1 MHz to 1.3 MHz (156M)
±10 % 1 MHz to 3 MHz (≥622M)
3 MHz to 5 MHz (622M)
±15 % 3 MHz to 10 MHz (≥2448M)
10 MHz to 20 MHz (2488M, 2666M)
±20 % 10 MHz to 80 MHz (9953M/10.3G/10.7G)
Hit measurement Count, Hit seconds, % free seconds

Evaluate jitter tolerance by selected Mask
Mask selection:
Telcordia GR-253, ANSI T1.105.03
Jitter tolerance ITU-T G.783, G.825, G.813, G.8251
ETSI EN 302 084
User
Evaluate jitter transfer by selected Mask
Accuracy:±0.05 dB ±0.12∗g
Applicable frequency range
0.01∗fc to 100∗fc, or maximum frequency setting value
The maximum frequency setting value is applied in the case of 100∗fc
g: Transfer gain (dB) for every frequency point
fc: Cut-off frequency of transfer mask
Average level: Fine
Jitter transfer Waiting time: 20 s
Input jitter value: ≥0.15 UIp-p
Jitter modulation frequency: ≥300 Hz
Dynamic range: ≤–40 dB (at the above measurement condition)
Mask selection (Maximum value of a mask is 100 times as much modulation frequency as a break point):
Telcordia GR-253
ANSI T1.105.03
ITU-T G.783, G.8251
ETSI 300 417-1-1
User
Modulation frequency: 10 µHz to 10 Hz
Amplitude: 0 to 400,000 UI/Step 1 UIp-p
Wander amplitude (UIp-p)

A0
–20 dB/dec
A1
F0 F1 F2
Frequency (Hz)
Wander generation Bit rate F0 F1 F2 A0 A1 Step

(bit/s) (Hz) (Hz) (Hz) (UIp-p) (UIp-p) (UIp-p)
52M
156M
622M 10 µ 400m 10 400,000 16,000 1
2488M
9953M
Accuracy
±Q% of setting ±100 UIp-p
Error Q Frequency range
±8 % 10 µHz to 0.125 Hz
±12 % 0.125 to 1 Hz
±15 % 1 to 10 Hz
Bit rate (bit/s): 52M, 156M, 622M, 2488M, 9953M

Evaluation mode: TIE (P-P, +P, –P) MTIE, TDEV measurement is a future function
Range
p-p: 0.0 to 2E10 ns
+p, –p: 0.0 to 1E10 ns
Wander measurement Resolution: 0.1 ns
(Option 01) Accuracy: TIE
±0.5% ±Z0 (τ)
Z0 (τ)(ns) Observation time τ (s)
2.5 + 0.0275 τ 0.05 ≤ τ ≤1000
29 + 0.001 τ τ >1000
Filter selection: DC to 10 Hz, DC to 0.01 Hz, 0.01 to 10 Hz
• MU150134A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Tx external modulation)

9953.28 Mbit/s
Bit rate 10709.225 Mbit/s
Depends on frequency accuracy and external input frequency of the MU150100A.
Output power: 0 to +3 dBm (C band)
However, reference value when using built-in CW light source, and modulating by data signal of mark
ratio 1/2.
Optical output modulation Extinction ratio: ≥10 dB
Signal code: NRZ
Connector: FC-PC (SMF) replaceable
Light source: CW light source, polarization preservation fiber is used
Peak wavelength: C band, L band
External optical input Maximum input power: +15 dBm
Insertion loss: ≤7 dB (C band), ≤8 dB (L band)
Connector: FC-PC (PMF), replaceable
Frequency: 9953.28 MHz ±100 ppm, 10709.225 MHz ±100 ppm
Clock input Input voltage: 1.3 to 0.6 Vp-p
Connector: SMA (50 Ω GND)
Bit rate: 9953.28 Mbit/s ±100 ppm, 10709.225 Mbit/s ±100 ppm
Data input Input voltage
Hi: 0.0074 to –0.2074 V, Lo: –0.8426 to –1.3074 V
Connector: SMA (50 Ω GND)
Optical source: CW light source
Peak wavelength: 1550 ±20 nm (C band)
–20 dB width: ≤1 nm
Optical reference output Side mode suppression ratio: ≥30 dB
Output power: +10 to +13 dBm
Polarization Extinction ratio: ≥20 dB
Connector: FC-PC (PMF), replaceable
Optical output power
variable (Option 04) Variable range: 0 to 20 dB, accuracy: ≤±0.5 dB (0 to 10 dB), ≤±1.0 dB (10.1 to 20 dB), setting resolution: 0.1 dB

Main frame Maintenance service
MP1590A Network Performance Tester MP1590A-90 Extended three year warranty service
Standard accessories MU150121A-90 Extended three year warranty service
J0491A∗1 Shield power cord, 2.6 m: 1 pc MU150122A-90 Extended three year warranty service
J0670A∗1 Power cord L type (C7), 2.5 m: 1 pc MU150123A-90 Extended three year warranty service
F0105 Fuse, 10 A: 2 pcs MU150125A-90 Extended three year warranty service
E0008A
E0010
Optical output control key:
Side cover:
1 pc
1 pc
3
J0907Q Remote inter lock cord: 1 pc Optional accessories
J0908 Remote inter lock terminator: 1 pc J0796A ST connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
B0329G Front cover (3/4MW4U): 1 pc J0796B DIN connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
W2234AE∗2 MP1590A operation manual CD-ROM: 1 copy J0796C SC connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
J0617B∗3, ∗4 Replaceable optical connector (FC-PC): 1 pc/2 pcs J0796D HMS-10/A connector
J0739G∗5 Optical adapter FC PANDA: 2 pcs (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
J0635A∗6 Optical fiber cable J0796E FC connector (replaceable, with protective caps, 1 set)
(FC · PC-FC · PC-1M-SM), 1 m: 1 pc J0617B Replaceable optical connector (FC-PC)
J1200∗7 Pmoptical fiber cord, 0.5 m: 1 pc J1003N Semi-rigid cable (136.6 mm)
J0747B∗8 Fixed optical attenuator (10 dB): 1 pc J1003P Semi-rigid cable (96 mm)
J0747C∗9 Fixed optical attenuator (15 dB): 1 pc J1003R Semi-rigid cable (55.3 mm)
J1003N∗10 Semi-rigid cable (136.6 mm): 2 pcs J1003Q Semi-rigid cable (75.6 mm)
J1003P∗10 Semi-rigid cable (96 mm): 1 pc J1003S Semi-rigid cable (56.5 mm)
J1003Q∗11, ∗12 Semi-rigid cable (75.6 mm): 1 pc/2 pcs J1200 Pmoptical fiber cord (both-end SFC-SP connector), 0.5 m
J1003R∗10 Semi-rigid cable (55.3 mm): 1 pc J0747B Fixed optical attenuator (10 dB)
J1003S∗9 Semi-rigid cable (56.5 mm): 1 pc J0747C Fixed optical attenuator (15 dB)
Units J0775D Coaxial cable
MU150100A∗13 10/10.7G Unit (BNC-P620 · 3C-2WS · BNC-P620, 75 Ω), 2 m
MU150121A∗13 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Tx) J0776D Coaxial cable
MU150122A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Rx Narrow) (BNC-P-3W · 3D-2W · BNC-P-3W, 50 Ω), 2 m
MU150123A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Rx Wide) J0322B Coaxial cable (11SMA · SUCOFLEX104 · 11SMA), 1 m
MU150125A 10/10.7G Jitter Unit J0162A Balanced cable, 1 m (Siemens 3P- Siemens 3P)
MU150134A 10/10.7G Optical Unit (Tx. Ex. mod) J0162B Balanced cable, 2 m (Siemens 3P- Siemens 3P)
J0845A Balanced cable, 6 ft (BANTAM 3P/BANTAM 3P)
Options J0635A Optical fiber cable, 1 m
MP1590A-01 RS-232C (SM, FC-SPC connector both ends)
MP1590A-02 GPIB J0635B Optical fiber cable, 2 m
MP1590A-03 LAN (SM, FC-SPC connector both ends)
MU150100A-01 Wavelength 1.31 µm J0635C Optical fiber cable, 3 m
MU150100A-02 Wavelength 1.55 µm (SM, FC-SPC connector both ends)
MU150100A-03 Wavelength 1.31/1.55 µm J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
MU150100A-04 Optical output power adjustable MZ8012A Connector Cleaning Set
MU150100A-05 OTU1/OTU2 Z0478 Polarization rotating module (for MU150134A)
MU150100A-07∗14 10/10.7G Minus Option B0336C Carrying case
MU150100A-37∗15 FC connector B0448 Soft case
MU150100A-38∗15 ST connector W2188AE MP1590A SDH operation manual
MU150100A-39∗15 DIN connector W2189AE MP1590A remote control manual
MU150100A-40∗15 SC connector W2216AE MP1590A SONET operation manual
MU150100A-43∗15 HMS-10/A connector W2217AE MP1590A specification
MU150121A-01 Wavelength 1.31 µm
MU150121A-02 Wavelength 1.55 µm ∗1: J0491 or J0670A is attached.
MU150121A-03 Wavelength 1.31/1.55 µm ∗2: Supplied with main frame only, include W2188AE, W2189AE, W2216AE,
MU150121A-04 Optical output power adjustable W2217AE.
MU150121A-37∗15 FC connector ∗3: Supplied with MU150100A, MU150121A, MU150122A, MU150123A,
MU150121A-38∗15 ST connector MU150134A.
MU150121A-39∗15 DIN connector ∗4: In MU150100A, 2 pcs are supplied.
MU150121A-40∗15 SC connector ∗5: Supplied with MU150134A.
MU150121A-43∗15 HMS-10/A connector ∗6: Supplied with MU150100A, MU150122A, MU150123A. SM, FC-SPC
MU150122A-37∗15 FC connector connector both ends.
MU150122A-38∗15 ST connector ∗7: Supplied with MU150134A, FC · PANDA cord.
MU150122A-39∗15 DIN connector ∗8: Supplied with MU150122A, MU150123A.
MU150122A-40∗15 SC connector ∗9: Supplied with MU150100A.
MU150122A-43∗15 HMS-10/A connector ∗10: Supplied with MU150125A.
MU150123A-05 OTU2 ∗11: Supplied with MU150121A, MU150122A, MU150123A, MU150134A.
MU150123A-37∗15 FC connector ∗12: In MU150121A/MU150134A, 2 pcs are supplied.
MU150123A-38∗15 ST connector ∗13: Requires Option 01, 02 or 03.
MU150123A-39∗15 DIN connector ∗14: This Option must be installed in the factory.
MU150123A-40∗15 SC connector ∗15: Replaceable
MU150123A-43∗15 HMS-10/A connector
MU150125A-01 Wander measurement
MU150125A-05 OTU1/OTU2
MU150125A-06 10.3G
MU150134A-04 Optical output power adjustable
MU150134A-37∗15 FC connector
MU150134A-38∗15 ST connector
MU150134A-39∗15 DIN connector
MU150134A-40∗15 SC connector
MU150134A-43∗15 HMS-10/A connector
ATM QUALITY ANALYZER
MP1220A
1.5 Mbps (T1) to 622 Mbps (STM-4c/OC-12c)
For Construction and Maintenance of ATM Networks
The MP1220A is a portable measuring instrument for ATM networks;

it can measure the PDH/SDH physical layer, the ATM layer, and the
AAL. It is the perfect instrument for troubleshooting ATM networks
during construction and maintenance and has a wide range of con-
venient applications in manufacturing inspection of ATM devices.
Features
• Supports various interfaces from 1.5 Mbps (T1) to 622 Mbps (STM-
4c/OC-12c) SONET and SDH
• Simultaneous measurement and real-time analysis up to the ATM-
CPCS layer of two channels(up/down stream)
• Automated traffic monitoring of 1,023 network channels for band-
width utilization
• Uses formatted payload data conforming to ITU-O.191 recommen-
dations for cell delay performance measurements
• Small, lightweight, rack mount or portable
• Supports a variety of remote control testing configurations
• Online manuals and online help Graphical display of alarm/error history
Measurement items for test cells

Cell capture display (hexadecimal)

Automatic evaluation and measurement of AAL type

for 1023 channels
Specifications
• MP1220A ATM Quality Analyzer
Display 10.4 inch TFT color LCD with touch panel (analog resistive membrane)
Memory storage 3.5 inch floppy disk drive (1.44 MB/720 KB) and hard disk drive (≥500 MB)
Buzzer Alarm, error
RS-232C (D-sub 9-pin), printer (Centronics, D-sub, 25-pin), keyboard (PS/2, mini-DIN, 6-pin), mouse (PS/2, mini-DIN, 6-pin), VGA
External interface
(analog RGB, D-sub, 15-pin)
Slots 6 (two channels max.)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Dimensions and mass 284 (W) x 221.5 (H) x 365 (D) mm, ≤12 kg (excluding units)
Power supply 100 to 120/200 to 240 Vac (autoswitching), 50 to 60 Hz, ≤300 VA
Operating range Operating: +5˚ to +50˚C (excluding FDD), Storage: –20˚ to +60˚C
• MU120001A STM-4/OC-12 Unit

Bit rate 51.84, 155.52, 622.08 Mbps
Frames SDH/SONET
Connector: FC (replaceable), 1.31 µm band (SM)
Clock: Internal (±10 ppm), external, receive
Output signal Level: –15 to –8 dBm
Code: NRZ
Optical safety: IEC825-1 Class 1, 21CFR1040.10 Class Ι
Connector: FC (replaceable), 1.31 µm band (SM)
Frequency range: ±100 ppm
Input signal
Level: –34 to –8 dBm (51.84 Mbps, 155.52 Mbps), –28 to –8 dBm (622.08 Mbps)
Code: NRZ
SOH/POH setting, SOH/POH monitoring, path trace, empty cell setting, cell scramble (de-scramble) on/off, coset on/off, HEC error
correction on/off
Error addition: Bit, B1, B2, B3, FEBE-L, FEBE-P, cell
Alarm addition: LOS, LOF, AIS-L, RDI-L, AIS-P, RDI-P, LCD
Functions
Error measurement: B1, B2, B3, MS-REI (FEBE-L), HP-REI (FEBE-P), HEC corrected cells, HEC uncorrected cells
Alarm measurement: LOS, OOF, LOF, MS-AIS (AIS-L), MS-RDI (RDI-L), AU-AIS (AIS-P), HP-RDI (RDI-P), AU-LOP (LOP-P), LCD
Pointers: Monitor, ±justification, NDF
Auxiliary output: Receive clock output, trigger output
• MU120002A STM-1/OC-3 Unit

Bit rate 155.52 Mbps
Frames SDH/SONET
Connector
Optical: SC 1.31 µm (SM); Electrical: BNC 75 Ω
Optical level: –15 to –8 dBm
Output signal
Electrical level: 1 ±0.1 Vp-p (CMI)
Code
Optical: NRZ, Electrical: CMI
Optical safety: IEC825-1 Class 1, 21CFR1040.10 Class Ι
Connector
Optical: SC 1.31 µm (SM/MM); Electrical: BNC 75 Ω
Frequency range: ±100 ppm
Input signal Optical level: –28 to –8 dBm (SM)
Electrical level: 1 ±0.1 Vp-p (CMI) ∗Cable loss: 0 to 12 dB, Monitor: 20 dB attenuated level of above level can be applied.
Code
Optical: NRZ; Electrical: CMI
SOH/POH setting, SOH/POH monitoring, path trace, empty cell setting, cell scramble (de-scramble) on/off, coset on/off, HEC error
correction on/off
Error addition: Bit, B1, B2, B3, FEBE-L, FEBE-P, cell
Alarm addition: LOS, LOF, AIS-L, RDI-L, AIS-P, RDI-P, LOP-P, LCD
Functions
Error measurement: B1, B2, B3, MS-REI (FEBE-L), HP-REI (FEBE-P), HEC corrected cells, HEC uncorrected cells
Alarm measurement: LOS, OOF, LOF, MS-AIS (AIS-L), MS-RDI (RDI-L), AU-AIS (AIS-P), HP-RDI (RDI-P), AU-LOP (LOP-P), LCD
Pointers: Monitor, ±justification, NDF, history record
• MU120010A T1/T3 Unit

Bit rate 1.544 Mbps (T1), 44.736 Mbps (T3)
Frames 1.5M ESF (PLCP: on/off), 45M C-bit parity (PLCP: on/off), 45M M23 (PLCP: on/off)
Connector
BNC: 75 Ω unbalanced (T3); 8-pin modular: 100 Ω balanced (ISO/IEC 10173, T1)
Output signal
Level: 2.4 to 3.6 Vo-p (T1), 0.36 to 0.85 Vo-p (T3)
Code
T1: B8ZS, T3: B3ZS
Connector
BNC: 75 Ω unbalanced (T3); 8-pin modular: 100 Ω balanced (ISO/IEC 10173, T1)
Frequency range: ±130 ppm (T1), ±20 ppm (T3)
Input signal
Level: 2.4 to 3.6 Vo-p (T1), 0.36 to 0.85 Vo-p (T3) ∗Monitor: 20 dB attenuated level of above level can be applied.
Code
T1: B8ZS, T3: B3ZS
Empty cell setting, cell scramble (de-scramble) on/off, coset on/off, HEC error correction on/off
Error addition: Bit, FEBE, PLCP-BIP-8, PLCP-FEBE, cell
Alarm addition: LOF, LOS, AIS, yellow, idle, PLCP-LOF, PLCP-yellow, LCD
Functions
Error measurement: Code, CP, FEBE, CRC6, PLCP-BIP-8, PLCP-FEBE, HEC corrected cells, HEC uncorrected cells
Alarm measurement: LOS, OOF, AIS, yellow, idle, PLCP-OOF, PLCP-yellow, LCD
• MU120011A E1/E3/E4 Unit

Bit rate 2.048 Mbps (E1), 34.368 Mbps (E3), 139.264 Mbps (E4)
Frames 2M-CRC-4 off (PLCP: on/off), 2M CRC4 on (PLCP: on/off), 34M G.751 (PLCP: on), 34M GH.832 (PLCP: off), 139M G.832 (PLCP: off)
Connector
D-sub (9-pin): 120 Ω balanced (E1); BNC: 75 Ω unbalanced (E1/E3/E4)
Output signal
Level: 3 ±0.3 Vo-p (E1 balanced), 2.37 ±0.237 Vo-p (E1 unbalanced), 1 ±0.1 Vo-p (E3), 1 ±0.1 Vp-p (E4)
Code
E1/E3: HDB3, E4: CMI
Connector
D-sub (9-pin): 120 Ω balanced (E1); BNC: 75 Ω unbalanced (E1/E3/E4)
Frequency range: ±100 ppm (E1/E4), ±20 ppm (E3)
Input signal Level: 3 ±0.3 Vo-p (E1 balanced), 2.37 ±0.237 Vo-p (E1 unbalanced), 1 ±0.1 Vo-p (E3), 1 ±0.1 Vp-p (E4)
∗Cable loss: 0 to 6 dB (E1), 0 to 12 dB (E3, E4), Monitor: 20 dB attenuated level of above level can be applied.
Code
E1/E3: HDB3, E4: CMI
Empty cell setting, cell scramble (de-scramble) on/off, coset on/off, HEC error correction on/off (E1, E3)
Error addition: Bit, BIP-8, REI, PLCP-BIP-8, PLCP-FEBE, cell
Alarm addition: LOF, LOS, AIS, RA, RA (MF), RDI, PLCP-LOF, PLCP-yellow, LCD
Functions Error measurement: CRC4, code, BIP-8, REI, PLCP-BIP-8, PLCP-FEBE, HEC corrected cells, HEC uncorrected cells
Alarm measurement: LOS, OOF, AIS, MF loss (CRC), MF loss (sig), RA, RA (MF), RDI, PLCP-OOF, PLCP-yellow, LCD
Trail trace: Monitor, setting
• MU120012A E1/E3 Unit

Bit rate 2.048 Mbps (E1), 34.368 Mbps (E3)
Frames 2M-CRC-4 off (PLCP: on/off), 2M CRC4 on (PLCP: on/off), 34M G.751 (PLCP: on), 34M G.832 (PLCP: off)
Connector
D-sub (9-pin): 120 Ω balanced (E1); BNC: 75 Ω unbalanced (E1/E3)
Output signal Clock: Internal (±10 ppm), external, receive
Level: 3 ±0.3 Vo-p (E1 balanced), 2.37 ±0.237 Vo-p (E1 unbalanced), 1 ±0.1 Vo-p (E3)
Code: HDB3

Connector
D-sub (9-pin): 120 Ω balanced (E1); BNC: 75 Ω unbalanced (E1/E3)
Frequency range: ±100 ppm (E1), ±20 ppm (E3)
Input signal
Level: 3 ±0.3 Vo-p (E1 balanced), 2.37 ±0.237 Vo-p (E1 unbalanced), 1 ±0.1 Vo-p (E3)
∗Cable loss: 0 to 6 dB (E1), 0 to 12 dB (E3), Monitor: 20 dB attenuated level of above level can be applied.
Code: HDB3
Error addition: Bit, BIP-8, REI, PLCP-BIP-8, PLCP-FEBE, cell
Alarm addition: LOF, LOS, AIS, RA, RA (MF), RDI, PLCP-LOF, PLCP-yellow, LCD
Functions Error measurement: CRC4, code, BIP-8, REI, PLCP-BIP-8, PLCP-FEBE, HEC corrected cells, HEC uncorrected cells
Alarm measurement: LOS, OOF, AIS, MF Loss (CRC), MF Loss (Sig), RA, RA (MF), RDI, PLCP-OOF, PLCP-yellow, LCD
Trail trace: Monitor, setting 3
• MU120015A ATM25M Unit

Bit rate 32.00 Mbps (25M)
Connector: 8-pin modular jack, 100 Ω (RJ45)
Output signal
Level: 2.7 to 3.4 Vp-p (1 symbol)
Code: NRZI (4B/5B)
Input signal Connector: 8-pin modular jack, 100 Ω (RJ45); Frequency: ±100 ppm; Level: 2.7 to 3.4 Vp-p (1 symbol); Code: NRZI (4B/5B)
Empty cell setting, coset on/off
Error addition: Code, cell
Alarm addition: LOS
Functions Error measurement: Code, HEC uncorrected cell, illegal cell
Alarm measurement: LOS
Sync event: Send, measure
• MU120016A 6.3M Unit

Bit rate 6.312 Mbps (6.3M)
Connector: BNC, 75 Ω
Output signal
Level: 2 ±0.3 Vo-p
Code: B8ZS
Connector: BNC, 75 Ω
Frequency: ±30 ppm
Input signal
Level: 2 ±0.3 Vo-p ∗Cable loss: 0 to 6 dB, Monitor: 20 dB attenuated level of above level can be applied.
Code: B8ZS
Error addition: Bit, CRC5, cell
Alarm addition: LOS, AIS, RAI, LOF, LCD
Functions
Error measurement: CRC5, HEC corrected cell, HEC uncorrected cell
Alarm measurement: LOS, AIS, RAI, LOF, LCD
• MU120017A 6.3/25M Unit

Bit rate 6.312 Mbps (6.3M), 32.00 Mbps (25M)
Connector
BNC: 75 Ω (6.3M); 8-pin modular jack, 100 Ω (RJ45, 25M)
Output signal Clock: Internal (±10 ppm), external, receive
Level: 2 ±0.3 Vo-p (6.3M), 2.7 to 3.4 Vp-p (25M, 1 symbol)
Code
6.3M: B8ZS, 25M: NRZI (4B/5B)
Connector
BNC: 75 Ω (6.3M); 8-pin modular jack, 100 Ω (RJ45, 25M)
Frequency range: ±30 ppm (6.3M), ±100 ppm (25M)
Input signal Level: 2 ±0.3 Vo-p (6.3M), 2.7 to 3.4 Vp-p (25M, 1 symbol)
∗Cable loss: 0 to 6 dB (6.3M), Monitor: 20 dB attenuated level of above level can be applied (6.3M).
Code
6.3M: B8ZS, 25M: NRZI (4B/5B)
Empty cell setting, cell scramble (de-scramble) on/off (6.3M only), coset on/off, HEC error correction on/off (6.3M only), sync event
send (25M only)
Error addition
6.3M: Bit, CRC5, cell
25M: Code, cell
Alarm addition
6.3M: LOS, AIS, RAI, LOF, LCD
25M: LOS
Functions
Error measurement
6.3M: CRC5, HEC corrected cell, HEC uncorrected cell
25M: Code, HEC uncorrected cell, illegal cell
Alarm measurement
6.3M: LOS, AIS, RAI, LOF, LCD
25M: LOS
Sync event (25M only): Send, measure
• MU120020A QoS Unit
Foreground cells O.191, extended O.191, OAM test cell (PRBS 15), null, AAL1, AAL3/4, (For null, AAL1, AAL3/4, next pattern settable to payload.
(test cells) PRBS 9, PRBS 15, PRBS 15 (non-inverted), PRBS 23, time stamp, programmable)
CBR, burst, sawtooth waveform, CBR with CDV, VBR, Poisson distribution, manual, external edge, external level, detailed CBR,
Cell generation timing
burst for UPC measurement, programmable
Background cell CBR (10 types)
AIS, RDI, continuity check, loopback, programmable, forward monitoring, backward reporting, PM activation/deactivation, CC
OAM cell
activation/deactivation
Capacity: 4095 cells
Filter: All cells, specified cells, header +first byte of payload match/mismatch cells
Capture
Trigger: Manual, OAM cell receive, cell error detect, cell loss detect, cell misinsertion detect, cell tagging, external input signal, etc.
Display: Hexadecimal, ASCII, cell interval, translate
Error addition: Cell loss, cell error
Error detection: Bit error, error cell, cell loss, cell misinsertion, non-conforming cell, etc. (measurement items differ according to test cell)
Single-channel Alarm detection: VP-AIS, VP-RDI, VP-LOC, VC-AIS, VC-RDI, VC-LOC
Others:
Bandwidth, total cells, cell delay measurement, 1 point CDV measurement, 2 point CDV measurement, cell interval measurement
1023 channel
Detect and measure 1023 channels on line
measurement
Measurement items: Total cell count, CLP = 0 cell count, CLP = 1 cell count, OAM cell count
(live monitor)
Auxiliary input Trigger input
• MU120021A Protocol Unit

Send/receive memory 8 MB (≥130,000 cells, send: 8 MB, receive: 8 MB, send + receive: 4 + 4 MB selectable)
Cell send Transmit from memory according to time stamp. Able to transmit in every 1 cell. Able to edit AAL1, AAL3/4, AAL5 frame
Capacity: ≥130,000 cells (at 8 MB receive setting)
Filter: All cells, all cells (excluding idle cells), up to 16 specified channels
Capture Trigger: Specified event, specified event occurrence times, sequential event (second event after first event)
Event: Specified channel, SN abnormality, ST abnormality, CRC abnormality, specified pattern, external input signal, etc.
Display: Cell, SAR, CPCS, time stamp
AAL type automatic evaluation and measurement
Error addition: Cell loss, cell error
Single-channel Measurement items:
measurement Cell count, CPCS-PDU count, assembled timer timeout PDU count, frame size error count, CPI error count, SN error count, ST
error count, LI error count, about count, BE tag error count, BA size error count, AL error count, length error count, CRC error
count, etc. (measurement items differ according to AAL type)
1023 channel
Detect and measure 1023 channels on line. AAL type automatically detected and measured
measurement
Measurement items: Cell count, CPCS count, etc. (measurement items differ according to AAL type)
(live monitor)
External interface Trigger input (capture event)
• MX122020A Protocol Decoding Software

ATM (ITU-T I.361), OAM (ITU-T I.610), AAL5-CPCS (ITU-T I.363), SSCOP (ITU-T Q.2110), UNI 3.1/4.0 (ATM forum),
Supported protocols LLC (RFC2225), SNAP (RFC2225), ATMARP/InATMARP (RFC2225), IP (RFC791), ICMP (RFC792), UDP (RFC768),
TCP (RFC793)
Decoded file type Data captured by MU120021A Protocol Unit and saved in binary format
Operating environment MP1220A or a PC running with Windows 3.1/95/98

Mainframe MU120015A ATM25M Unit
MP1220A ATM Quality Analyzer W1312AE MU120015A/120016A/120017A operation manual
W1318AE MU120015A/120016A/120017A remote control
Standard accessories operation manual
AC power cord: 1 pc
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A: 2 pcs MU120016A 6.3M Unit
W1304AE MP1220A operation manual: 1 copy W1312AE MU120015A/120016A/120017A operation manual
W1305AE MP1220A remote control operation manual: 1 copy W1318AE MU120015A/120016A/120017A remote control
Z0339 Software recovery floppy disk∗1: 1 pc operation manual 3
Z0340B Protective cover (without keyboard): 1 pc
Z0343A Input pen: 1 pc MU120017A 6.3/25M Unit
Z0345A Accessory bag: 1 pc W1312AE MU120015A/120016A/120017A operation manual
W1318AE MU120015A/120016A/120017A remote control
Options operation manual
MP1220A-01 RS-232C control
MP1220A-02 GPIB control MU120020A QoS Unit
MP1220A-03 Ethernet control W1313AE MU120020A operation manual
MU120001A-38 ST connector W1319AE MU120020A remote control operation manual
MU120001A-39 DIN connector
MU120001A-40 SC connector MU120021A Protocol Unit
MU120001A-43 HMS-10/A connector W1371AE MU120021A operation manual
W1372AE MU120021A remote control operation manual
Units
MU120001A STM-4/OC-12 Unit Application software
W1308AE MU120001A operation manual MX122020A Protocol Decoding Software
W1314AE MU120001A remote control operation manual W1648AE MX122020A operation manual
MU120002A STM-1/OC-3 Unit Optional accessories

W1309AE MU120002A operation manual J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
W1315AE MU120002A remote control operation manual J0775D Coaxial cord, 2 m (75 Ω)
J0776D BNC cord, 2 m (twin shield)
MU120010A T1/T3 Unit J0635B Optical fiber cord (FC/PC-FC/PC-2m-SM), 2 m
W1310AE MU120010A operation manual J0660B Optical fiber cord (SC/PC-SC/PC-2m-SM), 2 m
W1316AE MU120010A remote control operation manual J0796A Replaceable optical connector (ST)
J0796B Replaceable optical connector (DIN)
MU120011A E1/E3/E4 Unit J0796C Replaceable optical connector (SC)
W1311AE MU120011A/120012A operation manual J0796D Replaceable optical connector (HMS-10/A)
W1317AE MU120011A/120012A remote control operation manual J0796E Replaceable optical connector (FC)
J0844A ISO 10173 cable (T1), 2 m
MU120012A E1/E3 Unit J0838A UTP category 3 cable (25M), 2 m
W1311AE MU120011A/120012A operation manual Z0319A PS/2 mouse
W1317AE MU120011A/120012A remote control operation manual Z0340A Protective cover (with keyboard)
Z0340B Protective cover (without keyboard)
∗1: Sold only to MP1220A users B0414A Hard case
B0163 Soft case
Note: Please consult our sales department about adding the VBR functions to
your MP1220A.
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
NETWORK DATA ANALYZER GPIB
OPTION
MD6430A
50 bit/s to 10 Mbit/s
One Instrument for Installation and Maintenance
The MD6430A Network Data Analyzer can measure errors on 13 dif- • Wide variety of measurement functions
ferent interfaces for leased lines (64 kbit/s to 6.3 Mbit/s), ISDN (BRI, Various measurements, such as error, alarm, clock slip, delay, fre-
PRI), and V/X series interfaces, making it suitable for installation and quency, and digital level can be performed. Also, can send user pat-
maintenance of a variety of networks. terns with tracing functions.
Measurements include bit errors, alarms, delay time, frequency, dig- • Frame relay measurements
ital level measurements, user pattern send/trace, etc., all of which Frame relay network connections (conforming to PVC and ITU-T
can be displayed on the large color LCD. Q.933 Annex A) can be tested by the MD6430A. The user can also
Error performance (ITU-T G.821, G.826, M.2100) is available with monitor the congestion status such as FECN, BECN, and CLLM.
various pseudorandom patterns and user patterns up to 1024 char-
acters. Frame Relay measurement function, ISDN signaling function
• Optional ISDN signaling functions (BRI, PRI)
The unit can be connected to ISDN networks so that both voice com-
(optional), and a simultaneous two-channel monitoring function are
munication and error measurement can be performed.
also provided. Single button “quick” function and touch-screen en-
sure easy operation. This unit offers the user sophisticated functions • Error data analysis and storage functions
required for installation and maintenance in a small compact unit. Error data can be collected in log or histogram format. This data can
also be stored in internal memory or on a floppy disk for later analysis.
Features • Touch-screen
• One unit supports installation and maintenance of leased lines, The touch-screen, large color LCD, and pop-up menus provide a
ISDN, and frame relay much better GUI operating environment.
• Single button quick test operation • Battery operation
• Lightweight, with a battery-operated function When a commercial power supply is not available, the optional bat-
tery pack provides operation for up to 3 hours, and 5 hours in power
Applications save operation.
• Many applications ranging from low-speed modems to high- • Full range of error measurement screens
speed digital lines Various measurement items can be displayed simultaneously for error
The MD6430A can evaluate the quality of lines ranging from low-speed count, error rate, block error count, clock slip count, character error
modems to high-speed digital lines spanning 50 bit/s to 10 Mbit/s. count, error performance (G.821, G.826, M.2100), HDLC error (bad
• Support for various interfaces frame, abort frame), and various types of alarm. The user can select
The MD6430A supports G.703 64k, I.430/I-430a 192k, G.703/G.704/ the desired items and can display them using the zoom function.
I.431 1.5M, 2M, 2M CMI, 6.3M, V.24/V.28, V.35, V.36, RS-449, X.20,
X.21, TTL/CMOS interfaces in a number of optional units designed
to meet customer needs.
Units Interfaces Uses
G.703 64k, I.430/I430-a 192k,
G.703/G.704/I.431 1.5M, Europe and
MU643000A
G.703/G.704/I.431 2.0M, 2M CMI, Japan
G.703/G.704 6M
G.703 64k, I.430/I430-a 192k,
MU643000B G.703/G.704/I.431 1.5M, 2M CMI, Japan
G.703/G.704 6M
G.703 64k, I.430/I430-a 192k,
MU643000C Europe
G.703/G.704/I.431 2.0M
Note: All interface units support V.24/V.28, V.35, V.36, RS-449, X.20, X.21, and
TTL/CMOS.

• Supports frame relay measurements • Supports ISDN networks (BRI, PRI)

Specific DLCI connections can be checked. PVC status checking The unit can be connected to the ISDN public telephone network.
procedures are supported. Return testing using one unit can be done by using the call loop func-
tion as below.
MD6430A MD6430A
Call request
Call
Data acceptance
Data
Clear request
Clear
confirmation
Frame relay measurement sequence
• Voice channel function

The CODEC function permits voice communications over a specified
channel. Simultaneous voice communications and measurements
are possible.
• Substantial analysis functions

Error status and alarm condition can be logged and displayed as his-
tograms. The received data can also be captured.
• Easy operation
The touch-screen and pop-up menus are quick and user-friendly,
making operation easy for all levels of expertise.
Specifications
High speed: G.703 64k, I.430/I430-a 192k, G.703/G.704/I.431 1.5M∗1, ∗2, G.703/G.704/I.431 2.0M∗1, ∗3, 2M CMI∗1, ∗2,
Interface G.703/G.704 6M∗1, ∗2 (2-wire simultaneous monitoring)
Low speed: V.24/V.28, V.35, V.36, RS-449, X.20, X.21, TTL/CMOS (Send/receive simultaneous monitoring)
Clock Internal clock: 64 kbit/s, 1.544 Mbit/s∗1, ∗2, 2.048 Mbit/s, 6.312 Mbit/s∗1, ∗2 (accuracy ≤±5 ppm)
(high-speed interface) External clock: 64k + 8k or slave sync to received data (slave oscillation range: ≤±100 ppm)
G.703 64k clock mode Centralized clock, codirectional clock
G.703 64k: AMI
I.430/I430-a 192k: AMI
Code law G.703/G.704/I.431 1.5M: AMI/B8ZS∗1, ∗2
(high-speed interface) G.703/G.704/I.431 2.0M: AMI/HDB3∗1, ∗3
2M CMI: CMI
G.703/G.704 6M:B8ZS∗1, ∗2
Impedance 64k: 110 Ω/HIGH, 192k: 50/100 Ω/HIGH, 1.5M:100 Ω/HIGH, 2 M:75/120 Ω/HIGH, 2M CMI: 110 Ω/HIGH, 6M: 75 Ω/HIGH
G.703/G.704/I.431 1.5M∗1, ∗2: 12MFP (G.704), 24MFP (G.704), 24MFP (NTT), unframe
Frames G.703/G.704/I.431 2.0M∗1, ∗3: 16MFP (30B + D), 16MFP (31B), 2MFP (30B + D), 2MFP (31B), Unframe
(high-speed interface) 2M CMI∗1, ∗2: PBX (TTC), CRV, ST (send only), unframe
G.703/G.704 6M∗1, ∗2: 4MFP (G.704), unframe
64k x n: 64 to 6272 kbit/s (n =1 to 98∗4 , sequential or mixed configuration may be selected.)
56k (1-7) x n: 56 to 5488 kbit/s (n =1 to 98∗4 )
56k (2-8) x n: 56 to 5488 kbit/s (n =1 to 98∗4 )
Data bit rate
8k x n: 8, 16, 32 kbit/s
(high-speed interface)
2.4k x n: 2.4 to 48 kbit/s (n = 1 to 20, sequential or mixed configuration may be selected for X.50 20 multiframe.)
0.6k x n: 0.6 to 48 kbit/s (n = 1 to 80, sequential or mixed configuration may be selected for X.50 80 multiframe.)
Others: Signaling, 1.544 Mbit/s
Internal clock
Sync (ST1): 50 bit/s to 10 Mbit/s (5 bit/s steps. However, V.24/V.28 and X.20 up to 200 kbit/s)
Send clock Async: 50, 75, 100, 110, 150, 200, 256, 300, 400, 500, 512, 600, 768, 800, 1k, 1.2k, 1.6k, 1.8k, 2k, 2.4k, 2.56k, 3k, 3.2k, 3.6k, 4.8k,
(low-speed interface) 7.2k, 8k, 9.6k, 12k, 12.8k, 14.4k, 16k, 16.8k, 19.2k, 28.8k, 32k, 38.4k, 46k, 48k, 50k, 56k, 56.6k, 64k, 72k, 76.8k, 115.2k (bit/s)
Self oscillation accuracy: ≤±5 ppm
External clock (ST2, RTS): Frequency for each interface of 50 to10 Mbit/s (may be inverted.)
External clock (ST, RTS): Frequency for each interface of 50 to 10 Mbit/s (May be inverted)
Receive clock Internal clock (Async):
(low-speed interface) 50, 75, 100, 110, 150, 200, 256, 300, 400, 500, 512, 600, 768, 800, 1k, 1.2k, 1.6k, 1.8k, 2k, 2.4k, 2.56k, 3k, 3.2k, 3.6k, 4.8k,
7.2k, 8k, 9.6k, 12k, 12.8k, 14.4k, 16k, 16.8k, 19.2k, 28.8k, 32k, 38.4k, 46k, 48k, 50k, 56k, 56.6k, 64k, 72k, 76.8k, 115.2k (bit/s)
Pseudorandom pattern: PRBS 6, 7, 9, 11, 15, 19, 20, 23, RPRBS 20 (reversed PRBS20), QRSS, positive/negative logic
Error measurement Programmable pattern: 8 bit repetitive (start-stop sync: 5 to 8 bits)
pattern Code pattern: 1:1, ALL 1, ALL 0
User pattern: 1 to 1024 characters (1 character steps), for character error measurement
Send pattern User pattern: 1 to 128 kbyte
Error type: bit, bit + code, code
Insertion types
Error insertion Single: 1 bit error inserted each time insert button pressed
Repeat: 1 bit error inserted each second
Cyclic: 2.5E-1 to 1.7E-7
Start bit length: 1 bit
Start-stop Stop bit length: 1, 1.5, 2 bits
synchronization Data length: 5, 6, 7, 8 bits
Parity: None, odd, even
Detected errors: Bit, code, parity, CRC, frame, character
Measurements:
Error count, error rate, block error count, block error rate, ES, EFS, clock slip, clock slip seconds, pattern sync loss count/time,
frame sync loss time, alarm time, signal loss time, AC power loss time
Error performance: G.821, G.826, M.2100
Error/alarm measurement Measurement modes
Single: 1 s to 99 d 23 h 59 min 59 s
Repeat: 1 s to 99 d 23 h 59 min 59 s
Manual: 1 y max.
Measurement range
Error rate: 1.00E-15 to 1.00E00, Error count: 0 to 9.99E15
Trace byte count: 1 Mbit max.
Trace start trigger: Manual, code detect
Pattern trace
Trace stop trigger: Manual, code detect, code mismatch detect, trace byte count
Trigger detect delay: 0 to 8,000 bytes
Frequency measurement Measurement range: DC to 10 MHz, Accuracy: ≤ (±5 ppm ±1 digit)
Delay time measurement
Measurement range: 0 to 16 s (0.001 ms steps)
(Sync. mode only)
Measurement items: Correct test packet count, lost test packet count, HDLC bad frame count, HDLC abort frame count
PVC connect confirmation test: To MD6430A or circuit loopback test (Conforms to ITU-T Q.933 Annex A)
Frame relay
DLCI: 16 to 991 (1 steps)
measurement
Test packet send interval time: 5 to 30 s (1 s steps)
Traffic congestion status monitoring: BECN, FECN, CLLM message detection (Conforms to ITU-T Q.922 Annex A)
Code law: A-law, µ-law
Digital level measurement Measurement range: –60 to +3 dBm (0.1 dBm steps)
Send pattern: 0 dBm, 1 kHz pattern (Conforms to ITU-T G.711)

ISDN calling/called function INS64, INS1500 (Option: MU643000A/B-01), ETS1 ISDN (Option: MU643000A/C-02)
MUX/DEMUX Able to drop/insert specified channels in high-speed interface through X.21 interface at 64k x n (n = 1 to 98)
Voice communication Voice communication possible in any TS in high-speed interfaces (except G.703 64 kbit/s)
Error analysis Displays sequential error/alarm measurement data and graphs
Signal monitor lamp Indicates status of each signal line
External printer Interface Centronics, D-sub 25-pin connector
Enables printout of error measurement data
Measurement start time: Prints time and measurement conditions
External printer output During measurement: Prints specified error and alarm occurrence at each detected instance or at predefined time interval
Measurement stop time: Prints measured total results 3
Prints on screen contents
Display Color TFT-LCD (8.4 inch)
Remote interface RS-232C, D-sub 9-pin connector, GPIB (option)
Memory 3.5 inch FDD
Built-in timer Year, month, day, hour, minute, second
Power supply AC: 85 to 250 V, DC: Lithium ion battery (rechargeable, optional accessory), 50 VA
Battery operation time 3 h (max.) ∗5 h when using power save function
Operating temperature 0˚ to 50˚C, (FDD and at battery usage: +5˚ to +40˚C)
Dimensions and mass 290 (W) x 194 (H) x 94 (D) mm, ≤4.2 kg (excluding battery)
LVD EN610101-1: 1993/A2, 1995 (Installation Category ΙΙ, Pollution degree 2)
∗1: Specification when using MU643000A Datacom Interface ∗3: Specification when using MU643000C Datacom Interface
∗2: Specification when using MU643000B Datacom Interface ∗4: Max. n value depends on interfaces
Main frame J0915A Measurement cable [D-Sub 37-pin (male) · half pitch
MD6430A Network Data Analyzer 36-pin], 2 m (for V.36/RS-449)
Standard accessories J0916A Measurement cable [D-Sub 15-pin (male) · half pitch 36-pin],
G0104 ADP60WB-24.0 AC adapter 2 m (for X.20/X.21, using B terminal as ST1 output type)
(100 to 240 Vac/24 Vdc converter): 1 pc J0945 Measurement cable [D-Sub 15-pin (male) · half pitch 36-pin],
Power cord: 1 pc 2 m (for X.20/X.21, using B terminal as ST2 input type)
Z0406A Touch pen (for touch panel): 1 pc J0929 Cross measurement cable [D-Sub 15-pin (male) · half
Z0402A Protective cover (protects display): 1 pc pitch 36-pin], 2 m (for X.20/X.21 MUX/DEMUX)
W1542AE MD6430A operation manual (includes J0388B DCE/DTE conversion adapter (D-Sub 25-pin, for V.24/V.28)
MU643000A/B/C): 1 copy J0390 DCE/DTE conversion adapter (D-Sub 34-pin, for V.35)
W1543AE MD6430A remote control operation manual J0392B DCE/DTE conversion adapter (D-Sub 37-pin, for
(includes MU643000A/B/C): 1 copy V.36/RS-449)
Z0417 MD6430A sample program (remote sample program): 1 pc J0917A TTL/CMOS connection box∗1 (I/O connector: BNC type)
Z0403A Belt with hook (MD6430A carrying belt): 1 pc J0923 Measurement cable (both-end Amphenol half pitch 36-pin),
1 m (for connection between MD6430A to TTL/CMOS)
Option J0463C Measurement cable [both-end 8-pin modular (RJ45) with
MD6430A-01 GPIB shield], 2 m (for 192k)
Units J0959B Measurement cable (RJ45 8-pin modular · clip), 2 m (for 192K)
MU643000A Datacom Interface Unit (for Europe and Japan) J0844A ISO1073 cable [both-end 8-pin modular (ISO10173)], 2 m
MU643000B Datacom Interface Unit (for Japan) (for 1.5M, 2M)
MU643000C Datacom Interface Unit (for Europe) J0127B Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG58A/U · BNC-P), 2 m (for 2M, 6M)
J0939 Coaxial cord (C-H3T type plug · BNC), 2 m (for 6M)
Options J0921B Measurement cable [8-pin modular (ISO10173) · M-1PS],
MU643000A-01 JT-Q921/Q931 ISDN signaling 2 m (for 1.5M, 2M)
MU643000A-02 ETSI ISDN signaling J0922B Measurement cable (mini-BANTAM · M-1PS), 2 m
MU643000B-01 JT-Q921/Q931 ISDN signaling (for 64k, 2M CMI)
MU643000C-02 ETSI ISDN signaling J0924B Measurement cable (mini-BANTAM · I-214APS), 2 m (for
MU643000A-22 CAS/FAS option (for Europe and Japan) external input clock, 64k + 8k)
MU643000B-22 CAS/FAS option (for Japan) J0930 Measurement cable (mini-BANTAM · M-3912), 2 m (for
MU643000C-22 CAS/FAS option (for Europe) 64k, Siemens type)
J0960B Measurement cable (mini-BANTAM · clip), 2 m (for 64k, 2M, CMI)
J0946A Measurement cable [8-pin modular (ISO10173) · M-3912],
Z0404A Lithium ion battery pack (battery pack for main frame)
1 m (for 1.5M/2M)
B0441 Hard carrying case
J0946B Measurement cable [8-pin modular (ISO10173) · M-3912],
B0442 Soft carrying case
2 m (for 1.5M/2M)
B0443 Rack mount kit
J0950 Measurement cable [8-pin modular (ISO10173) · clip],
A0006 Headset
2 m (for 1.5M/2M)
J1026A GPIB cable (for MD6430A-01’s accessory), 2 m
J0968 Balance cable (RJ45 · ISO10173), 2 m (for 192k)
J0654A Serial interface cross cable [D-Sub 9-pin (female) · D-Sub
J0969C Unbalance cable [SP3CP/3CV-P (BNC)], 2 m (for 6M)
9-pin (male)], 2 m (for remote control of main frame)
J0925B Y cable (D-sub 25-pin · half pitch 36-pin/D-sub 25-pin),
J0661A RS-232C straight cable [D-Sub 9-pin (female) · D-Sub
2 m (for V.24/V.28 monitor)
25-pin (male)], 2 m (for remote control of main frame)
J0920B Cross cable [D-Sub 9-pin (female) · D-Sub 25-pin (male)],
2 m (for V.35 monitor)
3 m (for remote control of main frame)
J0927B Y cable (V.37 · half pitch 36-pin/D-sub 37), 2 m (for
J0913A Measurement cable [D-Sub 25-pin (male) · half pitch
V.36/RS-449 monitor)
36-pin], 2 m (for V.24/V.28)
J0914A Measurement cable [V.35 connector (male) · half pitch
2 m (for X.20/X.21 monitor)
36-pin), 2 m (for V.35)
∗1: Cable (J0923) required when using with TTL/CMOS interface

Note: For details of the measurement cable, refer to the Measurement Cable Selection Guide in the MD6430A Application Note.
DATA TRANSMISSION ANALYZER GPIB
MD6420A
OPTION
For Evaluating Quality of Digital Data Networks
Bit error rate measurement is the most critical parameter in evaluat-

ing the quality of digital transmission modes. However, conventional
methods, which measure only average bit error rates, are inadequate.
In the MD6420A, various types of extension and remote control units
are provided as options, as well as units which allow the use of var-
ious types of interfaces.
The measuring conditions can be stored in memory and recalled pri-
or to measurement with the touch of a single key. In addition, the an-
alyzer is portable so that it can be used on site for maintenance op-
erations.
Features
• Can measure a variety of devices from low-speed modems to
high-speed digital lines
Can be configured to a variety of communications protocols via ITU-T
V, X, G, and I series by using plug-in units. Can perform high-quality
evaluations of data communications systems that have bit rates from
50 b/s to 10 Mb/s.
• Simultaneous error measurement of various error parameters
The error count (bit error, parity error, and CRC error, etc.) error rate,
block error count, block error rate, US, %US, SES, %SES, DM, %DM, Combinations of interface and extension units
ES, %ES, EFS, %EFS, AT, %AT, BBER, clock slip, and synchroniza- The MD6420A can be combined with many plug-in units to perform
tion loss can be measured, Alarm states such as AIS can be contin- a variety of measurement.
uously monitored∗. Extension units
∗: Conforms to ITU-T G.821 MD0627A Analog
• Data will not be lost if a power failure occurs during measurement Interface units
If an AC power failure occurs during error rate measurements, all data MD0621A V.24/V.28 (RS232C) √
obtained prior to the failure is recalled from memory and the measure-
MD0621B V.35 √
ment is automatically continued when the power is resupplied. When
the power returns, the time at which power failure occurred is displayed MD0621C V.36 (RS-449) √
on the EL display. MD0621D X.20 (RS-423)/X.21 (RS-422) √
MD0622B G.703/G.704 1.544 Mb/s Bipolar √∗
Example of display screen
MD0622D G.703/G.704 6.312 Mb/s Bipolar √∗
• Overall display of error measurements
Up to 22 measurement items can be monitored simultaneously. If a MD0622E G.703 64 kb/s √∗
power failure occurs during measurements then measurements will MD0625B I.431 1.544 Mb/s √∗
be continued from the time at which the power is resupplied. The MD0626A TTL √∗
failure time (PWL) will be displayed when power is resupplied.
∗: Except DC voltage measurement

Interface units • TTL
• V/X series MD0626A TTL
MD0621A V.24/V.28 (RS-232C)
MD0621B V.35 Extension units
MD0621C V.36 (RS-449) • Analog
MD0621D X.20 (RS-423)/X.21 (RS-422) MD0627A Analog
• G.703 Remote control units

MD0622B G.703/G.704 1.544 Mb/s Bipolar
MD0622D G.703/G.704 6.312 Mb/s Bipolar
MD0620A GPIB 3
MD0620B RS-232C
MD0622E G.703 64 kb/s
• I.431
MD0625B I.431 1.544Mb/s
Specifications
Clock:
50 to 20 kb/s in 5 b/s steps, 20 k to 400kb/s in 100 b/s steps
Internal clock signal 512 k, 576 k, 672 k, 768 k, 1024 k, 1152 k, 1344 k, 1536 k, 1920 k, 2048 k, 4096 k, 8192 kb/s
Sending (ST1, ASYNC, ST/SP)∗1 Accuracy
clock Self oscillation: ±5 ppm
signal Slave oscillation: Subject to 8 kb/s or 8 kb/s of (64 k + 8 k) external input or receiving data
Slave oscillation range: ≥ ±100 ppm
External input Operated by the external input clock signal (TTL level or sine waves)
External clock signal (ST2, RT) Clock (inversion can be used.) by each 50 b/s to 10 Mb/s interface
Receiving External clock signal (RT) Clock (inversion can be used.) by each 50 b/s to 10 Mb/s interface
clock Internal clock signal 50, 70, 100, 150, 200, 256, 300, 400, 500, 512, 600, 768, 800, 1 k, 1.2 k, 1.6 k, 1.8 k, 2 k, 2.4 k, 2.56 k, 3 k,
signal (ASYNC, ST/SP) 3.6 k, 4.8 k, 7.2 k, 9.6 k, 14.4 k, 19.2 kb/s
Code A, Z, 1:1, 3:1, 1:3, 7:1, 1:7
Programmable pattern 8 bit repetition (5 to 8 bits for ST/SP, 5 bits for 2.0 M G.704 spare bit)
Pattern Pseudorandom pattern 2n – 1 bits repetition (n: 6, 7, 9, 11, 15, 19, 20, 23), positive/negative logic
Word pattern 8 bits x 8 k words (manual input, setting, user’s pattern)
FOX pattern Conforms to ITU-T (EBCDIC, ASCII, EBCD, BAUDOT)
Error Manual error Single-bit error whenever the key is pressed or single-bit error every second
insertion Cyclic error 2.5 x 10–1 to 1.7 x 10–7(N x 10–n, N: 1.0, 1.1, 1.3, 1.5, 1.7, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0)
Start-stop Start-stop bit length Start bit: 1 bit, Stop bit: 1, 1.5, and 2 bits
synchro- Data length 5, 6, 7 and 8 bits
nization Parity None, odd, even
Detection error Bit error, code error, parity error, CRC error and frame mismatch are selected.
Error count, error rate, block error count, block error rate, ES, %ES, DM, %DM, SES, %SES, US, %US, EFS,
Measurement items
%EFS, AT, %AT, BBER clock slip, sync count/time, frame sync loss time, signal loss, AC power failure time
Error
Block length 25 to 216 bits or 101 to 1016 bits
measure-
ment Measurement time 102 to 109 bits measurement and repetition of 1 s to 999 hr 59 min. 59 s
Among the measurement results, five or all optional items can be displayed simultaneously. The buzzer
Display of measurement results sounds if an error is detected (the volume can be adjusted). The lapse time after the measurement starts is
displayed in units of seconds.
No. of trace bytes 32 KB max.
Manual code detection, not code detection, signal lines ON/OFF, No. of trace bytes, external input signal
Traces stop trigger
Pattern ON/OFF
trace Delay trace after trigger detection 10 to 8000 bytes
Displays together with trace stop time in HEX, JIS8, ASCII, EBCDIC, EBCDIK, EBCD, Baudot bit (shift: +4 to
Trace data display
–3 bits)
Measuring range: –30 to +30 V
Voltage measurement
Accuracy: ±5% ±1 digit
Measuring range: DC to 10 MHz
Frequency measurement and count Accuracy:±5 ppm ±1 digit
Display: Decimal 7 digits
Measuring range: 0 to 10 sec.(10 µs steps) except for ASYNC and ST/SP
Time measurement∗3 Accuracy: ±5 ppm ±1 digit
Display: Decimal 7 digits
Signal monitor lamp Displays the status of each signal line (“1”/“ON” : green or red∗2, “0”/“OFF”: lamp off)
Error: Negative logic, TTL level (half clock with of receiving clock)
Pattern sync loss: Negative logic, TTL level
Clock: Receiving gate clock, TTL level
External output
Receiving clock: TTL level
(64 k + 8 k) b/s clock: 64 kb/s clock with 8 kb/s violation, AMI, RZ, 1.0 V±10%, Impedance: 120 Ω
Video output: Composite video signal (vertical: 16.666 ms ±100 ppm, horizontal: 63.61 µs±100 ppm, 1 Vp-p±10%
Clock: 50 b/s to 10 Mb/s, TTL
External input (64 k +8 k) b/s clock: 64 kb/s clock with 8 kb/s violation, AMI/RZ, Input level: 0.6 to 1.1 Vp-p, Impedance: 110 Ω
Trigger: TTL level
At measurement start: Prints measurement conditions and time
During measurement
Print time, error count and alarm generation/recovery information at specified intervals
Print Printing in error measurement
Prints time and measurement result after start of measurement
output Prints time and error count at termination of each measurement cycle
At measurement end: Prints time and measurement result
Other printing Prints measurement conditions, measurement results, and time in manual measurement
Internal timer Year, month, day, hour, minute, second
Power 85 to 132 Vac/170 to 250 Vac (changeable), 47 to 64 Hz, ≤180 VA (with full units)
Operating temperature range 0° to +40°C
Connectable unit 5 units max.
∗1: Up to 20 kb/s for ASYNC and STSP
∗2: Denotes red LED alarm
∗3: Can not measure delay time for async system and start-stop system
MD6420A (main frame) Interface units
Main frame MD0621A V.24/V.28 (RS-232C) Interface Unit
MD6420A Data Transmission Analyzer
Standard accessory
Standard accessories W0595AE MD0621A operation manual: 1 copy
F0013∗ Fuse, 5 A: 2 pcs
J0387 Double-ended 25-pin connector cable, 2 m
F0012∗ Fuse, 3.15 A: 2 pcs
J0388 25-pin DCE-DTE conversion adapter (used for DTE mode)
B0301 Protection cover: 1 pc
Z0031A Printer paper: 2 rolls
MD0621B V.35 Interface Unit
B0254C Blank panel (for interface units): 5 pcs
B0254D Blank panel (for remote control units): 1 pc Standard accessory
W0618AE MD6420A operation manual: 1 copy W0596AE MD0621B operation manual: 1 copy
W0618BE MD6420A service manual: 1 copy
J0864B Double-ended 34-pin connector cable, 2 m
Options J0390 34-pin DCE-DTE conversion adapter (used for DTE mode)
MD6420A-01 Sending pattern synchronized signal output
(video output cannot be used with this option.) MD0621C V.36 (RS-449) Interface Unit
MD6420A-02 Sending pattern for word memory, 32 KB
Standard accessory
Optional accessories W0597AE MD0621C operation manual: 1 copy
B0291B Carrying case (with casters)
B0251F Shoulder bag (for MD6420A) Optional accessory
B0302 Rack mount kit J0391 Double-ended 37-pin connector cable, 2 m
B0251E Unit housing case (accommodates 10 units) J0392 37-pin DCE-DTE conversion adapter (used for DTE mode)
A0006 Headset
J0386 Probe for external input (BNC-P · IC clip), 1 m MD0621D X.20 (RS-423)/X.21 (RS-422) Interface Unit
J0135 Balanced cord (I-214APS · – · M-1PS), 2 m Standard accessory
J0162B Balanced cord (M-3912 · – · M-3912), 2 m W0598AE MD0621D operation manual: 1 copy
J0050B Balanced cord [M-214S · – · M-214S (shielded) ], 2 m
J0127B Coaxial cable (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P) Optional accessory
J0106 Coaxial cable (3CV-P2 · M-1P), 2 m J0393 Double-ended 15-pin connector cable, 2 m
Z0174 Service kit for MD6420A
J0673A Double-ended 25 pin cross cable, 3 m MD0622B G.703/G.704 1.544 Mb/s Bipolar Interface Unit
∗: Supplied one kind of fuse depending on the power supply voltage specified Standard accessory
when ordering. W0599AE MD0622B operation manual: 1 copy
J0440 Balanced cord (CS1-MM2), 2 m
J0990 Measurement cable (D-SUB15/SBMD06FBS), 2 m
J0991 Measurement cable (D-SUB15/CLIP), 2 m
MD0622D G.703/G.704 6.312 Mb/s Bipolar Interface Unit

Standard accessory
W0600AE MD0622D operation manual: 1 copy
J0127B Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m

Model/Order No. Name Extension units
MD0622E G.703 64 kb/s Interface Unit Model/Order No. Name
Standard accessory MD0627A Analog Unit
W0601AE MD0622E/E1 operation manual: 1 copy Standard accessory
Optional accessories W0609AE MD0627A operation manual: 1 copy
J0162A Balanced cord (M-3912 · – · M-3912), 1 m Optional accessory
J0162B Balanced cord (M-3912 · – · M-3912), 2 m A0006 Head set
J0162C Balanced cord (M-3912 · – · M-3912), 2.5 m J0135 Balanced cord (I-214APS · – · M-1PS), 2 m
J0162D Balanced cord (M-3912 · – · M-3912), 5 m
J0537 Balanced cord (M-3912 · – · M-1PS), 2 m
J0164 Balanced cord (M-3912 · – · M-214-SP), 2 m Remote control units 3
J0440 Balanced cord (CS1-MM2), 2 m
MD0625B I.431 1.544 Mb/s Interface Unit MD0620A GPIB Remote Control Unit
Standard accessory (The operation is described in the MD6420A operation
W0606AE MD0625B operation manual: 1 copy manual.)
Optional accessories Optional accessory
J0393 Double-ended 15-pin connector cable (GMP-AS12-001), 2 m J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
J0440 Balanced cord, CS1-MM2, 2 m
J0539 Cable with 15-pin and modular connectors, MD0620B RS-232C Remote Control Unit
(ISO4903 · 15P-IS8877 · 8P), 3 m (The operation is described in the MD6420A operation
J0540 Cable with 15-pin connector and screw terminals, manual.)
[ISO4903 · 15P-4 screw terminals (3 mm) ], 3 m Optional accessories
J0594 Cable with 8-pin modular connector, and alligator clip, J0387 Double-ended 25-pin connector cable, 2 m
ISO8877-8P alligator, 2 m J0673A Double-ended 25-pin cross cable, 3 m
MD0626A TTL Interface Unit
Standard accessory
W0608AE MD0626A operation manual: 1 copy
Optional accessory
J0127B Coaxial cable (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P), 2 m
J0386 Probe for external input (BNC-P · IC clip), 1 m
MOBILE
COMMUNICATIONS
MEASURING
INSTRUMENTS
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Digital Mobile Radio Transmitter
Testers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216, 231, 238
Digital Modulation Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
W-CDMA Signalling Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Bluetooth Test Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257, 259
WLAN Test Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Bluetooth PreQualification Test Set System . . . . . 268
Radio Communication Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . 271, 278
Radio Communication Test System . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
W-CDMA Area Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Measuring Receivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295, 297
Frequency Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Shield Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
W-CDMA Protocol Test System/
W-CDMA Virtual Signaling Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
W-CDMA Rapid Test Designer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
214
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
Mobile communication measurement equipment
(example of an application; various other types of measurement equipment are also available)
Communication system Equipment to be measured
Digital Mobile equipment Base station
8PSK GMSK GFSK π/4 DQPSK CDMA π/4 DQPSK M-16QAM
Maintenance, troubleshooting
Europe etc. USA Japan
Construction, maintenance
CDMA (ARIB STD-T53)
Type of
measurement Anritsu model
equipment
Entrance circuitry
PCN (DCS1800)
CDMA (IS-95)
Service areas
RCR STD-39
Transmitter
Transmitter
Signalling
Signalling
W-CDMA
Receiver
Receiver
TETRA
Analog
WCPE
DMCA
EDGE
NADC
DECT
PACS
TFTS
Parts
GSM
PDC
PHS
CT2
4
Radio communi- √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ MT8801C √ √ √ √ √ √ √
cation analyzer √ √ √ √ √ √ MT8820A √ √ √ √ √
Digital mobile √ √ √ MS8608A/8609A √ √ √ √
radio transmitter
tester √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ MS8604A √ √ √ √
MS2661B/C,
Time-domain- MS2663C,
√ √ √ √ √ MS2665C, √ √ √ √ √
capable MS2667C,
spectrum MS2668C
analyzer MS2681A/2683A/
√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
2687B
Digital
modulation √ √ √ √ √ √ MG3681A √ √ √ √ √
signal generator
Signalling tester √ √ MD8480B √ √ √
Radio communica-
tion test system √ √ √ √ ME7812 series √ √ √ √
Error rate tester √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ MD6420A √ √ √ √

√ √ √ √ √ √ MG3641A √ √ √ √ √
√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ MG3642A √ √ √ √ √
Signal generator
√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ MG3633A √ √ √ √
√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ MG3690A series √ √ √ √ √
√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ ML2437A/2438A √ √ √ √
Power meter
√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ ML2407A/2408A √ √ √ √
Frequency
√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ MF2400B series √ √ √ √
counter
Measuring √ √ √ ML5655C √ √
receiver √ √ √ ML524B∗ √ √
Site master √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ S331C √
√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 54100A series √ √
Network
√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ MS4630B √ √ √ √ √
analyzer
√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ MS462X series √ √ √ √ √
Area tester √ ML8720B √ √
∗: Custom-made product
DIGITAL MOBILE RADIO TRANSMITTER TESTER GPIB
MS8609A
9 kHz to 13.2 GHz
Measures Wide-Band Signals up to IMT-2000 2 Mbit/s
Anritsu Eco Product

Lightweight
Power saving
Small size
(Conventional product ratio)
The MS8609A is a transmitter tester equipped with an internal spec-

trum analyzer, a modulation analyzer and a power meter. One tester
covers the development, manufacturing of base stations, mobile sta-
tions to construction, maintenance of base stations.
The spectrum analyzer has resolution bandwidths up to 20 MHz,
meaning that it can readily support measurement of wide-band sig-
nal.
The modulation analyzer realizes all Vector Signal Analysis (VSA)
functions through high-speed DSP. The power sensor can perform
highly accurate power measurements of ±0.4 dB by using an amor-
phous power sensor.
Up to three dedicated measurement software options (such as W-
CDMA and GSM/EDGE) can be installed simultaneously. Input sig-
nals can be selected from either RF or I/Q inputs. For I/Q signals,
balanced or unbalanced input can also be selected.
It is equipped with GPIB, RS-232C and 10 Base-T (optional) inter-
faces for remote measurement. High-speed GPIB data transmission
of 120 kbyte/s enables high-speed measurement on the manufactur-
ing line. The monitor uses an easy-to-see 6.5 type TFT color LCD. MX860901B W-CDMA Measurement Software
Spectrum analyzer functions • Parameter setup
The measurement parameters such as modulation accuracy and
• Frequency code domain power, etc. are set on the screen shown below.
Frequency range: 9 kHz to 13.2 GHz Measurement are simply performed via a soft-key menu after setting
Resolution bandwidth: the measurement parameters.
300 Hz to 3 MHz, 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz (to 3 GHz)
Frequency span: Zero, 1 kHz to 13.2 GHz
Span accuracy: ±1%
Reference frequency accuracy:
±2 x 10–8/day, ±5 x 10–10/day (option), ±1 x 10–10/year (option)
• Level
Maximum input level: +20 dBm
Input attenuator: 0 to 62 dB (2 dB steps)
1 dB gain compression: +3 dBm (≥500 MHz)
Two tone 3rd order distortion: ≤–85 dBc (0.1 to 3.2 GHz)
• Sweep
Frequency span: 10 ms to 1000 s
Time span: 1 µs to 1000 s
Refresh rate: >20 times/s
• Others
Detection mode:
Normal, positive, negative, sample, average, RMS (option)
Measurement functions:
Frequency counter, noise power, C/N, ACP, OBW, etc.
GPIB transmission speed: 120 kbyte/s

• Code domain power MX860902A GSM Measurement Software
Only 1.5 seconds are required for measurement. Either automatic • Parameter setup
detection of scrambling code from SCH, or specification of scram- The measurement parameters such as GMSK modulation of GSM
bling code can be selected. and 8PSK modulation of EDGE are set on the screen. Measurement
• Modulation accuracy measurement are simply performed via a soft-key menu after setting the measure-
The modulation accuracy of base station and mobile equipment can ment parameters.
be measured and modulation analysis of multiple waveforms can be • Modulation accuracy measurement
performed. The residual vector error (rms) accuracy is high (1%, The modulation accuracy is high. (The residual phase error of GMSK
typical). modulation: rms, < 0.5° and residual EVM of 8PSK modulation: rms,
• Demodulation data monitoring < 1.0%)
After de-spreading, up to 10 frames of demodulation data can be • Transmitter power measurement
evaluated. The screen displays the amplitude waveforms with horizontal axis a
symbol, vertical axis a level and the template simultaneously.
• Output RF spectrum measurement
The output RF spectrum measurement can be performed at high
speed and simply. 4
• Spurious measurement
Spurious measurement has three kinds of method: Sweep, Search,
and Spot. These can be selected depending on the usage.
• EDGE constellation display
The following screen represents constellation display through the fil-
ter of the EDGE constellation display of the GSM standard. And the
screen represents constellation display of the 8PSK modulation
through Nyquist filter and Gaussian inverse correction filter.
• I/Q level measurement

Measures and displays each I and Q input voltage (rms, p-p value).
dBmV or mV units are selectable.
• CCDF measurement
It enables distribution display or cumulative distribution display of the
power difference between instantaneous power and average power.
Max. 20 MHz of filter bandwidth is able to perform multi-carrier mea-
surement.
MX860903A cdma Measurement Software

(sold separately)
• Parameter setup
A setup screen is provided for the entry of required parameters for
modulation accuracy and code domain power measurements in
cdmaOne or cdma2000® 1xRTT analysis.
Measurement can be performed after parameter setup.
• Modulation accuracy measurement
Frequency error, modulation accuracy and code domain analysis are
performed and then results are displayed on the screen. The mea-
surement accuracy is 1% (typical value) of residual vector error (rms).
• BTS code domain analysis
Only 2 seconds are required for code domain analysis of 1xRTT sig-
• Power meter function nals, RC∗ 1 through RC5 can be measured.
The built-in power meter uses the amorphous power sensor and the Spreading factor of each code is automatically detected and dis-
measurement accuracy is very high (±0.4 dB). played on the screen.
∗: Radio Configuration
• MS code domain analysis
Perform code domain analysis of 1xRTT signals in RC3 and RC4 in
only 2 seconds. Code domains of I/Q phase are displayed on the
screen.
• Transmission power measurement
When transmission power is measured both the value and signal
waveform are displayed on the screen. High accuracy power mea-
surements are achieved using the built-in power meter function.
• Spurious close to the carrier measurement
Spurious close to the carrier is measured using the spectrum ana-
lyzer function. The PASS/FAIL result of a template judgement is dis-
played on the screen.
(sold separately)
• Parameter setting
Analysis of PDC, PHS and NADC (IS-136) systems requires setting
of parameters for important measurement such as modulation accu-
racy at this screen. Changing the symbol rate also permits analysis
of systems other than PDC, PHS and NADC.
The constellation display is combined with the modulation accuracy
measurement results to monitor the residual vector error (rms) with
a high accuracy of 0.5 % (PDC).
• Transmitter power measurement
This screen displays the transmitter power and waveform.
The power value is calibrated by the built-in power meter to achieve
even higher accuracy power measurement.
A frequency table can be set up in spurious measurement to provide
a PASS/FAIL measurement result. Fifteen different frequencies and
their limit values can be entered.
MX860904A cdma2000® 1xEV-DO Measurement

Software (sold separately)
• BTS code domain analysis
Perform code domain analysis of forward link signals in approx. 2
seconds. Code domains of I/Q phase are displayed on the screen.
• Transmission power measurement
When transmission power is measured both the value and signal
waveform are displayed on the screen. High accuracy power mea-
surements are achieved using the built-in power meter function.
• Transmission timing measurement

This screen displays the PHS send timing. In addition, when average
measurement is selected, the send jitter is also displayed.
• Occupied bandwidth measurement
The occupied bandwidth is measured with a spectrum analyzer or by
FFT using DSP, and displayed.
MX860950A HSDPA Measurement Software (sold

separately)
• Modulation analysis (constellation)
Display pattern is selective from either constellation only or constel-
lation and code domain. Constellation of the code channel selected
on code domain screen is displayed.
• MS code domain analysis

Perform code domain analysis of reverse link signals in approx. 2
seconds. Code domains of I/Q phase are displayed on the screen.
• Parameter setup
This setup screen is for conditions necessary for HSDPA analysis,
such as modulation accuracy and code domain power measure-
ment. Measurement is performed with simple operations after para-
meter setup.
• Modulation analysis (vector error)
• Spurious close to the carrier measurement Display pattern is selective from either vector error only or vector er-
Spurious close to the carrier is measured using the spectrum ana- ror and code domain. Residual vector error (rms) is 1% (typ.), en-
lyzer function. The PASS/FAIL result of a template judgement is dis- abling high-accuracy measurement.
played on the screen.

• Code domain analysis • IQ level measurement
Code vs Slot can be displayed as well as normal code domain analy- Input voltage (rms value, p-p value) for IQ can be measured.
sis display. • Demodulation data display
Demodulation data display of multiple signals including 16QAM (10
frames max.) is available per code channel. Max. 10 frames of de-
modulation data can be outputted to a PC card.
• CCDF measurement
Display pattern is selective from either CCDF for instantaneous pow-
er and average power difference or APD. CCDF for 4 multi carriers
can be measured.
• Adjacent channel power measurement
When measurement is performed using a spectrum analyzer, the ad-
jacent channel power is measured after passage through a built-in fil-
ter (root Nyquist). A high-speed measurement method can also be
selected.
• Spurious measurement 4
There are three methods: spot, sweep and search.
Frequency and limit value can be set maximum 15 in the tables. The
measurement results are displayed with a limit evaluation.

(sold separately)
Refer to the individual catalogs for the software.
Specifications
• MS8609A
Frequency range 9 kHz to 13.2 GHz
Max. input level +20 dBm (100 mW), continuous average power, DC input: 0 Vdc
Power meter
50 Ω, VSWR: ≤1.3 (30 MHz to 3 GHz)
Input impedance
Except power meter
50 Ω, VSWR: ≤1.5 (input attenuator: ≥4 dB, ≤3 GHz) / ≤2.3 (input attenuator: ≥10 dB, >3 GHz)
Input connector N-type
Frequency: 10 MHz
Starting characteristics: ≤5 x 10 –8/day (after 10 minute warm-up, compared to frequency after 24 hour warm-up)
Reference oscillator
Aging rate: ≤2 x 10 –8/day, ≤1 x 10 –7/ year (compared to frequency after 24 hour warm-up)
Temperature characteristics: ±5 x 10 –8 (0˚ to 50˚C, compared to frequency at 25˚C)
Frequency range: 30 MHz to 3 GHz
Power meter Level range: –20 to +20 dBm
Measurement accuracy (after zero calibration): ±10%
Frequency setting
Setting range: 9 kHz to 13.2 GHz, Pre-selector range: 3.15 to 13.2 GHz (Band 1 and 2)
Frequency accuracy
Accuracy: ± (display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + span x span accuracy + resolution bandwidth x 0.15 +
10 x N Hz) ∗N: Mixer harmonic order
Normal marker: Same as display frequency accuracy
Delta marker: Same as span accuracy
Spectrum
Frequency Frequency span setting range: 0 Hz, 5 kHz to 13.2 GHz
analyzer
Span accuracy: ±1.0% (at single band sweep, number of data points: 1001)
RBW (resolution bandwidth)
Setting range: 300 Hz to 3 MHz (1-3 sequence), 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz (Band 0)
Accuracy: ±20% (300 Hz to 10 MHz), ±40% (20 MHz)
Selectivity (60 dB: 3 dB): ≤15:1
VBW (video bandwidth): 1 Hz to 3 MHz (1-3 sequence), off
Sideband noise: ≤–108 dBc/Hz (1 GHz, 10 kHz offset), ≤–120 dBc/Hz (1 GHz, 100 kHz offset)
Maximum input level
Continuous average power: +20 dBm, DC voltage: 0 V
Average noise level (RBW: 300 Hz, VBW: 1 Hz):
[Without Option 08]
≤–124 dBm + 1.5 x f [GHz] dB (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, Band 0)
≤–120 dBm + 1.5 x f [GHz] dB (2.5 to 3.2 GHz, Band 0)
≤–116 dBm (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, Band 1)
≤–107 dBm (7.7 to 13.2 GHz, Band 2)
[With Option 08]
≤–122 dBm + 1.8 x f [GHz] dB (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, Band 0)
≤–120 dBm + 1.8 x f [GHz] dB (2.5 to 3.2 GHz, Band 0)
≤–116 dBm (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, Band 1)
≤–107 dBm (7.7 to 13.2 GHz, Band 2)
Residual response: ≤–100 dBm (1 MHz to 3.2 GHz, Band 0), ≤–90 dBm (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, Band 1)
Reference level
Amplitude Setting range: –100 to +30 dBm
Accuracy:
±0.75 dB (+0.1 to 20 dBm), ±0.5 dB (–49.9 to 0 dBm), ±0.75 dB (–69.9 to –50 dBm), ±1.5 dB (–80 to –70 dBm)
∗After calibration, frequency: 50 MHz, span: 1 MHz (Input attenuator, RBW, VBW and sweep time are set to AUTO.)
Input attenuator: 0 to 62 dB (2 dB steps)
Frequency response:
±0.6 dB (9 kHz to 3.2 GHz, Band 0), ±1.5 dB (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, Band 1∗1), ±2.0 dB (7.7 to 13.2 GHz, Band 2∗1)
Log linearity:
±0.4 dB (0 to –20 dB, RBW: ≤1 kHz), ±1.0 dB (0 to –90 dB, RBW: ≤1 kHz)
2nd harmonic distortion:
≤–60 dBc (10 to 200 MHz), ≤–75 dBc (200 to 850 MHz, Band 0), ≤–70 dBc (0.85 to 1.6 GHz, Band 0),
≤–90 dBc (1.6 to 6.6 GHz, Band 1 and 2)
Two-tone 3rd order distortion:
≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–85 dBc (0.1 to 3.2 GHz), ≤–80 dBc (3.15 to 7.8 GHz), ≤–75 dBc (7.7 to 13.2 GHz)
∗Frequency difference of two signals: ≥50 kHz, mixer input: –30 dBm
1 dB gain compression: ≥0 dBm (≥100 MHz), ≥+3 dBm (≥500 MHz, Band 0), ≥–3 dBm (≥3150 MHz, Band 1 and 2)
Setting range: 10 ms to 1000 s (frequency axis sweep), 1 µs to 1000 s (time axis sweep)
Spectrum
Trigger switch: Free-run, triggered
analyzer
Trigger source: Wide IF video, Line, External (TTL level), External (±10 V)
Trigger delay
Pre-trigger range: –time span to 0 s
Sweep
Resolution: time span/500 or 100 ns whichever is larger.
Post trigger: 0 µs to 65.5 ms
Resolution: 100 ns (sweep time: ≤4.9 ms), 1 µs (sweep time: ≥5 ms)
Gate sweep mode
Gate delay range: 0 to 65.5 ms (resolution: 1 µs), Gate length range: 2 µs to 65.5 ms (resolution: 1 µs)
Number of data points: 501, 1001
Detection modes: Normal, Positive peak, Negative peak, Sample, Average, RMS (Option 04)
Display functions: Trace A, Trace B, Trace A/B, Trace A/BG, Trace A/Time
Storage functions: Normal, View, Max hold, Min hold, Average, Linear average, Cumulative, Overwrite
Markers
Signal search: Auto tune, Peak → CF, Peak → Ref, Scroll
Zone markers: Normal, Delta
Marker function: Marker → CF, Marker → Ref, Marker → CF step size, ∆ marker → Span, Zone → Span
Peak search: Peak, Next peak, Min dip, Next dip
Multi-marker: 10 max.
Measurements
—
—
Noise power: dBm/Hz, dBm/ch, dBµ√Hz
Functions
C/N: dBc/Hz, dBc/ch
Frequency counter
Resolution: 1 Hz, 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz
Measurement accuracy: ± (display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + 2 x N Hz + 1 LSB)
∗At S/N 20 dB or more and RBW 3 MHz or less, N: Mixer harmonic order
Occupied bandwidth: Power N% method, X-dB down method
Adjacent channel power
Reference measurement: Total power, reference level, in-band method
Display methods: Channel specified display (3 channels x 2), graphic display
Average power of burst signal: Average power within specified time range of time domain waveform
Template comparison measurement (time sweep): Upper limit x 2, lower limit x 2
Mask measurement (frequency sweep): Upper limit x 2, lower limit x 2
Display: Color TFT-LCD, VGA 6.5 type
Hard copy: Hard copy of screen via parallel interface (ESC/P compatible printer)
Memory card interface: ATA flash card (3.3/5V)
GPIB:
Others
Can be controlled from external controller (except power switch) when specified as device
Interface functions: SH1, AH1, T6, L4, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C0, E2
Parallel interface: Centronics printer I/F, D-sub 25-pin connector (female)
Video output: Analog RGB output, D-sub 15-pin connector (female)
Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 177 (H) x 411 (D) mm (except handle, feet, front cover and fan cover), ≤16 kg (nominal)
Power 100 to 120/200 to 240 Vac (–15/+10%, max. voltage: 250 V, automatic voltage selection), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤400 VA
Operating temperature
0˚ to 50˚C, ≤85% (no condensation)
and humidity
∗1: Reference frequency: 50 MHz, input attenuator: 10 dB, +18˚ to +28˚C

• MX860901B W-CDMA Measurement Software
Guaranteed specifications after Adjust Range and Power Calibration keys pressed
Frequency range: 50 MHz to 3 GHz, 50 MHz to 2.3 GHz (Option 08)
Input level: –60 to +20 dBm (average power, pre-amplifier: off), –80 to +10 dBm (average power, pre-amplifier: on ∗1)
Carrier frequency accuracy: ±(reference oscillator accuracy + 10 Hz)
∗Input level: ≥–30 dBm (pre-amplifier: off), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amplifier: on ∗1),1 code channel
Modulation accuracy (residual vector error): <2% (rms)
Modulation/frequency
measurement
∗Input level: ≥–30 dBm (pre-amplifier: off), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amplifier: on ∗1), 1 code channel
Origin offset accuracy: ±0.5 dB
∗Input level: ≥–30 dBm (pre-amplifier: off), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amplifier: on ∗1), 1 code channel, relative to signal with origin
offset of –30 dBc
Waveform display (for one-channel to multi-channel)
Constellation, eye pattern, vector error vs. chip, phase error vs. chip, amplitude error vs. chip, code vs. slot
Code domain power accuracy:
±0.1 dB (code power: ≥–10 dBc), ±0.3 dB (code power: ≥–25 dBc)
∗Input level: ≥–10 dBm (pre-amplifier: off), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amplifier: on ∗1) 4
Code domain error
Residual error: <–50 dB
Code domain analysis Accuracy: ±0.5 dB (error: relative to signal with origin offset of –30 dBc)
∗Input level: ≥–10 dBm (pre-amplifier: off); ≥–20 dBm (pre-amplifier: on ∗1), spread factor: 512 (down-link)/256 (up-link)
Display
Function: Code domain power, code domain error
Spread factor: 4 to 256 (up-link)/4 to 512 (down-link), spread factor auto detection function, SCH level measurement function,
I/Q separately at up-link
Code vs. slot measurement:
Measures code domain power per slot of specified code channel for Max.150 slots. (Supporting compressed mode in downlink)
Transmitter power measurement
Measurement range: –20 to +20 dBm (average power, pre-amplifier: off), –20 to +10 dBm
(average power, pre-amplifier: on ∗1) ∗Auto calibrated at internal power meter
Accuracy: ±0.4 dB
Amplitude measurement
Power measurement linearity:
±0.2 dB (0 to –40 dB) ∗Input level: ≥–10 dBm (pre-amplifier: off); ≥–20 dBm (pre-amplifier: on ∗1), after the range adjusted,
with the reference level setting unchanged
Filter selection function: Power measurement through RRC (α = 0.22) filter
Transmitter power control measurement function: Relative power display per slot for Max. 150 slots, NO/GO evaluation
RACH measurement function: Measures the time difference between preamble RACH signal and message RACH signal.
Occupied bandwidth
Measurement method
measurement
Sweep method: Displays result after signal measured with sweep spectrum analyzer
FFT method: Displays result after FFT
Frequency range: 50 MHz to 3 GHz, 50 MHz to 2.3 GHz (Option 08, 30)
Input level: –10 to +20 dBm (average power, pre-amplifier: off)
Measurement method
Sweep method (all): Calculates and displays result after signal measured with sweep spectrum analyzer
Sweep method (separate): Calculates and displays power after each adjacent channel measured with sweep spectrum analyzer
Filter method: Measures and displays power of adjacent channels after passing via built-in receiving filters (RRC: α = 0.22)
Adjacent channel
Measurement range
power measurement
Input level: ≥0 dBm (filter method, wide dynamic range mode)
Code channel (1 code): ≥55 dBc (5 MHz offset), ≥62 dBc (10 MHz offset)
Code channel (16 multi-code): ≥50 dBc (5 MHz offset), ≥60 dBc (10 MHz offset, without Option 08)
Input level: ≥–10 dBm (filter method, wide dynamic range mode)
Code channel (1 code): 55 dBc (5 MHz offset, typical), 62 dBc (10 MHz offset, typical)
Code channel (16 multi-code): 50 dBc (5 MHz offset, typical), 60 dBc (10 MHz offset, typical)
Measurement frequency: 9 kHz to 12.75 GHz (except within carrier frequency ±50 MHz)
Input level (transmitter power): 0 to +20 dBm (average power, pre-amplifier: off)
Measurement method
Sweep method:
Sweeps the specified range of frequency using the spectrum analyzer, and then detects and displays the peak value.
Calculates the rate for transmission power value and displays it as power rate. Waveform detection mode: average
Spot method:
Measures the specified frequency with time domain from the spectrum analyzer and then displays the average value.
Search method:
Spurious measurement Sweeps the specified frequency range using the spectrum analyzer to detect the peak value, then measures the frequency
using the time domain to display the average value. Calculates the rate for transmission power value and displays it as
power rate. Waveform detection mode: average
Measurement range∗2:
≥79 dB (RBW: 1 kHz, 9 to 150 kHz, Band 0)
≥79 dB (RBW: 10 kHz, 150 kHz to 30 MHz, Band 0)
≥79 dB (RBW: 100 kHz, 30 to 1000 MHz, Band 0)
≥76 –f [GHz] dB (RBW: 1 MHz, 1 to 3.15 GHz, Band 0)
≥76 dB (RBW: 1 MHz, 3.15 to 7.8 GHz, Band 1)
∗Carrier frequency: 1.8 to 2.2 GHz
Spectrum emission
Measures the signal under measurement with sweep spectrum analyzer and displays template evaluation result.
mask measurement
Demodulation display Outputs Max. 10 frames of despread data for specified code channel.
Frequency range: 50 MHz to 3 GHz, 50 MHz to 2.3 GHz (Option 08, 30)
Measurement level range:
–60 to +20 dBm (average power, pre-amplifier: off), +30 dBm (peak power, pre-amplifier: off)
–80 to +10 dBm (average power, pre-amplifier: on), +20 dBm (peak power, pre-amplifier: on)
CCDF measurement
Measurement method
CCDF: Cumulative distribution display of the power difference between instantaneous power and average power.
APD: Distribution display of the power difference between instantaneous power and average power.
Filter selection function: 20 MHz, 10 MHz, 5 MHz, 3 MHz, RRC: α = 0.22, RC: α = 0.22
Input: Balanced, unbalanced
Input impedance: 1 MΩ (parallel capacity: <100 pF), 50 Ω
Balanced input
Differential voltage: 0.1 to 1 V (p-p), In-phase voltage: ±2.5 V
Unbalanced input: 0.1 to 1 V (p-p), AC/DC switchable
Measurement items:
I/Q signal
Modulation accuracy, code domain power, amplitude, occupied bandwidth (FFT method), I/Q level
Residual vector error: <2% (rms) ∗Input level: ≥0.1 V (rms), DC coupling
I/Q level measurement: Measures and displays each I, Q input voltage (rms, p-p)
I/Q phase difference measurement:
When the CW signal is inputted to I and Q input terminals, measures and displays the phase difference between I- and
Q-phase signals.
∗1: Can be set when MS8609A-08 option is installed in the main unit.
∗2: When carrier frequency is in a 2030.354 to 2200 MHz range, spurious will be generated at the frequency below.
f (spurious) = f (input) – 2030.345 MHz
• MX860902A GSM Measurement Software

Frequency range: 50 MHz to 2.7 GHz
Input level:
–40 to +20 dBm (burst average power, pre-amplifier: off), –60 to +10 dBm (burst average power, pre-amplifier: on∗1)
Carrier frequency accuracy: ± (reference oscillator accuracy + 10 Hz)
Modulation/frequency ∗Input level (burst average power): ≥–30 dBm (pre-amplifier: off), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amplifier: on∗1)
measurement Residual phase error (GMSK modulation): <0.5 deg (rms), <2.0 deg (peak)
∗Input level (burst average power): ≥–30 dBm (pre-amplifier: off), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amplifier: on∗1)
Residual EVM (8PSK modulation): <1% (rms)
Waveform display:
Trellis (GMSK modulation), eye pattern, EVM vs. bit (8PSK modulation), phase vs. bit, amplitude vs. bit, I/Q diagram
Input level: –40 to +20 dBm (burst average power, pre-amplifier: off), –60 to +10 dBm (burst average power, pre-amplifier: on ∗1)
Transmitter power measurement (auto calibrated at internal power meter)
Measurement range: –10 to +20 dBm (burst average power), –10 to +10 dBm (burst average power, pre-amplifier: on ∗1)
Accuracy: ±0.4 dB
±0.2 dB (0 to –30 dBm) ∗Input level (burst average power): ≥–10 dBm (pre-amplifier: off); ≥–20 dBm (pre-amplifier: on ∗1),
without changing the reference level setting after range optimization
Amplitude measurement Carrier-off power measurement range
Input level (burst average power): ≥–10 dBm (pre-amplifier: off), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amplifier: on ∗1)
Normal mode: ≥60 dB (compared with burst average power)
Wide dynamic range mode: ≥80 dB (compared with 10 mW of burst average power)
∗Measurement limit is decided by average nose level (≤–70 dBm, 50 MHz to 2.7 GHz).
Rise/fall characteristics:
Display rising/falling edges while synchronizing to modulation data of signal data to be measured. Standard line display
possible (measured by 1 MHz bandwidth). NO/GO judgment function
Input level:
Output RF spectrum –10 to +20 dBm (burst average power, pre-amplifier: off), –20 to +10 dBm (burst average power, pre-amplifier: on∗1)
measurement Modulation portion measurement range: ≥60 dB (≥200 kHz offset), ≥68 dB (≥250 kHz offset)
∗CW signal, RBW: 30 kHz (<1.8 MHz offset), RBW: 100 kHz (≤1.8 MHz offset)
Transient portion measurement range: ≥63 dB (CW, ≥400 kHz offset)
Input level (transmitter power): 0 to +20 dBm (burst average power, pre-amplifier: off)
Measurement method
Sweep method:
Spot method:
Spurious measurement Search method:
Sweeps the specified frequency range using the spectrum analyzer to detect the peak value, then measures the frequency
using the time domain to display the average value. Calculates the rate for transmission power value and displays it as
power rate. Waveform detection mode: average
Measurement range:
≥72 dB (RBW: 10 kHz, 100 kHz to 50 MHz, Band 0)
≥66 –f [GHz] dB (RBW: 3 MHz, 0.5 to 3.15 GHz, Band 0, except harmonic frequency)
∗Carrier frequency: 0.8 to 1 GHz, 1.8 to 2 GHz

Balanced input
Measurement items: Modulation accuracy, I/Q level
Modulation accuracy
I/Q signal
Residual phase error: <0.5 deg (rms), DC coupling
Residual EVM: <1.0% (rms), DC coupling
∗Input level: ≥0.1 V (rms), 18˚ to 28˚C
Q-phase signals.
∗1: Can be set when MS8609A-08 option is installed in the main unit.
• MX860903A cdma Measurement Software 4

Following specifications are guaranteed after optimized internal level (Range of internal receiver is automatically adjusted by pushing Adjust
Range key).
Measurement frequency range: 50 MHz to 2.3 GHz
–40 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp off), –60 to +10 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp on∗1)
∗Input level: ≥–30 dBm (pre-amp off), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amp on∗1), at 1 code channel
Modulation accuracy (residual vector error): <2.0% (rms)
measurement
∗Input level: ≥–30 dBm (pre-amp off), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amp on∗1), at 1 code channel, relative to signal with origin offset of –30 dBc
Waveform display: Displays the following items for 1 CH to multi CH input signals; constellation, eye pattern, vector error vs. chip
number, phase error vs. chip number, amplitude error vs. chip number
Analysis signal:
Code domain analysis
Forward link (radio configuration 1 to 5), Reverse link (radio configuration 1 to 4),
Reverse link (radio configuration 3, 4) at long code mask: 0
Code domain power accuracy: ±0.1 dB (code power: ≥–10 dBc), ±0.3 dB (code power: ≥–25 dBc)
Display function: Code domain power, code domain timing offset, code domain phase offset
Tx power measurement: (after level calibration using built-in power meter, automatic operation by pushing key)
Measurement range:
Accuracy: ±0.40 dB
Power measurement linearity: ±0.20 dB (0 to –40 dB)
∗Input level: ≥+10 dBm (pre-amp off), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amp on∗1) , unchanged reference level setup after range adjustment
Burst analysis: Rising/falling characteristics and on/off ratio analysis function
Occupied bandwidth –40 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp off), –60 to +10 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp on∗1)
measurement Measurement method
Sweep method: Sweeps signal using spectrum analyzer and calculates result
FFT Method: Analyzes signal with FFT and calculates result
Input level range: –10 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp off)
Measurement method:
Calculates and displays the ratio of Tx power to the power measured by spectrum analyzer with sweep method
Spurious close carrier
Tx power measurement
to the measurement
Tx power method: Carrier power measured in 1.23 MHz bandwidth
SPA method: Carrier power measured in RBW: 3 MHz, VBW: 3 kHz, detection mode: sample, frequency span: 0 Hz
Measurement range: ± 50 dBc (900 kHz offset), ±60 dBc (1.98 MHz offset)
∗Input level (average power within burst): ≥0 dBm (pre-amp off), RBW: 30 kHz, VBW: 300 kHz, detection mode: positive
Measurement frequency range: 10 MHz to 12.75 GHz (except within ±50 MHz of carrier frequency)
Input level range (Tx power): +20 to +40 dBm (average power within burst)
Measurement method
Sweep method:
Sweeps specified frequency range using spectrum analyzer and calculates ratio of carrier power and peak value detected
during the sweep. Detection mode is average.
Spot method:
Measures average power of specified frequencies in time domain using spectrum
Analyzer and calculates ratio of carrier power and measured power of the frequencies.
Detection mode is average.
Search method:
Spurious measurement Sweeps specified frequency range using spectrum analyzer and detects frequency of peak spurious.
Measures average power of the detected frequencies in time domain using spectrum analyzer and calculates ratio of carrier
power and the measured power for the frequencies.
Detection mode is Average.
Tx power method: Carrier power measured in 1.23 bandwidth
Measurement range (typical)
79 dB (RBW: 10 kHz, 10 to 30 MHz, Band 0), 79 dB (RBW: 100 kHz, 30 to 1000 MHz, Band 0)
∗Carrier frequency: 800 to 1000 MHz/1.8 to 2.2 GHz, referential value of power ratio in Tx power∗2
Normal mode: 76 – f [GHz] dB (RBW: 1 MHz, 1 to 3.15 GHz, Band 0), 76 dB (RBW: 1 MHz, 3.15 to 7.8 GHz, Band 1)
Input impedance: 1 MΩ (parallel capacitance: <100 pF), 50 Ω
Balance input
Differential voltage: 0.1 to 1 Vp-p, In-phase voltage: ±2.5 V
Unbalance Input: 0.1 to 1 Vp-p
DC/AC coupling: Changeable
Electric performance Measurement items: Modulation accuracy, code domain power, amplitude, occupied bandwidth (FFT method), I/Q level
(I/Q input) Modulation accuracy measurement (residual vector error): <2% (rms) ∗DC coupling, input level: ≥0.1 V (rms)
I/Q level measurement: Measures input level of I and Q (rms, p-p)
Q-phase signals.
∗1: Can be set when MS8609A-08 option is installed in the main frame.
• MX860904A cdma2000® 1xEV-DO Measurement Software

Range key).
–40 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp off)
–60 to +10 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp on∗1)
Carrier frequency accuracy: ±(reference oscillator accuracy +10 Hz)
Modulation accuracy (residual vector error): <2.0% (rms)
measurement
∗Input level: ≥–30 dBm (pre-amp off), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amp on∗1), at 1 code channel, relative to signal with origin offset of –30 dBc
Waveform Display
Forward link
Displays the following items for each or entire domain of DATA, MAC and Pilot:
Constellation, Eye Pattern, Vector Error vs. Chip Number, Phase Error vs. Chip Number, Amplitude Error vs. Chip Number
Displays the symbol constellation of DATA domain
Reverse link
Displays the following items for 1CH to multi CH input signals: Constellation, Eye pattern, Vector Error vs. Chip Number, Phase
Error vs. Chip Number, Amplitude Error vs. Chip Number
Code domain power accuracy: ±0.1 dB (code power: ≥–10 dBc), ±0.3 dB (code power: ≥–25 dBc)
Input level: ≥–10 dBm (pre-amp off), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amp on∗1)
Analysis signal: Forward link, Reverse link
Display function
Forward link: Displays the code domain power for each DATA and MAC domain
Code domain power for DATA domain, Spread factor: IQ separate display for fixed 16 codes
Code domain power for MAC domain, Spread factor: IQ separate display for fixed 64 codes
Reverse link: Displays the code domain power for IQ separately, Detects the following channels
Tx power measurement: (after level calibration using built-in power meter, automatic operation by pushing key)
Amplitude Measurement range:
measurement –20 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp off)
Accuracy: ±0.40 dB
∗Input level: ≥0 dBm (pre-amp off), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amp on∗1) , unchanged reference level setup after range adjustment
Idle slot analysis: Rise/Fall characteristics and On/Off ratio analysis function are equipped.

Occupied bandwidth
measurement
Measurement method
Sweep method: Sweeps signal using spectrum analyzer and calculates result
FFT method: Analyzes signal with FFT and calculates result
Input level range: –10 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp off)
Measurement method:
Calculates and displays the ratio of Tx power to the power measured by spectrum analyzer with sweep method
Spurious close to the
carrier measurement
Measurement range: ≥50 dBc (900 kHz offset), ≥60 dBc (1.98 MHz offset)
∗Input level (average power within burst): ≥0 dBm (pre-amp off), RBW: 30 kHz, VBW: 3 kHz, detection mode: positive
Measurement frequency range: 10 MHz to 12.75 GHz (except within ±50 MHz of carrier frequency)
Input level range (Tx power): 0 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp off) 4
Measurement method
Sweep method:
Sweeps specified frequency range using spectrum analyzer and calculates ratio of carrier power and peak value detected
during the sweep. Detection mode is average.
Spot method:
Measures average power of specified frequencies in time domain using spectrum
Analyzer and calculates ratio of carrier power and measured power of the frequencies
Detection mode is average.
Search method:
Sweeps specified frequency range using spectrum analyzer and detects frequency of peak spurious. Measures average
Spurious measurement
power of the detected frequencies in time domain using spectrum analyzer and calculates ratio of carrier power and the
measured power for the frequencies. Detection mode is Average.
Measurement range (typical):
79 dB (RBW: 10 kHz, 10 to 30 MHz, Band 0)
79 dB (RBW: 100 kHz, 30 to 1000 MHz, Band 0)
∗Carrier frequency: 800 to 1000 MHz/1.8 to 2.2 GHz, reference value of power ratio in Tx power∗2
Normal mode:
76 – f [GHz] dB (RBW: 1 MHz, 1 to 3.15 GHz, Band 0)
76 dB (RBW: 1 MHz, 3.15 to 7.8 GHz, Band 1)
Frequency range: 50MHz to 3GHz, 50MHz to 2.3GHz (when Option MS8609A-08 or MS8609A-30 is installed)
Measurement level range
–60 to +20 dBm (average power), +30 dBm (peak power): Pre-amp off
–80 to +10 dBm (average power), +20 dBm (peak power): Pre-amp on∗1
CCDF measurement
Measurement method
CCDF: Displays the cumulative distribution of the power difference between instantaneous power and average power
APD: Displays the distribution of the power difference between instantaneous power and average power
Filter selection function: 20 MHz, 10 MHz, 5 MHz, 3 MHz, 1.23 MHz
Input impedance:1 MΩ (parallel capacitance: <100 pF), 50 Ω
Balance input
Differential voltage: 0.1 to 1 Vp-p, In-phase voltage: ±2.5 V
Unbalance input: 0.1 to 1 Vp-p
DC/AC coupling: Changeable
Electric performance
Measurement items: Modulation accuracy, code domain power, amplitude, occupied bandwidth (FFT method), I/Q level
(I/Q input)
Modulation accuracy measurement: (residual vector error): <2% (rms) ∗DC coupling, input level: ≥0.1 V (rms)
I/Q level measurement: Measures input level of I and Q (rms, p-p)
When the CW signal is inputted to I and Q input terminals, measures and displays the phase difference between I-phase and Q-
phase signals.
• MX860905A π/4DQPSK Measurement Software
Range key).
Measured frequency range: 50 MHz to 2.1 GHz
Measured level ranges:
–40 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp off∗1), –60 to +10 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp on∗1)
∗Input level (average power within burst): ≥–30 dBm (pre-amp off∗1), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amp on∗1)
Modulation accuracy (residual vector error)
PDC/NADC: <0.5% (rms), PHS: <0.7% (rms)
∗Input level: ≥–30 dBm (pre-amp off∗1), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amp on∗1), averaging: 10 times
measurement
∗Input level (average power within burst): ≥–30 dBm (pre-amp off∗1), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amp on∗1), relative to signal with origin
offset of –30 dBc
Transmission rate accuracy: ±1 ppm
∗Input level (average power within burst): ≥–30 dBm (pre-amp off∗1), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amp on∗1)
Symbol rate: 2 to 300 k symbol/s
Roll off ratio: 0.2 to 1.0
Analysis symbol: 48 to 1000 symbol
Waveform displays: Constellation, eye diagram, EVM vs. symbol No., phase error vs. symbol No., amplitude error vs. symbol No.
Measurement level ranges:
Transmitter power measurement∗1
Measurement ranges:
Accuracy: ±0.40 dB
∗Input level (average power within burst): ≥–10 dBm (pre-amp off∗1), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amp on∗1), without changing the
reference level setting after range optimization
Carrier-off power measurement∗3
Normal mode measurement range
PDC/NADC: ≥65 dB, PHS: ≥60 dB ∗Relative to average power within burst
Wide dynamic range mode measurement range
PDC/PHS: ≥90 dB (measurement limits of average noise level: ≤–80 dBm, 50 Hz to 2.1 GHz)
PHS: ≥80 dB (measurement limits of average noise level: ≤–70 dBm, 50 Hz to 2.1 GHz)
∗Average power within burst: 10 mW
Display rising/falling edges while synchronizing to modulation data of signal data to be measured.
Standard line display, NO/GO judgement function
Measured frequency range: 50 MHz to 2.1 GHz
Measured level ranges:
Occupied bandwidth –40 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp off∗1), –60 to +10 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp on∗1)
measurement Measurement methods
Sweep method: Calculates and displays result after signal measured with sweep spectrum analyzer
FFT method: Calculates and displays result after FFT
Input level range:
Measurement methods
Sweep method (separate):
Adjacent channel Calculates and displays after measuring adjacent channel and next adjacent channel signal with sweep spectrum analyzer
power measurement High-speed method:
Calculates and displays after measuring adjacent channel and next adjacent channel power (rms) through internal receive filter
Measurement range (CW signal input, at high-speed method)
PDC: ≥60 dB (50 kHz offset), ≥65 dB (100 kHz offset)
PHS: ≥60 dB (600 kHz offset), ≥60 dB (900 kHz offset)
NADC: ≥30 dB (30 kHz offset), ≥60 dB (60 kHz offset), ≥65 dB (90 kHz offset)
∗Adjacent channel power averaging ratio found from average power within burst and during burst on interval
Measured frequency range: 100 kHz to 7.8 GHz (except within carrier frequency ±50 MHz)
Input level range (transmitter power):
Measurement methods
Sweep method:
Spurious measurement Spot method:
Search method:
using the time domain to display the average value. Calculates the rate for transmission power value and displays it as power
rate.
Waveform detection mode: average

Input method: Balanced, unbalanced
Input level range
Balanced input
Differential voltage range: 0.1 to 1 Vp-p, In-phase voltage range: ±2.5 V (at input terminal)
Unbalanced input: 0.1 to 1 Vp-p (at input terminal, switchable DC/AC coupling)
Measurement items: modulation accuracy, amplitude, occupied bandwidth (FFT method), I/Q level
Electrical performance Modulation accuracy measurement
(I/Q input) Input level: ≥0.1 V (rms) ∗Temperature range: 10° to 28°C
Residual vector error
PDC/NADC: <0.5% (rms) ∗Typical, DC coupling
PHS: <0.7% (rms) ∗Typical, DC coupling
I/Q level measurement
Level measurement: Measurement and display each I, Q input voltage (rms, p-p)
Phase difference between I and Q phase signals when CW signal input to I and Q input terminals
∗2: After level calibration using internal power meter 4
∗3: Input level (average power within burst): ≥–10 dBm (pre-amp off∗1), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amp on∗1)
• MX860950A HSDPA Measurement Software

Range key).
Measurement frequency range: 50 MHz to 3 GHz, 50 MHz to 2.3 GHz (when MS8609A-08 is installed)
–60 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, pre-amp off∗1)
Carrier frequency accuracy:
± (reference oscillator accuracy ±10 Hz), at 1 code channel (Modulation methods: QPSK)
∗Input level: ≥–30 dBm (pre-amp off∗1), ≥–40 dBm (pre-amp on∗1)
Modulation accuracy
measurement
Residual vector error: <2.0%(rms), at 1 code channel (Modulation methods: QPSK)
Origin offset accuracy: ±0.5 dB, at 1 code channel (Modulation methods: QPSK)
For the signals with Origin Offset = –30 dBc
Waveform display
Displays the following items for 1CH to multi CH input signals: Constellation, Vector error, Phase error, Amplitude error
Measurement frequency range: 50 MHz to 3 GHz, 50 MHz to 2.3 GHz (When MS8609A-08 option is installed)
Code domain power
Input level: ≥–10 dBm (pre-amp off∗1), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amp on∗1)
Modulation methods: QPSK
Accuracy: ±0.1 dB (code power: ≥–10 dBc), ±0.3 dB (code power: ≥–25 dBc)
Code domain error
Input level: ≥–10 dBm (pre-amp off∗1), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amp on∗1)
Code domain analysis Modulation methods: QPSK
Spread factor: 512
Residual error: <–50 dB
Accuracy: ±0.5 dB (Error: –30 dBc)
Display function
Code domain power, code domain error display
Supporting SF: 4 to 512
SF auto-detect function is equipped.
SCH level measurement function is equipped.
Code vs. Slot measurement:
Code domain power is measured per slot (Max.150 slots) for the specified code channel. (supporting compressed mode)
Tx power measurement: After level calibration with built-in power meter (executed automatically by a key push)
Measurement range:
Accuracy: ±0.4 dB
Power measurement linearity: ±0.2 dB (0 to –40dB) unchanged reference level setup after range adjustment
Filter select function: Power value after passing RRC (α = 0.22) filter can be measured
CCDF measurement
Measurement methods
CCDF: Displays an accumulation distribution of a ratio between instantaneous power and average power
APD: Displays a distribution of a ratio between instantaneous power and average power
Filter select function: 20 MHz, 10 MHz, 5 MHz, 3 MHz, RRC: α = 0.22, RC: α = 0.22
Input methods: Balance, Unbalance
Input level range
Balance input
Differential voltage: 0.1 to 1.0 Vp-p, In-phase voltage: ≤±2.5 V (at input terminal)
Unbalance input: 0.1 to 1.0 Vp-p (at input terminal), DC/AC coupling: Changeable
Measurement items:
Electric performance Modulation accuracy, code domain power, amplitude, IQ level
(IQ input) Modulation accuracy measurement
Residual vector error: <2.0%(rms), typical 1.0%(rms)
Input level: ≥0.1 V(rms), DC coupling
IQ level measurement
Level measurement: Measures input level of I and Q (rms, p-p)
IQ phase difference measurement:
Q- phase signals.
• Option 01: Precision frequency reference

Frequency 10 MHz
Start-up characteristics ≤5 x 10–8/7 min. (with the frequency at 24 hours after the power is turned on referenced)
Aging rate ≤±5 x 10–10/day (with the frequency at 24 hours after the power is turned on referenced)
Temperature
≤±5 x 10–10 (with the frequency at 0 to 50˚C and 25˚C referenced)
characteristics
• Option 02: Narrow resolution bandwidths (FFT)

Setting range: 1 Hz to 1 kHz (1, 3 sequence)
Bandwidth accuracy: ±10% (RBW = 30, 300 Hz), ±10% Typical (RBW = 1, 3, 10, 100, 1 kHz)
Resolution bandwidth
RBW selectivity (60 dB: 3 dB): ≤5:1
RBW switching uncertainty: ±0.5 dB
Span setting Minimum setting span: 100 Hz
When RBW is 1 Hz, RF ATT is 0 dB, sample detection mode
≤–146.5 dBm + 1.5 x f [GHz] dB Typical (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, band 0)
Average noise level
≤–142.5 dBm + 1.5 x f [GHz] dB Typical (2.5 to 3.2 GHz, band 0)
display
≤–138.5 dBm Typical (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, band 1)
• Option 04: Digital resolution bandwidth

Setting range: 10 Hz to 1 MHz (1, 3 sequence)
Bandwidth accuracy: ±10% (RBW ≥100 Hz), ±10% Typical (RBW ≤30 Hz)
Bandwidth selectivity (60 dB: 3 dB): ≤5:1 (RBW ≥100 Hz), ≤5:1 Typical (RBW ≤30 Hz)
NORMAL, POSITIVE PEAK, NEGATIVE PEAK, SAMPLE, RMS
Detection mode
RMS: displays root-mean-square value of average power between sample points
Without Option 08, when RBW is 10 Hz, RF ATT is 0 dB, sample detection mode
≤–136.5 dBm + f [GHz] dB Typical (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, band 0)
≤–132.5 dBm + f [GHz] dB Typical (2.5 to 3.2 GHz, band 0)
Average noise level ≤–119.5 dBm Typical (7.7 to 13.2 GHz, band 2)
display With Option 08, when RBW is 10 Hz, RF ATT is 0 dB, sample detection mode
• Option 05: Rubidium reference oscillator

Frequency 10 MHz
Start-up characteristics ±1 x 10–9/7 min. (with frequency one hour after the power is turned on referenced)
Aging rate ±1 x 10–10/month (with frequency one hour after the power is turned on referenced)
Temperature
±1 x 10–9 (with frequency at 0 to 45˚C and 25˚C referenced)
characteristics
Accessories J1066 coaxial code 0.15 m (BNC211-LP4)

• Option 08: Pre-amplifier
Gain 20 dB typical
Noise figure 6.5 dB typical (input frequency: ≤2 GHz) ,12 dB (input frequency: >2 GHz)
Frequency range: 100 kHz to 3 GHz
Band
Frequency
0: 100 kHz to 3.0 GHz, 1–: 3.15 to 6.3 GHz, 1+: 6.2 to 7.8 GHz, 2+: 7.7 kHz to 13.2 GHz
∗The band, which can use with a pre-amplifier, is only band 0.
Level measurement: Average noise level to +10 dBm
Max. input level: +10 dBm
Average noise level: –137 dBm + 2.0 x f [GHz] dB (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, band 0)
∗At RBW 300 Hz, VBW 1 Hz, RF ATT 0 dB, and detection mode of SAMPLE
Reference level
Setting range
Log scale: –120 to +10 dBm, or equivalent level
Linear scale: 2.24 µV to 707 mV
Reference level accuracy: ±0.90 dB (–69.9 to +10 dBm), ±1.50 dB (–90 to –70 dBm)
∗After calibration, with 50 MHz referenced, 1 MHz span (RF ATT, RBW, VBW, and sweep time are set to AUTO) 4
RBW switching uncertainty: ±0.5 dB (300 Hz to 5 MHz), ±0.75 dB (10 MHz, 20 MHz)
Amplitude ∗After calibration, with RBW 3 kHz referenced
RF ATT switching uncertainty: ±0.5 dB (10 to 50 dB), ±1.0 dB (52 to 62 dB)
Frequency response: ±2.0 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz)
∗With 100 MHz referenced, when RF ATT is 10 to 50 dB, and temperature is 18˚ to 28˚C
Linearity of waveform display
Log scale (after calibration): ±0.5 dB (0 to –20 dB, RBW ≤1 kHz), ±1.0 dB (0 to –60 dB, RBW ≤1 kHz),
±1.5 dB (0 to –75 dB, RBW ≤1 kHz)
Linear scale (after calibration): ±5% (relative to reference level)
Spurious response: Two-tone 3rd order distortion: ≤–70 dBc (10 MHz to 3 GHz)
∗Frequency difference of two signals ≥50 kHz, at pre-amplifier input level∗1 of –55 dBm
1 dB gain compression: ≥–35 dBm (input frequency ≥100 MHz) ∗At pre-amplifier input level∗1
Input impedance: VSWR ≤2.5 typical
∗1: Pre-amplifier input level is shown by the following equation: Pre-amplifier input level = RF input level – RF ATT setting level
• Option 09: Ethernet interface

Function Control with external controller (except for power switch)
Connector 10BASE-T
• Option 30: LPF for 2 GHz band carrier cut

This is for suppression the distortion inside spectrum analyzer by the carrier wave (1.8 to 2 GHz) in W-CDMA low frequency
Function band spurious measurement.
∗Option 08 cannot be installed simultaneously.
Frequency range 9 kHz to 3.2 GHz (LPF: OFF), 9 kHz to 1.0 GHz (LPF: ON)
LPF attenuation
≤–20 dB, –30 dB typical, at 1.8 to 2.2 GHz
characteristics
[LPF: ON]
Average noise level
≤–122 dBm + 2.0 x f [GHz] dB (1 MHz to 1.0 GHz, band 0)
display
∗RBW: 300 Hz, VBW: 1 Hz, RF ATT: 0 dB
[LPF: ON]
Frequency response ±1.0 dB (9 kHz to 1.0 GHz, band 0 )
∗With 50 MHz referenced, when RF ATT is 10 dB, and temperature is 18˚ to 28˚C
• Option 31: Low noise floor

Function This is used to decrease the floor noise in frequency band 2+.
Average noise level
≤–112 dBm (7.7 to 13.2 GHz, band 2) ∗RBW: 300 Hz, VBW: 1 Hz, RF ATT: 0 dB
display
• Option 32: Maximum Input Level Extension

Function The measurement level range is extended changed to +26 dBm
Max. input level +30 dBm (1 W), continuous wave average power
Power meter function Level range: –14 to +26 dBm
Setting range
Log scale: –100 to +40 dBm or Equivalent level
Spectrum analyzer Linear scale: 22.4 µV to 22.4 V
amplitude Reference level accuracy:
±0.75 dB (+0.1 to +30 dBm), ±0.5 dB (–49.9 to 0 dBm), ±0.75 dB (–69.9 to –50 dBm), ±1.5 dB (–80 to –70 dBm)
∗After calibration, with frequency 50 MHz when span 1 MHz (RF ATT, RBW, VBW, and sweep time set to AUTO)
• Option 33: High accuracy power measurement
Power measurement accuracy is improved without using the internal power meter when MX860901A W-CDMA Measurement
Function
Software is used.
Frequency range 1848 to 2171 MHz (Except 1995 to 2105 MHz)
Transmission power
–50 dBm to +20 dBm (average power)
measurement range
Reference level –10 dBm to +20 dBm
Transmission ±0.4 dB
power accuracy ∗At reference input level, 25˚ ±3˚C, input ATT: AUTO, after calibration and except mismatch error
Power measurement ±0.2 dB (0 to –40 dB)
linearity ∗Input level: ≥–10 dBm, at range optimization and no change of reference level setting.
Temperature coefficient 0.015 dB/˚C
Accessories ATA flash memory card
Calibration interval Six months
• Option 46: Auto power recovery • Option 47: Rack mount (IEC)
Disables the power switch on the front panel and automatically Function Mounts the rack mount for IEC standard-compatible rack.
restores power after power failure. When mounted, the tilt handle (standard) is eliminated.
ON/OFF operation can be performed using the standby switch
Function on the rear panel.
∗Power switch on the front panel of this unit does not have a • Option 48: Rack mount (JIS)
latching function. Therefore, if power is interrupted in the ON
status, the standby status is kept even after power is restored. Mounts the rack mount for JIS standard-compatible rack.
Function
When mounted, the tilt handle (standard) is eliminated.
Main frame Optional accessories
MS8609A Digital Mobile Radio Transmitter Tester J0576D Coaxial cord (N-P · 5D-2W · N-P), 2 m
J0127C Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P), 0.5 m
Standard accessories J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m
Power cord, 2.6 m: 1 pc J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
J0996 RS-232C cable: 1 pc J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
JT32MA3-NT1 PC-ATA card (32 MB): 1 pc MA1612A Four-Point Junction Pad (5 to 3000 MHz)
F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A: 1 pc J0395 High-power fixed attenuator (30 dB, 30 W, DC to 9 GHz)
J0576B Coaxial cord (N-P · 5D-2W · N-P), 1 m: 1 pc B0472 High-power fixed attenuator (30 dB, 100 W, DC to 18 GHz)
MX268001A File Transfer Utility: 1 pc B0452A Hard carrying case (with casters)
W1709AE MS8608A/MS8609A operation manual (Vol. 1): 1 copy B0452B Hard carrying case (without casters)
W1744AE MS8608A/MS8609A operation manual (Vol. 2): 1 copy B0329G Front cover (3/4 MW4U)
W1745AE MS8608A/MS8609A operation manual (Vol. 3): 1 copy B0488 Rear panel protective pad
B0480 Tilt handle soft type
Options A3933 Circulator (1760 to 2115 MHz)
MS8609A-01 Precision frequency reference (aging rate: 5 x 10–10/day) H3930 Isolator (1760 to 2115 MHz)
MS8609A-02 Narrow resolution bandwidth (FFT)
MS8609A-04 Digital resolution bandwidth Maintenance service
MS8609A-05 Rubidium reference oscillator MS8609A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MS8609A-08 Pre-amplifier MS8609A-91 Extended five year warranty service
MS8609A-09 Ethernet interface
MS8609A-30 LPF for 2 GHz band carrier cut
MS8609A-31 Low noise floor
MS8609A-32 Maximum input level extension
MS8609A-33 High accuracy power measurement
MS8609A-46 Auto-power recovery
MS8609A-47 Rack mount without handle (JIS)
MS8609A-48 Rack mount without handle (IEC)
MU860920A Demodulation unit
Measurement software
(requires MU860920A)
MX860950A HSDPA Measurement Software
W1746AE MX860801A/B, MX860901A/B operation manual
W1795AE MX860802A/MX860902A operation manual

DIGITAL MOBILE RADIO TRANSMITTER TESTER GPIB
MS8608A
9 kHz to 7.8 GHz
Transmitter Tester for W-CDMA 3GPP Specification
The MS8608A is a transmitter tester equipped with an internal spec- MX860801B W-CDMA Measurement Software
trum analyzer, a modulation analyzer and a power meter. One tester • Parameter setup
covers the development to manufacturing of base stations, mobile The measurement parameters such as modulation accuracy and
stations and devices. code domain power, etc. are set on the screen shown below.
The spectrum analyzer has resolution bandwidths up to 20 MHz, Measurement are simply performed via a soft-key menu after setting
meaning that it can readily support measurement of a 2 Mbit/s (16 the measurement parameters.
Mcps) wide-band signal for IMT-2000.
The modulation analyzer realizes all Vector Signal Analysis (VSA)
functions through high-speed DSP processing.
The power sensor can perform highly accurate power measurements
of ±0.4 dB by using an amorphous power sensor.
Up to three dedicated measurement software options (such as W-
CDMA and GSM/EDGE) can be installed simultaneously.
Input signals can be selected from either RF or I/Q inputs. For I/Q
signals, balanced or unbalanced input can also be selected.
It is equipped with GPIB, RS-232C and 10 Base-T (optional) inter-
faces for remote measurement. High-speed GPIB data transmission
of 120 kbyte/s enables high-speed measurement on the manufactur-
ing line. The monitor uses an easy-to-see 6.5 type TFT color LCD.
Feature
• Broadband signal support (up to IMT-2000 2 Mbit/s)
• Base station code domain power
Only 3 seconds are required for measurement. Either automatic de-
tection of scrambling code from SCH, or specification of scrambling
code can be selected.
The modulation accuracy of base station and mobile equipment can
be measured and modulation analysis of multiple waveforms can be
performed. The residual EVM (rms) accuracy is high (1%, typical).
• Mobile terminal code domain power • Modulation accuracy measurement
Displays the code domain power measurement results of phase I The modulation accuracy is high. (The residual phase error of GMSK
and phase Q, separately. Either synchronization with DPCCH or modulation: rms, <0.5° and residual EVM of 8PSK modulation: rms,
specification of spreading factor and code can be selected. <1.0%)
• Transmitter power measurement
The screen displays the amplitude waveforms with horizontal axis a
symbol, vertical axis a level and the template simultaneously.
• I/Q level measurement

Measures and displays each I and Q input voltage (rms, p-p value).
dBmV or mV units are selectable.
• Spectrum analyzer function • Trellis display function
This analyzer has a wide dynamic range and various useful measure- The screen displays the trellis and the modulation accuracy result si-
ment functions. multaneously.
• Power meter function • Output RF spectrum measurement
The built-in power meter uses the amorphous power sensor and the The output RF spectrum measurement can be performed at high
measurement accuracy is very high (±0.4 dB). speed and simply.
Spurious measurement has three kinds of method: Sweep, Search,
and Spot. These can be selected depending on the usage.
• EDGE constellation display
The following screen represents constellation display of the 8PSK
modulation through Nyquist filter and Gaussian inverse correction filter.
• Demodulation data monitoring

After de-spreading, up to 10 frames of I/Q data can be evaluated with
external application software.

• Parameter setup
The measurement parameters such as GMSK modulation of GSM
and 8PSK modulation of EDGE are set on the screen.
Measurement are simply performed via a soft-key menu after setting
the measurement parameters.
Specifications
• MS8608A
Frequency range 9 kHz to 7.8 GHz, 9 kHz to 7.9 GHz (with option 35)
Max. input level High-power input: +40 dBm (10 W), Low-power input: +20 dBm (100 mW)
High-power input
50 Ω, VSWR: ≤1.2 (≤3 GHz)/≤1.3 (>3 GHz)
Input impedance Low-power input
Power meter: 50 Ω, VSWR: ≤1.3 (≤3 GHz)
Except power meter: 50 Ω, VSWR: ≤1.5 (≤3 GHz)/≤2.0 (>3 GHz) ∗Input attenuator: ≥4 dB
Input connector N-type (high-power input), SMA-type (low-power input), BNC-type (I/Q input)
Input impedance: 1MΩ (parallel capacitance: <100 pF), 50 Ω
I/Q input Balanced input
Differential Voltage: 0.1 to 1V(p-p), In-phase voltage ±2.5 V
Unbalanced input: 0.1 to 1V(p-p), AC/DC switchable

Frequency: 10 MHz
Starting characteristics: ≤5 x 10–8 (compared to frequency after 24 hour warm-up characteristics after 10 minute warm-up)
Aging rate: ≤2 x 10–8/day, ≤1 x 10–7/year (compared to frequency after 24 hour warm-up)
Temperature characteristics: ≤5 x 10–8 (0˚ to 50˚C, compared to frequency at 25˚C)
Power meter Level range: 0 to +40 dBm (high-power input), –20 to +20 dBm (low-power input)
Measurement accuracy (after zero calibration): ±10%
Frequency setting
Setting range: 9 kHz to 3.2 GHz (Band: 0), 3.15 to 7.8 GHz (Band: 1) ∗Setting resolution: 1 Hz
Pre-selector range: 3.15 to 7.8 GHz (Band: 1)
Frequency accuracy
Display accuracy: ± (display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + span x span accuracy + resolution bandwidth x 0.15 + 10 Hz)
Normal marker: Same as display frequency accuracy
Delta marker: Same as span accuracy
Frequency Frequency span setting range: 0 Hz, 5 kHz to 7.8 GHz
Span accuracy: ±1.0% (at single band sweep)
RBW (resolution bandwidth)
Setting range: 300 Hz to 3 MHz (1-3 sequence), 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz (Band 0) 4
Accuracy: ±20% (300 Hz to 10 MHz)
Selectivity (60 dB: 3 dB): ≤15:1
VBW (video bandwidth): 1 Hz to 3 MHz (1-3 sequence), off
Maximum input level
Continuous average power: +40 dBm (high-power input), +20 dBm (low-power input)
DC voltage: 0 V
Average noise level (at RBW: 300 Hz, VBW: 10 Hz):
[Without Option 08]
≤–104 dBm + 1.5 f [GHz] dB (high-power input, 1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, Band 0, input attenuator: 20 dB)
≤–100 dBm + 1.5 f [GHz] dB (high-power input, 2.5 to 3.2 GHz, Band 0, input attenuator: 20 dB)
[With Option 08]
≤–102 dBm + 1.8 f [GHz] dB (high-power input, 1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, Band 0, input attenuator: 20 dB)
Spectrum analyzer
[Without Option 08]

≤–124 dBm + 1.5 f [GHz] dB (low-power input, 1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, Band 0, input attenuator: 0 dB)
≤–120 dBm + 1.5 f [GHz] dB (low-power input, 2.5 to 3.2 GHz, Band 0, input attenuator: 0 dB)
[With Option 08]
≤–122 dBm + 1.8 [GHz] dB (low-power input, 1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, Band 0, input attenuator: 0 dB)
Residual response:
≤–80 dBm (high-power input, 1 MHz to 3.2 GHz, input attenuator: 20 dB)
Amplitude ≤–70 dBm (high-power input, 3.15 to 7.8 GHz, input attenuator: 20 dB)
≤–100 dBm (low-power input, 1 MHz to 3.2 GHz, input attenuator: 0 dB)
≤–90 dBm (low-power input, 3.15 to 7.8 GHz, input attenuator: 0 dB)
Reference level
Setting range: –80 to +50 dBm (high-power input), –100 to +30 dBm (low-power input)
Accuracy (high-power input, after calibration):
±0.5 dB (–29.9 to +20 dBm), ±0.75 dB (–49.9 to –30 dBm, +20.1 to +40 dBm), ±1.5 dB (–60 to –50 dBm)
Accuracy (low-power input, after calibration):
±0.5 dB (–49.9 to +0 dBm), ±0.75 dB (–69.9 to –50 dBm, +0.1 to +20 dBm), ±1.5 dB (–80 to –70 dBm)
∗Frequency: 50 MHz, span: 1 MHz (Input attenuator, RBW, VBW and sweep time are set to AUTO.)
RBW switching uncertainty: ±0.3 dB (300 Hz to 5 MHz, referenced to RBW: 3 kHz)
Input attenuator: 20 to 82 dB (high-power input), 0 to 62 dB (low-power input), 2 dB steps
Frequency response: ±0.6 dB (9 kHz to 3.2 GHz, Band 0), ±1.0 dB (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, Band 1)
∗Referenced to 50 MHz, input attenuator: 30 dB (high power input)/10 dB (low power input), 18˚ to 28˚C
Log linearity: ±0.5 dB (0 to –20 dB, RBW: ≤1 kHz), ±1.0 dB (0 to –90 dB, RBW: ≤1 kHz)
≤–60 dBc (10 to 200 MHz, Band 0, mixer input: –30 dBm)
≤–75 dBc (200 to 850 MHz, Band 0, mixer input: –30 dBm)
≤–70 dBc (0.85 to 1.6 GHz, Band 0, mixer input: –30 dBm)
≤–90 dBc (1.6 to 3.9 GHz, Band 1, mixer input: –10 dBm)
Two tone 3rd order intermodulation distortion: ≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–85 dBc (0.1 to 7.8 GHz)
1 dB gain compression: ≥0 dBm (≥100 MHz), ≥+3 dBm (≥500 MHz)
Setting range: 10 ms to 1000 s (frequency axis sweep), 1 µs to 1000 s (time axis sweep)
Trigger switch: Free-run, triggered
Trigger source: Wide IF video, video, external (TTL level), external (±10 V), line
Trigger delay
Pre-trigger range: –time span to 0 s
Sweep
Resolution: time span/500 or 100 ns whichever is lager.
Post trigger: 0 µs to 65.5 ms, Resolution: 100 ns (sweep time: ≤4.9 ms), 1 µs (sweep time: ≥5 ms)
Gate sweep mode
Gate delay range: 0 to 65.5 ms (resolution: 1 µs)
Gate length range: 2 µs to 65.5 ms (resolution: 1 µs)
Number of data points: 501
Detection modes: Normal, Positive peak, Negative peak, Sample, Average, rms (option 04)
Spectrum analyzer
Display functions: Trace A, Trace B, Trace A/B, Trace A/BG, Trace A/Time
Storage functions: Normal, View, Max hold, Min hold, Average, Cumulative, Overwrite
Markers
Signal search: Auto tune, Peak → CF, Peak → Ref, Scroll
Zone markers: Normal, Delta
Marker function: Marker → CF, Marker → Ref, Marker → CF step size, ∆ marker → Span, Zone → Span
Peak search: Peak, Next peak, Min dip, Next dip
Multi-marker: 10 max.
Functions
Measurements
—
—
Noise power: dBm/Hz, dBm/ch, dBµV/√Hz
C/N: dBc/Hz, dBc/CH
Occupied bandwidth: Power N% method, X-dB down method
Reference measurement: Total power, reference level, in-band method
Display methods: Channel specified display (3 channels x 2), graphic display
Average power of burst signal: Average power within specified time range of time domain waveform
Template comparison measurement (time sweep): Upper limit x 2, lower limit x 2
Mask measurement (frequency sweep): Upper limit x 2, lower limit x 2
Display: Color TFT-LCD, VGA 6.5 type
Hard copy: Hard copy of screen via parallel interface (ESC/P compatible printer)
Memory card interface: ATA Flash card (3.3/5 V)
GPIB:
Others
Can be controlled from external controller (except power switch) when specified as device
Parallel interface: Centronics printer I/F, D-sub 25-pin connector (female)
Video output: Analog RGB output, D-sub 15-pin connector (female)
Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 177 (H) x 411 (D) mm (except handle, feet, front cover and fan cover), ≤16 kg (nominal)
Power 100 to 120/200 to 240 Vac (–15%/+10%, max. voltage: 250 V, automatic voltage selection), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤400 VA
0˚ to 50˚C, ≤85% (no condensating)
and humidity
• MX860801B W-CDMA measurement software

Frequency range: 50 MHz to 3 GHz, 50 MHz to 2.3 GHz (with option 08)
Input level: –40 to +40 dBm (average power, high-power input), –60 to +20 dBm (average power, low-power input),
–80 to +10 dBm (average power, low-power input, pre-amplifier: on∗1)
∗Input level: ≥–10 dBm (high-power input), ≥–30 dBm (low-power input), ≥–40 dBm (low-power input, pre-amplifier: on∗1),
at 1 code channel
Modulation/frequency Modulation accuracy (residual EVM): <2% (rms)
measurement ∗Input level: ≥–10 dBm (high-power input), ≥–30 dBm (low-power input), ≥–40 dBm (low-power input, pre-amplifier: on∗1),
at 1 code channel
∗Input level: ≥–10 dBm (high-power input), ≥–30 dBm (low-power input), at 1 code channel, relative to signal with origin offset of
–30 dBc
Waveform display (for 1 CH to multi-channel)
Constellation display, EVM vs. chip, amplitude error vs. chip, phase error vs. chip
Code domain power measurement accuracy:
±0.1 dB (code power: ≥–10 dBc), ±0.3 dB (code power: ≥–25 dBc)
∗Input level: ≥+10 dBm (high-power input), ≥–10 dBm (low-power input), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amplifier: on∗1)
Code domain error measurement
Residual error: <–50 dB, Measurement accuracy: ±0.5 dB (at error of –30 dBc)
∗Input level: ≥+10 dBm (high-power input), ≥–10 dBm (low-power input), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amplifier: on∗1),
spread factor: 512 (down-link)/256 (up-link)
Display function: Code domain power, code domain error
Spread factor: 4 to 256 (up-link)/4 to 512 (down-link), I/Q separately displayed at up-link

Transmitter power measurement
Measurement range: 0 to +40 dBm (average power, high-power input), –20 to +20 dBm (average power, low-power input),
Amplitude –20 to + 10 dBm (average power, low-power input, pre-amplifier: on∗1)
measurement Accuracy: ±0.4 dB (calibrated at internal power meter)
∗Input level: ≥+10 dBm (high-power input), ≥–10 dBm (low-power input), ≥–20 dBm (pre-amplifier: on∗1) , after the range
adjusted, with the reference level setting unchanged
Filter selection function: Power measurement through RRC (α = 0.22) filter
Transmitter power control measurement function: Relative power per slot, NO/GO evaluation
Occupied bandwidth
measurement
Sweep mode: Displays result after signal measured with sweep spectrum analyzer
FFT mode: Displays result after FFT
Frequency range: 50 MHz to 3 GHz, 50 MHz to 2.3 GHz (with option 08) 4
Input level: +10 to +40 dBm (average power, high-power input), –10 to +20 dBm (average power, low-power input)
Sweep method (separate): Calculates and displays power after each adjacent channel measured with sweep spectrum analyzer
Filter method: Measures and displays power of adjacent channels after passing via built-in receiving filters (RRC: α = 0.22)
Measurement range
Adjacent channel Input level: +20 to +40 dBm (high-power input), 0 to +20 dBm (low-power input)
power measurement ≥55 dBc (5 MHz offset), ≥62 dBc (10 MHz offset)
∗Filter method, wide dynamic range mode, 1 code channel
≥50 dBc (5 MHz offset), ≥60 dBc (10 MHz offset) ∗At 16 multi-code channel
Input level: +10 to +40 dBm (high-power input), –10 to +20 dBm (low-power input)
55 dBc (5 MHz offset), 62 dBc (10 MHz offset)
∗Filter method, wide dynamic range mode, 1 code channel (typical)
50 dBc (5 MHz offset), 60 dBc (10 MHz offset) ∗At 16 multi-code channel (typical)
Input level (transmitter power):
+20 to +40 dBm (average power, high-power input), 0 to +20 dBm (average power, low-power input)
Measurement method
[Sweep method]
[Spot method]
Spurious [Search method]
measurement Sweeps the specified frequency range using the spectrum analyzer to detect the peak value, then measures the frequency
rate. Waveform detection mode: average
Measurement range∗2
[Carrier frequency: 1.8 to 2.2 GHz]
≥79 dB (RBW: 1 kHz, 9 to 150 kHz, Band 0), ≥79 dB (RBW: 10 kHz, 150 kHz to 30 MHz, Band 0),
[Normal mode]
≥76 –f [GHz] dB (RBW: 1 MHz, 1 to 3.15 GHz, Band 0), ≥76 dB (RBW: 1 MHz, 3.15 to 7.8 GHz, Band 1)
[Spurious mode (with option 03)]
Balanced input
Measurement items:
I/Q signal
Modulation accuracy, code domain power, amplitude, occupied bandwidth (FFT method), I/Q level
Residual vector error: <2% (rms) ∗Input level: ≥0.1 V (rms), DC coupling
Q-phase signals.
• MX860802A GSM measurement software

Input level:
–20 to +40 dBm (average power within burst, high-power input)
–40 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, low-power input)
–60 to +10 dBm (average power within burst, low-power input, pre-amplifier: on∗1)
±(reference oscillator accuracy + 10 Hz)
∗Input level (average power within burst: ≥–10 dBm (high-power input): ≥–30 dBm (low-power input),
measurement
≥–40 dBm (low-power input, pre-amplifier: on∗1)
Residual phase error (GMSK modulation):
<0.5˚ (rms), <2.0˚ (peak) ∗Input level (average power within burst): ≥–10 dBm (high-power input),
≥–30 dBm (low-power input), ≥–40 dBm (low-power input, pre-amplifier: on∗1)
Residual EVM (8PSK modulation): <1% (rms)
Waveform display:
Trellis (GMSK modulation), eye pattern, EVM vs. bit (8PSK modulation), phase vs. bit, amplitude vs. symbol, I/Q diagram
Input level:
–20 to +40 dBm (average power within burst, high-power input)
–60 to +10 dBm (average power within burst, , low-power input, pre-amplifier: on∗1)
Transmitter power measurement (auto calibrated at internal power meter)
Measurement range:
+10 to +40 dBm (average power within burst, high-power input)
Accuracy: ±0.4 dB
Amplitude ±0.2 dB (0 to –30 dBm) ∗Input level (average power within burst): +10 dBm (high-power input), ≥–10 dBm (low-power input ),
measurement ≥–20 dBm (low-power input, pre-amplifier: on∗1), without changing the reference level
setting after range optimization
Carrier-off power measurement range
[Input level (average power within burst)]
+10 dBm (high-power input), ≥–10 dBm (low-power input), ≥–20 dBm (low-power input, pre-amplifier: on∗1)
[Normal mode]
≥60 dB (compared with average power within burst)
[Wide dynamic range mode]
≥80 dB (high-power input: 1 W, compared with 10 mW of average power within burst, low-power input)
∗Measurement limit is decided by average nose level (≤50 dBm, 50 MHz to 2.7 GHz).
Display rising/falling edges while synchronizing to modulation data of signal data to be measured. Standard line display
possible (measured by 1 MHz bandwidth). NO/GO judgement function
Input level:
Output RF spectrum
measurement
Modulation portion measurement range:
≥60 dB (≥200 kHz offset), ≥68 dB (≥250 kHz offset)
∗CW signal, RBW: 30 kHz (<1.8 MHz offset), RBW: 100 kHz (≥1.8 MHz offset)
Transient portion measurement range: ≥63 dB (CW, ≥400 kHz offset)
Input level (transmitter power):
0 to +20 dBm (average power within burst, low-power input)
Measurement method
[Sweep method]
[Spot method]
Spurious
[Search method]
measurement
rate. Waveform detection mode: average
Measurement range
[Carrier frequency: 0.8 to 1 GHz, 1.8 to 2 GHz]
≥72 dB (RBW: 10 kHz, 100 kHz to 50 MHz, Band 0), ≥72 dB (RBW: 100 kHz, 50 to 500 MHz, Band 0)
[Normal mode]
≥66 –f [GHz] dB (RBW: 3 MHz, 0.5 to 3.15 GHz, Band 0, except harmonic frequency)
[Spurious mode (with option 03)]

Balanced input
Measurement items: Modulation accuracy, I/Q level
Modulation accuracy
I/Q signal
Residual phase error: <0.5˚ (rms), DC coupling
Residual EVM: <1.0% (rms), DC coupling
∗Input level: ≥0.1 V (rms), 18˚ to 28˚C
Q-phase signals.
Main frame
MS8608A Digital Mobile Radio Transmitter Tester
J0996B RS-232C cable: 1 pc
JT32MA3-NT1 PC-ATA card (32 MB): 1 pc
F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A: 1 pc
J0576B Coaxial cord (N-P · 5D-2W · N-P), 1 m: 1 pc
MX268001A File transfer utility: 1 pc
W1709AE MS8608A/8609A operation manual (Vol. 1): 1 copy
Options
MS8608A-01 Precision frequency reference
(aging rate: 5 x 10–10/day)
MS8608A-03 Extension of pre-selector lower limit (to 1.6 GHz)
MS8608A-04 Digital resolution bandwidth
MS8608A-05 Rubidium reference oscillator
MS8608A-08 Pre-amplifier (100 kHz to 3 GHz)
MS8608A-35 7.9 GHz frequency extension
MS8608A-46 Auto-power recovery
MS8608A-47 Rack mount without handle (IEC)
MS8608A-48 Rack mount without handle (JIS)
MU860820A RER/BLER Measurement Software
(requires MU860820A)
MX860850A HSDPA Measurement Software
W1746AE MX860801B/860901B operation manual
W1795AE MX860802A/860902A operation manual
J0576D Coaxial cord (N-P · 5D-2W · N-P), 2 m
J0127C Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P), 0.5 m
MA1612A Four-Way Junction Pad (5 to 3000 MHz)
J0395 High-power fixed attenuator (30 dB, 30 W, DC to 9 GHz)
B0472 High-power fixed attenuator (30 dB, 100 W, DC to 18 GHz)
B0452A Hard carrying case (with casters)
B0452B Hard carrying case (without casters)
B0329G Front cover (3/4MW4U)
B0488 Rear panel protective pad
B0480 Tilt handle soft type
A3933 Circulator (1760 to 2115 MHz)
H3930 Isolator (1760 to 2115 MHz)
Maintenance service
MS8608A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MS8608A-91 Extended five year warranty service
DIGITAL MOBILE RADIO TRANSMITTER TESTER PTA GPIB
MS8604A
100 Hz to 8.5 GHz
For Mobile Communications Systems Worldwide
Custom-made product
The MS8604A offers full test performance in a single unit capable of steps, synchronizing words) can be preset. In particular, synchronizing
evaluating the major characteristics of transmitters used in digital mo- words can be predefined to any value. Measurement can be performed
bile communication worldwide. Applicable systems are PDC, PHS, in either the single-measurement mode (one measurement performed
NADC, digital MCA, GSM, DCS1800 (PCN), CT2, DECT, WCPE, each time key pressed) or in the automatic continuous repeat mode.
PACS, RCR STD-39 and TETRA. In addition, the MS8604A has
GMSK and p/4 DQPSK universal analysis functions for analysis of the
GMSK and p/4 DQPSK modulation signal. It covers frequencies from
100 Hz to 8.5 GHz and measures spurious emissions over a broad fre-
quency range. It can also measure RF signals directly up to 10 W (av-
erage burst power), and baseband devices can be evaluated using its
I/Q signal input function (option). The MS8604A is ideal for high-speed
measurement of carrier frequency, modulation accuracy, antenna pow-
er, leakage power during carrier-off, transmission ramp-up and ramp-
down power, and occupied bandwidth (adjacent channel power, spuri-
ous emissions, and signal transmission rate)∗ of digital mobile trans-
mitters. In addition to measurements conforming to EIA/TIA, ETSI,
RCR, and MKK standards, DSP (digital signal processing) and high-
speed measurement functions based on a unique measurement algo-
rithm combine to greatly reduce the time required for manufacturing
and inspecting transmitters. PTA functions enabling free programming
of test procedures are provided as a standard feature.
∗: Measurement items depend on the measurement software. For details, refer
to the specifications. • Measurement of frequency, modulation accuracy
Frequency and modulation accuracy (vector error, phase error) can be
Features measured. The numerical display and modulation waveform (con-
• Major transmitter functions evaluated by a single system stellation etc.) are displayed simultaneously, providing an accurate
• Compatible with NADC, PDC, PHS, Digital MCA, GSM, DCS1800 visual representation of the modulation waveform.
(PCN), CT2, DECT, WCPE, PACS, RCR STD-39 TETRA systems,
and GMSK and π/4 DQPSK universal measurement (measurement
software can be installed as an option)
• High-speed measurement (under 1 second for modulation-accuracy
measurements)
• Input up to 10 W (internal 20 dB attenuator and power meter for
high power levels)
Measurement example
• Quick configuration for different communication systems
Optional measurement software can be installed in the MS8604A.
When these options are chosen, the communication system can be
selected by pressing a single key.
• One-touch selection of measurement items
Measurement items can be selected by pressing a single key. The in-
put connector (RF/IQ), maximum input power, and type of signal for
measurement (uplink/downlink, channel number/frequency, frequency

DIGITAL MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
• Direct measurement with broadband power sensor
The tester has a high-performance power meter comparable to the
Anritsu ML4803A. A broadband amorphous-element power sensor
is coupled directly for high-precision measurement.
• Internal calibration signal
An internal 1 mW calibration signal is provided for calibrating the
sensitivity of the power sensor automatically by pressing the CAL
ADJUST key.
• High-power measurements
Antenna power up to 10 W max (burst average power) can be mea-
sured directly using the internal high-power attenuator. This high-
power attenuator is pre-calibrated for accurate measurement of
transmitter power levels.
• Measurement of antenna power and leakage power during
carrier-off
At measurement of burst signal antenna power, the power-on inter- Wide dynamic range mode (PDC) 4
vals are auto-detected based on the modulated wave, so an external
synchronization trigger is not needed. In addition, the average pow- • Application software
er during power-on intervals is automatically matched to a template The application software extends the analysis function of the MS8604A
value, simplifying measurement automation. Any template can be by using PTA (Personal Test Automation) functions. The application
set, and three types can be stored. The leakage power during carri- software provides sophisticated analysis of digital modulation signals.
er-off can be measured as either an absolute value or as an on/off The MX3512A uses π/4 DQPSK analysis software. The MX3513A
ratio. When the carrier-off power is low, measurements can be per- uses M16QAM analysis software. The MX3518A/3519A/3520A are
formed in a wide-dynamic-range mode (during single-mode mea- adjacent channel power and spurious measurement software for
surements with synchronizing word). GSM, DCS1800 (PCM), DECT, and CT2 systems.
Applicable system Measurement software
(supplied by PMC)
PDC Option 11
PHS Option 12 MX3512A
NADC Option 13
Digital MCA Option 14 MX3513A
GSM
MX3518A
DCS1800 (PCN)
DECT Option 15 MX3519A
CT2 MX3520A
General-purpose GMSK –
WCPE
RCR STD-39
Normal mode (PDC) PACS
Option 16 –
TETRA
General-purpose
π/4 DQPSK
Specifications
• MS8604A
Frequency range 100 Hz to 8.5 GHz
Max. input level
+40 dBm (10 W)
(continuous wave average power)
Frequency: 10 MHz
General
Starting characteristics: ≤5 x 10–8/day (option: ≤2 x 10–8/day after 30 min. warm-up)

∗After 10 min. of warm-up, compared to the frequency after 24-hour warm-up
Reference oscillator Aging rate: ≤2 x 10–8/day (option: ≤5 x 10–9/day), ≤1 x 10–7/year (option: ≤5 x 10–8/year)
∗Compared to the frequency after 24-hour warm-up
Temperature characteristics: 5 x 10–8 (option: 3 x 10–8)
∗0° to 50°C, relative to the frequency at 25°C
Setting range: 100 Hz to 8.5 GHz (resolution: 1 Hz), 0 to 2 GHz (freq. band: 0), 1.7 to 7.5 GHz (freq. band: 1–),
6.5 to 8.5 GHz (freq. band: 1+)
Preselector range: 1.7 to 8.5 GHz (bands: 1–/1+)
Display accuracy: ± (display freq. x reference freq. accuracy + span x span accuracy)
Spectrum analyzer
Span
Setting range: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 8.5 GHz
Accuracy: ±2.5% (span ≥1 kHz), ±5% (100 Hz ≤span <1 kHz)
Frequency
RBW
Setting range: 10 Hz to 3 MHz (3 dB), 1-3 sequence
Accuracy: ±20%
Selectivity (60/3 dB); ≤15:1 (100 kHz to 3 MHz), ≤12:1 (10 Hz to 30 kHz)
VBW: 1 Hz to 3 MHz, off, 1-3 sequence
Signal purity (SSB, 1 MHz to 4 GHz):
≤–100 dBc/Hz (10 kHz offset), ≤–115 dBc/Hz (50 kHz offset), ≤–120 dBc/Hz (100 kHz offset)
Level measuring range: Average noise level to +40 dBm
Level measurement Average noise level: ≤–112 dBm (10 MHz to 8.5 GHz, RBW 10 Hz, VBW 1 Hz, input att. setting 20 dB)
Residual response: ≤–75 dBm (1 MHz to 8.5 GHz, input att. setting 20 dB)
Setting range: –80 to +40 dBm
Accuracy: ±0.5 dB (–30 to +20 dBm), ±0.75 dB (–40 to –30 dBm, +20 to +40 dBm), ±1.5 dB (–60 to –40 dBm)
∗After calibration and at freq. 100 MHz, span ≤2 MHz, and in auto mode for input att., RBW, VBW and
sweep time settings
Reference level RBW switching error (after calibration): ±0.3 dB (RBW: ≤300 kHz), ±0.7 dB (RBW: ≥1 MHz)
LOG/LIN switching error: ±0.3 dB (after calibration)
Input attenuator
Setting range: 20 to 75 dB in 5 dB steps
Switching error: ±0.3 dB (referred to input att. 30 dB, at 100 MHz)
±0.5 dB (100 MHz to 2 GHz, band: 0), ±1 dB (1.7 to 8.5 GHz, bands: 1–/1+)
Frequency response ∗Referred to at 100 MHz, input att. 30 dB, temperature 18° to 28°C (after tuning preselector at bands 1–/1+)
LOG: ±0.3 dB (0 to –20 dB, RBW: ≤1 MHz), ±1 dB (0 to –60 dB, RBW: ≤100 kHz),
Linearity
±1.5 dB (0 to –80 dB, RBW: ≤10 kHz)
(after calibration)
LIN: ±5% (to reference level)
2nd harmonics:
≤–70 dBc (5 to 800 MHz, band: 0, mixer input level: –30 dBm),
≤–80 dBc (800 to 850 MHz, band: 0, mixer input level: –30 dBm),
Dynamic range ≤–90 dBc (850 MHz to 2.1 GHz, bands: 1–, mixer input level: –10 dBm)
Two-signal third-order intermodulation distortion: ≤–70 dBc (10 to 50 MHz), ≤–85 dBc (50 MHz to 2.1 GHz)
∗Frequency difference between two signals ≥50 kHz, mixer input level: –30 dBm
Image response: ≤–70 dBc
Spectrum analyzer
Spurious
Multiple-response: ≤–70 dBc (bands: 1–/1+)
Sweep time
Amplitude Setting range: 20 ms to 1000 s (TRACE-FREQ., data points: NORMAL), 50 ms to 1000 s at other conditions
Accuracy: ±10% (20 ms to 200 s), ±15% (200 to 1000 s)
Sweep mode: CONTINUOUS, SINGLE
Trigger: FREE RUN, TRIGGERED
Sweep
Trigger source: VIDEO, LINE, EXT (±10 V), EXT (TTL)
Gate mode (OFF, random sweep mode)
GATE DELAY: 0 to 65.5 ms (in 1 µs steps)
GATE LENGTH: 20 µs to 65.5 ms (in 1 µs steps, GATE END: INT)
GATE END: INT/EXT
Sweep time: 50, 100 to 900 µs (data point: NORMAL, One most significant digit can be set.)
1 ms to 1000 s (data point: NORMAL, Two most significant digits can be set.)
100, 200 to 800 µs (data point: DOUBLE, One most significant digit can be set as even number.)
1 ms to 1000 s (data point: DOUBLE, Two most significant digits can be set as even number.)
Time domain
Delay time
waveform display
Pre-trigger: –time span to 0 s (in 1 point steps)
Post trigger: 0 to 65.5 ms (in 1 µs steps)
Amplitude display resolution: 50 µs to 49 ms, 10 bits (0.1% of full scale)
50 ms to 1000 s, 14 bits (0.01% of full scale)
Detection mode POS PEAK, SAMPLE, NEG PEAK
Number of points NORMAL: 501 points, DOUBLE: 1002 points
AM/FM demodulation Demodulated waveform display and monitoring demodulated audio signal with internal speaker
IF output 21.4 MHz: –10 dBm ±2 dB (at top of screen, with output terminated by 50 Ω terminator), BNC connector
Y output: 0 to 0.5 V ±0.1 V (at range between top and bottom of screen, LOG: 10 dB/div., LIN: 10%/div., 100 MHz
Auxiliary inputs/ and with output terminated by 75 Ω terminator), BNC connector
outputs External trigger input
Input 1: Max. ±10 V (in 0.1 V steps, rising/falling edges selectable and pulse width ≥10 µs), BNC connector
Input 2: TTL level (rising/falling edges selectable and pulse width ≥10 µs), BNC connector
Level range –20 to +20 dBm
Power meter
Instrumentation accuracy ±0.5%

Zero set ±0.5% of full scale at most sensitive range (100 µW range)
Zero shift between ranges ±0.2% of full scale zero setting at most sensitive range
Calibration oscillator Freq: 50 MHz, Output: 1.00 mW, Accuracy: ±1.2%
Applicable power sensor MA4601A

Display 640 x 400 dot, 9-inch EL
Reference input: 10 MHz ±10 Hz, 2 to 5 Vp-p, ≥50 Ω, BNC connector
Inputs/outputs on rear panel Reference buffer output: 10 MHz, 2 to 3 Vp-p (with the output terminated by 200 Ω terminator), BNC connector
Separate video output: Compatible with 8-pin DIN connector
External memory One slot for can be connected.
Save/recall Internal memory (4 sets of spectrum and Tx test conditions), can save/recall setting conditions at external memory (PMC)
Direct plotting Can hard-copy screen via GPIB 2
As device controlled by host, all functions except power switch
GPIB 1
Controls other instruments as controller using PTA
(IEEE 488.2)
Others
SH1, AH1, T6, L4, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C0 (C1, C2, C3 and C24 with PTA)
External GPIB 2 Controls other instruments as controller
control (IEEE 488.1) SH1, AH1, T6, L4, SR0, RL0, PP0, DC0, DT0, C1, C2, C3, C4, C28
Output port A/B: 8-bit (TTL level), Input/Output port C/D: 4-bit (TTL level), Exclusive port: 3-bit (TTL level)
I/O port
Control signal: 4 (TTL level), +5 V output: Max. 50 mA
RS-232C (Option 02) Controls other instruments as controller
4
Language PTL: High level language interpreter based on BASIC
Programming Using external keyboard
PTA On PMC or FD
Program memory
Upload/download from/to PC
Programming capacity 900 KB
Power 85 to 132/170 to 250 Vac, 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤500 VA
• Option 11: Measurement software (for PDC)

The following specifications are guaranteed if the internal level is optimized using the auto range of the MS8604A calibration function.
–10 to +40 dBm (average power of burst signal)
Input level ∗When using the low power input connector, measurement to levels 20 dB lower than the above values
is possible.
Frequency accuracy ± (accuracy of reference oscillator +1 Hz)
Modulation/ Modulation accuracy ± (2% of indicated value +0.5%)
frequency
Origin offset accuracy ±0.5 dB to signal level of –30 dBc
measurement
Transmission rate accuracy ±1 ppm
Measuring range of
42 kbps ±100 ppm
transmission rate
Waveform display Constellation display
Measurement time ≤1 s(except transmission rate measurement), ≤3 s(transmission rate measurement)
Frequency range 10 MHz to 2.1 GHz
Input level range +10 to +40 dBm (average power of burst signal)
Transmission power accuracy ±10% (using high power input after calibration with MA4601A Power Sensor)
Measurement range in Normal mode: ≥65 dB (to average power of burst signal)
Amplitude Average noise level in Wide dynamic range mode: ≤–60 dBm (100 MHz ≤frequency ≤2.1 GHz)
Carrier-off power
measurement ∗Measurement range is ≥95 dB for 3 W input level of average power of burst signal.
Rise/fall edge characteristic Display rising/falling edges while synchronizing with modulation characteristics data of measured signal
Measurement time ≤1 s
Impedance 50 Ω (VSWR: ≤1.2)
Occupied Measurement: Displays results of occupied bandwidth measurement after measuring signal with spectrum
bandwidth Standard mode
analyzer
measurement (spectrum analyzer mode)
Measurement time: Approx. 12 s in full rate when number of data points set to Normal
Measurement: Displays results of occupied bandwidth measurement after FFT of measured signal
High-speed mode
Measurement time: ≤1 s
Standard mode: Displays results of leakage power of adjacent channel measurement after measuring signal
with spectrum analyzer; measurement time: approx. 13 s when number of data points set to
Adjacent Measurement Normal-All
channel power High-speed mode: Displays results of leakage power of adjacent channel measured after passing signal through
internal root-Nyquist filter; measurement time: ≤1.5 s
Standard mode: ≥60 dB (50 kHz offset), ≥65 dB (100 kHz offset)
Measurement range High-speed mode: ≥60 dB (50 kHz offset), ≥65 dB (100 kHz offset)
∗Ratio of average power of burst signal to average value of leakage power of adjacent channel at burst-on time
Frequency range 10 MHz to 8.5 GHz (except frequency range ±1 MHz of carrier frequency)
Input level range
Spurious +10 to +40 dBm (average power of burst signal)
(transmission power)
measurement
≥65 dB (10 MHz to 1.7 GHz), ≥75 dB (1.7 to 8.5 GHz)
Measurement range ∗At carrier frequency range 800 MHz to 1.7 GHz
Input level range: 0.3 to 1.5 Vp-p
I/Q input (Option 03) Input impedance: 5 kΩ, AC/DC coupling (switchable)
Measurement items: Modulation, amplitude, occupied bandwidth
• Option 12: Measurement software (for PHS)

Input level ∗When using the low power input connector, measurement to levels 20 dB lower than the above values
is possible.
frequency
measurement
Measuring range of
384 kbps ±100 ppm
transmission rate
Measurement time ≤1 s (except transmission rate measurement), ≤2 s (transmission rate measurement)
Transmission power accuracy ±10% (using high power input after calibration with MA4601A Power Sensor)
Carrier-off power
measurement ∗Measurement range is ≥69 dB for 80 mW input level of average power of burst signal.
Rise/fall edge characteristics Display rising/falling edges while synchronizing with modulation data of measured signal
Occupied
bandwidth Standard mode Measurement: Displays results of occupied bandwidth measurement after measuring signal with spectrum analyzer
measurement (spectrum analyzer mode) Measurement time: Approx. 4 s when number of data points of spectrum analyzer set to Normal
High-speed mode
Standard mode: Displays results of leakage power of adjacent channel measurement after measuring signal with
Adjacent spectrum analyzer; measurement time: approx. 5 s when number of data points set to Normal-All
Measurement
channel power High-speed mode: Displays results of leakage power of adjacent channel measured after passing signal through
internal root-Nyquist filter; measurement time: ≤1.5 s
Standard mode: ≥60 dB (600 kHz offset), ≥60 dB (900 kHz offset)
Measurement range High-speed mode: ≥60 dB (600 kHz offset), ≥60 dB (900 kHz offset)
∗Ratio of average power of burst signal to average value of leakage power of adjacent channel at burst-on time
Spurious Input level range
+10 to +40 dBm (average power of burst signal)
measurement (transmission power)
Measurement range ≥60 dB (10 MHz to 1.7 GHz), ≥70 dB (1.7 to 8.5 GHz) ∗At carrier frequency range 800 MHz to 2 GHz

• Option 13: Measurement software (for NADC)
The following specifications are guaranteed optimizing the internal level using the auto range of the MS8604A calibration function.
–10 to +40 dBm (burst average power)
Input level ∗When using the low power-input connector, measurement to levels 20 dB lower than the above values
is possible.
frequency
measurement
Measuring range of
48.6 kbps ±100 ppm
transmission rate
4
Transmission power accuracy ±10% (using high-power input after calibration with MA4601A Power Sensor)
Carrier-off power
measurement ∗Measurement range is ≥96 dB for +36 dBm input level of average power of burst signal.
Rise/fall edge characteristics Display rising/falling edges while synchronizing with modulation data of measured signal
Occupied
bandwidth Standard mode Measurement: Displays results of occupied bandwidth measurement after measuring signal with spectrum analyzer
measurement (spectrum analyzer mode) Measurement time: Approx. 12 s in full rate when number of data points set to Normal
High-speed mode
Standard mode: Displays results of leakage power of adjacent channel measurement after measuring signal with
Adjacent spectrum analyzer; measurement time: approx. 13 s when number of data points set to Normal-All
channel power Measurement
High-speed mode: Displays results of leakage power of adjacent channel measured after passing signal through
internal root-Nyquist filter; measurement time: ≤2 s
High-speed mode: ≥30 dB (30 kHz offset), ≥60 dB (60 kHz offset), ≥65 dB (90 kHz offset)
Measurement range ∗Ratio of average power of burst signal to average value of leakage power of adjacent channel at burst-on time
+10 to +40 dBm (average power of burst signal)
Measurement range ≥65 dB(10 MHz to 1.7 GHz), ≥75 dB (1.7 to 8.5 GHz) ∗At carrier frequency range 800 MHz to 1.7 GHz
• Option 14: Digital MCA measurement software (for Digital MCA)

Maximum input level 10 W (average power), 50 W (peak power: ≤1 ms)
Input level range ∗When using the low power input connector, measurement to levels 20 dB lower than the above is possible.
Carrier frequency
Modulation/ Accuracy: ± (accuracy of reference oscillator +5 Hz)
(phase trace method)
frequency
measurement Modulation accuracy Accuracy: ±3% (normal slot), ±4% (sub slot)
Transmission rate Range: ±100 ppm, Accuracy: ±2 ppm (normal slot)
Antenna power measurement Accuracy: ±10% (using high power input connector after calibration with MA4601A Power Sensor)
Measurement range in Normal mode: ≤55 dB
Leakage power at carrier-off
measurement Displays amplitude waveform while synchronizing with modulation data (synchronous symbol) of
Amplitude waveform display measured signal
Display time: 108 ms (displays frame), 18 ms (displays slot), 3.6 ms (displays rising/falling)
Impedance 50 Ω, VSWR: ≤1.2
Occupied
frequency Standard mode:
bandwidth Displays results of occupied bandwidth measurement after measuring signal with spectrum analyzer;
measurement Measurement method measurement time: approx. 50 s
High speed mode:
Displays results of occupied bandwidth measurement after FFT of measured signal; measurement time: ≤1 s
Input level range +10 to +40 dBm
Standard mode:
Displays results of leakage power of adjacent channel measurement after measuring signal with
Adjacent spectrum analyzer; measurement time: approx. 50 s
channel power Measurement method
High speed mode:
Displays results of leakage power of adjacent channel measurement after measuring signal passed
through internal filter (bandwidth: 18 kHz); measurement time: ≤2 s
High-speed mode: Ratio of average power of burst signal to value of leakage power of adjacent channel at
Measurement range
burst-on time ≤58 dB (standard mode, high speed mode)
+10 to +40 dBm (burst average power)
Measurement range ≤65 dB (10 MHz to 1.7 GHz), ≤75 dB (1.7 to 8.5 GHz) ∗For carrier frequency range 850 MHz to 1.7 GHz
• Option 15: Measurement software (for GMSK)

Maximum input level +40 dBm
Frequency 10 MHz to 3 GHz
Input level –10 to +40 dBm (high power input), –30 to +20 dBm (low power input)
Bit rate: 100 bps to 1.25 Mbps (resolution: 0.1 bps)
BT: 0.2 to 1.0 (bit rate: 100 bps to 160 kbps), 0.2 to 0.5 (bit rate: 160 kbps to 1.25 Mbps)
Analysis bit number: 50 to 1000 bits
Setting
Frame length:
Analysis bit number – 4000 bits (continuous signal), (analysis bit number x 2) – 4000 bits (burst signal)
Measurement signal: Continuous signal, burst signal
Modulation/frequency measure- Measurement item: Carrier frequency, phase error
General GMSK ment (phase trace method) Waveform display: Eye pattern, trellis, phase error vs. bit number, amplitude error vs. bit number, I/Q diagram
Measurement item: Transmission power (average power of burst signal)
Waveform: Displays amplitude waveform while synchronizing with modulation data (rise/fall, slot, and frame
changeable)
Impedance: 50 Ω, VSWR: ≤1.2 (high power input connector)
Measurement item: Maximum frequency deviation
FM deviation measurement Waveform: FM demodulation waveform (continuous demodulation or eye pattern changeable),
display range = standard frequency deviation x 2
Occupied bandwidth
Displays results of occupied bandwidth measurement (99%) after FFT of measurement signal
measurement
Frequency: 10 MHz to 2.1 GHz
Input level: –10 to +40 dBm (high power input), –30 to +20 dBm (low power input)
Carrier frequency measurement accuracy: ±(reference oscillator accuracy +10 Hz)
measurement (phase trace
Phase error measurement (residual phase error): ≤0.5° rms, ≤2° peak
method)
Waveform display: Eye pattern, trellis, phase error vs. bit number, amplitude error vs. bit number, I/Q diagram
Measurement time: ≤1 s (measured at mobile station), ≤1 s (measured at base station)
Input level: +10 to +40 dBm (high power input), –10 to +20 dBm (low power input)
Transmission power measurement accuracy: ±0.4 dB (±10%)
∗After calibration using MA4601A Power Sensor, at high power input connector; linearity: +0.3 dB
GSM, (at 0 to –30 dB)
DCS1800 Amplitude measurement Leakage power during carrier-off
(PCN) Measurement range in Normal mode: ≥55 dB (ratio between transmission power and average noise level)
Average noise level in Wide dynamic range mode: ≤–50 dBm (100 MHz ≤frequency ≤2.1 GHz,
at high power input)
Waveform: Displays amplitude waveform while synchronizing with modulation data
Measurement time: ≤1 s (measured at mobile station), ≤2 s (measured at base station)
FM deviation measurement Same as general GMSK measurement
Occupied bandwidth
Same as general GMSK measurement
measurement
Output RF spectrum Available, combined with the MX3518A
Spurious emissions Available, combined with the MX3518A

Modulation/frequency measure-
ment (phase trace method)
∗After calibration using MA4601A Power Sensor, at high power input connector; input level: ≥+15 dBm
Leakage power during carrier-off
Measurement range in Normal mode: ≥50 dB (ratio between transmission power and average noise level)
Average noise level in Wide dynamic range mode: ≤–45 dBm (100 MHz ≤frequency ≤2.1 GHz, at high
power input)
Measurement time: ≤2 s (except for double slot measurement)
DECT Frequency: 10 MHz to 2.1 GHz
Maximum frequency deviation: Measurement of section specified by marker
FM deviation measurement Residual FM: ≤±5 kHz peak
Average frequency measurement: Measurement of section specified by marker
Waveform: FM demodulation waveform (continuous demodulation or eye pattern changeable) 4
Measurement time: ≤2 s (except for double slot measurement)
Occupied bandwidth
Measurement
Emissions due to modulation Available, combined with the MX3519A
Emissions due to transmitter
Available, combined with the MX9516A
transients
Modulation/frequency measure-
ment (phase trace method)
∗After calibration using MA4601A Power Sensor, at high power input connector
power input)
Measurement time: ≤1 s (except for multiplex-3 measurement)
CT2 Frequency: 10 MHz to 2.1 GHz

Maximum frequency deviation: Measurement of section specified by marker
FM deviation measurement Residual FM: ≤±200 Hz peak (10 MHz ≤frequency ≤2.1 GHz)
Average frequency measurement: Measurement of section specified by marker
Waveform: FM demodulation waveform (continuous demodulation or eye pattern changeable)
Measurement time: ≤1 s (except for multiplex-3 measurement)
Occupied bandwidth
measurement
Adjacent channel power Available, combined with the MX3520A
Out of band power arising from
Available, combined with the MX3520A
transmitter transients
• Option 16: Measurement software (for π/4 DQPSK)

Maximum input level +40 dBm
Frequency 10 MHz to 4 GHz
Input level –10 to +40 dBm (high power input), –30 to +20 dBm (low power input)
Symbol rate: 1 to 600 k symbol/s (2 to 1200 kb/s), setting resolution: 0.1 symbol/s
α (roll-off factor): 0.2 to 1.0 (symbol rate: 1 to 320 k symbol/s), 0.2 to 0.5 (symbol rate: 320 to 600 k symbol/s),
setting resolution: 0.01
Setting Number of analysis symbols: 48 to 1000 symbols
Frame length: Number of analysis symbols — 5800 symbols (continuous signal),
(number of analysis symbols x 2) — 5800 symbols (burst signal)
General- Measurement signal: Continuous signal, burst signal
purpose
π/4 DQPSK Modulation/frequency Measurement item: Carrier frequency, modulation accuracy
measurement (phase trace Waveform: Displays constellation, eye pattern, vectors error vs. symbol number, phase error vs. symbol
method) number, amplitude error vs. symbol number
Measurement item: Transmission power (average power of burst signal)
Waveform: Displays amplitude waveform while synchronizing with modulation data (rise/fall, slot, and
frame changeable)
Impedance: 50 Ω, VSWR; ≤1.2 (high power input connector)
Occupied bandwidth
Displays results of occupied bandwidth measurement (99%) after FFT of measurement signal
measurement
Input level: 0 to +40 dBm (high power input), –20 to +20 dBm (low power input)
Modulation/frequency Carrier frequency measurement accuracy: ±(reference oscillator accuracy +10 Hz)
measurement (phase trace Modulation accuracy (residual vector error): ≤1%rms, ≤3%peak
method) Waveform: Displays constellation, eye pattern, vectors error vs. symbol number, phase error vs. symbol number,
amplitude error vs. symbol number
WCPE Transmission power measurement accuracy: ±0.4 dB (±10%)
power input)
Occupied bandwidth
Same as general-purpose π/4 DQPSK measurement
measurement
Frequency: 400 kHz to 2.1 GHz
measurement (phase trace Modulation accuracy (residual vector error): ≤0.5%rms, ≤2%peak
RCR STD-39
(π/4 DQPSK Frequency: 10 MHz to 2.1 GHz
digital mobile Input level: +10 to +40 dBm (high power input), –10 to +20 dBm (low power input)
communication Transmission power measurement accuracy: ±0.4 dB (±10%)
system for
public works) Leakage power during carrier-off
power input)
Occupied bandwidth
measurement
measurement (phase trace Modulation accuracy (residual vector error): ≤1%rms, ≤3%peak
PACS Transmission power measurement accuracy: ±0.4 dB (±10%)
Amplitude measurement Measurement range in Normal mode: ≥55 dB (ratio between transmission power and average noise level)
power input)
Waveform: Displays amplitude waveform while synchronizing with modulation data and CRC data (mobile
station measurement)
Occupied bandwidth
measurement
Frequency: 400 kHz to 2.1 GHz
Carrier frequency measurement accuracy:±(reference oscillator accuracy +1 Hz)
Modulation accuracy (residual vector error):
measurement (phase trace
≤0.5%rms/≤2%peak (symbol time), ≤0.7%rms/≤3%peak (1/2 symbol time)
method)
Waveform: Displays constellation, eye pattern, vectors error vs. symbol number, phase error vs. symbol number,
TETRA Input level: +10 to +40 dBm (high power input), –10 to +20 dBm (low power input)
power input)
Occupied bandwidth
measurement

Main frame
J0114A Coaxial cord
(UG-21D/U · RG-9A/U · UG-21D/U), 1 m: 1 pc
P0005 PMC (32 KB): 1 pc
MA4601A Power Sensor: 1 pc
J0370N Power sensor connector cable, 0.5 m: 1 pc
F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A: 2 pcs
W0682AE MS8604A operation manual: 1 copy
MS8604A-01
Options
Reference quartz oscillator (aging rate: ≤5 x 10–9/day)
4
MS8604A-02 RS-232C interface (for external control)
MS8604A-03 I/Q input
MS8604A-11 Measurement software Ver. 3
(PDC, added to the MS8604A firmware at the factory)
(PHS, added to the MS8604A firmware at the factory)
(NADC, added to the MS8604A firmware at the factory)
(Digital MCA, added to the MS8604A firmware at the
factory)
(GMSK, added to the MS8604A firmware at the factory)
MS8604A-16 Measurement software
(π/4 DQPSK, added to the MS8604A firmware at the
factory)
W0722AE Measurement software operation manual
(supplied with Option 14)
Application software (supplied with PMC)

MX3512A π/4 DQPSK Analysis Software (for MS8604A-11/12/13)
MX3513A Digital MCA Analysis Software (for MS8604A-14)
MX3518A GSM Application Software (for MS8604A-15)
MX3519A DECT Application Software (for MS8604A-15)
MX3520A CT2 Application Software (for MS8604A-15)
Peripheral equipments and parts

MC3305A JIS Type PTA Keyboard
MC3306A ASCII Type PTA Keyboard
P0006 PMC, 64 KB
P0007 PMC, 128 KB
P0008 PMC, 256 KB
P0009 PMC, 512 KB
MA4001A Range Calibrator
MP59B 50 Ω Coaxial Switch (DC to 3 GHz, 50 Ω)
MP640A Branch (DC to 1.7 GHz, 40 dB)
MP654A Directional Coupler (0.8 to 3 GHz, 30 dB)
MP520C CM Directional Coupler (25 to 500 MHz, 50 Ω, N type)
MP520D CM Directional Coupler (100 to 1700 MHz, 50 Ω, N type)
J0395 Fixed attenuator for high-power (30 dB, 30 W, DC to 9 GHz)
J0055 Coaxial adapter (NC-P · BNC-J)
562 DC block (10 MHz to 12.4 GHz, NARDA product)
B0329D Front cover
B0331D Front handle kit (2 pcs/set)
B0332 Joint plate (4 pcs/set)
B0333D Rack mount kit
B0334D Hard carrying case (with protective cover and casters)
Previously-purchased MS8604A measurement software options (Option 11,
Option 12, Option 13, Option 14 and Option 15) can be upgraded to the latest
version (with fee). For details, please contact your sales representative.
DIGITAL MODULATION SIGNAL GENERATOR GPIB
MG3681A
250 kHz to 3 GHz
For Evaluating Next Generation Digital Mobile Communications Systems
The MG3681A uses a wideband vector modulator to output the high- • Excellent level accuracy signal
accuracy, high-speed vector modulation signals that are required for The frequency response is excellent by calibrating output level
R&D and manufacturing of digital mobile communications equipment across the entire output RF frequency range. Even low level can be
and related devices. It covers, the frequency band of leading mobile output with high-accuracy due to use of a high-precision, high-relia-
communications systems for the frequency range of 250 kHz to 3 GHz. bility step attenuator calibrated.
It uses vector modulator to provide excellent frequency response,
distortion and S/N ratio. It can perform accurate receiver sensitivity
test and transmitter adjacent channel leakage power test for high-
speed modulation communications systems. Expansion units such
as MU368040A CDMA Modulation Unit for modulation signals gen-
eration of W-CDMA communication system can be installed on the
seven expansion slots in the MG3681A. Various modulation signals
can be generated with the expansion units and associated software.
The MG3681A also has analog modulation functions such as AM
and FM for testing of analog communications systems. In addition,
its excellent signal purity and various functions such as memory and
frequency sweep are useful as a general-purpose signal generator.
Features
• High-resolution setting of frequency 0.01 Hz and output level 0.01 dB
• 30 MHz wideband and high-accuracy vector modulation Output level frequency response
• Excellent adjacent channel leakage power ratio
• Various expansion units
• Excellent signal purity
Digital mobile communications evolve into wideband RF frequency
bandwidth, and signal generator requires low-noise signal to faraway
frequency offset. A unique synthesizer technology achieves low noise
floor characteristics of –145 dBc/Hz (typ. at above 5 MHz offset).
Output level accuracy
SSB phase noise characteristics

• Wideband vector modulation • Excellent adjacent channel leakage power ratio
The modulation frequency response of ±3 dB at the modulation fre- The adjacent channel leakage power ratio of the digital modulation
quency from DC to 30 MHz is achievable by the high-speed base- signal generator is an important factor in distortion testing of device
band signal processor and wideband vector modulator, permitting and interference testing of receiver.
wideband vector modulation supporting high-speed data communi- The MG3681A achieves an excellent adjacent channel leakage pow-
cations including W-CDMA system. Accurate wideband vector mod- er ratio by an optimized circuit design. The typical adjacent channel
ulation is also available by using the external I/Q signals as well as leakage power ratio for W-CDMA system is –68 dBc/3.84 MHz and
internal modulation using the optional modulation units installed. In the secondary adjacent channel leakage power ratio is –75 dBc/3.84
addition, a unique Automatic Level Control (ALC) technology as- MHz.
sures stable output level at vector modulation.
Vector modulation frequency response
W-CDMA system adjacent channel leakage power

ratio at 16 code multiplex
Output level stability at W-CDMA system modulation
• Expansion units for up to seven slots

Seven slots for expansion units have 14 bits high-speed waveform
data bus each In-phase and Quadrature signals. The excellent ex-
pansible platform covers future communication systems by addition IS-95 system adjacent channel power ratio
of expansion units. at 9 code multiplex
Note: Some expansion units require installation of dedicated software to
enable functionality.
Configuration of communication system software and expansion units

Communication system Applicable software Expansion units
PDC MX368011A PDC Software
MU368010A TDMA Modulation Unit
GSM MX368012A GSM Device Test Software
W-CDMA/3GPP (FDD) MX368041B W-CDMA Software
MU368040A CDMA Modulation Unit
cdmaOne MX368042A IS-95 Device Test Software
cdma2000® 1X∗1
cdma2000® 1xEV-DO∗2
MX368031A Device Test Signal Generation Software
GSM/EDGE∗3
PDC∗3, NADC∗3, PHS∗3
MU368030A Universal Modulation Unit
cdma2000® 1xEV-DO MX368033A cdma2000® 1xEV-DO Signal Generation Software
PDC packet MX368034A PDC Packet Software
PHS MX368035A PHS Signal Generation Software
W-CDMA/3GPP
– MU368060A AWGN Unit
cdma2000®
∗1: Since coding format of the Reverse is performed, it is utilizable for receiver sensitivity test (RC1 & 3) in base station production.
Since coding format of the Forward is not performed, it is not utilizable for receiver sensitivity test.
∗2: For the Forward, only 16QAM modulation is available, 8PSK and QPSK modulation is not available. Since coding format of the Forward and the Reverse is
not performed, it is not utilizable for receiver tests.
∗3: It is a continuous modulation signal based on the communication system.
Specifications
• MG3681A main frame
Range 250 kHz to 3000 MHz, Resolution: 0.01 Hz
Depends on installed reference oscillator, Reference frequency accuracy: ± (5% of FM setting deviation + 5 Hz)
Accuracy
for frequency modulation
Internal reference
Aging rate: ±1 x 10–6/year, Temperature stability: ±1 x 10–6 (0˚ to 50˚C)∗1
oscillator
Frequency
External reference
10 MHz/13 MHz auto-switching, ±10 ppm, ≥0.7 V(p-p)/50 Ω (AC coupled), BNC connector (rear panel)
input
Buffer output 10 MHz, TTL level (DC coupled), BNC connector (rear panel)
≤20 ms (response time from final command to ±500 Hz of set frequency on GPIB at CW, ALC on, except when
Switching time
setting frequency is crossing over 600 MHz and 1010 MHz)
Range –143 to +13 dBm (settable range: –143 to +17 dBm)
Unit dBm, W, dBµV, V (dBµV, V selected terminate/open voltage display)
Resolution 0.01 dB (dBm, dBµV units), 3 digit (W, V units)
Frequency response ±1 dB (CW, ALC on, 0 dBm)
CW, ALC on
Frequency
≤1 GHz >1 GHz
Accuracy Level
≤+13 dBm, ≥–127 dBm ±1 dB ±2 dB
<–127 dBm ±2 dB ±3 dB
Output connector 50 Ω, N-type connector (front panel)
≤50 ms (normal mode), ≤100 ms (safety mode), ≤10 ms (continuous mode)
Output Switching time ∗Response time from final command to ±0.5 dB of final level on GPIB at CW, ALC on
level Continuous mode:
Special setting mode Level continuously adjustable in set value range of ±10 dB (dBm, dBµV units only)
For vector modulation by optional digital modulation unit, continuous mode variance depends on modulation setting
Safety mode: Mechanical attenuator decreases level to prevent generation of high-level signal spikes
ALC on
Usage: Continuous wave or pulse modulation wave (burst wave) with RF On time of 10 µs or more
ALC time constant: Auto, 500 ns, 2.4 µs, 5 µs, 24 µs, 50 µs, 240 µs, 500 µs selectable
At Auto, automatically selected depending on frequency, AM and vector modulation [when digital modulation
unit (option) is used]
ALC mode The ALC time constant is automatically selected, depending on the set frequency, regardless of the time constant
selected on the front panel
ALC off
Usage: Pulse modulation wave (burst wave) whose RF on time is less than 10 µs
Restrict item: Without AM
ALC calibration: Automatic during ALC Calibration operation and at frequency/level setting change
Harmonics: <–30 dBc
Non harmonic:
Frequency 15 kHz to 300 MHz offset >300 MHz offset Fixed frequency spurious
Signal Spurious ≤2500 MHz <–60 dBc <–30 dBc –50 dBc (660, 1320 MHz)
purity >2500 MHz <–30 dBc –
Those related power: <–40 dBc ∗CW, ≤0 dBm
SSB phase noise <–118 dBc/Hz (≥10 MHz, ≤1010 MHz), <–112 dBc/Hz (>1010 MHz) ∗At CW, 20 kHz offset
Range 0 to 100% (cannot set internal/external modulation independently), Resolution: 0.1%
≤0 dBm, ALC on, in band of ±1.5 dB based on modulation frequency of 1 kHz
Upper limit frequency
Vector modulation and Vector modulation or
Frequency Lower limit frequency wideband AM off wideband AM on
response AM: 30% AM: 80% AM: 30%
≥0.4 MHz, <2 MHz DC (Internal modulation, External 3 kHz 1 kHz
AM
≥2 MHz, <10 MHz modulation DC coupled), 20 Hz 10 kHz 10 kHz 1 kHz
≥10 MHz (External modulation AC coupled) 10 kHz 10 kHz
Internal modulation Depends on AF synthesizer (Option 21)

External modulation 2 V(p-p) approx., 600 Ω, AC/DC coupled switchable, BNC connector (front panel)
Modulation signal
Positive/negative switchable
polarity
0 to 1000 kHz (≥10 MHz, ≤1010 MHz), 0 to 2000 kHz (>1010 MHz)
Range
∗Cannot set internal/external modulation independently.
10 Hz (0 to 10 kHz deviation), 100 Hz (10.1 to 100 kHz deviation), 1 kHz (101 to 1000 kHz deviation),
Resolution
10 kHz (1010 to 2000 kHz deviation)
Modulation frequency DC to 20 kHz (internal modulation, external modulation DC coupled), 20 Hz to 20 kHz (external modulation AC coupled)
FM response ∗In band of ±1 dB based on modulation frequency of 1 kHz
Modulation signal
polarity Positive/negative switchable

0 to 6.28 rad (≥10 MHz, ≤1010 MHz), 0 to 12.56 rad (>1010 MHz)
Range ∗Cannot set internal/external modulation independently.
Unit rad, deg
Resolution rad unit: 0.01 rad, deg unit: 1 deg
Modulation frequency DC to 20 kHz (internal modulation, external modulation DC coupled), 20 Hz to 20 kHz (external modulation AC coupled)
øM response ∗In band of ±1 dB based on modulation frequency of 1 kHz
Modulation signal
Positive/negative switchable
polarity
Modulation frequency DC to 15 MHz (±2 dB bandwidth), DC to 30 MHz (±3 dB bandwidth)
Wideband response ∗External modulation, input level: 0.9 V(p-p), ≥100 MHz, ≤0 dBm, modulation frequency of 1 kHz
AM Internal modulation Depends on installed digital modulation unit (option)
External modulation ≤1 V(p-p), 50 Ω, BNC connector (front panel), sensitivity: 1 V(p-p) = 100%
On/off ratio >60 dB
4
Rise/fall time <100 ns (external modulation)
Minimum pulse width <500 ns (external modulation)
Pulse
modulation Pulse repetition
DC to 1 MHz (external modulation, ALC off)
frequency
Internal modulation Depends on installed digital modulation unit (option)
External modulation TTL level, positive logic, 50 Ω, BNC connector (front panel)
Modulation frequency DC to 15 MHz (±2 dB bandwidth), DC to 30 MHz (±3 dB bandwidth)
response ∗External modulation, input level: 0.5 V(rms), ≥100 MHz, ≤0 dBm, modulation frequency of 1 kHz
Vector error ≤2.5%(rms) ∗External modulation, input level: 0.5 V(rms), ≥100 MHz, ≤0 dBm, 3.84 Msps QPSK modulation
Vector Internal modulation Depends on installed digital modulation unit (option)
–––––
modulation External modulation √(I2 + Q2 ) = 0.5 V(rms), I/Q = ±1.5V(peak), 50 Ω, BNC connector (front panel)
Quadrature degree
Adjustment range: ≥±1 deg
adjustment function
I/Q change I, Q signal changeable (RF spectrum invert)
Modulation depth and deviation same for combinations below:
AM (internal/external), FM (internal/external), øM (internal/external)
Frequency and waveform of modulation signal source same for combinations below:
Simultaneous modulation
AM (internal)/FM (internal), AM (internal)/øM (internal)
Simultaneous modulation impossible as below:
FM/øM, wideband AM/vector modulation, vector (internal)/Vector (external) modulation
AF signal output Depends on AF synthesizer (Option 21)
Output level Depends on installed digital modulation unit (option)
I/Q signal
Signal source Depends on installed digital modulation unit (option)
output∗2
Output connector 50 Ω, BNC connector (front panel)
Basic parameter
Memory 512 sets of frequency and level
memory
function
All parameter memory All parameters including 100 sets maximum of analog modulation and digital modulation units (option)
Sweep parameter Basic parameter memory address
Sweep Sweep pattern Start address → stop address
function Sweep time 1 ms to 600 s (per memory; memory recall time restricts lower limit, resolution: 1 ms)
Sweep mode Auto (repetition sweep), single (single sweep)
Special Relative display Frequency, output level (dBm, dBµV units only)
display Offset display Frequency (offset range: –3 to +3 GHz), output level (offset range: –55 to +55 dB, dBm, dBµV units only)
Size 7.2 inch, 480 x 640 dots, color D-STN
Display
On/off setting Panel display on/off
All items reset at power-on except following: Input data contents, remote condition, contents of GPIB data being
Backup function
transferred, RPP operation condition, screen condition, main function selections
Panel lock Panel lock Disable operation of all keys except front panel power key, panel lock key, local key and contrast key
function Knob hold Disable rotary knob on front panel operation
Remote control: All functions except power switch, local key, and contrast key
GPIB Interfaces: SH1, AH1, T5, L4, TE0, SR1, RL1, DP0, PP0, DC1, DT1, C1, E2
Connector: Rear panel
Remote control: All functions except power switch, local key, and contrast key
External Communications method: Async (start-stop), half-duplex
interface Communications control method: X on/off by command
Baud rate: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400 bps
RS-232C Data bits; 7 or 8
Parity: Odd, even, none
Start bit: 1
Stop bit: 1 or 2
Connector: D-sub 9 pins, rear panel
Memory card (memory backup, screen hard copy)
PC card Connector: JEIDA Ver 4/4.1 PCMCIA Rel 2.0, 1 slot (rear panel)
External Executes item specified by command-input signals (3 bits) from following items:
interface Frequency step-up/step-down, output level step-up/step-down, basic parameter recall address up/down, output level
Trigger on/off
Interface: TTL level
Connector: D-sub 9-pin, female (rear panel)
Reverse power protection ≤50 W (≤1 GHz), ≤25 W (>1 GHz), ±50 V (DC)
Power AC 100 to 120/200 to 240 V (–15/+10%, 250 V max, automatic selection), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤300 VA
Temperature Operating: 0˚ to 50˚C, Storage: –20˚ to 60˚C
Dimensions and mass 426 (W) x 177 (H) x 451 (D) mm, ≤25 kg (excluding option)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: Aging rates down to 5 x 10–10/day are available as reference crystal oscillator (MG3681A Option 01/02).
∗2: Possible to expand the function with MG3681A Option 11
• Options
Frequency: 10 MHz
Option 01 (Reference Aging rate: ±5 x 10–9/day
crystal oscillator) Start-up characteristics: 1 x 10–7 (After 10 min, compared to frequency after 24 h warm-up)
Temperature stability: ±3 x 10–8 (0˚ to 50˚C)
Frequency: 10 MHz
Option 02 (Reference Aging rate: ±5 x 10–10/day
crystal oscillator) Start-up characteristics: 1 x 10–7 (After 10 min, compared to frequency after 24 h warm-up)
Temperature stability: ±5 x 10–9 (0 to 50˚C)
Functions: Adds level, offset setting, and differential output functions to I/Q output
Level – –
Range: 80 to 120% of nominal level, Resolution: 0.1% ∗2 sets of I/I and Q/Q set independently, 50 Ω termination
Offset – –
Option 11 (Additional Range: –0.5 to +1.5 V, Resolution: 0.5 mV ∗4 sets of I, I , Q, Q set independently, 50 Ω termination
function of I/Q output) Quadrature degree variable function
Range: ±5 deg, Resolution: 0.5 deg
Differential output: I, Q signals (Using front I/Q input connector)
Signal source: Depends on installed digital modulation unit (option)
Output connector: 50 Ω, BNC connector (front panel)
Frequency: 0.01 Hz to 400 kHz, Resolution: 0.01 Hz, Accuracy : same as reference oscillator
Waveform: Sine, triangular, square, sawtooth
Frequency response:
±1 dB [sine wave, level: 2 V(p-p), offset: 0 V, 600 Ω termination, reference to 1 kHz, 10 Hz to 100 kHz]
Option 21 (AF synthesizer) Harmonics: ≤–50 dB [sine wave, level: 2 V(p-p), offset: 0 V, 600 Ω termination, 1 kHz]
Level
Range: 0 to 4 V(p-p), Resolution: 1 mV(p-p), Accuracy: ± [8% of set level + 2 mV(p-p)] ∗600 Ω termination
Offset
Range: –2 to +2 V, Resolution: 1 mV, Accuracy: ± (8% of set level + 2 mV) ∗600 Ω termination
Output connector: 600 Ω, BNC connector (front panel)
Functions: 8 dB gain of maximum output level in W-CDMA band
Option 42 Frequency: 1900 to 2200 MHz
(RF high level output) Gain: 8 ±1 dB (from –3 dBm, RF high level output off, 2.1 GHz)
Gain frequency response: ±1 dB (at +5 dBm, referenced to 2.1 GHz)
• Expansion units and software

Refer to the individual catalogs for the expansion units and software.

Main frame Softwares*1
MG3681A Digital Modulation Signal Generator MX368011A PDC Software (for MU368010A)
MX368012A GSM Device Test Software (for MU368010A)
Standard accessories MX368031A Device Test Signal Generation Software (for MU368030A)
Power cord, 2.6 m: 1 pc MX368033A cdma2000® 1xEV-DO Signal Generation Software
B0325 GPIB connector shield cap: 1 pc (for MU368030A)
F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A: 2 pcs MX368034A PDC Packet Software (for MU368030A)
W1708AE MG3681A operation manual: 1 copy MX368035A PHS Signal Generation Software (for MU368030A)
MX368041B W-CDMA Software (for MU368040A)
Options MX368041B-10 3GPP Release 5 signal pattern
MG3681A-01 Reference oscillator (aging rate: 5 x 10–9/day) MX368042A IS-95 Device Test Software (for MU368040A)
MG3681A-02 Reference oscillator (aging rate: 5 x 10–10/day)
MG3681A-11 Additional function of I/Q output (level and offset setting, Standard accessories
differential output) W1836AE MX368011A operation manual: 1 copy
MG3681A-21 AF synthesizer (0.01 Hz to 400 kHz, resolution: 0.01 Hz) W1837AE MX368012A operation manual: 1 copy
4
MG3681A-42 RF high level output (for W-CDMA, 8 dB gain) W1974AE MX368031A operation manual: 1 copy
W2072AE MX368033A operation manual: 1 copy
Maintenance service W2073AE MX368034A operation manual: 1 copy
MG3681A-90 Extended three years warranty service W2167AE MX368035A operation manual: 1 copy
MG3681A-91 Extended five years warranty service W2089AE MX368041B operation manual: 1 copy
W1838AE MX368042A operation manual: 1 copy
Expansion units
MU368010A TDMA Modulation Unit∗1,∗2 Optional accessories
MU368030A Universal Modulation Unit∗1,∗2 J0576B Coaxial cord (N-P · 5D-2W · N-P), 1 m
MU368040A CDMA Modulation Unit∗1,∗2 J0576D Coaxial cord (N-P · 5D-2W · N-P), 2 m
MU368060A AWGN Unit∗1 J0127C Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P), 0.5 m
Standard accessories J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
W1835AE MU368010A operation manual: 1 copy J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
W1973AE MU368030A operation manual: 1 copy B0329C Front cover (1MW4U)
W1758AE MU368040A operation manual: 1 copy B0331C Front handle (2 pcs/set)
W1955AE MU368060A operation manual: 1 copy B0332 Joint plate (4 pcs/set)
B0333C Rack mount kit
Maintenance service B0334C Carrying case (Hard type, with front cover and casters)
MU368010A-90 Extended three years warranty service MA2512A Band Pass Filter∗1 (for W-CDMA, pass band: 1.92 to
MU368010A-91 Extended five years warranty service 2.17 GHz)
MU368030A-90 Extended three years warranty service
MU368030A-91 Extended five years warranty service
∗1: Refer to the individual catalogs for the expansion units, software and band
pass filter.
∗2: When using the MU368010A, MU368030A and MU368040A, dedicated
software must be installed.
W-CDMA SIGNALLING TESTER
MD8480B
One Unit Supporting Development of 3G W-CDMA Mobile Stations
The MD8480B has a full lineup of advanced functions for testing Features
third-generation W-CDMA mobile stations. Its air interface meets the • Modulation/demodulation function tests for W-CDMA, GSM/GPRS
3GPP specifications and it can be used as a base station simulator. mobile station
The test functions include mobile station modulation and demodula-
tion processing, protocol sequence tests such as location registra-
• Protocol sequence tests for W-CDMA, GSM/GPRS mobile station
tion, origination, termination, handover (option), disconnection from • Flexible settings of test parameters and sequences for protocol se-
mobile station/network, various applications such as voice and pack- quences
et communications as well as communications between two mobile • Voice and packet communications test, and communications test-
stations (two sets of MD8480B are required). ing between two mobile stations
Moreover, the addition of the function (option) of GSM/GPRS can
perform the handover test between W-CDMA to GSM/GPRS.
In summary, the MD8480B is the ideal instrument for developing 3G
W-CDMA mobile stations and application software.
Functions
Demodulation test channels
Channel Logical Transport Physical Symbol rate
BCCH BCH P-CCPCH 15 ksps
P-SCH
S-SCH
(P-) CPICH 15 ksps
Common (S-) CPICH 15 ksps
PICH 15 ksps
AICH 15 ksps
PCCH PCH
S-CCPCH 60, 120 ksps
CCCH/DCCH/DTCH FACH
DPCCH 15, 30, 60, 120, 240, 480, 960 ksps
DCCH + DTCH DPDCH
Dedicated
DCCH + DTCH DCH DPDCH 15, 30, 60, 120, 240, 480, 960 ksps
DCCH + DTCH DPDCH
Modulated test channels

Channel Logical Transport Physical Symbol rate
PRACH (preamble)
Common PRACH (control)
CCCH/DCCH/DTCH RACH PRACH (message) 15, 30, 60, 120 ksps
DPCCH 15 ksps
Dedicated
DCCH/DTCH DCH DPDCH 15, 30, 60, 120, 240, 480, 960 ksps

Supported service
Service Data rate Physical channel downlink (1 symbol = 2 bits) Physical channel uplink (1 symbol = 1 bit)
(Protocol) (Standalone DCCH) 1 x DPCH (15 ksps) 1 x DPDCH (15 ksps)
Voice (GSM-AMR) 12.2 kbps (VAD Option 01) 1 x DPCH (30 ksps) 1 x DPDCH (60 ksps)
ISDN 1B 64 kbps 1 x DPCH (120 ksps) 1 x DPDCH (240 ksps)
32 kbps 1 x DPCH (60 ksps) 1 x DPDCH (120 ksps)
Packet
128 kbps 1 x DPCH (240 ksps) Not currently supported
Audio and video
DCCH 1 x DPCH (15 ksps) 1 x DPDCH (15 ksps)
12.2 kbps 1 x DPCH (30 ksps) 1 x DPDCH (60 ksps)
4
Reference measurement channel
BTFD 1 x DPCH (30 ksps) 1 x DPDCH (60 ksps)
12.2 kbps + 32 kbps 1 x DPCH (120 ksps) 1 x DPDCH (240 ksps)
Voice + Packet 12.2 kbps + 64 kbps 1 x DPCH (120 ksps) Not currently supported
Multicall
12.2 kbps + 384 kbps 3 x DPCH (240 ksps) 1 x DPDCH (960 ksps)
Voice + ISDN 1B 12.2 kbps + 64 kbps 1 x DPCH (120 ksps) 1 x DPDCH (240 ksps)
Specifications
Frequency Tx: 2110 to 2170 MHz, Rx: 1920 to 1980 MHz (W-CDMA)
range Tx: 300 to 3000 MHz, Rx: 350 to 550 MHz, 700 to 1100 MHz, 1400 to 2200 MHz (GSM)
Main
N-type, Impedance: 50 Ω, VSWR: ≤1.3
Downlink 1
SMA-type, Impedance: 50 Ω, VSWR: ≤2.0
I/O connector
Downlink 2
General SMA-type, Impedance: 50 Ω, VSWR: ≤2.0
Uplink
SMA type, Impedance: 50 Ω, VSWR: ≤2.0
Frequency: 10 MHz
Startup characteristics: ≤5 x 10–8/day (10 minutes after power-on, reference to 24 hours after power-on)
Reference
Aging rate: ≤2 x 10–8/day, ≤1 x 10–7/year (reference to 24 hours after power-on)
oscillator
Temperature characteristics: ≤5 x 10–8 (0˚ to 50˚C, reference to 25˚C)
External reference input: 10 MHz, 2 to 5 Vp-p
Frequency Range: 2110 to 2170 MHz (100 kHz steps)
Maximum output level
Main: –25 dBm (each channel), –16 dBm (overall)
Output level Downlink: –10 dBm (each channel), –1 dBm (overall)
Setting resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±1.5 dB (+18˚ to +28˚C)
Transmitter (W-CDMA) Codes: Scrambling, channelization, synchronization
Spreading
Chip rate: 3.84 MHz
Method: QPSK
Modulation Modulation band limit: Root Nyquist filter (α = 0.22)
EVM: ≤10% rms
AWGN Setting resolution: 0.1 dB
Frequency Range: 1920 to 1980 MHz, Step: 100 kHz
Receiver (W-CDMA) Input level Range: –30 to +40 dBm (main), –50 to +20 dBm (uplink)
Sync. Rake receive: None, Capture range: ±200 chip (DPCCH), ±100 chip (PRACH preamble)
Frequency Range: 300 to 3000 MHz (200 kHz steps)
Main: –15 dBm, Downlink: 0 dBm
Output level
Transmitter (GSM) Setting resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±1.5 dB (+18˚ to +28˚C)
Symbol rate 270.833 kHz
Modulation Method: GMSK, Phase error: ≤5.0˚ RMS
Frequency Range: 350 to 550 MHz, 700 to 1100 MHz, 1400 to 2200 MHz (200 kHz steps)
Receiver (GSM)
Input level Range: –30 to +35 dBm (main), –50 to +15 dBm (uplink)
Power 100 to 120/200 to 240 Vac (250 V max.), automatic switching, 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤430 VA
Ambient temperature 0˚ to +50˚C (operating), –40˚ to +70˚C (storage)
Options Ordering information
• Hardware Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
ISDN (MU848055A) Model/Order No. Name
It is the option which makes the ISDN interface usable, and can re-
Main frame
spond to the data rate of a maximum of 6 B (384 kbps). Moreover, MD8480B W-CDMA Signalling Tester
RS-232C interface with which this option is equipped is used, and a
PPP packet test can be performed. Units (incorporated in the main frame)
MU848051A CPU: 1 pc
Additional base station (MU848057A, MU848058A, MU848053A) MU848052A Frame Decoder: 1 pc
The standard composition of MD8480B has one transmission/recep- MU848053A Rx Baseband: 1 pc
tion function. By adding these options, it is possible to have the trans- MU848056A Voice Codec: 1 pc
mission function (an equivalent for three base stations) of a maxi- MU848057A Frame Coder: 1 pc
mum of 3 base stations and two reception functions by one-set of MU848058A Tx Baseband: 1 pc
MD8480B. The examination of soft handover is possible by this op- MU848059B Timing Generator 2: 1 pc
tion (see the table of “Option functions” for details). Standard accessories
Additional RF unit (MD8480A-01) MX848000A W-CDMA Signalling Tester Control Software
It is an option corresponding to two different frequency (transmission (CD-ROM): 1 pc
MX848001A W-CDMA Signalling Tester Firmware (CD-ROM): 1 pc
and reception) in MD8480B. The hard handover (handover between
MX848002A W-CDMA Signalling Tester FPGA (CD-ROM): 1 pc
two base stations of different frequencies) is attained combining the MX848003A W-CDMA Signalling Tester ISDN/PPP (CD-ROM): 1 pc
above-mentioned additional base station option. MX848005B GSM/GPRS: 1 pc
TDMA (MU848060B) J0892 Twisted pair cable, 5 m: 1 pc
It is the option which makes the function of GSM/GPRS usable. As G0091 Monitor board: 2 pcs
the GSM/GPRS functions, location registration, mobile station origi- J1005 Monitor cable, 80-pin: 1 pc
nation/termination, disconnection from mobile station/network and J1006 Monitor cable, 20/50-pin: 1 pc
handover (intra-system) are possible. And various applications such
J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m: 1 pc
as voice and data communications are supported. It combines with J0576B Coaxial cord (N-P · 5D-2W · N-P), 1 m: 1 pc
additional RF unit (MD8480A-01) and compressed mode J1010 U-link (50 mm): 2 pcs
(MX848001A-02, after-mentioned), and the examination of the hand- J0654A RS-232C cable (cross), 2 m: 1 pc
over between W-CDMA and GSM/GPRS is enabled. F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A: 2 pcs
W1964AE MD8480B operation manual (CD-ROM): 1 copy
A0010 Blank board (at option uninstalled): 1 to 6 pcs
• Software A0011 Bridge board (at option uninstalled): 1 to 2 pcs
Tx diversity (MX848001A-01)
As the option for corresponding to the function of Tx diversity, it cor- Option units
MU848053A Rx Baseband (hardware)
responds to TSTD, STTD, the closed loop model 1, and the closed
MU848055A ISDN (hardware)
loop model 2. The MU848057A and MU848058A (two sets) become MU848057A Frame Coder (hardware)
indispensable as an additional base station option. MU848058A Tx Baseband (hardware)
Compressed mode (MX848001A-02) MU848060B TDMA (hardware)
As the option corresponding to a compressed mode function, it cor- MD8480A-01 Additional RF unit (hardware)
responds to SF/2, Puncturing, and Higher Layer Scheduling. MD8480B-90 Extended three year warranty service
MD8480B-91 Extended five year warranty service
Ciphering (MX848041A) MX848001A-01 W-CDMA signalling tester Tx diversity (software, license
As the option which adds the function of authentication and cipher- document)
ing, it corresponds to KASUMI (authentication and ciphering algo- MX848001A-02 W-CDMA signalling tester compressed mode (software,
rithm of the standard in 3GPP). license document)
MX848041A W-CDMA Signalling Tester Ciphering (software, CD-ROM)
MX848041A-01 Tx diversity for ciphering (software, license document)
MX848041A-02 Compressed mode for ciphering (software, license
document)
MD8480B requires PC∗1 and Microsoft Visual C++ Version 6.0∗2 or .net.
∗1 PC is for controlling the MD8480B. The following is the required spec;
OS: Windows 95/98/2000, Windows NT4.0 Workstation
CPU: 200 MHz or better with minimum of 32 MB of memory, 10Base-T
and RS-232C interfaces (D-Sub 9-pin), and CD-ROM drive
∗2 Microsoft Visual C++ Version 6.0 or .net is a registered trademark of
Microsoft Corporation in USA and other countries.
Microsoft Visual C++ Version 6.0 or .net is standard edition available.
Option functions
Additional functions MU848057A MU848058A MU848055A MU848053A MU848060B MD8480A-01 MX848001A-01 MX848001A-02 MX848041A
2SB soft handover √ √
3SB soft handover √ √∗1
ISDN √
Tx diversity (1RF output) √ √∗1 √
Tx diversity (2RF output) √ √∗1 √ √
Hard handover √ √ √ √ √
Inter-system (GSM/GPRS) handover √ √ √
Ciphering √∗2
∗1: Requires two equipment sets
∗2: When using with the MX848001A-01 or MX848001A-02, requires the MX848041A-01 or MX848041A-02.
The options are all shared functions.
• Requires MD8480B + MU848057A + MU848058A + MU848058A for 3BS soft handover function.
This configuration also supports 2BS soft handover function.
• Requires MD8480B + MU848057A + MU848058A + MU848058A + MD8480A-01 + MX848001A-01 for Tx diversity (2RF output).
This configuration also supports the 2BS soft handover function, 3BS soft handover function and Tx diversity (1RF output) function.

Bluetooth™ TEST SET
MT8850A
2.4 GHz Reference Bluetooth Transceiver
Test Bluetooth Modules and Products with a Bluetooth Interface
MT8850A makes RF measurements on Bluetooth modules and tomised stress conditions with user settable values of Carrier
Bluetooth products, quickly and at low cost. All measurements are Frequency Offset, Modulation Index, Symbol Timing Error and simu-
made in accordance with the Bluetooth RF Test Specification. lated carrier frequency drift.
MT8850A establishes a Bluetooth link with the EUT (Equipment • Editing tests
Under Test) using standard signalling. MT8850A is the Master, es- Define your own test scripts to customise the test measurements to
tablishing the link by Paging the EUT. The EUT BT address can be your specific requirements. Each test can be enabled or disabled
entered manually or through the GPIB port. If the EUT BT address is and within any test, parameters such as hopping can be enabled or
not known, you can use Inquiry or read the address directly through disabled, the number of measured packets defined and the specific
the EUT HCI interface (RS 232). frequencies of testing set up.
Test Mode is then activated in the EUT and RF measurements per-
formed. When the EUT is in Test Mode, the MT8850A has complete
control over its operation. The EUT can be put into loopback or TX
test mode, frequency hopping can be disabled or the EUT sent to de-
fined TX and RX frequencies as required by the test specification.
The MT8850A runs a selected test script. A test script comprises of
all (or a user selected subset) of the available RF measurements.
The user can modify the measurements by editing test frequencies,
number of bits/packets tested, hopping On or Off, whitening On or
Off, and Pass/Fail limits. Pre programmed "qualification" and "quick
test" scripts plus user-defined scripts. Script results can be viewed • Single test mode
on the screen and accessed over the GPIB. In addition any individ- A single test can be run continuously so that, for example, the BER
ual measurement can be run continuously. of a link can be monitored as additional interfering Bluetooth devices
are activated or the distance between the EUT and the MT8850A in-
Features creased.
• Fast - 5 second test time
The rapid "Quick Test" measurement script is pre-configured for ease
of operation. Production test scripts can run in as little as 5 seconds,
measuring power, frequency, modulation and receiver sensitivity
(BER).
• One touch testing
Once the MT8850A has been configured, each device is tested with
a single keystroke. Press RUN to initiate a link, activate Test Mode,
perform the measurements and report the results.
• Remote control
• Authoritative Both GPIB and RS 232 interfaces are offered as standard. Creating
Tests are made exactly as defined in the Bluetooth RF Test test programs has been simplified by the MT8850A’s capability for
Specification. All measurements are traceable to International initiating a test using a single command and then having results re-
Standards so that you can be totally confident in both your produc- turned in a single string.
tion testing and design proving.
• Small size and weight
• Reference Bluetooth transceiver MT8850A takes up minimal space in your test system, thanks to its
A custom design transceiver offers <1 kHz frequency accuracy at the half-rack size and light weight. Where Bluetooth interfaces are being
start of any packet and full compliance with the requirements for the introduced into existing products, the disturbance to the test system
"Dirty Transmitter" for true receiver sensitivity measurements. In ad- is minimised.
dition to the standard dirty transmitter table, you can define cus-
• Field upgradeable
The Bluetooth protocol stack is held in FPGA so that future releases
of the core Bluetooth specification can be installed locally. The in-
struments main program is held in flash memory; consequently,
product enhancements can be downloaded in the field.
BlueSuite support software

The standard BlueSuite software package, supplied at no charge
with every MT8850A, gives PC control of the MT8850A/MT8852A for
advanced design proving measurements on Bluetooth radios. Use
BlueSuite to view packet modulation, power burst profiles and modu-
lation eye diagrams. The standard BlueSuite software also offers a PC
user interface for defining custom test scripts and reading script results
into the PC. For interoperability testing during protocol development,
BlueSuite offers a LMP message log capture facility. This can be used
to view LMP messages between the MT8850A and the EUT during
the initialisation of the link and while tests are running.
Upgrade to BlueSuite Pro to display graphs of the output power, devia-
tion, carrier drift and sensitivity on each of the 79 channels. BlueSuite
Pro also includes automated sensitivity search software for automat-
ic measurements of BER and FER against receiver input level. Automatic sensitivity search measured with BlueSuite Pro.
To help track down the cause of occasional rogue packets, BlueSuite Blue trace shows FER and red trace BER.
Pro can be configured to only capture a packet trace when the pack-
et fails any specific measurement.
BlueTest production test software
The BlueTest PC software package controls up to 16 MT8850A/
MT8852A Bluetooth Test Sets. It is designed for users requiring rapid
testing of multiple devices such as modules. BlueTest software offers
a simple interface for configuring scripts, triggering multiple instru-
ments to start testing and reading script results back into the PC.
The results are stored into a database from which they can be print-
ed or archived for future analysis.
BlueTest software is supplied as standard with all MT8850A/MT8852As.
Bluetooth DH1 packet deviation viewed with BlueSuite. Trace

is colour coded such that; red is pre-amble, light blue is
access code, brown is header, dark blue is payload and green
is CRC.
Results screen for BlueTest software.
BlueSuite Pro measures deviation for 10101010 and 11110000

payloads on each channel.
Typical BlueTest test report.
Note: For MT8850A specifications and ordering information, see pages 252 – 256.

Bluetooth™ TEST SET
MT8852A
2.4 GHz Reference Bluetooth Transceiver
For RF and Audio Measurements on Bluetooth Radios
The new MT8852A Bluetooth test set offers all the functionality of the Testing the Audio Performance of the EUT Transmit Path
MT8850A plus the ability to make measurements on audio Bluetooth The performance of the EUT transmitter can be tested in isolation
channels. Consumer products such as headsets, audio gateways with the set-up shown below.
and in-car consoles that offer voice over Bluetooth will require audio
Audio OUT
measurements as well as radio layer measurements. The MT8852A
offers full audio test capability. It is fully compliant with all the func- modulated RF transmitted to MT8852A
tionality defined in the Bluetooth audio specification. MT8852A sup- RF Port
Audio IN
CODEC
MT8852A
ports all three codec air interfaces (µ-law, A-law and CVSD) on up to
Radio
EUT Control
three SCO audio channels. Rear-panel jack-plug connectors provide

analog inputs and outputs for all three audio channels to give a con-
EUT
venient interface to audio signal sources and analyzers. MT8852A
The MT8852A Bluetooth Test Set performs audio measurements by
establishing a Synchronous Connection Oriented (SCO) link be-
tween the MT8852A and the EUT. A SCO link is a full duplex link be-
Testing the Audio Performance of the EUT Receive Path
tween a Bluetooth master and slave.
The performance of the EUT receiver can be tested in isolation with
Note: It should be noted that SCO is an optional feature within the the set-up shown below.
Bluetooth specification. The MT8852A can be used to establish a As a replacement for the external audio IN, it is also possible to use
SCO link and transmit HV packets to, or from, the EUT. To perform an internally generated tone. Use of this tone is ideal for quick tests
audio measurements, an audio signal source and audio analyzer are and as it is generated internally, it does not pass through the
also required. MT8852A CODEC. The tone is fixed at 1kHz. For measurement at
other frequencies use of external audio is required.
There are four basic scenarios in which audio measurements may be
made. The four test scenarios are: Audio IN
• Testing the EUT’s audio performance using remote loopback on modulated RF transmitted to EUT
the MT8852A.
RF Port
CODEC
MT8852A
Audio OUT
• Testing the audio performance of the EUT transmit path.
Radio
EUT Control
• Testing the audio performance of the EUT receive path.

• Putting the EUT into remote loopback. MT8852A
EUT
Testing the EUT’s Audio Performance Using Remote Loopback

on the MT8852A
The EUTs audio performance can be tested using the set-up below.
The MT8852A is put into remote loopback and the audio path tested
without passing the signal through the MT8852A CODEC. The au-
dio is looped back in the MT8852A baseband and so there is no au-
dio distortion introduced by the tester.
modulated RF looped back in MT8852A

RF Port
Audio IN
CODEC
MT8852A
Radio
EUT Control
Audio OUT
EUT
MT8852A
Specifications
MT8850A/MT8852A measures average and peak power according to the Bluetooth RF Test Specification. Measurement of output
power is made with the EUT in test mode, loopback enabled and hopping on. MT8850A/MT8852A transmits the longest supported
General
packets and longest supported payload length, with a PRBS 9 payload. Power is measured at three defined frequencies.
MT8850A/MT8852A identifies the position of p0 and measures the power of every bit in the packet.
Hopping ON – measure at Defined, All, or Any frequencies
Test mode ON
Link
Loopback Loopback or TX mode
Output power
conditions
Payload PRBS 9
Packet type DH1, DH3, DH5
Supported measurements Average power, peak power
Number of measurement frequencies User selectable, Defined (3), All, or Any
Measurement range +22 dBm to -35 dBm average power (+23 dBm peak power)
Measurement Resolution 0.1 dB
+20 dBm to -35 dBm, ±1 dB
Accuracy
+22 dBm to +20 dBm, ±1.5 dB
Speed Greater than 300 DH1 packets/sec. with hopping mode set to "Any".
MT8850A/MT8852A measures modulation characteristics according to the Bluetooth RF Test Specification. Measurement of modulation
General characteristics is made with the EUT in test mode, loopback enabled and hopping off. MT8850A/MT8852A transmits longest
supported packets, with the defined payload to the EUT. Modulation characteristics are measured at three defined frequencies.
Hopping OFF
Test mode ON
Modulation characteristics
Link
conditions
Payload 11110000 and 10101010
Supported measurements: Frequency deviation. ∆f1max, ∆f2max, ∆f1avg, ∆f2avg and
Supported measurements
∆f2avg/∆f1avg plus % of ∆f2max < 115 kHz
Number of measurement frequencies Three, default to qualification specification or user defined
Measurement RF input measurement range +20 dBm to -35 dBm

Deviation measurement range 0 Hz to 350 kHz peak
Deviation resolution 1 kHz
Accuracy 1 kHz
MT8850A/MT8852A measures power control according to the Bluetooth RF Test Specification. Measurement of power control is
made with the EUT in test mode, loopback enabled and hopping off. MT8850A/MT8852A transmits DH1 packets, with a PRBS 9
General
payload. Power control is measured at three defined frequencies. MT8850A/MT8852A uses standard LMP commands to set the
EUT power. MT8850A/MT8852A identifies the position of p0 and measures the power of every bit in the packet.
Hopping OFF
Test mode ON
Link
Power control
conditions
Payload PRBS 9
Maximum power, minimum power, maximum step size, minimum step size, and power
Supported measurements
at each power step.
Measurement Measurement range +22 dBm to -35 dBm average power (+23 dBm peak power)
Resolution 0.1 dB
+20 dBm to -35 dBm, ±1 dB
Accuracy
+22 dBm to +20 dBm, ±1.5 dB

MT8850A/MT8852A measures initial carrier frequency tolerance according to the Bluetooth RF Test specification. Measurement of
initial carrier frequency is made with the EUT in test mode, TX mode and hopping on and/or off. MT8850A/MT8852A transmits DH1
General
packets, with a PRBS 9 payload. Initial carrier frequency is measured at three defined frequencies. MT8850A/MT8852A identifies
the position of p0 and measures the average frequency of the 4 preamble bits.
Initial carrier frequency tolerance
Hopping OFF or ON – measure at Defined, All, or Any frequencies

Test mode ON
Link Loopback Loopback or TX mode
conditions
Payload PRBS 9
Packet type DH1
Supported measurements Initial carrier frequency error
Number of measurement channels User selectable, Defined (3), All, or Any
RF input measurement range +20 dBm to -35 dBm
Measurement Initial frequency error measurement range 0 Hz to ±150 kHz
Frequency resolution 1 kHz 4
Accuracy 1 kHz
Speed Greater than 300 DH1 packets/sec. with hopping mode set to "Any".
MT8850A/MT8852A measures carrier frequency drift according to the Bluetooth RF Test Specification. Measurement of frequency
drift is made with the EUT in test mode, with either loopback or transmitter test mode enabled. EUT transmits longest supported
General
packets, with a 10101010 payload to the EUT. Measurements are made with hopping off and then with hopping on. Frequency drift
is measured at three defined frequencies with hopping off and every frequency with hopping on.
Hopping OFF or ON – measure at Defined, All, or Any frequencies
Test mode ON
Carrier frequency drift
Link
conditions
Payload 10101010
Supported measurements Carrier frequency drift
Number of measurement frequencies User selectable, Defined (3), All, or Any
RF input measurement range +20 dBm to -35 dBm
Measurement
Frequency drift measurement range 0 Hz to 200 kHz, and > 2000/50 µs
Frequency resolution 1 kHz
Accuracy Accuracy
MT8850A/MT8852A measures single slot sensitivity according to the Bluetooth RF Test Specification. BER and FER are measured
with the EUT in test mode and loopback on. MT8850A/MT8852A transmits DH1 packets, with a PRBS 9 payload to the EUT. The
Sensitivity - single slot packets
General
user can select to run the measurement with hopping on or off. Dirty transmitter conditions as defined in the Bluetooth test
specifications can be enabled.
Hopping OFF or ON, user selectable
Test mode ON
Loopback ON
Link
conditions Payload PRBS 9
Packet type DH1
Dirty transmitter
ON or OFF, user selectable
(as defined in RF test spec)
Supported measurements BER, total number of bit errors and FER
Number of measurement frequencies Three with hopping off, or hopping on
Number of measured bits 1 to 32,768 packets (216 to 7,077,888 bits)
MT8850A/MT8852A transmitter output
0 to –90 dBm, resolution 0.1 dB
range
BER/FER measurement range 0.00% to 100%
BER/FER resolution 0.01%
MT8850A/MT8852A transmits for the first 20 ms with the first set of measurement
conditions, the second 20 ms with the second set of measurement conditions up to the
tenth set of conditions. The cycle is then repeated until the test is complete.
Measurement Carrier frequency
Sensitivity - single slot packets
Modulation index Symbol

conditions offset
1 75 kHz 0.28 –20 ppm
2 14 kHz 0.30 –20 ppm
3 –2 kHz 0.29 +20 ppm
Measurement
4 1 kHz 0.32 +20 ppm
5 39 kHz 0.33 20 ppm
6 0 kHz 0.34 –20 ppm
Dirty transmitter specification
7 –42 kHz 0.29 –20 ppm
8 74 kHz 0.31 –20 ppm
9 –19 kHz 0.28 –20 ppm
10 –75 kHz 0.35 +20 ppm
In addition to the above measurement conditions, MT8850A/MT8852A transmits with a
sine wave, frequency modulation, with a deviation of ±25 kHz, rate 1.6 kHz,
synchronized to zero phase at the packet start.
Any entry in the dirty transmitter table can be edited within the
following ranges:
Dirty transmitter
• Carrier frequency offset: 0 Hz to 100 kHz, 1 kHz resolution
user control
• Modulation index 0.25 to 0.38, 0.01 resolution
• Symbol timing error: 0 ppm, +20 ppm or 20 ppm
MT8850A/MT8852A measures multi-slot sensitivity according to the Bluetooth RF Test Specification. BER and FER are measured
with the EUT in test mode and loopback on. MT8850A/MT8852A transmits DH5 packets (or DH3 packets if DH5 not supported by
General
EUT), with a PRBS 9 payload to the EUT. The user can select to run the measurement with hopping on or off. Dirty transmitter
conditions as defined in the Bluetooth test specifications can be enabled.
Hopping OFF or ON, user selectable
Test mode ON
Loopback ON
Sensitivity - multi-slot packets
Link
conditions Payload PRBS 9
Packet type DH3, DH5
Dirty transmitter
ON or OFF, user selectable
(as defined in RF test spec)
Supported measurements BER, total number of bit errors and FER
Number of measurement frequencies Three with hopping off, or hopping on
Number of measured bits 1 to 32,768 packets (for DH3, 1,464 to 47,972,352 bits), (for DH5, 2,712 to 88,866,816 bits)
MT8850A/MT8852A transmitter output
0 to –90 dBm, 0.1 dB resolution
range
Measurement
BER/FER measurement range 0.00% to 100%
BER/FER resolution 0.01%
As for single-slot sensitivity section except; in addition to the measurement condition
table, MT8850A/MT8852A transmits with a sine wave, frequency modulation, with a
Dirty transmitter specification
deviation of ±40 kHz, rate 500 Hz (3 slots) or 300 Hz (5 slots), synchronized to zero
phase at the packet start.

MT8850A/MT8852A measures BER and FER at the EUT maximum input level according to the Bluetooth RF Test Specification.
Measurement is made with the EUT in test mode, loopback enabled and hopping off. MT8850A/MT8852A transmits the DH1 packets
General
with a PRBS 9 payload. The MT8850A/MT8852A transmitter level is set so that the EUT receiver input level is -20 dBm. BER and
FER are measured at three defined frequencies.
Hopping OFF
Maximum input level
Test mode ON
Link
Loopback ON
conditions
Payload PRBS 9
Packet type DH1
Supported measurements BER and FER for -20 dBm at receiver input
Measurement Number of measured bits 1 to 32,768 packets (216 – 7,077,888 bits)
Transmitter power settable range 0 to –90 dBm 4
Resolution 0.1 dB
EUT control The EUT control interface provides HCI commands to EUT through a standard RS232 interface. Interface meets requirements of
interface Bluetooth V1.1 specification for HCI UART transport layer. Cable supplied.
Number of SCO channels supported 3
Codec air interfaces supported CVSD, A-Law, µ-Law
(-3dB) measured CODEC in to CODEC out: 160Hz -3.5kHz. Measured with 50Ω
Frequency response
source impedance and 10MΩ load impedance.
Audio Maximum input / output signal level 3.4 Vpk-pk = 1.2 V RMS.
Specifications
Distortion/noise Greater than –40 dB relative to 1 kHz, 1 V RMS input/output.
(MT8852A only)
Input/Output connectors 3.5 mm audio jack plugs (one for each SCO channel)
Input impedance 20 kΩ
Minimum output load 600 Ω
Internal audio source 1kHz fixed frequency
Frequency 10 MHz
Accuracy ±0.5 ppm at +25˚C
Frequency
Temperature Stability ±0.5 ppm, –10˚ to +85˚C
standard
Aging (1st year) ±1.0 ppm
Aging (over 10 years) ±2.5 ppm, including year 1
External frequency standard input Rear panel BNC socket, 50 Ω 1 volt
Rear panel Output 1 TTL high when MT8850A TX on

connectors Output 2 TTL high when MT8850A RX active
Input 1 For service use only
IEEE 488.2. Offers full instrument control as standard. User can also read the 4 x over-sampled magnitude and frequency values of
GPIB
each data bit in the last measured packet.
RS 232 RS 232 interface offering full instrument control as standard
85 to 264 Volts AC
Power
Supply 47 to 63 Hz
requirements
150 VA MAX
Operating temperature 5 to +40ºC
Operating humidity 20% to 75%
Environmental
Safety Complies with IEC 1010-1
EMC Conforms to the protection requirements of EEC Council Directive 89/336/EEC.
Dimensions 216.5 x 88 x 380 mm
Size and weight
Weight <3.45 kg
MT8850A/MT8852A signal generator
Frequency range 2.40 to 2.5 GHz
Frequency
Frequency accuracy As frequency standard ± 25 Hz

<160µs to ± 75 kHz during the establishing of a link. When a link has been established and the EUT been
Settling time (when hopping) placed into test mode, the MT8850A/MT8852A transmitter is pre-tuned to ±1 kHz of the nominal channel
frequency at the beginning of its data burst for both fixed frequency or hopping measurements.
Amplitude range 0 to –90 dBm
Amplitude accuracy ±1 dB to –80 dBm
Amplitude resolution ±0.1 dB
Output impedance 50 Ω (nominal)
Level
1.5:1 (typically 1.3)

Output VSWR
Adjacent channels 3 or higher –40 dBc
30 MHz to 1 GHz: –36 dBc
1 to 12 GHz: –30 dBc
Spurious
1.8 to 1.9 GHz: –47 dBc
5.15 to 5.3 GHz: –47 dBc or –80 dBm, whichever is greater
Modulation GFSK
Modulation
Modulation index Variable, 0.25 to 0.38 (125 kHz to 190 kHz)

Mod index resolution 0.01
Mod index accuracy 1 kHz
Baseband filter BT=0.5
MT8850A/MT8852A measuring receiver
Range 2.40 to 2.5 GHz
Resolution 1 kHz
Frequency
<160 µs to 75 kHz during the establishment of a link. When a link has been established and the EUT has been
Settling time
placed into test mode, the MT8850A/8852A receiver is pre-tuned to ±1 kHz of the nominal channel frequency.
Accuracy As frequency standard ±25 Hz
Measurement channel bandwidth 2 MHz 3dB bandwidth, flat response Fc ± 550 kHz, or 1.3 MHz 3dB bandwidth, flat response Fc ± 550 kHz.
Range +22 dBm to –35 dBm average power
Power measurement accuracy ±1 dB (+20 dBm to –35 dBm)
Level
Input VSWR 1.5:1

Damage level +25 dBm
Resolution 0.1 dB
Modulation
Modulation GFSK
Deviation measurement range 0 to 350 kHz peak
Accuracy 1 kHz
MT8850A Bluetooth Test Set Options and accessories
MT8852A Bluetooth Test Set with Audio MT8850A-01 Rack mount, single instrument
MT8850A-03 Rack mount, side-by-side
Standard accessories MT8850A-06 Rear mount RF and EUT connectors
Power cord for destination country MT8850A 10 Bluetooth antenna and adapter
EUT control interface lead MT8850A-20 Spare EUT/RS232 cable
RS232 cable for firmware updates MT8850A-30 Extra operation and programming Manual
Operation Manual D41310 Soft carry case with shoulder strap
Remote programming manual 2300-259 BlueSuite Pro software
Certificate of Calibration
LabVIEW™ Driver
BlueSuite software (standard version)
BlueTest production test software
3.5 mm jack plug x 3 (MT8852A only)

WLAN TEST SET GPIB
MT8860A
2.4 to 2.5 GHz and 4.8 to 6 GHz
For High Speed Testing of 802.11 WLAN Devices

NEW
The MT8860A WLAN Test Set from Anritsu is an integrated test set • Power burst profile
dedicated to testing WLAN devices in the 2.4 GHz and 4.8 to 6 GHz • Tx-Rx, Rx-Tx turnaround time
Industrial Scientific and Medical (ISM) frequency bands. • With option 01
MT8860A provides a high-speed measurement solution that is suitable – Error Vector Magnitude (EVM)
for both production testing and design proving. The user interface is – Constellation diagram
implemented through the supplied LANLook software package. – Modulation eye diagram
LANLook runs on a standard PC and uses a conventional Windows Receiver measurements
interface for both instrument configuration and results displays. • Sensitivity (FER)
LANLook communicates with the MT8860A through a GPIB interface. • Receiver saturation (max input power)
Features • Adjacent channel rejection∗
• 802.11b transmitter and receiver measurements • Non-Adjacent channel rejection∗
• High speed transmitter power, frequency, carrier suppression and ∗ requires separate interfering signal source
harmonic measurements
• Graphical display of power burst profile and spectral mask Measurement Modes
• Automated receiver FER measurements DUT transmitter measurements
• Optional EVM measurements with constellation and eye diagrams The DUT transmitter can be tested either using 802.11b test modes,
• LANLook Windows style user interface runs on a standard PC or by establishing a link between the MT8860A and the DUT.
• Built in Reference Radio Measurements using Test Modes
• Advanced triggering and gating features When testing the DUT using test modes, the DUT is controlled
• Inputs for external Golden radio and interfering signal sources through the host interface using software supplied by the chip set de-
• Upgradeable to 802.11a and 802.11g standards veloper. This may require proprietary control software from the chip
set developer. 802.11b test mode commands can be used to config-
802.11b Measurements ure the DUT to transmit continuously, or in a bursted manner, on any
The IEEE 802.11 WLAN standards have become established as the defined channel. The MT8860A receiver is tuned to that channel and
preferred interface for wireless connectivity between a PC and a network. triggers continuously or from the power burst rising edge.
A PC can connect to a WLAN network either through the use of a PC card
Measurements when forming an ad-hoc connection to the
accessory or, more recently, using integrated WLAN technology.
MT8860A Reference Radio
To ensure a high quality link between the PC and the LAN access
In this mode, the MT8860A forms an ad-hoc connection to the device
point, manufacturers need to validate that the performance of each
being tested and performs measurements on the packets transmit-
product meets the 802.11 standard.
ted to the MT8860A from the DUT.
MT8860A supports the following 802.11b measurements. Each
In this case, the packets measured are complete 802.11b packets.
measurement can be performed on the 14 frequency channels and
Triggers and gates can be set to measure a defined part of the packet.
at all specified power levels.
Parallel measurements
Transmitter measurements MT8860A performs the power, frequency and spectral mask mea-
• Carrier frequency surements of DUT in parallel. A high speed spectral processor per-
• Carrier frequency error forms the measurements in a much shorter time than swept tuned
• Transmitter power (average) spectrum analyzers giving reduced total test time. Stepping to the
• Transmitter power (peak) frequency of the second and third harmonics and then measuring av-
• Transmitter power control erage power performs harmonic measurements. This power is then
• Spectrum mask compliance compared with the carrier power to calculate the harmonic power.
– Including first and second adjacent channel power MT8860A displays carrier power, and relative harmonic powers in a
• Carrier suppression numeric format.
• 2nd and 3rd harmonic power
DUT receiver sensitivity measurements vs. receiver input level.
All DUT receiver measurements are based on the measurement of To ensure that the DUT receiver does not saturate when receiving a
Frame Error Rate (FER). The definition of a frame error is (1- high signal level, the FER must also be measured with a receiver in-
(Number of frames correctly received/Number of frames put of –10 dBm. This simulates the operation of the DUT in close
sent))x100%. The 802.11b specification does not define a common proximity to, for example an access point.
method for the measurement of FER. As a result, chip set developers Receiver adjacent and non-adjacent channel rejection mea-
have developed proprietary software to facilitate this measurement. surements
The MT8860A allows for a variety of test methods to measure FER. Two inputs are provided on the front panel of the MT8860A so that
FER measurements in an ad-hoc connection with the MT8860A an external signal source can be coupled onto the output of the
Reference Radio MT8860A signal source. This facilitates the measurement of FER in
The MT8860A can establish an ad-hoc connection with the DUT and the presence of interfering signals. The path loss of the coupled in-
transmit a user definable number of frames to the DUT. Under ideal put is calibrated so that a precise signal level can be set for the in-
link conditions, the DUT sends an Acknowledge frame in return for terferer. Two inputs are offered so that both adjacent channel and in-
each received frame. The frame error rate can be calculated from the termodulation rejection measurements can be performed.
ratio of transmitted frames to received Acknowledge frames. Power vs. Time measurements
When linked to the DUT the receiver sensitivity measurement can be The burst profile and Tx-Rx or Rx-Tx turnaround time can also be
run at either a fixed input level, or using a swept input level for a true viewed. This provides a simple display of the DUT transmitter rising
sensitivity search. and falling edge, as well as validating the relative timing of the trans-
FER measurements without forming a link to the DUT mitter and receiver.
The MT8860A can transmit a user definable number of frames on a Option 1, extended modulation measurements
fixed channel without first establishing a link with the DUT. These Option 1 adds the measurements of transmitter Error Vector
frames have standard 802.11b frame structure. To measure FER the Magnitude (EVM) to the MT8860A. EVM can be measured on either
DUT must be able to enter a "Permissive" receive mode. In this a single bit, or on the average of a user definable number of bits. In
mode, the DUT receives and counts all incoming frames. It is nec- this way the variation of EVM across the frame can be measured.
essary to be able to read the DUT received frame counter register to Displays of constellation diagram and modulation eye diagram are
calculate the FER. available for detailed analysis. Colour coding of the elements of the
Receiver sensitivity and saturation measurements packet give easy indication of the element of the packet that is failing
The MT8860A signal source has a calibrated output power range of a given limit.
–100 dBm to 0 dBm. The 802.11b specification requires a DUT FER Planned future enhancements
of <10% at a receiver input level of –76 dBm. MT8860A can measure The MT8860A hardware has been designed such that it can support
the FER at a fixed level, or perform a power sweep and so plot FER measurements of the 802.11g and 802.11a standards.
Specification 802.11b measurement suite

MT8860A mode Ad-hoc connections
Connectivity Linking to the DUT Active scanning, Passive scanning
Data exchange Both two and four step; Request to send, Clear to send, Send, Acknowledge.
Frequency range 802.11b channels 1 to 14
Output power 0 dBm to –100 dBm
Accuracy ± 1 dB
Reference Radio Resolution 0.1 dB

transmitter Output VSWR 1.5:1 (typically 1.3)
Output impedance 50 Ω (nominal)
Modulation Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK)
Modulation accuracy 5% EVM
Frequency range 802.11b channels 1 to 14
Frequency accuracy ± 1 ppm
Reference Radio
Maximum input +30 dBm
receiver
Damage level +35 dBm
Sensitivity –50 dBm
Free run Continuous triggering
Reference radio
Triggers when packet received
RX on
Triggers
Measurement Controls RF edge On rising or falling edge detected at RF input
IF edge On rising or falling edge detected at IF stage
External BNC on rear panel
Gates Two gates for power measurements

Definition DUT channel Average and Peak power with power control step values
Range +30 dBm to –60 dBm
Power Accuracy ± 0.5 dB
Linearity ± 0.2 dB
Resolution 0.1 dB
Definition DUT channel frequency and frequency error
Frequency Accuracy 50 Hz ± 2 ppm
Resolution 1 Hz
Definition First and second upper and lower sideband relative channel power
Dynamic range 60 dB, for input signal of 0 dBm or greater
Accuracy ± 0.5 dB
Spectral mask
Linearity ± 0.2 dB
4
Resolution 0.1 dB
Receiver bandwidth Equivalent to 100 kHz gausian
Channel width Full channel width or 80% of channel
Definition Relative level of the carrier to highest sideband, for a 10101010 test pattern
Carrier suppression Dynamic range 60 dB, for input signal of 0 dBm or greater
Measurements Accuracy ± 1 dB
Resolution 0.1 dB
Definition Relative level of second and third harmonics to carrier level
Harmonic distortion Dynamic range 60 dB, for input signal of 0 dBm or greater
Accuracy ± 1 dB
Resolution 0.1 dB
Definition Frame Error Rate (FER) at defined input level
Receiver sensitivity Number of frames 1 to 10,000 user defined or continuous
Payload length 1024 bytes (or user defined payload length)
Magnitude of vector error between a measured constellation point and the
Error Vector Magnitude Definition
ideal constellation point. EVM for each bit or frame average available.
(requires option 1)
Accuracy 0.5%
Definition Display of the power in each bit of the measured frame verses time.
Dynamic range 60 dB, for input signal of 0dBm or greater.
Power burst profile Power accuracy ± 1 dB
Resolution 0.1 dB
Time window 1 µs to 100 ms
Time resolution 0.1 µs
Test port – connection to DUT or signal source output, N type (f)
External Gold Radio – input from external Golden Radio, N type (f)
Front panel inputs and
External interferer 1, input, N type (f)
outputs
External interferer 2, input, N type (f)
Measurement receiver input, N type (f)
GPIB
Ethernet RJ45 (not supported at launch)
USB (not supported at launch)
RS 232 (not supported at launch)
Rear panel connectors Definable digital input 1, BNC (f)
Definable digital input 2, BNC (f)
Definable digital output 1, BNC (f)
Definable digital output 2, BNC (f)
10 MHz reference input
Main frame Options
MT8860A WLAN test set MT8860A-01 Rack mount kit
MT8860A-10 2.4 GHz antenna and adapter
Included accessories
Power cord for destination country
Operation manual
Certificate of calibration
Bluetooth™ PREQUALIFICATION TEST SET SYSTEM (PQTS)
ME7865A
9 kHz to 3 GHz (20 GHz with option)
For Prequalification Testing of all 16 RF Bluetooth Test Cases
The Anritsu ME7865A Bluetooth Prequalification Test System ME7865A is designed to be integrated into a high volume production
(PQTS) addresses the 16 test cases defined in the Bluetooth RF test test facility and used alongside the MT8850A for sample testing. The
specification. PC is supplied with a network interface so that results can be
Developed in partnership with CETECOM, (Centro de Tecnologia de archived onto a company network.
las Comunicaciones S.A.) the ME7865A offers an integrated solution • Bluetooth Qualification Test Facilities
including all the necessary test instruments and test case software Full qualification of a Bluetooth radio requires submission to a
to rapidly characterise Bluetooth radios. Bluetooth Qualification Test Facility (BQTF). The qualification
process can be costly and time consuming. The ME7865A provides
Applications a solution for companies who wish to have a faster and lower cost
• Prequalification testing of chip sets analysis of their device before proceeding to full qualification.
For Bluetooth chip set developers the ME7865A provides a test sys- The ME7865A reports generated will give the developer a full un-
tem that enables comprehensive testing of the radio performance derstanding of the performance of their device.
before submission to a Bluetooth Qualification Test Facility (BQTF). BQTFs can use ME7865A to offer a Prequalification test service.
This gives the developer a high degree of confidence that the chip
set will achieve qualification first time. Test management software
All measurements are made in accordance with the Bluetooth RF ME7865A software runs on an integrated rack mounted PC. The PC
test specification. The ME7865A generates test reports that are ide- is supplied with a CD drive to facilitate software upgrades. A net-
al for documenting the results from an EUT. Reports can include both working interface is also standard so that the ME7865A can easily be
numeric results as well as graphical traces of the measured packets. integrated into a company network. Free standing flat panel 15 inch
• Module testing TFT display, keyboard, and mouse are also supplied.
After integrating a Bluetooth chip set onto a module, it is necessary The ME7865A software consists of the following modules:
to revalidate the RF performance. Module manufacturers will typical- • Executable test cases
ly design a module that is based on a reference design from the chip The RF test case software will control all of the instruments to per-
set supplier. form the measurements automatically.
When the module design is complete, the implementation must be • ICS/IXIT modules
tested and characterised. The ME7865A is the ideal test system for These modules contain the characteristics of the Equipment Under
proving the performance of new module designs. Test (EUT) for the selection of the applicable test cases. The data
• Module selection can be manually entered or read from the EUT supported features
Selecting the appropriate module for integration into an end user register.
product requires a complete understanding of the characteristics of • Configuration manager
each Bluetooth module. The configuration manager is used to develop the test cases depen-
The ME7865A provides a test system for comparative testing of chip dant on the contents entered into the IXIT module.
sets and modules. This facilitates the selection of a Bluetooth mod-
ule that is best suited to the specific product being developed. • Test case manager
The test case manager starts and finishes the test cases.
• Selective test in volume production It also performs the verdict handling. The test case manager is also
The MT8850A Bluetooth Test Set has been developed for high speed responsible for test case selection and the management of system
testing of all products manufactured with a Bluetooth interface. files.
MT8850A measures key radio parameters such as power, frequen-
cy, modulation and sensitivity in a test time of typically under 5 sec- • Database and report generator
onds. Volume manufacturers who wish to continuously monitor the This module displays the results of test cases and generates reports
quality of output often chose to selectively test a sample of the out- in Microsoft Word format.
put more rigorously.

Transmitter measurements Intermodulation performance measures the effect of unwanted fre-
• Output power quency components resulting from interaction between two interfer-
ing signals passing through receiver non-linear circuits. The test is
Output power measurements are made within the MT8850A
performed by measuring receiver BER in the presence of an inter-
Bluetooth Test Set. MT8850A identifies the position of P0 and mea-
fering modulated signal and a CW signal that generate an intermod-
sures the power in each of the bits within the packet. The average
ulation product on the receiver operating frequency.
power across all the bits and the peak power are recorded.
• Power density • Maximum input level
This test measures the BER performance when EUT input signal is
The power density measurement provides the peak power density in
at maximum input power level specified of –20 dBm.
a 100 kHz bandwidth.
The measurement is made using the spectrum analyser. In the fre- Support services
quency domain a sweep over the ISM band is performed. The chan-
nel with the highest power is identified and this is set as the
analyser’s new centre frequency. A new one-minute single sweep is
performed in the time domain. The power density is defined as the
peak value of this trace.
• Power control 4
Power control tests allow for testing or calibration to be performed on
the level control circuitry of the EUT.
This test is only performed on devices that support power control.
The measure is performed in the same way as the average power
measurement. The test verifies if power control step sizes are within
the specified range.
• Transmit output spectrum tests
The transmit output spectrum measurements analyse the power lev-
els in the frequency domain to ensure that out-of–channel emissions
are minimised. The spectrum analyser performs these measurements.
The Bluetooth specifications split the test into three parts; frequency
range, –20 dB bandwidth, and adjacent channel power.
The frequency range measurement uses peak detection and vali-
dates that there is no spectral content outside the ISM band.
The –20 dB bandwidth test verifies the individual channel occupancy.
The adjacent channel power measurement uses average detection
to validate the power spectral density over of all channels in the ISM
band with a given wanted channel.
• Modulation tests
Modulation measurements reflect the performance of the modulator
circuitry as well as local oscillator stability, and consist of modulation
characteristics, initial carrier frequency tolerance and carrier fre-
quency drift. Verification of modulation characteristics requires the
ability to demodulate the Bluetooth signal so that the frequency of
each bit can be determined.
For modulation characteristics, two sets of a repeating 8-bit sequence
are used in the payload to check both the modulator performance and
the pre-modulation filtering. Initial frequency error is measured by mea-
suring the average frequency of the four preamble bits. Frequency drift
is measured by comparing preamble bits with payload data. The maxi-
mum drift rate is also calculated in the payload.
Receiver measurements
BER is the parameter used to determine receiver performance. • Software support and maintenance
These tests perform BER analysis under various different conditions. The system support package provides customer technical support
• Sensitivity tests by email, fax, and telephone. Support staff are based in a European
time zone and support response is guaranteed within one working
Sensitivity is tested by transmitting impaired signals (using a defined
day.
dirty transmitter) to the receiver. The transmitted power is fixed, with
Following the release of the base line software, software upgrades
impairments defined in the test procedure, which include carrier fre-
will automatically be issued to customers on a maintenance contract.
quency offset, modulation index variation and symbol timing error.
The ME7865A will be continually developed to follow changes to the
• Carrier-to-interference performance RF Test Specification and to follow errata in the Bluetooth core spec-
C/I performance is measured by sending co-channel or adjacent ification.
channel Bluetooth modulated signals in parallel with the wanted sig-
nal and measuring the receiver’s BER. One MT8850A delivers the System calibration
wanted signal and a second MT8850A provides the PRBS15 interferer. The ME7865A is supplied with an integrated power meter.
• Blocking performance Automated software routines calibrate the path losses from each
Blocking performance is measured by sending an out of band CW in- measuring instrument port to the common EUT test port.
terfering carrier with the wanted signals in parallel and measuring the This path loss data is held in system files and corrected for during all
receiver’s BER. One MT8850A delivers the wanted signal and a sec- measurements.
ond source provides the CW interferer.
• Intermodulation performance
Supported measurements Ordering information
Test case Description
TRM/CA/01/C Output Power Model/Order No. Name
TRM/CA/02/C Power Density Main frame
ME7865A Bluetooth Prequalification Test System
TRM/CA/03/C Power Control (comprises the following items integrated in a 12U rack).
TRM/CA/04/C TX Output Spectrum frequency range
Test management software
TRM/CA/05/C TX Output Spectrum 20 dB Bandwidth MT8850A Bluetooth Test Set
TRM/CA/06/C TX Output Spectrum Adjacent channel power (System Bluetooth controller version)
MT8850A Bluetooth Test Set
TRM/CA/07/C Modulation Characteristics (System Bluetooth interferer version)
TRM/CA/08/C Initial Carrier Frequency Tolerance MS2661C Spectrum Analyser with following options;
Option 01 – reference crystal oscillator
TRM/CA/09/C Carrier Frequency Drift Option 02 –narrow resolution bandwidth
Out-of-Band Spurious Emissions (conducted filters
TRC/CA/01/C Option 12 – quasi peak detector
measurements to 3 GHz, manual measurement)
Option 20 – tracking generator
RCV/CA/01/C Sensitivity – single slot packets ML2437A Power Meter
MA2472A Power Sensor
RCV/CA/02/C Sensitivity – multi-slot packets
Combiner Network Unit
RCV/CA/03/C C/I performance Rack mount PC
Microsoft Windows 2000 Operating System
Blocking performance (3 GHz standard, 12.75 GHz
RCV/CA/04/C Microsoft Word
with option 12 or 14)
15 inch TFT PC display
RCV/CA/05/C Intermodulation Performance PC keyboard and mouse
RCV/CA/06/C Maximum Input Level Options and accessories
Option 10 Replaces the 12U rack with a 34U rack on casters. This
option adds a pull out EUT support shelf and space to
integrate option 14.
Option 12 Free standing MG3692A CW signal generator, 10 MHz
to 20 GHz RF test cable. For automated blocking
measurements to 12.75 GHz
Option 14 (Only available with option 10) Rack mounted
MG3692A CW signal generator, 10 MHz to 20 GHz. RF
test cable. For automated blocking measurements to
12.75 GHz
Option 22 Software support and maintenance

RADIO COMMUNICATION ANALYZER GPIB
MT8820A
30 MHz to 2.7 GHz
The One Box Type Tester Supporting W-CDMA, GSM/GPRS/EGPRS, cdma2000® 1X, cdma2000® 1xEV-DO,
PDC, PHS
The MT8820A hardware platform covers a frequency range of 30 Transmitter measurements

MHz to 2.7 GHz. When dedicated measurement software and hard- • Output power
ware (options) are installed, this single platform supports evaluation The MT8820A enables transmission power measurement of mobile
of all the main transmission/reception test items for W-CDMA, equipment.
GSM/GPRS/EGPRS, cdma2000® 1X (IS-2000), cdma2000® 1xEV-DO, When the number of repeat measurements is set to two or more, the
PDC and PHS terminals. max., mean, and min. values of the result are displayed, providing
Advanced DSP (Digital Signal Processing) and parallel-measure- evaluation of the terminal randomness. This repeat measurement
ment technology greatly reduce the time required for the production function is also used for other measurements.
and testing of mobile terminals.
Combinations of parameters for batch measurements are freely se-
lectable, and the number of repeat measurements for each measure-
ment can be set independently. The selected items for measurement
can be batch-processed through one-touch operation, enabling easy,
high-speed Pass/Fail evaluation on major test items including trans-
mission frequency, modulation accuracy, transmission power, adja-
cent channel power and BER.
The standard GPIB interface enables for the MT8820A to be config-
ured in existing automated production lines or to configure automatic
test systems in maintenance site.
Measurement
System Description
software
Tx and Rx measurements of mobile stations
MX882000B W-CDMA including call processing
(requires MT8820A-01 and MX882051A)
MX882001A GSM/GPRS including call processing Example of transmission power measurement (W-CDMA)
(requires MT8820A-02)
MX882001A-11 EGPRS
Tx and Rx measurements of mobile stations • Modulation analysis
without call processing(requires MX882001A) The MT8820A enables modulation analysis of mobile equipment.
Tx and Rx measurements of mobile stations For example in GSM, simultaneous measurement and display of fre-
MX882002A cdma2000® 1X including call processing quency, frequency error (in kHz and ppm), phase error and peak
(requires MT8820A-03) phase error is performable. Amplitude error at the burst-on section
Tx measurements of access terminals can also be measured.
cdma2000®
MX882003A including call processing (requires MT8820A-03,
1xEV-DO
MT8820A-04 and MX882002A)
MX882004A PDC including call processing
MX882005A PHS including call processing
∗: For W-CDMA terminal connectivity, contact Anritsu sales representative.
Please refer to an individual catalogue for details.
• Occupied frequency bandwidth Call processing function
This test measures the occupied frequency bandwidth of the W-CDMA • Connection tests
terminal. The ratio of the frequency bandwidth to the total power can The call processing function performs various connection tests such
be changed in the range of 80.0% to 99.9%. as registration, origination, termination, handover, disconnection
• Adjacent channel power from terminal and disconnection from network. In addition, the voice
Adjacent channel power is measured according to each communi- signal from the terminal can be echoed-back during conversation to
cation system. perform a simple voice communications test.
In W-CDMA, the power can be measured in ±5 MHz, ±10 MHz from
center frequency. In GSM, the power of 25 points can be measured
in ±2 MHz from center frequency.
• Spectrum waveform display
MT8820A has the spectrum waveform display function by W-CDMA.
This function monitors the existence of the frequency ingredient with
the spectrum exceeding the standard line defined by 3GPP stan-
dards.
Receiver measurement
Measurement of the error rate conforming to the standard of each
communication system is performable. For example, in W-CDMA,
the bit error rate can be measured by the loopback test mode spec-
ified in the 3GPP standards.
Example of sequence monitor (W-CDMA)
• Mobile terminal report monitor

A monitoring screen can display the state of terminal reported peri-
odically. The monitoring of RX Level can tell how much level of down-
link signal the terminal receives.
Example of error rate measurement (W-CDMA)
External packet data

• Test function for packet communication data transfer
The External Packet Data option enables data transfer to/from exter-
nal equipment by using the Ethernet port on the rear of MT8820A.
Installing the MX882051A-02/882001A-02/882002A-02/882003A-02
enables End-to-End data transfer between an application server con-
nected to the MT8820A and W-CDMA (GPRS, cdma2000® 1X,
cdma2000® 1xEV-DO) terminal or a client PC connected to a W-
CDMA (GPRS, cdma2000® 1X, cdma2000® 1xEV-DO) terminal. And
enables various application software.
Client PC
RF
Ethernet (cable connection)
Application server
W-CDMA terminal
MT8820A
Sample MT8820A connection (W-CDMA)

• W-CDMA video phone test
The MX882051A-03 W-CDMA Video Phone Test Option enables
data transfer between two MT8820A units by using their Ethernet
ports. Installing the MX882051A-03 enables End-to-End test be-
tween the videophone-compatible W-CDMA terminals connected to
each of the two MT8820A units.
Ethernet
RF (cable RF (cable
connection) connection)
4
MT8820A [1] MT8820A [2]
W-CDMA W-CDMA
terminal [1] terminal [2]
Sample MT8820A connection (W-CDMA)
GPIB control • TDMA measurement hardware (MT8820A-02)

• Measurement results batch read command This option enables the measurement of the major transmission/re-
All the results of a batch measurement can be read using the single ception characteristic about GSM which is most spread in the world
“ALLMEAS?” command. Specific measurement results can be se- in combination with MX882001A GSM Measurement Software.
lected and reported by specifying the measurement items, for exam- And this option can measure the major transmission/reception char-
ple “ALLMEAS? MOD” (for modulation analysis). The load on the acteristics on the second-generation PDC (PHS) system, the most
GPIB bus of both the MT8820A and the control PC has been light- common terminal in Japan, in combination with the MX882004A
ened and measurement throughput is increased by reducing the (MX882005A) PDC (PHS) Measurement Software.
number of GPIB commands. Moreover, the number of steps in the • CDMA measurement hardware (MT8820A-03)
control program has been reduced, facilitating to write comprehensi- This option can measure the major transmission/reception charac-
ble and maintainable remote control programs. teristics on the third-generation cdma2000® 1X terminals conforming
to 3GPP2, in combination with the MX882002A cdma2000®
Options Measurement Software.
• W-CDMA measurement hardware (MT8820A-01) • Audio board (MT8820A-11)
This option enables the measurement of the main transmission/re- This option enable to add a real-time audio encoding/decoding func-
ception characteristic about W-CDMA of the 3rd generation con- tion to W-CDMA (GSM) measurement software, enabling the end-to-
forming to 3GPP standard in combination with MX882000A W- end communication test with Handset, when it it mounted in a main
CDMA Measurement Software. frame in combination with MX882000A-01 W-CDMA (MX882001A-
01 GSM) voice codec. Beside the testing with Handset, the audio
signal input from an AF input connector and the audio signal output
to an AF output connector are supported.
Specifications
• MT8820A (main frame)
Frequency range: 30 to 2700 MHz
Max. input level: +35 dBm (MAIN 1)
MAIN 1 I/O
Impedance: 50 Ω
VSWR: ≤1.2 (<1.6 GHz), ≤1.25 (1.6 to 2.2 GHz), ≤1.3 (>2.2 GHz)
Connector: N type
AUX 1 output
Impedance: 50 Ω
VSWR: ≤1.3 (at SG Output level: ≤–10 dBm)
Connector: SMA type
General
Frequency: 10 MHz
Level: TTL
Startup characteristics: ≤±5 x 10–8 (at 10 min after startup referenced to frequency 24 h after startup)
Aging rate: ≤±2 x 10–8/day, ≤±1 x 10–7/year (referenced to frequency 24 h after startup)
Temperature characteristics: ≤±5 x 10–8
Connector: BNC type
External reference input
Frequency: 10 MHz or 13 MHz (±1 ppm)
Level: ≥0 dBm
Impedance: 50 Ω
Connector: BNC type
Frequency
Frequency range: 30 to 2700 MHz (setting range: 0.4 to 2700 MHz)
Setting resolution: 1 Hz
Accuracy: Due to reference oscillator accuracy
Output level
Level range: –140 to –10 dBm (MAIN 1), –130 to 0 dBm (AUX 1)
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±1.0 dB (–120 to –10 dBm, MAIN 1, after calibration), ±1.0 dB (–110 to 0 dBm, AUX 1, after calibration)
RF signal generator
Signal purity
Non-harmonic spurious:
≤–50 dBc (offset frequency: ≥100 kHz, except Uplink frequency – Downlink frequency + 4.1825 GHz),
≤–40 dBc [spurious of (4.8 – Fout) GHz at ≥2.1 GHz]
Harmonics: ≤–25 dBc
Uninterrupted level variation
Variable range: 0 to –30 dB
Setting resolution: 1 dB
Display: Color 8.4" TFT LCD, 640 x 480 dots
External control
Others GPIB: Control from external host with main unit as device (excluding some functions such as power-on), no external
device control
Power supply 100 to 120/200 to 240 Vac (–15/+15%, 250 V max.), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤300 VA (with Option 01)
Dimensions and mass 426 (W) x 221.5 (H) x 498 (D) mm (excluding projections), ≤23 kg
Operating temperature and humidity: 0˚ to +50˚C, ≤95% (no condensation)
Storage temperature and humidity: –20˚ to +60˚C, ≤95% (no condensation)
EMC
Environmental conditions EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A), EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A), EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
LVD
EN61010-1: 1993/A2: 1995 (Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2)
• MT8820A-01 W-CDMA measurement hardware and MX882000B W-CDMA Measurement Software,

MX882051A W-CDMA Call Processing Software
Frequency: 300 to 2200 MHz
Input level: –30 to +35 dBm (MAIN)
Modulation analysis
Carrier frequency accuracy: Reference oscillator accuracy + 10 Hz
Modulation accuracy (residual vector error): ≤2.5% (at input of 1-DPCCH and 1-DPDCH)
RF power Measurement accuracy: ±0.5 dB (–25 to +35 dBm), ±0.7 dB (–55 to –25 dBm), ±0.9 dB (–65 to –55 dBm) ∗After calibration
Linearity: ±0.2 dB (–40 to 0 dB, ≥–55 dBm), ±0.4 dB (–40 to 0 dB, ≥–65 dBm)
Measurement object: DPCH, PRACH
Occupied bandwidth
Adjacent channel Input level: –10 to +35 dBm (MAIN)
leakage power Measurement points: ±5 MHz, ±10 MHz
Measurement range: ≥50 dB (at ±5 MHz), ≥55 dB (at ±10 MHz)
Output frequency: 300 to 2200 MHz (1 Hz step)
Channel level (CPICH, P-CCPCH, SCH, PICH, DPCH, S-CCPCH, AICH):
Off, –30.0 to 0.0 dB [0.1dB step, relative level for Ior (total level)]
RF signal generator Channel level (OCNS): Off, Auto-setting
Channel level accuracy: ±0.2 dB (relative level accuracy for Ior)
AWGN level: Off, –20 to +5 dB (0.1 dB step)
AWGN level accuracy: ±0.2 dB (relative level accuracy for Ior)
Functions: Insert PN9 or PN15 pattern in DTCH
Bit error rate Measurement items: BER, BLER
measurement Measurement objective:
Loop-back data imposed on uplink DTCH (BER, BLER), serial data inputted from rear-panel call processing I/O port (BER)
Origination control:
Registration, origination, termination, handover, disconnection from network, disconnection from mobile station (executes each
Call processing
processing conforming to 3GPP standards and performs pass/fail evaluation)
Mobile station control: Output level, loop-back (executes each mobile function control conforming to 3GPP standards)

• MT8820A-02 TDMA measurement hardware and MX882001A GSM Measurement Software
Input level: –30 to +40 dBm (average power of burst signal, MAIN connector)
Measurement items: Normal burst, RACH
Frequency/modulation
measurement
Reference oscillator accuracy + 10 Hz at normal burst measurement
Reference oscillator accuracy + 20 Hz at RACH measurement
Residual phase error: ≤0.5° rms, ≤2° peak
Input level: –30 to +40 dBm (average power of burst signal, MAIN connector)
Measurement items: Normal burst, RACH
Amplitude measurement Measurement accuracy: ±0.5 dB (–20 to +40 dBm), ±0.7 dB (–30 to –20 dBm) (After calibration)
Linearity: ±0.2 dB (0 to –40 dB, ≥–30 dBm)
Carrier-off power: ≥65 dB (≥–10 dBm), ≥45 dB (–30 to –10 dBm)
Burst waveform display: Rise, fall, time slot, burst-on
Input level: –10 to +40 dBm (average power of burst signal, MAIN connector) 4
Measurement item: Normal burst
Output RF spectrum Measurement points:
measurement ±100 kHz, ±200 kHz, ±250 kHz, ±400 kHz, ±600 kHz, ±800 kHz, ±1000 kHz, ±1200 kHz, ±1400 kHz, ±1600 kHz, ±1800 kHz,
±2000 kHz
Measurement range due to modulation: ≤–55 dB (≤250 kHz offset), ≤–66 dB (≥400 kHz offset) ∗10 times average
Measurement range due to switching: ≤–57 dB (≥400 kHz offset)
Output frequency: 300 to 2200 MHz (1 Hz steps)
Phase error: ≤1° rms, ≤4° peak
RF signal generator Output patterns: CCH, TCH, CCH + TCH
Channel coding: FS, EFS, HS0, HS1
TCH data: PN9, PN15, ALL 0, ALL 1
Function: Error rate measurement of frame, bit and CRC
Measurement items
GSM:
Loop-back data inserted in up-link TCH
Error rate measurement
Serial data inputted through the call processing I/O port on the rear panel
GPRS:
The number of blocks received from the terminal and inserted in up-link TCH
The number of USF reception blocks of a terminal
Call controlling
GSM: Location registration, terminal call origination, network call origination, network disconnect, terminal disconnect
GPRS: Connection, disconnection, data transfer
Call processing
Terminal controlling
GSM: Output level, time slot, timing advance, loop-back on/off
GPRS: Test Mode A, Test Mode B, BLER
Channel coding FS, EFS, HS0, HS1, AFS, AHS0, AHS1, CS-1, CS-2, CS-3, CS-4
Frequency bands GSM450, GSM480, GSM850, P-GSM, E-GSM, R-GSM, DCS1800, PCS1900
• MT8820A-02 TDMA Measurement Hardware, MX882004A PDC Measurement Software

Input level range: –30 to +40 dBm (measurement object: TCH), –30 to +35 dBm (measurement object: UPCH continuous wave)
Measurement items: TCH, UPCH, continuous wave
measurement
Modulation accuracy: ± (2 % of indicated value + 0.7 %) rms
Origin offset accuracy: ±0.5 dB (relative to signal of –30 dBc)
Transmission rate: ±1 ppm (measurement range: 42 kbps ±100 ppm)
Amplitude measurement Measurement accuracy: ±0.5 dB (–20 to +40 dBm), ±0.7 dB (–30 to –20 dBm) ∗After calibration
Linearity: ±0.2 dB (0 to –40 dB, ≥–30 dBm)
Power measurement range at carrier off:
≥65 dB (input level: ≥–10 dBm), ≥ (Amplitude measurement value [dBm] + 80) dB (wide dynamic range power measurement)
Occupied bandwidth
measurement
Adjacent channel Input level range: –10 to +40 dBm (measurement object: TCH), –10 to +35 dBm (measurement object: UPCH continuous wave)
power measurement Measurement items: TCH, UPCH, continuous wave
Measurement range: ≤–60 dB (50 kHz offset), ≤–65 dB (100 kHz offset)
Output frequency: 300 to 2200 MHz, 1 Hz step
Modulation accuracy: ≤3 %rms
RF signal generator Modulation data
Continuous wave output: PN9, PN15 and repetition of arbitrary 4-bit data
Burst wave output: PN9, PN15
Function: Bit error rate measurement
Measurement items: Serial data inputted from the Call Proc. I/O terminal of a back panel
Call control:
Call processing Location registration, call origination, call termination, communication, network-side termination, phone-side termination
Phone control: Output level, time slot, time alignment
Channel coding Full rate, Half rate
Frequency band 800 MHz-1, 800 MHz-2, 800 MHz-3, 1.5 GHz
• MT8820A-03 cdma2000® Measurement Hardware, MX882002A cdma2000® Measurement Software

Input level: –65 to +35 dBm (Main connector)
Amplitude measurement Measurement accuracy: ±0.5 dB (–25 to +35 dBm), ±0.7 dB (–55 to –25 dBm), ±0.9 dB (–65 to –55 dBm)
∗After calibration, at filtered power measurement
Linearity: ±0.2 dB (0 to –40 dB, ≥–55 dBm), ±0.4 dB (0 to –40 dB, ≥–65 dBm)
Input level: –30 to +35 dBm
measurement
Residual waveform quality: >0.999
Residual EVM: <2 % rm
Occupied bandwidth Input level: –10 to +35 dBm
Can be measured at Reverse RC3/RC4.
Code domain power
Input level: –30 to +35 dBm
Measurement accuracy: ±0.2 dB (code power: ≥–15 dBc), ±0.4 dB (code power: ≥–23 dBc)
Output frequency: 300 to 2200 MHz (1 Hz step)
Channel level [Relative level to Ior (total level)]
Pilot Ch: –30 to 0 dB, 0.25 dB step or off
FCH, SCH: –30 to 0 dB, 0.1 dB step or off
SYNC, PCH: –30 to 0 dB, 0.25 dB step or off
OCNS: Auto, 0.01 dB step or off
RF signal generator QPCH channel level (relative level to pilot channel): –5 to +2 dB (1 dB step) or off
Channel level accuracy: <±0.2 dB typ. (≥–20 dB)
PN offset: 0 to 511 settable
Waveform quality: >0.99 (pilot only, AWGN off)
AWGN
AWGN level: –20 to +12 dB (relative level to CDMA signal) or off
Maximum CDMA signal output level at AWGN On: –28 dBm (at MAIN output), –18 dBm (at AUX output)
FER (Frame Error Rate) measurement: FER measurement with service Option 2, 9, 55 and 32 (TDSO)
Display items: FER, confidence level, sample frame count, error frame count
Band class: Conforms to BC 0 to 10
Call control: Location registration, origination, termination, network disconnect, terminal disconnect
Paging channel data rate: Full
Radio configuration: F-RC1 + R-RC1, F-RC2 + R-RC2, F-RC3 + R-RC3, F-RC4 + R-RC3, F-RC5 + R-RC4
Service option: Conforms to SO 1, 2, 3, 9, 32, 33, 55, 32768.
Fwd. FCH data rate: Full, half, quarter, eighth settable
Call processing Fwd. SCH: Max. 1 channel
Fwd. SCH data rate
RC3: 9.6, 19.2, 38.4, 76.8, 153.6 kbps
RC4: 9.6, 19.2, 38.4, 76.8, 153.6 kbps
RC5: 14.4, 28.8, 57.6, 115.2, 230.4 kbps
Access channel: Conforms to access Ch.
Rev. closed loop power control mode: closed loop, alternate, All 0 (all up), All 1 (all down)
Conformed protocol: IS-95B, J-STD-008C, ARIB T-53, Korean PCS, IS-2000 (SR1)
• MT8820A-11 Audio Board, MX882000B-01 W-CDMA Voice Codec

Voice codec AMR 12.2 kbps
Encoder input gain: –3.00 to 3.00 dB, in increments of 0.01 dB
Codec level adjustment Handset microphone volume: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Handset speaker volume: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Frequency range: 30 Hz to 10 kHz, 1 Hz resolution
Setting range: 0 Vpeak to 5 Vpeak (AF Output connector)
Setting resolution: 1 mV (≤5 V peak), 100 µV (≤500 mVpeak), 10 µV (≤50 mVpeak)
Accuracy: ±0.2 dB (≥10 mVpeak, ≥50 Hz), ±0.3 dB (≥10 mVpeak, <50 Hz)
AF output
Waveform distortion: ≤30 kHz band
≤–60 dB (≥500 mV peak, ≤5 kHz), ≤–54 dB (≥70 mVpeak)
Output impedance: ≤1 Ω
Max. output current: 100 mA
Input voltage range: 1 mVpeak to 5 Vpeak (AF Input connector)
AF input
Max. allowable input voltage: 30 Vrms
Input impedance: 100 k
Frequency measurement Accuracy: Reference oscillator accuracy + 0.5 Hz
Level measurement Accuracy: ±0.2 dB (≥10 mVpeak), ±0.4 dB (≥1 mVpeak, ≥1 kHz)
Frequency: 1 kHz in ≤30 kHz band
SINAD measurement
≥60 dB (≥1000 mVpeak), ≥54 dB (>50 mVpeak), ≥46 dB (≥10 mVpeak)
Distortion rate Frequency: 1 kHz in ≤30 kHz band
measurement ≤–60 dB (≥1000 mVpeak), ≤–54 dB (>50 mVpeak), ≤–46 dB (≥10 mVpeak)

• MT8820A-11 Audio Board, MX882001A-01 GSM Voice Codec
Voice codec GSM_EFR, GSM_AMR
Encoder input gain: –3.00 to 3.00 dB, in increments of 0.01 dB
Codec level adjustment Handset microphone volume: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Handset speaker volume: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Frequency range: 30 Hz to 10 kHz, 1 Hz resolution
Setting range: 0 to 5 Vpeak (AF Output connector)
Setting resolution: 1 mV (≤5 V peak), 100 µV (≤500 mVpeak), 10 µV (≤50 mVpeak)
Accuracy: ±0.2 dB (≥10 mVpeak, ≥50 Hz), ±0.3 dB (≥10 mVpeak, <50 Hz)
AF output
Waveform distortion: In ≤30 kHz band,
≤–60 dB (≥500 mV peak, ≤5 kHz), ≤–54 dB (≥70 mVpeak)
Output impedance: ≤1 Ω
Max. output current: 100 mA
Input voltage range: 1 mVpeak to 5 Vpeak (AF Input connector)
AF input
Max. allowable input voltage: 30 Vrms
Input impedance: 100 kΩ 4
Frequency measurement Accuracy: Reference oscillator accuracy + 0.5 Hz
Level adjustment Accuracy: ±0.2 dB (≥10 mVpeak), ±0.4 dB (≥1 mVpeak, ≥1 kHz)
At frequency 1 kHz in ≤30 kHz band,
SINAD measurement
≥60 dB (≥1000 mVpeak), ≥54 dB (>50 mVpeak), ≥46 dB (≥10 mVpeak)
Distortion rate At frequency 1 kHz in ≤30 kHz band,
measurement ≤–60 dB (≥1000 mVpeak), ≤–54 dB (>50 mVpeak), ≤–46 dB (≥10 mVpeak)
Main frame W2161AE MX882000B operation manual∗2 (attached to MX882000B)
MT8820A Radio Communication Analyzer W2026AE MX882001A operation manual∗2 (attached to MX882001A)
W2104AE MX882002A operation manual∗2 (attached to MX882002A)
Standard accessories W2201AE MX882003A operation manual∗2 (attached to MX882003A)
Power cord, 2.6 m: 1 pc W2159AE MX882004A operation manual∗2 (attached to MX882004A)
HB28B064C8H CF card (64 MB): 1 pc W2228AE MX882005A operation manual∗2 (attached to MX882005A)
CA68ADP PC card adapter: 1 pc W2247AE MX882022A operation manual∗2 (attached to MX882022A)
W1940AE MT8820A operation manual (CD-ROM): 1 copy W2220AE MX88205xA operation manual∗2 (attached to MX88205xA)
W2230AE MX88207xA operation manual∗2 (attached to MX88207xA)
Options
MT8820A-01 W-CDMA measurement hardware Warranty
MT8820A-02 TDMA measurement hardware MT8820A-90 Extended three year warranty service
MT8820A-03 cdma2000® measurement hardware MT8820A-91 Extended five year warranty service
MT8820A-04 1xEV-DO measurement hardware
MT8820A-11 Audio board Application parts
MT8820A-21 W-CDMA measurement hardware retrofit P0019 TEST USIM001
MT8820A-22 TDMA measurement hardware retrofit A0012 Handset
MT8820A-23 cdma2000® measurement hardware retrofit J0576B Coaxial cord (N-P · 5D-2W · N-P), 1 m
MT8820A-24 1xEV-DO measurement hardware retrofit J0576D Coaxial cord (N-P · 5D-2W · N-P), 2 m
MT8820A-31 Audio board retrofit J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m
J0127C Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG58A/U · BNC-P), 0.5 m
Softwares J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
MX882000B W-CDMA Measurement Software J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
(requires MT8820A-01 and MX882051A) MN8110A I/O Adapter (for call processing I/O)
MX882000B-01 W-CDMA voice codec B0332 Joint plate (4 pcs/set)
(requires MT8820A-11 and MX882000B) B0333G Rack mount kit
MX882001A GSM Measurement Software (requires MT8820A-02) B0499 Carrying case (hard type, with protective cover and casters)
MX882001A-01 GSM voice codec (requires MT8820A-11 and MX882001A) B0499B Carrying case (hard type, with protective cover, without
MX882001A-02 GSM external packet data (requires MX882001A) casters)
MX882001A-11 EGPRS Measurement Software (requires MX882001A) W1943AE MT8820A operation manual (booklet)
MX882002A cdma2000® Measurement Software W2162AE MX882000B operation manual (booklet)
(requires MT8820A-03) W2027AE MX882001A operation manual (booklet)
MX882002A-02 cdma2000® external packet data (requires MX882002A) W2100AE MX882002A operation manual panel operation (booklet)
MX882003A 1xEV-DO measurement Software W2101AE MX882002A operation manual remote control (booklet)
(requires MT8820A-04 and MX882002A) W2202AE MX882003A operation manual panel operation (booklet)
MX882003A-02 1xEV-DO external packet data (requires MX882003A) W2203AE MX882003A operation manual remote control (booklet)
MX882004A PDC Measurement Software (requires MT8820A-02) W2160AE MX882004A operation manual (booklet)
MX882005A PHS Measurement Software (requires MT8820A-02) W2229AE MX882005A operation manual (booklet)
MX882022A cdma2000® Wireless Application Test Software W2245AE MX882022A operation manual panel operation (booklet)
(requires MT8820A-03) W2246AE MX882022A operation manual remote control (booklet)
MX882051A W-CDMA Call Processing Software∗1 W2221AE MX88205xA operation manual (booklet)
(requires MX882000B) W2231AE MX88207xA operation manual (booklet)
MX882051A-02 W-CDMA external packet data∗1 (requires MX882051A)
MX882051A-03 W-CDMA video phone test∗1 (requires MX882051A)
MX882071A W-CDMA Ciphering Software∗1 (requires MX882051A)
∗1: For W-CDMA terminal connectivity, contact your Anritsu sales representative.
∗2: Supplied by CD-ROM
RADIO COMMUNICATION ANALYZER GPIB
MT8801C
300 kHz to 3 GHz
Support for CDMA, GSM, DECT, IS-136A, PDC and PHS
Every major radio communication system in the world including Tx and Rx measurements of PHS mobile stations
AMPS/PCS1900, GSM400/900/1800/1900, GPRS, HSCSD, DECT, MX880117A
including call processing
IS-136A, PDC, and PHS can be evaluated using just one MT8801C PHS
Tx and Rx measurements of PHS base stations
Radio Communication Analyzer, covering the 300 kHz to 3 GHz fre- MX880132A
and mobile stations
quency band in one hardware platform, and the dedicated measure-
Tx and Rx measurements both portable part and
ment software options. The call processing test and sensitivity test DECT MX880118A fixed part for DECT including call processing
using the loopback method are possible for GSM/DCS1800/PCS1900, (requires option 07)
CDMA, IS-136A and DECT. In addition, connection testing as well as
Audio test of GSM mobile stations including call
send testing while communicating, are also possible for PDC and GSM Option 11
processing (requires MX880115A and option 01)
PHS measurement by using the call processing function, and the
PDC uplink RCH can be monitored (RSSI, estimated error rate) too. Tx and Rx measurements of mobile stations
CDMA Option 12
including call processing (requires option 01)
FM radio transmission/reception tests are simplified by using the op-
tional analog measurement function, and the optional spectrum an-
alyzer function covering 10 MHz to 3 GHz is very useful for main-
taining as well as measuring spurious near carrier on production Transmission test
lines. GPIB and RS-232C interfaces are standard, so MT8801C can • Batch measurements of transmission test items
be incorporated easily into automated production lines or on-site au- Only about 1 second is required to measure all major transmission
tomated testing systems. test items, including frequency, modulation accuracy, origin offset,
The time required for testing equipment on production lines is great- transmission rate, transmission power, leakage power during carrier-
ly reduced using the high-speed adjacent channel power and occu- off, rise/fall edge characteristics, occupied bandwidth, and adjacent
pied bandwidth measurement functions based on Anritsu’s propri- channel power. Pass/fail decisions for limit value of each test item
etary measurement algorithm and DSP (Digital Signal Processing). can also be displayed.
Furthermore, major transmission test items such as transmission fre-
quency, modulation accuracy (phase error), transmission power,
rise/fall characteristics of burst wave, adjacent channel power, etc.
can be measured and judged pass/fail for the limit value of each item.
Features
• 1 unit for GSM, DECT, IS-136A, PDC and PHS systems
• All basic transmission and reception measurements performed by 1 unit
System Measurement
Description
type software option
Tx and Rx measurements of IS-136A mobile stations
IS-136A MX880113A
including call processing (requires option 01)
Tx and Rx measurements of AMPS analog mobile
AMPS MX880114A stations and PCS1900 digital mobile telephones
PCS1900 including call processing (requires option 01)
GSM400/ Tx and Rx measurements of GSM and advanced
900/1800/ MX880115A GSM mobile stations including call processing Example of linked send measurement items (PDC)
1900 and multiple timeslot measurements
Tx and Rx measurements of PDC mobile stations
MX880116A
PDC including call processing
MX880131A Tx and Rx measurements of PDC mobile stations

• Calibration functions Analog measurement
A built-in thermocouple power sensor is used for calibration, provid- • Analog measurement function (Option 01)
ing accurate measurement of absolute values such as average pow- The MT8801C has general analog measurement functions too.
er within burst signal and leakage power during carrier-off. There is Efficient FM TX/RX testing is made easy by built-in signal generator,
no need for other instruments; just one press of the CAL key during AF oscillator, RF analyzer (power meter, frequency counter, FM
measurement performs calibration. measurement) and audio analyzer functions. This function is espe-
• Wide-band power meter cially useful for the IS-136A analog test.
The power meter with built-in thermocouple power sensor can accu- • Transmission measurement
rately measure power between 0 and +40 dBm. Characteristics such as frequency, power, and frequency deviation
• Modulation analysis can be measured easily.
The user can display the waveform as either frequency deviation, • Reception measurement
eye diagram or constellation diagram to easily show any irregularities An FM modulated signal is output to permit measurement of the fre-
in the modulation. quency and level of the AF signal from a receiver, as well as SINAD
• Measurement of antenna power rise/fall edge characteristics and distortion.
Antenna power rise/fall edge characteristics can be measured si-
multaneously with antenna power measurements. In addition, the Spectrum analysis 4
marker points can be moved and the power can be read directly with • Spectrum analyzer function (Option 07)
1/10 symbol resolution. The spectrum analyzer with synthesized local oscillator covers a fre-
• Adjacent channel power measurement quency range of 10 MHz to 3 GHz with a resolution of 1 Hz. In addi-
The MT8801C can measure adjacent channel power for each com- tion to a C/N of –115 dBc (100 kHz offset), the RBW can be set to 300
munication system at high speed. Hz to 1 MHz, the VBW to 3 to 100 kHz, and the sweep time in the fre-
• Receiver sensitivity measurement quency domain to 100 ms to 1000 s (1 ms to 1000 s in time domain).
This function displays the error count and error rate in the RF input The total level accuracy is an astonishing ±1.5 dB due to the ana-
or DATA/CLOCK input measured signal. lyzer’s excellent linearity and the level calibration function. Moreover,
the average noise level is just –85 dBm max (at 10 MHz to 1 GHz),
and the secondary harmonic distortion is –60 dB max (100 MHz to
1.5 GHz).
Bit error rate measurement (IS-136A)
• Call processing function IS-136A modulated wave measurement

The MT8801C acts as a pseudo base station permitting to judge
pass/fail for registration, origination, termination, communication, han-
dover (PHS: TCH switching type only), disconnection from network, Options
and disconnection from mobile station at the sequence monitor
screen.
• Option 04: AF low impedance output
This option converts the output impedance of the AF oscillator of the
Option 01 analog measurement to low impedance. It permits direct
driving of an external speaker connected to the AF output connector.
• Option 11: GSM audio test
When using with the MX880115A GSM Measurement Software,
speech Tx/Rx characteristics can be measured in accordance with
GSM Rec. RPE LTP (Full Rate Speech CODEC).
The audio signal generated by the MT8801C is digitally processed
and ideal audio signal is sent. In addition, this option can also be
used to digitally process an audio signal sent from a GSM terminal
for high-reliability and high-accuracy measurement.
• Option 12: CDMA measurement
The Option 12 can measure the following systems; USA 800-MHz
cellular band (TIA/EIA/IS-95A standard), USA 1.9 GHz PCS band
(ANSI J-STD-008 standard), Japan 800-MHz cellular band (ARIB
STD-T53 standard).
The CDMA and analog dual mode standardized in the IS-95A stan-
Sequence monitor display (GSMGPRS) dard are supported.
Specifications
• MT8801C
Frequency range 300 kHz to 3 GHz
Maximum input level +40 dBm (10 W, MAIN connector), +20 dBm (100 mW, AUX connector)
MAIN I/O connector
Impedance: 50 Ω, N-type
Input/output connector
VSWR: ≤1.2 (≤2.2 GHz), ≤1.3 (>2.2 GHz)
AUX input/output connector: TNC-type
Frequency: 10 MHz
Starting characteristics: ≤5 x 10–8/day (after 10 minutes of warm-up, referred to frequency after 24 hours warm-up)
Reference oscillator Aging rate: ≤2 x 10–8/day, ≤1 x 10–7/year (referred to frequency after 24 hours warm-up)
Temperature characteristics: ≤5 x 10–8 (0˚ to 50˚C, referred to frequency at 25˚C)
External standard input: 10 MHz or 13 MHz (±1 ppm), input level: 2 to 5 Vp-p
Level range: 0 to +40 dBm, –10 to +40 dBm (CDMA measurement)
Power meter
Level accuracy: ±10% (0 to +40 dBm, after zero point calibration), ±10% (–10 to +40 dBm, 18˚ to 28˚C, at average value,
after zero point calibration)
Frequency
Range: 300 kHz to 3 GHz
Resolution: 1 Hz
Accuracy: Reference frequency accuracy ±100 mHz
Output level
Level range (no modulation or analog modulation): –133 to –13 dBm (MAIN connector), –133 to +7 dBm (AUX connector)
Level accuracy: ±1 dB (10 MHz to 2.2 GHz, ≥–123 dBm, 18˚ to 28˚C), ±3 dB (10 MHz to 2.2 GHz, ≥–133 dBm),
Signal generator
±2 dB (>2.2 GHz, ≥–123 dBm, 18˚ to 28˚C), ±4 dB (>2.2 GHz, ≥–133 dBm)
Radiated interference:
1 µV/50 Ω (carrier frequency measured, 25 mm from front panel with two-turn 25 mm diameter loop antenna)
Signal purity
Spurious: ≤–50 dBc (at CW, offset frequency 100 kHz to ≤50 MHz; where carrier frequency: other than 1300 MHz to
1400 MHz and 2000 MHz to 2100 MHz), ≤–40 dBc (for all band)
Harmonics: ≤–25 dBc (at CW)
Display: Color TFT-LCD, 7.8 inch, 640 x 480 dots
Hard copy:
Enables data hard copy of the display through a parallel interface (applicable only for EPSON VP series or equivalent)
GPIB: This equipment is specified as a device, can be controlled from external controller (excluding power switch and FD
ejection key). No controller function
Others Interface: SH1, AH1, T6, L4, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C0, E2)
Parallel
Conform to the Centronics. Outputs printing data to printer. Data line exclusive for output: 8
Control line: 4 (BUSY, DTSB, ERROR, PE)
Connectors: D-sub 25 pins, female (equivalent to the connector of IBM-PC/AT built-in printer)
RS-232C: All functions except power switch controlled by external controller (baud rate: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600 bps)
Power 100 to 120/200 to 240 Vac (automatic voltage switch system), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤300 VA
Operating temperature 0˚ to +50˚C
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
• Option 01: Analog measurement

Output level range: –133 to –13 dBm (MAIN connector), –133 to +7 dBm (AUX connector)
FM deviation: 0 to 40 kHz (resolution: 10 Hz)
Accuracy: Set value ±5% ±1 digit (internal modulation frequency: 1 kHz, excluding residual FM)
RF signal generator Internal modulation: 20 Hz to 20 kHz
External modulation: 20 Hz to 20 kHz (limited to 1Vpeak into 600 Ω)
Flatness: ±0.5 dB (referenced to 1 kHz between 0.3 to 3 kHz with 4 kHz deviation)
±1 dB (referenced to 1 kHz between 20 Hz to 20 kHz with 4 kHz deviation)
Distortion: ≤–50 dB (internal modulation frequency: 1 kHz, demodulation bandwidth: 0.3 to 3 kHz, frequency deviation: 5 kHz)
Frequency range: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, Setting resolution: 0.1 Hz, Accuracy: Same as reference oscillator
Output
Level range: 0.1 mVrms to 3.0 Vrms (EMF, MAIN output impedance: 600 Ω)
0.1 mVrms to 0.3 Vrms (EMF, MAIN output impedance: 50 Ω)
Setting resolution: 1 µV (output level: <4 mV), 10 µV (output level: <40 mV)
100 µV (output level: <0.4 V), 1 mV (output level: ≤3 V)
Accuracy (bandwidth: <30 kHz)
AF Generator Unbalanced output: ±0.5 dB (frequency: 1 kHz, output level: ≥1 mV), ±1 dB (frequency: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, output level: ≥1 mV)
Floating output: ±2 dB (frequency: 1 kHz, output level: ≥1 mV)
Output impedance
MAIN output: 600 Ω, 50 Ω selectable (unbalanced, BNC connector)
DUT interface microphone output: 600 Ω, floating
Distortion: <–50 dBc (bandwidth: <30 kHz, frequency: 1 kHz, output level: 1 V)
<–45 dBc (bandwidth: <30 kHz, frequency: 20 Hz to 20 kHz, output level: 1 V)
Noise generator: White noise passed through a weighting filter (conforming to ITU-T Rec. G.227)

RF power meter Input range: 0 to +40 dBm (MAIN connector)
Accuracy: ±10% (after zero calibration)
Input range: 0 to +40 dBm (MAIN connector)
IF level meter
Accuracy: ≤10% (after calibration with internal RF power meter)
Linearity: ±0.3 dB (0 to –30 dB)
Input level range: –15 to +40 dBm (MAIN connector), –40 to +20 dBm (AUX connector)
Frequency counter Resolution: 1 Hz
Accuracy: ±(reference oscillator accuracy + 10 Hz)
Method: IF frequency counting (bandwidth: ±30 kHz)
FM
Transmission measurement
Filters (3 dB cut-off frequency): HPF (300 Hz, 50 kHz), LPF (3 kHz, 15 kHz)
Deviation: 0 to 20 kHz
Demodulation frequency: 20 Hz to 20 kHz
4
Accuracy: 1% + residual FM (demodulation frequency: 1 kHz)
Frequency response: ±0.5 dB (referenced to 1 kHz)
Residual FM: 8 Hz-rms (demodulation frequency: 0.3 to 3 kHz)
Distortion: 0.3% (modulation frequency: 1 kHz, demodulation bandwidth: 0.3 to 3 kHz)
øM
Filters (3 dB cut-off frequency): HPF (300 Hz, 50 kHz), LPF (3 kHz, 15 kHz)
Modulation Deviation: 0 to 10 rad
Demodulation frequency: 300 Hz to 3 kHz
Accuracy: 1% + residual øM (modulation frequency: 1 kHz)
Frequency response: ±0.5 dB (referenced to 1 kHz)
Residual øM: 0.01 rad-rms (demodulation bandwidth: 0.3 to 3 kHz)
Distortion: 0.5% (modulation frequency: 1 kHz, demodulation bandwidth: 0.3 to 3 kHz, deviation: 5 rad)
FM demodulation output
Deviation: 0 to 40 kHz (4/40 kHz range selectable)
Demodulation frequency range: 50 Hz to 10 kHz
Output level: 4 Vpeak (EMF, at full-scale range)
Output impedance: 600 Ω
Frequency response: ±1 dB
Distortion: 1% (FM frequency: 1 kHz, demodulation bandwidth: 0.3 to 3 kHz, frequency deviation: 4 kHz)
Filters (3 dB cut-off frequency): HPF (300 Hz), LPF (3 kHz)
De-emphasis: 750 µs
Input impedance: 600 Ω/100 kΩ selectable (unbalanced, BNC connector)
Bandpass filter
HPF: 400 Hz (for tone rejection)
De-emphasis: 750 µs
Weighting filter: ITU-T P.53, C-MESSAGE
AF Level meter
Level range: 1 mVrms to 30 Vrms
Audio analyzer Accuracy: ±0.5 dB
AF frequency counter
Accuracy: ±0.1 Hz
Distortion meter
Accuracy: ±1 dB (frequency: 1 kHz, distortion factor: 1%)
Mass ≤500 g
• Option 04: AF low impedance output

Output impedance∗1: ≤1 Ω (MAIN connector, unbalanced, BNC connector)
Maximum output current: ≥100 mApeak (MAIN connector)
AF oscillator
Waveform distortion:
–50 dBc (band: <30 kHz, 1 kHz, output level: 0.3 V), –45 dBc (band: <30 kHz, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, output level: 0.3 V)
∗1: <1 Ω fixed (can not exchange to 50/600 Ω)
• Option 07: Spectrum analyzer
Band
Band 0: 0 Hz to 3 GHz, Band 1: 10 MHz to 3 GHz; HPF: On/off switchable (Band 1, 1.6 to 3 GHz)
Setting range
0 to 3 GHz (Band: 0), 10 MHz to 3 GHz (Band: 1); Resolution: 1 Hz
Display accuracy: ± (display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + span x span accuracy)
Marker frequency accuracy
Normal marker: Same as display frequency accuracy; Delta marker: Same as span accuracy
Frequency Span setting range: 0 Hz or 10 kHz to 3 GHz (Band: 0), 0 Hz or 10 kHz to 2.99 GHz (Band: 1)
Span accuracy: ±2.5%
Setting range: 300 Hz to 1 MHz (3 dB BW, 1-3 sequence)
Accuracy: ±2% (300 Hz to 300 kHz), ±10% (1 MHz)
Selectivity (60 dB:3 dB): ≤5:1
Video bandwidth: 3 Hz to 100 kHz (1-3 sequence) or through ∗Setting range is limited by resolution bandwidth.
Maximum input level
Continuous average power: +40 dBm (MAIN connector), +20 dBm (AUX connector)
DC voltage: 0 V
Average noise level (resolution bandwidth: 1 kHz, video bandwidth: 10 Hz)
≤–90 dBm (10 MHz to 2.2 GHz), ≤–85 dBm (>2.2 GHz) ∗MAIN connector input, input attenuator: 20 dB
≤–110 dBm (10 MHz to 2.2 GHz), ≤–105 dBm (>2.2 GHz) ∗AUX connector input, input attenuator: 0 dB
Residual response: ≤–70 dBm (MAIN connector, input attenuator: 20 dB), ≤–90 dBm (AUX connector, input attenuator: 0 dB)
Level accuracy
±1.5 dB (MAIN connector, reference level: +10.1 to +40 dBm, at 0 to –50 dB of reference level)
±1.5 dB (AUX connector, reference level: –9.9 to +20 dBm, at 0 to –50 dB of reference level)
Reference Level
Amplitude (band 1) Setting range: ≤–60 to +50 dBm (MAIN connector), ≤–80 to +30 dBm (AUX connector)
Setting resolution: 0.1 dB
Accuracy: ±0.5 dB (MAIN connector, +10.1 to +40 dBm), ±1.0 dB (MAIN connector, –60 to +10 dBm), ±0.5 dB (AUX
connector, –9.9 to +20 dBm), ±1.0 dB (AUX connector, –80 to –10 dBm) ∗After calibration, frequency: 100
MHz, span: 2 MHz; Input attenuator, resolution bandwidth, video bandwidth, sweep time are AUTO.)
Resolution bandwidth switching deviation: ±0.1 dB (resolution bandwidth reference: 3 kHz)
Frequency characteristics: ±0.5 dB [100 MHz reference, input attenuation: 30 dB (10 dB for AUX input), 18˚ to 28˚C]
Log linearity:
±0.5 dB (0 to –50 dB, resolution bandwidth: ≤1 MHz), ±1.0 dB (0 to –70 dB, resolution bandwidth: ≤30 kHz),
±1.0 dB (0 to –80 dB, resolution bandwidth: ≤1 kHz)
∗10 MHz to 2.2 GHz, reference level: ≥0 dBm (MAIN connector)/≥–20 dBm (AUX connector)
Spurious (2nd harmonic distortion): ≤–55 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–60 dBc (100 to 1500 MHz) ∗Mixer input: –30 dBm
Sweep time:
100 ms to 1000 s (frequency domain sweep), 100 ms to 1000 s (time domain sweep, resolution bandwidth: ≤1 kHz)
10 ms to 1000 s (time domain sweep, resolution bandwidth: 3 to 10 kHz), 1 ms to 1000 s (time domain sweep, resolution
bandwidth: ≥30 kHz)
Trigger switch: FREERUN, TRIGGERED
Trigger source:
Sweep WIDE IF VIDEO (3 dB bandwidth: ≥20 MHz, trigger slope: RISE/FALL), EXT (trigger: TTL level, trigger slope: RISE/FALL)
Trigger delay
Range: 0 µs to 100 ms, Resolution: 2 µs
Gate sweep
Displays spectrum of input signal at specified gate on frequency domain display
Gate delay: 2 µs to 100 ms from trigger start point (resolution: 2 µs)
Gate width: 2 µs to 100 ms from gate delay point (resolution: 2 µs)
Marker functions
Signal search: PEAK → CF, PEAK → REF
Zero marker: NORMAL, DELTA
Marker function: MARKER → CF, MARKER → REF, ZONE → SPAN
Peak search: PEAK, NEXT PEAK, NEXT RIGHT PEAK, NEXT LEFT PEAK
Functions
Measurement function
Noise power: dBm/Hz, dBm/ch
C/N: dBc/Hz, dBc/ch
Occupied bandwidth: N% of power method, X-dB down method
Adjacent channel power: Reference total power method, reference level method, channel designate display (2 channels
x 2), graphic display
Average power within a burst: Average power of time domain waveform within specified time
Number of data point: 501 points
Detector mode
POS PEAK: Displays max. point between sample points, NEGATIVE PEAK: Displays min. point between sample points,
SAMPLE: Displays momentary value at sample points
Others
Display memory
TRACE A: Displays frequency spectrum, TRACE B: Displays frequency spectrum,
Trace time: Displays time domain waveform at center frequency
Storage function: NORMAL, VIEW, MAX HOLD, MIN HOLD, AVERAGE, CUMULATIVE, OVER WRITE

• Option 11: GSM audio test
Decoding characteristics Level range: 0 to 3.2768 V
Accuracy: ±1 Hz (500 Hz to 2 kHz)
Tx measurement
Frequency range: 50 Hz to 20 kHz (setting resolution: 50 Hz)

Accuracy: Same as reference oscillator
Output level range: 50 mVrms to 3 Vrms (EMF) ∗Setting resolution: 0.1 mV
Accuracy (bandwidth: <30 kHz)
Unbalanced output: ±0.5 dB (1 kHz, ≥1 mV), ±1 dB (20 Hz to 20 kHz, ≥1 mV)
AF oscillator
Floating output: ±2 dB (1 kHz, ≥1 mV)
Output impedance
Main output: 600 Ω, 50 Ω (unbalanced, BNC connector)
Microphone input: 600 Ω (floating, DUT interface)
Waveform distortion (bandwidth: <30 kHz): <–50 dBc (1 kHz, 1 Vrms), <–45 dBc (20 Hz to 20 kHz, 1 Vrms)
Frequency range: 50 Hz to 4 kHz (setting resolution: 50 Hz)
Coded signal
Rx measurement
Level range: 0 to 2.2 V (setting resolution: 0.1 mV)

Frequency range: 30 Hz to 20 kHz 4
AF level measurement Level range: 1 mVrms to 30 Vrms
Accuracy: ±0.5 dB
AF frequency measurement Level range: 30 mVrms to 30 Vrms
Accuracy: ±0.1 Hz
• Option 12: CDMA measurement

Frequency range
IS-95A: 869.01 to 893.97 MHz (30 kHz step)
J-STD-008: 1930.00 to 1989.95 MHz (50 kHz step)
ARIB STD-T53: 832.0125 to 833.9875 MHz, 843.0125 to 845.9875 MHz, 860.0125 to 869.9875 MHz (12.5 kHz step)
KORER-PCS: 1805.05 to 1870.00 MHz (50 kHz step)
Level setting range:
Signal generator –133 to –18 dBm (Main connector, AWGN off), –133 to +2 dBm (AUX connector, AWGN off)
–133 to –24 dBm (Main connector, AWGN on), –133 to –4 dBm (AUX connector, AWGN on)
Relative level accuracy:
±0.2/20 dB (Relative level accuracy at level change in time response of open-loop power control 18˚ to 28˚C)
Waveform quality: >0.99 (pilot channel: 0 dB)
Channel level accuracy: ±0.2 dB (relative level accuracy between any 2 channels)
AWGN level accuracy: ±0.2 dB (relative level for forward traffic channel)
Reception measurement FER measurement: FER measurement value, error frame number, test frame number, reliability limit (pass/fail)
Frequency range
IS-95A: 824.01 to 848.97 MHz (30 kHz step)
J-STD-008: 1850.00 to 1909.95 MHz (50 kHz step)
ARIB STD-T53: 887.0125 to 888.9875 MHz, 898.0125 to 900.9875 MHz, 915.0125 to 924.9875 MHz (12.5 kHz step)
KORER-PCS: 1715.05 to 1780.00 MHz (50 kHz step)
Modulation analysis
Level range: –20 to +40 dBm (average power within a burst, main connector only)
Waveform quality measurement range: 0.9 to 1.0
Measurement error: ±0.003 (after executing adjust range)
Residual vector error: <5% (after executing adjust range)
Power measurement (IF level meter)
Measurement range: –50 to +40 dBm
Measurement accuracy:
±0.4 dB (0 to +40 dBm, after executing power meter calibration)
Transmission measurement ±0.4 dB (–10 to +40 dBm, after executing power meter calibration, 18˚ to 28˚C)
±0.7 dB (–10 to +40 dBm, after executing internal oscillator calibration, 18˚ to 28˚C)
Linearity: ±0.1 dB (0 to –10 dB), ±0.2 dB (–10 to –20 dB), ±0.5 dB (–20 to –40 dB) ∗Referred to reference level: ≥–10 dBm
Input connector: Main connector only
Occupied bandwidth measurement
Level range: 0 to +40 dBm (average power within a burst, MAIN connector), –20 to +20 dBm (average power within a
burst, AUX connector)
Spurious close to the carrier measurement
Measurement range: ≥50 dB (900 kHz offset), ≥60 dB (1.98 MHz offset)
Spurious measurement
Measurement range: ≥60 dB
Functions:
Registration, origination, termination, conversation, loopback, hard handoff, disconnection from network, disconnection
Call processing from mobile station, CDMA → analog handoff (IS-95A), soft handoff (MX880201A-01), softer handoff (MX880201A-01)
Protocol: IS-95A (CDMA, analog), J-STD-008, ARIB STD-T53
• MX880113A IS-136A Measurement Software (extracts)
Frequency/modulation measurement
Transmission measurement

Modulation accuracy: ± (2% of indicated value + 0.5%)
Input level range: +10 to +40 dBm (average power within burst, MAIN connector)
Digital
Transmitter power accuracy: ±10% (MAIN connector, after calibration)
Adjacent channel power measurement
Measurement range: ≥30 dB (30 kHz offset), ≥60 dB (60 kHz offset), ≥65 dB (90 kHz offset)
Batch measurement functions
Measurement time: ≤1.5 s (amplitude measurement in normal mode)
Analog Same as Option 01
Signal generator
measurement
Level range: –133 to –13 dBm (MAIN connector), –133 to +7 dBm (AUX connector)
Reception
Digital Modulation accuracy: ≤3%rms

Measurement pattern: PN9 (measures TCH data of up communication burst at RF input)
Number of measurement bits: 1 to 99999999
Analog Same as Option 01
Pass/fail judgement of registration, origination, termination communication, handoff, disconnection from network,
Call processing
disconnection from mobile station
• MX880114A AMPS/PCS1900 Measurement Software (extracts)

Frequency/modulation Frequency range: 10 MHz to 2.2 GHz
measurement Residual phase error accuracy: ≤0.5˚ rms, ≤2˚ peak
Input level range: –5 to +40 dBm (average power within burst, MAIN connector)
measurement
Transmission
Calibration input level range: +10 to +40 dBm (average power within burst, MAIN connector)
Transmission power accuracy: ±0.4 dB (+10 to +40 dBm), ±0.7 dBm (–5 to +40 dBm)
∗MAIN connector, after calibration by using built-in power meter with same Tx reference level as calibration
Output RF spectrum Modulation portion measurement range: ≥50 dB (200 kHz offset), ≥66 dB (250 kHz offset)
measurement Transition portion measurement range: ≥57 dB (400 kHz offset)
All measurement items Measurement time: ≤2.0 s (amplitude measurement: normal mode, except MS report measurement)
measurement
Signal generator Level range: –133 to –13 dBm (MAIN connector), –133 to +7 dBm (AUX connector)
Reception
Phase error: ≤1˚ rms, ≤4˚ peak

Measurement pattern: 10 test patterns selectable
Number of measurement samples: 1 to 99999999 (FER, CΙb, CΙΙ)
Pass/fail judgement of registration, origination, termination, communication, hand-over, disconnection from network,
Call processing
Analog measurement Same as Option 01 for AMPS
• MX880115A GSM Measurement Software (extracts)

measurement Residual phase error accuracy: ≤0.5˚ rms, ≤2˚ peak
Input level range: –5 to +40 dBm (average power within burst, MAIN connector)
measurement
Transmission
Calibration input level range: +10 to +40 dBm (average power within burst, MAIN connector)
Transmission power accuracy: ±0.4 dB (+10 to +40 dBm), ±0.7 dBm (–5 to +40 dBm)
∗MAIN connector, after calibration by using built-in power meter with same Tx reference level as calibration
Output RF spectrum Modulation portion measurement range: ≥50 dB (200 kHz offset), ≥66 dB (250 kHz offset)
measurement Transition portion measurement range: ≥57 dB (400 kHz offset)
All measurement items Measurement time: ≤2.0 s (amplitude measurement: normal mode, except MS report measurement)
measurement
Reception
Phase error: ≤1˚ rms, ≤4˚ peak

Measurement pattern: 10 test patterns selectable
Number of measurement samples: 1 to 99999999 (FER/CRC, CΙb, CΙΙ, FAST)
Call processing
Analog measurement Same as Option 01 for AMPS

• MX880116A PDC Measurement Software with Call Processing (extracts)
measurement Modulation accuracy: ±(2% of indicated value + 0.5%)
measurement
Transmission
Transmitter power accuracy: ±10% (MAIN connector, after calibration by using built-in power meter)
Measurement range: ≥60 dB (50 kHz offset), ≥65 dB (100 kHz offset)
measurement
Batch measurement Measurement time: ≤1.5 s (amplitude measurement in normal mode; occupied bandwidth and adjacent channel power
functions measurement on high-speed mode)
measurement
Reception
Modulation accuracy: ≤3%rms

Measurement pattern: PN9, PN15
Number of measurement bits: 102, 103, 2556, 104, 105, 106, ∞
Call processing
4
• MX880117A PHS Measurement Software with Call Processing (extracts)

measurement Modulation accuracy: ±(2% of indicated value + 0.7%)
measurement
Transmission
Transmitter power accuracy: ±10% (MAIN connector, after calibration by using built-in power meter, at +10 to +40 dBm)
measurement
measurement
Reception

Call processing
• MX880118A DECT Measurement Software (extracts)

Frequency/modulation Frequency range: 10 MHz to 2.2 GHz, RF carrier accuracy: ±250 Hz + reference oscillator accuracy,
measurement Frequency drift measurement accuracy: ±250 Hz, Modulation measurement accuracy: ±10 kHz
Input level range: –5 to +40 dBm (MAIN connector)
Calibration input level range: +15 to +40 dBm (MAIN connector)
Transmitter power accuracy:
measurement
Transmission
±0.4 dB (+15 to +40 dBm), ±0.7 dB (–5 to +15 dBm) ∗MAIN connector, after calibration by using built-in power meter
Emission due to modulation:
Adjacent channel power –8 dBm/160 µW at M ±1, –30 dBm/1 µW at M ±2, –44 dBm/40 nW at M ±3, –47 dBm/20 nW at M ±4 and M ±5
measurement Emission due to transmitter transient:
–6 dBm/250 µW at M ±1, –13 dBm/40 µW at M ±2, –23 dBm/4 µW at M ±3, –30 dBm/1 µW at M ±4 and M ±5
All measurement items Frequency, deviation, frequency drift, Tx power, carrier-off power, template pass/fail, timing, adjacent channel emission
measurement
Modulation error: ≤±8% (at 288 kHz deviation, frequency 10 MHz to 2.2 GHz)
Reception
Modes: FER, BER (Quick Mode), BER (Full Mode)

Measurement pattern: 0000111100001111, 0011001100110011, 0101010101010101, 1010 64 x 1 64 x 0 1010,
pseudo-random (D-M2), ETSI patterns
Number of measurement bits: 1 to 99000 k
Call processing Bearer setup, bearer release, hand-over, loopback
• MX880131A PDC Measurement Software (extracts)

measurement Modulation accuracy: ± (2% of indicated value + 0.5%)
measurement
Transmission
Adjacent channel power Measurement range: ≥60 dB (50 kHz offset), ≥65 dB (100 kHz offset)
measurement
measurement
Reception

• MX880132A PHS Measurement Software (extracts)
measurement Modulation accuracy: ± (2% of indicated value + 0.7%)
measurement
Transmission
measurement
measurement
Reception

Main frame
MT8801C Radio Communication Analyzer
J0576B Coaxial cord (N-P · 5D-2W · P), 1 m: 1 pc
J0768 Coaxial adaptor (N-J · NC-P): 2 pcs
Power cord: 1 pc
F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A: 2 pcs
Options*1
MT8801C-01 Analog Measurement
MT8801C-04 AF Low Impedance Output (requires Option 01)
MT8801C-07 Spectrum Analyzer
MT8801C-11 GSM Audio Test (requires MX880115A and Option 01)
MT8801C-12 CDMA Measurement (requires Option 01)
MX880113A IS-136A Measurement Software (requires Option 01)
MX880114A AMPS/PCS1900 Measurement Software (requires Option 01)
MX880116A PDC Measurement Software with Call Processing
MX880117A PHS Measurement Software with Call Processing
MX880118A DECT Measurement Software (requires Option 07)
MX880131A PDC Measurement Software
MX880132A PHS Measurement Software
MX880201A-01 Soft Handoff (for CDMA, requires Option 12)
Peripherals
MD6420A Data Transmission Analyzer
MS2683A Spectrum Analyzer
MG3681A Digital Modulation Signal Generator
J0127C Coaxial cord (BNC-P · G-58A/U · NC-P), 0.5 m
J0769 Coaxial adapter (BNC-J · NC-P)
J0040 Coaxial adapter (N-P · NC-J)
MA1612A Four-Point Junction Pad
J0395 Fixed attenuator for high power (30 dB, 30 W, dc to 9 GHz)
B0329D Front cover (1MW 5U)
B0331D Front handle kit (2 pcs/set)
B0334D Carrying case (hard type, with protective cover and casters)
J0742A RS-232C cable (for PC-98 PC, D-sub 25-pin), 1 m
J0743A RS-232C cable (for DOS/V PC, D-sub 9-pin), 1 m
∗1: Installed in Anritsu. It can be retrofitted to an already purchased MT8801C.

For details, contact your Anritsu sales representative.

RADIO COMMUNICATION TEST SYSTEM GPIB
ME7812 Series
Low-Cost Automatic Test System for cdmaOne/PDC/PHS Mobile Stations
The ME7812 series test system is for automatic testing of cdmaOne Functions and performance
mobile station for both the Japanese ARIB system and the North- • LAN connection, data collection and system management
American IS-95 system and PDC/PHS mobile stations. It can also be A network of plural test systems can be constructed easily using the
used for testing dual mode stations of the North-American AMPS Windows 98 Network Drive Assignment function. The test conditions
(analog) and cdmaOne. and data can be saved into a server∗1. In addition, network con-
The test method can be selected from the IS-95A, J-STD-008, ARIB struction services are supported.
STD-T53 KOREA-PCS (cdmaOne), RCR STD-27 (PDC) and RCR ∗1: Requires LAN card in PC
STD-28 (PHS) standards, the TELEC Technical Standard • Automatic correction of frequency characteristics
Conformity Certification, and a high-speed method. The I/O frequency characteristics of the test system with the options
A full range of options permits the test system to be configured for must be corrected. The MX781250A Level Correction Software mea-
both production lines and specific applications. A personal computer sures the correction data automatically. Maintenance and periodical
running Windows 98 can be used as a system controller. updates are made easily using these corrected frequency character-
Models Application systems istic values. I/O level errors can be detected by comparing the cur-
rent and previous corrected values.
ME7812A cdmaOne
• Switching unit for continuous tests
ME7812B cdmaOne, PDC The ME7411A Switching Unit for Transceiver Continuous Test is
ME7812C cdmaOne, PHS used for testing two mobile stations alternately. It eliminates the time
ME7812D cdmaOne, PDC, PHS required to change mobile stations, allowing continuous testing∗2.
∗2: The ME7410A or ME7413A switches the RF signals.
ME7812E PDC
• Compact high-performance coaxial switch
ME7812F PHS The ME7413A Coaxial Switch can be connected directly to the RF
ME7812G PDC, PHS I/O connector of the MT8801B/C and MT8802A. It is especially suit-
able for maintenance of mobile stations. The power is supplied and
controlled from the controller.
Features • For maintenance of mobile stations
• Standards-based measurement Call processing allows PDC, PHS, and cdmaOne mobile stations to
• Easy-to-understand GUI operations and help guide be tested in the actual operation conditions (communication mode).
Communication test is also possible.
• High-speed measurement
TELEC Technical Standard Conformity Test items, such as frequen-
cy, transmission rates, antenna power, carrier-off leakage power, oc-
cupied bandwidth, adjacent channel power, spurious emissions and
radiated spurious emissions can be measured for PDC/PHS in less
than 30 seconds.
• Test by call processing or test mode control • Free choice of system components
Any frequency channel (L, M, H, ALL) can be selected for each test System components can be chosen to match the required functions.
item of call processing or test mode control. The selected items can For example, a signal generator can be chosen for 3-signal applica-
be tested continuously. tion.
• Help guide
A help guide supports the software products. Either Japanese help
guide or the English help guide (only for cdmaOne) can be selected
at installation.
• Example of test data output
• Flexible tests with various parameters

Specifications and average, etc., parameters can be set for each test
item, providing optimum test conditions suitable for the mobile station
model or test purpose.
Data printout
Graphical data printout
Only cdmaOne graphical data can be saved on disk.

Test items (For system construction, please refer to the individual data sheet.)
• ME7812A/B/C/D
System cdmaOne
Measurement items
Options Standard Option 03/13 Option 04
Maximum RF output power
Frequency error
Waveform quality factor
Transmit time error
Gated output power
Occupied bandwidth
TX spurious (close to fc) at maximum RF output power
TX spurious (points) at maximum RF output power
CDMA TX tests TX spurious (inside-band) at maximum RF output power
4
TX spurious (outside-band) at maximum RF output power
TX spurious emissions
Open loop output power
Time response of open loop power control
Range of closed loop power control
Minimum controlled output power
Stand-by output power
Access probe output power
Demodulation of forward traffic channel in AWGN
Receiver sensitivity and dynamic range
CDMA RX tests Single tone desensitization
Intermodulation spurious response attenuation
RX spurious emissions
RF frequency error
RF output power
Compressor
Transmit electrical audio response
Analog TX tests Modulation deviation limiting
SAT
SA
FM hum and noise
Modulation distortion
RF sensitivity
RSSI
Electrical audio frequency response
Analog RX tests Audio muting
Expander
Hum and noise
Audio harmonic distortion
CDMA origination and termination
Voice test
Call processing test
CDMA-to-analog hand-off
Analog origination/release
DC test∗1 Current consumption
: Tests with call processing and test mode control
: Test with call processing
: Test with test mode control
∗1: A DC power supply and a multimeter are required.
• ME7812B/D/E/G
System PDC
Measurement items Software MX781217A (with processing) MX781232A
Options Standard Option 03/13 Option 04 Standard Option 03/13 Option 04
Frequency error
Modulation accuracy
Transmission rate
Antenna power deviation
Burst transmission transient response characteristics
TX tests Occupied bandwidth
Transmission timing
Spurious emission strength
Transmission intermodulation ∗2 ∗2
Transmission output control characteristics

Time alignment
Receiver sensitivity
Bit error rate floor characteristics
Interference level
Adjacent channel selectivity
RX tests Intermodulation characteristics
Spurious sensitivity
Receiver level detection
Network quality detection
Secondary emission strength
Origination/termination disconnection
Voice test

∗2: ME7410A-03 and ME7812B/C/D-03 are required.

• ME7812C/D/F/G
System PHS
Measurement items Software MX781217A (with processing) MX781232A
Options Standard Option 03/13 Option 04 Standard Option 03/13 Option 04
Frequency error
Modulation accuracy
Transmission rate
Antenna power deviation
Leakage power during carrier-off ∗2 ∗2
Burst transmission transient response characteristics

TX tests Occupied bandwidth
Transmission timing ∗4
4
Spurious emission strength
Transmission intermodulation ∗3 ∗3
Transmission output control characteristics

2 signal 3rd order distortion ∗4
Receiver sensitivity
Bit error rate floor characteristics
Interference level
Adjacent channel selectivity
RX tests Intermodulation characteristics
Spurious sensitivity
Receiver level detection
Network quality detection
Secondary emission strength
Origination/termination disconnection
Voice test

∗2: High-speed method only
∗3: ME7410A-03 and ME7812B/C/D-03 are required.
∗4: PHS base station (CS) test only
W-CDMA AREA TESTER
ML8720B
2110 to 2200 MHz
For W-CDMA Base Station Area Investigation and Maintenance
The ML8720B is used for investigation and maintenance to evaluate • Master/slave mode
the radio wave propagation characteristics in the area of a W-CDMA In addition to stand-alone measurement using a single unit, several
base station. When it is connected to a GPS receiver, the measured ML8720B units can be connected as one master and several slaves,
data can be correlated with positioning information (latitude and lon- permitting parallel master/slave measurements. A separate mea-
gitude). surement channel can be specified for each ML8720B to greatly re-
The measurement items include functions for measuring the duce the initial code detection time.
RSCP∗1, Ec/No and SIR∗2, which is used to evaluate the strength of • Handy type
the radio wave received from each base station; and the delay pro- At only 4 kg, the ML8720B is easily portable for both outside and in-
file, which is used to evaluate the delay characteristics of the radio side work. And the large 8.4" color LCD is easy to view.
wave caused by multipath propagation. For the use under direct sunlight, 7.8-inch reflective color STN-LCD
There are two measurement modes: the unspecified base station display model is also available (Option 02)∗ .
measurement mode, and the specified base station measurement ∗: Factory option (Display units can not be exchanged by customers)
mode. The CPICH∗3 from the base station is measured in both cas- • 3-hour battery operation
es. The unspecified base station measurement mode is used when The lithium-ion battery pack provides more than 3 hours of operation and
the base station scrambling code is unknown. Search methods of a spare battery pack solves even long-term measurement problems.
scrambling code include SCH search method with SCH∗4 and P-
CPICH∗5 search method to directly search P-CPICH without de- • Large-capacity memory cards
Large amounts of measured data can be saved to large-capacity
pending on SCH. The specified base station measurement mode is
flash-memory cards (256 MB max.).
used when the base station scrambling code is known.
∗1: RSCP (Received Signal Code Power) Measurement examples
∗2: SIR (Signal Interference Ratio)
∗3: CPICH (Common Pilot Channel) • Channel display
∗4: SCH (Synchronization Channel) The measurement results for all the receive channels (32 max.) can
∗5: P-CPICH (Primary CPICH) be displayed simultaneously as a graph and as data. Additionally, it
is possible to set measurement interval and to select the cumulative
• High-speed and high-accuracy area analysis processing (max., min., median, average) for the internally accumu-
RSCP, Ec/No and SIR can be measured at 30 cm intervals (at spec- lated data in the set measurement interval.
ified base station and single-channel measurement) while travelling
at 100 km/h in a monitoring vehicle to provide fast and accurate area
analysis.
• Correlation with GPS positioning data
The measured data can be correlated with GPS positioning data (lat-
itude and longitude) and saved to a memory card. In addition, the
measured data and positioning information can be downloaded at
real time to an external PC via the RS-232C interface.
• High-accuracy measurement using diversity function
When used in combination with the optional diversity function, even
higher-accuracy measurements, such as CPICH transmit diversity
format and receive antenna diversity can be performed.

• Delay profile display • Time/Distance variation display
This displays the delay profile for one selected channel and the mul- A time/distance variation of the RSCP, Ec/No and SIR are displayed.
tipath can be confirmed visually. In addition, time or distance range The time variation can be measured in 10 ms intervals for 10 ms to
can be selected for the horizontal axis. 500 s and the max., min., median or average value of the cumulative
totals can be displayed. The distance variation can be measured us-
ing the vehicle wheel pulse (external trigger) for 1 to 500 pulses and
the max., min., median or average value of cumulative totals can be
displayed.
• Finger display
This displays the measured data for one selected channel path (finger).
When the diversity option is installed, the RSCP for up to 12 paths
can be evaluated simultaneously.
RSCP per Finger can be outputted to a file for all channels under
measurement when the measurement is performed in activated
Each Finger data output. It is effective for multi-path environment
analysis and indoor simulation based on acquired data.
Specifications
Frequency range 2110 to 2200 MHz
Input impedance 50 Ω (SMA-type connector)
Frequency setting resolution 200 kHz (W-CDMA measurement mode), 1 kHz (spectrum monitor mode)
Reference oscillator Aging rate: ±1 x 10 –6/year
Receive signals P-CPICH, S-CPICH
Measurement range
W-CDMA measurement mode: –117 to –33 dBm
Spectrum monitor mode: –123 to –33 dBm
Resolution: 0.1 dB
Power measurement Display units: dBm, dBµV, dBµV/m (spectrum monitor mode)
Accuracy: ±2 dB (RSCP)
Average noise level (spectrum monitor mode): ≤–127 dBm (RBW: 4 kHz)
SIR Accuracy: ±3 dB (at dynamic range: –100 to –40 dBm, SIR: 5 to 20 dB)
Dynamic characteristics: RSCP, SIR measurement at 0 to 100 km/h (averaged distance: 50 m)
Measurement items Specified base station, unspecified base station, spectrum monitor
Measurement items:
Received signal code power (RSCP), ratio of desired receive power per chip to receive power density (Ec/No), signal
interference ratio (SIR)
Measurement modes: Time variation (internal trigger) distance variation (external trigger)
Sampling interval: 10 ms min. (at 1 channel measurement)
Base station measurement Measurement channels: 32 max.
Sync acquisition time: 600 ms x the number of search channel
Data processing method: Average, median, max., min., 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%
Measurement displays:
All channel, delay profile, each finger, fluctuation (fluctuation is only for specification base station measurement),
SCH delay profile (unspecified base station measurement)
Frequency span: 4 MHz, 90 MHz
Spectrum monitor function
Resolution bandwidth: 4 kHz
Master/slave function: Daisy chain of multiple ML8720B, parallel measurement
GPS connection: Supports NMEA-0183 format
Remote control: Via RS-232C
Other functions
File I/O: Read measurement conditions, output measured results file
Diversity function: Transmit diversity, receive antenna diversity (Option 01)
RAKE diversity: Six fingers
IF output: ≥10 dBµV (190 MHz), BNC connector
External reference input: 2 to 5 Vp-p (10 MHz), BNC connector
External trigger input: 1.5 Vdc ±(2 to 13 Vp-p), BNC connector
Sync output: TTL level, BNC connector
Interface RS-232C-1: For external computer (max. 115.2 kbps), D-sub 9-pin connector
RS-232C-2: For GPS (supports NMEA-0183 format), mini-DIN 8-pin connector
Printer: 8-bit parallel I/F (conform to Centronics), D-sub 25-pin connector
Keyboard: IBM US ENGLISH (101 keys) 106 supported, Mini-DIN 6-pin connector
External monitor: VGA, mini-DIN 10-pin connector
Storage media FDD (3.5", 2HD), ATA flash card
Display 640 x 480 dots, 8.4" color LCD, 7.8” color LCD (Option 02)
Temperature and humidity: 0˚ to +40˚C/≤85% (operating), —25˚ to +60˚C/≤85% (storage)
Vibration: MIL-T-28800E Class 3
Drop test: 76 cm drop (Bellcore standard)
Environment conditions EMC
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A), EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class D), EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
LVD
EN610101-1: 1993/A2, 1995 (Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2)
10 to 26.4 Vdc
100 to 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz (with AC adapter)
Power Battery: Z0404A Lithium Ion Battery Pack
Power consumption: 35 W max., 20 W (typical), 30 W (typical with Option 01)
Battery continuous operation time: 3 h (typical), 2 h (typical with Option 01)
290 (W) x 194 (H) x 78 (D) mm, ≤4 kg (with battery pack)
Dimensions and mass 290 (W) x 194 (H) x 123 (D) mm, ≤5 kg (with Option 01 and battery pack)
Main frame
ML8720B∗ W-CDMA Area Tester
W1893AE ML8720B operation manual: 1 copy
Z0404A Lithium Ion Battery Pack: 1 pc
J1069 AC adapter: 1 pc
Power cord: 1 pc
Z0402A Protective cover: 1 pc
Z0403A Belt with hook: 1 pc
Z0516 Antenna: 1 pc
Z0517 Antenna mount (with 5 m cable): 1 pc
J0977 Serial interface cable (for connecting GPS): 1 pc
Option
ML8720B-01 Diversity function
ML8720B-02∗ Display unit (STN-LCD, 7.8 inch)
MX872022B Data Conversion Software (date conversion output for
MapInfo)
Maintenance service
ML8720B-90 Extended three year warranty service
ML8720B-91 Extended five year warranty service
Application parts
Z0436 Hard carrying case
Z0435 Soft carrying case [430 (W) x 300 (H) x 170 (D) mm]
B0442 Soft carrying case [440 (W) x 310 (H) x 110 (D) mm]
Z0526 Case for installation (for main frame)
J0127D BNC cable (for external trigger connection)
J0654A Serial interface cable (for connecting IBM-PC/AT)
J0978 VGA conversion cable (for connecting external monitor)
∗: There are two type displays, transparent color TFT-LCD type for indoor use
and reflective color STN-LCD type for outdoor use. Specify display type
when ordering. Display units can not be exchanged by customers.

MEASURING RECEIVER GPIB
OPTION
ML524B
25 to 1000 MHz
For Measuring Service Area
Custom-made product
The ML524B have a full range of features and functions plus de- • Direct readout of field strength
modulation functions for various signals. Their compact, lightweight • High precision level display (indication in 0.1 dB steps)
construction makes them suitable for a variety of measurement appli-
cations. Use of the GPIB interface option allows easy configuration Applications
of an automatic test system controlled by a personal computer. For field strength measurement
• Investigation to determine service areas
Features • Radio wave propagation test
• Very compact and lightweight • Measurement of spurious radiation from transmitter
• High frequency stability (A synthesizer local is used. Its reference For other than field strength measurement
oscillator has a high frequency stability of ±1 x 10–6.)
• Wide dynamic range (80 dB without switching) • Radio monitoring
• Automatic gain calibration • Measuring receiver
• High-sensitivity signal demodulation
Specifications
RF input Nominal impedance 50 Ω, N-type connector
Range 25.0000 to 999.9999 MHz
Liquid crystal display, 6 digits
Display
Minimum digit: 1 kHz (0.5 kHz is displayed using a symbol of .)
Frequency Resolution 12.5 kHz (120 kHz bandwidth), 1 kHz (15 kHz bandwidth)
Setting Keyboard and FINE dial
Memory Up to 100 frequencies can be stored and recalled.
Reference frequency stability ±1 x 10–6
Minimum value 5 dBµV (25 to 300 MHz), 5 dBµV (300 to 999.999 MHz)
Voltage Maximum value 100 dBµV (25 to 999.999 MHz)
measurement Setting C/N: ≥6 dB (at minimum value), Bandwidth: 15 kHz
(E.M.F.) Accuracy (digital display) ±2 dB (≥minimum value +6 dB)
Comparison oscillator Pulse generator
Minimum value –5 to 19 dBµV/m (25 to 300 MHz), 19 to 32 dBµV/m (300 to 999.999 MHz)
Field strength Maximum value 0 to 114 dBµV/m (25 to 300 MHz), 114 to 120 dBµV/m (300 to 999.999 MHz)
measurement Setting C/N: ≥6 dB (at minimum value), Bandwidth: 15 kHz
Type of antenna Half-wave dipole
6 dB bandwidth 15 ±2 kHz (15 kHz bandwidth), 120 ±20 kHz (120 kHz bandwidth)
Selectivity
Detuning characteristics 15 kHz bandwidth ≥50 dB (±20 kHz off center)
Image ratio ≥60 dB (at 25.000 to 299.999 MHz), ≥45 dB (at 300 to 999.999 MHz)
Residual spurious ≤10 dBµV (typical near 50, 130, 600, 1000 MHz)
Detection system Average value
Display: Liquid crystal display, 4 digits, Minimum digit 0.1 dB (on digital display), Up to 80 dB (on analog display)
Measured level indication
Unit: dBµV, dBµV/m (on digital display)
Monitor output AM and FM can be heard from a loudspeaker, and earphone output terminal is also provided.
IF output Level: ≥85 dBµV at 80 dBµV input, Impedance: 50 Ω (nominal), Connector: BNC-type
Level: 1 V ±20% (modulation frequency: 2 kHz, frequency deviation: 3.5 kHz, into 100 kHz load)
Discriminator output Impedance: ≤150 Ω
Connector: BNC-type
Output for recorder Level: 1 V ±10% (at 80 dB on digital display, into 100 kΩ load), Impedance: ≤150 Ω, Connector: 3.5ø jack
Ambient temperature 0˚ to 50˚C (operate), –20˚ to 60˚C (storage)
12 Vdc: <1 A
Power 100 Vac, 50/60 Hz, ≤35 VA (using MZ114A AC Power Pack supplied)
Ni-Cd battery (optional MZ110B Battery Pack)
Power supply selection guide

Type of power supply Model When used with ML524B Remarks
MZ137A Battery Pack
Dry cell
• Operates∗1 continuously for about 2.5 to • Twelve alkaline dry cells (LR20)
5 hours • Does not permit GPIB operation
• Sold separately
MZ110B Battery Pack
• Operates continuously for about 30 to • Six Ni-Cd batteries with the same dimensions
∗1 as R14 battery, chargeable 200 to 300 times
Ni-Cd battery 60 minutes
• Sold separately • Fits inside the receiver
• Does not permit GPIB operation
MZ114A AC Power Pack
• DC power is fed to the EXT +12 V terminal

AC supply • Permits operation at 100/220 Vac of the receiver.
• One of accessories supplied • Permits GPIB operation
• EMC, safety
External DC supply – • The receiver can be operated directly • One DC power cord is supplied.
from an external 12 Vdc supply. • Permits GPIB operation
Battery charger MZ115B Battery Charger • Sold separately • Two MZ110B can be charged simultaneously.
• EMC, safety
∗1: For continuous reception after power on, with calibration performed once only (more calibrations reduce the operating time). Operating is also affected by how
the battery has been stored, and operating temperature.
ML524B Measuring Receiver MP612A RF Fuse Holder
MP613A RF Fuse Element (5 pcs/set)
Standard accessories A0004 Headphone
J0231 Connecting cord for recorder MZ110B Battery Pack (with six Ni-Cd batteries)
(3.5ø plug · – · alligator clips), 1.5 m: 1 pc MZ115B Battery Charger
J0144 DC power cord MZ114A AC Power Pack
(RM12BPG-5S · 2CC7 · arrow tips), 1.5 m: 1 pc MP635A Log-periodic Antenna
A0002 Earphone: 1 pc MZ137A Battery Pack
MZ114A AC Power Pack: 1 pc MB19A Tripod (for MP635A)
B0259 Carrying case: 1 pc J0006 GPIB cable, 0.5 m
W0285AE ML524A/B/C operation manual: 1 copy J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
Options J0009 GPIB cable, 4 m
ML524B-01 GPIB MP663A Dipole Antenna (with pole and tripod)
ML524B-05 Terminated voltage indication MP651B Dipole Antenna
MP18A Pole (for MP651B)
MB9A Tripod (for MP651B)
MP520B CM Directional Coupler
(25 to 1000 MHz, 75 Ω, NC-type connector)
MP520D CM Directional Coupler
(100 to 1700 MHz, 50 Ω, N-type connector)

The MS555B is a versatile, compact, and portable test instrument with
RADIO COMMUNICATION ANALYZER a frequency range of 25 to 1000 MHz. It includes all the necessary in-
MS555B struments for both transmitter and receiver testing, and can measure
such fundamental characteristics as output power, frequency, FM de-
25 to 1000 MHz
viation, sensitivity, signal-to-noise ratio, distortion, etc. The MS555B
has a host of features that make many discrete instruments obsolete.
For example, with its excellent frequency stability and low residual
For 400/800/900-MHz Narrow Band FM noise, the built-in signal generator is ideally suited to the production
and maintenance of narrow-band 400 MHz transceivers and 800/900
MHz band radiotelephone systems. Moreover, thanks to an internal
microprocessor, the MS555B can make automatic measurements via
the GPIB when connected to an external computer controller. The
built-in printer also provides convenient hard copies.
Features
• This instrument includes a power meter, frequency counter, FM de-
viation meter, AF level meter, SINAD meter, AF oscillator, synthe- 4
sized signal generator, and DC voltmeter, all in a single cabinet.
Additional options include a tone generator, signalling unit for per-
sonal radio, and weighting filter∗.
∗: ITU-T, C-MESSAGE
GPIB
Recent radio communication systems such as the Personal Digital

MEASURING RECEIVER Cellular and MCA require high-speed and multichannel field strength
ML5655C measurements. The ML5655C Measuring Receivers meet these re-
quirements and can be used as part of a mobile system for measur-
1.4 to 1.55 GHz
ing radio wave propagation characteristics.
Applications
For Measuring Field Strength of Digital Cellular Phones • Automatic radio wave propagation measurement system
and MCA Systems • Radio wave propagation characteristics measurement system
Features
• 1 ms sampling rate
• 10%, 50%, 90% values calculation
• Measuring transmitter spurious, and measuring low-level signals in
R&D and production
• Portable design
GPIB
OPTION
The measurable frequency range can be expanded to 3 GHz by us-

FREQUENCY CONVERTER ing the MH669B in conjunction with the ML524B Measuring Receiver.
MH669B Applications
1 to 3 GHz
• Quasi-microwave propagation test
• Investigation to determine service areas
Expandable to 3 GHz using ML524B
SHIELD BOX
MA8120A
Suitable Shield Box for the Test of Mobile Phones

NEW
• The internal wide-band antenna (800 to 2500 MHz) enable to the Ordering information
test of W-CDMA, cdma2000®, GSM, PDC, PHS mobile terminals Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
and Wireless LAN terminal etc. under the air connection. Model/Order No. Name
• Both air and coaxial connection between mobile phones and
Main frame
MA8120A are available.
MA8120A Shield Box
Specifications B0509 UE holder: 1 pc
W2115AE MA8120A operation manual: 1 copy
Frequency 800 to 2500 MHz
Shield characteristic ≤–60 dB Application parts
RF connector: N type J1150D Coaxial cable (N-P · N-P, 170 mm)
Interface J1150G Coaxial cable (N-P · N-P, 3 m)
Control connector: DX50
J1152E Control I/F cable
Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 132.5 (H) x 370 (D) mm, ≤3.5 kg [DX50 · DX50, 3 m, for external measurement equipment
Environment Temperature: +10˚ to +50 ˚C (operating), connection cable (control signal line)]
conditions –20˚ to +60 ˚C (storage) J1151A Control I/F cable for PC (DX50 · USB, for PC connection)
J1152B Control I/F cable
EN61010-1: 2001 (Installation Category II, [DX50 · DX50, 170 mm, for external measurement
LVD
Pollution Degree 2) equipment connection cable (control signal line)]
J1153A UE I/F cable
(for W-CDMA mobile phone connection inside MA8120A,
control signal)
J1155A UE I/F cable with RF
(for W-CDMA mobile phone connection inside MA8120A,
control signal and RF)
J1157A Control cable for PC
(DX50 · D-sub 9 pin, for PC connection)

W-CDMA PROTOCOL TEST SYSTEM (PTS) W-CDMA VIRTUAL SIGNALING TESTER (VST)
MX785201A MX785101A
The layer 2 protocol stack and layer 3 test tools are functionally equiv-
Development and Proving alent to those used in the Anritsu VST (Virtual Signaling Tester).
3G Terminals An application-programming interface (API) to enable user generated C-
language test scenarios to be executed is available for the PTS.
Supports multiple 3G cell enabling Soft and Hard handover. In ad-
dition supports inter-system handover between GSM to WCDMA,
GPRS to WCDMA, and vice versa.
System overview 4
ATS
Manager
Web
Server National Instruments
TestStand™
Protocol
Analyzer
PTS Core Framework
User
Results Executable Application
database Test Suite
SUT
Control
Application
GPIB
C – API
Logger
RLC
The MX785201A PTS (Protocol Test System) and MX785101A VST MAC
MD8480B
(Virtual Signaling Tester) are a family of test and verification tools PHY
from Anritsu for next generation wireless products. They have been RF
developed to provide the test support today’s research and develop- UE
ment engineers need to successfully meet demanding performance
and time to market targets.
They provide a common user interface thus reducing operator learn- PTS Core Software
ing time as development progresses and migrates over the range of
Anritsu’s 3G development tools. In addition, test procedures gener-
ated for the PTS can be run on the VST and vice versa. This enables VST
test procedures to be developed very early in the development cycle The MX785101A VST software provides an environment to exercise
and to evolve as the user equipment evolves. A substantial saving in Layer 3 and Layer 2 signaling protocols defined within the Third
the investment in development of test procedures can be realized. Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). When linked to the cus-
tomer’s signaling protocol development environment, Layer 3 and
Features Layer 2 Test Procedures running on the VST platform enable verifi-
• W-CDMA protocol test capability cation and subsequent validation of the signaling protocol Software
• 3GPP Standard compliant development tool Under Test.
• Common user interface across Anritsu development tools The VST executes on a standard Windows PC. The SUT (Software
• Comprehensive on-line help Under Test) may reside on any machine that can be connected via a
• Environment supporting TTCN test case execution TCP/IP port to the Windows PC running the VST. In order to inter-
• TTCN test procedure library available face to the VST, the User Equipment (UE) abstract layer 1 and UE
• Re-use of test cases on VST (Virtual Signaling Tester) and PTS adapter software components are required for the Software Under
(Protocol Test System) Test. The VST Network (NW) abstract layer 1 and adapter compo-
PTS nents can be used as a starting point to develop these components.
The MX785201A PTS software is combined with the MD8480B W- The Abstract Layer 1 has also been developed in such a way that
CDMA Signaling Tester to make a system providing an environment users can easily customize it in order to simulate specific features of
to exercise Layer 3 and Layer 2 signaling protocols defined within the the air interface.
Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). Evolution with 3GPP
The PTS and VST software component runs on a Windows 2000/NT™ The capability of the VST & PTS will evolve and additional capabili-
PC. They execute TestStand™ test sequences made up of calls into ty added in-line with the 3GPP specifications. When available, the
a library of TTCN test cases through which can be defined: PTS will run the 3GPP Conformance Test Suite as defined in
• Sequences of layer 3 messages and expected responses TS34.123. In addition, the Protocol Test System will support the layer
• Layer 3 to layer 2 service primitives to trigger specific layer 2 pro- 1 and layer 2 parameter sets defined in the 3GPP specifications
cedures, or to configure layer 2 operation TS34.108.
• Layer 3 to layer 1 service primitives to configure and initiate layer
1 operation
• Service primitives to and from user provided code modules for UE
control
ATS manager Logger and results database
The logger captures data from the majority of components in the sys-
tem and stores it in the results database. This data is used by the
protocol analyzer to create message sequence charts and display
decoded messages.
The ATS Manager provides a user interface which allows configura-

tion of the MX785201A PTS, launch of the test sequencer tool to se-
lect and execute pre-prepared Layer 3 and Layer 2 Test Procedures
and browse the results of the Test Procedures using the Protocol
Analyzer.
Protocol analyzer
All Layer 3, Layer 2 and Layer 1 message exchanges between the
MX785201A PTS and the System Under Test are logged. These
messages are decoded to show the name and content of each field
and displayed using the Protocol Analyzer. Raw captured data is
displayed in hexadecimal format.
RLC and MAC
National Instruments TestStand™
RLC and MAC layers conforming to the 3GPP specifications
The MX785201A PTS uses the National Instruments TestStand™ run-
TS25.322 Radio Link Control Protocol Specification and TS25.321
time engine as a high level sequencing tool. The TestStand™ develop-
Medium Access Control Specification are supplied as part of
ment system is used to create test sequences.
MD8480B.
TE (Terminal Equipment)
The TE is an optional software component available as part of the
MD8480B in the MX785201A PTS. It supports a number of features
including voice AMR 12.2K Codec, ISDN, IP and PPP.
Layer 1
C-API The MX785201A PTS provides a physical layer 1 through the
As an alternative language to develop Layer 3 and Layer 2 Test MD8480B that can communicate with a terminal.
Procedures, a 'C' based Application Programmer's Interface (C-API)
is included in the form of a DLL. Libraries available
Executable test suite Integration library
Layer 3 and Layer 2 test cases are implemented using TTCN (Tree The Integration library provides a proven set of test scripts that have
and Tabular Combined Notation). Created TTCN tests are compiled to been tested on real terminals. These test cases take the user
an Executable Test Suite (ETS) which interfaces to the MX785201A through specific milestones (e.g., RRC Connection, location update,
PTS via the GCI Management Interface and the GCI Operational voice call, etc.) and provide a straightforward method for testing of
Interface. These provide an open, standardized interface to TTCN terminals during the integration process. They provide a step by step
based executable test suites. The MX785201A PTS has been de- test approach to prove functionality in a UE.
veloped to work with the Telelogic Test Suite TTCN Browser tool. The Test Procedures are 3GPP compliant and are designed to be
The GCI framework provided by the MX785201A PTS provides sup- customized to the particular needs of an Integration environment.
port for a number of Test Suite Operations (TSOs) and also Protocol The PTS Integration Library provides TestStand™ Sequences in an
Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS/PIXIT). executable form of the TTCN test cases. National Instruments
Codec TestStand is required to implement these cases.
The ETS is supported by a codec capable of encoding and decoding The Integration Library is available in source code form allowing the
Radio Resource Control (RRC), Non Access Stratum (NAS) and low- more experienced user to make changes to the parameters in order
er layer configuration data. to test more specific details of the terminal design.
Thin RRC Developer Library
A thin RRC is provided to load NAS messages into RRC direct trans- The Developer library provides a proven set of TTCN test scripts that
fer messages and unload NAS messages from RRC direct transfer have been tested on real terminals and complement the Integration
messages transparently. Library. These test cases provide a more flexible test capability and
SUT control application allow experienced designers to exercise their terminals beyond the
The MX785201A PTS frame-work provides an API to support auto- requirements of 3GPP. This library is supplied in source code form.
matically communicating with the UE to replace keyboard or internal
(to UE) signals.

Conformance testing Ordering information
Anritsu offers a range of solutions designed to meet specific cus- Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
tomers requirements for UE protocol testing based on the 3GPP
standards. These can be summarized as follows:
Main frame
Standard PTS/VST product
MX785201A PTS Core Software Single Cell ETS Framework
PTS/VST with the 3GPP adapter option enables users to run the
3GPP conformance tests. PTS/VST includes 3GPP T1 approved test Options
cases in ETS form as standard. Quarterly updates to support new MX785201A-10 Multi-Cell Capability (SHO)
test cases. Appropriate for conformance and verification testing in an MX785201A-11 Multi-Cell (Inter-frequency) Capability (HHO)
R&D Lab. MX785201A-12 Multi-RAT (FDD/GSM) Capability
Subscription service MX785201A-15 3GPP Compliant TTCN Adapter
MX785201A-40 Security Mode
PTS users gain earliest access to 3GPP conformance test cases MX785201A-41 OCNS
through a monthly update subscription service MX785201A-42 IP Driver
• Receive monthly conformance test case updates MX785201A-43 Rapid Test Designer
• Includes all working conformance test cases in ETS form
– 3GPP T1 approved Libraries
– 3GPP T1 submitted MX785201A-31 TTCN Integration Library Source Code
4
For applications where conformance testing is on a critical develop- MX785201A-33 TTCN Developer Library Source code
ment path. MX785211A GCF validation Package 1
MX785212A GCF validation Package 2
Validated GCF Packages MX785213A GCF validation Package 3
Seven conformance test case packages conforming to the GCF MX785214A GCF validation Package 4
(Global Certification Forum) defined packages containing GCF vali- MX785215A GCF validation Package 5
dated test cases in ETS form. MX785216A GCF validation Package 6
• Specific PTS & MD8480 software required for validation MX785217A GCF validation Package 7
• Certificate of validation
• Product release notes Support
• Audit utility MX785201A-01
MX785201A-20
National Instruments TestStand™
Software Update and Maintenance Contract
• Operating manuals MX785201A-21 Training Course (2 days)
• Example log files MX785201A-23 Installation & Commissioning (1 day)
• GCF current exceptions/issues
• Test time estimates Main frame
For formal UE validation and pre-conformance testing. MX785101A VST Core Software Single Cell ETS Framework
Options available Options

MX785101A-10 Multi-Cell Capability (SHO)
MX785X01A-42 IP Driver
MX785101A-11 Multi-Cell (Inter-frequency) Capability (HHO)
The IP Driver software option allows data and application testing to be MX785101A-15 3GPP Compliant TTCN Adapter
performed in virtually any signalling environment or scenario using au- MX785101A-40 Security Mode
tomated tests controlled via TTCN running on the MX785201A MX785101A-42 IP Driver
Protocol Test System (PTS) or MX785101A Virtual Signalling Test system
(VST). The IP Driver provides access to User-Plane packet data and to Libraries
route that data through a PC onto a conventional data network. MX785101A-31 TTCN Integration Library Source Code
Key features include multiple primary and secondary PDP contexts MX785101A-33 TTCN R&D Library Source code
with single UE supported. TFT routing for secondary context support.
Support
All protocols over IPv4 and fully flexible IP address allocation supported. MX785101A-01 National Instruments TestStand™
MX785201A-43 Rapid Test Designer MX785101A-20 Software Update and Maintenance Contract
The Rapid Test Designer (RTD) option provides a quick and easy MX785101A-21 Training Course (2 days)
method of developing test cases to run on the PTS. It provides a MX785101A-23 Installation & Commissioning (1 day)
graphical, point and click interface to a broad library of procedural
Note that libraries and options require the underlying core functionality to be
building blocks that can be placed on the screen to assemble more present to function fully.
complex tests. The library contains composite functions that move
the UE into a desired state to start the test, and elemental functions
that allow the testing of detailed behaviour. This allows the test cre-
ator to focus on specific problem areas using his knowledge of 3GPP
PERL™
networks rather than test concepts. This product includes a standard version of PERL (http://www.perl.org). This
The RTD’s procedural building blocks are integrated with an expert standard version of PERL™ is provided "as is" and without any express or
system that guides the user through the complexity of the 3GPP pro- implied warranties, including, without limitation, the implied warranties of mer-
tocols when setting the parameters for a particular test. Anritsu pro- chantability and fitness for a particular purpose.
vides comprehensive catalogues of common network settings that Apache™
can be used to quickly produce working test scenarios. The tool also This product includes software developed by the Apache Software
provides interactive error checking on the procedures and parame- Foundation. (http://www.apache.org/).
Copyright © 1995-1999 The Apache Group. All rights reserved.
ters and will pick up any potential problems and mistakes made dur-
Copyright © 2000, The Apache Software Foundation. All rights reserved.
ing test design. Finally, the RTD provides one click, instant execution TestStand™
with no test case build or compilation phase necessary to enable Copyright © 2000, 2001 National Instruments™ Corporation. All rights re-
very effective and efficient development of test case libraries for a served.
wide variety of purposes. FLEXlm™
Copyright © 2002, 2003 Macrovision Corporation. All rights reserved.
Copyright © 1999, 2000 GLOBEtrotter Software Inc. All rights reserved.
(http://www.macrovision.com/).
Trademark Acknowledgements
Telelogic Tau™ is a Trade Mark of Telelogic™ AB.
TestStand™ is a Trade Mark of National Instruments™ Corporation.
FLEXlm™ is a Trade Mark of Macrovision™ Corporation.
W-CDMA RAPID TEST DESIGNER (RTD) NEW
MX786201A
This revolutionary test tool hides much of the complexity of testing

Development and Testing of 3G Terminals 3GPP protocols and allows the user to concentrate on testing spe-
cific functions and protocols within the UE without having to be an
expert on all the protocol layers. The intuitive graphical interface also
avoids the need for the users having to learn a special test language,
or needing a detailed knowledge of how to drive the system simula-
tor. It is built upon Anritsu’s many years of experience in testing
3GPP protocols with the leading UE vendors.
The RTD system consists of a Personal Computer running a
Windows operating system, connected to the Anritsu MD8480B W-
CDMA Signalling Tester (system simulator). The RTD is also avail-
able as an upgrade for existing users of Anritsu’s MD8480B and
MX785201 (PTS) products.
Tool Overview
The RTD has been designed to support the iterative test process,
which cycles between Design, Test Analysis, Test Execution and
Results Analysis. The RTD consists of a set of core tools designed
to support this process, together with a number of optional compo-
nents that allow the RTD to easily support specialized testing activities.
ts
ul Test
es Archive
R Test Log Manager
De
Protocol
ze
sig
Analyzer
aly
Catalogue
n
An
Manager
Test
Criteria
Analyzer
UserTest
Test
Test Graphical
Archives
Libraries Procedure
Libraries Procedure Test
Procedure
Libraries
Libraries Editor
Libraries
Test
The Rapid Test Designer (RTD) is a revolutionary new tool which Criteria
aims to speed up the testing of WCDMA devices significantly by- Editor
Catalogues Parameter
greatly simplifying the way in which tests are created, executed and Catalogues
Catalogues
Catalogues Editor
analyzed.
The RTD presents an intuitive and interactive graphical environment Test
for designing test cases, coupled with an expert system that guides Execution Test
the user through the complexity of the 3GPP protocols. It provides a Engine Analyzer
graphical interface to a broad library of procedural building blocks Message

Ex
Editor
ec
that can be placed on the screen to assemble the tests. The building te
u
blocks can be configured through the setting of parameters. t

es
The procedure library contains many standard procedures that can z e T
be used as they are or with minor changes to parameters to guide Anal y
the UE into the desired test state. This allows the test creator to focus
on specific problem areas using knowledge of 3GPP networks rather
than test concepts.
Anritsu provides catalogues of common network settings that can be Test Archive Manager
used to produce test scenarios that work "out of the box,” or as a RTD stores tests in test archives. In order to manage these archives
starting point for customer specific configurations. RTD provides the following functionality:
The tool also provides interactive error checking on procedures and • Browsing an archives contents
parameters that will pick up many potential problems and mistakes • Opening a test within an archive
as early as possible during test design. • Editing/viewing the properties of a test
Finally, the RTD provides one click, instant execution with no test • Creation of a new test
case build or compilation phase necessary to enable very effective • Copying a test between archives
and efficient development of test case libraries for a wide variety of • Deletion of a test from an archive
purposes: • Creation/Deletion of a test archive
• Acceptance Testing • Renaming a test archive
• Integration Testing Catalogue Manager
• Interoperability Testing The catalogues used to parameterize a RTD test are managed with-
• Generating variants in this tool, which provides the following functions:
• Application Testing • Multiple catalogue support in a test
• Regression Testing • Creation/Deletion of user defined catalogues
• Copying of catalogues
The RTD has an integrated protocol analyzer to show the decoded • Cut and paste copying between catalogues
results of the message exchanges between the RTD and the System • Editing of catalogue entries
Under Test during execution of a test. • Validation of catalogue entries (structure, type and ranges)

Graphical Test Case Editor Test Analysis
The RTD test is constructed and edited using a graphical environ- Checks the test for simple errors and provides the following features:
ment, which supports the following features: • Correct procedure connectivity checking
• Procedures • Parameterization completeness checking
• Loops • Parameter validation
• Delays • Warnings and error reports linked to the test
• Interactive dialogs Message Editor
To construct a test the RTD provides: Allows editing of messages that are to be sent by a procedure and
• Point and click selection of procedures provides the following features:
• Automatic guidance on available procedures suitable at any point • Editing of message values
in the test • Reverting messages back to their default values
• Addition/deletion of graphical test constructs • Collapsible tree presentation of the test
• Procedure clipboard • Element name and type display
• Online help for the procedures • Node highlighting
RTD procedures are configured using parameters, which can be • Structure, type and range validation of a message
changed at three levels within the RTD: Test Criteria Editor & Analyzer 4
• The user can make selections from configurations held in a cata- RTD defines the success or failure of a test execution by the means of
logue. Procedures select the appropriate parameters from the cat- test criteria, which is currently defined in terms of the route taken through
alogue entries. the procedures making up an RTD test. In the future, incoming message
• The user can edit the parameters after they have been selected content and time between significant events will be available as other criteria.
from catalogue components, overriding values if they wish to. This tools provides the following functions:
These parameters are used to populate the actual protocol mes- • Graphical criteria creation and deletion
sages sent by the procedure. • Criteria group creation and deletion
• The user can edit the messages sent by the procedure, overriding • Criteria group property editing
any parameters previously selected or changed. • Copying criteria between groups
Parameter Editor After running a test, the RTD matches the criteria against the actual
Allows the user to parameterize procedures and provides the follow- test performance and reports on the success or failure of each crite-
ing features: rion. This allows new criteria to be checked against old test results.
• Guidance on suitable catalogue entries for a procedure Test Execution Engine
• Modify which catalogue entries to use RTD tests are run immediately after they have been checked for simple
• Override values selected from catalogue entries errors, without a compile or build cycle, using the following features:
• Ability to revert parameter values back to original catalogue based • Test and system simulator control
configuration • Dynamic message log from the system simulator
• Type and range validation of parameters • Graphical test progress feedback
• Cancel execution
Test Log (Protocol) Analyzer Call Control
For any test execution, the RTD has an integrated protocol analyzer, Call Establishment and Clearing
which logs all Layer 3, Layer 2 and Layer 1 message exchanges be- The RTD can establish the following types of call:
tween the RTD and the System Under Test. These messages are de- • Speech Call
coded to show the name and content of each field, and displayed us- – Mobile originated establishment, mobile and network originated
ing the RTD Protocol Analyzer. clearing
The RTD Protocol Analyzer also provides: – Network originated establishment, mobile and network originated
• Direct launch to test results from within RTD clearing
• Message Sequence charts of test runs • Circuit Switched Data Call
• Full and collapsible sequence views at procedure level, with pre – Mobile originated establishment, mobile originated clearing
and post filtering of log files – Network originated establishment, network originated clearing
• Display of test message contents sent or received by the RTD • Packet Data Connection (covered under Session Management
• Naming and display of protocol layer information elements at layer functionality below)
1, 2, and 3
• Textual display of enumerated field values Other Call Control Procedures
• Decoding and display of MIB/SIB embedded bit strings • Call re-establishment, UE and Network side
• Collapsible tree presentation of message contents • Progress
• Open Protocol Data Units in separate windows for ease of com- • DTMF protocol control
parison Session Management
• Timestamps against individual messages The RTD supports PDP contexts and the handling of IP traffic as follows:
• Management of test log archives • Activation/Deactivation of multiple primary PDP contexts (Network
or UE initiated)
Procedures • Activation/Deactivation of multiple secondary PDP contexts
In addition to test and system simulator control procedures, the RTD (Network or UE initiated)
provides support for a set of procedures similar to those defined in • PDP Context Modification (Network initiated)
3GPP standards.
Other NAS signalling entities
RRC Procedures The RTD supports the sending and receiving of SMS and supple-
Each procedure includes associated system simulator configuration, mentary services signalling messages.
timers, and appropriate parameters. GSM/GPRS Inter-working
General Functionality Support for inter-working with GSM and GPRS is available as an op-
• Broadcast of system information tion, which provides the following capabilities:
• Create and release a signalling connection to the NAS layer, with • GSM & GPRS Neighbor Cell (for InterRAT measurements)
support for both Network and UE originated types • Reselection from UMTS to GSM and GSM to UMTS
• Enable/Disable application of security mode (Integrity protection • Handover of speech call from UMTS AMR to GSM FR & from GSM
only) to a connection FR to UMTS AMR
• Perform a UE capability enquiry • Reselection during packet data connection from UMTS to GPRS &
from GPRS to UMTS
RRC State Transitions
All standard RRC State Transitions are supported. Lower Layer Capability
RTD conforms to Release 99 of the 3GPP specifications and follows
RRC Connection Mobility
industry agreement on which version of the specifications to support.
Procedures support a number of cell/URA updating scenarios, in-
The functionality mappings include:
cluding:
• Periodic Cell and URA Updating • RTD Physical Layer functionality maps to TS25.211, TS25.212 &
TS25.213.
• Change of Cell or URA • RTD MAC Layer functionality maps to TS25.321
• Re-entry of service area • RTD RLC Layer functionality maps to TS25.322
• Radio Link failure
Procedures support the following handover scenarios:
• Soft Handover: Radio Link addition and removal Ordering information
• Hard Handover (CELL_FACH -> CELL_ FACH in FDD mode) Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
Measurement Model/Order No. Name
Procedures support the following measurement controls:
• Measurement Control with periodic Measurement Reporting MX786201A
Main frame
RTD Core Software (Multi Cell Multi Frequency)
• Measurement Control with selected event driven Measurement
Reporting Options
The list of events is constantly expanding, with the current list avail- MX786201A-12 Multi-RAT (FDD/GSM) Capability
able from your Anritsu Sales contact. MX786201A-40 Security Mode
NAS Procedures Support

MX786201A-20 Software Update and Maintenance Contract
The RTD includes support for the following types of NAS procedures. MX786201A-21 Training Course
Each procedure includes associated system simulator configuration, MX786201A-22 Premium Support
timers and parameters. MX786201A-23 Installation & Commissioning
Mobility Management (Packet and Circuit)
Please note that the RTD is also available as Option 43 on the Protocol Test
The RTD is able to create a MM or GMM connection suitable for the System (MX785201A-43).
transport of CC/SM signalling to/from the UE. In addition, support is As the RTD is continuously tracking the 3GPP standards, the details given
provided for the following types of procedures: above are subject to change. For full details of the functionality currently available
Authentication TMSI reallocation and planned for, please contact your local Anritsu Sales office to request the
Identification Location updating - normal RTD (MX786201A) data sheet, specification and roadmap documents.
IMSI detach Location updating - periodic For the latest information about the RTD, please go to the Anritsu website
Abort GPRS attach procedure (PS only) (www.anritsu.com).
IMSI attach Combined GPRS attach (PS & CS)
MM Status Routing area update
Identification P-TMSI reallocation
Paging Authentication and ciphering
Status CM service request
GPRS detach MM Information

HANDHELD
MEASURING
INSTRUMENTS
Cell Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Site Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Spectrum Master . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
305
HANDHELD MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
CELL MASTER
MT8212A
25 MHz to 4.0 GHz
A Multi-Function Base Station Test Tool for Greater Flexibility and Technician Productivity
NEW
Cell Master MT8212A is a comprehensive, one-box base station test • No external power sensor required for power meter measurements
tool for deploying, maintaining and troubleshooting wireless base • Store/Recall 25 setup configurations and up to 200 traces
stations. Combining the functionality of a cable and antenna ana- • Alphanumeric labeling and automatic time/date stamp of saved
lyzer (25 MHz to 4.0 GHz), spectrum analyzer (10 MHz to 3.0 GHz), measurements
power meter, and T1/E1 analyzer into one lightweight, handheld test • 6 markers, limit line, and segmented limit lines
set - eliminates the need for field engineer and field technician to car- • Trace overlay, trace math
ry, manage and learn multiple test sets. MT8212A measurement ca- • Superior immunity to RF interference
pability includes precision return loss, VSWR, cable loss, distance- • 130, 259 and 517 data points for optimal resolution and long range
to-fault, signal identification, interference analysis, channel power, fault locations
adjacent channel power ratio, field strength, occupied bandwidth, • FlexCal™ allows troubleshooting cable and antenna systems with-
transmitter power and T1/E1 measurements. Patented RF interfer- out multiple calibrations and calibration setups
ence rejection enables accurate, repeatable measurements in the • < 500 msec per sweep to identify real time intermittent cable problems
presence of high RF activity. PC data analysis software enables as- • ± 0.5 dB typical amplitude accuracy power measurements
sessment of system trends, problems, and performance in addition • –135 dBm typical DANL
to professional report generation. • Interference analysis
The MT8212A includes PC data analysis software, soft carrying • T1 and E1 histograms
case, rechargeable battery, AC/DC power supply, 12V automotive
cigarette lighter adapter, RS232 null modem serial cable and user's Handheld PC Software Analysis Tools Features
guide. • Transfer traces with a single menu selection
• Stores an unlimited number of data traces for comparison to his-
Features torical performances
• Handheld, battery-operated, under 5 lbs (2.28 kg), including battery • Trace overlay for on-screen comparison of current measurements
• Rechargeable, snap-in field replaceable battery to previously saved measurements
• Withstands repeated drops and rough handling • On screen "click and drag,” zoom and change measurement units
• Weather resistant seals and rubber membrane keypad protect unit capabilities
from dirt and moisture • Graphical or tabular clipboard format and export format
• Built-in worldwide signal standards and frequency channels • Cable editor supports downloading and uploading cable list and
• Multilingual user interface: English, French, Chinese, Japanese, saving as a file
Spanish, German • Antenna editor supports downloading and uploading cable list and
• Intuitive and easy to use with on-screen test set-ups and single key saving as a file
functions • Distance-to-fault and Smith Chart analysis

Specifications∗1
Cable and Antenna Analyzer
Range 25 MHz to 4.0 GHz
Frequency Accuracy ≤± 75 ppm @ +25°C
Resolution 100 kHz
Output Power < 0 dBm (–10 dBm nominal)
on-channel∗2 +17 dBm
Immunity to Interfering Signals
on-frequency∗3 –5 dBm
Measurement speed ≤3.5 msec / data point (CW ON)
Number of data points 130, 259, 517
Range 0.00 to 60.00 dB
Return Loss
Resolution 0.01 dB
Range 1.00 to 65.00
VSWR
Resolution 0.01
Range 0.00 to 30.00 dB
Cable Loss
Resolution 0.01 dB
Measurement Accuracy > 42 dB corrected directivity after calibration
5
Return Loss: 0.00 to 60.00 dB
Vertical Range
VSWR: 1.00 to 65.00
Range: 0 to (# of data pts –1) x Resolution to a maximum of 1197m (3929 ft),
Horizontal Range
Distance-To-Fault # of data pts = 130, 259, 517
Resolution (meter) = (1.5 x 10^8) x (Vp)/DF
Horizontal Resolution
Where Vp is the cable's relative propagation velocity and where DF is the stop
(Rectangular windowing)
frequency minus the start frequency (in Hz)
Spectrum Analyzer
Range 10 MHz to 3.0 GHz
Aging: ± 1 ppm/yr
Reference (Internal Timebase)
Accuracy: ± 2 ppm
Span 10 Hz to 2.99 GHz in 1, 2, 5 step selections in auto mode, plus zero span
Frequency
Sweep Time ≤1.1 sec full span; ≤50 µsec to 20 sec zero span
Resolution Bandwidth (–3 dB) 100 Hz to 1 MHz in 1-3 sequence ± 5% Accuracy
Video Bandwidth (–3 dB) 3 Hz to 1 MHz in 1-3 sequence ± 5% Accuracy
SSB Phase Noise (1 GHz) @ 30 kHz Offset ≤–75 dBc/Hz
Spurious Responses ≤–45 dBc
Spurious Residual Responses ≤–90dBm, (10 kHz RBW, pre-amp on)
±1 dB max (± 0.5 dB typical) for input signal levels ≥–60 dBm (10 MHz to 2 GHz, excludes input
Total Level Accuracy
VSWR mismatch)
Measurement Range +20 dBm to –135 dBm
Input Attenuator Range 0 to 51 dB, selected manually or automatically coupled to the reference level. Resolution in 1 dB steps.
Amplitude
Displayed Average Noise Level ≤–135 dBm typical (Input terminated, 0 dB attenuation, RMS detection, 100 Hz RBW, preamp on)
Dynamic Range >65 dB
Display Range 1 to 15 dB/division, in 1 dB steps, 10 divisions displayed
Scale Units dBm, dBV, dBmV, dBµV
RF Input VSWR (≥20 dB atten.) 1.5:1 typical, (10 MHz to 2.4 GHz)
Power Meter
Frequency Range 10 MHz to 3.0 GHz
Display Range –80 dBm to +80 dBm
Offset Range 0 to +60 dB
Accuracy ±1 dB max (± 0.5 dB typical) for input signal levels ≥–60 dBm, 10 MHz to 2 GHz excludes input VSWR
VSWR 1.5:1 typical (Pin > –30 dBm, 10 MHz to 2.4 GHz)
Maximum Power 20 dBm (0.1W) without external attenuator
T1 Analyzer E1 Analyzer
Line Coding AMI, B8ZS Line Coding AMI, HDB3
Framing Modes D4 (Superframe), ESF (Extended Superframe) Framing Modes PCM30, PCM30CRC, PCM31, PCM31CRC
Terminate (100 Ω) Terminate (75, 120 Ω)
Connection Connection
Bridge (≥1000 Ω) Bridge (≥1000 Ω)
Configurations Configurations
Monitor (Connect via 20 dB pad in DSX) Monitor (Connect via 20 dB pad in DSX)
Receiver Sensitivity 0 to –36 dBdsx Receiver Sensitivity 0 to –43 dB
Transmit Level 0 dB, –7.5 dB, and –15 dB External
Clock Sources
Internal 2.048 MHz ± 30 ppm
External
Clock Sources
Internal: 1.544 MHz ± 30 ppm Pulse Shapes Conform to ITU G.703
Pulse Shapes Conform to ANSI T1.403 PRBS: 2-9, 2-11, 2-15, 2-20, 2-23 Inverted and
Pattern Generation non-inverted, QRSS, 1-in-8 (1-in-7), 2-in-8, 3-in-
PRBS: 2-9, 2-11, 2-15, 2-20, 2-23 Inverted and
and Detection 24, All ones, All zeros, T1-Daly, User defined
Pattern Generation non-inverted, QRSS, 1-in-8 (1-in-7), 2-in-8, 3-in-
(32 bits)
and Detection 24, All ones, All zeros, T1-Daly, User defined
(≤32 bits) Carrier present, Frame ID and Sync., Pattern ID
Circuit Status Reports
and Sync.
Carrier present, Frame ID and Sync., Pattern ID
Circuit Status Reports
and Sync. Alarm Detection AIS, RAI, MMF
Alarm Detection AIS (Blue Alarm), RAI (Yellow Alarm) Frame Bits, Bit, BER, BPV, CRC, E-Bits, Error
Error Detection
Error Detection Frame Bits, Bit, BER, BPV, CRC, Error Sec Sec
Error Insertion Bit, BPV, Framing Bits, RAI, AIS Error Insertion Bit, BPV, Framing Bits, RAI, AIS
Loopback Modes Self loopback
Self loop, CSU, NIU, User defined, In-band or
Loopback Modes
Data Link Level Measurements Vp-p (± 5%)
Level Measurements Vp-p (± 5%) Data Log Continuous, up to 48 hrs
Data Log Continuous, up to 48 hrs
General
Language Support English, Spanish, French, German, Chinese, Japanese
Internal Trace Memory Up to 200 traces
Setup Configuration∗4 25
Display VGA, monochrome LCD with adjustable backlight
RF Out Type N, female, 50 Ω
Maximum Input without Damage +20 dBm, ± 50 VDC
RF In Type N, female, 50 Ω
Maximum Input without Damage +43 dBm (Peak), ± 50 VDC
Input and Output Ports Ext. Trig In BNC, female (5V TTL)
Ext. Freq Ref In (2 to 20 MHz) Shared BNC, female, 50 Ω, (–15 dBm to +10 dBm)
T1/E1 (Receive & Transmit) Bantam Jack
Serial Interface RS-232 9 pin D-sub, three wire serial
Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets European Community requirements for CE marking
Safety Conforms to EN 61010-1 for Class 1 portable equipment
Operating –10°C to 50°C, humidity 85% or less
Temperature –20°C to +75°C (recommend battery be stored separately between 0°C to
Non-operating
+40°C for any prolonged non-operating storage period)
External DC Input +12 to +15 VDC, 1350 mA max
Power Supply
Internal NiMH battery: 10.8 volts, 1800 mA maximum
Size 25.4 cm x 17.8 cm x 6.1 cm (10.0 in x 7.0 in x 2.4 in)
Dimensions
Weight <2.28 kg (<5 lbs) includes battery
∗1: All specifications apply when calibrated at ambient temperature after a five minute warm up.
∗2: On-Channel interference immunity is specified to within 1 MHz of the carrier frequency.
∗3: On-Frequency interference immunity is specified to within +10 kHz of the carrier frequency.
∗4: Calibration stored with instrument configuration.

MT8212A Cable & Antenna Analyzer (25 MHz to 4.0 GHz), with 34NN50A Precision Adapter, N(m)-N(m), DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω
built-in DTF, Spectrum Analyzer (10 MHz to 3.0 GHz), 34NFNF50 Precision Adapter, N(f)-N(f), DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω
Power Meter, T1/E1 Analyzer 1091-26 Adapter, N(m)-SMA(m), DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω
1091-27 Adapter, N(m)-SMA(f), DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω
Standard Accessories Include 1091-80 Adapter, N(f)-SMA(m), DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω
User's Guide 1091-81 Adapter, N(f)-SMA(f), DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω
Soft Carrying Case 1091-172 Adapter, N(m)-BNC(f), DC to 1.3 GHz, 50 Ω
AC-DC Adapter with Power Cord 510-90 Adapter, 7/16 DIN(f)-N(m), DC to 7.5 GHz, 50 Ω
Automotive Cigarette Lighter/12 Volt DC Adapter 510-91 Adapter, 7/16 DIN(f)-N(f), DC to 7.5 GHz, 50 Ω
One Year Warranty 510-92 Adapter, 7/16 DIN(m)-N(m), DC to 7.5 GHz, 50 Ω
CDROM containing Fault Location (DTF), Smith Chart 510-93 Adapter, 7/16 DIN(m)-N(f), DC to 7.5 GHz, 50 Ω
and Software Management Tools 510-96 Adapter, 7/16 DIN(m)-7/16 DIN(m), DC to 7.5 GHz,
Serial Interface Cable 50 Ω
Rechargeable Battery, NiMH 510-97 Adapter, 7/16 DIN(f)-7/16 DIN(f), DC to 7.5 GHz, 50 Ω
2000-1030 Portable Antenna, SMA (m), 1.71 to 1.88 GHz, 50 Ω
Optional Accessories 2000-1031 Portable Antenna, SMA (m), 1.85 to 1.99 GHz, 50 Ω
1N50C Limiter, N(m) to N(f), 50 Ω, 10 MHz to 18 GHz 2000-1032 Portable Antenna, SMA (m), 2.4 to 2.5 GHz, 50 Ω
42N50-20 Attenuator, 20 dB, 5 watt, DC to 18 GHz, N(m)-N(f) 2000-1200 Portable Antenna, SMA (m), 806-869 MHz, 50 Ω
42N50A-30 Attenuator, 30 dB, 50 watt, DC to 18 GHz, N(m)-N(f) 2000-1035 Portable Antenna, SMA (m), 902-960 MHz, 50 Ω
ICN50 InstaCal™ Calibration Module, 2 MHz to 4.0 GHz,
N(m), 50 Ω
806-16
806-116
Bantam Plug to Bantam Plug
Bantam Plug to BNC
5
22N50 Open/Short, DC to 18 GHz, N(m), 50 Ω 806-117 Bantam "Y" Plug to RJ48
22NF50 Open/Short, DC to 18 GHz, N(f), 50 Ω 551-1691 USB to RS232 adapter cable
SM/PL Precision Load, DC to 4 GHz, 42 dB, N(m), 50 Ω 48258 Soft Carrying Case
SM/PLNF Precision Load, DC to 4 GHz, 42 dB, N(f), 50 Ω 760-215A Transit Case
OSLN50LF Precision Open/Short/Load, DC to 4 GHz, 42 dB, 633-27 Rechargeable Battery, NiMH
50 Ω, N(m) 2000-1029 Battery Charger, NiMH, w/ Universal Power Supply
OSLNF50LF Precision Open/Short/Load, DC to 4 GHz, 42 dB, 40-115 AC/DC Adapter
50 Ω, N(f) 806-62 Automotive Cigarette Lighter/12 Volts DC Adapter
2000-767 Precision Open/Short/Load, DC to 4 GHz, 7/16 DIN(m), 800-441 Serial Interface Cable
50 Ω 2300-347 Software Tools
2000-768 Precision Open/Short/Load, DC to 4 GHz, 7/16 DIN(f), 10580-00083 Cell Master User's Guide (for Model MT8212A)
50 Ω 10580-00094 Cell Master Programming Manual (for Model MT8212A)
15NN50-1.5C Test Port Cable Armored, 1.5 meters, N(m)-N(m),6 GHz, 10580-00095 Cell Master Maintenance Manual (for Model MT8212A)
50 Ω
15NN50-3.0C Test Port Cable Armored, 3.0 meters, N(m)-N(m),6 GHz, Printers
50 Ω 2000-1214 HP DeskJet Printer, Model 450: Includes printer cable,
15NN50-5.0C Test Port Cable Armored, 5.0 meters, N(m)-N(m),6 GHz, 2000-1216 black print cartridge and U.S. power cord.
50 Ω Also includes 2000-753 serial-to-parallel Centronics con-
15NNF50-1.5C Test Port Cable Armored, 1.5 meters, N(m)-N(f), 6 GHz, verter cable and 1091-310 Centronics-to DB25 adapter.
50 Ω Rechargeable battery is optional and is not included.
15NNF50-3.0C Test Port Cable Armored, 3.0 meters, N(m)-N(f), 6 GHz, 2000-753 Null Modem Serial-to−Parallel Centronics Converter Cable
50 Ω 1091-310 Adapter 36-pin Centronics female-to-DB25 female
15NNF50-5.0C Test Port Cable Armored, 5.0 meters, N(m)-N(f), 6 GHz, 2000-1216 Black Print Cartridge
50 Ω 2000-663 Power Cable (Europe) for DeskJet Printer
15ND50-1.5C Test Port Cable Armored, 1.5 meters, N(m)-7/16 DIN(m), 2000-664 Power Cable (Australia) for DeskJet Printer
6 GHz, 50 Ω 2000-666 Power Cable (Japan) for DeskJet Printer
15NDF50-1.5C Test Port Cable Armored, 1.5 meters, N(m)-7/16 DIN(f), 2000-667 Power Cable (S. Africa) for DeskJet Printer
6 GHz, 50 Ω 2000-1217 Rechargeable Battery for DeskJet Printer, Model 450
2000-1218 Power Cable (U.K.) for DeskJet Printer
SITE MASTER GPIB
S100C/S200C/S300D/S800C Series
2 MHz to 20 GHz
NEW NEW
S331D S332D S251C
S113C S114C S820C
Site Master is the instrument of choice for transmission line/antenna • Segmented limit lines
installation and maintenance. It is the best way to reduce mainte- • Six markers
nance expenses and improve quality. It replaces stacks of heavy, ex- • Graticule lines
pensive, and complex test equipment. Site Master’s frequency do- • Trace overlay
main reflectometry technique allows it to locate faults before they be- • Direct printing via RS-232 serial port
come catastrophic faults, thereby creating huge cost savings. • Remote operation via RS-232 serial port
The Site Master is a precision, hand-held return loss/SWR and fault loca-
tion measurement instrument. The Site Master series offers wide frequen-
cy coverage, from 2 MHz to 20 GHz. Built-in fault location, RF power mon-
itor, bias tee, and spectrum analysis capabilities are available. Light weight,
rugged design, and wide temperature range make them ideal for field
applications. Site Master’s proprietary design provides superior immunity
to on-channel RF interference, which is important for live site testing.
Handheld Software Tools is a Windows® compatible software pro-
gram provided with every Site Master unit. This software program
provides many useful features, including a database for Site Master
measurements, Smith Chart display of S11, zoom capability, a “drag-
n-drop” overlay for measurement comparison, the capability to down-
load data to a PC, the capability to upload data such as custom ca-
ble list or traces to selected Site Master models, and distance-to-fault
calculation from return loss or SWR plots. Advanced printing capa-
bilities are provided by Handheld Software Tools including user de- Return loss
finable plot scaling and a multiple plots per page option.
Site Master is the first test tool to provide the required accuracy, interfer-
ence immunity, and repeatability for transmission line/antenna commis-
sioning, and maintenance of today’s wireless systems infrastructures.
Features
• Accurate return loss/SWR and fault location measurements
• Accurately tests RF transmission lines and antennas
• Superior immunity to on-channel interference for testing at
co-located antenna sites
• Multilingual user interface: English, German, Spanish, French,
Chinese, Japanese
• Optional color display (S331D and S332D only)
• Insertion Loss/Gain (S251C only)
• Optional built-in bias tee (S251C only)
• Spectrum analysis (S114C and S332D only) Distance-to-fault
• Optional RF power monitor and optional RF power meter
• Synthesizer accurate to 75 ppm Applications
• Internal memory saves up to 200 traces Cellular, ISM, PCS/PCN, paging service, safety service, avionics,
• Instrument configuration up to 20 configurations
• Alphanumeric trace naming two-way radio, military, and microwave point-to-point radio.
• Time, Date stamp Site Master allows implementation of preventative maintenance pro-
• Field replaceable battery cedures. Unlike TDRs and spectrum analyzers/tracking generators,

Site Master can spot RF degradation before failures occur. Problems because Site Master’s distance-to-fault measurement compensates for
can be fixed before expensive cables or waveguides are ruined. cable insertion loss. Furthermore, spectrum analysis, available in certain
Site Master is designed for field requirements. Its rugged construction Site Master models, allows technicians and field engineers to quickly identi-
survives rough field treatment. Battery power, light weight, small size, fy and solve common RF system problems, such as coverage, interference,
wide temperature range, and simple user interface are exactly what field and other path related signal problems. Site Master offers a new and
technicians want today. Technicians can test antennas from ground level better method to install and maintain transmission lines and antennas.
Specifications*1
Model S251C S113C/S331D S114C/S332D
2 to 1600 MHz (S113C) 2 to 1600 MHz (114C)
Frequency range 625 to 2500 MHz
25 to 4000 MHz (S331D) 25 to 4000 MHz (S332D)
10 kHz (S113C) 10 kHz (S114C)
100 KHz (S331D) 100 KHz (S332D)
Frequency accuracy (CW mode) ± 75 ppm
Display data points Selectable: 130, 259, 517
Immunity to interfering RF signals*2 S251C S113C S331D S114C S332D
On-frequency*3 +10 dBm (RF out), +30 dBc transmission +10 dBm –5 dBm +10 dBm –5 dBm
On-channel*4 +17 dBm +17 dBm +17 dBm +17 dBm +17 dBm
Return loss Range: 0 to 54 dB; Resolution: 0.01 dB (S331D and S332D have return loss range of 0 to 60 dB)
5
SWR Range: 1 to 65; Resolution:0.01
Range: 0 to 30 dB; Resolution: 0.01 dB (S331D and S332D)
Cable loss
Range: 0 to 54 dB; Resolution: 0.01 dB (S251C, S113C and S114C)
Vertical range
Return loss: 0 to 54 dB; 0 to 60 dB (S331D and S332D)
Distance-to-fault SWR: 1 to 65
Horizontal range (meter): 0 to (# of data points –1) x resolution, where data points = 130, 259 or 517
Horizontal resolution, rectangular windowing resolution (meter): (1.5 x 108) (υp)/ ∆ frequency*5
Display range: –80 to +80 dBm, 10 pW to 100 kW

RF power monitor (Option 5 - S113C, Detector range: –45 to +20 dBm, 30 µW to 100 mW
S114C & S251C only) Offset range: 0 to +60 dB
Resolution: 0.1 dB or 0.1 W

RF power meter
N/A Offset range: 0 to +60 dB
(S331D & S332D only)
Accuracy: ±1 dB max (± 0.5 dB typical) for input signal levels ≥–60 dBm,
10 MHz to 2 GHz excludes input VSWR
Voltage: Switchable 15V (high voltage)

OR 12V (low voltage)
Bias Tee (Option 10B)
Current: Switchable 1A surge/650 mA N/A N/A
S251C only
steady state (high current) OR 460 mA
surge/244 mA steady state (low current)
Display range: –120 to +100 dB

Insertion Loss/Gain
Resolution: 0.1 dB N/A N/A
S251C only
Measurement Range: –90 to +50 dB
Spectrum analysis
100 kHz to 1600 MHz (S114C)
Frequency range N/A N/A
100 kHz to 3000 MHz (S332D)
Accuracy N/A N/A ± 2 ppm
Aging N/A N/A ± 1 ppm/yr
1 kHz to 1.6 GHz in 1, 2, 5 step
selections in auto mode, plus zero span
(S114C)
Frequency span N/A N/A
10 Hz to 2.99 GHz in 1, 2, 5 step
selections in auto mode, plus zero span
(S332D)
10 kHz, 30 kHz,
100 kHz, 1 MHz (S114C)
Resolution bandwidth N/A N/A
100 Hz to 1 MHz in 1-3 sequence
±5% Accuracy (S332D)
100 Hz to 300 kHz in

1-3 sequence (S114C)
Video Bandwidth N/A N/A
3 Hz to 1 MHz in 1-3 sequence
± 5% Accuracy (S332D)
SSB Phase Noise @ (1 GHz)

N/A N/A ≤ –75 dBc/Hz
30 kHz offset
Spurious responses (Input related) N/A N/A ≤ –45 dBc
Spurious responses (residual) N/A N/A ≤ –95 dBm
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Model S251C S113C/S331D S114C/S332D
Dynamic range N/A N/A ≥ 65 dB
100KHz to 300KHz ≤ –80 dBm

300KHz to 500KHz ≤ –92 dBm
500KHz to 3GHz ≤ –95 dBm
(S114C)
≤–135 dBm typical, ≥1 MHz
Average noise level N/A N/A (preamp on)
≤–115 dBm typical, ≥500 kHz
to <1 MHz
≤–110 dBm typical, <500 kHz
for input terminated, 0 dB attenuation,
RMS detection, 100 Hz RBW
+20 dBm to –95 dBm (S114C)

Measurement range N/A N/A
+20 dBm to –135 dBm (S332D)
2 to 15 dB/div (S114C)
Display range N/A N/A 1 to 15 dB/div (S332D)
in 1 dB steps - 10 divisions display
± 2 dB ≥ 500 kHz, typical

± 3 dB < 500 kHz, typical
(S114C)
Total level accuracy N/A N/A ± 1 dB ≥ 10 MHz to 2 GHz
± 3dB <10 MHz
(excludes input VSWR mismatch)
(S332D)
2.0:1 (S114C)
RF Input VSWR: ( 20 dB atten.)
RF input VSWR N/A N/A
1.5:1 typical, (10 MHz to 2.4 GHz)
(S332D)
Trace memory Up to 200
Instrument configuration*6 10 10 (S113C); up to 20 (S331D) 10 (S114C); up to 20 (S331D)
Markers 6 for all models
Test port connector Precision N female
Maximum input level without damage
RF OUT test port +23 dBm, 50 Ω, +50 Vdc +23 dBm, 50 Ω, +50 Vdc +23 dBm, 50 Ω, +50 Vdc
RF IN test port (S251 only) +27 dBm, 50 Ω, +50 Vdc N/A N/A
RF power detector (S113C, S114C +20 dBm, 50 Ω, +50 Vdc +20 dBm, 50 Ω, +50 Vdc +20 dBm, 50 Ω, +50 Vdc
& S251C only)
RF power meter (S331D & S332D N/A +43 dBm, 50 Ω, +50 Vd +43 dBm , 50 Ω, +50 Vdc
only)
RF IN Spectrum analyzer port N/A N/A +27 dBm, 50 Ω,± 50 Vdc
(S114C only)
RF IN Spectrum analyzer port N/A N/A +43 dBm, 50 Ω, +50 Vdc
(S332D only)
Operating: –10°C to +50°C humidity 85% or less
Temperature Non-operating: –20°C to +75°C
(recommend battery stored separately between 0°C and +40°C for any prolonged non-operating storage period)
Weight 2.14 kg (4.76 lbs.) nominal; <2.28 kg (< 5 lbs.) including battery (S332D)
Size 25.4 cm x 17.8 cm x 6.1 cm (10 in x 7 in x 2.4 in)
Electromagnetic compatibility: Meets European community requirements for CE marking.
General RS232: 9 pin D-sub, three wire serial
Safety: Conforms to EN 61010-1 for Class 1 portable equipment.
∗2: In most applications, immunity is typically better because interfering signals are modulated and varying in frequency rather than being CW. Measurements
were made in CW mode by injecting a signal into the Site Master through a coupler.
∗3: On-Frequency interference immunity is specified to within +10 kHz of the carrier frequency.
∗4: On-Channel interference immunity is specified to within 1 MHz of the carrier frequency.
∗5: Where υp is the cable’s relative propagation velocity. ∆ frequency is the stop frequency minus the start frequency (in Hz). Wide frequency sweeps improve
resolution but reduce maximum display range.
∗6: Calibration stored with instrument configuration.

∗The InstaCal® Calibration Module exhibits slightly degraded directivity performance com-
InstaCal® Calibration Module* pared to precision loads. Users having applications that require DTF-RL measurements
The InstaCal calibration module is available for all one-port Site > | 38 dB | may want to consider using precision load calibration components in place of the
Master models (S113C, S114C, S331D and S332D). With InstaCal, InstaCal calibration module for greater measurement accuracy.
users can cut the time required to calibrate the Site Master by as
much as 50%. Moreover, InstaCal reduces the potential for calibration
error. With discrete calibration components users are required to
connect, disconnect, and reconnect the various calibration components InstaCal® Module ICN50
during the calibration process, which greatly increases the potential for
calibration/measurement error. With InstaCal, users are only required
to connect the InstaCal calibration module once – the calibration process
sequences automatically, ensuring an accurate calibration of the Site
Master. The benefit is calibrated measurements in much less time.
Specifications*1
Model S810C/S820C
3.3 to 10.5 GHz (S810C)
Frequency range
3.3 to 20 GHz (S820C)
Frequency accuracy (CW mode) ≤ ± 50 ppm
Display data points Selectable: 130, 259, 517
RF immunity*2 –10 dBm
Return loss Range: 0 to 54 dB, Resolution: 0.01 dB
SWR Range: 1 to 65, Resolution: 0.01
Cable/Waveguide Loss Range: 0 to 54 dB, Resolution: 0.01 dB
Vertical range
Return loss: 0 to 54 dB
SWR: 1 to 65
Distance-to-fault Horizontal range: (# of data points –1) x resolution, where data points = 130, 259 or 517
Horizontal resolution, rectangular windowing resolution (meter):
Coax: (1.5 x 108)(υp)/∆ frequency*3
Waveguide: (1.5 x 108)(√(1–(Fc/F1)2)/∆ frequency)*4

Detector range: –45 to +20 dBm, 30 µW to 100 mW
RF power monitor (Option 5)
Offset range: 0 to +60 dB
Resolution: 0.1 dB, 0.1 x W
Trace memory Up to 200 traces
Instrument configuration with calibration 10 memory locations
Markers 6 for all models
Test port connector*5 K female or N female (option 11NF)
N(f) test port: +22 dBm
Maximum input without damage
RF power detector: +20 dBm, 50 Ω
–10°C to 50°C humidity 85% or less
Temperature Non-operating –20°C to 75°C
(recommended battery stored separately between 0°C and +40°C for any prolonged non-operating storage period)
Weight 2.14 kg (4.76 lbs.) nominal
Size 25.4 cm x 17.8 cm x 6.1 cm (10 in x 7 in x 2.4 in)
Electromagnetic compatibility: Meets European community requirements for CE marking.
General RS232: 9-pin D-sub, three wire serial
Safety: Conforms to EN 61010-1 for Class 1 portable equipment.
∗2: In most applications, immunity is typically better because interfering signals are modulated and varying in frequency rather than being CW. Measurements
were made in CW mode by injecting a signal into the Site Master through a coupler.
∗3: Where υp is the cable’s relative propagation velocity. ∆ frequency is the stop frequency minus the start frequency (in Hz). Wide frequency sweeps improve
resolution but reduce maximum display range.
∗4: Where Fc is the waveguide’s cutoff frequency (in Hz) and F1 is the start frequency (in Hz). ∆ frequency is the stop frequency minus the start frequency (in Hz).
Wide frequency sweeps improve resolution but reduce maximum display range.
∗5: Must specify option 11NF at the time of purchase to have N female test port connector.
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Main frame 800-109 Detector extender cable, 7.6 m (25 ft.)
Model S113C Site Master (2 to 1600 MHz), Built in DTF 800-110 Detector extender cable, 15.2 m (50 ft.)
Model S114C Site Master (2 to 1600 MHz), Built in DTF, 800-111 Detector extender cable, 30.5 m (100 ft.)
Spectrum Analysis (100 kHz to 1.6 GHz) 800-112 Detector extender cable, 61 m (200 ft.)
Model S251C Site Master (625 to 2500 MHz), Built in DTF, 2-port 34NN50A Precision N(m) to N(m) Adapter, 18 GHz
Model S331D Site Master (25 to 4000 MHz), Built in DTF 34NFNF50 Precision N(f) to N(f) Adapter, 18 GHz
Model S332D Site Master (25 to 4000 MHz), Built in DTF, Spectrum 34RKNF50 Precision Ruggedized K(m) to N(f) Adapter, 20 GHz
Analysis and Power Meter (100 kHz to 3.0 GHz) K220B Precision K(m)-K(m) Adapter, 40 GHz
Model S810C Site Master (3.3 to 10.5 GHz), Built in DTF K222B Precision K(f)-K(f) Adapter, 40 GHz
Model S820C Site Master (3.3 to 20 GHz), Built in DTF 1091-26 Adapter N(m) to SMA(m), 18 GHz
1091-27 Adapter N(m) to SMA(f), 18 GHz
Standard accessories 1091-80 Adapter, N(f) to SMA(m), 18 GHz
User’s Guide 1091-81 Adapter, N(f) to SMA(f), 18 GHz
Soft Carrying Case 1091-172 Adapter, DC to 1.3 GHz, 50 Ω, N(m) to BNC(f)
AC-DC Adapter 510-90 Adapter 7-16(f) to N(m), 7.5 GHz
Automotive Cigarette Lighter/12 Volt DC Adapter 510-91 Adapter 7-16(f) to N(f), 7.5 GHz
One Year Warranty 510-92 Adapter 7-16(m) to N(m), 7.5 GHz
CD ROM containing Fault Location (DTF), Smith Chart, 510-93 Adapter 7-16(m) to N(f), 7.5 GHz
and Software Management Tools 510-96 Adapter 7/16 (m) to 7/16 (m), 7.5 GHz
Serial Interface Cable 510-97 Adapter 7/16 (f) to 7/16 (f), 7.5 GHz
Rechargeable battery, NiMH 48258 Spare Soft Carrying Case for
Precision ruggedized K(m) to N(f) adapter when ordered 40-115 Spare AC/DC Adapter
with out 11NF option (S810C and S820C only) 806-62 Spare Automotive Cigarette Lighter/12 Volts DC adapter
800-441 Spare Serial Interface Cable
Option 760-215A Transit Case for Site Master
Option 3 Color Display – S331D & S332D 633-27 Rechargeable battery, NiMH for “C” version Site Master
Option 5 RF Power Monitor (RF detector not included) 2300-347 Spare Handheld Software Tools
Option 10B Built-in Bias Tee – S251C 10580-00076 Spare Site Master S810C, S820C User’s Guide
Option 11NF N(f) test port connector - S810C & S820C 10580-00060 Spare Site Master User’s Guide (S113C, S114C, S331C
Option 29 RF Power Meter (requires no detector) – S331D & S332C)
Option 50 T1/E1 Analyzer – S331D 10580-00065 Spare Site Master User’s Guide (S251C)
10580-00077 Site Master Programming Manual (for S810C, S820C)
Optional accessories 10580-00061 Site Master Programming Manual (for S113C, S114C,
42N50A-30 Attenuator, 30 dB, DC to 18 GHz, 50 W S331C, S332C)
42N50-20 Attenuator, 20 dB, DC to 18 GHz, 5 W 10580-00066 Site Master Programming Manual (for S251C)
ICN50 InstaCAL (S113C, S114C, S331D, S332D) 10580-00078 Site Master Maintenance Manual (for S810C & S820C)
5400-71N50 RF Detector, N(m), 50 Ω, 1 to 3000 MHz 10580-00079 Spare S331D and S332D user guide
560-7N50B RF Detector, N(m), 50 Ω, 10 MHz to 20 GHz 10580-00062 Site Master Maintenance Manual (for S113C, & S331C)
560-7K50 RF Detector, K(m), 50 Ω, 10 MHz to 40 GHz 10580-00067 Site Master Maintenance Manual (for S251C)
560-7VA50 RF Detector, V(m), 50 Ω, 10 MHz to 50 GHz 10580-00068 Site Master Maintenance Manual (for S114C & S332C)
IN50C 5W Limiter, N(m)-N(f), 18 GHz 10580-00100 S331D & S332D Programming Manual
22K50 Precision K(m) Short/Open, 40 GHz 10580-00101 S331D Maintenance Manual
22KF50 Precision K(f) Short/Open, 40 GHz 10580-00102 S332D Maintenance Manual
22N50 Precision N(m) Short/Open, 18 GHz
22NF50 Precision N(f) Short/Open, 18 GHz 2000-1214 HP DeskJet printer includes: serial-to-parallel interface
SM/PL Precision N(m) Load, 42 dB, 4.0 GHz cable, black print cartridge, and US power cable
SM/PLNF Precision N(f) Load, 42 dB, 4.0 GHz 2000-753 Spare serial-to-parallel converter cable
OSLN50LF Precision N(m) Open/short/Load, 42 dB, 4.0 GHz 2000-663 Power cable (Europe) for DeskJet printer
OSLNF50LF Precision N(f) Open/short/Load, 42 dB, 4.0 GHz 2000-664 Power cable (Australia) for DeskJet printer
28K50 Precision N(m) Load, 40 GHz 2000-665 Power cable (UK) for DeskJet printer
28KF50 Precision N(f) Load, 40 GHz 2000-666 Power cable (Japan) for DeskJet printer
28N50-2 Precision N(m) Load, 40 dB, 18 GHz 2000-667 Power cable (So. Africa) for DeskJet printer
28NF50-2 Precision N(f) Load, 40 dB, 18 GHz 2000-1030 Portable antenna, SMA (m) 1.71 to 1.88 GHz
2000-767 Precision Open/Short/Load, 7-16 (m), 4 GHz 2000-1031 Portable antenna, SMA (m) 1.85 to 1.99 GHz
2000-768 Precision Open/Short/Load, 7-16 (f), 4 GHz 2000-1032 Portable antenna, SMA (m) 2.4 to 2.5 GHz
15ND50-1.5C Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to 7/16 DIN(m), 2000-1200 Portable antenna, SMA (m) 806 to 869 MHz
6 GHz 2000-1035 Portable antenna, SMA (m) 902 to 960 MHz
15NDF50-1.5C Test Port Ext. Cable, 1.5 meters, N(m) to 7/16 DIN(f), 2000-1216 Black printer cartridge for DeskJet printer
6 GHz 2000-1217 Rechargeable battery for DeskJet printer
15NN50-1.5C Test Port Ext. Cable, 1.5 meters, N(m) to N(m), 6.0 GHz 551-1691 Earthmate USB to serial adapter cable
15NN50-3.0C Test Port Ext. Cable, 3.0 meters, N(m) to N(m), 6.0 GHz
15NN50-5.0C Test Port Ext. Cable, 5.0 meters, N(m) to N(m), 6.0 GHz
15NNF50-1.5B Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to N(f), 18 GHz
15NNF50-1.5C Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to N(f), 6.0 GHz
15KKF50-1.5A Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, K(m) to K(f), 26.5 GHz
15NDF50-1.5C Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to 7/16 DIN(f), 6 GHz

Universal Waveguide Component Accessories
Part number∗2 Freq. range Waveguide type Compatible flanges
Precision waveguide calibration components∗1
XXUM70 5.85 to 8.20 GHz WR137, WG14 CAR70, PAR70, UAR 70, PDR70
XXUM84 7.05 to 10.00 GHz WR112, WG15 CBR84, UBR84, PBR84, PDR84
XXUA187 3.95 to 5.85 GHz WR187, WG12 CPR187F, CPR187G, UG-1352/U, UG-1353/U, UG-1728/U, UG-1729/U,
UG-148/U, UG-149A/U
CPR137F, CPR137G, UG-1356/U, UG-1357/U, UG-1732/U, UG-1733/U,
XXUA137 5.85 to 8.20 GHz WR137, WG14
UG-343B/U, UG-344/U, UG-440B/U, UG-441/U
CPR112F, CPR112G, UG-1358/U, UG-1359/U, UG-1734/U, UG-1735/U, UG-52B/U,
XXUA112 7.05 to 10.00 GHz WR112, WG15
UG-51/U, UG-137B/U, UG-138/U
XXUA90 8.20 to 12.40 GHz WR90, WG16
UG-39/U, UG-135/U, UG-136B/U
XXUA62 12.40 to 18.00 GHz WR62, WG18 UG-541A/U, UG-419/U, UG-1665/U, UG1666/U
XXUA42 17.00 to 26.50 GHz WR42, WG20 UG-596A/U, UG-595/U, UG-597/U, UG-598A/U
35UM70N 5.85 to 8.20 GHz WR137, WG14 CAR70, PAR70, UAR 70, PDR70
Precision waveguide-to-coaxial adapters∗1
35UM84N 7.05 to 10.00 GHz WR112, WG15 CBR84, UBR84, PBR84, PDR84
5
CPR187F, CPR187G, UG-1352/U, UG-1353/U, UG-1728/U, UG-1729/U, UG-148/U,
35UA187N 3.95 to 5.85 GHz WR187, WG12
UG-149A/U
35UA137N 5.85 to 8.20 GHz WR137, WG14
UG-343B/U, UG-344/U, UG-440B/U, UG-441/U
35UA112N 7.05 to 10.00 GHz WR112, WG15
UG-52B/U, UG-51/U, UG-137B/U, UG-138/U
35UA90N 8.20 to 12.40 GHz WR90, WG16
UG-39/U, UG-135/U, UG-136B/U
35UA62N 12.40 to 18.00 GHz WR62, WG18 UG-541A/U, UG-419/U, UG-1665/U, UG1666/U
35UA42K 17.00 to 26.50 GHz WR42, WG20 UG-596A/U, UG-595/U, UG-597/U, UG-598A/U
∗1: Call or contact Anritsu sales rep for other frequencies waveguide calibration components and waveguide-to-coaxial adapters.
∗2: Part number Ordering information
Prefix (XX) 23 for 1/8 λ offset short
24 for 3/8 λ offset short
26 for Precision waveguide load
35 waveguide to coaxial adapter
SPECTRUM MASTER
MS2711B/D
100 kHz to 3.0 GHz
Powerful Trace Management

Fast, Accurate, Repeatable, NEW Users are able to store ten test setups along with 200 measurement
Portable Spectrum Analysis traces internally in the unit’s memory. The stored data can be easily down-
loaded to a personal computer (PC) or a printer via an RS-232 serial
cable for further analysis. A notebook computer can be used with the
RS-232 interface for automated control and data collection in the field.
A standard preamplifier (option 8) plus a number of available options
including an internal tracking generator (option 20, MS2711B) or
transmission measurement (option 21, MS2711D) expand the
MS2711B/D’s capabilities.
The MS2711B/D Handheld Spectrum Analyzer provides the “ulti-

mate” in measurement flexibility for field environments and applica-
tions requiring mobility. Unlike traditional spectrum analyzers, the
MS2711B/D features a rugged, ultra-lightweight, battery-operated
design that enables users to conduct spectrum analysis measure-
ments – anywhere, anytime.
Providing complete freedom from AC/DC power requirements, the
MS2711B/D enables you to locate, identify, record and solve com-
munication systems problems quickly and easily, without sacrificing
measurement accuracy.
Whether you are installing, maintaining, or troubleshooting a modern
wireless communication system, the MS2711B/D provides excep-
tional performance combined with ease-of-use and broad functional-
ity – making it an ideal solution for engineers and technicians who
conduct field measurements in the 100 kHz to 3.0 GHz frequency
range. In fact, it is ideal for finding the source of interfering signals in
modern wireless systems.
Rugged and Reliable To meet the challenges of today’s wireless market, Anritsu Company
Because the MS2711B/D was designed specifically for field environ- has incorporated a pre-amp (standard) for its revolutionary
ments, it can easily withstand the day-to-day punishment of field use. MS2711B/D Handheld Spectrum Analyzer which increases the ana-
Rugged packaging also keeps the MS2711B/D performing in harsh lyzer’s sensitivity and dynamic range while improving measurement
environments. time. With the built-in pre-amp feature, the MS2711B/D is particular-
ly effective in measuring low-level signals. The handheld spectrum
Easy-to-Use analyzer’s sensitivity is improved to –115 dBm for MS2711B and
Not only is the MS2711B/D the lightest fully-functional spectrum an-
–135 dBm for MS2711D (100 Hz RBW) (full span). With this option,
alyzer available at 4.5 pounds (base model including battery), oper-
the MS2711B/D can identify and make measurements on low-level
ation is straight-forward and driven by firmware that simplifies the
signals much faster than previously possible.
process of making measurements and interpreting the results shown
The improved sensitivity, dynamic range, and measurement speed
on the large, high-resolution LCD display. The menu-driven user in-
complement the existing benefits of the MS2711B/D. Weighing only
terface is easy to use and requires little training.
4.9 pounds (including a NiMH battery, fully loaded, base model only
A full range of marker capabilities such as peak, center and delta
4.5 pounds), the MS2711B/D is the world’s lightest fully functional
functions are also provided, giving users a faster and more compre-
handheld spectrum analyzer with the built-in tracking generator op-
hensive measurement of displayed signals. Limit lines simplify am-
tion (option 20).
plitude measurements, giving users the capability to create quick,
MS2711B/D has been enhanced so that it can make highly accurate
simple, pass/fail measurements. Frequency, span and amplitude
channel power measurements, occupied bandwidth and Adjacent
functions are easily configured for optimum performance. Used to-
Channel Power Ratio (ACPR) measurements. These are increasing-
gether with the Save Setup feature, these functions can help to make
ly critical measurements, particularly for power amplifiers used in
testing easier and faster for less experienced users.
wireless communication systems. With the enhancements, the
MS2711B/D has dedicated one button channel power, occupied
bandwidth, and ACPR measurement capability to significantly re-
duce test time and expense. The MS2711B/D also features local lan-
guage graphical user interface support (in Chinese, Japanese,
French, German, and Spanish).

Features • Data storage and memory
• Lightweight (4.5 lbs - base model, 4.9 lbs with tracking generator - – Store up to ten test setups and 200 measurement traces in non-
option 20, or transmission measurement, option 21) volatile memory
• Synthesizer-based performance – Stored data is easily and quickly downloaded to a personal com-
• Wide dynamic range puter (PC) or printer
• One button, ACPR, OBW, channel power, C/I measurement • Powerful trace management
• Quick zoom-in, zoom-out display – Automatically date/time stamped
• 5 minute warm up – Alphanumeric labeling
• Manual and automatic attenuator control • PC reporting software
• Improved user interface, with local language support in five differ- – Windows® 95/98/2000/ME, XP, NT Workstation compatible
ent languages – Supports long file names for descriptive labeling
• Automatic overload and ESD protection – Can display an unlimited number of traces for comparison to his-
• Built-in AM/FM demodulation torical performance
• Built-in field strength measurement • Optional Monochrome or Color LCD with backlight capability display
• Built-in interference analysis • Direct printer control via RS232 serial port
• Ability to store and recall up to six antenna factors
• Full range of marker capabilities including peak, center, and delta Applications
functions Convenient operating procedures, high sensitivity, and excellent re-
• Limit lines for quick, simple pass/fail measurements peatability enable the MS2711B/D to pinpoint the smallest system
• Rugged, reliable packaging performance degradation and allow for easy verification of system
• Battery operated design compliance. Typical applications include:
• Transmitter Spectrum Analysis – occupied bandwidth, power, mod-
– 2.5 hours of continuous operation
ulation measurements, location and identification of in-band, out-
5
– Built-in energy conservation that extends battery life beyond an
eight-hour workday of-channel spurious and out-of-band spurious signals
– Operation using a 12.5 Vdc source AC-DC adapter or automotive • Receive Signal Analysis – measure receiver sensitivity, locate and
cigarette lighter adapter, which simultaneously charges the battery identify sources of interfering signals
– Field replaceable battery • Modulation identification, modulation depth, deviation, and spectral mask
• Built in clock and calender • Signal Strength Mapping – to determine the most suitable location for
• Low cost ownership, global warranty antennas, base stations, and repeaters; or pinpoint Electromagnetic
(EM) leakage in broadcast systems
Specifications
Model MS2711B MS2711D
Aging: ±1 ppm/yr
Frequency reference
Accuracy: ±2 ppm
1 kHz to 3 GHz in 1, 2, 5 step selections in auto 10 Hz to 2.99 GHz in 1, 2, 5 step selections in
Frequency span
Frequency
mode, plus zero span auto mode, plus zero span

≥6500 msec full span; ≤ 1.1 second full span;
Sweep time
500 msec zero span ≤ 50 msec to 20 second zero span
Resolution bandwidth (–3dB width) 10 kHz, 30 kHz, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, ±20% 100 Hz to 1 MHz in 1-3 sequence, ±5%
Video bandwidth (–3dB) 100 Hz to 300 kHz in 1-3 sequence 3 Hz to 1 MHz in 1-3 sequence, ±5%
SSB Phase Noise (1 GHz) @30 kHz Offset ≤–75 dBc/Hz
Spurious responses Input related ≤–45 dBc
Spurious residual responses ≤–90 dBm (≥500 kHz)
Measurement range +20 dBm to –115 dBm (with preamp on) +20 dBm to –135 dBm (with preamp on)
≤-135 dBm typical, ≥1 MHz (preamp on)
–115 dBm (≥1 MHz typical with preamp on) ≤–115 dBm typical, ≥500 kHz to <1 MHz
Displayed average noise level ≤–95 dBm (≥500 kHz, typical) ≤–110 dBm typical, < 500 kHz
≤–80 dBm (< 500 kHz, typical) for input terminated, 0 dB attenuation, RMS
detection, 100 Hz RBW
Dynamic range >65 dB, typical
±0.5 dB typical (±1 dB max), ≥10 MHz to 2 GHz

Amplitude
±1 dB typical (±1.5 dB max), >2 GHz to 3 GHz

±2 dB, ≥500 kHz, typical;
±2 dB, ≥500 kHz to <10 MHz
Total level accuracy ±3 dB, <500 kHz, typical
±3 dB typical, <500 kHz
(For input signal level ≥–60 dBm)
for input signal levels ≥–60 dBm, excludes input
VSWR mismatch
Display range 1 to 15 dB/div in 1 dB steps, Ten divisions displayed

Max input level without damage +23 dBm, ±50 Vdc +43 dBm (Peak), ±50 Vdc
0 to 50 dB, selected manually or automatically 0 to 51 dB, selected manually or automatically
Attenuator Range coupled to the reference level. Resolution in coupled to the reference level. Resolution in
10 dB steps 1 dB steps.
RF input VSWR 2.0:1 1.5:1 typical, (≥20 dB atten., 10 MHz to 2.4 GHz)
Internal trace memory 200 maximum
Setup storage 10 test setups 15 test setups
Display VGA Monochrome LCD VGA Color or VGA Monochrome LCD
Inputs and Outputs Ports
RF In Type N, female, 50 Ω Type N, female, 50 Ω
RF Out Type N, female, 50 Ω Type N, female, 50 Ω
Ext trig In N/A BNC, female (5V TTL)
Ext Freq Ref In (2 MHz to 20 MHz) N/A Shared BNC, female, 50 Ω (–15 dBm
to +10 dBm)
Serial Interface RS-232 9 pin D-sub, three wire serial RS-232 9 pin D-sub, three wire serial
Electromagnetic compatibility Meets European community requirements for CE marking
General
Temperature
Operating 0°C to 50°C, humidity 85% or less –10°C to 55°C, humidity 85% or less
Non-operating –20°C to +75°C (recommend battery stored –51°C to +71°C (recommend battery stored
separately between 0°C to 40°C for any separately between 0°C to 40°C for any
prolonged storage period) prolonged storage period)
Power supply
External DC Input +12.5 to +15 volts dc, 1350 mA max
Internal NiMH battery: 10.8 volts, 1800 mA mAH
Dimensions
Size (W x H x D) 25.4 cm x 17.8 cm x 6.10 cm 25.4 cm x 17.8 cm x 6.10 cm
(10.0 in x 7.0 in x 2.4 in) (10.0 in x 7.0 in x 2.4 in)
Weight 2.04 kg (4.5 lbs.) includes battery, 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs) <2.14 kg (4.7 lbs.) includes battery,
includes tracking generator <2.28 kg (5 lbs) includes transmission measurement
MS2711B/D (Option 10) Bias Tee specifications

Voltage +18 Vdc
Bias Tee
Current 1 A peak 200 ms, 300 mA max steady state
MS2711D (Option 21) Transmission Measurement specifications

Frequency range 25 MHz to 3 GHz
Frequency
Frequency resolution 10 Hz
Output power level –10 dBm typical
Output
Output impedance 50 Ω
FCN4760 Frequency Converter specifications

Frequency range 4.7 GHz to 6 GHz
Frequency resolution ∗1 10 Hz
Frequency
Aging: ±1 ppm/yr
Frequency reference
Accuracy: ±2 ppm
Spurious residual responses1 ≤–90 dBm
Measurement range –40 dBm to –100 dBm
Amplitude
Sensitivity∗1 (displayed avg. noise level) –100 dBm

Maximum input level without damage –5 dBm
RF input VSWR 2.0:1 max
RF Out Type N, male, 50 Ω
Communication Interface 10 pin D sub
General

Temperature
Non-operating –50°C to +80°C
Power dissipation 850 mW max
Dimensions
Size (W x H x D) 6.6 cm x 10.9 cm x 3.3 cm (2.6 in x 4.3 in x 1.3 in)
Weight <0.45 kg (< 1 lb.)
∗1: Specifications apply when connected to the MS2711D spectrum analyzer

MS2711B (Option 20) Tracking generator specifications
Frequency Frequency resolution 5 KHz
Tracking offset range ±5 MHz
Output power level 0 to –60 dBm
Output power level resolution 0.1 dB
±1.5 dB, 0 to –40 dBm
Absolute level accuracy
±4 dB, –40 dBm to –60 dBm
Output
Output flatness ≤±1.5 dB (10 MHz – 3 GHz)
Output tracking VSWR <2.0:1, <0 dBm
Spurious harmonics ≤–20 dBc
Non-Spurious ≤–20 dBc
MS2711B (Option 29) Power meter specifications

± 1 dB max (± 0.5 dB typical) for input signal levels >-60 dBm (10 MHz to 2 GHz, excludes input VSWR)
Total Level Accuracy ± 1.5 dB max (± 1 dB typical), >2 GHz to 3 GHz 5
± 2 dB max, 3 MHz to 10 MHz
Measurement Range +20 dBm to -80 dBm
Frequency Span 3 MHz to 2.99 GHz
Display Range +80 dBm to -80 dBm
Offset Range 0 to 60 dB
Maximum Input Power +20 dBm without input attenuator
MS2711B/8 Handheld Spectrum Analyzer: 100 kHz to 3.0 GHz 1030-86 Band Pass Filter, 800 MHz band, 806-869 MHz,
MS2711D Handheld Spectrum Analyzer: 100 kHz to 3.0 GHz Loss = 1.7 dB, N(m)-SMA(f)
1030-87 Band Pass Filter, 900 MHz band, 902-960 MHz,
Standard Accessories Loss = 1.7 dB, N(m)-SMA(f)
User’s Guide, MS2711B 1030-88 Band Pass Filter, 1900 MHz band, 1.85-1.99 GHz,
Soft Carrying Case Loss = 1.8 dB, N(m)-SMA(f)
AC – DC Adapter 1030-89 Band Pass Filter, 2400 MHz band, 2.4-2.5 GHz,
Automotive Cigarette Lighter/12 Volt DC Adapter Loss = 1.9 dB, N(m)-SMA(f)
One Year Warranty 48258 Spare soft carrying case
CD ROM containing Software Management Tools 40-115 Spare AC/DC adapter
Serial Interface Cable 806-62 Spare automotive cigarette lighter/12 Volt DC adapter
Rechargeable battery, NiMH 800-441 Spare serial interface cable
Pre-amplifier (built-in) 760-229 Transit case for Anritsu Handheld Spectrum Analyzer
2300-347 Anritsu Handheld Software Tools
Option Accessories 10580-00074 Anritsu HHSA User’s Guide, Model MS2711B (spare)
Option 3 Color display - MS2711D only 10580-00071 Anritsu HHSA Programming Manual, Model MS2711B
Option 6 Frequency converter controller module for use with 10580-00072 Anritsu HHSA Maintenance Manual, Model MS2711B
FCN4760 (MS2711D only) 10580-00097 Anritsu HHSA User’s Guide, Model MS2711D
Option 10 Bias Tee (built-in) 10580-00098 Anritsu HHSA Programming Manual, Model MS2711D
Option 20 Tracking generator (built-in) - MS2711B only 10580-00099 Anritsu HHSA Maintenance Manual, Model MS2711D
Option 21 Transmission measurement (built-in) - MS2711D only 633-27 Rechargeable battery, NiMH
Option 29 Power Meter (MS2711D only) 551-1691 USB to Serial adapter
70-28 Headset
Optional Accessories 2000-1029 Battery charger, NiMH with universal power supply
5400-71N50 RF Detector, N(m), 50 Ω, 1 to 3000 MHz 2000-1030 Portable antenna, 50 Ω, SMA (m) 1.71-1.88 GHz
42N50A-30 30 dB, 50 Watt, Bi-directional, DC to 18 GHz, 2000-1031 Portable antenna, 50 Ω, SMA (m) 1.85-1.99 GHz
N(m) to N(f) Attenuator 2000-1032 Portable antenna, 50 Ω, SMA (m) 12.4-2.5 GHz
34NN50A Precision Adapter, DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N(m) to N(m) 2000-1035 Portable antenna, 50 Ω, SMA (m) 896-941 MHz
34NFNF50C Precision Adapter, DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N(f) to N(f) 2000-1200 Portable antenna, 50 Ω, SMA (m) 806-869 MHz
15NN50-1.5C Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to N(m), 6.0 GHz
15NN50-3.0C Test port cable armored, 3.0 meter, N(m) to N(m), 6.0 GHz Printers
15NN50-5.0C Test port cable armored, 5.0 meter, N(m) to N(m), 6.0 GHz 2000-1214 HP DeskJet printer
15NNF50-1.5C Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to N(f), 6.0 GHz Includes: interface cable, black print cartridge, and US
15NNF50-3.0C Test port cable armored, 3.0 meter, N(m) to N(f), 6.0 GHz power cable
15NNF50-5.0C Test port cable armored, 5.0 meter, N(m) to N(f), 6.0 GHz 2000-753 Spare serial-to-parallel converter cable
15ND50-1.5C Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to 2000-663 Power cable (Europe) for DeskJet printer
7/16 DIN(m), 3.5 GHz 2000-664 Power cable (Australia) for DeskJet printer
15NDF50-1.5C Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to 2000-1218 Power cable (UK) for DeskJet printer
7/16 DIN(f), 3.5 GHz 2000-667 Power cable (So. Africa) for DeskJet printer
510-90 Adapter 7/16 (f) to N(m), 3.5 GHz 2000-1217 Rechargeable battery for DeskJet printer
510-91 Adapter, 7/16 DIN(f) to N(f), 7.5 GHz 2000-1216 Black print cartridge for DeskJet printer
510-92 Adapter, 7/16 DIN(m) to N(m) 7.5 GHz
510-96 Adapter 7/16 DIN (m) to 7/16 DIN (m), 7.5 GHz
510-97 Adapter 7/16 DIN(f) to 7/16 DIN(f), 7.5 GHz
61N50 RF SWR Bridge, 10-2500 MHz, 50 Ω, N(m)
61NF50 RF SWR Bridge, 10-2500 MHz, 50 Ω, N(f)
SPECTRUM
ANALYZERS
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Spectrum Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . 322, 332, 337, 343,
348, 354, 361, 369
320
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Spectrum analyzer selection guide
Third order intermodulation distortion (dBc)∗2

RF-band harmonic distortion (dBc)∗2
Measurement level range (dBm)
Measurement frequency range
AM/FM demodulation mode
High-speed time domain

Model
High-level accuracy
Tracking generator
C/N (dBc/Hz)∗1
QP detection
Zone marker
Features
Measure
Counter
GPIB
Gate
PTA
300 Hz to
3 MHz, 5, 10,
9 kHz to –124 to RS-
MS2687B 20 MHz √ –108∗1 –90 –85 √ √ √ – – √ √ – –
30 GHz +30 (1 Hz to 1 MHz, 232
with Opt.∗3)
300 Hz to
9 kHz to –124 to 3 MHz, 5, 10,
MS2683A √ –108∗1 –90 –85 √ √ √ – – √ √ – √ –
7.8 GHz +30 20 MHz, 1 Hz to
1 MHz (with Opt.)
300 Hz to
9 kHz to –124 to 3 MHz, 5, 10,
MS2681A √ –108∗1 –70 –85 √ √ √ – – √ √ – √ –
3 GHz +30 20 MHz, 1 Hz to 6
1 MHz (with Opt.)
1 kHz to 3 MHz,
9 kHz to –115 to
MS2668C 10 Hz to 3 MHz √ –90∗3 –90 –75 √ √ √ Opt. – Opt. Opt. – √ √
40 GHz +30 (with Opt.)
1 kHz to 3 MHz,
9 kHz to –115 to
30 GHz +30 (with Opt.) Portable
1 kHz to 3 MHz,
9 kHz to –115 to
21.2 GHz +30 (with Opt.)
1 kHz to 3 MHz,
9 kHz to –115 to
MS2663C 30 Hz to 3 MHz √ –100 –75 –80 √ √ √ Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. √ √
8.1 GHz +30 (with Opt.)
–115 to
+30, 1 kHz to 3 MHz,
9 kHz to
MS2661C –130 to 30 Hz to 3 MHz √ –100 –75 –80 √ √ √ Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. √ √
3 GHz
+30 (with Opt.)
(with Opt.)
–115 to
+30, 1 kHz to 5 MHz,
9 kHz to
MS2661B –130 to 30 Hz to 5 MHz √ –100 –75 –80 √ √ √ Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. √ √
3 GHz
+30 (with Opt.)
(with Opt.)
9 kHz to –110 to
MS2651B 1 kHz to 5 MHz √ –90 –60 –70 √ √ √ √ Opt. Opt. Opt. Opt. √ √
3 GHz +30
100 kHz –135 to RS- Hand held
MS2711D 100 Hz to 1 MHz √ –75∗4 –45 –45 – √ – √ – – – Opt. –
to 3 GHz +20 232 (2.28 kg)
∗1: 10 kHz offset
∗2: At –30 dBm
∗3: –95 + 20 log n (n: local harmonic order)
∗4: At 30 kHz offset
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
SPECTRUM ANALYZER GPIB
MS2681A/2683A/2687B
9 kHz to 3/7.8/30 GHz
For Evaluation of IMT-2000, Bluetooth™, MMAC and Advanced Radio Communication Devices
NEW
The IMT-2000 (2 GHz band) service for third-generation mobile radio • Application software
communication has started. Bluetooth, or Wireless LAN, has been
Support system Name
adopted for close-range radio communication between portable re-
mote terminals and peripheral equipment, and R&D of MMAC, W-CDMA W-CDMA measurement software
IEEE802.11a, and HyperLAN2 for higher speed access have been GSM GSM measurement software
conducted in various countries. cdmaOne,CDMA 1X cdma measurement software
The MS2681A/2683A/2687B spectrum analyzer delivers optimum
CDMA 1xEV-DO measurement
performance over a wide dynamic range (156 dB, typical value), wide CDMA 1xEV-DO software
resolution bandwidth (20 MHz), to high-speed sweep (refresh rate of
PDC/PHS/NADC (IS-136),
20 times/s), required for evaluating next-generation radio communi- π/4DQPSK measurement software
STD-39/T79, STD-T61
cation systems and devices.
It can be used not only as a spectrum analyzer but also to perform IEEE802.11a/11b, HiSWANa, Wireless LAN measurement
various measurements easily and quickly by installing measurement HiperLAN2 software
software.
Features
• Wide resolution band width up to 20 MHz.
• Data transmission speed approximately 10 times faster.
(GPIB transmission speed: 120 kbytes/s)
• Optional measurement software (sold separately) for high-
speed modulation analysis.(1.5 sec. with W-CDMA, 0.5 sec
with IEEE802.11a)
• Optional narrow resolution bandwidth from 1 Hz.
• Optional rubidium reference oscillator for warm-up time of
just 7 minutes.
• Optional power meter that measures up to 32 GHz.
Specifications
Specified values are obtained after warming up the equipment for 30 minutes at a constant ambient temperature and then performing cali-
bration. The typical values are given for reference, and are not guaranteed.
Name MS2681A MS2683A MS2687B
Frequency range 9 kHz to 3 GHz 9 kHz to 7.8 GHz 9 kHz to 30 GHz
Band 0: 9 kHz to 3.2 GHz
Mixer harmonics order 1
Band 1–: 3.15 to 6.3 GHz
Band 0: 9 kHz to 3.2 GHz, Mixer harmonics order 1
Band 1–L: 1.6 to 3.2 GHz (option 03), Band 1+: 6.2 to 7.9 GHz
Frequency band —
Band 1: 3.15 to 6.3 GHz, Mixer harmonics order 1
Band 1+: 6.2 to 7.8 GHz Band 2+: 7.8 to 15.3 GHz
Band 4+: 15.2 to 30 GHz
3.15 to 7.8 GHz, 3.15 to 30 GHz
Pre-selector range —
1.6 to 7.8 GHz (option 03) (band 1–, 1+, 2+, 4+)
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
± (Display frequency x reference fre-
quency accuracy + span x span accura-
cy + resolution bandwidth x 0.15 + 10
± (Display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + span x span accuracy + Hz x N Hz)
Display frequency accuracy
resolution bandwidth x 0.15 + 10 Hz) Normal marker: same as frequency dis-
play accuracy, Delta marker: same as
span accuracy
∗N: Mixer harmonics order
Frequency counter resolution 1 Hz, 10 Hz, 100 Hz, 1 kHz (counts the received frequency at the peak point inside the zone)
± (Display frequency x reference fre-

± (Display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + 2 Hz + 1 LSD) quency accuracy +2 Hz + 1LSD)
Frequency counter accuracy
(at S/N 20 dB or more and RBW 3 MHz or less) (at S/N 20 dB or more and RBW 3 MHz
or less)
Setting range: 0 Hz, and 5 kHz to 30

Setting range: 0 Hz, and 5 kHz to 3.0 Setting range: 0 Hz, and 5 kHz to 7.8 GHz,
Frequency span GHz, GHz, Accuracy: ±1.0% (band 0,1), ±2.5%
Accuracy: ±1.0% (at data point of 1001) Accuracy: ±1.0% (at data point of 1001) (band 2, 4)
At single band sweep, data point 1001
Setting range: 300 Hz to 3 MHz (1, 3 sequence), 5 MHz, 10 MHz, 20 MHz
Resolution bandwidth ∗Manually settable, or automatically settable according to frequency span
(RBW) [3 dB bandwidth] Accuracy: ±20% (300 Hz to 10 MHz), ±40% (20 MHz)
Selectivity (60 dB: 3 dB): ≤15 : 1
1 Hz to 3 MHz (1, 3 sequence), Off
Video bandwidth (VBW) ∗Manually settable, or automatically settable according to RBW
Noise sideband: ≤–108 dBc/Hz (1 GHz,
10 kHz offset), ≤–120 dBc/Hz (1 GHz, 6
Noise sideband: ≤–108 dBc/Hz (1 GHz, 10 kHz offset),
Signal purity 10 kHz offset)
≤–120 dBc/Hz (1 GHz, 100 kHz offset)
Spurious resulting from local cause:
≤–65 dBc (at harmonic mixing order 1)
Frequency: 10 MHz
Start-up characteristics: ≤5 x 10–8 (after 10 minutes warm-up, with frequency after 24 hours warm-up referenced)
Aging rate: ≤2 x 10–8/day, ≤1 x 10–7/year (with frequency after 24 hours of warm-up referenced)
Temperature characteristics: ±5 x 10–8 (0 to 50°C, with frequency at 25°C referenced)
Measurement range: Average noise level to +30 dBm
Maximum input level: Continuous average power: +30 dBm (RF ATT: ≥10 dB)
Peak pulse input: +47 dBm (pulse width ≤1 µs, duty ratio ≤1%, RF ATT: ≥30 dB)
DC voltage: 0 Vdc
Average noise level display
RBW: 300 Hz, VBW: 1 Hz, RF ATT 0
dB, in Sample detection mode
[Without option 08] Average noise level display
RBW: 300 Hz, VBW: 1 Hz, RF ATT 0
≤–124 dBm + f [GHz] dB (1 MHz to 2.5 RBW: 300 Hz, VBW: 1 Hz, RF ATT 0
dB, in Sample detection mode
GHz, band 0) dB, in SAMPLE detection mode
[Without option 08]
≤–120 dBm + f [GHz] dB (2.5 to 3.2 ≤–124 dBm + f [GHz] dB (1 MHz to 2.5
≤–124 dBm + f [GHz] dB (1 MHz to 2.5
Level measurement GHz, band 0) GHz, band 0)
GHz)
≤–122 dBm + 0.5f [GHz] dB (3.15 to 7.8 ≤–120 dBm + f [GHz] dB (2.5 to 3.2
≤–120 dBm + f [GHz] dB (2.5 to 3.0
GHz, band 1) GHz, band 0)
GHz)
[With option 08] ≤–115 dBm (3.15 to 7.9 GHz, band 1)
[With option 08]
≤–122 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (1 MHz to ≤–113 dBm (7.8 to 15.3 GHz, band 2)
≤–122 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (1 MHz to
2.5 GHz, band 0) ≤–103 dBm (15.2 to 30.0 GHz, band 4)
2.5 GHz)
≤–120 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (2.5 to 3.2 Residual response: RF ATT 0 dB, input
≤–120 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (2.5 to 3.0
GHz, band 0) terminated at 50 Ω
GHz)
≤–122 dBm + 0.5f [GHz] dB (3.15 to 7.8 ≤–100 dBm (1 MHz to 3.2 GHz, band 0),
Residual response: ≤–100 dBm (1 MHz
GHz, band 1) ≤–90 dBm (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, band 1)
to 3.0 GHz)
Residual response: ≤–100 dBm (1 MHz
to 3.2 GHz, band 0), ≤–90 dBm (3.15 to
7.8 GHz, band 1)
Setting range
Log scale: –100 to +40 dBm, or equivalent level, Linear scale: 2.24 µV to 22.4 V
Unit
Log scale: dBm, dBµV, dBmV, dBµV (emf), W, V, dBµV/m
Linear scale: V
Reference level accuracy:
±0.5 dB (–49.9 to 0 dBm), ±0.75 dB (+0.1 to +30 dBm, –69.9 to –50 dBm), ±1.5 dB (–80 to –70 dBm)
∗After calibration, at 50 MHz, span: 1 MHz (when RF ATT, RBW, VBW, and sweep time set to AUTO)
RBW switching uncertainty: ±0.3 dB (300 Hz to 5 MHz), ±0.5 dB (10, 20 MHz)
Reference level ∗After calibration, with RBW 3 kHz referenced
Input attenuator (RF ATT)
Setting range: 0 to 70 dB (10 dB step),
manually settable, or automatically set-
Setting range: 0 dB to 62 dB (2 dB step), manually settable, or automatically set-
table according to reference level
table according to reference level
Switching uncertainty:
Switching uncertainty: ±0.3 dB (10 to 50 dB), ±0.5 dB (52 to 62 dB)
±0.3 dB (10 to 50 dB), ±0.5 dB (50 to
∗After calibration, with 50 MHz, RF ATT 10 dB referenced
70 dB)
Input attenuator switching mode: 2, 10 dB step mode
∗With 50 MHz, RF ATT 10 dB refer-
enced
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Relative flatness: at RF ATT 10 dB with
±0.6 dB (9 kHz to 3.2 GHz, band 0), the center point of frequency response
±1.0 dB (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, band 1) in the band referenced
±1.0 dB (option 03, 1.6 to 7.8 GHz, ±1.0 dB (9 kHz to 3.2 GHz, band 0),
±0.6 dB (9 kHz to 3.0 GHz) band 1) ±1.5 dB (3.15 to 7.9 GHz, band 1), ±3.0
50 MHz referenced (when RF ATT 10 ∗With 50 MHz referenced (when RF dB (7.8 to 15.3 GHz, band 2), ±4.0 dB
dB, 18 to 28°C) ATT 10 dB, 18 to 28°C) (15.2 to 30 GHz, band 4)
Frequency response
±1.0 dB (9 kHz to 3.0 GHz) ±1.0 dB (9 kHz to 3.2 GHz, band 0), ∗After pre-selector tuning for band 1, 2,
∗With 50 MHz referenced (when RF ±2.0 dB (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, band 1) and 4
ATT 10 to 62 dB) ±2.0 dB (1.6 to 7.8 GHz, band 1) Absolute flatness: at RF ATT 10 dB with
∗With 50 MHz referenced (when RF 50 MHz referenced
ATT 10 to 62 dB), after pre-selector ±5.0 dB (9 kHz to 30 GHz),
tuning for band 1. ∗After pre-selector tuning for band 1, 2,
and 4
Scale: 10 div (single scale)
Log scale: 10, 5, 2, 1 dB/div, Linear scale: 10, 5, 2, 1%/div
Linearity (after calibration)
Waveform display Log scale: ±0.4 dB (0 to –20 dB, RBW ≤1 kHz), ±1.0 dB (0 to –70 dB, ≤1 kHz), ±1.2 dB (0 to –90 dB, ≤1 kHz)
Linear scale: 4% of reference level
Marker level resolution
Log scale: 0.01 dB, Linear scale: 0.02%
≤–60 dBc (input frequency 10 to 200
MHz, Mixer input: –30 dBm)
≤–70 dBc (0.2 to 1.6 GHz, band 0,
2nd harmonic distortion: Mixer input: –30 dBm)
≤–60 dBc (input frequency 10 to 200 ≤–90 dBc or lower than average
2nd harmonic distortion: MHz, Mixer input: –30 dBm) noise level (1.6 to 15 GHz, band 1, 2,
≤–60 dBc (input frequency 10 to 200 ≤–75 dBc (0.2 to 0.85 GHz, band 0, and 4, Mixer input: –10 dBm)
MHz, Mixer input: –30 dBm) Mixer input: –30 dBm) Two-signal third-order intermodulation
≤–75 dBc (0.2 to 0.85 GHz, Mixer in- ≤–70 dBc (0.85 to 1.6 GHz, band 0, distortion (Frequency difference of two
put: –30 dBm) Mixer input: –30 dBm) signals: ≥50 kHz, Mixer input: –30
≤–70 dBc (0.85 to 1.5 GHz, Mixer in- ≤90 dBc (1.6 to 3.9 GHz, band 1, dBm):
put: –30 dBm) Mixer input: –10 dBm) ≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz),
Spurious response
Two-signal third-order intermodulation ≤–90 dBc (option 03, 0.8 to 3.9 GHz, ≤–85 dBc (0.1 to 3.2 GHz, band 0)
distortion: band 1, Mixer input: –10 dBm) ≤–80 dBc (3.15 to 7.9 GHz, band 1)
≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), Two-signal third-order intermodulation ≤–75 dBc or lower than average
≤–85 dBc (0.1 to 3.0 GHz) distortion: noise level (7.8 to 22.5 GHz, band 2, 4)
∗Frequency difference of two signals: ≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz) ≤–75 dBc or lower than average
≥50 kHz, Mixer input: –30 dBm ≤–85 dBc (0.1 to 7.8 GHz) noise level (22.5 to 30 GHz, band 4,
Image response: ≤–70 dBc ∗Frequency difference of two signals: Typical)
≥50 kHz, Mixer input: –30 dBm Image response:
Image response: ≤–70 dBc ≤–65 dBc (≤18 GHz), ≤–60 dBc (≤22
GHz), ≤–55 dBc (≤30 GHz)
Multiple response/spurious outside the
band: ≤–60 dBc (≤22 GHz), ≤–55 dBc
(≤30 GHz)
≥0 dBm (≥100 MHz), ≥+3 dBm
≥0 dBm (≥100 MHz), ≥+3 dBm ≥0 dBm (≥100 MHz), ≥+3 dBm (≥500
1 dB gain compression (≥500 MHz, band 1),
MHz, band 0), ≥–5 dBm (≥3150 MHz,
(≥500 MHz) ≥0 dBm (≥3.15 GHz, band 1)
band 1, 2, and 4)
≥0 dBm (option 03: ≥1.6 GHz, band 1)
1 dB gain compression to average
noise level
1 dB gain compression to average [Without option 08]
noise level ≥124 dB –f [GHz] dB,Reference value
[Without Option 08] (0.1 to 3.2 GHz, band 0)
Maximum dynamic range ≥124 dB – f [GHz] dB, ≥122 dB –0.5f [GHz] dB, Reference
—
Reference value (0.1 to 3.0 GHz) value (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, band 1)
[With Option 08] [With option 08]
≥122 dB – 1.5f [GHz] dB, ≥122 dB –1.5f [GHz] dB, Reference
Reference value (0.1 to 3.0 GHz) value (0.1 to 3.2 GHz, band 0)
≥122 dB –0.5f [GHz] dB, Reference
value (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, band 1)
Sweep mode Continuous, single
Setting range: 10 ms to 1000 s ∗Manually settable, or automatically settable according to RBW and VBW
Sweep time Set resolution: 5 ms (5 ms to 1 s), Top three digits (≥1 s)
Accuracy: ±3%
Trigger switch Free run, triggered
Trigger source Wide IF video, external (TTL), external (±10 V), line
Off, random sweep mode
Setting range
Gate sweep mode
Gate delay range: 0 to 65.5 ms (Resolution: 1 µs)
Gate length range: 2 µs to 65.5 ms (Resolution: 1 µs),
Gate end: Internal/external
Sweeps the indicated range in the zone Sweeps the indicated range in the zone
Zone sweep —
only. only.
Sweeps following the peak point inside Sweeps following the peak point inside
Tracking sweep the zone marker (zone sweep also — the zone marker (zone sweep also
available). available).

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Setting range/resolution: 1 to 50 µs (1, 2, 5 sequence), 100 µs to 4.9 ms (100 µs resolution),
Sweep time Sweep time: 5.0 ms to 1 s (5 ms resolution), 1 to 1000 s (setting of top three digits)
Accuracy: ±1%
Time sweep
Trigger switch Free run, triggered

Trigger source Wide IF video, video, external (TTL), external (±10 V), line
Pre-trigger (displays waveform before trigger occurrence point)
Setting range: – time span to 0 s
Trigger delay: Resolution: time span/500 or 100 ns, whichever is larger
Trigger delay
Post-trigger
Setting range: 0 µs to 65.5 ms
Resolution: 100 ns (sweep time: ≤4.9 ms), 1 µs (sweep time: ≥5 ms)
Number of data points Selectable between 501 and 1001
Detection mode NORMAL, POSITIVE PEAK, NEGATIVE PEAK, SAMPLE, AVERAGE
TRACE A, TRACE B, TRACE A/BG, TRACE A/TIME
Display functions Trace calculation:
A → B, B → A, A ↔ B, A + B → A, A – B → A, A – B + DL → A
Storage functions NORMAL, VIEW, MAX HOLD, MIN HOLD, AVERAGE, CUMULATIVE, OVER WRITE
Signal search: AUTO TUNE, PEAK → CF, PEAK → REF, SCROLL
Zone marker: NORMAL, DELTA
Marker functions: MARKER → CF, MARKER → REF, MARKER → CF STEP SIZE
Marker
Functions
∆MARKER → SPAN, ZONE → SPAN

Peak search: PEAK, NEXT PEAK, MIN DIP, NEXT DIP
Multi marker: 10 max. (highest 10, harmonics, manually
_
Noise power: dBm/Hz, dBm/CH, dBµV/ √ Hz 6
C/N: dBc/Hz, dBc/CH
Occupied bandwidth: power N% method, X-dB down method
Adjacent channel leakage power
Measure REF: total power/reference level/in-band level method
Display: channel designate display: 3 channels x 2, graphic display
Average power within burst signal: average power in the designated range of time domain waveform
Template comparison (at time sweep): upper limit x 2, lower limit x 2
MASK (at frequency sweep): upper limit x 2, lower limit x 2
Correction Frequency response can be corrected arbitrarily up to 150 points
Display Color TFT-LCD, VGA 17 cm (6.5 type)
Color Number of colors: 4096, RGB, each 16-scale settable
Intensity Settable in 5 steps (display off included)
Contents Scale, waveform data, setting condition, menu, title
Save/recall Saves and recalls setting conditions and waveform data to internal memory (max. 12) or memory card
Displayed data can be hard-copied with the printer via parallel interface
Hard copy
Others
(PCL level 3 or lower, or ESC/P-J83, J84 compatible models only)

Meets IEEE488.2. Controllable with external controller (except for power switch)
GPIB
Interface function: SH1, AH1, T6, L4, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C0, E2
Centronics-compatible, outputs print data to printer, D-sub 25 pin connector (jack)
Parallel interface ———— —————
Data line exclusive for output: 8, Control line: 4 (BUSY, DT S B, E R R O R, PE)
Saves and recalls setting condition and waveform data, ATA flash card accessible (3.3 V/5 V),
PC card interface
Connector: Type I or Type II of PC card
Controllable with external controller (except for power switch)
RS-232C
Baud rate: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19.2 k, 38.4 k, 56 k, 115 kbps
Input connector: N-J, 50 Ω nominal value
Impedance: VSWR ≤1.5 Typical (RF ATT ≥10 dB)
Video output: outputs analog RGB, D-sub 15-pin connector (jack)
IF output: BNC connector, 50 Ω nominal value, 66/10.69 MHz
Level: –10 dBm Typical (frequency 50 MHz, display scale upper edge, 50 Ω terminated)
Broadband IF output: BNC connector, 50 Ω nominal value, 60.69/66 MHz
Gain: 0 dB Typical (50 MHz, RF ATT: 0 dB, for RF input level)
Video output (Y): BNC connector
Input/output connector Input/output connector Level: 0 to 0.5 V ± 0.1 V Typical (log scale), 0 to 0.4 V ± 0.1 V Typical (linear scale),
(50 MHz, from upper edge to lower edge at 10 dB/div or 10%/div, 75 Ω terminated)
Buffered Output: BNC connector, Level: 2 to 5 V (p-p) (200 Ω terminated)
Sweep Output (X): BNC connector, Level: 0 to 10 V ± 0.1 V (100 kΩ termination, from the left edge to the right edge of the
display scale, single band sweep)
Sweep Status Output (Z): BNC connector, Level: TTL (low level at sweep)
Probe source: 4-pole connector, +12 V, –12 V, ±10% each, 110 mA max. each.
Trig/Gate input: BNC connector, level: ±10 V (0.1 V resolution), or TTL level
External reference input: BNC connector, Frequency: 10 MHz ±10 Hz, 13 MHz ±13 Hz, level: ≥0 dBm
320 (W) x 177 (H) x 411 (D) mm (handle, leg, front cover, fan cover excluded),
Dimensions and mass ≤16 kg (nominal value)
100 to 120/200 to 240 VAC (–15%/+10%, 250 V max., wide range input)
Power 47.5 Hz to 63 Hz, ≤400 VA
Ambient temperature and
0° to +50°C, RH ≤85% (no condensation allowed)
humidity
Storage temperature range –20° to +60°C
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
MS2687B Mainframe specifications when external mixer is used.
Frequency range: 18 to 110 GHz

Frequency band:
Band Frequency range Mixer harmonics order [N]
External Mixer
K 18 to 26.5 GHz 4
Frequency Ka 26.5 to 40 GHz 6
Q 33 to 55 GHz 8
U 40 to 60 GHz 9 or 10
V 50 to 75 GHz 11 or 12
E 60 to 90 GHz 13 or 14
W 75 to 110 GHz 16
Span setting range 0 Hz, (100 x N) Hz to each bandwidth
Mixer transform loss
15 to 85 dB
setting range
Amplitude
Maximum input level Depend of external mixer

Average noise level Depend of external mixer
Frequency response Depend of external mixer
Adaptive mixer Only 2 port mixer
Input/Output
Local frequency 4 to 7 GHz

IF frequency 460.69 or 466 MHz
Display gain 0 ±2 dB (External mixer input level –10 dBm, Mixer transform loss 15 dB)
• MS2681A Options
Option 01: Precision frequency reference oscillator
Frequency 10 MHz
Start-up characteristics ≤5 x 10–8 (≤7 minutes, 25˚C, Typical value)
Aging rate ≤±5 x 10–10/day (With the frequency at 24 hours after the power is turned on referenced)
Temperature characteristics ≤±5 x 10–10 (With the frequency at 0 to +50˚C and +25˚C referenced)
Option 02: Narrow resolution bandwidths (FFT)

When RBW is 1 Hz and RF ATT is 0 dB
[Without Option 08]
Average noise level display ≤–148.3 dBm + f [GHz] dB Typical (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz), ≤–146.3 dBm + f [GHz] dB Typical (2.5 to 3.0 GHz)
[With Option 08]
≤–146.3 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB Typical (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz), ≤–144.3 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB Typical (2.5 to 3.0 GHz)
Option 04: Digital resolution bandwidth

Bandwidth accuracy: ±10% (RBW: ≥100 Hz), ±10% NOMINAL (RBW: ≤30 Hz)
Bandwidth selectivity (60 dB: 3 dB): ≤5:1 (RBW ≥100 Hz), ≤5:1 NOMINAL (RBW: ≤30 Hz)
RBW switching uncertainty: 0.5 dB
Span setting Minimum span setting: 1 kHz
Detection mode RMS: displays root-mean-square value of average power between sample points
When RBW is 10 Hz and RF ATT is 0dB
[Without Option 08]
Average noise level ≤–136.5 dBm + f [GHz] dB NOMINAL (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz), ≤–132.5 dBm + f [GHz] dB NOMINAL (2.5 to 3.0 GHz)
[With Option 08]
≤–134.5 dBm + 1.5 x f [GHz] dB Typical (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz), ≤–130.5 dBm + 1.5 x f [GHz] dB Typical (2.5 to 3.0 GHz)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Option 08: Pre-amplifier∗1
Gain 20 dB Typical
Noise figure 6.5 dB Typical (input frequency ≤2 GHz), 12 dB Typical (input frequency >2 GHz)
Level measurement range Average noise level display to +10 dBm
Max. input level CW average power: +10 dBm
Setting range
Log scale: –120 to +10 dBm, or equivalent, Linear scale: 2.24 µV to 707 mV
Reference level ±0.9 dB (–69.9 to +10 dBm), ±1.5 dB (–90 to –70 dBm)
∗After calibration, with 50 MHz referenced, 1 MHz span (RF ATT, RBW, VBW, and sweep time set to AUTO)
RF ATT switching uncertainty: ±0.5 dB (10 to 50 dB), ±0.75 dB (52 to 62 dB) ∗With 50 MHz and RF ATT 10 dB referenced
–137 dBm + 2.0 x f [GHz] dB (1 MHz to 3.0 GHz)
∗When RBW is 300 Hz, VBW is 1 Hz, RF ATT is 0 dB, and detection mode is set to SAMPLE
±2.0 dB (100 kHz to 3.0 GHz)
Frequency response
∗With 50 MHz referenced, when RF ATT is 10 dB to 50 dB, and temperature is +18˚ to +28˚C
Log scale (after calibration):
Linearity of waveform display ±0.5 dB (0 to –20 dB, RBW ≤1 kHz), ±1.0 dB (0 to –60 dB, RBW ≤1 kHz), ±1.5 dB (0 to –75 dB, RBW ≤1 kHz)
≤–70 dBc (10 MHz to 3 GHz)
Spurious response
∗Frequency difference of two signals ≥50 kHz, At pre-amplifier input level of –55 dBm∗2
1 dB gain compression ≥–35 dBm (input frequency ≥100 MHz) ∗At pre-amplifier input level
∗1 : Overall specification with pre-amplifier ON (Noise figure and gain are single performance of pre-amplifier.)
∗2 : Pre-amplifier input level is shown by the following equation: Pre-amplifier input level = RF input level – RF ATT setting level 6
Option 09: Ethernet interface Option 46: Auto power recovery
Function Control with external controller (except for power switch) Disables the power switch on the front panel and
Connector 10base-T automatically restores power after power failure.
ON/OFF operation can be performed using the standby
switch on the rear panel.
Function
Option 17: I/Q balanced input ∗Power switch on the front panel of this unit does not have a
latching function. Therefore, if power is interrupted in the
Connector BNC ON status, the standby status is kept even after power is
Impedance Selectable between 1 MΩ (parallel capacity <100 pF) and 50 Ω restored.
Input level Differential voltage range: 0.1 Vp-p to 1 Vp-p (at input terminal)
range In-phase voltage range: ±2.5 V (at input terminal) Option 47: Rack mount (IEC)
Mounts the rack mount for IEC standard-compatible rack.
Function When mounted, the tilt handle (standard) is eliminated.
Option 18: I/Q unbalanced input
Connector BNC
Option 48: Rack mount (JIS)
Impedance Selectable between 1 MΩ (parallel capacity <100 pF) and 50 Ω
Input level Differential voltage range: 0.1 Vp-p to 1 Vp-p (at input terminal) Mounts the rack mount for JIS standard-compatible rack.
Function When mounted, the tilt handle (standard) is eliminated.
range Changeable between DC connection and AC connection
• MS2683A Options
Frequency 10 MHz
Start-up characteristics ≤5 x 10 –8 (≤7 minutes, 25°C, Typical value)
Temperature characteristics ≤±5 x 10–10/day (With the frequency at 0˚ to 50˚C and 25˚C referenced)

[Without Option 08]
Average noise level display ≤–144.5 dBm + 0.5f [GHz] dB Typical (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, band 1)
[With Option 08]
≤–144.5 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB Typical (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, band 0)
≤–140.5 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB Typical (2.5 to 3.2 GHz, band 1)
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Option 03: Extension of pre-selector lower limit to 1.6 GHz
Function Extends the lowest frequency of pre-selector from 3.15 to 1.6 GHz
Frequency band 0 band: 9 kHz to 3.2 GHz, 1–L band: 1.6 to 3.2 GHz, 1– band: 3.15 to 6.3 GHz, 1+ band: 6.2 to 7.8 GHz
Pre-selector range 1.6 to 7.8 GHz (band: 1–L, 1–, 1+)
Average noise level ≤–122 dBm + 0.5f [GHz] dB (1.6 to 7.8 GHz, band 1, RBW: 300 Hz, VBW: 1 Hz, RF ATT: 0 dB)
Residual response ≤–90 dBm (1.6 to 7.8 GHz, band 1, RF ATT: 0 dB, input terminated at 50 Ω)
±1.0 dB (with 1.6 to 7.8 GHz, band 1, and 50 MHz referenced, when RF ATT is 10 dB and temperature is +18˚ to +28˚C)
Frequency response ±2.0 dB (1.6 to 7.8 GHz, band 1, RF ATT: 10 dB to 62 dB)
∗After pre-selector tuning for band 1
2nd harmonic distortion ≤–90 dBc (0.8 to 3.9 GHz, band 1, mixer input: –10 dBm)
1 dB gain compression ≥0 dBm (1.6 to 7.8 GHz, band 1)
Maximum dynamic range ≥–122 dB + 0.5f [GHz] dB (1.6 to 7.8 GHz, band 1)

Bandwidth accuracy: ±10% (RBW: ≥100 Hz), ±10% NOMINAL (RBW: ≥30 Hz)
Bandwidth selectivity (60 dB: 3 dB): ≤5:1 (RBW: ≥100 Hz), ≤5:1 NOMINAL (RBW: ≤30 Hz)
RBW switching uncertainty: 0.5 dB
Span setting Minimum span setting: 1 kHz
[Without Option 08]
Average noise level ≤–134.5 dBm + 0.5f [GHz] dB Typical (3.15 to 7.8 GHz, band 1)
[With Option 08]
Option 08: Pre-amplifier∗1

Gain 20 dB Typical
Noise figure 6.5 dB Typical (input frequency ≤2 GHz), 12 dB Typical (input frequency >2 GHz)
Level measurement range Average noise level display to +10 dBm
Max. input level CW average power: +10 dBm
Setting range
Log scale: –120 to +10 dBm, or equivalent, Linear scale: 2.24 µV to 707 mV
±0.9 dB (–69.9 to +10 dBm), ±1.5 dB (–90 to –70 dBm)
Reference level
∗After calibration, with 50 MHz referenced, 1 MHz span (RF, RBW, VBW, and sweep time set to AUTO)
RF ATT switching uncertainty:
±0.5 dB (10 to 50 dB), ±0.75 dB (52 to 62 dB) ∗With 50 MHz referenced, when RF ATT is 10 dB
–137 dBm + 2.0 x f [GHz] dB (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, band 0)
∗When RBW is 300 Hz, VBW is 1 Hz, RF ATT is 0 dB, and detection mode set to SAMPLE
±2.0 dB (100 kHz to 3.0 GHz)
Frequency response
∗With 50 MHz referenced, when RF ATT is 10 dB to 50 dB, and temperature is +18˚ to +28˚C
Log scale (after calibration):
Linearity of waveform display ±0.5 dB (0 to –20 dB, RBW: ≤1 kHz), ±1.0 dB (0 to –60 dB, RBW: ≤1 kHz), ±1.5 dB (0 to –75 dB, RBW: ≤1 kHz)
≤–70 dBc (10 MHz to 3 GHz)
Spurious response
∗Frequency difference of two signals ≥50 kHz, At pre-amplifier input level of –55 dBm∗2
1 dB gain compression ≥–35 dBm (input frequency ≥100 MHz) ∗At pre-amplifier input level
∗1 : Overall specification with pre-amplifier ON (Noise figure and gain are single performance of pre-amplifier.)
∗2 : Pre-amplifier input level is shown by the following equation: Pre-amplifier input level = RF input level – RF ATT setting level
Option 09: Ethernet interface Option 18: I/Q unbalanced input

Exercises control with external controller (except for power Connector BNC
Function
switch) Impedance Selectable between 1 MΩ (parallel capacity <100 pF) and 50 Ω
Connector 10base-T Input level Differential voltage range: 0.1 Vp-p to 1 Vp-p (at input terminal)
range Changeable between DC connection and AC connection
Option 17: I/Q balanced input
Connector BNC Option 34: 4 GHz LO output
Impedance Selectable between 1 MΩ (parallel capacity <100 pF) and 50 Ω Frequency: 4 GHz
Input level Differential voltage range: 0.1 Vp-p to 1 Vp-p (at input terminal) Frequency Frequency accuracy:
range In-phase voltage range: ±2.5 V (at input terminal) ± (4 GHz x reference frequency accuracy) ±1 Hz
Output level –10 dBm Typical
Spurious ≤–40 dBc Typical

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Option 46: Auto power recovery Option 47: Rack mount (IEC)
Disables the power switch on the front panel and Mounts the rack mount for IEC standard-compatible rack.
Function
automatically restores power after power failure. When mounted, the tilt handle (standard) is eliminated.
ON/OFF operation can be performed using the standby
switch on the rear panel.
Function Option 48: Rack mount (JIS)
∗Power switch on the front panel of this unit does not have a
latching function. Therefore, if power is interrupted in the Mounts the rack mount for JIS standard-compatible rack.
ON status, the standby status is kept even after power is Function
restored.
• MS2687B Options
Frequency 10 MHz
Start-up characteristics ≤5 x 10–8 (≤7 min. 25˚C, Typical)
Temperature characteristics ≤±5 x 10–10 (With the frequency at 0 to +50˚ and +25˚C referenced)

Bandwidth accuracy: ±10% (RBW = 30, 300 Hz)
Resolution bandwidth ±10% Typical (RBW = 1, 3, 10, 100, 1 kHz)
When RBW is 1 Hz, RF ATT is 0 dB 6
≤–146.5 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB Typical (1 MHz to 2.5 GHz, band 0)
Average noise level display ≤–137.5 dBm Typical (3.15 to 7.9 GHz, band 1)
≤–118.5 dBm Typical (22.4 to 30 GHz, band 4)

Bandwidth accuracy: ±10% (RBW ≥100 Hz)
±10% Typical (RBW ≤30 Hz)
Resolution bandwidth Bandwidth selectivity (60 dB: 3 dB):
≤5:1 (RBW ≥100 Hz)
≤5:1 Typical (RBW ≤30 Hz)
When RBW is 10 Hz, RF ATT is 0 dB
Average noise level ≤–127.5 dBm Typical (3.15 to 7.9 GHz, band 1)
≤–108.5 dBm Typical (22.4 to 30 GHz, band 4)
Option 05: Rubidium reference oscillator∗

Frequency 10 MHz
Start-up characteristics ±1 x 10–9/7 min. (with frequency one hour after the power is turned on referenced)
Aging rate ±1 x 10–10/month (with frequency one hour after the power is turned on referenced)
Temperature characteristics ±1 x 10–9/day (with frequency at 0˚ to +45˚C and +25˚C referenced)
Accessories J1066 coaxial code 0.15 m (BNC211-LP4)
∗ Can not be installed with option 22
Option 09: Ethernet interface

Function Control with external controller (except for power switch)
Connector 10base-T
Option 18: I/Q unbalanced input

Connector BNC
Impedance Selectable between 1 MΩ (parallel capacity <100 pF) and 50 Ω
Differential voltage range: 0.1 to 1 Vp-p (at input terminal)
Input level range Changeable between DC connection and AC connection
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Option 21: Power meter function
Applicable power sensor MA4601A, MA4701A, MA4703A, MA4705A
Selectable from W, dBm, and dB (RELATIVE), Digital 4 digit display, 20% over range,
Display Power range: 4 range/10 dB step (Measurement level range is listed on the power sensor specifications.)
Range switching Auto, manual (settable to arbitrary range irrespective of range hold or input level)
±0.7% (W mode), ±0.03 dB [dBm mode, dB (RELATIVE) mode]
Accuracy ∗ Pressing ZERO ADJ key allows automatic adjustment to zero point.
Zero setting ±0.5% of full scale Typical value (100 µW range of maximum sensitivity)
Zero move between ranges ±0.2% (after zero setting at 100 µW range of maximum sensitivity)
Calibration oscillator frequency 50 MHz
Calibration oscillator level 1 mW ± 1.2% (for one year)
Averaging Sample rate time settable in 4 steps
Option 34: 4 GHz LO output

Frequency: 4 GHz Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
Frequency Frequency accuracy:
± (4 GHz x reference frequency accuracy) ±1 Hz Model/Order No. Name
Output level –10 dBm Typical Main frame
MS2681A Spectrum Analyzer
Spurious ≤–40 dBc Typical MS2683A Spectrum Analyzer
MS2687B Spectrum Analyzer
Option 46: Auto power recovery
Disables the power switch on the front panel and Power cord, 2.6 m: 1 pc
automatically restores power after power failure. J0996B RS-232C cable: 1 pc
ON/OFF operation can be performed using the standby JT32MA3-NT1 PC-ATA card (32 MB): 1 pc
switch on the rear panel. F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A: 1 pc
Function ∗ Power switch on the front panel of this unit does not have MX268001A File Transfer Utility: 1 pc
a latching function. Therefore, if power is interrupted in W1754AE MS2681A/2683A/2687B operation manual: 1 copy
the ON status, the standby status is kept even after power
is restored. Options
MS2681A-01 Precision frequency reference (aging rate: 5 x 10–10/day)
MS2681A-02 Narrow resolution bandwidths (FFT)
Option 47: Rack mount (IEC) MS2681A-04 Digital resolution bandwidth
MS2681A-08 Pre-amplifier
Mounts the rack mount for IEC standard-compatible rack. MS2681A-09 Ethernet interface
Function
When mounted, the tilt handle (standard) is eliminated. MS2681A-17 I/Q balanced input
MS2681A-18 I/Q unbalanced input
MS2681A-46 Auto power recovery
Option 48: Rack mount (JIS) MS2681A-47 Rack mount (IEC) without handles
Mounts the rack mount for JIS standard-compatible rack. MS2681A-48 Rack mount (JIS) without handles
Function MS2683A-01 Precision frequency reference (aging rate: 5 x 10–10/day)
MS2683A-02 Narrow resolution bandwidths (FFT)
MS2683A-03 Extension of pre-selector lower limit to 1.6 GHz
MS2683A-04 Digital resolution bandwidth
MS2683A-08 Pre-amplifier
MS2683A-17 I/Q balanced input
MS2683A-18 I/Q unbalanced input
MS2683A-34 4 GHz LO output
MS2683A-46 Auto power recovery
MS2683A-47 Rack mount (IEC) without handles
MS2683A-48 Rack mount (JIS) without handles
MS2687B-01 Precision frequency reference (aging rate: 5 x 10–10/day)
MS2687B-02 Narrow resolution bandwidths (FFT)
MS2687B-04 Digital resolution bandwidth
MS2687B-05 Rubidium reference oscillator
MS2687B-09 Ethernet interface
MS2687B-18 I/Q unbalanced input
MS2687B-21 Power meter function
MS2687B-34 4 GHz LO output
MS2687B-46 Auto power recovery
MS2687B-47 Rack mount (IEC) without handles
MS2687B-48 Rack mount (JIS) without handles
MX268101B W-CDMA Measurement Software (for MS2681A)
MX268301B W-CDMA Measurement Software (for MS2683A)
MX268701B W-CDMA Measurement Software (for MS2687B)
W1746AE W-CDMA Measurement Software operation manual
(MS2681A/2683A/2687B Common)
MX268102A GSM Measurement Software (for MS2681A)
MX268302A GSM Measurement Software (for MS2683A)
MX268702A GSM Measurement Software (for MS2687B)
W1854AE GSM Measurement Software operation manual
(MS2681A/2683A/2687B Common)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
MX268103A cdma Measurement Software (for MS2681A)
MX268303A cdma Measurement Software (for MS2683A)
MX268703A cdma Measurement Software (for MS2687B)
W1865AE cdma Measurement Software operation manual
(MS2681A/2683A/2687B Common)
MX268104A 1xEV-DO Measurement Software (for MS2681A)
MX268304A 1xEV-DO Measurement Software (for MS2683A)
MX268704A 1xEV-DO Measurement Software (for MS2687B)
W2090AE 1xEV-DO Measurement Software operation
manual (MS2681A/2683A/2687B Common)
MX268105A π/4DQPSK Measurement Software (for MS2681A)
MX268305A π/4DQPSK Measurement Software (for MS2683A)
MX268705A π/4DQPSK Measurement Software (for MS2687B)
W1866AE π/4DQPSK Measurement Software operation manual
(MS2681A/2683A/2687B Common)
MX268130A WIRELESS LAN Measurement Software (for MS2681A)
MX268330A WIRELESS LAN Measurement Software (for MS2683A)
MX268730A WIRELESS LAN Measurement Software (for MS2687B)
W2080AE WIRELESS LAN Measurement Software operation
manual (MS2681A/2683A/2687B Common)
Application parts
J0576D Coaxial cord (N-P, 5D-2W, N-P), 2 m
J0561 Coaxial cord (N-P, 5D-2W, N-P), 1 m
J0104A Coaxial cord (BNC-P, RG-55/U, BNC-P), 1 m
J0127C Coaxial cord (BNC-P, RG-58A/U, BNC-P), 0.5 m
J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P, RG-58A/U, BNC-P), 1 m
J0008
J1047
GPIB cable, 2 m
Ethernet cross cable
6
MA1612A Four-port Junction Pad (5 MHz to 3000 MHz)
MA1621A 50 Ω → 75 Ω Impedance Transformer (75 Ω, 9 kHz to
3 GHz, ±100 V, NC-type)
MP614B 50↔70 Ω Impedance Converter (50 to 1200 MHz,
1.5 dB or lower)
J0395 Fixed attenuator for high-power (30 dB, 30 W, DC to
9 GHz)
B0472 Fixed attenuator for high-power (30 dB, 100 W, DC to
18 GHz)
J0078 High power attenuator (N type, 20 dB, 10 W, DC to
18 GHz)
34AKNF50 Ruggedized K-to-Type N Adapter
MA2507A DC Block Adaptor (50 Ω, 9 kHz to 3 GHz, ±50 V)
J0805 DC block, N type (10 kHz to 18 GHz, made by Wineshell)
B0452A Hard carrying case (with casters)
B0452B Hard carrying case (without casters)
B0488 Rear panel protective pad
W1888AE Assembling guide drawing for rear protective pad
(supplied with B0488 as standard)
B0481B Carrybone
B0479 Soft carrying case (rucksack type)
MA4601A Power Sensor (100 kHz to 5.5 GHz, –30 to +20 dBm,
N connector)
MA4701A Power Sensor (10 MHz to 18 GHz, –30 to +20 dBm,
N connector)
MA4703A Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz, –30 to +20 dBm,
APC3.5(P) connector)
MA4705A Power Sensor (50 MHz to 32 GHz, –30 to +20 dBm,
APC3.5(P) connector)
J0370A Sensor connecting cord, 1.5 m (attached to a power
meter option)
J0370C Sensor cord, 2.5 m (attached to a power meter option)
J0370E Sensor cord, 5 m (attached to a power meter option)
J0370G Sensor cord, 10 m (attached to a power meter option)
MA2741A External Mixer (26.5 to 40 GHz)
MA2742A External Mixer (33 to 50 GHz)
J0364 APC-3.5 to N conversion connector
(for MA4703A and MA4605A)
Warranty
MS2687B-90 Extended three year warranty service
MS2687B-91 Extended five year warranty service
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
MS2668C
9 kHz to 40 GHz
For Measuring High-Speed Communications, such as MMAC and ITS
In recent wireless communication market, the utilization of mi- • Radio equipment evaluation functions (“measure” functions)
crowave/millimeter wave band frequencies is being considered in or- A full range of functions including measurement of power levels, fre-
der to realize high-speed and large-capacity data communication. In quencies, adjacent channel power, and mask and time template
the markets of ITS and ultrahigh-speed wireless LAN, aiming for the measurements are provided for performance evaluation of radio
speedup of wireless LAN which began to be spread as a typical ap- equipment. Key operation is simple and high-speed calculations
plication, millimeter wave band is used for realizing collision avoid- make the measurement fast and efficient.
ance radar.
MS2668C is a portable and high-performance spectrum analyzer
that has various radio evaluation functions for microwave/millimeter
wave devices and systems.
Features
• Compact and lightweight (15 kg in standard configuration)
• High C/N and superior distortion characteristics
• Easy-to-use, simple operation
• Millimeter wave applications
• Options support wide range of applications
• Counter with 1 Hz resolution
A full complement of frequency counter functions are provided.
Resolution is as high as ±1 Hz even at full span, and high-speed fre-
quency measurements can be performed. The high sensitivity com- Channel power measurement
pared with ordinary counters makes it easy to select one signal from
many and to determine its frequency.
Frequency measurement (1 Hz resolution)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Multi-screen display • For testing digital mobile communication equipment
The Trace A and Trace B waveforms are superimposed on the same High-speed time domain sweep (Option 04)
screen, and two spectra with different frequencies are displayed si- Testing of TDMA-type radio equipment requires time domain (zero-
multaneously. In addition, it is possible to simultaneously display span) measurements of antenna power, transient response charac-
spectrum and time domain screens for the same signal. The multi- teristics of burst transmissions, transmission timing, and other char-
screen display permits efficient signal level adjustment and harmon- acteristics. The high-speed time domain sweep option boosts sweep
ic distortion measurement, too. time to 12.5 µs and resolution to 0.025 µs. This option must be used
In addition to being able to display amplitude in the time domain, it is with the trigger/gate circuit (Option 06).
possible to display the FM demodulation waveform.
High-speed time domain measurement (TS = 12.5 µs)

Spectrum and time domain measurement 6
Specifications
Except where noted otherwise, specified values were obtained after warming up the equipment for 30 minutes at a constant ambient tem-
perature and then performing calibration. The typical values are given for reference and are not guaranteed.
Band 0: 0 kHz to 3.2 GHz (n = 1), Band 1–: 3.1 to 5.6 GHz (n = 1), Band 1+: 5.4 to 8.1 GHz (n = 1),
Frequency band Band 1+: 8.0 to 14.3 GHz (n = 2), Band 2–: 14.1 to 26.5 GHz (n = 4), Band 3–: 26.2 to 40 GHz (n = 6)
∗n: local harmonic order
Pre-selector range 3.1 to 40 GHz
Frequency setting resolution (1 x n) Hz ∗n: local harmonic order
Frequency display accuracy ± (display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + span x span accuracy)
Marker frequency Normal marker: Same as display frequency accuracy
display accuracy Delta marker: Same as frequency span accuracy
Frequency counter
Accuracy: Display frequency x reference frequency accuracy ±1 LSD (at S/N: ≥20 dB)
Setting range: 0 Hz, (100 x n) Hz to 40.0 GHz ∗n: local harmonic order
Frequency span
Accuracy: ±5%
Setting range: 1 kHz, 3 kHz, 10 kHz, 30 kHz, 100 kHz, 300 kHz, 1 MHz, 3 MHz (manually settable, or automatically
settable according to frequency span)
Frequency
Resolution bandwidth (RBW) Option 02: 30 Hz, 100 Hz, and 300 Hz are added
(3 dB bandwidth) Option 03: 10, 30, 100, 300 Hz are added
Bandwidth accuracy: ±20% (1 kHz to 1 MHz), ±30% (3 MHz)
Selectivity (60 dB : 3 dB): ≤15:1
Video bandwidth (VBW) 1 Hz to 3 MHz (1-3 sequence), OFF ∗Manually settable, or automatically settable according to RBW
Noise sidebands: ≤ –95 dBc/Hz + 20 log n (1 MHz to 40 GHz, 10 kHz offset) ∗n: local harmonic order
Residual FM: ≤20 Hzp-p/0.1 s (1 GHz, span: 0 Hz)
Signal purity and stability
Frequency drift: ≤200 x n Hz/min (span: ≤10 kHz, sweep time: ≤100 s)
∗After 1-hour warm-up at constant ambient temperature; n: local harmonic order
Frequency: 10 MHz
Reference oscillator Start-up characteristics: ≤5 x 10–8 /year (after 10 minutes warm-up, referenced to frequency after 24 hours warm-up)
Aging rate: ≤1 x 10–7 /year, ≤1 x 10–8 /day
Temperature characteristics: ±5 x 10–8 (0° to 50°C, referenced to frequency at 25°C)
Maximum input level: +30 dBm (CW average power, RF ATT: ≥10 dB), ±0 Vdc
Average noise level:
Level measurement ≤–115 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz), ≤–115 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (1 to 3.1 GHz), ≤–114 dBm (3.1 to 8.1 GHz),
≤–113 dBm (8.0 to 14.3 GHz), ≤–105 dBm (14.1 to 26.5 GHz), ≤–101 dBm (26.2 to 40 GHz)
∗RBW: 1 kHz, VBW: 1 Hz, RF ATT: 0 dB
Residual response: ≤–90 dBm (RF ATT: 0 dB, input: 50 Ω terminated, 1 MHz to 8.1 GHz)
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Setting range
Log scale: –100 to +30 dBm, Linear scale: 224 µV to 7.07 V
Unit
Log scale: dBm, dBµV, dBmV, V, dBµVemf, W
Linear scale: V
Frequency

±0.4 dB (–49.9 to 0 dBm), ±0.75 dB (–69.9 to –50 dBm, 0.1 to +30 dBm), ±1.5 dB (–80 to –70 dBm)
Reference level
RBW switching uncertainty: ±0.3 dB (1 kHz to 1 MHz), ±0.4 dB (3 MHz) ∗After calibration, referenced to RBW: 3 kHz
Setting range: 0 to 70 dB (10 dB steps)
∗Manual settable, or automatically settable according to reference level
∗After calibration, frequency: 100 MHz, referenced to RF ATT: 10 dB
Relative:
±1.5 dB (9.0 kHz to 3.2 GHz), ±1.0 dB (100 kHz to 3.2 GHz), ±1.5 dB (3.1 to 8.1 GHz), ±3.0 dB (8.0 to 14.3 GHz),
±4.0 dB (14.1 to 26.5 GHz), ±4.0 dB (26.2 to 40 GHz)
Frequency response
∗After pre-selector tuning at microwave band, referenced to midpoint between highest and lowest frequency deviation in
each band.
Absolute: ±5.0 dB (9 kHz to 40 GHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, referenced to 100 MHz) ∗After pre-selector tuning at microwave band
Scale (10 div.)
Log scale: 10, 5, 2, 1 dB/div
Linear scale: 10, 5, 2, 1%/div
Waveform display Log scale: ±0.4 dB (0 to –20 dB, RBW: ≤1 MHz), ±1.0 dB (0 to –70 dB, RBW: ≤100 kHz),
Amplitude
Linear scale: ±4% (compared to reference level)
Log scale: 0.01 dB, Linear scale: 0.02% of reference level
≤–60 dBc (10 to 200 MHz, mixer input: –30 dBm), ≤–70 dBc (0.2 to 1.55 GHz, mixer input: –30 dBm),
≤–90 dBc or noise level (1.55 to 20 GHz, mixer input: –10 dBm)
Two signal 3rd order intermodulation distortion:
Spurious response ≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–80 dBc (0.1 to 8.1 GHz), ≤–75 dBc or average noise level (8.1 to 26.5 GHz),
≤–75 dBc or average noise level (typical, 26.5 to 40 GHz)
Image response: ≤–65 dBc (≤18 GHz), ≤–60 dBc (≤22 GHz), ≤–55 dBc (≤40 GHz)
Multiple/out of band response: ≤–70 dBc(≤14 GHz), ≤–60 dBc (≤26 GHz), ≤–55 dBc (≤40 GHz)
1 dB gain compression ≥–5 dBm (≥100 MHz, at mixer input)
Setting range: 20 ms to 1000 s (manually settable, or automatically settable according to span, RBW, and VBW)
Sweep time Accuracy: ±15% (20 ms to 100 s), ±25% (110 to 1000 s), ±1% (time domain sweep: digital zero span mode)
Sweep

Time domain sweep mode Analog zero span, digital zero span
Zero sweep Sweeps only in frequency range indicated by zone marker.
Tracking sweep Sweeps while tracing peak points within zone marker (zone sweep also possible).
Number of data points 501
NORMAL: Simultaneously displays max. and min. points between sample points.
POS PEAK: Displays max. point between sample points.
Detection mode NEG PEAK: Displays min. point between sample points.
SAMPLE: Displays momentary value at sample points.
Detection mode switching uncertainty: ±0.5 dB (at reference level)
Display Color TFT-LCD, Size: 14 cm, Number of colors: 17 (RGB, each 64-scale settable), Intensity adjustment: 5 steps settable
Trace A: Displays frequency spectrum.
Trace B: Displays frequency spectrum.
Trace Time: Displays time domain waveform at center frequency.
Trace A/B: Displays Trace A and Trace B simultaneously. Simultaneous sweep of same frequency, alternate sweep of
Display functions independent frequencies.
Trace A/BG: Displays frequency region to be observed (background) and object band (foreground) selected from
background with zone marker simultaneously.
Trace A/Time: Displays frequency spectrum, and time domain waveform at center frequency simultaneously.
Functions
Trace move/calculation: A → B, B → A, A ←→ B, A + B → A, A — B → A, A — B + DL → A
Demodulation range: 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200 kHz/div
Marker display
FM demodulation Accuracy: ±5% of full scale (referenced to center frequency, DC-coupled, RBW: 3 MHz, VBW: 1 Hz, CW)
waveform display function Demodulation frequency response:
DC (50 Hz at AC-coupled) to 100 kHz (range: ≤20 kHz/div, VBW: off, at 3 dB bandwidth)
DC (50 Hz at AC-coupled) to 500 kHz (range: ≤50 kHz/div, VBW: off, at 3 dB bandwidth) ∗RBW: ≥1 kHz to 3 MHz usable
Input connector K-J, 50 Ω
IF OUTPUT: –10 dBm (typical, 100 MHz, upper edge of scale, 50 Ω terminated), 10.69 MHz, BNC connector
VIDEO OUTPUT (Y): 0 to 0.5 V ± 0.1 V (typical, from lower edge to upper edge at 10 dB/div)
0 to 0.4 V± 0.1 V (typical, from lower edge to upper edge at 10%/div)
Auxiliary signal BNC connector ∗75 Ω terminated at 100 MHz input
input and output COMPOSITE OUTPUT: For NTSC, 1 Vp-p (75 Ω terminated), BNC connector
EXT REF INPUT: 10 MHz ± 10 Hz, –10 to +2 dBm (50 Ω terminated), BNC connector
REF BUFFERED OUTPUT: ≥0 dBm (50 Ω terminated), BNC connector
1ST LOCAL OUTPUT: 4 to 7 GHz, ≥+8 dBm, 50 Ω, SMA-J connector

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Signal search AUTO TUNE, PEAK → CF, PEAK → REF, SCROLL
Zone marker NORMAL, DELTA
Marker → MARKER → CF, MARKER → REF, MARKER → CF STEP SIZE, ∆ MARKER → SPAN, ZONE → SPAN
Peak search PEAK, NEXT PEAK, NEXT RIGHT PEAK, NEXT LEFT PEAK, MIN DIP, NEXT DIP
Multimarker Number of markers: 10 max. (HIGHEST 10, HARMONICS, MANUAL SET)
Noise power (dBm/Hz, dBm/ch), C/N (dBc/Hz, dBc/ch), occupied bandwidth (power N% method, X-dB down method),
adjacent channel power (REF: total power/reference level/in-band level method, channel designate display: 2 channels x
Measure 2 graphic display), average power of burst signal (average power in designated time range of time domain waveform),
channel power (dBm, dBm/Hz), template comparison (upper/lower limits x each 2, time domain), MASK (upper/lower x
each 2, frequency domain)
Save/recall Saves setting conditions and waveform data to internal memory (max. 12) or memory card.
Printer (HP dotmatrix, EPSON dotmatrix compatible models):
Functions
Hard copy Display data can be hard-copied via RS-232C, GPIB and Centronics (Option 10) interface.
Plotter (HP-GL, GP-GL compatible models): Display data can be output via RS-232C and GPIB interface.
Language: PTL (interpreter based on BASIC)
Programming: Using external computer.
PTA Program memory: Memory card, upload/download to/from external computer
Programming capacity: 192 KB
Data processing: Directly accesses measurement data according to system variables, system subroutines, and system functions
RS-232C Outputs data to printer and plotter. Control from external computer (excluding power switch).
Meets IEEE488.2. Controlled by external computer (excluding power switch). Or controls external equipment with PTA.
GPIB Interface function: SH1, AH1, T6, L4, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C1, C2, C3, C4, C28
Automatic correction of insertion loss of MA1621A Impedance Transformer
Correction Correction accuracy (RF ATT: ≥10 dB):
±2.5 dB (9 to 100 kHz), ±1.5 dB (100 kHz to 2 GHz), ±2.0 dB (2 to 3 GHz) ∗Typical value
Functions: Saving/recalling measurement parameters/waveform data, uploading/downloading PTA programs; 6
Applicable cards: SRAM, EPROM, Flash EPROM (Only SRAM writable; Card capacity: 2 MB max. The SRAM
Memory card interface
card is supported by Windows95/98® of OS.)
Connector: Meets the PCMCIA Rel. 2.0; 2 slots
Frequency band configuration
Frequency Band K: 18 to 26.5 GHz (n = 4), Band A: 26.5 to 40 GHz (n = 6), Band Q: 33 to 50 GHz (n = 8), Band U: 40 to 60 GHz (n = 9),
Band V: 50 to 75 GHz (n = 11), Band E: 50 to 90 GHz (n = 13), Band W: 75 to 110 GHz (n = 16)
External mixer
Span setting range: 0 Hz, (100 x n) Hz to each bandwidth ∗n: local harmonic order
Level measurement
Mixer conversion loss setting range: 15 to 85 dB
Maximum input level: Depends on the external mixer used
Amplitude Average noise level: Depends on the external mixer used
Reference level setting range: –100 dBm to (–25 to M) dBm ∗Log scale, M: mixer conversion loss
Frequency response: Depends on the external mixer used
Suitable mixer: 2-port mixer only (local frequency: 4 to 7 GHz, IF frequency: 689.31 MHz)
Input/output Display gain: 0 ±2 dB (external mixer input: –10 dBm, when the mixer conversion loss is 15 dB)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Others
Vibration Meets the MIL-STD-810D

Power (operating range) 85 to 132/170 to 250 Vac (automatic voltage switching), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤400 VA
Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 177 (H) x 381 (D) mm, ≤15 kg (without option)
Ambient temperature 0° to +50°C (operate), –40° to +75°C (storage)
• Option 02: Narrow resolution bandwidth • Option 03: Narrow resolution bandwidth
Resolution bandwidth (3 dB) 30 Hz, 100 Hz, 300 Hz Resolution bandwidth (3 dB) 10 Hz, 30 Hz, 100 Hz, 300 Hz
Resolution bandwidth Resolution bandwidth
±0.4 dB (RBW 3 kHz reference) ±0.4 dB (RBW 3 kHz reference)
switching uncertainty switching uncertainty
Resolution bandwidth Resolution bandwidth
±20% ±20%
accuracy accuracy
Selectivity (60 dB : 3 dB) ≤15:1 Selectivity (60 dB : 3 dB) ≤15:1
≤–135 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz),
≤–135 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (1 to 3.1 GHz),
• Option 04: High-speed time domain sweep ≤–132 dBm (3.1 to 8.1 GHz),
12.5 µs, 25 µs, 50 µs, 100 to 900 µs (one most Average noise level ≤–131 dBm (8.0 to 14.3 GHz),
Sweep time significant digit settable), 1.0 to 19 ms (two ≤–123 dBm (14.1 to 26.5 GHz),
upper significant digits settable) ≤–119 dBm (26.2 to 40 GHz)
Accuracy ±1%
Log scale: 0.1 dB
Marker level resolution Linear scale: 0.2% (relative to reference level)
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Option 06: Trigger/gate circuit • Option 07: AM/FM demodulator
Trigger switch FREERUN, TRIGGERED With internal loudspeaker and earphone
Voice output
EXT connector (ø3.5 jack), adjustable volume
Trigger level: ±10 V (resolution: 0.1 V), TTL level
Trigger slope: Rise/fall
Connector: BNC • Option 10: Centronics interface*1
VIDEO
Log scale: –100 to 0 dB (resolution: 1 dB) Function Outputs data to printer (Centronics standard)
Trigger source Trigger slope: Rise/fall Connector D-sub 25-pin (jack)
WIDE IF VIDEO
Trigger level: High, middle, or low selectable ∗1: GPIB interface can not be installed simultaneously.
Bandwidth: ≥20 MHz
Trigger slope: Rise/fall • Option 15: Sweep signal output
LINE
Frequency: 47.5 to 63 Hz (line lock) 0 to 10 V ±1 V (≥100 kΩ termination, from left
Pre-trigger (displays waveform from previous max. 1 Sweep output (X) side to right side of display scale), BNC
screen at trigger occurrence point) connector
Trigger delay Range: –time span to 0 s, Resolution: time span/500 TTL level (low level with sweeping), BNC
Post trigger (displays waveform from after max. 65.5 ms Sweep status output (Z) connector
at trigger occurrence point)
Range: 0 to 65.5 ms, Resolution: 1 µs
In frequency domain, displays spectrum of input signal in
Gate sweep specified gate interval.
Gate delay: 0 to 65.5 ms (from trigger point, resolution: 1 µs)
Gate width: 2 µs to 65.5 ms (from gate delay, resolution: 1 µs)
• External mixer
Models Frequency range Flange Max. input power
MA2740A 18 to 26.5 GHz MIL-F-3922/68-001KM 100 mW
MA2741A 26.5 to 40 GHz MIL-F-3922/68-001AM 100 mW
MA2742A 33 to 50 GHz MIL-F-3922/67B-006 100 mW
Main frame J0910 DC block (Model 7006, 10 kHz to 18 GHz, ±50 V,
MS2668C Spectrum analyzer SMA-type, Weinschel product)
MA2507A DC Block Adaptor (50 Ω, 9 kHz to 3 GHz, ±50 V, N-type)
Standard accessories MA8601A DC Block Adaptor (50 Ω, 30 kHz to 2 GHz, ±50 V, N-type)
Power cord, 2.6 m: 1 pc MA8601J DC Block Adaptor (75 Ω, 10 kHz to 2.2 GHz, ±50 V, NC-type)
F0013 Fuse, 5 A: 2 pcs MA1621A 50 Ω → 75 Ω Impedance Transformer (75 Ω, 9 kHz to
W1335AE MS2668C operation manual: 1 copy 3 GHz, ±100 V, NC-type)
B0329G Front cover (3/4MW4U): 1 pc MP614B 50 Ω ← → 75 Ω Impedance Transformer (50 to 1200 MHz,
Options transformer type, NC-type)
MS2668C-02 Narrow resolution bandwidth J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
MS2668C-04 High-speed time domain sweep J0742A RS-232C cable, 1 m (for PC-98 Personal Computer and
MS2668C-06 Trigger/gate circuit VP-600, D-sub 25-pins, straight)
MS2668C-07 AM/FM demodulator (outputs to loudspeaker or J0743A RS-232C cable, 1 m (for PC/AT compatible, D-sub
earphone connector) 9-pins, cross)
MS2668C-10 Centronics interface (GPIB interface can not be used J0064A 7 GHz band coaxial/waveguide adaptor (5.8 to 8.6 GHz,
simultaneously) N-J · BRJ-7)
MS2668C-15 Sweep signal output J0064C 10 GHz band coaxial/waveguide adaptor (8.2 to 12.4
GHz, N-J · BRJ-10)
Application parts J0004 Coaxial adaptor (N-P · SMA-J)
J0911 Coaxial cord (K-P · K-P), 1 m (DC to 40 GHz, DGM010-02000EE Coaxial cord, 2 m (N-type connector, general use)
SUCOFLEX 102A) DGM024-02000EE Coaxial cord, 2 m (N-type connector, low-loss type)
J0912 Coaxial cord (K-P · K-P), 0.5 m (DC to 40 GHz, J0063 Fixed attenuator for high power (30 dB, 10 W, DC to
SUCOFLEX 102A) 12.4 GHz, N-type)
34AKNF50 Coaxial adaptor (DC to 20 GHz, SWR: 1.5, ruggedized J0395 Fixed attenuator for high power (30 dB, 30 W, DC to 9
K-P · N-J) GHz, N-type)
J0322B Coaxial cord (SMA-P · SMA-P), 1 m (DC to 18 GHz, J0078 Fixed attenuator for high power (20 dB, 10 W, DC to 18
SUCOFLEX 104) GHz, N-type)
J0561 Coaxial cord (N-P-5W · 5D-2W · N-P-5W), 1 m MP526D High Pass Filter (400 MHz band, N-type)
J0104A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-55/U · N-P), 1 m MA1601A High Pass Filter (800/900 MHz band, N-type)
CSCJ-256K-SM 256 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) MA2740A External Mixer (18 to 26.5 GHz)
CSCJ-512K-SM 512 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) MA2741A External Mixer (26.5 to 40 GHz)
CSCJ-001M-SM 1024 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) MA2742A External Mixer (33 to 50 GHz)
B0395A Rack mount kit (IEC) MA2744A External Mixer (50 to 75 GHz)
B0395B Rack mount kit (JIS) MA2745A External Mixer (60 to 90 GHz)
MP612A RF Fuse Holder MA2746A External Mixer (75 to 110 GHz)
MP613A Fuse Element B0421A Carrying case (hard type, with casters)
J0805 DC block (Model 7003, 10 kHz to 18 GHz, ±50 V, B0421B Carrying case (hard type, without casters)
N-type, Weinschel product) B0435A Carrying case (soft type)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
MS2667C
9 kHz to 30 GHz
For Evaluating LMDS Subscriber Radio Systems
The MS2667C is a compact, lightweight, and low-price spectrum an- • 100 dB display dynamic range
alyzer that covers a frequency range of 9 kHz to 30 GHz. It has su- For measurements requiring a wide dynamic range such as adjacent
perior basic performance, such as high C/N ratio, low distortion, and channel power measurements, the MS2667C can display nearly 90
high frequency/level accuracies, and is easy to operate. A large se- dB on a single screen.
lection of options is provided to handle a wide range of applications • Highly-accurate measurement
at reasonable cost. Automatic calibration ensures a high level of accuracy. A span accu-
racy of 5% and 501 sampling points ensure accurate occupied fre-
Features quency bandwidth and adjacent channel power measurements.
• Compact and lightweight (15 kg in standard configuration)
• High C/N and superior distortion characteristics
• Easy-to-use, simple operation
• Millimeter wave applications
• Options support wide range of applications
quency measurements can be performed. The high sensitivity com-
Occupied bandwidth measurement
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Radio equipment evaluation functions (“measure” functions)
A full range of functions including measurement of power levels, fre-
quencies, adjacent channel power, and mask and time template
measurements are provided for performance evaluation of radio
equipment. Key operation is simple and high-speed calculations
make the measurement fast and efficient.
Burst average power measurement
Time template measurement
• Zone sweep and multi-zone sweep functions

Sweeps can be limited to zones defined by zone markers which re-
sults in reduced sweep time. This zone sweep function can be com-
bined with “measure” functions such as “noise measure,” which can
directly readout the total noise power within the zone to reduce mea-
Mask measurement surement time greatly. The multi-zone sweep function enables up to
10 zones to be swept.
Channel power measurement

Multi-zone sweep

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Specifications
Except where noted otherwise, specified values were obtained after warming up the equipment for 30 minutes at a constant ambient temper-
ature and then performing calibration. The typical values are given for reference and are not guaranteed.
Band 0: 0 to 3.2 GHz (n: 1); Band 1–: 3.1 to 6.5 GHz (n: 1); Band 1+: 6.4 to 8.1 GHz (n: 1); Band 2+: 8.0 to 15.3 GHz (n: 2);
Frequency band
Band 3+: 15.2 to 22.4 GHz (n: 3); Band 4+: 22.3 to 30 GHz (n: 4) ∗n: harmonic order of the mixer
Pre-selector range 3.1 to 30 GHz (band 1–, 1+, 2+, 3+, 4+)
Frequency setting
(1 x n) Hz ∗n: harmonic order of the mixer
resolution
Frequency display ± (display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + span x span accuracy)
accuracy ∗Span: ≥ (10 x n) kHz (n: harmonic order of the mixer, after calibration)
Marker frequency Normal marker: Same as display frequency accuracy
display accuracy Delta marker: Same as frequency span accuracy
Frequency counter
Setting range: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 30 GHz
Frequency
Frequency span
Accuracy: ±5%
Setting range:
1 kHz, 3 kHz, 10 kHz, 30 kHz, 100 kHz, 300 kHz, 1 MHz, 3 MHz (manually settable, or automatically settable according to
Resolution frequency span) ∗Option 02 (30 Hz, 100 Hz, 300 Hz), Option 03 (10 Hz, 30 Hz, 100 Hz, 300 Hz) are added.
bandwidth (RBW) Measurements of noise, C/N, adjacent channel power and channel power by measure function are executed with the calculated
(3 dB bandwidth) equivalent noise bandwidth of the RBW.
Video bandwidth
1 Hz to 3 MHz (1-3 sequence), OFF ∗Manually settable, or automatically settable according to RBW
(VBW) 6
Noise sidebands: ≤–95 dBc/Hz + 20 log n (1 MHz to 30 GHz, 10 kHz offset) ∗n: harmonic order of the mixer
Signal purity and Residual FM: ≤20 Hzp-p/0.1 s (1 GHz, span: 0 Hz)
stability Frequency drift: ≤200 x n Hz/min (span: ≤10 kHz x n, sweep time: ≤100 s)
∗After 1-hour warm-up at constant ambient temperature; n: harmonic order of the mixer
Frequency: 10 MHz
Reference oscillator Aging rate: 1 x 10–7/year, 2 x 10–8/day
Temperature characteristics: ±5 x 10–8 (0˚ to 50˚C, referenced to frequency at 25˚C)
Level measurement ≤–115 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz, band 0), ≤–115 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (1 to 3.1 GHz, band 0), ≤–110 dBm (3.1 to 8.1 GHz, band 1),
≤–102 dBm (8.0 to 15.3 GHz, band 2), ≤–98 dBm (15.2 to 22.4 GHz, band 3), ≤–91 dBm (22.3 to 30 GHz, band 4)
Setting range
Log scale: –100 to +30 dBm; Linear scale: 224 µV to 7.07 V
Unit
Linear scale: V
Reference level ±0.4 dB (–49.9 to 0 dBm), ±0.75 dB (–69.9 to –50 dBm, 0.1 to +30 dBm), ±1.5 dB (–80 to –70 dBm)
∗After calibration, at 100 MHz, span: 1 MHz (when RF ATT, RBW, VBW and sweep time set to AUTO)
Setting range: 0 to 70 dB (10 dB steps) ∗Manually settable, or automatically settable according to reference level
Relative: ±1.5 dB (9 to 100 kHz, band 0), ±1.0 dB (100 kHz to 3.2 GHz, band 0), ±1.5 dB (3.1 to 8.1 GHz, band 1),
Amplitude
±3.0 dB (8 to 15.3 GHz, band 2), ±4.0 dB (15.2 to 22.4 GHz, band 3), ±4.0 dB (22.3 to 30 GHz, band 4)
Frequency response ∗After pre-selector tuning at band 1, 2, 3 and 4, referenced to midpoint between highest and lowest frequency deviation
in each band
Absolute: ±5.0 dB (9 kHz to 30 GHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, referenced to 100 MHz) ∗After pre-selector tuning at band 1, 2, 3 and 4
Scale (10 div)
Waveform display Log scale: ±0.4 dB (0 to –20 dB, RBW: ≤1 MHz), ±1.0 dB (0 to –70 dB, RBW: ≤100 kHz), ±1.5 dB (0 to –85 dB, RBW: ≤3 kHz),
±2.5 dB (0 to –90 dB, RBW: ≤3 kHz)
≤–60 dBc (10 to 200 MHz, band 0, mixer input: –30 dBm), ≤–70 dBc (0.2 to 1.55 GHz, band 0, mixer input: –30 dBm),
≤–90 dBc or noise level (1.55 to 15 GHz, band 1/2/3/4, mixer input: –10 dBm)
Two signals 3rd order intermodulation distortion:
Spurious response
≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–80 dBc (0.1 to 8.1 GHz), –75 dBc or average noise level (8.1 to 26.5 GHz), ≤–75 dBc or average
noise level (typical, 26.5 to 30 GHz) ∗Frequency difference of two signals: ≥50 kHz, mixer input: –30 dBm
Image response: ≤–65 dBc (≤18 GHz), ≤–60 dBc (≤22 GHz), ≤–55 dBc (≤30 GHz)
Multiple/out of band response: ≤–60 dBc (≤22 GHz), ≤–55 dBc (≤30 GHz)
1 dB gain
≥–5 dBm (≥100 MHz, at mixer input)
compression
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Setting range: 20 ms to 1000 s (manually settable, or automatically settable according to span, RBW and VBW)
Sweep time
Accuracy: ±15% (20 ms to 100 s), ±25% (110 to 1000 s), ±1% (time domain sweep: digital zero span mode)
Sweep
Time domain
Analog zero span, digital zero span
sweep mode
Zone sweep Sweeps only in frequency range indicated by zone marker
Tracking sweep Sweeps while tracing peak points within zone marker (zone sweep also possible)
Number of data
501
points
NORMAL: Simultaneously displays max. and min. points between sample points
POS PEAK: Displays max. point between sample points
Detection mode NEG PEAK: Displays min. point between sample points
Display Color TFT-LCD, Size: 5.5 inch, Number of colors: 17 (RGB, each 64-scale settable), Intensity adjustment: 5 steps settable
Trace A: Displays frequency spectrum
Trace B: Displays frequency spectrum
Trace Time: Displays time domain waveform at center frequency
Display functions independent frequencies.
Trace A/BG: Displays frequency region to be observed (background) and object band (foreground) selected from background
with zone marker simultaneously
Trace A/Time: Displays frequency spectrum and time domain waveforms at center frequency simultaneously
Trace move/calculation: A → B, B → A, A ↔ B, A + B → A, A – B → A, A – B + DL → A
Marker display
FM demodulation
Accuracy: ±5% of full scale (referenced to center frequency, DC-coupled. RBW: 3 MHz, VBW: 1 Hz, CW)
waveform display
Demodulation frequency response: DC (50 Hz at AC-coupled) to 100 kHz (range: ≤20 kHz/div, VBW: off, at 3 dB bandwidth)
function
DC (50 Hz at AC-coupled) to 500 kHz (range: ≥50 kHz/div, VBW: off, at 3 dB bandwidth)
∗ RBW: ≥1 kHz to 3 MHz usable
Input connector K-J, 50 Ω
IF OUTPUT: 10.69 MHz, BNC connector
VIDEO OUTPUT (Y): 0 to 0.5 V ±0.1 V (typical, from lower edge to upper edge at 10 dB/div),
0 to 0.4 V ±0.1 V (typical, from lower edge to upper edge at 10%/div), BNC connector
Auxiliary signal ∗75 Ω terminated at 100 MHz input
input and output COMPOSITE OUTPUT: For NTSC, 1 Vp-p (75 Ω terminated), BNC connector
Functions
EXT REF INPUT: 10 MHz ±10 Hz, –10 to +2 dBm (50 Ω terminated), BNC connector
REF BUFFERED OUTPUT: ≥0 dBm (50 Ω terminated), BNC connector
1ST LOCAL OUTPUT: 4 to 7 GHz, ≥+8 dBm, 50 Ω, SMA-J connector
Marker → MARKER → CF, MARKER → REF, MARKER → CF STEP SIZE, ∆MARKER → SPAN, ZONE → SPAN
Noise power (dBm/Hz, dBm/ch), C/N (dBc/Hz, dBc/ch), occupied bandwidth (power N% method, X-dB down method), adjacent
channel power (REF: total power/reference level/in-band level method, channel designate display: 2 channels x 2 graphic display),
Measure
average power of burst signal (average power in designated time range of time domain waveform), channel power (dBm,
dBm/Hz), template comparison (upper/lower limits x each 2, time domain), MASK (upper/lower x each 2, frequency domain)
Hard copy Display data can be hard-copied via RS-232C, GPIB, and Centronics (Option 10) interface.
Programming: Using external computer
Data processing: Directly accesses measurement data according to system variables, system subroutines, and system function.
RS-232C Outputs data to printer and plotter. Control from external computer (excluding power switch)
Meets IEEE488.2. Controlled by external computer (excluding power switch). Or controls external equipment with PTA
GPIB
Interface function: SH1, AH1, T6, L4, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C1, C2, C3, C4, C28
Functions: Saving/recalling measurement parameters/waveform data, uploading/downloading PTA programs;
Memory card Applicable cards: SRAM, EPROM, Flash EPROM (Only SRAM writable; Card capacity: 2 MB max. The SRAM card is
interface supported by Windows95/98® of OS.)
Connector: Meets the PCMCIA Rel. 2.0, 2 slots

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Frequency band configuration
Frequency Band K: 18 to 26.5 GHz (n: 4), Band A: 26.5 to 40 GHz (n: 6), Band Q: 33 to 50 GHz (n: 8), Band U: 40 to 60 GHz (n: 9),
Band V: 50 to 75 GHz (n: 11), Band E: 60 to 90 GHz (n: 13), Band W: 75 to 110 GHz (n: 16)
Span setting range: 0 Hz, (100 x n) Hz to each bandwidth ∗n: harmonic order of the mixer
External mixer
Level measurement
Mixer conversion loss setting range: 15 to 85 dB
Maximum input level: Depends on the external mixer used
Amplitude
Average noise level: Depends on the external mixer used
Reference level setting range: –100 dBm to (–25 to M) dBm ∗Log scale, M: mixer conversion loss
Frequency response: Depends on the external mixer used
Suitable mixer: 2-port mixer only (local frequency: 4 to 7 GHz, IF frequency: 689.31 MHz)
Input/output
Display gain: 0 ±2 dB (external mixer input: –10 dBm, when the mixer conversion loss is 15 dB)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Others

Power
85 to 132/170 to 250 Vac (automatic voltage switching), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤400 VA
(operating range)
Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 177 (H) x 381 (D) mm, ≤15 kg (without option)
Ambient temperature 0˚ to +50˚C (operate), –40˚ to +75˚C (storage)
• Option 02: Narrow resolution bandwidth • Option 06: Trigger/gate circuit

Resolution Trigger switch FREERUN, TRIGGERED
bandwidth (3 dB)
30 Hz, 100 Hz, 300 Hz
EXT
6
Resolution bandwidth Trigger level: ±10 V (resolution: 0.1 V), TTL level
±0.4 dB (RBW 3 kHz referenced)
switching uncertainty Trigger slope: Rise/fall
Resolution bandwidth Connector: BNC
±20% VIDEO
accuracy
Log scale: –100 to 0 dB (resolution: 1 dB)
Selectivity Trigger source Trigger slope: Rise/fall
≤15:1
(60 dB:3 dB) WIDE IF VIDEO
Trigger level: High, middle, or low selectable
• Option 03: Narrow resolution bandwidth Trigger slope: Rise/fall
Resolution LINE
10 Hz, 30 Hz, 100 Hz, 300 Hz Frequency: 47.5 to 63 Hz (line lock)
bandwidth (3 dB)
Resolution bandwidth Pre-trigger (displays waveform from previous max. 1
±0.4 dB (RBW 3 kHz referenced) screen at trigger occurrence point)
switching uncertainty
Range: –time span to 0 s, Resolution: time span/500
Resolution bandwidth Trigger delay
±20% Post trigger (displays waveform from after max. 65.5
accuracy ms at trigger occurrence point)
Selectivity Range: 0 to 65.5 ms, Resolution: 1 µs
≤15:1
(60 dB:3 dB) In frequency domain, displays spectrum of input
≤–135 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz, band 0), signal in specified gate interval
≤–135 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (1 to 3.1 GHz, band 0), Gate sweep
Gate delay:
≤–130 dBm (3.1 to 8.1 GHz, band 1), 0 to 65.5 ms (from trigger point, resolution: 1 µs)
Average noise level ≤–122 dBm (8.0 to 15.3 GHz, band 2), Gate width:
≤–118 dBm (15.2 to 22.4 GHz, band 3), 2 µs to 65.5 ms (from gate delay, resolution: 1 µs)
≤–111 dBm (22.3 to 30 GHz, band 4)
• Option 07: AM/FM demodulator
With internal loudspeaker and earphone connector
• Option 04: High-speed time domain sweep Voice output
(ø3.5 jack), adjustable volume
12.5 µs, 25 µs, 50 µs, 100 to 900 µs (one most
Sweep time significant digit settable)
1.0 to 19 ms (two upper significant digits settable) • Option 10: Centronics interface*1
Accuracy ±1% Function Outputs data to printer (Centronics standard)
Marker level Log scale: 0.1 dB, Linear scale: 0.2% (relative to Connector D-sub 25-pin (jack)
resolution reference level)
∗1: GPIB interface can not be installed simultaneously.
• Option 15: Sweep signal output

0 to 10 V ±1 V (≥100 k Ω termination, from left side
Sweep output (X)
to right side of display scale), BNC connector
Sweep status
TTL level (low level with sweeping), BNC connector
output (Z)
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
External mixer
Model Frequency range Mate flange Max. input power
MA2740A 18 to 26.5 GHz MIL-F-3922/68-001KM 100 mW
MA2741A 26.5 to 40 GHz MIL-F-3922/68-001AM 100 mW
Model/order No. Name Model/order No. Name
Main frame MA2507A DC Block Adapter (50 Ω, 9 kHz to 3 GHz, ±50 V, N-type)
MS2667C Spectrum Analyzer MA8601A DC Block Adapter (50 Ω, 30 kHz to 2 GHz, ±50 V,
N-type)
Standard accessories MA8601J DC Block Adapter (75 Ω, 10 kHz to 2.2 GHz, ±50 V,
Power cord, 2.6 m: 1 pc NC-type)
F0013 Fuse, 5 A: 2 pcs MA1621A 50 Ω → 75 Ω Impedance Transformer (9 kHz to 3 GHz,
W1335AE MS2665C/MS2667C operation manual: 1 copy ±100 V, NC-type)
B0329G Front cover (3/4MW4U) MP614B 50 Ω ↔ 75 Ω Impedance Transformer (50 to 1200
MHz, transformer type, NC-type)
Options J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
MS2667C-03 Narrow resolution bandwidth J0742A RS-232C cable, 1 m (for PC-98 Personal Computer
MS2667C-04 High-speed time domain sweep and VP-600, D-sub 25-pins, straight)
MS2667C-06 Trigger/gate circuit J0743A RS-232C cable, 1 m (for PC/AT compatible, D-sub
MS2667C-07 AM/FM demodulator (outputs to loudspeaker or 9-pins, cross)
earphone connector) J0064A 7 GHz band coaxial/waveguide adapter (5.8 to 8.6
MS2667C-10 Centronics interface (GPIB interface cannot be GHz, N-J · BRJ-7)
installed simultaneously) J0064C 10 GHz band coaxial/waveguide adapter (8.2 to 12.4
MS2667C-15 Sweep signal output GHz, N-J · BRJ-10)
J0004 Coaxial adapter (N-P · SMA-J)
Application parts DGM010-02000EE Coaxial cord, 2 m (N-type connector, general use)
34AKNF50 Coaxial adapter (DC to 20 GHz, SWR: 1.5, ruggedized DGM024-02000EE Coaxial cord, 2 m (N-type connector, low-loss type)
K-P · N-J) J0063 Fixed attenuator for high power (30 dB, 10 W, DC to
J0561 Coaxial cord (N-P-5W · 5D-2W · N-P-5W), 1 m 12.4 GHz, N-type)
J0104A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-55/U · N-P) , 1 m J0395 Fixed attenuator for high power (30 dB, 30 W, DC to
J0322B Coaxial cord (SMA-P · SMA-P), 1 m (DC to 18 GHz, 9 GHz, N-type)
SUCOFLEX 104A) J0078 Fixed attenuator for high power (20 dB, 10 W, DC to
J0911 Coaxial cord (K-P · K-P), 1 m (DC to 40 GHz, 18 GHz, N-type)
SUCOFLEX 102A) MP526D High Pass Filter (400 MHz band)
J0912 Coaxial cord (K-P · K-P), 0.5 m (DC to 40 GHz, MA1601A High Pass Filter (800/900 MHz band, N-type)
SUCOFLEX 102A) MA2740A External Mixer (18 to 26.5 GHz)
CSCJ-256K-SM 256 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) MA2741A External Mixer (26.5 to 40 GHz)
CSCJ-512K-SM 512 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) MA2742A External Mixer (33 to 50 GHz)
B0395A Rack mount kit (IEC) MA2745A External Mixer (60 to 90 GHz)
B0395B Rack mount kit (JIS) MA2746A External Mixer (75 to 110 GHz)
MP612A RF Fuse Holder B0421A Carrying case (hard type, with casters)
MP613A Fuse Element B0421B Carrying case (hard type, without casters)
J0805 DC block (Model 7003, 10 kHz to 18 GHz, ±50 V, B0435A Carrying case (soft type)
Weinschel product, N-type)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
MS2665C
9 kHz to 21.2 GHz
For Evaluating ETC Subscriber Radio Systems
The MS2665C is a compact, lightweight, and low-price spectrum an- • 100 dB display dynamic range
alyzer that covers a frequency range of 9 kHz to 21.2 GHz. It has For measurements requiring a wide dynamic range, such as adja-
superior basic performance such as high C/N ratio, low distortion, cent channel power measurements, the MS2665C can display near-
and high frequency/level accuracies and is easy to operate. A large ly 90 dB on a single screen.
selection of options is provided to handle a wide range of applica- • Multi-screen display
tions at reasonable cost. The Trace A and Trace B waveforms are superimposed on the same
screen, and two spectra with different frequencies are displayed si-
Features multaneously. In addition, it is possible to simultaneously display
• Compact and lightweight (13 kg in standard configuration) spectrum and time domain screens for the same signal. The multi-
• High C/N and superior distortion characteristics screen display permits efficient signal level adjustment and harmon-
• Easy-to-use, simple operation ic distortion measurement, too. Furthermore, in addition to being
• Options support wide range of applications able to display amplitude in the time domain, it is possible to display
• Easy-to-set up automatic measurements the FM demodulation waveform.

quency measurements can be performed. The high sensitivity com-
Two traces with different frequencies
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Trigger/gate circuit (Option 06)
Burst signal can be stably measured using the trigger function in time
domain measurements. One of the external, video, wide IF video, or
line is selectable. This makes a variety of TDMA radio equipment
tests possible, including template comparison using pre-trigger and
post-trigger delay functions and gate spectrum analysis using the
gate sweep function. Previously, the trigger output from an external
detector was required in gate spectrum analysis. However, this op-
tion for the MS2665C has a 20 MHz wide IF video trigger function,
eliminating the need for trigger output from an external detector.
Spectrum and time domain measurement
• For testing digital mobile communication equipment

High-speed time domain sweep (Option 04)
Testing of TDMA-type radio equipment includes time domain (zero-
span) measurements of antenna power, transient response charac-
teristics of burst transmissions, transmission timing, and other quan-
tities. The high-speed time domain sweep option boosts sweep time
to 12.5 µs and resolution to 0.025 µs.
∗This option must be used with the trigger/gate circuit (Option 06).
Wide IF video trigger function
High-speed time-domain measurement (TS = 12.5 µs)

Wide IF video trigger and gate functions
Specifications
Except where noted otherwise, specified values were obtained after warming up the equipment for 30 minutes at a constant ambient temper-
Band 0: 0 to 3.2 GHz (n: 1); Band 1–: 2.92 to 6.5 GHz (n: 1); Band 1+: 6.4 to 8.1 GHz(n: 1); Band 2+: 8.0 to 15.3 GHz (n: 2);
Frequency band
Band 3+: 15.2 to 21.2 GHz (n: 3) ∗n: harmonic order of the mixer
Pre-selector range 2.92 to 21.2 GHz (band 1–, 1+, 2+, 3+)
Frequency setting
Frequency domain: (1 x n) Hz, Zero span: (100 x n) Hz ∗n: harmonic order of the mixer
resolution
Frequency display ± (display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + span x span accuracy + 100 Hz x n)
accuracy ∗Span: ≥10 kHz x n (n: harmonic order of the mixer, after calibration)
Marker frequency
Normal marker: Same as display frequency accuracy; Delta marker: Same as frequency span accuracy
display accuracy
Frequency

Frequency counter
Setting range: 0 Hz, 1 kHz to 21.3 GHz
Frequency span
Accuracy: ±2.5% (span: ≥10 kHz x n), ±5% (span: <10 kHz x n, Option 02 installed)
Setting rage:
Resolution frequency span) ∗Option 02: 30 Hz, 100 Hz, and 300 Hz are added
bandwidth (RBW) Measurements of noise, C/N, adjacent channel power, and channel power by measure function are executed with the calculated
(3 dB bandwidth) equivalent noise bandwidth of the RBW.
Video bandwidth
1 Hz to 3 MHz (1-3 sequence), OFF ∗Manually settable, or automatically settable according to RBW
(VBW)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Noise sidebands: ≤–95 dBc/Hz + 20 log n (1 MHz to 21.2 GHz, 10 kHz offset) ∗n: harmonic order of the mixer
Signal purity, Residual FM: ≤20 Hzp-p/0.1 s (1 GHz, span: 0 Hz)
Frequency
stability Frequency drift: ≤200 x n Hz/min (span: ≤10 kHz x n, sweep time: ≤100 s)
∗After 1-hour warm-up at constant ambient temperature; n: harmonic order of the mixer
Frequency: 10 MHz
Reference oscillator Aging rate: 2 x 10–6/year (typical); Option 01 : 1 x 10–7/year, 2 x 10–8/day
Temperature characteristics: 1 x 10–5(typical, 0° to 50˚C); Option 01: ±5 x 10–8 (0° to 50˚C, referenced to frequency at 25˚C)
Level measurement ≤–115 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz, band 0), ≤–115 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (1 to 3.1 GHz, band 0),
≤–110 dBm (2.92 to 8.1 GHz, band 1), ≤–102 dBm (8.0 to 15.3 GHz, band 2), ≤–98 dBm (15.2 to 21.2 GHz, band 3)
Setting range
Unit
Linear scale: V
Relative: ±1.5 dB (9 to 100 kHz, band 0), ±1.0 dB (100 kHz to 3.2 GHz, band 0), ±1.5 dB (2.92 to 8.1 GHz, band 1),
6
Amplitude
±3.0 dB (8 to 15.3 GHz, band 2), ±4.0 dB (15.2 to 21.2 GHz, band 3)
Frequency
∗After pre-selector tuning at band 1, 2 and 3, referenced to midpoint between highest and lowest frequency deviation in
each band
response
Absolute: ±5.0 dB (9 kHz to 21.2 GHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, referenced to 100 MHz)
∗After pre-selector tuning at band 1, 2 and 3, referenced to midpoint between highest and lowest frequency deviation in
each band
Scale (10 div)
Waveform display
Log scale: ±0.4 dB (0 to –20 dB), ±1.0 dB (0 to –70 dB), ±1.5 dB (0 to –85 dB), ±2.5 dB (0 to –90 dB)
Log scale: 0.01 dB; Linear scale: 0.02% of reference level
≤–100 dBc or noise level (1.46 to 10.6 GHz, band 1/2/3, mixer input: –10 dBm)
Spurious response
≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–80 dBc (0.1 to 8.1 GHz), –75 dBc or noise level (8.1 to 21.2 GHz)
Image response: ≤–65 dBc (≤18 GHz), ≤–60 dBc (>18 GHz)
Multiple response: ≤–60 dBc
1 dB gain
≥–5 dBm (≥100 MHz, at mixer input)
compression
Setting range : 20 ms to 1000 s (manually settable, or automatically settable according to span, RBW, and VBW)
Sweep time
Sweep
Time domain sweep

Analog zero span, digital zero span
mode
Number of data
501
points
Functions
Display Color TFT-LCD, Size: 5.5 inch, Number of colors: 17 (RGB, each 64-scale settable), Intensity adjustment: 5 steps settable
Trace A/B: Displays Trace A and Trace B simultaneously. Simultaneous sweep of same frequency, alternate sweep of independent
Display functions frequencies.
Trace A/BG: Displays frequency region to be observed (background) and object band (foreground) selected from background with
zone marker simultaneously
Trace A/Time: Displays frequency spectrum and time domain waveform at center frequency simultaneously
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Marker display
FM demodulation
Accuracy: ±5% of full scale (referenced to center frequency, DC-coupled. RBW: 3 MHz, VBW: 1 Hz, CW)
waveform display
Demodulation frequency response: DC (50 Hz at AC-coupled) to 100 kHz (range: ≤20 kHz/div, VBW: off, at 3 dB bandwidth)
function
∗RBW: ≥1 kHz to 3 MHz usable
Input connector N-J, 50 Ω
VIDEO OUTPUT (Y): 0 to 0.5 V ±0.1 V (typical, from lower edge to upper edge at 10 dB/div),
Auxiliary signal 0 to 0.4 V ±0.1 V (typical, from lower edge to upper edge at 10%/div), BNC connector
input and output ∗75 Ω terminated at 100 MHz input
COMPOSITE OUTPUT: For NTSC, 1 Vp-p (75 Ω terminated), BNC connector
EXT REF INPUT: 10 MHz ±10 Hz, ≥0 dBm (50 Ω terminated), BNC connector
Marker → MARKER → CF, MARKER → REF, MARKER → CF STEP SIZE, ∆ MARKER → SPAN, ZONE → SPAN
Functions
adjacent channel power (REF: total power/reference level/in-band level method, channel designate display: 2 channels x 2
Measure graphic display), average power of burst signal (average power in designated time range of time domain waveform),
channel power (dBm, dBm/Hz), template comparison (upper/lower limits x each 2, time domain), MASK (upper/lower x each 2,
frequency domain)
Hard copy Display data can be hard-copied via RS-232C, GPIB, and Centronics (Option 10) interface.
Data processing: Directly accesses measurement data according to system variables, system subroutines, and system function.
GPIB
Memory card Applicable cards: SRAM, EPROM, Flash EPROM (Only SRAM writable; Card capacity: 2 MB max. The SRAM card is
interface supported by Windows95/98® of OS.)
Connector: Meets the PCMCIA Rel. 2.0; 2 slots
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Others

Power
85 to 132/170 to 250 Vac (automatic voltage switching), 47.5 to 63 Hz, 380 to 420 Hz (85 to 132 V only), ≤330 VA
(operating range)
Dimensions and
320 (W) x 177 (H) x 351 (D) mm, ≤13 kg (without option)
mass
Ambient temperature 0° to +50˚C (operate), –40° to +75˚C (storage)
• Option 01: Reference crystal oscillator • Option 02: Narrow resolution bandwidth
Frequency 10 MHz Resolution bandwidth
30 Hz, 100 Hz, 300 Hz
(3 dB)
≤1 x 10–7/year, ≤2 x 10–8/day (after power on, with
Aging rate Resolution bandwidth
reference to frequency after 24 h)
switching uncertainty ±0.4 dB (RBW 3 kHz referenced)
Temperature
±5 x 10–8 (0° to 50˚C, with reference to 25˚C) Resolution bandwidth
characteristics
accuracy ±20% (100, 300 Hz)
Buffer output 10 MHz, >2 Vp-p (200 Ω termination), BNC connector
Selectivity
≤15:1 (RBW: 100, 300 Hz), ≤20:1 (RBW: 30 Hz)
(60 dB:3 dB)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Option 04: High-speed time domain sweep Ordering information
12.5 µs, 25 µs, 50 µs, 100 to 900 µs (one most Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
Sweep time significant digit settable), 1.0 to 19 ms (two upper Model/order No. Name
significant digits settable)
Main frame
Accuracy ±1% MS2665C Spectrum Analyzer
Marker level Log scale: 0.1 dB; Linear scale: 0.2% (relative to
resolution reference level) Standard accessories
W1335AE MS2665C/MS2667C operation manual: 1 copy
• Option 06: Trigger/gate circuit B0329G Front cover (3/4MW4U)
Trigger switch FREERUN, TRIGGERED
EXT Options
Trigger level: ±10 V (resolution: 0.1 V), TTL level MS2665C-01 Reference crystal oscillator
Trigger slope: Rise/fall MS2665C-02 Narrow resolution bandwidth
Connector: BNC MS2665C-04 High-speed time domain sweep
VIDEO MS2665C-06 Trigger/gate circuit
Log scale: –100 to 0 dB (resolution: 1 dB) MS2665C-07 AM/FM demodulator (outputs to loudspeaker or
Trigger source Trigger slope: Rise/fall earphone connector)
WIDE IF VIDEO MS2665C-10 Centronics interface (GPIB interface cannot be
Trigger level: High, middle, or low selectable installed simultaneously)
Bandwidth: ≥20 MHz MS2665C-15 Sweep signal output
Trigger slope: Rise/fall
LINE Application parts
Frequency: 47.5 to 63 Hz (line lock) J0561 Coaxial cord (N-P-5W · 5D-2W · N-P-5W), 1 m
J0104A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-55/U · N-P) , 1 m
Pre-trigger (displays waveform from previous max. 1 CSCJ-256K-SM 256 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0)
screen at trigger occurrence point) CSCJ-512K-SM 512 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0)
Range: –time span to 0 s CSCJ-001M-SM 1024 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0)
Trigger delay
Resolution: time span/500 CSCJ-002M-SM 2048 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) 6
Post trigger (displays waveform from after max. 65.5 B0395A Rack mount kit (IEC)
ms at trigger occurrence point) B0395B Rack mount kit (JIS)
Range: 0 to 65.5 ms B0391A Carrying case (hard type, with casters)
Resolution: 1 µs B0391B Carrying case (hard type, without casters)
In frequency domain, displays spectrum of input MP612A RF Fuse Holder
signal in specified gate interval MP613A Fuse Element
Gate sweep Gate delay: J0805 DC block (Model 7003, 10 kHz to 18 GHz, ±50 V,
0 to 65.5 ms (from trigger point, resolution: 1 µs) Weinschel product, N-type)
Gate width: MA2507A DC Block Adapter (50 Ω, 9 kHz to 3 GHz, ±50 V,
2 µs to 65.5 ms (from gate delay, resolution: 1 µs) N-type)
MA8601A DC Block Adapter (50 Ω, 30 kHz to 2 GHz, ±50 V,
N-type)
• Option 07: AM/FM demodulator MA8601J DC Block Adapter (75 Ω, 10 kHz to 2.2 GHz, ±50 V,
NC-type)
Voice output
With internal loudspeaker and earphone connector MA1621A 50 Ω → 75 Ω Impedance Transformer (9 kHz to 3 GHz,
(ø3.5 jack), adjustable volume ±100 V, NC-type)
MP614B 50 Ω ↔ 75 Ω Impedance Transformer (50 to 1200 MHz,
transformer type, NC-type)
• Option 10: Centronics interface*1 J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
Function Outputs data to printer (Centronics standard) J0742A RS-232C cable, 1 m (for PC-98 Personal Computer
Connector D-sub 25-pin (jack) and VP-600, D-sub 25 pins, straight)
J0743A RS-232C cable, 1 m (for PC/AT compatible, D-sub
∗1: GPIB interface can not be installed simultaneously. 9-pins, cross)
J0064A 7 GHz band coaxial/waveguide adapter (5.8 to 8.6 GHz,
N-J · BRJ-7)
• Option 15: Sweep signal output J0064C 10 GHz band coaxial/waveguide adapter (8.2 to 12.4
0 to 10 V ±1 V (≥100 kΩ termination, from left side to GHz, N-J · BRJ-10)
Sweep output (X) J0004 Coaxial adapter (N-P · SMA-J)
right side of display scale), BNC connector
DGM010-02000EE Coaxial cord, 2 m (N-type connector, general use)
Sweep status
TTL level (low level with sweeping), BNC connector DGM024-02000EE Coaxial cord, 2 m (N-type connector, low-loss type)
output (Z)
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
MS2663C
9 kHz to 8.1 GHz
For Measuring up to 3rd Order Spurious of Mobile Communications Band
The MS2663C covers a frequency range of 9 kHz to 8.1 GHz. This evaluation of radio equipment (frequency counter, C/N, adjacent
allows measurement of spurious frequencies of up to three times channel power, occupied frequency bandwidth, burst average power,
greater than the frequency bands used worldwide for mobile com- and template decision function), and enables the Two-screen display
munications. The MS2663C has superior basic performance such as and FM demodulation waveform display. The large selection of op-
high C/N ratio, low distortion, and high frequency/level accuracies tions means that a wider range of applications can be handled at
and are easy to operate. The MS2663C has a “Measure” function for reasonable cost.
Specifications
Except where noted otherwise, specified values are obtained after warming up the equipment for 30 minutes at a constant ambient tempera-
ture and then performing calibration. The typical values are given for reference and are not guaranteed.
Frequency band Band 0 (0 to 3.2 GHz); Band 1 – (2.92 to 6.5 GHz); Band 1 + (6.4 to 8.1 GHz)
Pre-selector range 2.92 to 8.1 GHz (band 1–, 1+)
Display frequency ± (display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + span x span accuracy + 100 Hz)
accuracy ∗Span: ≥10 kHz, after calibration
Marker frequency
Normal: Same as display frequency accuracy; Delta: Same as frequency span accuracy
display accuracy
Frequency counter
Frequency span
Accuracy: ±2.5% (span: ≥10 kHz), ±5% (span: <10 kHz, Option 02 installed)
Frequency
Setting range:
frequency span) ∗Option 02: 30 Hz, 100 Hz, and 300 Hz are added.
Resolution bandwidth (RBW)
Measurements of noise, C/N, adjacent channel power, and channel power by measure function are executed with the
(3 dB bandwidth)
calculated equivalent noise bandwidth of the RBW.
Selectivity (60 dB : 3 dB): ≤15 : 1
Video bandwidth (VBW) 1 Hz to 3 MHz (1-3 sequence), OFF ∗Manually settable, or automatically settable according to RBW
Noise sidebands: ≤–100 dBc/Hz (1 GHz, 10 kHz offset)
Noise sideband, stability Residual FM: ≤20 Hzp-p/0.1 s (1 GHz, span: 0 Hz)
Frequency drift: ≤200 Hz/min (span: ≤10 kHz, sweep time: ≤100 s) ∗After 1 hour warm-up at constant ambient temperature
Frequency: 10 MHz
Aging rate: 2 x 10–6/year (typical); Option 01: 1 x 10–7/year, 2 x 10–8/day
Temperature characteristics: 1 x 10–5 (typical, 0˚ to 50˚C); Option 01: ±5 x 10–8 (0˚ to 50˚C)
∗Referenced to frequency at 25˚C

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
[Without Option 08]
≤–115 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz, band 0), ≤–115 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (1 to 3.1 GHz, band 0),
Level measurement ≤–115 dBm + 0.5f [GHz] dB (2.92 to 8.1 GHz, band 1)
[With Option 08, pre-amplifier: off]
≤114 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz, Band 0), ≤–114 dBm + 1.5 x f [GHz] dB (1 to 3.1 GHz, Band 0),
–115 dBm + 0.5 x f [GHz] dB (2.92 to 8.1 GHz, Band 1)
Residual response: ≤–100 dBm (RF ATT: 0 dB, input: 50 Ω termination, 1 MHz to 8.1 GHz)
±1.3 dB (100 kHz to 3.1 GHz band 0), ±2.3 dB (2.92 to 8.1 GHz, band 1)
∗Level measurement accuracy after calibration using internal calibration signal
Total level accuracy Total level accuracy:
Reference level accuracy (0 to –49.9 dBm) + frequency response + log linearity (0 to –20 dB) + calibrated signal source
accuracy
Setting range
Unit
Log scale: dBm, dBµV, dBmV, V, dBµVemf, W, dBµV/m
Linear scale: V
∗After calibration, at 100 MHz, span: 1 MHz (when RF ATT, RBW, VBW and sweep time set to AUTO)
Accuracy: ±0.3 dB (0 to 50 dB), ±1.0 dB (0 to 70 dB)
6
Amplitude
±0.5 dB (100 kHz to 3.2 GHz, band 0, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18˚ to 28˚C)
±1.5 dB (9 to 100 kHz, band 0, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18˚ to 28˚C)
±1.5 dB (2.92 to 8.1 GHz, band 1, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18˚ to 28˚C)
Frequency response
±1.0 dB (100 kHz to 3.2 GHz, band 0, RF ATT: 10 to 50 dB)
±3.0 dB (2.92 to 8.1 GHz, band 1, RF ATT: 10 to 50 dB)
∗At band 1, after pre-selector tuning
Scale (10 div)
≤–70 dBc (1.3 to 1.55 GHz, band 0, mixer input: –30 dBm), ≤–80 dBc (0.8 to 1 GHz, band 0, mixer input: –30 dBm),
Spurious response ≤–100 dBc (1.46 to 4.05 GHz, band 1, mixer input: –20 dBm)
Two signals 3rd order intermodulation distortion: ≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–80 dBc (0.1 to 8.1 GHz)
Image response: ≤–70 dBc, Multiple response: ≤–70 dBc (band 1)
1 dB gain compression ≥–5 dBm (≥100 MHz, at mixer input level)
1 dB gain compression level to average noise level:
>110 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz, band 0), >110 dB – 1.5f [GHz] dB (1 to 3.1 GHz, band 0),
>110 dB – 0.5f [GHz] dB (2.92 to 8.1 GHz, band 1)
Distortion characteristics (RBW: 1 kHz)
Maximum dynamic range 2nd harmonic: >72.5 dB (10 to 200 MHz), >80 dB (200 to 500 MHz), >80 – 0.75f [GHz] dB (0.5 to 1.3 GHz),
>82.5 – 0.75f [GHz] dB (0.8 to 1 GHz), >77.5 – 0.75f [GHz] dB (1.3 to 1.55 GHz, band 0),
>97.5 – 0.25f [GHz] dB (1.46 to 4.05 GHz, band 1)
3rd order intermodulation: >80 dB (10 to 100 MHz), >83.3 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz), >83.3 – f [GHz] dB (1 to 3.1 GHz, band 0),
>83.3 – (1/3)f [GHz] dB (2.92 to 8.1 GHz, band 1)
Setting range : 20 ms to 1000 s (manually settable, or automatically settable according to span, RBW, and VBW)
Sweep time
Sweep
Zone sweep Sweep only in frequency range indicated by zone marker
Functions

Display Color TFT-LCD, Size: 5.5 inch; Number of colors: 17 (RGB, each 64-scale settable); Intensity adjustment: 5 steps settable
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Display functions independent frequencies
background with zone marker simultaneously, alternate sweep
Trace A/Time: Displays frequency spectrum, and time domain waveform at center frequency simultaneously, alternate sweep
Marker display
FM demodulation waveform Accuracy: ±5% of full scale (referenced to center frequency, DC-coupled. RBW: 3 MHz, VBW: 1 Hz, CW)
display function Demodulation frequency range: DC (50 Hz at AC-coupled) to 100 kHz (range: ≤20 kHz/div, VBW: off, at 3 dB bandwidth)
∗RBW: >1 kHz usable
VIDEO OUTPUT (Y): 0 to 0.5 V ±0.1 V (100 MHz, from lower edge to upper edge at 10 dB/div or 10%/div, 75 Ω terminated),
Auxiliary signal
BNC connector
input and output
Functions

Noise power (dBm/Hz, dBm/ch), C/N (dBc/Hz, dBc/ch), occupied bandwidth (power N% method, X-dB down method), adjacent
channel power (REF: total power/reference level/in-band level method, channel designate display: 2 channels x graphic
Measure display), average power of burst signal (average power in designated time range of time domain waveform), channel power
(dBm, dBm/Hz), template comparison (upper/lower limits x each 2, time domain), MASK (upper/lower x each 2, frequency
domain)
Hard copy Display data can be hard-copied via RS-232C, GPIB, and Centronics (Option 10) interface
Plotter (HP-GL, GP-GL compatible models): Display data can be output via RS-232C and GPIB interface
Program memory: Memory card, upload/download to/from external computer
PTA
Data processing: Directly accesses measurement data according to system variables, system subroutines, and system
functions
GPIB
Correction accuracy (RF ATT: ≥10 dB):
±2.5 dB (9 to 100 kHz), ±1.5 dB (100 kHz to 2 GHz), ±2.0 dB (2 to 3 GHz, typical)
Correction Antenna correction coefficients:
Correct display and measurement of field strengths (dBµV/m) for specified antennas, Internal antenna correction
coefficients (MP534A/651A Dipole Antenna, MP635A/666A Log-Periodic Antenna, MP414B Loop Antenna, and four
antennas user-defined; writes via GPIB or RS-232C, saves/loads to/from memory card)
Functions: Saving/recalling measurement parameters/waveform data, uploading/downloading PTA
programs; Applicable cards: SRAM, EPROM, Flash EPROM
∗Only SRAM writable; Card capacity: 2 MB max. The SRAM card is supported by Windows95/98® of OS.
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Others

Power (operating range) 85 to 132/170 to 250 Vac (automatic voltage switching), 47.5 to 63 Hz, 380 to 420 Hz (85 to 132 V only), ≤330 VA
Dimensions and mass 320 (W) x 177 (H) x 351 (D) mm, ≤13.5 kg (without option)
Ambient temperature 0˚ to +50˚C (operate), –40˚ to +75˚C (storage)
• Option 01: Reference crystal oscillator • Option 02: Narrow resolution bandwidth
Frequency 10 MHz Resolution
30 Hz, 100 Hz, 300 Hz
bandwidth (3 dB)
≤1 x 10–7/year, ≤2 x 10–8/day (after power on, with
Aging rate Resolution bandwidth
reference to frequency after 24 h) ±0.4 dB (RBW 3 kHz referenced)
switching uncertainty
Temperature
±5 x 10–8 (0˚ to 50˚C, with reference to 25˚C) Resolution bandwidth
characteristics ±20% (100, 300 Hz)
accuracy
Buffer output 10 MHz, >2 Vp-p (200 Ω termination), BNC connector
Selectivity
≤15 : 1 (RBW: 100, 300 Hz), ≤20 : 1 (RBW: 30 Hz)
(60 dB:3 dB)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Option 04: High-speed time domain sweep • Option 07: AM/FM demodulator
12.5 µs, 25 µs, 50 µs, 100 to 900 µs (one most With internal loudspeaker and earphone connector
Voice output
Sweep time significant digit settable) (ø3.5 jack), adjustable volume
1.0 to 19 ms (two upper significant digits settable)
Accuracy ±1%
Marker level 0.1 dB (log scale), 0.2% (linear scale, relative to
• Option 10: Centronics interface*1
resolution reference level) Function Outputs data to printer (Centronics standard)
Connector D-sub 25-pin (jack)
∗1: GPIB interface cannot be installed simultaneously.
• Option 06: Trigger/gate circuit

Trigger switch FREERUN, TRIGGERED
Trigger level: ±10 V (resolution: 0.1 V), TTL level
EXT Trigger slope: Rise/Fall
Connector: BNC
Log scale: –100 to 0 dB (resolution: 1 dB)
VIDEO
Trigger slope: Rise/Fall
Trigger source
WIDE IF VIDEO Bandwidth: ≥20 MHz

LINE Frequency: 47.5 to 63 Hz (line lock)
Method: M-NTSC, B/G/H PAL
Sync: V-SYNC, H-SYNC
Sync line (NTSC)
TV H-SYNC (ODD): 7 to 262 line, H-SYNC (EVEN): 1 to 263 line
6
Sync line (PAL)
H-SYNC (ODD): 1 to 312 line, H-SYNC (EVEN): 317 to 625 line
∗Option 16 required
Pre-trigger (displays waveform from previous max. 1 screen at trigger occurrence point)
Range: –time span to 0 s
Resolution: time span/500
Trigger delay
Post trigger (displays waveform from after max. 65.5 ms at trigger occurrence point)
Range: 0 to 65.5 ms
Resolution: 1 ms
In frequency domain, displays spectrum of input signal in specified gate interval
Gate sweep Gate delay: 0 to 65.5 ms (from trigger point, resolution: 1 µs)
Gate width: 2 µs to 65.5 ms (from gate delay, resolution: 1 µs)
• Option 08: Pre-amplifier*1,*2

Noise figure ≤8 dB (typical, <2 GHz), ≤13 dB (typical, ≥2 GHz)
Measurement range Average noise level to +10 dBm
Max. input level CW average power: +10 dBm, ±0 Vdc
Average noise level ≤–132 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz), ≤–132 dBm + 2f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz) ∗RBW: 1 kHz, VBW: 1 Hz, RF ATT: 0 dB
Setting range
Linear scale: 22.4 µV to 707 mV
Reference level accuracy: ±0.5 dB (–69.9 to –20 dBm), ±0.75 dB (–89.9 to –70 dBm, –19.9 to +10 dBm)
Reference level
∗After calibration, referenced to 100 MHz, 1 MHz span (RF ATT, RBW, VBW and sweep time set to AUTO)
Amplitude
RBW switching uncertainty: ±0.5 dB ∗After calibration, referenced to 3 kHz RBW

∗After calibration, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB
Frequency response ±2.0 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 to 50 dB)
Linearity of waveform Log scale (after calibration): ±0.5 dB (0 to –20 dB), ±1.0 dB (0 to –60 dB), ±1.5 dB (0 to –75 dB)
display Linear scale (after calibration): ±5% (according to reference level)
Two signals 3rd order intermodulation distortion: ≤–70 dBc (10 MHz to 3 GHz)
Spurious response
∗Frequency difference of two signals: ≥50 kHz, Pre-amplifier input∗3: –55 dBm
1 dB gain compression ≥–35 dBm (≥100 MHz, at pre-amplifier input level∗3)
∗1: Overall specification with pre-amplifier on (Noise figure is the simple performance)
∗2: Option 20 cannot be installed simultaneously
∗3: Pre-amplifier input level = RF input level – RF ATT setting level
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Option 12: QP detector
Functions QP detection ∗Requires Option 02.
200 Hz, 9 kHz, 120 kHz
6 dB bandwidth
Accuracy: ±30% (18˚ to 28˚C)
LOG scale, 5 dB/div (10 divisions)
Display
Linearity: ≤±2.0 dB (0 to –40 dB, CW signal, reference level: 60 dBµV, RF ATT: 0 dB, 18˚ to 28˚C)
Response to CISPR pulse (DET mode: QP, 18˚ to 28˚C)
Repetition Bandwidth
frequency 120 kHz 9 kHz 200 Hz
1 kHz ≤–8.0 ±1.0 dB ≤–4.5 ±1.0 dB –
100 Hz Referenced Referenced ≤–4.0 ±1.0 dB
60 Hz – – ≤–3.0 ±1.0 dB
Pulse response characteristics 25 Hz – – Referenced
20 Hz ≤+9.0 ±1.0 dB ≤+6.5 ±1.0 dB –
10 Hz ≤+14.0 ±1.5 dB ≤+10.0 ±1.5 dB ≤+4.0 ±1.0 dB
5 Hz – – ≤+7.5 ±1.5 dB
2 Hz ≤+26.0 ±2.0 dB ≤+20.5 ±2.0 dB ≤+13.0 ±2.0 dB
1 Hz ≤+28.5 ±2.0 dB ≤+22.5 ±2.0 dB ≤+17.0 ±2.0 dB
QP on/off switching uncertainty

≤±1.0 dB (CW signal, reference level – 40 dB, after auto-calibration, 18˚ to 28˚C)
(PEAK, QP)
Detection mode QP, AVERAGE
Waveform data compensation data display for specified antenna factor, field strength (dBµV/m)
Field strength measurement Built-in antenna factors: MP534A/651A Dipole Antenna, MP635A/666A Log-Periodic Antenna, MP414B Loop Antenna,
user-defined (four types writable via GPIB or RS-232C, can be saved/loaded to/from memory card)
• Option 14: PTA parallel I/O

Functions Controls external devices from PTA, cannot be installed when Option 10 installed
As follows using PTA system variables
IOA: Controls 8-bit parallel output port A
IOB: Controls 8-bit parallel output port B
System variables IOC: Controls 4-bit parallel input/output port C
IOD: Controls 4-bit parallel input/output port D
EIO: Controls I/O switching of ports C/D
EXO: Controls I/O trigger
External interrupt control of input to I/O ports using PTA-PTL statements
IOEN statement: Enables interrupt input
IODI statement: Disables interrupt input
PTL statements
IOMA statement: Masks interrupt input
ON TO GOTO statement: Changes program flow at interrupt generation
ON TO GOSUB statement: Changes program flow at interrupt generation
Write strobe signal Write strobe signal (negative pulse) output externally at control of output ports C/D
Power supply External +5 ±0.5 Vdc (max. 100 mA) supply
Negative logic, TTL level
Specified current:
Signal logic levels Output ports A/B (max. output current Hi: 2.6 mA, Lo: 24 mA)
Output ports C/D (max. output current Hi: 15 mA, Lo: 24 mA)
Other control output lines (max. output current Hi: 0.4 mA, Lo: 8 mA)
Connection cable connectors Amphenol 36 pins
No. Item No. Item No. Item

1 GND 13 Output port B (0) LSB 25 I/O port D (0) LSB
2 Trigger input 14 Output port B (1) 26 I/O port D (1)
3 Trigger output 1 15 Output port B (2) 27 I/O port D (2)
4 Trigger output 2 16 Output port B (3) 28 I/O port D (3) MSB
5 Output port A (0) LSB 17 Output port B (4) 29 Port C status 0/1: I/O
Connector pin layout 6 Output port A (1) 18 Output port B (5) 30 Port D status 0/1: I/O
7 Output port A (2) 19 Output port B (6) 31 Write strobe signal
8 Output port A (3) 20 Output port B (7) MSB 32 Interruption signal
9 Output port A (4) 21 I/O port C (0) LSB 33 Not used
10 Output port A (5) 22 I/O port C (1) 34 +5 V power supply
11 Output port A (6) 23 I/O port C (2) 35 Not used
12 Output port A (7) MSB 24 I/O port C (3) MSB 36 Not used

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Option 15: Sweep signal output • Option 21: Television monitor (Multi)*1
0 to 10 V ±1 V (≥100 kΩ termination, from left side to Video M-NTSC, B/G/H/I/D PAL, color
Sweep output (X)
right side of display scale), BNC connector
Audio Simultaneous monitoring of video and audio ∗Needs Option 07
Sweep status
TTL level (low level with sweeping), BNC connector Channel:
output (Z)
Automatic setting to broadcast wave of CCIR, Japan, USA,
Italy, UK and China; automatic setting to CATV of CCIR,
• Option 20: Tracking generator*1 Functions Japan and USA
Trigger: Triggered sweep by V-SYNC, H-SYNC
Frequency range 9 kHz to 3 GHz ∗Needs trigger/gate circuit (Option 06)
Output level range 0 to –60 dBm Aux. output: Composite video signal, Connector: BNC
Setting resolution 0.1 dB ∗1: Requires Option 08
Output level
≤±1.0 dB (at 100 MHz, 0 dBm)
accuracy • Option 24: Television monitor (Brazil)*1
Output level ≤±1.5 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz, output level: 0 dBm,
flatness referenced to 100 MHz frequency) Video M-NTSC, M PAL, color
Output level ≤±1.0 dB (0 to –30 dBm), ≤±2.0 (–30 to –60 dBm) Audio Simultaneous monitoring of video and audio ∗Needs Option 07
linearity ∗100 kHz to 3 GHz, 0 dBm output level reference Channel:
Harmonic: Automatic setting to broadcast wave of CCIR, Japan and USA;
≤–15 dBc (9 to 100 kHz), ≤–20 dBc (100 kHz to 3 GHz) automatic setting to CATV of CCIR, Japan and USA
Functions
Spurious Non-harmonic: Trigger: Triggered sweep by V-SYNC, H-SYNC
≤–15 dBc (9 to 100 kHz), ≤–35 dBc (100 kHz to 2 GHz), ∗Needs trigger/gate circuit (Option 06)
≤–30 dBc (2 to 3 GHz) Aux. output: Composite video signal, Connector: BNC
Tracking generator ≤–95 dBm (spectrum analyzer input and tracking ∗1: Requires Option 08
feed through generator output connectors terminated at 50 Ω)
Output connector N-J, 50 Ω
∗1: Option 08 can not be installed simultaneously. 6
Main frame J0055 Coaxial adapter (NC-P · BNC-J)
MS2663C Spectrum Analyzer J0076 Coaxial adapter (NC-P · F-J)
B0391A Carrying case (hard type, with casters)
Standard accessories B0391B Carrying case (hard type, without casters)
Power cord, 2.6 m: 1 pc MP612A RF Fuse Holder
F0013 Fuse, 5 A: 2 pcs MP613A Fuse Element
W1251AE MS2650B, MS2660B/C series J0805 DC Block (MODEL 7003, 10 kHz to 18 GHz, ±50 V,
operation manual: 1 copy Weinschel product)
B0329G Front cover (3/4MW4U) MA2507A DC Block Adapter (50 Ω, 9 kHz to 3 GHz, ±50 V)
MA8601A DC Block Adapter (50 Ω, 30 kHz to 2 GHz, ±50 V)
Options MA8601J DC Block Adapter (75 Ω, 10 kHz to 2.2 GHz, ±50 V)
MS2663C-01 Reference crystal oscillator MA1621A 50 Ω → 75 Ω Impedance Transformer (9 kHz to 3
MS2663C-02 Narrow resolution bandwidth GHz, ±100 V)
MS2663C-04 High-speed time domain sweep MP614B 50 Ω ↔ 75 Ω Impedance Transformer
MS2663C-06 Trigger/gate circuit J0121 Coaxial cord (NC-P-3W · 3C-2WS · NC-P-3W), 1 m
MS2663C-07 AM/FM demodulator J0308 Coaxial cord (BNC-P · 3C-2WS · NC-P-3W), 1 m
MS2663C-08 Pre-amplifier (Option 20 cannnot be installed J0063 Fixed attenuator for high power (30 dB, 10 W,
simultaneously) DC to 12.4 GHz)
MS2663C-10 Centronics interface (GPIB cannot be installed J0395 Fixed attenuator for high power (30 dB, 30 W,
simultaneously) DC to 9 GHz)
MS2663C-12 QP detector (requires Option 02, QP-BW: 0.2/9/120 kHz) MP640A Branch
MS2663C-14 PTA parallel I/O (Option 10 cannot be installed MP654A Branch
simultaneously) MP520A CM Directional Coupler
MS2663C-15 Sweep signal output MP520B CM Directional Coupler
MS2663C-20 Tracking generator (Option 08 cannot be installed MP520C CM Directional Coupler
simultaneously) MP520D CM Directional Coupler
MS2663C-21 Television monitor (Multi) MP526A High Pass Filter
MS2663C-24 Television monitor (Brazil) MP526B High Pass Filter
MP526C High Pass Filter
Measurement softwares MP526D High Pass Filter
MX260002A CDMA Cellular System Measurement Software MP526G High Pass Filter
MX260003A PDC Measurement Software (for base station) MA1601A High Pass Filter (800/900 MHz band, N)
MX260004A GSM Measurement Software J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
MX261001A Low-Power Data Communication System Measurement J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
Software conforming to issue of Direct Spread J0742A RS-232C cable, 1 m [for PC-98 Personal Computer
Spectrum System and VP-600, D-sub 25 pins (straight)]
MX261002A Low-Power Data Communication System Measurement J0743A RS-232C cable, 1 m [for AT compatible, D-sub 9-pins
Software conforming to issue of Frequency Hopping (cross)]
System MH648A Pre-Amplifier
MX262001A CATV Measurement Software MP534A Dipole Antenna
MX264001A EMI Measurement Software MP651A Dipole Antenna
BBA9106/VHA9103 Biconical Antenna
Application parts MP635A Log-Periodic Antenna
J0561 Coaxial cord (N-P-5W · 5D-2W · N-P-5W), 1 m MP666A Log-Periodic Antenna
J0104A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-55/U · N-P), 1 m MB9A Tripod
CSCJ-256K-SM 256 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) MB19A Tripod
CSCJ-512K-SM 512 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) MA2601B EMI Probe
CSCJ-001M-SM 1024 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) MA2601C EMI Probe
CSCJ-002M-SM 2048 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) KT-10 EMI Clamp
B0395A Rack mount kit (IEC) KT-20 EMI Clamp
B0395B Rack mount kit (JIS)
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
MS2661C
9 kHz to 3 GHz
For Analyzing Digital Radio Equipment and CATV Signals
The MS2661C Portable Spectrum Analyzer is for signal analysis of It has a “Measure” function for evaluation of radio equipment (fre-
radio and other equipment related to improving frequency usage ef- quency counter, C/N, adjacent channel power, occupied frequency
ficiency, higher modulation, and digitalization. This is a synthesized bandwidth, burst average power, and template decision function),
spectrum analyzer covering a wide frequency range from 9 kHz to 3 and which enables the two-screen display and FM demodulation
GHz. It has superior basic performance such as high C/N ratio, low waveform display. The large selection of options means that a wider
distortion, and high frequency/level accuracies and is easy to operate. range of applications can be handled at reasonable cost.
Specifications
Except where noted otherwise, specified values are obtained after warming up the equipment for 30 minutes at a constant ambient temper-
Display frequency accuracy ± (display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + span x span accuracy + 100 Hz) ∗Span: ≥10 kHz, after calibration
Marker frequency display
accuracy
Frequency counter
Frequency span
Accuracy: ±2.5% (span: ≥10 kHz), ±5% (span: <10 kHz, with option 02)
Setting range:
Frequency
1 kHz, 3 kHz, 10 kHz, 30 kHz, 100 kHz, 300 kHz, 1 MHz, 3 MHz (manually settable, or automatically settable according
to frequency span) ∗Option 02 : 30 Hz, 100 Hz, and 300 Hz are added.
Resolution bandwidth (RBW)
Measurements of noise, C/N, adjacent channel power and channel power by measure function are executed with the
(3 dB bandwidth)
Video bandwidth (VBW) 1 Hz to 3 MHz (1-3 sequence), OFF (manually settable, or automatically settable according to RBW)
Noise sideband: ≤–100 dBc/Hz (1 GHz, 10 kHz offset)
Frequency drift: ≤200 Hz/min (span: ≤10 kHz, sweep time: ≤100 s) ∗After 1-hour warm-up at constant ambient temperature
Frequency: 10 MHz
Reference oscillator Aging rate: 2 x 10–6/year (typical); Option 01: 1 x 10–7/year, 2 x 10–8/day
Temperature characteristics: 1 x 10–5 (typical, 0° to 50°C); Option 01: ±5 x 10–8 (0° to 50°C) ∗Referenced to frequency at 25°C
Average noise level: ≤–115 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz), ≤–115 dBm + f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz),
Level measurement ≤–114 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz, at Option 08 pre-amplifier installed),
Amplitude
≤–114 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz, at Option 08 pre-amplifier installed)

Residual response: ≤–100 dBm (RF ATT: 0 dB, input: 50 Ω termination,1 MHz to 3 GHz)
±1.3 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz) ∗Level measurement accuracy after calibration using internal calibration signal
Total level accuracy Total level accuracy: Reference level accuracy (0 to –49.9 dBm) + frequency response + log linearity (0 to –20 dB) +
calibration signal source accuracy
354 For product ordering information, see pages 3– 6

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Setting range
Unit
Linear scale: V
±0.5 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18° to 28°C)
Frequency response ±1.5 dB (9 to 100 kHz, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18° to 28°C)
±1.0 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 to 50 dB)
Scale (10 div)
Amplitude

Waveform display
Log scale: ±0.4 dB (0 to –20 dB), ±1.0 dB (0 to –70 dB), ±1.5 dB (0 to –85 dB), ±2.5 dB (0 to –90 dB)
Log scale: 0.01 dB; Linear scale: 0.02% of reference level
≤–60 dBc (10 to 200 MHz), ≤–75 dBc (0.2 to 1.5 GHz), ≤–80 dBc (0.8 to 1 GHz) ∗Mixer input: –30 dBm
Spurious response
≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–80 dBc (0.1 to 3 GHz) ∗Frequency difference of two signals: ≥50 kHz, mixer input: –30 dBm
1 dB gain compression ≥–5 dBm (≥100 MHz, at mixer input level) 6
>110 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz), >110 dB – f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz), >109 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz, at Option 08 pre-amplifier installed),
>109 dB – 1.5f [GHz] (>1 GHz, at Option 08 pre-amplifier installed)
Maximum dynamic range Distortion characteristics (RBW: 1 kHz)
2nd harmonic: >72.5 dB (10 to 200 MHz), >80 dB (200 to 500 MHz), >80 – f [GHz] dB (0.5 to 1.5 GHz),
>82.5 – f [GHz] dB (0.8 to 1 GHz)
3rd order intermodulation: >80 dB (10 to 100 MHz), >83.3 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz), >83.3 – (2/3)f [GHz] dB (1 to 3 GHz)
Setting range : 20 ms to 1000 s (Manually settable, or automatically settable according to span, RBW and VBW)
Sweep time
Sweep
Display Color TFT-LCD, Size: 5.5 inch, Number of colors: 17 (RGB, each 64-scale settable); Intensity adjustment: 5 steps settable
background with zone marker simultaneously at alternate sweep
Trace A/Time: Displays frequency spectrum, and time domain waveform at center frequency simultaneously at alternate sweep
Functions
Marker display accuracy: ±5% of full scale (referenced to center frequency, DC-coupled, RBW: 3 MHz, VBW: 1 Hz, CW)
FM demodulation waveform Demodulation frequency response:
display function DC (50 Hz at AC-coupled) to 100 kHz ∗Range: ≤20 kHz/div, VBW: off, at 3 dB bandwidth
DC (50 Hz at AC-coupled) to 500 kHz ∗Range: ≥50 kHz/div, VBW: off, at 3 dB bandwidth
∗RBW: ≥1 kHz usable
VIDEO OUTPUT (Y): 0 to 0.5 V ±0.1 V (100 MHz, from lower edge to upper edge at 10 dB/div or 10%/div, 75 Ω terminated,
Auxiliary signal input and
BNC connector)
output
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Measure graphic display), average power of burst signal (average power in designated time range of time domain waveform),
channel power (dBm, dBm/Hz), template comparison (upper/lower limits x each 2, time domain), MASK (upper/lower x
each 2, frequency domain)
Printer (HP dotmatrix, EPSON dotmatrix or compatible models):
Plotter (HP-GL, GP-GL compatible models): Display can be output via RS-232C and GPIB interface
Programming: Using editor of external computer
Functions

GPIB
Interface function : SH1, AH1, T6, L4, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C1, C2, C3, C4, C28
Correct display and measurement of field strengths (dBµV/m) for specified antennas, Internal antenna correction
antennas user-defined; writes via GPIB or RS-232C interface, saves/loads to/from memory card)
Applicable cards: SRAM, EPROM, Flash EPROM
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Others

• Option 01: Reference crystal oscillator • Option 06: Trigger/gate circuit

Frequency 10 MHz Trigger switch FREERUN, TRIGGERED
≤1 x 10–7/year, ≤2 x 10–8/day (after power on, with Trigger level: ±10 V (resolution: 0.1 V), TTL level
Aging rate EXT Trigger slope: Rise/Fall
reference to frequency after 24 h)
Connector: BNC
Temperature
±5 x 10–8 (0° to 50°C, with reference to 25°C) Trigger level (at log scale): –100 to 0 dB (resolution: 1 dB)
characteristics VIDEO
Buffer output BNC connector, 10 MHz, >2 Vp-p (200 Ω terminated)
WIDE IF
Trigger source
VIDEO
• Option 02: Narrow resolution bandwidth Trigger slope: Rise/Fall
Resolution LINE Frequency: 47.5 to 63 Hz (line lock)
30 Hz, 100 Hz, 300 Hz
bandwidth (3 dB)
Method: M-NTSC, B/G/H PAL
Resolution bandwidth Sync: V-SYNC, H-SYNC
switching uncertainty Sync line (NTSC)
Resolution bandwidth H-SYNC (ODD): 7 to 262 line,
±20% (100, 300 Hz) TV H-SYNC (EVEN): 1 to 263 line
accuracy
Sync line (PAL)
Selectivity
≤15:1 (RBW: 100, 300 Hz), ≤20:1 (RBW: 30 Hz) H-SYNC (ODD): 1 to 312 line,
(60 dB:3 dB) H-SYNC (EVEN): 317 to 625 line
∗Option 16 required
• Option 04: High-speed time domain sweep Pre-trigger (displays waveform from previous max.
1 screen at trigger occurrence point)
12.5 µs, 25 µs, 50 µs, 100 to 900 µs (one most
Range: –time span to 0 s
Resolution: time span/500
1.0 to 19 ms (two upper significant digits settable) Trigger delay
Post trigger (displays waveform from after max. 65.5
Accuracy ±1% ms at trigger occurrence point)
Marker level 0.1 dB (log scale), 0.2% (linear scale, relative to Range: 0 to 65.5 ms
resolution reference level) Resolution: 1 µs
In frequency domain, displays spectrum of input
signal in specified gate interval
Gate delay:
Gate sweep
0 to 65.5 ms (from trigger point, resolution: 1 µs)
Gate width:
2 µs to 65.5 ms (from gate delay, resolution: 1 µs)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Option 07: AM/FM demodulator • Option 10: Centronics interface
With internal loudspeaker and earphone connector Outputs data to printer (Centronics standard). GPIB
Voice output Function
(ø3.5 jack), adjustable volume interface cannot be installed simultaneously.
• Option 08: Pre-amplifier*1

Frequency range 100 kHz to 3 GHz, 100 kHz to 2.5 GHz (with Option 22)
≤7 dB (typical, <2 GHz), ≤12 dB (typical, ≥2 GHz), ≤9 dB (typical, <2 GHz, with Option 22),
Noise figure
≤14 dB (typical, ≥2 GHz, with Option 22)
≤–134 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz), ≤–134 dBm + 2f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz), ≤–132 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz, with Option 22),
Average noise level
≤–132 dBm + 2f [GHz] dB (≥1 GHz, with Option 22) ∗RBW: 1 kHz, VBW: 1 Hz, RF ATT: 0 dB
Setting range
Linear scale: 22.4 µV to 707 mV, 27.4 µV to 487 mV with Option 22
Reference level
∗After calibration, referenced to 100 MHz, 1 MHz span (RF ATT, RBW, VBW and sweep time set to AUTO)
Amplitude
RBW switching uncertainty: ±0.5 dB ∗After calibration, referenced to 3 kHz RBW

Frequency response
±2.0 dB (with Option 22, 100 kHz to 2.5 GHz, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18° to 28°C)
6
Two signals 3rd order intermodulation distortion: ≤–70 dBc (10 MHz to 3 GHz, 10 MHz to 2.5 GHz with Option 22)
Spurious response
∗Frequency difference of two signals: ≥50 kHz, Pre-amplifier input∗2: –55 dBm
1 dB gain compression ≥–35 dBm (≥100 MHz, at pre-amplifier input level∗2)
• Option 12: QP detector

Functions QP detection ∗Requires Option 02.
200 Hz, 9 kHz, 120 kHz
6 dB bandwidth
Accuracy: ±30% (18° to 28°C)
Display
Linearity: ≤±2.0 dB (0 to –40 dB, CW signal, reference level: 60 dBµV, RF ATT: 0 dB, 18° to 28°C)
Response to CISPR pulse (DET mode: QP, 18° to 28°C)
1 kHz ≤–8.0 ±1.0 dB ≤–4.5 ±1.0 dB –
60 Hz – – ≤–3.0 ±1.0 dB
Pulse response
characteristics 25 Hz – – Referenced
20 Hz ≤+9.0 ±1.0 dB ≤+6.5 ±1.0 dB –
10 Hz ≤+14.0 ±1.5 dB ≤+10.0 ±1.5 dB ≤+4.0 ±1.0 dB
5 Hz – – ≤+7.5 ±1.5 dB
2 Hz ≤+26.0 ±2.0 dB ≤+20.5 ±2.0 dB ≤+13.0 ±2.0 dB
1 Hz ≤+28.5 ±2.0 dB ≤+22.5 ±2.0 dB ≤+17.0 ±2.0 dB
QP on/off switching
≤±1.0 dB (CW signal, reference level – 40 dB, after auto-calibration, 18° to 28°C)
uncertainty (PEAK, QP)
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
IOA: Controls 8-bit parallel output port A IOD: Controls 4-bit parallel input/output port D
System variables
IOB: Controls 8-bit parallel output port B EIO: Controls I/O switching of ports C/D
IOC: Controls 4-bit parallel input/output port C EXO: Controls I/O trigger
IOEN statement: Enables interrupt input ON TO GOTO statement: Changes program flow at interrupt generation
PTL statements
IODI statement: Disables interrupt input ON TO GOSUB statement: Changes program flow at interrupt generation
Specified current:

6 Output port A (1) 18 Output port B (5) 30 Port D status 0/1: I/O
Connector pin layout

Sweep output (X) 0 to 10 V ±1 V (≥100 kΩ termination, from left side to right side of display scale), BNC connector
Sweep status output (Z) TTL level (low level with sweeping), BNC connector
• Option 19: DC coupled input

DC-couples input circuit of main unit and expands lower limit of receiver frequency range to 500 Hz
Functions
∗Can only be installed with narrow RBW (Option 02)
The standard specifications of the main unit are supplemented and changed as follows:
Frequency range: 500 Hz to 3.0 GHz
Max. input level: +30 dBm (CW, RF ATT: ≥10 dB), ±0 Vdc
Electrical
Average noise level: <–80 dBm (500 Hz to 10 kHz), ≤–90 dBm (10 kHz to 200 kHz), ≤–110 dBm (200 kHz to 1 MHz)
characteristics
Frequency response: ±1.2 dB (500 Hz to 100 kHz), ±0.5 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz)
∗Referenced to 100 MHz frequency, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18° to 28°C
• Option 20: Tracking generator

Output level range 0 to –60 dBm
Setting resolution 0.1 dB
Output level accuracy ≤±1.0 dB (at 100 MHz, 0 dBm)
Output level flatness ≤±1.5 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz, output level: 0 dBm, referenced to 100 MHz frequency)
Output level linearity ≤±1.0 dB (0 to –30 dBm), ≤±2.0 (–30 to –60 dBm) ∗100 kHz to 3 GHz, 0 dBm output level reference
Spurious Harmonic: ≤–20 dBc (100 kHz to 3 GHz), Non-harmonic: ≤–35 dBc (100 kHz to 3 GHz)
Tracking generator feed
≤–95 dBm (spectrum analyzer input and tracking generator output connectors terminated at 50 Ω)
through
• Option 21: Television monitor (Multi)

Video M-NTSC, B/G/H/I/D PAL, color
Channel: Automatic setting to broadcast wave of CCIR, Japan, USA, Italy, UK and China; automatic setting to CATV of CCIR,
Japan and USA
Function
Trigger: Triggered sweep by V-SYNC, H-SYNC ∗Needs trigger/gate circuit (Option 06)
Aux. output: Composite video signal; Connector: BNC

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Option 22: 75 Ω input (Option 12, 19, and 20 cannot be installed simultaneously)
Measurement range: Average noise level to +25 dBm (+133.8 dBµV)
Level measurement Max. input level: +25 dBm (+133.8 dBµV, CW average power, RF ATT: ≥10 dB), ±100 Vdc
Residual response: ≤–95 dBm (+13.8 dBµV, RF ATT: 0 dB, input: 75 Ω terminated, 1 MHz to 2.5 GHz)
±1.8 dB (100 kHz to 2.5 GHz, level measurement accuracy after calibration using internal calibration signal)
Total level accuracy:
Total level accuracy
Reference level accuracy (0 to –49.9 dBm) + frequency response + log linearity (0 to –20 dBm) + calibration signal source
accuracy
Setting range
Reference level
Log scale: +8.8 to +133.8 dBµV, Linear scale: 274 µV to 4.87 V
Frequency response ±1.0 dB (100 kHz to 2.5 GHz, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18˚ to 28˚C)
Log scale: ±0.4 dB (0 to –20 dB), ±1.0 dB (0 to –70 dB), ±1.5 dB (0 to –85 dB)
Linear scale: ±4% (according to reference level)
Amplitude
Waveform display
Log scale: 0.01 dB
Linear scale: 0.02% (according to reference level)
≤–60 dBc (10 to 200 MHz, mixer input: –30 dBm), ≤–75 dBc (0.2 to 1.25 GHz, band 0, mixer input: –30 dBm),
≤–80 dBc (0.8 to 1 GHz, mixer input: –30 dBm)
Spurious response
≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–80 dBc (0.1 to 2.5 GHz)
>110 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz), >110 dB – f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz), >109 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz, with Option 08),
>109 dB – 1.5f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz with Option 08)
6
Max. dynamic range
2nd harmonic: >72.5 dB (10 to 200 MHz), >80 dB (200 to 500 MHz) , >80 – f [GHz] dB (0.5 to 1.25 GHz),
>82.5 – f [GHz] dB (0.8 to 1 GHz)
3rd order intermodulation: >80 dB (10 to 100 MHz), >83.3 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz), >83.3 dB – (2/3)f [GHz] dB (1 to 2.5 GHz)
Input connector NC-J, 75 Ω
Functions
VIDEO OUTPUT (Y):

Auxiliary I/O 0 to 0.5 V ±0.1 V (typical; from lower edge to upper edge at 10 dB/div, 100 MHz, 75 Ω terminated)
0 to 0.4 V ±0.1 V (typical; from lower edge to upper edge at 10%/div, 100 MHz, 75 Ω terminated), BNC connector
• Option 23: 75 Ω tracking generator (Option 12, 19, and 20 cannot be installed simultaneously)
Output level range +44 to +104 dBµV (setting resolution: 0.1 dB)
Output level accuracy ≤±1.5 dB (100 MHz, output level: +104 dBµV)
Output level flatness ≤±1.75 dB (100 kHz to 2.5 GHz, output level: +104 dBµV, referenced to 100 MHz)
Output level linearity ≤±1.0 dB (+74 to +104 dBµV), ≤±2.0 dB (+44 to +74 dBµV) ∗100 kHz to 2.5 GHz, referenced to +104 dBµV
Harmonics: ≤–20 dBc (100 kHz to 2.5 GHz),
Spurious
Non-harmonics: ≤–30 dBc (100 kHz to 2.5 GHz)
Tracking generator
≤13.8 dBµV (spectrum analyzer input and tracking generator output connectors terminated at 75 Ω)
feed through
Output connector NC-J, 75 Ω
• Option 24: Television monitor (Brazil)

Video M-NTSC, M PAL, color
Channel: Automatic setting to broadcast wave of CCIR, Japan and USA; automatic setting to CATV of CCIR, Japan and USA
Functions Trigger: Triggered sweep by V-SYNC, H-SYNC ∗Needs trigger/gate circuit (Option 06)
Aux. output: Composite video signal, Connector: BNC
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
MS2661C Spectrum Analyzer J0076 Coaxial adapter (NC-P · F-J)
B0391A Carrying case (hard type, with casters)
Standard accessories B0391B Carrying case (hard type, without casters)
F0013 Fuse, 5 A: 2 pcs MP613A Fuse Element
W1251AE MS2650B, MS2660B/C series J0805 DC Block (MODEL 7003, 10 kHz to 18 GHz, ±50 V,
B0329G Front cover (3/4MW4U) MA2507A DC Block Adapter (50 Ω, 9 kHz to 3 GHz, ±50 V)
MS2661C-01 Reference crystal oscillator MA1621A 50 Ω → 75 Ω Impedance Transformer (9 kHz to 3 GHz,
MS2661C-02 Narrow resolution bandwidth ±100 V)
MS2661C-04 High-speed time domain sweep MP614B 50 Ω ↔ 75 Ω Impedance Transformer
MS2661C-06 Trigger/gate circuit J0121 Coaxial cord (NC-P-3W · 3C-2WS · NC-P-3W), 1 m
MS2661C-07 AM/FM demodulator J0308 Coaxial cord (BNC-P · 3C-2WS · NC-P-3W), 1 m
MS2661C-08 Pre-amplifier J0063 Fixed attenuator for high power (30 dB, 10 W, DC to
MS2661C-10 Centronics interface (GPIB cannot be installed 12.4 GHz)
simultaneously.) J0395 Fixed attenuator for high power (30 dB, 30 W, DC to 9 GHz)
MS2661C-12 QP detector (requires Option 02, QP-BW: 0.2/9/120 kHz) MP640A Branch
MS2661C-14 PTA parallel I/O (Option 10 cannot be installed MP654A Branch
simultaneously.) MP520A CM Directional Coupler
MS2661C-15 Sweep signal output MP520B CM Directional Coupler
MS2661C-19 DC coupled input (requires Option 02) MP520C CM Directional Coupler
MS2661C-20 Tracking generator MP520D CM Directional Coupler
MS2661C-21 Television monitor (Multi) MP526A High Pass Filter
MS2661C-22 75 Ω input (Option 12, 19 and 20 can not be installed MP526B High Pass Filter
simultaneously.) MP526C High Pass Filter
MS2661C-23 75 Ω tracking generator (Option 12, 19 and 20 can not MP526D High Pass Filter
be installed simultaneously.) MP526G High Pass Filter
MS2661C-24 Television monitor (Brazil) MA1601A High Pass Filter (800/900 MHz band, N)
Measurement softwares J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
MX260002A CDMA Cellular System Measurement Software J0742A RS-232C cable, 1 m [for PC-98 Personal Computer
MX260003A PDC Measurement Software (for base station) and VP-600, D-sub 25 pins (straight)]
MX260004A GSM Measurement Software J0743A RS-232C cable, 1 m [for AT compatible, D-sub
MX261001A Low-Power Data Communication System Measurement 9-pins (cross)]
Software conforming to issue of Direct Spread 60N50-1 Reflection bridge
Spectrum System 60NF50-1 Reflection bridge
MX261002A Low-Power Data Communication System Measurement 87A50 Reflection bridge
Software conforming to issue of Frequency Hopping 62N75 Reflection bridge
System 62NF75 Reflection bridge
MX262001A CATV Measurement Software MH648A Pre-Amplifier
MP651A Dipole Antenna
Application parts BBA9106/VHA9103 Biconical Antenna
J0104A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-55/U · N-P), 1 m MP666A Log-Periodic Antenna
CSCJ-001M-SM 1024 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) MA2601B EMI Probe
B0395B Rack mount kit (JIS) KT-20 EMI Clamp

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
MS2651B/2661B (MS2651B)
9 kHz to 3 GHz
For Maintaining CATV Circuits
The MS2651B/2661B Portable Spectrum Analyzers are for use in channel power, occupied frequency bandwidth, burst average power,
signal analysis of radio and other equipment related to improving fre- and template decision function) and which enables the two-screen
quency usage efficiency, higher modulation, and digitalization. They display and FM demodulation waveform display. The large selection
are synthesized spectrum analyzers covering a wide frequency of options means a wider range of applications can be handled at
range from 9 kHz to 3 GHz. They have superior basic performance reasonable cost.
such as high C/N ratio, low distortion, and high frequency/level The MS2661B is designed for manufacture and installation of radio
accuracies and are easy to operate. They have the “Measure” function equipment and devices, while the MS2651B is used for maintenance
for evaluation of radio equipment (frequency counter, C/N, adjacent applications.
Specifications
Except where noted otherwise, specified values are obtained after warming up the equipment for 30 minutes at a constant ambient temper-
Model MS2651B MS2661B
Display frequency accuracy ± (display frequency x reference frequency accuracy + span x span accuracy + 100 Hz) ∗Span: ≥10 kHz, after calibration
Marker frequency display
accuracy
Frequency counter
Frequency span Accuracy: ±2.5% (span: ≥10 kHz)
Accuracy: ±2.5% (span: ≥10 kHz)
±5% (span: <10 kHz, with option 02)
Frequency
Setting range:
1 kHz, 3 kHz, 10 kHz, 30 kHz, 100 kHz, 300 kHz, 1 MHz, 5 MHz (manually settable, or automatically settable according
Resolution bandwidth (RBW) to frequency span) ∗Option 02 (MS2661B only): 30 Hz, 100 Hz, and 300 Hz are added.
(3 dB bandwidth) Measurements of noise, C/N, adjacent channel power, and channel power by measure function are executed with the
Selectivity (60 dB : 3 dB): ≤10:1 (RBW: 1 to 300 kHz), ≤15:1 (RBW: 1, 5 MHz)
Video bandwidth (VBW) 1 Hz to 3 MHz (1-3 sequence), OFF (manually settable, or automatically settable according to RBW)
Noise sideband: ≤–90 dBc/Hz (1 GHz, 10 kHz offset) Noise sideband: ≤–100 dBc/Hz (1 GHz, 10 kHz offset)
Frequency drift: ≤200 Hz/min (span: ≤10 kHz, sweep time: ≤100 s) ∗After 1 hour warm-up at constant ambient temperature
Frequency: 10 MHz
Reference oscillator Aging rate: 2 x 10–6/year (typical); Option 01: 1 x 10–7/year, 2 x 10–8/day
Temperature characteristics: 1 x 10–5 (typical, 0° to 50°C); Option 01: ±5 x 10–8 (0° to 50°C, referenced to 25°C)
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
≤–115 dBm + f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz),
Level measurement ≤–114 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz, at Option 08 pre-amplifier installed),
≤–110 dBm + f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz)
∗RBW: 1 kHz, VBW: 1 Hz, RF ATT: 0 dB ≤–114 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (>1 MHz, at Option 08
pre-amplifier installed)
Residual response:
≤–95 dBm (RF ATT: 0 dB, input: 50 Ω termination,
Residual response:
1 MHz to 3 GHz)
≤–100 dBm (RF ATT: 0 dB, input: 50 Ω termination,
1 MHz to 3 GHz)
±1.3 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz) ∗Level measurement accuracy after calibration using internal calibration signal
Total level accuracy Total level accuracy: Reference level accuracy (0 to –49.9 dBm) + frequency response + log linearity (0 to –20 dB) +
calibration signal source accuracy
Setting range
Unit
Linear scale: V
±0.5 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18° to 28°C)
Amplitude
Frequency response ±1.5 dB (9 to 100 kHz, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18° to 28°C)
Scale (10 div)
2nd harmonic distortion: 2nd harmonic distortion:
≤–55 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–60 dBc (0.1 to 1.5 GHz) ≤–60 dBc (10 to 200 MHz), ≤–75 dBc (0.2 to 1.5 GHz),
∗Mixer input: –30 dBm ≤–80 dBc (0.8 to 1 GHz) ∗Mixer input: –30 dBm
Spurious response Two signals 3rd order intermodulation distortion: Two signals 3rd order intermodulation distortion:
≤–70 dBc (10 MHz to 3 GHz) ≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–80 dBc (0.1 to 3 GHz)
∗Frequency difference of two signals: ≥50 kHz, ∗Frequency difference of two signals: ≥50 kHz,
mixer input: –30 dBm) mixer input : –30 dBm
1 dB gain compression ≥–5 dBm (≥100 MHz, at mixer input)
>110 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz), >110 dB – f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz),
>109 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz, at Option 08 pre-amplifier installed)
>109 dB – 1.5f [GHz] (>1 GHz, at Option 08 pre amplifier
>105 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz), >105 dB – f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz)
installed)
2nd harmonic: >67.5 dB (10 to 100 MHz),
2nd harmonic:>72.5 dB (10 to 200 MHz),
Maximum dynamic range >70 dB (100 to 500 MHz),
>80 dB (200 to 500 MHz),
>70 – f [GHz] dB (0.5 to 1.5 GHz)
>80 – f [GHz] dB (0.5 to 1.5 GHz)
3rd order intermodulation :
>82.5 – f [GHz] dB (0.8 to 1 GHz)
>76.6 dB (10 MHz to 1 GHz),
3rd order intermodulation:
>76.6 – (2/3)f [GHz] dB (1 to 3 GHz)
>80 dB (10 to 100 MHz),
>83.3 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz),
>83.3 – (2/3)f [GHz] dB (1 to 3 GHz)
Setting range : 20 ms to 1000 s (Manually settable, or automatically settable according to span, RBW and VBW)
Sweep time
Sweep

Functions

Display Color TFT-LCD, Size: 5.5 inch, Number of colors: 17 (RGB, each 64-scale settable); Intensity adjustment: 5 steps settable

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Trace A/BG: Displays frequency region to be observed (background) and object band (foreground) selected from background
with zone marker simultaneously at alternate sweep
Trace A/Time: Displays frequency spectrum, and time domain waveform at center frequency simultaneously at alternate sweep
Marker display accuracy: ±5% of full scale (referenced to center frequency, DC-coupled, RBW: 5 MHz, VBW: 1 Hz, CW)
FM demodulation waveform Demodulation frequency response:
display function DC (50 Hz at AC-coupled) to 100 kHz ∗Range: ≤20 kHz/div, VBW: off, at 3 dB bandwidth
DC (50 Hz at AC-coupled) to 500 kHz ∗Range: ≥50 kHz/div, VBW: off, at 3 dB bandwidth
∗RBW: ≥100 kHz usable
IF OUTPUT: 455 kHz (RBW: ≤30 kHz), 10.695 MHz (RBW: ≥100 kHz), BNC connector
VIDEO OUTPUT (Y):
Auxiliary signal input and
0 to 0.5 V ±0.1 V (100 MHz, from lower edge to upper edge at 10 dB/div or 10%/div, 75 Ω terminated, BNC connector)
output
Peak search PEAK, NEXT PEAK, NEXT RIGHT PEAK, NEXT LEFT PEAK, MIN DIP, NEXT DIP 6
Functions

Measure graphic display), average power of burst signal (average power in designated time range of time domain waveform), channel
power (dBm, dBm/Hz), template comparison (upper/lower limits x each 2, time domain), MASK (upper/lower x each 2,
frequency domain)
Printer (HP dotmatrix, EPSON dotmatrix or compatible models):
Plotter (HP-GL, GP-GL compatible models): Display can be output via RS-232C and GPIB interface
Programming: Using editor of external computer
Programming capacity: 192 kB
GPIB
Correct display and measurement of field strengths (dBµV/m) for specified antennas. Internal antenna correction
antennas user-defined; writes via GPIB or RS-232C interface, saves/loads to/from memory card)
Applicable cards: SRAM, EPROM, Flash EPROM
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A) –
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
EN61010-1:
LVD –
Others
1993/A2: 1995 (Installation Category II, Pollution degree 2)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Option 01: Reference crystal oscillator • Option 06: Trigger/gate circuit
Frequency 10 MHz Trigger switch FREERUN, TRIGGERED
≤1 x 10–7/year, ≤2 x 10–8/day (after power on, with Trigger level: ±10 V (resolution: 0.1 V), TTL level
Aging rate
reference to frequency after 24 h) EXT Trigger slope: Rise/Fall
Temperature Connector: BNC
±5 x 10–8 (0° to 50°C, with reference to 25°C)
characteristics Trigger level (at log scale):
Buffer output BNC connector, 10 MHz, >2 Vp-p (200 Ω terminated) VIDEO –100 to 0 dB (resolution: 1 dB)
WIDE IF
Trigger source
• Option 02: Narrow resolution bandwidth (MS2661B only) Bandwidth: ≥20 MHz
VIDEO
Resolution
30 Hz, 100 Hz, 300 Hz
bandwidth (3 dB) LINE Frequency: 47.5 to 63 Hz (line lock)
Resolution bandwidth Method: M-NTSC, B/G/H PAL
switching uncertainty Sync: V-SYNC, H-SYNC
Sync line (NTSC)
Selectivity
≤15:1 (RBW: 100, 300 Hz), ≤20:1 (RBW: 30 Hz) H-SYNC (ODD): 7 to 262 line,
(60 dB:3 dB)
TV H-SYNC (EVEN): 1 to 263 line
Sync line (PAL)
• Option 04: High-speed time domain sweep H-SYNC (ODD): 1 to 312 line,
H-SYNC (EVEN): 317 to 625 line
12.5 µs, 25 µs, 50 µs, 100 to 900 µs (one most ∗Option 16 required
1.0 to 19 ms (two upper significant digits settable) Pre-trigger (displays waveform from previous max. 1
screen at trigger occurrence point)
Accuracy ±1% Range: –time span to 0 s
Marker level 0.1 dB (log scale), 0.2% (linear scale, relative to Resolution: time span/500
Trigger delay
resolution reference level) Post trigger (displays waveform from after max. 65.5
ms at trigger occurrence point)
Range: 0 to 65.5 ms
• Option 07: AM/FM demodulator Resolution: 1 µs
With internal loudspeaker and earphone connector In frequency domain, displays spectrum of input
Voice output signal in specified gate interval
(ø3.5 jack), adjustable volume
Gate delay:
Gate sweep
0 to 65.5 ms (from trigger point, resolution: 1 µs)
Gate width:
2 µs to 65.5 ms (from gate delay, resolution: 1 µs)
• Option 08: Pre-amplifier*1

Frequency range 100 kHz to 3 GHz, 100 kHz to 2.5 GHz (with Option 22)
Noise figure ≤7 dB (typical, <2 GHz), ≤12 dB (typical, ≥2 GHz), ≤9 dB (typical, <2 GHz, with Option 22), ≤14 dB (typical, ≥2 GHz, with Option 22)
MS2651B: ≤–130 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz), ≤–130 dBm + 1.5f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz)
Average noise level MS2661B: ≤–134 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz), ≤–134 dBm + 2f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz), ≤–132 dBm (1 MHz to 1 GHz, with Option 22),
≤–132 dBm + 2f [GHz] dB (≥1 GHz, with Option 22) ∗RBW: 1 kHz, VBW: 1 Hz, RF ATT: 0 dB
Setting range
Linear scale: 22.4 µV to 707 mV, 27.4 µV to 487 mV with Option 22
Amplitude
Reference level
∗After calibration, referenced to 100 MHz, span: 1 MHz (RF ATT, RBW, VBW and sweep time set to AUTO)
RBW switching uncertainty: ±0.5 dB ∗After calibration, referenced to RBW: 3 kHz
Frequency response
±2.0 dB (with Option 22, 100 kHz to 2.5 GHz, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18˚ to 28°C)
Two signals 3rd order intermodulation distortion: ≤–70 dBc (10 MHz to 3 GHz, 10 MHz to 2.5 GHz with Option 22)
Spurious response
∗Frequency difference of two signals: ≥50 kHz; Pre-amplifier input∗2: –55 dBm
1 dB gain compression ≥–35 dBm (≥100 MHz, at pre-amplifier input∗2)
• Option 10: Centronics interface

Outputs data to printer (Centronics standard). GPIB
Function
interface cannot be installed simultaneously.

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Option 12: QP detector (MS2661B only)
Functions QP detection ∗Requires Option 02. When Option 12 installed, Option 02 RBW 100 Hz 3 dB bandwidth changed to 150 Hz (typical)
200 Hz, 9 kHz, 120 kHz
6 dB bandwidth
Accuracy: ±30% (18° to 28°C)
Display
1 kHz ≤–8.0 ±1.0 dB ≤–4.5 ±1.0 dB –
Pulse response
60 Hz – – ≤–3.0 ±1.0 dB
characteristics
25 Hz – – Referenced
20 Hz ≤+9.0 ±1.0 dB ≤+6.5 ±1.0 dB –
10 Hz ≤+14.0 ±1.5 dB ≤+10.0 ±1.5 dB ≤+4.0 ±1.0 dB
2 Hz ≤+26.0 ±2.0 dB ≤+20.5 ±2.0 dB ≤+13.0 ±2.0 dB
1 Hz ≤+28.5 ±2.0 dB ≤+22.5 ±2.0 dB ≤+17.0 ±2.0 dB
QP on/off switching
user-defined (four types writable via GPIB or RS-232C, can be saved/loaded to/from memory card) 6
• Option 13: QP detector (MS2651B only)

9 kHz, 120 kHz
6 dB bandwidth
Accuracy: ±30% (18° to 28°C)
Display
frequency 120 kHz 9 kHz
1 kHz ≤–8.0 ±1.0 dB ≤–4.5 ±1.0 dB
Pulse response 100 Hz Referenced Referenced
characteristics
20 Hz ≤+9.0 ±1.0 dB ≤+6.5 ±1.0 dB
10 Hz ≤+14.0 ±1.5 dB ≤+10.0 ±1.5 dB
2 Hz ≤+26.0 ±2.0 dB ≤+20.5 ±2.0 dB
1 Hz ≤+28.5 ±2.0 dB ≤+22.5 ±2.0 dB
QP on/off switching

IOA: Controls 8-bit parallel output port A IOD: Controls 4-bit parallel input/output port D
System variables
IOB: Controls 8-bit parallel output port B EIO: Controls I/O switching of ports C/D
IOC: Controls 4-bit parallel input/output port C EXO: Controls I/O trigger
IOEN statement: Enables interrupt input ON TO GOTO statement: Changes program flow at interrupt generation
PTL statements IODI statement: Disables interrupt input ON TO GOSUB statement: Changes program flow at interrupt generation
Specified current:
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS

Connector pin layout 6 Output port A (1) 18 Output port B (5) 30 Port D status 0/1: I/O

Sweep output (X) 0 to 10 V ±1 V (≥100 kΩ termination, from left side to right side of display scale), BNC connector
Sweep status output (Z) TTL level (low level with sweeping), BNC connector
• Option 19: DC coupled input (MS2661B only)

DC-couples input circuit of main unit and expands lower limit of receiver frequency range to 500 Hz
Functions
∗Can only be installed with narrow RBW (Option 02)
The standard specifications of the main unit are supplemented and changed as follows:
Frequency range: 500 Hz to 3.0 GHz
Max. input level: +30 dBm (CW, RF ATT: ≥10 dB), ±0 Vdc
Electrical characteristics Average noise level: ≤80 dBm (500 Hz to 10 kHz), ≤90 dBm (10 kHz to 200 kHz), ≤–110 dBm (200 kHz to 1 MHz)
Frequency response: ±1.2 dB (500 Hz to 100 kHz), ±0.5 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz)
∗Referenced to 100 MHz frequency, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18° to 28°C
• Option 20: Tracking generator

Output level range 0 to –60 dBm
Setting resolution 0.1 dB
Output level accuracy ≤±1.0 dB (at 100 MHz, 0 dBm)
Output level flatness ≤±1.5 dB (100 kHz to 3 GHz, output level: 0 dBm, referenced to 100 MHz frequency)
Output level linearity ≤±1.0 dB (0 to –30 dBm), ≤±2.0 (–30 to –60 dBm) ∗100 kHz to 3 GHz, 0 dBm output level reference
Spurious Harmonic: ≤–20 dBc (100 kHz to 3 GHz), Non-harmonic: ≤–35 dBc (100 kHz to 3 GHz)
Tracking generator feed
≤–95 dBm (spectrum analyzer input and tracking generator output connectors terminated at 50 Ω)
through
• Option 21: Television monitor (Multi)

Video M-NTSC, B/G/H/I/D PAL, color
Channel: Automatic setting to broadcast wave of CCIR, Japan, USA, Italy, UK and China; automatic setting to CATV of CCIR,
Japan, and USA
Functions
Trigger: Triggered sweep by V-SYNC, H-SYNC ∗Needs trigger/gate circuit (Option 06)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
• Option 22: 75 Ω input (Option 12, 13, 19, and 20 cannot be installed simultaneously)
Measurement range: Average noise level to +25 dBm (+133.8 dBµV)
Level measurement Max. input level: +25 dBm (+133.8 dBµV, CW average power, RF ATT: ≥10 dB), ±100 Vdc
Residual response: ≤–95 dBm (+13.8 dBµV, RF ATT: 0 dB, input: 75 Ω terminated, 1 MHz to 2.5 GHz)
±1.8 dB (100 kHz to 2.5 GHz, level measurement accuracy after calibration using internal calibration signal)
Total level accuracy:
Total level accuracy
Reference level accuracy (0 to –49.9 dBm) + frequency response + log linearity (0 to –20 dBm) + calibration
signal source accuracy
Setting range
Reference level
Log scale: +8.8 to +133.8 dBµV, Linear scale: 274 µV to 4.87 V
Frequency response ±1.0 dB (100 kHz to 2.5 GHz, referenced to 100 MHz, RF ATT: 10 dB, 18˚ to 28˚C)
Log scale: ±0.4 dB (0 to –20 dB, RBW: ≤1 MHz), ±1.0 dB (0 to –70 dB, RBW: ≤100 kHz), ±1.5 dB (0 to –85 dB, RBW: ≤3 kHz)
Linear scale: ±4% (according to reference level)
Waveform display
Log scale: 0.01 dB
Linear scale: 0.02% (according to reference level)
Amplitude
2nd harmonic distortion (MS2651B):

≤–55 dBc (10 to 100 MHz, mixer input: –30 dBm) , ≤–60 dBc (0.1 to 1.25 GHz, mixer input: –30 dBm)
2nd harmonic distortion (MS2661B):
≤–60 dBc (10 to 200 MHz, mixer input: –30 dBm) , ≤–75 dBc (0.2 to 1.25 GHz, band 0, mixer input: –30 dBm),
Spurious response ≤–80 dBc (0.8 to 1 GHz, mixer input: –30 dBm)
Two signals 3rd order intermodulation distortion (MS2651B): ≤–70 dBc (10 to 2.5 GHz)
Two signals 3rd order intermodulation distortion (MS2661B): ≤–70 dBc (10 to 100 MHz), ≤–80 dBc (0.1 to 2.5 GHz)
1 dB gain compression level to average noise level (MS2651B):
6
>105 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz), >105 dB – f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz)
1 dB gain compression level to average noise level (MS2661B):
>110 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz), >110 dB – f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz), >109 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz, with Option 08),
>109 dB – 1.5f [GHz] dB (>1 GHz with Option 08)
Distortion characteristics (MS2651B RBW: 1 kHz)
Max. dynamic range 2nd harmonic: >67.5 dB (10 to 100 MHz), >70 dB (100 to 500 MHz) , >70 – f [GHz] dB (0.5 to 1.25 GHz)
3rd order intermodulation: >76.6 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz), >76.6 dB – (2/3)f [GHz] dB (1 to 2.5 GHz)
Distortion characteristics (MS2661B RBW: 1 kHz)
2nd harmonic: >72.5 dB (10 to 200 MHz), >80 dB (200 to 500 MHz) , >80 – f [GHz] dB (0.5 to 1.25 GHz),
>82.5 – f [GHz] dB (0.8 to 1 GHz)
3rd order intermodulation: >80 dB (10 to 100 MHz), >83.3 dB (0.1 to 1 GHz), >83.3 dB – (2/3)f [GHz] dB (1 to 2.5 GHz)
Input connector NC-J, 75 Ω
Functions
VIDEO OUTPUT (Y):

Auxiliary I/O 0 to 0.5 V ±0.1 V (typical, from lower edge to upper edge at 10 dB/div, 100 MHz, 75 Ω terminated)
0 to 0.4 V ±0.1 V (typical, from lower edge to upper edge at 10%/div, 100 MHz, 75 Ω terminated), BNC connector
• Option 23: 75 Ω tracking generator (Option 12, 13, 19, and 20 cannot be installed simultaneously)
Output level range +44 to +104 dBµV (setting resolution: 0.1 dB)
Output level accuracy ≤±1.5 dB (100 MHz, output level: +104 dBµV)
Output level flatness ≤±1.75 dB (100 kHz to 2.5 GHz, output level: +104 dBµV, referenced to 100 MHz)
Output level linearity ≤±1.0 dB (+74 to +104 dBµV), ≤±2.0 dB (+44 to +74 dBµV) ∗100 kHz to 2.5 GHz, referenced to +104 dBµV
Harmonics: ≤–20 dBc (100 kHz to 2.5 GHz)
Spurious
Non-harmonics: ≤–30 dBc (100 kHz to 2.5 GHz)
Tracking generator
≤13.8 dBµV (spectrum analyzer input and tracking generator output connectors terminated at 75 Ω)
feed through
Output connector NC-J, 75 Ω
• Option 24: Television monitor (Brazil)

Video M-NTSC, M PAL, color
Channel: Automatic setting to broadcast wave of CCIR, Japan and USA; automatic setting to CATV of CCIR, Japan and USA
Functions Trigger: Triggered sweep by V-SYNC, H-SYNC ∗Needs trigger/gate circuit (Option 06)
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
MS2651B Spectrum Analyzer J0076 Coaxial adapter (NC-P · F-J)
MS2661B Spectrum Analyzer B0391A Carrying case (hard type, with casters)
B0391B Carrying case (hard type, without casters)
Standard accessories B0436A Carrying case (soft type)
F0014 Fuse, 6.3 A: 2 pcs MP613A Fuse Element
W1251AE MS2650B, MS2660B/C series J0805 DC Block (Model 7003, 10 kHz to 18 GHz, ±50 V,
B0329G Front cover(3/4MW4U) MA2507A DC Block Adapter (50 Ω, 9 kHz to 3 GHz, ±50 V)
MS2651B/2661B-01 Reference crystal oscillator MA1621A 50 Ω → 75 Ω Impedance Transformer (9 kHz to 3 GHz,
MS2661B-02 Narrow resolution bandwidth ±100 V)
MS2651B/2661B-04 High-speed time domain sweep MP614B 50 Ω ↔ 75 Ω Impedance Transformer
MS2651B/2661B-06 Trigger/gate circuit J0121 Coaxial cord (NC-P-3W · 3C-2WS · NC-P-3W), 1 m
MS2651B/2661B-07 AM/FM demodulator J0308 Coaxial cord (BNC-P · 3C-2WS · NC-P-3W), 1 m
MS2651B/2661B-08 Pre-amplifier J0063 Fixed attenuator for high power (30 dB, 10 W, DC to
MS2651B/2661B-10 Centronics interface (GPIB cannot be installed 12.4 GHz)
simultaneously) J0395 Fixed attenuator for high power (30 dB , 30 W, DC to
MS2661B-12 QP detector (requires Option 02, QP-BW: 0.2/9/120 kHz) 9 GHz)
MS2651B-13 QP detector (QP-BW: 9/120 kHz) MP640A Branch
MS2651B/2661B-14 PTA parallel I/O (Option 10 cannot be installed MP654A Branch
simultaneously) MP520A CM Directional Coupler
MS2651B/2661B-15 Sweep signal output MP520B CM Directional Coupler
MS2661B-19 DC coupled input (MS2661B only, requires Option 02) MP520C CM Directional Coupler
MS2651B/2661B-20 Tracking generator MP520D CM Directional Coupler
MS2651B/2661B-21 Television monitor (Multi) MP526A High Pass Filter
MS2651B/2661B-22 75 Ω input (Option 12, 13, 19, and 20 cannot be MP526B High Pass Filter
installed simultaneously) MP526C High Pass Filter
MS2651B/2661B-23 75 Ω tracking generator (Option 12, 13, 19, and 20 MP526D High Pass Filter
cannot be installed simultaneously) MP526G High Pass Filter
MS2651B/2661B-24 Television monitor (Brazil) MA1601A High Pass Filter (800/900 MHz band, N)
Measurement softwares J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
MX260002A CDMA Cellular System Measurement Software J0742A RS-232C cable, 1 m [for PC-98 Personal Computer
MX260003A PDC Measurement Software (for base station) and VP-600, D-sub 25 pins (straight)]
MX260004A GSM Measurement Software J0743A RS-232C cable, 1 m [for AT compatible, D-sub
MX261001A Low-Power Data Communication System Measurement 9-pins (cross)]
Software conforming to issue of Direct Spread 60N50-1 Reflection bridge
Spectrum System 60NF50-1 Reflection bridge
MX261002A Low-Power Data Communication System Measurement 87A50 Reflection bridge
Software conforming to issue of Frequency 62N75 Reflection bridge
Hopping System 62NF75 Reflection bridge
MX262001A CATV Measurement Software MH648A Pre-Amplifier
MP651A Dipole Antenna
Application parts BBA9106/VHA9103 Biconical Antenna
J0104A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-55/U · N-P) , 1 m MP666A Log-Periodic Antenna
CSCJ-001M-SM 1024 KB memory card (meets PCMCIA Rel. 2.0) MA2601B EMI Probe
B0395B Rack mount kit (JIS) KT-20 EMI Clamp

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
SPECTRUM MASTER
MS2711B/D
100 kHz to 3.0 GHz
Powerful Trace Management

Fast, Accurate, Repeatable, NEW Users are able to store ten test setups along with 200 measurement
Portable Spectrum Analysis traces internally in the unit’s memory. The stored data can be easily down-
loaded to a personal computer (PC) or a printer via an RS-232 serial
cable for further analysis. A notebook computer can be used with the
RS-232 interface for automated control and data collection in the field.
A standard preamplifier (option 8) plus a number of available options
including an internal tracking generator (option 20, MS2711B) or
transmission measurement (option 21, MS2711D) expand the
MS2711B/D’s capabilities.
The MS2711B/D Handheld Spectrum Analyzer provides the “ulti-

mate” in measurement flexibility for field environments and applica-
tions requiring mobility. Unlike traditional spectrum analyzers, the
MS2711B/D features a rugged, ultra-lightweight, battery-operated
design that enables users to conduct spectrum analysis measure-
ments – anywhere, anytime.
Providing complete freedom from AC/DC power requirements, the
MS2711B/D enables you to locate, identify, record and solve com-
munication systems problems quickly and easily, without sacrificing
measurement accuracy.
Whether you are installing, maintaining, or troubleshooting a modern
wireless communication system, the MS2711B/D provides excep-
tional performance combined with ease-of-use and broad functional-
ity – making it an ideal solution for engineers and technicians who
conduct field measurements in the 100 kHz to 3.0 GHz frequency
range. In fact, it is ideal for finding the source of interfering signals in
modern wireless systems.
Rugged and Reliable To meet the challenges of today’s wireless market, Anritsu Company
Because the MS2711B/D was designed specifically for field environ- has incorporated a pre-amp (standard) for its revolutionary
ments, it can easily withstand the day-to-day punishment of field use. MS2711B/D Handheld Spectrum Analyzer which increases the ana-
Rugged packaging also keeps the MS2711B/D performing in harsh lyzer’s sensitivity and dynamic range while improving measurement
environments. time. With the built-in pre-amp feature, the MS2711B/D is particular-
ly effective in measuring low-level signals. The handheld spectrum
Easy-to-Use analyzer’s sensitivity is improved to –115 dBm for MS2711B and
Not only is the MS2711B/D the lightest fully-functional spectrum an-
–135 dBm for MS2711D (100 Hz RBW) (full span). With this option,
alyzer available at 4.5 pounds (base model including battery), oper-
the MS2711B/D can identify and make measurements on low-level
ation is straight-forward and driven by firmware that simplifies the
signals much faster than previously possible.
process of making measurements and interpreting the results shown
The improved sensitivity, dynamic range, and measurement speed
on the large, high-resolution LCD display. The menu-driven user in-
complement the existing benefits of the MS2711B/D. Weighing only
terface is easy to use and requires little training.
4.9 pounds (including a NiMH battery, fully loaded, base model only
A full range of marker capabilities such as peak, center and delta
4.5 pounds), the MS2711B/D is the world’s lightest fully functional
functions are also provided, giving users a faster and more compre-
handheld spectrum analyzer with the built-in tracking generator op-
hensive measurement of displayed signals. Limit lines simplify am-
tion (option 20).
plitude measurements, giving users the capability to create quick,
MS2711B/D has been enhanced so that it can make highly accurate
simple, pass/fail measurements. Frequency, span and amplitude
channel power measurements, occupied bandwidth and Adjacent
functions are easily configured for optimum performance. Used to-
Channel Power Ratio (ACPR) measurements. These are increasing-
gether with the Save Setup feature, these functions can help to make
ly critical measurements, particularly for power amplifiers used in
testing easier and faster for less experienced users.
wireless communication systems. With the enhancements, the
MS2711B/D has dedicated one button channel power, occupied
bandwidth, and ACPR measurement capability to significantly re-
duce test time and expense. The MS2711B/D also features local lan-
guage graphical user interface support (in Chinese, Japanese,
French, German, and Spanish).
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Features • Data storage and memory
• Lightweight (4.5 lbs - base model, 4.9 lbs with tracking generator - – Store up to ten test setups and 200 measurement traces in non-
option 20, or transmission measurement, option 21) volatile memory
• Synthesizer-based performance – Stored data is easily and quickly downloaded to a personal com-
• Wide dynamic range puter (PC) or printer
• One button, ACPR, OBW, channel power, C/I measurement • Powerful trace management
• Quick zoom-in, zoom-out display – Automatically date/time stamped
• 5 minute warm up – Alphanumeric labeling
• Manual and automatic attenuator control • PC reporting software
• Improved user interface, with local language support in five differ- – Windows® 95/98/2000/ME, XP, NT Workstation compatible
ent languages – Supports long file names for descriptive labeling
• Automatic overload and ESD protection – Can display an unlimited number of traces for comparison to his-
• Built-in AM/FM demodulation torical performance
• Built-in field strength measurement • Optional Monochrome or Color LCD with backlight capability display
• Built-in interference analysis • Direct printer control via RS232 serial port
• Ability to store and recall up to six antenna factors
• Full range of marker capabilities including peak, center, and delta Applications
functions Convenient operating procedures, high sensitivity, and excellent re-
• Limit lines for quick, simple pass/fail measurements peatability enable the MS2711B/D to pinpoint the smallest system
• Rugged, reliable packaging performance degradation and allow for easy verification of system
• Battery operated design compliance. Typical applications include:
– 2.5 hours of continuous operation • Transmitter Spectrum Analysis – occupied bandwidth, power, mod-
– Built-in energy conservation that extends battery life beyond an ulation measurements, location and identification of in-band, out-
eight-hour workday of-channel spurious and out-of-band spurious signals
– Operation using a 12.5 Vdc source AC-DC adapter or automotive • Receive Signal Analysis – measure receiver sensitivity, locate and
cigarette lighter adapter, which simultaneously charges the battery identify sources of interfering signals
– Field replaceable battery • Modulation identification, modulation depth, deviation, and spectral mask
• Built in clock and calender • Signal Strength Mapping – to determine the most suitable location for
• Low cost ownership, global warranty antennas, base stations, and repeaters; or pinpoint Electromagnetic
(EM) leakage in broadcast systems
Specifications
Aging: ±1 ppm/yr
Frequency reference
Accuracy: ±2 ppm
1 kHz to 3 GHz in 1, 2, 5 step selections in auto 10 Hz to 2.99 GHz in 1, 2, 5 step selections in
Frequency span
Frequency
mode, plus zero span auto mode, plus zero span

≥6500 msec full span; ≤ 1.1 second full span;
Sweep time
500 msec zero span ≤ 50 msec to 20 second zero span
Resolution bandwidth (–3dB width) 10 kHz, 30 kHz, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, ±20% 100 Hz to 1 MHz in 1-3 sequence, ±5%
Video bandwidth (–3dB) 100 Hz to 300 kHz in 1-3 sequence 3 Hz to 1 MHz in 1-3 sequence, ±5%
Spurious residual responses ≤–90 dBm (≥500 kHz)
Measurement range +20 dBm to –115 dBm (with preamp on) +20 dBm to –135 dBm (with preamp on)
≤-135 dBm typical, ≥1 MHz (preamp on)
–115 dBm (≥1 MHz typical with preamp on) ≤–115 dBm typical, ≥500 kHz to <1 MHz
Displayed average noise level ≤–95 dBm (≥500 kHz, typical) ≤–110 dBm typical, < 500 kHz
≤–80 dBm (< 500 kHz, typical) for input terminated, 0 dB attenuation, RMS
detection, 100 Hz RBW
Dynamic range >65 dB, typical
±0.5 dB typical (±1 dB max), ≥10 MHz to 2 GHz

Amplitude
±1 dB typical (±1.5 dB max), >2 GHz to 3 GHz

±2 dB, ≥500 kHz, typical;
±2 dB, ≥500 kHz to <10 MHz
Total level accuracy ±3 dB, <500 kHz, typical
±3 dB typical, <500 kHz
(For input signal level ≥–60 dBm)
for input signal levels ≥–60 dBm, excludes input
VSWR mismatch
Display range 1 to 15 dB/div in 1 dB steps, Ten divisions displayed

Max input level without damage +23 dBm, ±50 Vdc +43 dBm (Peak), ±50 Vdc
0 to 50 dB, selected manually or automatically 0 to 51 dB, selected manually or automatically
Attenuator Range coupled to the reference level. Resolution in coupled to the reference level. Resolution in
10 dB steps 1 dB steps.
RF input VSWR 2.0:1 1.5:1 typical, (≥20 dB atten., 10 MHz to 2.4 GHz)

SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
Internal trace memory 200 maximum
Setup storage 10 test setups 15 test setups
Display VGA Monochrome LCD VGA Color or VGA Monochrome LCD
RF In Type N, female, 50 Ω Type N, female, 50 Ω
RF Out Type N, female, 50 Ω Type N, female, 50 Ω
Ext trig In N/A BNC, female (5V TTL)
Ext Freq Ref In (2 MHz to 20 MHz) N/A Shared BNC, female, 50 Ω (–15 dBm
to +10 dBm)
Serial Interface RS-232 9 pin D-sub, three wire serial RS-232 9 pin D-sub, three wire serial
General
Temperature
Operating 0°C to 50°C, humidity 85% or less –10°C to 55°C, humidity 85% or less
Non-operating –20°C to +75°C (recommend battery stored –51°C to +71°C (recommend battery stored
separately between 0°C to 40°C for any separately between 0°C to 40°C for any
prolonged storage period) prolonged storage period)
Power supply
External DC Input +12.5 to +15 volts dc, 1350 mA max
Internal NiMH battery: 10.8 volts, 1800 mA mAH
Dimensions
Size (W x H x D) 25.4 cm x 17.8 cm x 6.10 cm 25.4 cm x 17.8 cm x 6.10 cm
(10.0 in x 7.0 in x 2.4 in) (10.0 in x 7.0 in x 2.4 in)
Weight 2.04 kg (4.5 lbs.) includes battery, 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs) <2.14 kg (4.7 lbs.) includes battery, 6
includes tracking generator <2.28 kg (5 lbs) includes transmission measurement
MS2711B/D (Option 10) Bias Tee specifications

Voltage +18 Vdc
Bias Tee
Current 1 A peak 200 ms, 300 mA max steady state
MS2711D (Option 21) Transmission Measurement specifications

Frequency
Frequency resolution 10 Hz
Output power level –10 dBm typical
Output
Output impedance 50 Ω
FCN4760 Frequency Converter specifications

Frequency range 4.7 GHz to 6 GHz
Frequency resolution ∗1 10 Hz
Frequency
Aging: ±1 ppm/yr
Frequency reference
Accuracy: ±2 ppm
Spurious residual responses1 ≤–90 dBm
Measurement range –40 dBm to –100 dBm
Amplitude
Sensitivity∗1 (displayed avg. noise level) –100 dBm

Maximum input level without damage –5 dBm
RF input VSWR 2.0:1 max
RF Out Type N, male, 50 Ω
Communication Interface 10 pin D sub
General

Temperature
Non-operating –50°C to +80°C
Power dissipation 850 mW max
Dimensions
Size (W x H x D) 6.6 cm x 10.9 cm x 3.3 cm (2.6 in x 4.3 in x 1.3 in)
Weight <0.45 kg (< 1 lb.)
∗1: Specifications apply when connected to the MS2711D spectrum analyzer
SPECTRUM ANALYZERS
MS2711B (Option 20) Tracking generator specifications
Frequency Frequency resolution 5 KHz
Tracking offset range ±5 MHz
Output power level 0 to –60 dBm
Output power level resolution 0.1 dB
±1.5 dB, 0 to –40 dBm
Absolute level accuracy
±4 dB, –40 dBm to –60 dBm
Output
Output flatness ≤±1.5 dB (10 MHz – 3 GHz)
Output tracking VSWR <2.0:1, <0 dBm
Spurious harmonics ≤–20 dBc
Non-Spurious ≤–20 dBc
MS2711B (Option 29) Power meter specifications

± 1 dB max (± 0.5 dB typical) for input signal levels >-60 dBm (10 MHz to 2 GHz, excludes input VSWR)
Total Level Accuracy ± 1.5 dB max (± 1 dB typical), >2 GHz to 3 GHz
± 2 dB max, 3 MHz to 10 MHz
Measurement Range +20 dBm to -80 dBm
Frequency Span 3 MHz to 2.99 GHz
Display Range +80 dBm to -80 dBm
Offset Range 0 to 60 dB
Maximum Input Power +20 dBm without input attenuator
MS2711B/8 Handheld Spectrum Analyzer: 100 kHz to 3.0 GHz 1030-86 Band Pass Filter, 800 MHz band, 806-869 MHz,
MS2711D Handheld Spectrum Analyzer: 100 kHz to 3.0 GHz Loss = 1.7 dB, N(m)-SMA(f)
1030-87 Band Pass Filter, 900 MHz band, 902-960 MHz,
Standard Accessories Loss = 1.7 dB, N(m)-SMA(f)
User’s Guide, MS2711B 1030-88 Band Pass Filter, 1900 MHz band, 1.85-1.99 GHz,
Soft Carrying Case Loss = 1.8 dB, N(m)-SMA(f)
AC – DC Adapter 1030-89 Band Pass Filter, 2400 MHz band, 2.4-2.5 GHz,
Automotive Cigarette Lighter/12 Volt DC Adapter Loss = 1.9 dB, N(m)-SMA(f)
One Year Warranty 48258 Spare soft carrying case
CD ROM containing Software Management Tools 40-115 Spare AC/DC adapter
Serial Interface Cable 806-62 Spare automotive cigarette lighter/12 Volt DC adapter
Rechargeable battery, NiMH 800-441 Spare serial interface cable
Pre-amplifier (built-in) 760-229 Transit case for Anritsu Handheld Spectrum Analyzer
2300-347 Anritsu Handheld Software Tools
Option Accessories 10580-00074 Anritsu HHSA User’s Guide, Model MS2711B (spare)
Option 3 Color display - MS2711D only 10580-00071 Anritsu HHSA Programming Manual, Model MS2711B
Option 6 Frequency converter controller module for use with 10580-00072 Anritsu HHSA Maintenance Manual, Model MS2711B
FCN4760 (MS2711D only) 10580-00097 Anritsu HHSA User’s Guide, Model MS2711D
Option 10 Bias Tee (built-in) 10580-00098 Anritsu HHSA Programming Manual, Model MS2711D
Option 20 Tracking generator (built-in) - MS2711B only 10580-00099 Anritsu HHSA Maintenance Manual, Model MS2711D
Option 21 Transmission measurement (built-in) - MS2711D only 633-27 Rechargeable battery, NiMH
Option 29 Power Meter (MS2711D only) 551-1691 USB to Serial adapter
70-28 Headset
Optional Accessories 2000-1029 Battery charger, NiMH with universal power supply
5400-71N50 RF Detector, N(m), 50 Ω, 1 to 3000 MHz 2000-1030 Portable antenna, 50 Ω, SMA (m) 1.71-1.88 GHz
42N50A-30 30 dB, 50 Watt, Bi-directional, DC to 18 GHz, 2000-1031 Portable antenna, 50 Ω, SMA (m) 1.85-1.99 GHz
N(m) to N(f) Attenuator 2000-1032 Portable antenna, 50 Ω, SMA (m) 12.4-2.5 GHz
34NN50A Precision Adapter, DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N(m) to N(m) 2000-1035 Portable antenna, 50 Ω, SMA (m) 896-941 MHz
34NFNF50C Precision Adapter, DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N(f) to N(f) 2000-1200 Portable antenna, 50 Ω, SMA (m) 806-869 MHz
15NN50-1.5C Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to N(m), 6.0 GHz
15NN50-3.0C Test port cable armored, 3.0 meter, N(m) to N(m), 6.0 GHz Printers
15NN50-5.0C Test port cable armored, 5.0 meter, N(m) to N(m), 6.0 GHz 2000-1214 HP DeskJet printer
15NNF50-1.5C Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to N(f), 6.0 GHz Includes: interface cable, black print cartridge, and US
15NNF50-3.0C Test port cable armored, 3.0 meter, N(m) to N(f), 6.0 GHz power cable
15NNF50-5.0C Test port cable armored, 5.0 meter, N(m) to N(f), 6.0 GHz 2000-753 Spare serial-to-parallel converter cable
15ND50-1.5C Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to 2000-663 Power cable (Europe) for DeskJet printer
7/16 DIN(m), 3.5 GHz 2000-664 Power cable (Australia) for DeskJet printer
15NDF50-1.5C Test port cable armored, 1.5 meter, N(m) to 2000-1218 Power cable (UK) for DeskJet printer
7/16 DIN(f), 3.5 GHz 2000-667 Power cable (So. Africa) for DeskJet printer
510-90 Adapter 7/16 (f) to N(m), 3.5 GHz 2000-1217 Rechargeable battery for DeskJet printer
510-91 Adapter, 7/16 DIN(f) to N(f), 7.5 GHz 2000-1216 Black print cartridge for DeskJet printer
510-92 Adapter, 7/16 DIN(m) to N(m) 7.5 GHz
510-96 Adapter 7/16 DIN (m) to 7/16 DIN (m), 7.5 GHz
510-97 Adapter 7/16 DIN(f) to 7/16 DIN(f), 7.5 GHz
61N50 RF SWR Bridge, 10-2500 MHz, 50 Ω, N(m)
61NF50 RF SWR Bridge, 10-2500 MHz, 50 Ω, N(f)

NETWORK
ANALYZERS
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Vector Network Analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Millimeter Wave Vector Network Analyzer . . . . . . . 381
Broadband Vector Network Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . 384
O/E Calibration Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Vector Network Measurement Systems . . . . . . . . 387
Vector Network Measurement
System/Direct-Access Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Power Amplifier Test System (PATS) (HATS) . . . . . 395
Tower Mounted Amplifier Test System (TMATS) . . . 398
Vector Network Analyzer
Automatic Calibrators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400, 402
VNA and VNMS Calibration Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
VNA and VNMS Verification Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Network Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Reflection Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
373
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Selection guide
Measurement function
Mixer measurement
Multi-source control
Power sweep mode
Spectrum analyzer
IMD measurement
Receiver mode
Balance circuit
measurement
measurement
Time domain
Group Model Frequency band
S parameter
Crystal unit
Harmonics
analysis
DTF
MS4630B 10 Hz to 300 MHz √∗1 √
MS4622A 10 MHz to 3 GHz √∗1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS4622B 10 MHz to 3 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS4622C 10 MHz to 3 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS4622D 10 MHz to 3 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS4623A 10 MHz to 6 GHz √∗1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS4623B 10 MHz to 6 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS4623C 10 MHz to 6 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS4623D 10 MHz to 6 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS4624A 10 MHz to 9 GHz √∗1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS4624B 10 MHz to 9 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS4624C 10 MHz to 9 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
MS4624D 10 MHz to 9 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Vector 37147C 40 MHz to 20 GHz √∗2 √ √ √ √
37169C 40 MHz to 40 GHz √∗2 √ √ √ √
37225C 40 MHz to 13.5 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √
37247C 40 MHz to 20 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √
37269C 40 MHz to 40 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √
37277C 40 MHz to 50 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √
37297C 40 MHz to 65 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √
37325C 40 MHz to 13.5 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √
37347C 40 MHz to 20 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √
37369C 40 MHz to 40 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √
37377C 40 MHz to 50 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √
37397C 40 MHz to 65 GHz √ √ √ √ √ √
ME7808A 40 MHz to 110 GHz √ √ √
56100A 10 MHz to 50 GHz √∗3
54107A/54111A 1 MHz to 3 GHz √∗3 √
54147A/54137A 10 MHz to 20 GHz √∗3 √
Scalar
54161A 10 MHz to 32 GHz √∗3 √
54169A 10 MHz to 40 GHz √∗3 √
54177A 10 MHz to 50 GHz √∗3 √
S251C 625 to 2500 MHz √∗1 √
S113C 2 to 100 MHz √∗4 √
S114C 2 to 100 MHz √∗4 √ √
Site
master S331D 25 to 4000 MHz √∗4 √
S332D 25 to 4000 MHz √∗4 √ √
S810C 3.3 to 10.5 GHz √∗4 √
S820C 3.3 to 20 GHz √∗4 √
∗1: S11-/S21 measurement by 1 path 2 port calibration can be performed.
∗2: In order to carry out S-Parameter measurement, external component, such as coupler, is needed..
∗3: A transmission characteristic and return loss measurement can be performed.
∗4: S11 measurement by OSL calibration can be performed.

NETWORK ANALYZERS
Selection guide (Frequency range)
Frequency range
Model 10 100 1 10 100 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 Remarks
Hz Hz kHz kHz kHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz GHz GHz GHz GHz GHz GHz GHz GHz
MS4630B 10 Hz to 300 MHz
MS4622A 10 MHz to 3 GHz
MS4622B 10 MHz to 3 GHz
MS4622C 10 MHz to 3 GHz
MS4622D 10 MHz to 3 GHz
37147C 40 MHz to 20 GHz
37169C 40 MHz to 40 GHz
37225C 40 MHz to 13.5 GHz
37247C 40 MHz to 20 GHz
37269C 40 MHz to 40 GHz
37277C 40 MHz to 50 GHz
37297C 40 MHz to 65 GHz
37325C 40 MHz to 13.5 GHz
37347C 40 MHz to 20 GHz 7
37369C 40 MHz to 40 GHz
37377C 40 MHz to 50 GHz
37397C 40 MHz to 65 GHz
ME7808A 40 MHz to 110 GHz
56100A 10 MHz to 50 GHz
54107A/54111A 1 MHz to 3 GHz
54147A/54137A 10 MHz to 20 GHz
54161A 10 MHz to 32 GHz
54169A 10 MHz to 40 GHz
54177A 10 MHz to 50 GHz
S251C 625 to 2500 MHz
S113C 2 to 1200 MHz
S114C 2 to 1200 MHz
S331D 25 to 4000 MHz
S332D 25 to 4000 MHz
S810C 3.3 to 10.5 GHz
S820C 3.3 to 20 GHz
∗1: In order to carry out S-Parameter measurement, external component, such as coupler, is needed.
NETWORK ANALYZERS
VECTOR NETWORK ANALYZERS GPIB
37100C, 37200C, 37300C Series
22.5 MHz to 65 GHz
For Fast and Accurate S-Parameter Measurements
The 37200C and 37300C series microwave vector network analyzers • Built-in mass storage
(VNAs) are high performance tools designed to make fast and accurate Testing devices with multiple setups is now easier. A built-in hard
S-parameter measurements across the 40 MHz to 65 GHz range. disk drive rapidly stores and recalls frequently used front panel
These network analyzers integrate a synthesized source, S-parame- setups and calibrations. Store your complete test setup including lim-
ter test set, and tuned receiver into a single compact package that is it lines and frequency markers. Create descriptive file names to as-
ideal for benchtop testing. sist multiple users or device types. The high storage capability of the
Code named Lightning, the 37200C and 37300C offer new levels of internal hard disk means there is space for Iiterally hundreds of cal-
measurement capabilities to speed manufacturing test and increase ibrations, front panel setups, and data traces. In secure environ-
throughput. Choose the instrument model and options that best suit ments, the internal hard disk can be removed and either an external
your application and budget. drive on the SCSI port or the internal 1.44 MB floppy drive can be
The 37200C series is designed for passive device measurements, used for uploading proprietary setups.
while the 37300C series adds active device measurement capabili-
ties. Five microwave models are available from 40 MHz to 13.5, 20, • Fast synthesized sweeps
40, 50, or 65 GHz. Measurement update rates of less than 2 ms per point are possible
The 37100C series microwave vector network analyzers are config- with the 37100C/37200C/37300C series analyzers. Each data point
ured as direct-access receivers for antenna, frequency conversion, is fully phase-locked and vector-error-corrected for optimum accuracy.
and multiple output device measurements. The 37100C offers ulti- Realize near real-time updates with the instrument's tune mode.
mate flexibility to meet most receiver measurement needs while The internal source frequency resolution of 1 Hz facilitates narrow-
maintaining the ability to measure all four S-parameters with the ad- band device measurements.
dition of a reflectometer setup at the front end of the receiver. • Time domain analysis
The 37100C series offers two wide-band microwave models cover- Analyze impedance discontinuities as a function of time or distance
ing the 22.5 MHz to 20 GHz or 40 GHz ranges. with the 37100C/37200C/37300C's high-speed time domain (Option 2A).
Isolate individual reflections in time and evaluate their effects in the
Features frequency domain. Remove the effects of device packages and fix-
• High speed data transfer and control turing with time domain gating to see the actual performance of your
designs. Use the independent display channels to view the response
For maximum efficiency, dual GPIB ports are standard on every
37100C/37200C/37300C series VNA. High-speed transfers across of your designs before, during, and after time domain processing.
the analyzer's IEEE 488.2 GPIB bus minimize data collection times. The software provides four different windowing functions to optimize
The second GPIB port is dedicated to control of peripheral devices dynamic range and resolution. The exclusive phasor impulse mode
such as printers, plotters, power meters, and frequency synthesiz- will show you the true impedance characteristics of mismatches in
ers. The 37100C/37200C/37300C series maximizes throughput by waveguide, microstrip, and other band-limited media.
combining fast, error-corrected sweeps with high-speed data transfers. • Multiple source control and set-on receiver mode
• Compact size Separately control the frequency of two sources and a receiver with-
out the need for an external controller. Independently specify the
The 37200C/37300C series analyzers integrate a fast sweeping
synthesized source, auto-reversing S-parameter test set, and four- sweep ranges and output powers of the sources and the sweep
channel receiver into a single compact package. The 37100C series range of the receiver to accommodate swept IMD, TOI, and harmon-
analyzers integrate a fast sweeping synthesized source and four- ic measurements. The 37100C/37200C/37300C's set-on receiver
channel receiver into a single compact package and provides direct mode allows it to operate as a tuned receiver by phase locking all of
access to all four receiver samplers via the front panel. Components its local oscillators to its internal crystal reference oscillator.
within the analyzer have been integrated to reduce cost and weight
and improve the instrument's long-term reliability.

NETWORK ANALYZERS
• LabVIEW® compatibility • Mixers
Standard with every 37100C/37200C/37300C series analyzer is Perform absolute and accurate S-parameter measurements (magni-
National Instruments LabVIEW® instrument driver. Create custom tude and phase) of frequency translation devices. Make error cor-
test programs (virtual instruments) in less time with LabVIEW's graph- rected conversion loss, group delay, and port match measurements
ical programming environment. Take advantage of the network ana- of mixers and up/downconverters. Anritsu's Mixer (NxN) Calibration
lyzer's high data throughput for tuning operations. Fast data transfers Assistant software adjusts the VNA's 12-term calibration for the sec-
over GPIB permit near realtime updates on your PC's display. ond mixer, BPF, and attenuators in the measurement path.
Customize programs to automatically display, test, and document No reference mixer is required for VNA phase locking since the fre-
measurement results. Reuse virtual instruments in other test routines to quency range of the receiver is set to the same range as the source.
minimize program development time. LabVIEW gives you full access
to more than 900 mnemonics in the 37100C/37200C/37300C ana- • Multiport and Balanced/Differential
Measure single-ended and mixed-mode S-parameters with the
lyzer's command set for complete automated data collection and 37200C/37300C series VNA, a 4-port test set, and an external PC
analysis. running Anritsu's Multiport Navigator™ software. Characterize sin-
• Internally controlled AutoCal® gle-ended multiport components (diplexers, couplers, power dividers,
One source of potential errors and inaccuracies in any network ana- etc.) or balanced/differential components. Anritsu's easy-to-use
lyzer system is the calibration of that system. The Anritsu AutoCal Navigator software provides full step-by-step direction, simplifying
automatic calibrator is designed to speed and simplify the calibration calibrations and measurements.
of your 37200C/37300C VNA. Using the built-in software support
and an AutoCal module connected to the serial port on the rear panel • Microstrip devices
The 37200C/37300C series offers complete substrate measurement
of the instrument, you are ready to make fast, accurate, and repeat- solutions for both microstrip and coplanar waveguide (CPW) de-
able calibrations. signs. The 37200C/37300C series analyzers accommodate the mod-
• Three-year factory warranty el 3680 series Universal Test Fixtures (UTF), calibration kits, and ver-
All 37100C/37200C/37300C series VNAs are backed with a no- ification kits. Guaranteed system specifications provide assurance
questions-asked three-year warranty. that your test results are accurate and verifiable.
Completely characterize connectorless devices with the 37200C/
• Upgradeability 37300C's Line-Reflect-Line (LRL) and Line-Reflect-Match (LRM)
The 37100C/37200C/37300C series analyzers are designed to ac-
calibration capability. The four channel design provides true LRL/
commodate higher frequency ranges and more powerful features as
LRM error-correction giving you the highest performance available
your requirements grow. Any 37100C/37200C/37300C series VNA
for in-fixture measurements. Highly reflective devices, along with
can be upgraded to any other model in the instrument family, or any
well matched ones are measured with the same degree of ease.
other series, to fit your changing requirements. Contact Anritsu
Automatic dispersion compensation improves measurement accura-
Customer Service to request an upgrade and an Anritsu service en-
gineer will install the added capability and verify your system's total
cy to help you determine phase distortions in all your microstrip de- 7
signs. The result is quality measurements you can count on for your
performance. Upgradeability is a cost-effective approach to satisfying
connectorless devices.
today's production needs while providing the flexibility to meet tomor-
row's demands. System software upgrades are as easy as inserting • E/O and O/E devices
new discs into the instrument's floppy drive. The 37200C/37300C series incorporates a de-embedding function
that simplifies VNA calibration when measuring E/O and O/E de-
Applications vices. Characterize the transfer function, group delay, and return
• Filters loss of optical modulators (E/O) and photoreceivers (O/E).
Let the analyzer's wide dynamic range show you filter rejection and An MN4765A O/E calibration module and a laser source are required
input match on the same display. Overlay traces and tune for opti- to complete the test set-up. The internal VNA application de-embeds
mum transmission and group delay responses without reduction in the response of the O/E calibration module to allow direct measure-
sweep speed. ment of the modulator. For O/E measurements, use the O/E cali-
Further speed improvements are possible using the instrument's bration module to characterize a modulator first, then use the modu-
tune mode. This unique feature helps users optimize sweep times in lator as the characterized reference to measure another photoreceiver.
one direction for better hand-to-eye tuning while maintaining a 12-
term corrected S-parameter display. Anritsu's tune mode maximizes • Antennas
Far field measurements are enhanced with the speed of taking data
sweep speed and accuracy, simultaneously, by allowing you to
over GPIB, using the 37100C/37200C/37300C in fast CW mode.
choose when reverse parameters are updated.
Rates of 0.8 ms/point can be achieved using internal triggering,
Automatically locate filter center frequency, 3 dB bandwidth,
1.2 ms/point with external triggering, and 1.5 ms/point with GPIB
max/min insertion loss, Q, and shape factor. Instantly measure
triggering.
passband phase distortions with Anritsu's automatic reference
For near field measurements, internal buffer data collection is pro-
plane extension capability. A single key press quickly identifies filter
vided to allow saving active channel measurement data from multi-
non-linear phase responses.
ple sweeps without having to synchronize and collect data at the
• Amplifiers (available on 37300C series only) end of each sweep. The 37100C/37200C/37300C can store up to
Easily measure amplifier gain compression vs. input power or fre- 50,000 data point measurements, each consisting of two real and
quency. Power meter assisted linearity and flat output power calibra- imaginary IEEE 754 4-byte floating point numbers.
tion combined with a receiver port calibration provides capability to
measure output power in dBm. A 1 watt, 70 dB (60 dB on >40 GHz
models) step attenuator in the port 1 path, and a 40 dB step attenu-
ator in the port 2 path, coupled with 20 dB ALC range, give complete
control to characterize virtually any amplifier. This range is reduced
to 12 dB at frequencies >50 GHz. Internal bias tees simplify DC bi-
asing of your active designs. A front panel loop allows external am-
plifier insertion, increasing port 1 power up to 1 watt maximum for
high input power amplifiers.
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Specifications
Number of channels Four measurement channels
S11, S21, S12, S22, or user defined; analog voltage input; complex input and output impedance; complex input and
Parameters
output admittance; complex forward and reverse transmission
Domains Frequency domain, CW draw, and optional high speed time domain (Option 2A)
Log magnitude, phase, log magnitude and phase, Smith chart (impedance), Smith chart (admittance), linear polar,
Formats
log polar, group delay, linear magnitude, linear magnitude and phase, real, imaginary, real and imaginary, and SWR
1601 maximum. System also accepts an arbitrary set of N discrete data points where 2≤N≤1601.
Data points
CW mode permits selection of a single point.
Can be entered in time or in distance. Automatic reference delay adds the correct electrical length compensation
Reference delay at the push of a button. Software compensation for the electrical length difference between the reference and test
Measurement is accurate and stable since measurement frequencies are always synthesized.
capabilities
Reference offset Magnitude and phase
Six independent markers can be used to read out measurement data. In delta-reference mode, any one marker
Markers can be selected as the reference for the other five. Markers can automatically find critical filter parameters i.e. 3 dB
bandwidth, loss, center frequency, shape factor and Q.
Marker sweep Sweeps upward in frequency between any two markers. Recalibration is not required during the marker sweep.
Two limit lines per data trace to indicate test limits. Limits can be either single or segmented limits for testing de-
Limits
vices pass-fail.
Measurement dynamic Table 1 gives receiver dynamic range as the ratio of maximum signal level at Port 2 (or individual sampler input)
range to the noise floor.
Data averaging Averaging of 1 to 4096 averages per data point can be selected.
IF bandwidth Front panel switch selects four levels of IF bandwidth: 10 kHz, 1 kHz, 100 Hz and 10 Hz
1, 2, 3 or 4 channels can be displayed. Each channel can display any S-parameter or user defined parameter in
Display channels
any format with up to two traces per channel for a maximum of eight traces simultaneously.
Display type Color LCD, 8.5” diagonally, VGA display. Color of graticule, trace data and text are user definable.
Trace overlay Overlays two traces with the same graticule type on the same display
A separate memory for each channel can be used to store measurement data for later display or subtraction,
Trace memory
addition, multiplication or division.
Display Log mag: 0.001 dB, linear mag: 1 pU
capabilities Phase: 0.01°, group delay: 0.001 ps
Scale resolution Time: 0.001 ms, distance: 0.1 mm
SWR: 1 pU
Power: 0.05 dB
Autoscale Automatically sets resolution and offset to display measurement data on the full display
Reference position Settable to any graticule line
Annotation Type of measurement, vertical and horizontal scale resolution, start and stop frequencies and reference position
Error correction models Full 12-term, one-path two-port, reflection only, transmission response
Vector error
correction Line-Reflect-Line and Line-Reflect-Match calibration models are available for coaxial, microstrip and waveguide
LRL/LRM
transmission lines.
Source power level Source power may be set from the 37100C/37200C/37300C front panel menu. Check table 2 for levels.
The 37100C/37200C/37300C corrects for test port power variations using an external power meter. Once the port
Flat power correction power has been flattened, the power meter is removed and the signal source power level may be changed within
the remaining power adjustment range.
Signal source Allows a user to separately control the frequency of two sources and receiver without need for an external controller.
capabilities Source #1: 37200C/37300C internal source, or any 68000C, 69000B, or MG3690A synthesizer
Multiple source control
Source #2: Any 68000C, 69000B, or MG3690A synthesizer
Receiver: 37200C/37300C internal receiver
Standard (1 Hz resolution)
Internal 10 MHz time
With aging: <1 x 10–9/day
base stability
With temperature: <5 x 10–9 over 0˚ to 55˚C
Select full screen, graphical, tabular data, and printer type. Compatible with most HP and Epson printers with a
Printers
Hard copy parallel (Centronics) interface
GPIB plotters Compatible with most HP and Tektronix plotters
Disk file Bitmap, S2P, text, tabular data, and HPGL
Internal memory Ten front panel states (setup) can be stored and recalled from non-volatile memory locations.
Storage Internal hard disk drive Store and recall instrument setups, calibration files and trace data files. All files are MS-DOS compatible.
Internal floppy disk Store and recall instrument setups, calibration files and trace data files from 3.5 inch 1.44 MB floppy disks.
drive All files are MS-DOS compatible.
Interface GPIB (IEEE 488.2)
Addressing Address can be set from the front panel and can range from 1 to 30.
Remote
Transfer formats ASCII, 32-bit floating point and 64-bit floating point
programming
Speed 150 kB/sec
Interface function codes SH1, AH1, T6, TE0, L4, LE0, SR1, RL1, PP1, DT1, DC0, C0
Test ports GPC-7, 3.5 mm, N-type, K, and V connectors supported
Power requirements 85 to 240 V, 48 to 63 Hz, 540 VA maximum
General Dimensions 432 (W) x 267 (H) x 585 (D) mm (10.5 x 17 x 23 in)
Mass 27 kg (60 lbs)
Temperature 0˚ to 50˚C (operate), –40˚ to 75˚C (storage)

NETWORK ANALYZERS
Table 1a Dynamic range (37100C)
Model Frequency (GHz) Max. signal into ax, bx (dBm) Noise floor (dBm) Receiver dynamic range (dB) Source power (dBm, typical)
0.0225 –18 –122 104 10
37147C 2 –12 –106 94 8
20 –12 –103 91 5
0.0225 –18 –122 104 10
2 –12 –106 94 8
37169C
20 –12 –103 91 3
40 –15 –100 85 –3
Table 1b Dynamic range (37200C/37300C)

Frequency Max. signal into Noise floor Receiver dynamic Port 1 power System dynamic
Model
(GHz) port 2 (dBm) (dBm) range (dB) (dBm, typical) range (dB)
0.04 +20 –70 90 0 70
37225C 2 +3 –98 101 0 98
13.5 +3 –98 101 0 98
0.04 +20 –70 90 0 70
37247C 2 +3 –98 101 0 98
20 +3 –96 99 0 96
0.04 +20 –70 90 0 70
2 +3 –98 101 0 98
37269C
20 +3 –95 98 –5 90
40 +3 –93 96 –15 78
0.04 +20 –77 97 0 77
2 +3 –105 108 +5 110
37277C 20 +3 –97 100 –2 95
40 +3 –95 98 –7 88
50 +3 –87 90 –2 85
0.04 +20 –77 97 0 77
2 +3 –105 108 +5 110
20 +3 –97 100 –2 95
37297C
40 +3 –95 98 –7 88 7
50 +3 –87 90 –2 85
65 +3 –77 80 –2 75
0.04 +30 –65 95 +5 70
37325C 2 +30 –93 123 +5 98
13.5 +30 –93 123 +5 98
0.04 +30 –65 95 +5 70
37347C 2 +30 –93 123 +5 98
20 +30 –91 121 +5 96
0.04 +30 –65 95 0 70
2 +30 –93 123 +5 98
37369C
20 +30 –90 120 0 90
40 +30 –83 113 –7 76
0.04 +30 –77 107 0 77
2 +30 –105 135 +5 110
37377C 20 +30 –97 127 –2 95
40 +30 –95 125 –7 88
50 +30 –87 117 –2 85
0.04 +30 –77 107 0 77
2 +30 –105 135 +5 110
20 +30 –97 127 –2 95
37397C
40 +30 –95 125 –7 88
50 +30 –87 117 –2 85
65 +30 –77 107 –2 75
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Table 2 Power range
Model Rated power (dBm) Minimum power (dBm) Resolution (dB)
37147C +5 –15
37169C –3 –23
37225C
0 –20
37247C
37269C –15 –27
37277C –7 –27
0.05
37297C –7 –19
37325C
+5 –90
37347C
37369C –7 –97
37377C –7 –87
37397C –7 –79
Main frame Verification kits
37147C Direct Access Receiver (22.5 MHz to 20 GHz) 3663 Type N Verification Kit
37169C Direct Access Receiver (22.5 MHz to 40 GHz) 3666 SMA/3.5 mm Verification Kit
37225C Vector Network Analyzer (40 MHz to 13.5 GHz) 3667 GPC-7 Verification Kit
37247C Vector Network Analyzer (40 MHz to 20 GHz) 3668 K Connector Verification Kit
37269C Vector Network Analyzer (40 MHz to 40 GHz) 3669B V Connector Verification Kit
37277C Vector Network Analyzer (40 MHz to 50 GHz)
37297C Vector Network Analyzer (40 MHz to 65 GHz) Test port cables
37325C Vector Network Analyzer (40 MHz to 13.5 GHz) 3670A50-1 GPC-7 semi-rigid cable, 1 foot
37347C Vector Network Analyzer (40 MHz to 20 GHz) 3670A50-2 GPC-7 semi-rigid cable, 2 foot
37369C Vector Network Analyzer (40 MHz to 40 GHz) 3670K50-1 K connector semi-rigid cable, 1 foot
37377C Vector Network Analyzer (40 MHz to 50 GHz) 3670K50-2 K connector semi-rigid cable, 2 foot
37397C Vector Network Analyzer (40 MHz to 65 GHz) 3670V50-1 V connector semi-rigid cable, 1 foot
3670V50-2 V connector semi-rigid cable, 2 foot
Options 3671A50-1 GPC-7 flexible cables, 25 in. (1 pair)
Option 1 Rack mount kit with slides 3671A50-2 GPC-7 flexible cables, 38 in.
Option 1A Rack mount kit with handles 3671S50-1 3.5 mm flexible cables, 25 in. (1 pair)
Option 2A High-speed time (distance) domain capability 3671S50-2 3.5 mm flexible cables, 38 in.
Option 4 External SCSI-2 hard disk drive compatibility 3671K50-1 K connector flexible cables, 25 in. (1 pair)
(internal HDD removed) 3671K50-2 K connector flexible cables, 38 in.
Option 7A Replaces universal K connector (standard) with universal 3671V50-3 V connector flexible cable, 25 in. (1 pair)
GPC-7 (37200C/37300C only) 3671V50-4 V connector flexible cable, 38 in.
Option 7N Replaces universal K connector (standard) with universal
N-male (37200C/37300C only)
Option 7NF Replaces universal K connector (standard) with universal
N-female (37200C/37300C only)
Option 7S Replaces universal K connector (standard) with universal
3.5 mm-male (37200C/37300C only)
Option 7K Replaces universal V connector (standard) with universal
K (m) (37277C/37297C/37377C/37397C models only)
Option 11 Reference loop extension cables (standard on 37300C
series)
Option 12 Rear Panel IF Inputs (for 37x97C and 37x77C only).
Required for upgrade to ME7808A Broadband VNA.
Calibration kits
3650 SMA/3.5 mm Calibration Kit
Option 1 Adds sliding terminations
3651 GPC-7 Calibration Kit
3652 K Connector Calibration Kit
3653 Type N Calibration Kit
3654B V Connector Calibration Kit with sliding terminations
36581NNF AutoCal, N (m) to N (f), 40 MHz to 18 GHz
36581KKF AutoCal, K (m) to K (f), 40 MHz to 20 GHz
36582KKF AutoCal, K (m) to K (f), 40 MHz to 40 GHz

NETWORK ANALYZERS
MILLIMETER WAVE VECTOR NETWORK ANALYZER GPIB
37000 Family
33 to 110 GHz
High Performance Millimeter Wave Vector Network Analysis
7
The 37000 family millimeter wave vector network analyzer (VNA) ex- and noise floor specifications are measured with 512 averages not
tends the exceptional performance of the Lightning VNA family to 1024 averages — an important point to consider when making com-
110 GHz. This improvement to our original millimeter wave system, parisons. Simply stated, the Lightning millimeter wave system pro-
based on the 360B VNA, continues our commitment to providing the vides the best dynamic range with sweep speeds twice as fast as
highest quality microwave and millimeter wave test equipment avail- comparable instruments.
able while still maintaining an intuitive user interface. The minimum
configuration for the millimeter wave VNA has a 37147C VNA, a • Flexible configuration in waveguide and coax
Our flexible module configurations let you specify the capability of
3735B Test Set, two synthesized sources, and a pair of millimeter your millimeter wave VNA. We offer two versions of millimeter wave
heads. heads that allow you to tailor the Lightning based millimeter system
Features to your exact measurement needs. The 3740A series transmission/
reflection modules have simultaneous transmission and reflection
• Measurement speed and accuracy capability, while the 3741A series transmission only module is used
The millimeter wave VNA, based on our popular Lightning 37000
when reflection measurements are not required. A pair of 3740A
platform, offers the fastest measurement speed available in a mil-
modules allow measurement of all four S-parameters. A 3740A
limeter wave VNA. Measurement speed of approximately 20 ms per
transmission/reflection module combined with a 3741A Transmis-
point for an 801 data point sweep means faster tuning and through-
sion Only module allows measurement of one-path/two port S-para-
put for your millimeter wave devices. The millimeter wave system
meters (S11 and S21).
also offers full auto-reversing, 12-term, error-corrected S-parameter
A single 3740A transmission/reflection module can be used for S11
measurements that enable advanced calibration techniques such as
reflection measurements. The 3740A series also provides the small-
Line-Reflect-Line (LRL), Line-Reflect-Match (LRM), and Thru-
est footprint and lightest weight of any millimeter wave test head on
Reflect-Match (TRM) to be used for maximum accuracy in your on-
the market today. This greatly simplifies your test setup; regardless
wafer measurements. For waveguide measurements, the millimeter
of whether you are manually adjusting the head position for wave-
wave system supports all of the above methods as well as the off-
guide measurements or have attached them to a wafer probe station.
set short calibration technique. The 8.5 inch, color liquid crystal
In order to maximize the flexibility of your VNA, the system architec-
display (LCD) allows users to easily view the data traces for all four
ture provides for a smooth transition between your waveguide and
S-parameters while simultaneously displaying limit lines and trace
coaxial device measurements. Simply add a coaxial test set to your
memory functions. The built-in 3.5 inch MS-DOS® compatible floppy
system and now you have the capabilities to fully characterize your
disk drive and internal hard disk drive simplify the procedure to both
active and passive coaxial devices up to 40 GHz.
store and recall calibrations, front panel setups, and measurement
data. The versatility of the Lightning platform allows data to be gathered • Complete measurement solutions
using the ∗.s2p, ∗.txt, ∗.dat, ∗.bmp, and ∗.hgl file formats so data can be In addition to the millimeter wave VNA measurement system,
easily loaded into both circuit simulation and graphics programs. Anritsu offers a full line of synthesized signal generators up to 110
GHz. To complete your millimeter wave measurement setup, Anritsu
• The most dynamic range in a millimeter VNA also offers solutions for waveguide, on-wafer, and even coaxial ap-
Increased dynamic range relates directly to increased measurement
plications. With our custom design and manufacturing capabilities,
accuracy and confidence when measuring millimeter wave compo-
we have developed 110 GHz coaxial connectors, couplers, adapters,
nents and subsystems. To achieve optimum measurement speed
and even test fixtures for use in your millimeter wave test set-ups.
and dynamic range for your measurements, the Lightning millimeter
wave VNA allows the number of measurement averages and video
IF bandwidth to be varied. The Lightning millimeter wave VNA sys-
tem dynamic range is typically 15 dB better than comparable VNAs,
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Specifications
• System performance
Q-Band V-Band E-Band Extended W-Band Extended
Waveguide designation
(WR-22) (WR-15) (WR-12) E-Band (WR-10) W-Band
56 to 60 65 to 75
75 to 100
Frequency range (GHz) 33 to 50 50 to 75 60 to 90 60 to 85 75 to 100
100 to 110
85 to 94 100 to 110
Maximum signal into port 2 (dBm) +10 +8 +8 +8 +6 +6
–85 –90
–90
Noise floor (dBm) –93 –90 –90 –90 –89
–90
–76 –87
93 96
96
Receiver dynamic range (dB)∗1 103 98 98 98 95
96
84 93
High level noise (dB, typical) .02 .05 .06 .08 .06 .08
+5 –5
+5
Power @ DUT (dBm, typical) +7 +7 +6 +6 +5
+2
+4 +2
90 85
95
System dynamic range (dB)∗2 100 97 96 96 94
92
80 89
∗1: “Receiver dynamic range” is defined as the ratio of the maximum signal level at Port 2 for 0.1 dB compression to the system noise floor.
∗2: “System dynamic range” is defined as the ratio of the power at Port 1 and the system noise floor (forward measurements only).
• Test port characteristics
Offset short calibration∗1
Frequency (GHz) 33 to 50 50 to 75 60 to 90 56 to 94 75 to 110 65 to 110
Directivity (dB) >50 >50 >46 >44 >46 >40
Source match (dB) >45 >37 >36 >33 >36 >30
Load match (dB) >50 >50 >46 >44 >46 >40
Reflection frequency tracking (dB) ±0.010 ±0.030 ±0.040 ±0.080 ±0.040 ±0.080
Transmission frequency tracking (dB) ±0.010 ±0.060 ±0.060 ±0.1 ±0.070 ±0.1
Isolation (dB) >100 >90 >90 >80 >90 >80
LRL calibration∗1
Frequency (GHz) 33 to 50 50 to 75 60 to 90 56 to 94 75 to 110 65 to 110
Directivity (dB) >50 >50 >46 >44 >46 >40
Source match (dB) >50 >50 >46 >43 >46 >40
Load match (dB) >50 >50 >46 >44 >46 >40
Reflection frequency tracking (dB) ±0.002 ±0.002 ±0.002 ±0.006 ±0.002 ±0.006
Transmission frequency tracking (dB) ±0.002 ±0.002 ±0.002 ±0.006 ±0.002 ±0.006
Isolation (dB) >100 >90 >90 >80 >90 >80
∗1: At 23 ±3˚C using the offset short calibration method with a sliding load or LRL calibration method (as noted) to achieve 12-term error correction.

NETWORK ANALYZERS
Main frame
37147C Vector Network Analyzer (22.5 MHz to 20 GHz)
37169C Vector Network Analyzer (22.5 MHz to 40 GHz)
Options (for VNA)
Option 1 Rack mount with track slides
Option 1A Rack mount kit with handles
Option 2A High-speed time (distance) domain capability
Option 4 External SCSI-2 hard disk drive compatibility
Option 13 Delete internal source
Millimeter wave test set
3735B Millimeter wave test set
3700C3 System console
Options (for test set)
Option 1 Rack mount kit with track slides
Option 1A Rack mount kit with handles
Millimeter wave modules*1
3740A-Q Transmission/reflection module (33 to 50 GHz, WR-22)
3740A-V Transmission/reflection module (50 to 75 GHz, WR-15)
3740A-E Transmission/reflection module (60 to 90 GHz, WR-12)
3740A-EE Transmission/reflection module (56 to 94 GHz, WR-12)
3740A-W Transmission/reflection module (75 to 110 GHz, WR-10)
3740A-EW Transmission/reflection module (65 to 110 GHz, WR-10)
3741A-Q Transmission only modules (33 to 50 GHz, WR-22)
3741A-V Transmission only modules (50 to 75 GHz, WR-15)
3741A-E Transmission only modules (60 to 90 GHz, WR-12)
3741A-EE Transmission only modules (56 to 94 GHz, WR-12)
3741A-W Transmission only modules (75 to 110 GHz, WR-10)
3741A-EW Transmission only modules (65 to 110 GHz, WR-10)
Synthesizers*2 7
MG3692A Synthesized CW generator, 2 to 20 GHz
Options (for signal source)

Option 1A Rack mount kit with track slides
Option 1B Rack mount kit with handles
Option 3 Ultra Low Phase Noise, main band, >2 GHz
Option 11 0.1 Hz frequency resolution
Option 14 VNA console mounting
Option 15A∗2 High power output
Option 17B Delete front panel
Calibration kits*3
3655Q WR-22 Waveguide (33 to 50 GHz)
Option 1 Adds sliding termination
3655V WR-15 Waveguide (50 to 75 GHz)
3655E WR-12 Waveguide (60 to 90 GHz)
3655W WR-10 Waveguide (75 to 110 GHz)
∗1: The millimeter wave VNA requires that at least one of the two modules is
a transmission/reflection type. Contact Factory for Millimeter-Wave bands
above 110 GHz.
∗2: One of the synthesizers must have Option 15A for millimeter wave operation.
∗3: Consisting of: Short, fixed (2 each)
Shim, 1/4 wavelength and 3/8 wavelength
Termination, fixed (2 each)
Test port section (2 each)
NETWORK ANALYZERS
BROADBAND VECTOR NETWORK ANALYZER GPIB
ME7808A
40 MHz to 110 GHz
Broadband S-Parameter Measurements to 110 GHz
The ME7808A Broadband Vector Network Analyzer (VNA) is a high • Single Pair of Coaxial Test Ports
performance measurement solution that covers 40 MHz to 110 GHz The ME7808A Broadband VNA combines the 40 MHz to 65 GHz
in a single fast sweep. In contrast to the millimeter wave Vector output from the VNA and the 65 GHz to 110 GHz output from the
Network Analyzer, the ME7808A is built on the advanced technology mmW modules using a unique multiplexing coupler design. The ef-
of the Lightning 65 GHz VNA, and extends its advanced features and fective system test ports for broadband frequency coverage are two
intuitive user interface to 110 GHz. W1 (1.0 mm) coax connectors. The Anritsu W1 connector is com-
patible with the IEEE standard 1.0 mm connector. This design pro-
The configuration for the Broadband VNA consists of: vides a DC path that permits bias injection from the VNA front panel
• Lightning 65 GHz VNA bias inputs directly to the W1 coax test ports.
• Millimeter-Wave Modules (Extended W Band, 65 GHz to 110 GHz) • Three Systems in One
• Broadband Test Set The Broadband VNA system provides maximum versatility and can
• Frequency Sources (20 GHz) be used in any of the following configurations:
• Multiplexing Couplers 1) as a broadband VNA (40 MHz to 110 GHz) with W1 (1.0 mm) con-
• Equipment Console with table nector coaxial interface
2) as a stand-alone 65 GHz VNA with V-connector coaxial interface
Features 3) as a millimeter-wave VNA (65 GHz to 110 GHz) with a WR-10
• Measurement Speed and Accuracy waveguide connector interface. Additional discrete mmW bands (to
The Broadband VNA, based on our popular Lightning 37397C platform, 325 GHz) are easily supported by substituting other available mmW
offers the fastest measurement speed available. Measurement modules into the system.
speeds of approximately 1.5 seconds for a 101 point sweep mean
faster characterization of your millimeter wave and broad frequency This flexibility in measurement interface allows you to tailor the
devices. The ME7808A also offers full auto-reversing, 12-term, error- Broadband VNA to your exact measurement needs. When operating
corrected S-parameter measurements with advanced calibration either the 65 GHz or mmW systems independently, higher output
techniques – such as Short-Open-Load-Thru (SOLT), Line-Reflect- power and increased dynamic range are achievable. Wafer probe
Line (LRL), and Line-Reflect-Match (LRM) – ensuring maximum ac- tips can be connected to any of the three interfaces to make on-wafer
curacy in your on-wafer measurements. For waveguide measure- measurements.
ments, the ME7808A system supports all of the above methods as • Complete Measurement Solutions
well as the offset short calibration technique. For broadband measure- The Anritsu Broadband VNA is compatible with leading probe sta-
ments in W1 (1.0 mm) coax, the ME7808A system supports con- tions and probe tips for making on-wafer measurements. On-wafer
catenated SOLT and offset short calibrations using the 3656 W1 cal- calibration software such as SussCal from Suss MicroTec and
ibration/verification kit. The 8.5 inch, color liquid crystal display (LCD) WinCal from Cascade Microtech have built in drivers for the Anritsu
allows users to easily view the data traces for all four S-parameters VNA’s and therefore can be used with the ME7808A. In addition,
while simultaneously displaying limit lines and trace memory func- Anritsu also offers a complete list of accessories including coaxial
tions. The built-in 3.5 inch MS-DOS® compatible floppy disk drive calibration kits, waveguide calibration kits, W1 (1mm) coaxial and
and internal hard disk drive simplify the procedure of storing and re- waveguide to coaxial adapters.
calling calibrations, front panel setups, and measurement data. The
versatility of the Lightning platform allows data to be gathered using
the *.s2p, *.txt, *.dat, *.bmp, and *.hgl file formats so data can be eas-
ily loaded into both circuit simulation and graphics programs.

NETWORK ANALYZERS
Specifications
Dynamic range (typical)
Frequency (GHz) 0.04 2 20 40 50 <65 >65 75 85 100 110
W1 Coaxial Port
Max Signal into Port 2 (dBm) 30 30 30 30 30 30 16 14 13 12 12

Port 1 Power, Typical (dBm) –1 3 –7 –14 –10 –12 –14 –10 –11 –9 –11
Noise Floor (dBm) –76 –103 –92 –88 –79 –67 –65 –78 –81 –78 –73
System Dynamic Range (dB) 75 106 85 74 69 55 51 68 70 69 62
Receiver Dynamic Range (dB) 106 133 122 118 109 97 81 92 94 90 85
Frequency (GHz) 0.04 2 20 40 50 <65 >65 75 85 100 110

Max Signal into Port 2 (dBm) 30 30 30 30 30 30 18 17 16 16 16
On Wafer
Port 1 Power, Typical (dBm) –1 3 –8 –16 –12 –14 –16 –13 –14 –13 –15
Noise Floor (dBm) –76 –103 –91 –86 –77 –65 –63 –75 –78 –74 –69
System Dynamic Range (dB) 75 106 83 70 65 51 47 62 64 61 54
Receiver Dynamic Range (dB) 106 133 121 116 107 95 81 92 94 90 85
Frequency (GHz) 0.04 2 20 40 50 65

V Coaxial Port
Max Signal into Port 2 (dBm) 30 30 30 30 30 30

Port 1 Power, Typical (dBm) 0 5 –2 –7 –2 –2
Noise Floor (dBm) –77 –105 –97 –95 –87 –77
System Dynamic Range (dB) 77 110 95 88 85 75
Receiver Dynamic Range (dB) 107 135 127 125 117 107
Frequency (GHz) 65 75 85 100 110

WR-10 Waveguide
Max Signal into Port 2 (dBm) 8 8 8 8 8

Port 1 Power, Typical (dBm) –6 –4 –6 –5 –7
7
Noise Floor (dBm) –73 –84 –86 –82 –77
System Dynamic Range (dB) 67 80 80 77 70
Receiver Dynamic Range (dB) 81 92 94 90 85
System dynamic range is defined as the ratio of the typical power at Port 1 and the system noise floor.
The noise floor measurement is made using 512 averages in a 100 Hz IF bandwidth, including isolation calibration.
Measurement time for 101 data points (typical)

Frequency Span 40 MHz to 110 GHz
Time (s) 1.5
Measurement time is based on a single 40 MHz to 110 GHz sweep with 10 kHz
IF bandwidth (no averages) after full 12-term calibration. Sweep time includes
retrace and band switch times.
Main frame Test Port Cables
ME7808A Broadband Vector Network Analyzer (includes 37397C 3670V50-2 Semi-rigid, V female to V male, 2 ft.
VNA, 3742A-EW∗1 millimeter wave modules, broadband 3671V50-3 Flexible, phase stable, V female to V male, 25 in.
test set, frequency sources, multiplexing couplers, and an (1 pair)
equipment console) 57625 Semi-rigid, W1 male to W1 male, 13 cm
Options Calibration Kits

Option 14 Custom System Configuration: Configurable (Broadband 3654B V-connector calibration kit with sliding terminations
or Split Band) VNA System. Includes: 37xxxC VNA 3655W WR-10 waveguide calibration kit
(with Options), a 3738A Test Set, and two Synthesized 3655W-1 WR-10 waveguide calibration kit with sliding terminations
Sources (MG369xA / 68xxxC / 69xxxB with Options). 3656 W1 calibration/verification kit
Additional configurable items may include 374x-x
Millimeter-wave modules, and Multiplexing Couplers. Adapters (coaxial)
Integrated into a 3700C3 Console. ∗3 W1 male to V male
Option 20 Broadband VNA Upgrade Package for 37397C (65 GHz) ∗3 W1 male to V female
with Option 12. Includes: 3738A Test Set, two MG3692A ∗3 W1 female to V male
Synthesized Sources, two 3742A-EW millimeter-wave ∗3 W1 female to V female
modules, two multiplexing couplers, and 3700C3 ∗3 W1 male to W1 male
Console. ∗3 W1 male to W1 female
∗3 W1 female to W1 female
Optional Millimeter-wave modules∗2
3740A-V Transmission/Reflection Module, 50 to 75 GHz Adapters (waveguide to coaxial)
3740A-E Transmission/Reflection Module, 60 to 90 GHz ∗3 WR-10 to W1 male
3740A-EE Transmission/Reflection Module, 56 to 94 GHz ∗3 WR-10 to W1 female
3740A-EW Transmission/Reflection Module, 65 to 110 GHz
3740A-W Transmission/Reflection Module, 75 to 110 GHz ∗1: 3742A-EW modules are equipped with an adjustable attenuator that is
not available in the 3740A.
∗2: Contact Factory for Millimeter-Wave bands above 110 GHz.
∗3: Contact factory for model numbers.
NETWORK ANALYZERS
O/E CALIBRATION MODULE
MN4765A
40 MHz to 65 GHz
For Highly Accurate and Stable Optoelectronic Measurements

NEW
The MN4765A is a characterized, unamplified photodiode module. It • Temperature Stable

is used as an optical receiver with the 37200C/37300C series VNAs The MN4765A is thermally stabilized to eliminate drift in photodi-
to perform highly accurate and stable optoelectronic measurements ode performance over temperature.
of both modulators (E/O) and photoreceivers (O/E) to 65 GHz. • Internal Biasing
The MN4765A consists of an InGaAs photodiode that converts mod- Accurate bias voltage to the photodiode is maintained internally. An
ulated optical signals to electrical signals, and includes additional cir- external, multi-country, AC adapter is included for easy operation.
cuitry for temperature and bias stability. The photodiode has excep-
• High Linearity
tional bandwidth response to 65 GHz and a typical responsivity of
Linear operating range to +6 dBm for transfer function measure-
0.7A/W. The MN4765A is characterized for 1550 nm in both magni-
ment uncertainties of < 0.5 dB at 50 GHz and < 1 dB at 65 GHz.+
tude and phase using a NIST derived calibration standard.
• High Responsivity
0.7 A/W (typical)
Specifications
Value Unit
Frequency Range∗1 0.04 to 65 GHz
Characterized Wavelength 1550 ±20 nm
Linear Optical Input Power ∗2 <6 dBm
Max Optical Input Power 10 dBm
Operating Temperature∗3 18 to 28 °C
Storage Temperature –20 to 70 °C
< 50 GHz < –8
Electrical Return Loss dB
< 65 GHz < –5
Operating Wavelength Range 1480 to 1620 nm
DC Responsivity > 0.55 A/W
Optical Return Loss < –24 dB
∗1. Frequency range over which the MN4765A is calibrated by Anritsu
Calibration Lab.
Frequency response of the MN4765A ∗2. Linear operating range over which |S21| uncertainty is < 0.25 dB.
∗3. Calibrated temperature is 23°C ± 3°C.
Features + Refer to "E/O and O/E Measurements with the 37300C Series VNA"
• Fast and accurate optoelectronic measurements Application Note (11410-00311).
The 37200C/37300C series VNAs, when calibrated using the
MN4765A module, enable error-corrected Transfer Function,
Group Delay and Return Loss measurements of E/O and O/E com- Ordering information
ponents and subsystems. Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
• NIST derived characterization to 65 GHz Model/Order No. Name
Magnitude and phase characterization is obtained using a primary MN4765A O/E Calibration module (40 MHz - 65 GHz)
standard characterized by NIST and held in the Anritsu Calibration Lab.
The magnitude and phase data is provided on a diskette with the module.

NETWORK ANALYZERS
VECTOR NETWORK MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS (VNMS) Ethernet / GPIB
MS4622A/B/D, MS4623A/B/D, MS4624A/B/D
10 MHz to 3 GHz 10 MHz to 6 GHz 10 MHz to 9 GHz
Innovative Manufacturing Solutions for Measuring S-Parameters, NF, P1dB, IMD,

and 3 and 4-Port Devices
7
Anritsu’s family of RF Vector Network Measurement Systems include • 4-Port Balance/Differential Measurements
the MS462XA, MS462XB, and the new MS462xD. Code named The MS462xD series of Vector Network Measurement Systems (VNMS)
Scorpion®, the MS462XX line is much more capable than traditional allow you to characterize devices like SAW filters and integrated cir-
VNAs. With Scorpion’s all new measurement options of vector error- cuits using powerful features like mixed-mode S-Parameters, em-
corrected Noise Figure, Intermodulation Distortion, Fourth bedding/de-embedding, and arbitrary impedance. De-embedding
Measurement Port, and Harmonics, they create a total test solution. utilities provide compensation techniques for typical test fixture envi-
And, when you add the standard benefits of outstanding dynamic ronments to further enhance the measurement accuracy, while inte-
range and blazing fast measurement speed, you have a truly innov- grated embedding utilities, consisting of an extensive library of circuit
ative solution for a manufacturing test environment! primitives, increases time-to-market and yield when simulating the fi-
nal matched behavior of components. The Scorpion’s arbitrary im-
Key Benefits pedance transformations also accurately handle non-50 Ω measure-
• See the true performance of all your passive and active compo- ment scenarios typically associated with balanced devices, making
nents including antennas, isolators, filters, duplexers, couplers, the VNMS well suited for applications requiring ripple, insertion loss
SAW filters, baluns, amplifiers, mixers, and multi-port components and amplitude imbalance measurements on the order of 0.1 dB.
• With a single connection perform S-parameter, Harmonics, Time
Domain, Compression, Intermodulation Distortion (IMD), Noise
Figure (NF), and Frequency Translated Group Delay for accurate
and thorough device characterization
• Optimized for your manufacturing process with features like 2 & 4
port AutoCal® modules which simplify calibrations, sequences for
automating repetitive keystrokes, enhanced markers simplify data
collection, and external SCSI interface for massive storage
• Measurement speeds of 150 µsec/point and dynamic range of
125 dB
Scorpion’s AutoCal® feature also provides a capability for achieving
fast, accurate, and highly repeatable calibrations without the need for
an external controller. By using AutoCal® standard connector types
or test port cable converters, you can calibrate directly using Type N,
K, 3.5 mm, or SMA connectors. Planned upgrades include adapter
characterization with the ability to calibrate using 7/16 or TNC type
connectors.
NETWORK ANALYZERS
• Amplifier Measurements • Mixer measurements
Some of today’s most demanding VNA measurements involve the Scorpion can also accurately characterize your mixers and other fre-
characterization and tuning of multiple port devices such as duplexers, quency-translating devices (FTDs) for isolation, match, conversion
combiners, couplers, etc. In a traditional 2-port VNA, the full charac- loss, noise figure and frequency translated group delay (FTGD).
terization and tuning of such devices presents significant challenges Without changing cables or instruments, Scorpion can make all
in terms of measurement speed, calibration, and the switching of in- these measurements quickly, easily and accurately. Add an external
put signals and measurement ports. With the addition of the third synthesizer and Scorpion can easily orchestrate swept frequency
measurement port, the simplicity and speed with which these de- and swept power mixer IMD measurements. You no longer have to
vices can be tested is greatly enhanced. The MS4622B, MS4623, buy and integrate five separate instruments to perform these every-
and MS4624B network analyzers not only offer the option of adding day measurements. With the integrated measurement flexibility of
a third measurement port, they also offer the industry’s first ever sec- Scorpion, you can design and manufacture all of your passive, ac-
ond internal source. This second source is completely independent tive, and frequency translating devices using a single instrument.
from the main source that switches between ports 1 and 2. By the
addition of this second source, the potential now exists for replacing
the signal generators and spectrum analyzers currently needed to
characterize the non-linear effects that occur when multiple tones
are simultaneously present in the pass-band of an active device.
• AutoCal® Automatic Calibrators

One source of potential errors and inaccuracies in any measurement
system is its calibration. A great deal of time can be wasted in a busy
manufacturing environment trying to verify calibration accuracy, es-
• Vector error-corrected noise figure measurements pecially when multiple shifts run on several different test stations for
The MS4622B, MS4623B, and MS4624B Vector Network the same product line. For this situation, you need a calibration sys-
Measurement Systems deliver the industry’s first ever capability for tem in place that offers the highest possible degree of assurance that
making vector error-corrected noise figure measurements on active every station on every shift is calibrated for identical results. With the
devices in today’s hottest market – wireless communications. The Noise Anritsu AutoCal® automatic calibrator, you get just that. Simply con-
Figure options covering the frequency ranges of 50 MHz to 3 GHz and nect a serial cable between the AutoCal® and the rear panel of the
50 MHz to 6 GHz, give you the functionality for making noise figure VNA and you’re ready to go. If adapters become necessary,
measurements much more accurately than has ever before been AutoCal® can handle them with its revolutionary approach to adapter
possible. This option allows for making S-parameter measurements removal. This approach avoids the necessity of multiple calibrations
and noise figure measurements with a single test connection. The commonly used in adapter removal calibrations. By using the
measurement setup can be configured to make measurements with AutoCal® adapter characterization process, you can calibrate in a
the noise source set in either an internal or an external mode. In the SMA, Type N, 3.5mm, TNC, or 7/16 environment with confidence.
external mode, the noise source is connected directly to the DUT
similar to traditional scalar noise figure measurements. In the inter-
nal mode, the noise source is connected to the VNA rear panel and
internally routed to port 1. Therefore, when a 12-term calibration is
applied concurrently with the noise figure calibration, you can make
vector error-corrected noise figure measurements.

NETWORK ANALYZERS
Specifications
Standard connector type N female
Optional connector types 3.5 mm female, 3.5 mm male, GPC-7, N male
Frequency Directivity Source match Load match
Connector Configuration (MHz) (dB) (dB) (dB)
10 to 1000 >46 >44 >46
Ports 1 and 2
1000 to 3000 >44 >41 >44
MS462xB
3000 to 6000 >38 >39 >38
3.5 mm MS462xD
6000 to 9000 >37 >36 >37
(MS4600/11S)
(MS4600/11SF) Ports 3 and 4 10 to 1000 >44 >42 >44
MS462xB/Opt3x 1000 to 3000 >42 >40 >42
MS462xD 3000 to 6000 >37 >37 >37
Test port characteristics
6000 to 9000 >36 >35 >36

10 to 1000 >46 >44 >46
Ports 1 and 2
1000 to 3000 >44 >41 >44
MS462xB
3000 to 6000 >38 >39 >38
N-Type MS462xD
Measurement port 6000 to 9000 >37 >36 >37
Standard N(F)
characteristics (MS4600/11NM) Ports 3 and 4 10 to 1000 >44 >42 >44
MS462xB/Opt3x 1000 to 3000 >42 >40 >42
MS462xD 3000 to 6000 >37 >37 >37
6000 to 9000 >36 >35 >36
10 to 1000 >46 >44 >46
Ports 1 and 2
1000 to 3000 >44 >41 >44
MS462xB
3000 to 6000 >38 >39 >38
MS462xD
GPC-7 6000 to 9000 >37 >36 >37
(MS4600/11A) 10 to 1000 >44 >42 >44
Ports 3 and 4
MS462xB/Opt3x 1000 to 3000 >42 >40 >42
MS462xD 3000 to 6000 >37 >37 >37
6000 to 9000 >36 >35 >36
MS4622A/B/D, 10 MHz to 3 GHz
Frequency range MS4623A/B/D, 10 MHz to 6 GHz
MS4624A/B/D, 10 MHz to 9 GHz
Frequency resolution 1Hz 7
Frequency stability (with <5x10-6 / year
internal time base) – aging
Temperature <5x10-6 over +15°C to +50°C
MS4622A Transmission/Reflection Test Set +10 to –85 dBm
MS4622B Active Reversing Test Set +10 to –85 dBm
MS4622B (Opt 3) w/ 2nd Source, 3rd Test Port & S/A. +10 to –85 dBm
MS4622B (Opt 4) w/ Noise Figure +7 to –85 dBm
MS4622B (Opt 6) w/ 3rd Test Port +10 to –85 dBm
MS4622D Balanced/Differential 4-Port +10 to –85 dBm
Power output range MS4623B (Opt 3) w/ 2nd Source, 3rd Test Port & S/A +7 to –85 dBm
MS4623B (Opt 4) w/ Noise Figure (3 GHz only) +5 to –85 dBm
MS4624B (Opt 3) w/ 2nd Source, 3rd Test Port & S/A +7 to –85 dBm
Source specifications

Power control range ≥ 20 dB. The minimum absolute level for power sweep is –15 dBm while the maximum power output for a unit is +10 dBm.
The source power (dBm) may be set from the front panel menu or via GPIB. Port 1 power level is settable from
+10 dBm (on the simpler test sets, ranging to +5 dBm on the most complex) to –15 dBm with 0.01 dB resolution.
Source power level In addition, the Port 1 (& Port 3) power may be attenuated in 10 dB steps using the internal 70 dB step attenuator.
Port 3 step attenuator is not available in D models. Port 1 step attenuator is optional in A models.
±1 dB to 6 GHz, ±1.5 dB to 9 GHz (no flat power calibration applied; full-band frequency sweep at –15 dBm, 0 dBm, and
Power level accuracy maximum rated power).
Level test port power The power at all sweep frequencies is leveled to within ±1 dB. Only port 1 and port 3 (if installed) can be externally leveled.
Harmonics and spurious <–30 dBc at maximum rated power (MS4622x and MS4623x)
<–25 dBc at maximum rated power (MS4624x)
Sweep type Linear, CW, Marker, or N-Discrete point sweep
Power sweep range 20 dB (minimum)
Frequency range 10 MHz to 3 GHz (6 GHz or 9 GHz)
Frequency 1 Hz
resolution
Power level ±1 dB to 6 GHz, ±1.5 dB to 9 GHz (no flat power calibration applied; full-band frequency sweep at –15 dBm, 0 dBm,
Source
accuracy and maximum rated power).
#2
(optional) Harmonics <–30 dBc at maximum rated power (MS4622x and MS4623x)
and spurious <–25 dBc at maximum rated power (MS4624x)
Sweep type Linear, CW, Marker, or N-Discrete point sweep
Power sweep
20 dB (minimum)
range
NETWORK ANALYZERS
–100 dBm in 10 Hz IF Bandwidth (< 3 GHz); Typically > –110 dBm in narrowband sweep
Receiver specs
Average noise level
–90 dBm in 10 Hz IF Bandwidth (> 3 GHz); Typically > –100 dBm in narrowband sweep
Maximum
+27 dBm, +20 dBm noise figure mode
input level
Damage
> +30 dBm, > +23 dBm noise figure mode
level
Measurement times are measured using a single trace (S21) display and one average. The measurement speeds
for the communications band are measured in a 25 MHz band from 824 – 849 MHz. The typical measurement times
displayed are as follows:
Data IF bandwidth 10 MHz to 3 GHz 10 MHz to 6 GHz 10 MHz to 9 GHz Communications
points (Hz) (ms) (ms) (ms) band (ms)
30 kHz 16 18 31 11
10 kHz 21 23 35 16
51 3 kHz 32 35 46 27
1 kHz 66 69 76 61
300 Hz 187 189 203 184
30 kHz 26 28 40 20
10 kHz 35 38 48 28
101 3 kHz 57 60 71 50
Measurement speed 1 kHz 126 129 138 120
summary 300 Hz 366 370 380 368
30 kHz 44 48 64 37
10 kHz 61 65 81 52
201 3 kHz 106 110 126 98
1 kHz 242 246 262 234
300 Hz 716 720 740 712
30 kHz 80 87 110 70
10 kHz 114 121 146 104
401 3 kHz 206 212 236 196
1 kHz 480 484 508 468
300 Hz 1424 1432 1448 1408
30 kHz 150 161 202 130
10 kHz 218 230 270 198
801 3 kHz 400 412 456 380
1 kHz 952 960 1000 928
300 Hz 2820 2840 2900 2800
S11, S21, S22, S12, S33, S23, S32, S13, S31, S14, S24, S34, S44, S41, S42, S43, Harmonics, Noise Figure, Intermodulation
Parameters
Distortion (IMD), and user-defined combinations of a1, a2, a3, a4, b1, b2, b3, and b4. Mixed-Mode terms, too.
Frequency range of measurement can be narrowed within the calibration range without recalibration.
Measurement frequency
CW mode permits single frequency measurements, also without recalibration. In addition, the system accepts N
range
discrete frequency points where 2 <N <1601.
Domains Frequency Domain, CW Draw, and optional High Speed Time (Distance) Domain
Log Magnitude, Phase, Log Magnitude & Phase, Smith Chart (Impedance), Smith Chart (Admittance), Linear Polar, Log
Formats
Polar, Group Delay, Linear Magnitude, Linear Magnitude and Phase, Real, Imaginary, Real & Imaginary, SWR, and Power
1601 maximum. Number of data points can be switched to a value of 801, 401, 201, 101, 51, 15, or 3 points without
Data points recalibration (if 1601 points were used in the calibration). In addition, the system accepts an arbitrary set of N discrete
data points where 2 ≤N ≤1601. CW mode permits selection of a single data point without recalibration.
Can be entered in time or in distance (when the dielectric constant is entered). Automatic reference delay feature adds the
correct electrical length compensation at the push of a button. Software compensation for the electrical length difference
Reference delay
between reference and test is always accurate and stable since measurement frequencies are always synthesized.
In addition, the system compensates reference phase delay for dispersive transmission media such as microstrip.
Allows the ability to decouple channel 1 and 2 from channel 3 and 4 for the following parameters: correction type,
Measurement capabilities
Alternate sweep
start and stop frequencies, number of data points, markers, sweep time, averaging, smoothing, and IF bandwidth.
Twelve independent markers can be used to read out simultaneous measurement data. In alternate sweep mode there
Markers are sets of markers for each frequency sweep. In delta reference marker mode, any one marker can be selected as the
reference for the other eleven. Markers can be directed automatically to the minimum or maximum of a data trace.
Marker search for a level or bandwidth, displaying an active marker for each channel, and discrete or continuous
Enhanced markers
(interpolated) markers. Identifies the X dB bandwidth of amplifiers, filters, and other frequency sensitive devices.
Marker sweep Sweeps upward in frequency between any two markers. Recalibration is not required during the marker sweep.
Limit lines Either single or segmented limit lines can be displayed. Two limit lines are available for each trace.
Single limit readouts Interpolation algorithm determines the exact intersection frequencies of data traces and limit lines.
A total of 20 segments (10 upper and 10 lower) can be generated per data trace. Complete segmented traces can
Segmented limit lines
be offset in both frequency and amplitude.
Both single and segmented limits can be used for PASS/FAIL testing. PASS or FAIL status is indicated on the display
Test limits after each sweep. In addition, PASS/FAIL status is output through the rear panel I/O connector as selectable TTL levels
(PASS=0V, FAIL=+5V, or PASS=+5V, FAIL=0V).
Tune Mode optimizes sweep speed in tuning applications by updating forward S-parameters more frequently than
Tune mode reverse ones. This mode lets users select the ratio of forward sweeps to reverse sweeps after a full 12-term calibration.
The ratio of forward sweeps to reverse sweeps can be set anywhere between 1:1 to 10,000:1.
Power sweep measurements Both Swept Power Gain Compression and Swept Frequency Gain Compression modes are available.
Seven measurement sequences can be created, stored, edited, and run from the front panel. Sequences can include
Sequencing front-panel functions as well as user-definable control statements. Sequences can be run from either the unit front
panel, via GPIB, or from an AT-style keyboard plugged into the front panel.
Harmonic measurement Measurement/display of fundamental, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, & 9th harmonic
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Four, each of which can display any S-parameter or user-defined parameter in any format with up to two traces per
channel for a maximum of eight traces simultaneously. Each channel is also capable of displaying harmonics, noise figure,
Display channels
Display capabilities
intermodulation distortion, or time domain trace. A single channel, two channels (1 and 3, or 2 and 4), or all four channels
can be displayed simultaneously. Channels 1 and 3, or channels 2 and 4, can be overlaid for rectilinear graph types.
Displays two data traces on the active channel’s graticule simultaneously. The overlaid trace is displayed in yellow and
Trace overlay
the primary trace is displayed in red.
A separate memory for each channel can be used to store measurement data for later display or subtraction, addition,
Trace memory
multiplication or division with current measurement data.
Blanking function removes all references to displayed frequencies on the LCD. Frequency blanking can only be
Blank frequency information
restored through a system reset or GPIB command.
Averaging of 1 to 4096 averages can be selected. The data averaging function is performed at each data point during
Data averaging the frequency sweep. Averaging can be toggled on or off via the front panel; a front-panel LED indicates that the data
averaging function is enabled.
IF bandwidth Soft Key selection of IF bandwidth (30 kHz, 10 kHz, 3 kHz, 1 kHz, 300 Hz, 100 Hz, 30 Hz, 10 Hz)
Computes an average over a percentage range of the data trace. The percentage of trace to be smoothed can be
Trace smoothing
selected from 0 to 20% of trace.
Group delay is measured by computing the phase change in degrees across a frequency step by applying the formula:
Group Tg = –1/360 d(phase)
delay
d(frequency)
Defined as the frequency span over which the phase change is computed at a given frequency point. The aperture can
be changed without recalibration. The minimum aperture is the frequency range divided by the number of points in
Aperture
calibration and can be increased to 20% of the frequency range without recalibration. The frequency width of the
Group delay aperture and the percent of the frequency range are displayed automatically.
characteristics
The maximum delay range is limited to measuring no more than ±180° of phase change within the aperture set by
Range
Measurement enhancements
the number of frequency points. A frequency step size of 100 kHz corresponds to 10 microseconds.
Measurement For continuous measurement of a through connection, RSS fluctuations due to phase and FM noise are:
repeatability 1.41 {(Phase Noise)^2 + (Tg x Residual FM Noise)^2}^.5
(sweep to
sweep) 360 (Aperture in Hz)
Error in Tg = Error in phase

Accuracy 360 + (Tg x Aperature Freq. Error (Hz)
7
Aperture
Frequency Allows the measurement of group delay of mixers and other translating devices by analyzing the phase shift experienced
Translating by a modulated signal (generated internally). The above Group Delay equation applies, except that the phase change is
Group measured across the modulating bandwidth of the test signal instead of across frequency points. The aperture is fixed at
Delay about 900 kHz and the range is limited to about 1 µs. The use of angle modulation keeps the measurement relatively
(FTGD) immune from compression and other non-linearities.
The LRL calibration technique uses the characteristic impedance of a length of transmission line as the calibration
standard. A full LRL calibration consists merely of two transmission line measurements, a high reflection measurement,
and an isolation measurement. The LRM calibration technique is a variation of the LRL technique that utilizes a
LRL/LRM calibration
precision termination rather that a second length of transmission line. A third optional standard, either Line or
capability
Match may be measured in order to extend the frequency range of the calibration. This extended calibration is achieved
by mathematically concatenating either two LRL, two LRM, or one LRL and one LRM calibration(s). Using these
techniques, full 12-term error correction can be performed on the MS462XX VNA.
Dispersion compensation Selectable as Coaxial (non-dispersive), Waveguide, or Microstrip (dispersive)
Reference plane Selectable as Middle of line 1 or Ends of line 1
Corrected impedance Determined by Calibration Standards
AutoCal ® The Scorpion™ family incorporates internal control of the 3658X-series AutoCal ® modules.
Optimize throughput by performing only the sweeps required to characterize multi-port devices.
FlexibleCal™
Also enables convenient switching between 2, 3 and 4 port calibration without recalibration.
Scorpion™ supports the HP 2225C InkJet, HP QuietJet, HP DeskJet, HP LaserJet II, III, IV, & V Series,
Hard copy
and Epson compatible printers with parallel (Centronics) interfaces.

Printer
They are also compatible with the ANRITSU “VNA Capture” program (outputs bitmap file over GPIB) and provide bitmap
output over front panel to disk.
GPIB plotters Scorpion™ supports the HP Models 7440A, 7470A, and 7475A and Tektronix Model HC100 plotters.
Ten front panel states (setup/calibration) can be stored and recalled from nonvolatile memory locations. The current
Internal memory front panel setup is automatically stored in nonvolatile memory at instrument powerdown. When power is applied, the
instrument returns to its last front-panel setup. The system will be able to exchange two stored calibrations in <0.5 s.
Internal nonvolatile memory Used to store and recall measurement and calibration data and front panel setups. All files are MS-DOS compatible.
Storage
A 3.5 inch diskette drive with 1.44 Mb formatted capacity is used to load measurement programs and to store and
Internal floppy disk drive
recall measurement and calibration data and front panel setups.
Measurement data 102.8 kb per 1601 point S-parameter data file
Calibration data 187.3 kb per 1601 point S-parameter data file (12-term cal plus setup)
Trace memory file 12.8 kb per 1601 point channel
GPIB interfaces 2 ports
Connects to an external controller for use in remote programming of the network analyzer. Address can be set from the
GPIB
System GPIB (IEEE-488.2)

front panel and can range from 1 to 30.
Connects to external peripherals for network analyzer controlled operations (e.g., GPIB plotters, frequency counters,
Dedicated GPIB
frequency synthesizers, and power meters).
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Power requirements 85-240V, 48-63 Hz, 540 VA maximum
General
Dimensions 222H x 425W x 450D mm (8.75 x 16.75 x 17.75 in)

Weight < 23kg. (52 lb.)
Storage temperature
Environmental
–40°C to +75°C.
range
0°C to +50°C (specifications apply at 23°C ±3 °C).
range
Relative humidity 5% to 95% at +40°C.
EMC Directive - 89/336/EEC
EN50081-1:1992
CISPR-11:1990/EN55011:1991 Group 1 Class A
EMC Directive - 89/336/EEC per EN61326
EMMISSIONS Standard
EN55011:1991
Meets the emmissions and IEC 61000-3-2
EMC
immunity requirements of IEC 61000-3-3

IMMUNITY Standard
IEC 1000-4-2:1995/prEN50082-1:1995 - 4kV CD, 8kV AD
IEC 1000-4-3:1995/ENV50140:1994 - 3V/m
IEC 1000-4-4:1995/prEN50082-1:1995 -500V SL; 1000V PL
IEC 1000-4-5:1995/prEN50082-1:1995 - 2kV L-E, 1kV L-L
IEC 1000-4-6:1995/ENV50141:1994
IEC 1000-4-8:1995/prEN50082-1:1995
IEC 1000-4-11:1995/prEN50082-1:1995
Meets safety requirements of Low Voltage/Safety Standard
Safety
72/23/EEC - EN61010-1:1993
Main frame Noise sources
MS4622A 10MHz – 3GHz transmission/reflection NC346A 5 dB ENR noise source (3.5 mm)
MS4622B 10MHz – 3GHz active reversing NC346B 15 dB ENR noise source (3.5 mm)
MS4622D 10MHz – 3GHz Balanced / Differential 4-Port
MS4623A 10MHz – 6GHz transmission/reflection Calibration kits
MS4623B 10MHz – 6GHz active reversing 3750R SMA/3.5 mm RF Cal Kit ≤9 GHz
MS4623D 10MHz – 6GHz Balanced / Differential 4-Port 3750R/1 Adds a set of five Phase Equal Insertables (PEIs)
MS4624A 10MHz – 9GHz transmission/reflection 3750R/3 Adds additional 3.5 mm (female) and 3.5 mm (male)
MS4624B 10MHz – 9GHz active reversing terminations required for four port calibrations.
MS4624D 10MHz – 9GHz Balanced / Differential 4-Port 3751R GPC-7 RF Cal Kit ≤9 GHz
3751R/2 Adds a third GPC-7 termination required for three port
Options calibrations.
Option 1 Rack mount kit with slides 3751R/3 Adds two additional GPC-7 terminations required for four
Option 2 Time domain port calibrations.
Option 3A Adds to MS4622B a 2nd internal source (3 GHz source) 3753R 50 Ω, Type N, RF Cal Kit ≤9 GHz
+ 3rd port 3753R/1 Adds a set of five Phase Equal Insertables (PEIs)
Option 3B Adds to MS4623B a 2nd internal source (6 GHz source) 3753R/3 Adds additional N (female) and N (male) terminations
+ 3rd port required for four port calibrations.
Option 3E Adds to MS4624B a 2nd internal source 3753-75R 75 Ω, Type N, RF Cal Kit ≤9 GHz
(9 GHz source) + 3rd port 3753-75R/3 Adds additional N (75 Ω female) and N (75 Ω male)
Option 4∗1 Noise figure 50 MHz to 3 GHz (only for B models) terminations required for four port calibrations.
Option 4B∗1 Noise figure 50 MHz to 6 GHz (only for B models)
Option 4F∗1 Noise figure 50 MHz to 3 GHz (only for D models) Verification kits
Option 4G∗1 Noise figure 50 MHz to 6 GHz (only for D models) 3663R Type N verification kit
Option 5 Frequency translation group delay 3666R SMA/3.5 mm verification kit
Option 6∗2 3rd test port (B models; for use with external 3667R GPC-7 verification kit
synthesizer)
Option 7 T/R step attenuator (only for A models, standard on B) Accessories
Option 8 Harmonic measurement 15LL50-0.3A 3.5 mm Male-Male Cable, 30 cm
Option 11∗3 Test Port connector 15LL50-0.6A 3.5 mm Male-Male Cable, 60 cm
Option 13 Intermodulation distortion 15LLF50-0.3A 3.5 mm Male-Female Cable, 30 cm
Option 24 Processing Upgrade for MS462xB and MS462xC 15LLF50-0.6A 3.5 mm Male-Female Cable, 60 cm
(standard in MS462xD) 15NN50-0.3B Type N Male-Male Cable, 30 cm
15NN50-0.6B Type N Male-Male Cable, 60 cm
AutoCal ® 15NNF50-0.3B Type N Male-Female Cable, 30 cm
36581NNF/2 AutoCal ®, Type N, 10 MHz to 9 GHz 15NNF50-0.6B Type N Male-Female Cable, 60 cm
36581KKF/2 AutoCal ®, Type K, 10 MHz to 9 GHz
36584KF AutoCal®, 4-Port Type K, 10 MHz to 9 GHz
36584NF AutoCal®, 4-Port Type N, 10 MHz to 9 GHz ∗1: Does not include noise source.
∗2: Port 3 is a receiving port only, unless using an external synthesizer.
∗3: Standard connector is N-female, no cost option for 3.5 mm (male),
3.5 mm (female), N-male, or GPC-7.

NETWORK ANALYZERS
VECTOR NETWORK MEASUREMENT SYSTEM / DIRECT-ACCESS RECEIVER Ethernet / GPIB
MS4622C, MS4623C, MS4624C
10 MHZ to 3 GHz 10 MHz to 6 GHz 10 MHz to 9 GHz
For Measuring Antennas, Frequency Conversion, and Multiple-Output Devices
7
The MS462XC series of RF vector network analyzers are configured provide both the LO and RF signal required by the mixer – the sys-
as direct-access receivers for antenna, frequency conversion, and tem automatically tunes the receiver to the appropriate IF frequency.
multiple output device measurements. The MS462XC offers ultimate The unit can control additional external sources as required for inter-
flexibility to meet most receiver measurement needs while maintain- modulation measurements.
ing the ability to measure all four S parameters with the addition of a The setup of the sources is obviously quite important in a mixer mea-
reflectometer setup at the front end of the receiver. surement. The Mixer device type simplifies this task somewhat. It al-
The MS462XC series offers three wide-band RF models covering the lows the quick selection of which source is to be the DUT LO. It al-
10 MHz to 3 GHz, 6 GHz or 9 GHz ranges, MS4622C, MS4623C, lows simple selection of a fixed LO or fixed IF measurement scenario
and MS4624C, respectively. (and specifying that LO or IF frequency). And, it informs the receiver
of what kind of DUT conversion to expect (up conversion |RF+LO|,
Applications down conversion |RF –LO|, or no conversions might be used for a
• Mixers quick leakage measurement). Activating the mixer device type also
Mixers are integral components of most measurement systems. performs the important function of turning on both internal sources
Mixer measurements are complicated by the fact that an LO is re- for front panel access (usually using ports 1 and 3 driving, port 2 be-
quired and multiple frequencies are involved in the complete mea- ing the receive port). Two ports are not allowed to drive simultane-
surement of a mixer. In addition, the mixer is non-linear so power lev- ously during normal S-parameter measurements.
els must be carefully considered, and in many instances non-linear • Antennas
effects such as compression and intermodulation distortion must be Far-field measurements are enhanced with the speed of taking data
measured. The MS462XC has many features that simplify mixer over GPIB, using fast CW mode. Rates of 8,900 points per second
measurements. The MS462XC can include two built in sources, to can be achieved.
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Specifications Ordering information
General measurement and enhancement display capabilities are the Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
same as those for the MS4622A/B/D, MS4623A/B/D, MS4624A/B/D. Model/Order No. Name
Number of channels Four measurement channels Mainframe
Operating port power MS4622C 10 MHz to 3 GHz direct receiver access
–5 dBm for 0.1 dB compression MS4623C 10 MHz to 6 GHz direct receiver access
(A1, A2, B1 and B2)
MS4624C 10 MHz to 9 GHz direct receiver access
Maximum port power
+20 dBm
for no damage Options
–110 dBm@10 Hz IF bandwidth (<3 GHz), Option 1 Rack mount kit with slides
typically >–120 dBm in narrowband sweep; Option 2 Time domain
Noise floor Option 3C Adds to MS4622C a 2nd internal source (3 GHz source)
–100 dBm@10 Hz IF bandwidth (>3 GHz),
typically >–110 dBm in narrowband sweep + 3rd port
Option 3D Adds to MS4623C a 2nd internal source (6 GHz source)
System dynamic range 97 dB + 3rd port
MS4622C: +10 to –85 dBm Option 3F Adds to MS4624C a 2nd internal source (9 GHz source)
Power output range
MS4623C: +7 to –85 dBm + 3rd port
(ports 1, 2 and 3)
MS4624C: +7 to –85 dBm Option 4D∗3 Noise figure 50 MHz to 3 GHz (only for C models)
Source match Option 4E∗3 Noise figure 50 MHz to 6 GHz (only for C models)
–9 dB (uncorrected) Option 5 Frequency translated group delay
(RF1, RF2 and RF3)
Option 6 3rd test port (only for B and C models)
Port match Option 7 T/R step attenuator (only for A models, standard on B)
–12 dB (uncorrected)
(A1, A2, B1 and B2) Option 8∗1 Harmonic measurement
MS4622C: 10 MHz to 3 GHz Option 11∗2 Test Port connector
Frequency range MS4623C: 10 MHz to 6 GHz Option 13 Intermodulation distortion
MS4624C: 10 MHz to 9 GHz Option 24 Processing Upgrade for MS462xB and MS462xC
(standard in MS462xD)
2nd internal source Optional
Intermodulation Distortion Optional Noise sources
NC346A 5dB ENR noise source (3.5 mm)
IMD (3rd order) 70 dB with 10 Hz IF bandwidth @ 300 kHz
NC346B 15dB ENR noise source (3.5 mm)
dynamic range tone separation and @ –20 dBm tone levels
IMD accuracy ±1 dB @ > –60 dBm levels ∗1: Subject to frequency range limitations imposed by test set.
∗2: Standard connector is N-female, no cost option for 3.5 mm (male),
Power measurement ±1 dB without flat power calibration 3.5mm (female), N-male, or GPC-7.
accuracy ±0.1 dB with flat power calibration ∗3: Does not include noise source.
Full reversing
Provided
transfer switch

NETWORK ANALYZERS
POWER AMPLIFIER TEST SYSTEM (PATS) GPIB
ME7840A
800 to 2400 MHz, 100 Watts / 10 to 6000 MHz, 5 Watts
Easy-to-Use System for Power Amplifier Design and Manufacturing
PATS HATS (Option 4)
7
The ME7840A Power Amplifier Test System (PATS) is a flexible, • Scorpion Navigator Software
easy-to-use system for base station power amplifier testing and with The Scorpion Navigator software is installed on your computer to or-
the introduction of the new option 4 Handset Amplifier Test Set chestrate the PATS and HATS measurements. The computer should
(HATS) it now provides full coverage to handle all of your power am- be a Pentium II at 200 MHz or equivalent system with a GPIB Card
plifier testing needs. (computer not included).
• MS462xC Vector Network Measurement System (VNMS)
Key Benefits The MS462xC is the Direct Receiver Access (DRA) configuration for
• Versatility to characterize most power and handset amplifiers the MS462xx family of Vector Network Measurement Systems (VN-
• Consolidate multiple test stations and connections to increase pro- MS). The MS462xC series is available in two wide-band RF models
ductivity covering the 10 MHz to 3 GHz or 6 GHz range (MS4622C and
• Improve accuracy and repeatability of S-parameter, Harmonics, MS4623C respectively).
Gain Compression, Intermodulation Distortion (IMD), and Adjacent • MS4782D Test Set (Option 4, MN4783A)
Channel Power Ratio (ACPR) measurements The MS4782D or MN4783A (option 4) Test Set provides the neces-
• Flexibility to accommodate future requirements with auxiliary paths sary hardware to interface between your power amplifier and the VNMS.
• Scorpion Navigator™ enables test executive integration in about a
week Scorpion Navigator Software Results
With frequency sweeps as fast as 150 µs/point and power sweeps as
PATS consists of three distinct parts: The Scorpion Navigator
fast as 150 µs/point, you can quickly, thoroughly, and accurately
Software, the MS462xC Vector Network Measurement System, and
characterize your power amplifiers in real-time.
the MS4782D Test Set.
Simultaneously overlay measurements in both frequency and power
and see the results of over 250 data points updated twice per second.
Measurement capabilities:
Swept Frequency Swept Power
Measurements CW
(as fast as 150 µsecs/pt) (as fast as 150 µsecs/pt)
ACPR √ √ ∗1
S-Parameters
√ √ √
Hot S22
IMD, TOI (two-tone):
√ √ √
3rd, 5th, 7th, & 9th
Gain Compression:
P1 dB √ √ √
AM/PM √ √
Harmonics:
Magnitude √ √ √
Phase √
Noise Figure∗2 √ √
Power Added
√ √ √
Efficiency (PAE)
Drain Current √ √ √
∗1: Swept power speed is related to external source
∗2: Noise Figure only available with option 4 (HATS test set)
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Power Amplifier Test Set Block Diagram Handset Amplifier Test Set Block Diagram
The following block diagram depicts the standard MS4782D Test Set The following block diagram depicts the standard MS4782D Test Set
design. Anritsu can configure and optimize a custom test set for your design. Anritsu can configure and optimize a custom test set for your
specific requirements. specific requirements.
SOURCE 2 SOURCE 1
GPIB SYSTEM SOURCE 2
CONTROLLER SOURCE 1
(PC) GPIB SYSTEM
CONTROLLER
(PC)
MS462XC DIRECT RECEIVER
ACCESS SCORPION®
REVERSE FORWARD
MS462XC DIRECT RECEIVER

TRANSFER
ACCESS SCORPION®
REVERSE FORWARD
SWITCH GPIB
TRANSFER GPIB
STEP SWITCH
ATTENUATORS
STEP
70dB, 10dB/step
ATTENUATORS
ANALOG IN 70dB, 10dB/step K
NOISE FIGURE
ANALOG IN
RECEIVERS
EXT I/O RECEIVERS
EXT I/O
RF3 RF1 A1 B1 B2 A2 RF2
RF3 RF1 A1 B1 B2 A2 RF2
N N SMA SMA SMA SMA N
CONTROL
LINES N N K K K K N
OPTIONAL
+7 dBm +7 dBm CONTROL
EXTERNAL
PREAMPLIFIERS LINES
N N S S S S N
N N S S S S N
S
COMBINER C3 INTERNAL
PREAMPS
S
S
TERMINATION
C2
-30dB COMBINER -20dB C2
LIMITER
MS4782D TYPICAL TEST SET
100W
MN4783A TYPICAL TEST SET

*OPTIONAL ATTENUATOR
EXTERNAL OR
CIRCULATOR ISOLATOR
S S
C1 C1
OPTIONAL K
STEP SPECTRUM STEP Noise
ATTENUATOR ANALYZER ATTENUATOR Figure
70dB, 10dB/step 70 dB,
Out OPTIONAL
10 dB/step
-30dB -20dB POWER
METER
-20dB
-30dB OPTIONAL
-30dB POWER -20dB
METER
OPTIONAL
N S S S N N N SPECTRUM
N S S N N N ANALYZER
Front Noise Test Port 1 Test Port 2 Aux Out
Ext. Source Rear Test Port 1 Test Port 2 Aux Out Source In
Noise AUT
AUT Source
OPTIONAL
OPTIONAL
MODULATION OPTIONAL POWER EXTERNAL
SYNTHESIZER EXTERNAL SUPPLY PRE-AMP
PRE-AMP OPTIONAL POWER
CURRENT PROBE OPTIONAL SUPPLY
*Circulator is required only for S22 measurement. MODULATION OPTIONAL
If S22 is not required, port C1 is connected to C2 SYNTHESIZER CURRENT PROBE
as shown by dashed line.
Specifications Specifications
Characteristic Value Notes Characteristic Value Notes
Without Hot S22 provision
Amplifier Under Test Amplifier Under
100W max (Contact Anritsu for custom designs 5W max –
Power Output Test Power Output
for higher power)
Without S22 provision
Bandwidth through 800 MHz – Bandwidth through 10 MHz –
(Contact Anritsu for custom designs –
Test Set 2.4 GHZ Test Set 6.0 GHZ
for different frequency ranges)
This value is for each tone, at Amplifier Under This value is for each tone, at
Amplifier Under Test
–85 dBm to combiner input. Provision for Test Input Power –65 dBm to combiner input. Provision for
Input Power range
+10 dBm preamplifiers provided for greater range available +13 dBm preamplifiers provided for
available from PATS
levels from HATS greater levels
With 10 Hz IF bandwidth @ 300 kHz With 10 Hz IF bandwidth
IMD (3rd order) IMD (3rd order)
70 dB min tone separation and –20 dBm tone 70 dB min @ 300 kHz tone separation and
Dynamic Range Dynamic Range
levels –20 dBm tone levels
IMD Accuracy ±1 dB max @ >–60 dBc levels IMD Accuracy ±1 dB max @ >–60 dBc levels
±0.1 dB typical With flat power calibration Port Power ±0.1 dB typical With flat power calibration
Port Power Accuracy
±1 dB max Without flat power calibration Accuracy ±1 dB max Without flat power calibration
Dynamic Range 80 dB min Over-all system including Test Set 80 dB typical 10 MHz to 3 GHz
Dynamic Range
Port Match 70 dB typical 3 GHz to 6 GHz
40 dB min Corrected value
(test ports 1 & 2)
Port Match 40 dB (corrected) Uncorrected match for
Port Match 10 MHz to 3 GHz 13 dB (uncorrected) Test Port 2 is typically 20 dB
13 dB min Uncorrected value
(test ports 1 & 2)
Port Match 37 dB (corrected) Uncorrected match for
Directivity 40 dB 800 MHz – 2.4 GHz, Corrected value 3 GHz to 6 GHz 13 dB (uncorrected) Test Port 2 is typically 18 dB
Directivity 40 dB 50 MHz – 6 GHz, Corrected value
Noise Figure 50 MHz – 6 GHz

NETWORK ANALYZERS
Anritsu can configure and optimize a custom test set for your specif-
ic requirements. The following information represents the standard
configuration and options.

Main frame
ME7840A PATS, 800 to 2400 MHz, 100 Watts
MS4623C∗1,2 Scorpion®, DRA configuration, 10 MHz to 6 GHz
MS4600/3D Scorpion® optional 6 GHz internal source with
3rd test port
MS4600/8 Scorpion® optional harmonic measurement application
MS4600/13 Scorpion® optional intermodulation distortion application
MS4782D PATS Test Set (100 Watts, 800 – 2400 MHz)∗3
43425 Accessories and interconnect kit
Scorpion Navigator™
Options
ME7840/1 Replace MS4623C with MS4622C (3 GHz option)
ME7840/2 Replace MS4782D test set with MS4782A
ME7840/3 Delete Test Set
ME7840/4 Handset Amplifier Test Set (HATS)
(5 Watts, 10 – 6000 MHz)
Circulators
Circulators may be required for measurements of Hot S22:
1000-50 Circulator, 800 – 1000 MHz, 20 dB min, 50 Watts
Max AUT Power
1000-52 Circulator, 1.8 – 2.5 GHz, 20 dB min, 50 Watts
Max AUT Power, (connecting cable(s) not included)
1000-53 Circulator, 1.8 – 2.5 GHz, 22 dB min, 79 Watts
Max AUT Power
Note: All circulators have 3 SMA female connectors.
Current Probes 7
Current Probes are required for drain current and Power
Added Efficiency (PAE) calculations:
2000-1067 Current Probe
Max current: 100mV/A:10A, 10mV/A:100A
Accuracy (at lesser current range setting):
3% of reading ±50mA
2000-1085 Current Probe
Max current: 1mV/mA:1A, 10mV/A:80A
Accuracy (at lesser current range setting):
2% of reading ±5mA
Calibration kits
3750R SMA/3.5 mm RF Cal Kit ≤9 GHz
3750R/1 Adds a set of five Phase Equal Insertables (PEIs)
3750R/3 Adds additional 3.5 mm (female) and 3.5 mm (male)
terminations required for four port calibrations.
3753R 50 Ω, Type N, RF Calkit ≤9 GHz
3753R/3 Adds additional N (female) and N (male) terminations
required for four port calibrations.
AutoCal®
36581NNF/2 AutoCal, Type N, 10 MHz to 9 GHz
36581KKF/2 AutoCal, Type K, 10 MHz to 9 GHz
Economy cables
15LL50-0.3A 3.5 mm Male-Male Cable, 30 cm
15LL50-0.6A 3.5 mm Male-Male Cable, 60 cm
15LLF50-0.3A 3.5 mm Male-Female Cable, 30 cm
15LLF50-0.6A 3.5 mm Male-Female Cable, 60 cm
15NNF50-0.3B Type N Male-Female Cable, 30 cm
15NNF50-0.6B Type N Male-Female Cable, 60 cm
∗1: ME7840A standard connector type is N-female.
∗2: Scorpion® DRA rear panel Reference Channel Connectors a1, a2, b1,
and b2 are SMA-female connectors.
∗3: Special test sets can be configured for other power levels and frequency
ranges.
NETWORK ANALYZERS
TOWER MOUNTED AMPLIFIER TEST SYSTEM (TMATS) GPIB
ME7842B
10 to 6000 MHz
Fully Characterize and Test Tower Mounted Amplifiers (TMAs) with a Single Connection
The result of working with a top infrastructure provider of Node B • MS462xB Vector Network Measurement System (VNMS)
base station components, the ME7842B is a measurement system The MS462xB is a powerful full reversing S-parameter configuration
capable of simplifying the complexity of multi-port Tower Mounted offering performance, ease-of-use and the versatility that is required
Amplifier (TMA) test. With innovative instrumentation, flexible multi- in TMA testing.
port test set and easy-to-use software, TMATS has dramatically re- The MS462xB series is available in two wide-band RF models cov-
duced TMA test times from hours to just minutes. The easy-to-use ering the 10 MHz to 3 GHz or 6 GHz range (MS4622B and MS4623B
software, the Scorpion Navigator™, includes unprecedented features respectively).
that enable integration into any manufacturing environment in about • MN4790A Test Set
a week. The solution is now commercialized and ready to tackle The MN4790A Test Set provides the necessary hardware to inter-
your toughest TMA measurement requirements. face between your tower mounted amplifier (TMA) and the VNMS.
Key Benefits
• Versatility to characterize most TMA configurations (2 – 5 ports) Measurement capabilities:
• Consolidate multiple test stations and connections to increase pro- Swept Frequency Swept Power
Measurements CW
ductivity (as fast as 150 µsecs/pt) (as fast as 150 µsecs/pt)
• Improve accuracy and repeatability of S-parameter, Harmonics, Noise Figure √ √
Gain Compression, Intermodulation Distortion (IMD), Noise Figure
(NF), and Adjacent Channel Power Ratio (ACPR) measurements ACPR √ √∗
• Flexibility to accommodate future requirements with auxiliary paths S-Parameters √ √ √
• Scorpion Navigator enables test executive integration in about a IMD, TOI (two-tone):
week √ √ √
3rd, 5th, 7th, & 9th
TMATS consists of three distinct parts: The Scorpion Navigator soft- Gain Compression:
ware, MS462xB Vector Network Measurement System, and the P1 dB √ √ √
MN4790A Test Set. AM/PM √ √
• Scorpion Navigator Software Harmonics:

Magnitude
√ √ √
The Scorpion Navigator software is installed on your computer to or-
chestrate the TMATS measurements. The computer should be a Power Added
√ √ √
Pentium II at 200 MHz or equivalent system with a GPIB Card (com- Efficiency (PAE)
puter not included). ∗ Swept power speed is related to external source

NETWORK ANALYZERS
TMATS Block Diagram Specifications
The following block diagram depicts the standard MN4790A Test Set
design. Anritsu can configure and optimize a custom test set for your Characteristic Specification
specific requirements. 10 MHz to 6 GHz
Frequency, Test Set
500 MHz to 6 GHz for IMD
Maximum Power Level +20 dBm
NOISE SOURCE
Input Power Range to DUT 0 dBm to –85 dBm
SCORPION®
MS4623B
GPIB SYSTEM
SCORPION VNMS CONTROLLER
(PC)
IMD (3rd Order) Dynamic Range 70 dBm
PORT 3 PORT 1 PORT 2
IMD Accuracy ±1 dB max (at >–60 dBc Levels)
N N N
OPTIONAL
EXTERNAL
PREAMPLIFIERS
Port Power Accuracy ±0.1 dB typical (with flat power Levels)
PORT 3 N PORT 1 N PORT 2 N
Dynamic Range 80 dB typical
Step
S2 S4
Attenuator GPIB 40 dB (10 MHz to 3 GHz, corrected)
70 dB, Directivity
10 dB/step 35 dB (3 GHz to 6 GHz, corrected)
COMBINER
AUX-RBS Source Match 35 dB (10 MHz to 6 GHz, corrected)
MN4790A TYPICAL TEST SET
OPTIONAL
S6
AUX-RBS
SPECTRUM
ANALYZER Isolation between DUT Ports
OR
MODULATION ANTA ↔ ANTB 60 dB
S7
ANALYZER
RBSA ↔ RBSB 60 dB
S1
OPTIONAL
ANTn ↔ RBSn 100 dB
POWER
METER
Damage Level (test set) >+27 dBm
S3 S5
DC BIAS 1
POWER
N N N N N N N
DC BIAS 2 SUPPLY
AUX-ANT AUX-ANT RF ANT A ANT B RBS B RBS A Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
OUT
ANT
BPF BPF
B
Rx/Tx
Anritsu can configure and optimize a custom test set for your specific
BPF
LNA
requirements. The following information represents the standard
OPTIONAL
MODULATION ANT
BPF LNA BPF
A Rx/Tx configuration.
SYNTHESIZER BPF
Typical TMA Device Model/Order No. Name

The ME7842B∗ System consists of the following: 7
MS4623B* Scorpion®, 10 MHz to 6 GHz
Scorpion Navigator Software Results MS4600/3B Scorpion® optional 6 GHz internal source with
The Scorpion Navigator is optimized for testing both current and fu- 3rd test port
ture TMA configurations. Once calibrated, simply choose the de- MS4600/4B Scorpion® optional 6 GHz noise figure
sired TMA path and the necessary measurement. That’s all it takes MS4600/8 Scorpion® optional harmonic measurement application
to begin. Manual operation is simplified with a flexible and easy-to- MS4600/13 Scorpion® optional intermodulation distortion application
MN4790A* TMATS test set
use graphical user interface optimized for testing a TMA. The standard ND57610 Accessories and interconnect kit includes Scorpion®
list of measurements includes: S-parameters with clear pass/fail limit Navigator Software
lines, compression, intermodulation distortion, harmonics, noise fig-
ure and adjacent channel power ratio. ∗ ME7842B standard connector type is N-female.
The following information represents the options.

Calibration kits
3753R Type N RF Calibration Kit (9 GHz)
3753R/3 Adds additional N (female) and N (male) terminations
AutoCal®
36581NNF/2 AutoCal, 2-Port N, 10 MHz to 9 GHz
36585NF AutoCal, 4-Port N, 10 MHz to 9 GHz
Economy cables
806-109 Type N Male to 7/16 Male Cable, 60 cm
15NN50-0.3B Type N Male to Male Cable, 30 cm
15NN50-0.6B Type N Male to Male Cable, 60 cm
15NNF50-0.3B Type N Male to Female Cable, 30 cm
15NNF50-0.6B Type N Male to Female Cable, 60 cm
Noise Sources
NC346A 5 dB ENR Noise Source, 3.5 mm connector
NC346B 15 dB ENR Noise Source, 3.5 mm connector
NETWORK ANALYZERS
4 PORT VECTOR NETWORK ANALYZER AUTOMATIC CALIBRATOR
36584 Series
10 MHz to 9 GHz
Automatic, High-Reliability, and High-Quality Calibrators for Multi-port

Coaxial Device Measurements
The 36584 series AutoCal® modules are automatic calibrators that • True thru
provide fast, repeatable, and high-quality coaxial calibrations for 2, 3, Inherently, the internal calibrator thru is not as accurate as an external
& 4-Port S-Parameter requirements up to 9 GHz. These modules direct thru connection. The true thru mode offers the choice of man-
contain precisely characterized calibration standards that aid in the ually removing the AutoCal® module for a true thru calibration.
removal of normal systematic errors when using the MS46XXA/B/C/D • Isolation cal
series Vector Network Measurement System (VNMS). The 4-Port Isolation cal is offered as part of a full 2, 3, or 4-port calibration. The
AutoCal® is available in two models: 10 MHz to 9 GHz, with N (f) con- user is given the option of skipping isolation, using the default aver-
nectors and 10 MHz to 9 GHz, with K (f) connectors. 4-Port aging factor during isolation, or entering a custom averaging factor.
AutoCal® modules come with a data file characterizing each stan-
dard in the calibrator module. Each module is guaranteed to perform
• Thru update
Due to cable movements and aging, periodically updating the thru
to its specifications for six months without re-characterization. portion of a calibration is recommended. Thru update mode offers
Following this period, re-characterization can be performed by the the choice of simply performing a direct manual thru step to update
customer, or by sending the module to the nearest service center. a current calibration. This is easily performed without having to in-
The 4-Port AutoCal® has a direct serial interface to the MS462x se- voke the AutoCal® module.
ries of Anritsu Vector Network Measurement Systems. The control
software is built-in to the VNMS. • Manual control
Manual control offers the ability to connect any of the internal stan-
Features dards to the test ports of the VNA. This feature could be used to
• Calibration types manually verify a calibration.
1-port S11 and S22 calibration, and full 2-port, 12-term OSLT, 3-port, • Adapter removal
24-term OSLT, and 4-port, 40-term OSLT calibrations can be per- VNA calibration for testing non-insertable devices requires phase
formed with the 4-Port 36584 series AutoCal®. equal insertables. If this is not possible, or is undesirable, adapter re-
• Fast moval calibration is the solution. Adapter removal requires two full
Significantly reduces calibration time making it ideal for the manu- 12-term calibrations, moving an adapter from one test port cable to
facturing environment. the other between calibrations (a job AutoCal® makes quick and
easy). Internal software mathematically subtracts the effect of the
• Reliable adapter, yielding the desired adapter-less measurement.
Eliminates unreliable measurements due to inaccurate manual cali-
brations.
• Accurate
Accuracy that exceeds OSLT calibration, with broadband loads.
Characterized modules are traceable to NIST.

NETWORK ANALYZERS
Specifications Environment
All specifications are guaranteed over the ambient temperature • Operating temperature
range of 23° ±3°C. 18° to 28°C
• Storage temperature
• Directivity –20° to 70°C
Frequency AutoCal® Module • Relative humidity
0.01 to 1 GHz 42 dB 5% to 95% at 40°C
1 to 3 GHz 40 dB • EMC
3 to 6 GHz 36 dB
Conforms to the EMC Directive, 89/336/EEC per EN61326
EN55011:1991
6 to 9 GHz 34 dB EN61000-3-2:1995
EN61000-3-3:1995
Immunity
• Source match EN61000-4-2:1995
Frequency AutoCal® Module EN61000-4-3:1995
0.01 to 1 GHz 42 dB EN61000-4-4:1995
1 to 3 GHz 39 dB
EN61000-4-5:1995
EN61000-4-6:1995
3 to 6 GHz 35 dB EN61000-4-11:1995
6 to 9 GHz 33 dB
General Ordering information

• Serial input connector
9 pin D-sub allowing PC or direct VNA control (Serial cable supplied) AutoCal® Modules
• Power supply input connector 36584KF 4-Port AutoCal®, K(f) type, 10 MHz to 9 GHz
+5V, ±15V for the electronic modules, and +5V, +24V for the electro- 36584NF 4-Port AutoCal®, N(f) type, 10 MHz to 9 GHz
mechanical module. The modules are keyed against plugging the
wrong supply. The appropriate DC supply is supplied with each Test port converter sets
AutoCal® module. These universal supplies will operate at either 110V 36583S SMA type
36583L 3.5 mm type
or 220V input voltages. 36583K K type
• Power LED 7
On when the DC supply is plugged in.
AutoCal® may be sent to the nearest service center for re-characterization, or
• Operate LED a service engineer may perform the task at the customer’s site. To minimize
On when the module’s internal temperature has stabilized at an op- down-time, the customer can re-characterize his own AutoCal® module with a
timum temperature for accurate calibrations. Lightning or Scorpion family VNA and a traditional cal kit.
• Dimensions
155 (W) x 65 (H) x 90 (D) mm (6 W x 2.5 H x 3.5 D in.)
NETWORK ANALYZERS
VECTOR NETWORK ANALYZER AUTOMATIC CALIBRATOR
3658 Series
10 MHz to 40 GHz
Automatic, High-Reliability, and High-Quality Calibrators for Coaxial Device Measurements
The 3658 series AutoCal® modules are automatic calibrators that • Isolation cal
provide fast, repeatable, and high-quality coaxial calibrations up to Isolation cal is offered as part of a full 2-port calibration. The user is
40 GHz. These modules contain precisely characterized calibration given the option of skipping isolation, using the default averaging fac-
standards that aid in the removal of normal systematic errors when us- tor during isolation, or entering a custom averaging factor.
ing vector network analyzers (VNAs). AutoCal® is available in four • Switch averaging
models: 0.04 to 18 GHz, with N (m) to N (f) connectors, 0.01 to 9 GHz The mechanical module uses an electromechanical switch to select
and 0.04 to 20 GHz, with K (m) to K (f) connectors, and 0.04 to 40 the calibration standards. Switch averaging is offered to reduce the
GHz, with K (m) to K (f) connectors. effects of the electromechanical switch’s non-repeatability. A 6 dB
AutoCal® modules come with a data file characterizing each stan- reduction of non-repeatability can be achieved by increasing switch
dard in the calibrator module. Each module is guaranteed to perform averaging by a factor of four, at the expense of the overall calibration
to its specifications for six months without re-characterization. time.
Following this period, re-characterization can be performed by the
customer, or by sending the module to the nearest service center.
• Thru update
Due to cable movements and aging, periodically updating the thru
Test port cable converter sets aid the user in calibrating a VNA for portion of a full 12-term calibration is recommended. Thru update
testing non-insertable devices and devices with SMA or 3.5 mm con- mode offers the choice of simply performing a direct manual thru
nectors. Test port converter sets are available for K Connector®, step to update a current calibration. This is easily performed without
SMA, and 3.5 mm connectors. Adapter removal calibration is re- having to invoke the AutoCal® module.
quired for N type non-insertable device testing.
AutoCal® has a direct serial interface to the 37xxx and MS462x series • Manual control
of Anritsu vector network analyzers. The control software is built-in to Manual control offers the ability to connect any of the internal stan-
the VNA. For operation with the 360B and/or older generation 37xxx dards to the test ports of the VNA. This feature could be used to
models, an external PC running Microsoft Windows® with a National manually verify a calibration.
Instruments IEEE488.2 GPIB interface card is required. • Adapter removal
VNA calibration for testing non-insertable devices, requires phase
Features equal insertables. If this is not possible or is undesirable, adapter re-
• Calibration types moval calibration is the solution. Adapter removal requires two full
1-port S11 and S22 calibration, and full 2-port, 12-term OSLT calibra- 12-term calibrations, moving an adapter from one test port cable to
tions can be performed with AutoCal®. the other between calibrations (a job AutoCal® makes quick and
• True thru easy). Internal software mathematically subtracts the effect of the
Inherently, the internal calibrator thru is not as accurate as an exter- adapter, yielding the desired adapterless measurement.
nal direct thru connection. The true thru mode offers the choice of
manually removing the AutoCal® module for a true thru calibration.

NETWORK ANALYZERS
Specifications Environment
All specifications are guaranteed over the ambient temperature • Operating temperature
range of 23˚ ±3˚C. 18˚ to 28˚C
• Directivity • Storage temperature
–20˚ to 70˚C
Frequency AutoCal® module AutoCal® with 36583X
• Relative humidity
0.01 to 2 GHz 38 dB 36 dB 5% to 95% at 40˚C
2 to 20 GHz 36 dB 34 dB • EMC
20 to 40 GHz 34 dB 32 dB Conforms to the EMC Directive, 89/336/EEC per EN61326
EN55011:1991
EN61000-3-2:1995
• Source match EN61000-3-3:1995
Frequency AutoCal® module AutoCal® with 36583X Immunity
EN61000-4-2:1995
0.01 to 2 GHz 34 dB 32 dB
EN61000-4-3:1995
2 to 18 GHz (N) 31 dB 29 dB EN61000-4-4:1995
2 to 20 GHz (K) 34 dB 32 dB EN61000-4-5:1995
20 to 40 GHz 26 dB 24 dB EN61000-4-6:1995
EN61000-4-11:1995
• Reflection tracking
0.01 to 2 GHz ±0.15 dB ±0.20 dB
2 to 20 GHz ±0.20 dB ±0.25 dB AutoCal® modules
36581NNF N type, 40 MHz to 18 GHz
20 to 40 GHz ±0.25 dB ±0.30 dB
36581NNF/2 N type, 10 MHz to 9 GHz
36581KKF K type, 40 MHz to 20 GHz
36581KKF/2 K type, 10 MHz to 9 GHz
• Transmission tracking (Internal thru mode) 36582KKF K type, 40 MHz to 40 GHz
Test port converter sets
0.01 to 2 GHz ±0.15 dB ±0.20 dB 36583S SMA type 7
2 to 20 GHz ±0.20 dB ±0.25 dB 36583L 3.5 mm type
36583K K type
20 to 40 GHz ±0.25 dB ±0.30 dB
Service
2300-228 Re-characterization Software (for 360B’s and 37000’s
• Transmission tracking (True thru mode) prior to serial number 992001)
AutoCal® may be sent to the nearest service center for re-characterization, or
0.01 to 2 GHz ±0.10 dB ±0.15 dB
a service engineer may perform the task at the customer’s site. To minimize
2 to 20 GHz ±0.10 dB ±0.15 dB down-time, the customer can re-characterize his own AutoCal® module with a
20 to 40 GHz ±0.20 dB ±0.25 dB Lightning or Scorpion family VNA and a traditional cal kit.
General
• Serial input connector
9 pin D-sub allowing PC or direct VNA control. (Serial cable supplied)
• Power supply input connector
+5V, ±15V for the electronic modules, and +5V, +24V for the electro-
mechanical module. The modules are keyed against plugging the
wrong supply. The appropriate DC supply is supplied with each
AutoCal® module. These universal supplies will operate at either
110V or 220V input voltages.
• Power LED
On when the DC supply is plugged in.
• Operate LED
On when the module’s internal temperature has stabilized at an op-
timum temperature for accurate calibrations.
• Dimensions
155 (W) x 65 (H) x 90 (D) mm (6 W x 2.5 H x 3.5 D in.)
NETWORK ANALYZERS
VNA AND VNMS
Calibration Kits
For Performing Precise Calibrations of Vector Network Analyzers
NEW
3753R
3656
The Anritsu Calibration Kits contain all the precision components 3651 GPC-7 Calibration Kit consisting of:
and tools required to calibrate your VNA or VNMS for error-correct- • 28A50-2 Broadband Termination (2)
ed measurements in the connector style of your choice. Components • 24A50 Open
are included for calibrating male and female test ports as required. • 23A50 Short
The kits support calibration with opens, shorts, and broadband • 01-200 Torque Wrench
loads. Option 1 adds sliding terminations and a pin depth gauge • 01-221 Collet Extractor Tool and 4 Collets
where required. • Calibration coefficients diskette
Each calibration kit is individually serialized and characterized to ensure Option 1
precise calibrations. A calibration coefficients diskette is included in Adds the following:
the kit that is directly readable into the instrument. • 17A50 Sliding Termination
• 01-210 Reference Flat
The following kits are for use with 37XXX Lightning VNAs. • 01-220 Pin Depth Gauge
3650 SMA/3.5 mm Calibration Kit consisting of:
• 34ASF50-2 Female Adapter (2) 3652 K Connector® Calibration Kit consisting of:
• 33FSF50 Female-Female Adapter (2)∗ • 34AKF50-2 Female Adapter (2)
• 33SS50 Male-Male Adapter∗ • 33FKF50 Female-Female Adapter (2)∗
• 28S50-2 B Male Termination (2) • 33KK50 Male-Male Adapter∗
• 28SF50-2 Broadband Female Termination (2) • 28K50-2 Male Termination (2)
• 33SSF50-Male-Female Adapter (2)∗ • 28KF50-2 broadband Female termination (2)
• 24S50 Male Open • 33KKF50-Male-Female Adapter (2)∗
• 23SF50 Female Open • 24K50 Male Open
• 23S50 Male Short • 23KF50 Female Open
• 23SF50 Female Short • 23K50 Male Short
• 34AS50-2 Male Adapter (2) • 23KF50 Female Short
• Connector Thumb Wheel (4) • 34AK50-2 Male Adapter (2)
• 01-201 Torque Wrench • 01-201 Torque Wrench
• 01-210 Reference Flat • 01-210 Reference Flat
• 01-222 Pin Depth Gauge • 01-222 Pin Depth Gauge
• 01-223 Pin Depth Gauge • 01-223 Pin Depth Gauge
• Calibration coefficients diskette • Calibration coefficients diskette
• Connector thumb wheel (4)
Option 1
Adds the following: Option 1
• 01-212 Female Flush Short Adds the following:
• 01-211 Male Flush Short • 17KF50 Female Sliding Termination
• 17SF50 Female Sliding Termination • 17K50 Male Sliding Termination
• 17S50 Male Sliding Termination • 01-212 Female Flush Short
• 01-211 Male Flush Short
∗ Phase Equal Adapters

NETWORK ANALYZERS
3653 Type N Calibration Kit consisting of: 3656 W1 (1.0 mm) Connector Calibration Kit and Verification Kit
• 23NF50 Female Short The W1 calibration kit consists of precision components to calibrate
• 23N50 Male Short the VNA to 110 GHz. The kit supports SOLT calibrations with opens,
• 24NF50 Female Open shorts and loads to 65 GHz, and Triple Offset short calibrations from
• 24N50 Male Open 65 to 110 GHz. The kit also includes verification devices for deter-
• 28N50-2 Broadband Male Termination (2) mining system accuracy of the VNA. A diskette containing factory
• 28NF50-2B Broadband Female Termination (2) measured test data is supplied for comparison with customer mea-
• 34AN50-2 Male Adapter (2) sured data.
• 34ANF50-2 Female Adapter (2)
• 01-213 Reference Gauge Consisting of:
• 01-224 Pin Depth Gauge • 23W50-1, Male Offset Short 2.02 mm
• Calibration coefficients diskette • 23WF50-1, Female Offset Short 2.02 mm
3654B V Connector® Calibration Kit consisting of: • 23W50-2, Male Offset Short 2.65 mm
• 23V50B-5.1 Male Short 5.1mm • 23WF50-2, Female Offset Short 2.65 mm
• 23VF50B-5.1 Female Short 5.1mm • 23W50-3, Male Offset Short 3.180 mm
• 24V50B Male Open • 23WF50-3, Female Offset Short 3.180 mm
• 24VF50B Female Open • 24W50, Male Open 1.510 mm
• 28V50B Male Broadband Termination (2) • 24WF50, Female Open 1.930 mm
• 28VF50B Female Broadband Termination (2) • 28W50, Male Broadband Termination
• 17VF50B Female Sliding Termination • 28WF50, Female Broadband Termination
• 17V50B Male Sliding Termination • 33WW50, Male-Male Adapter (1)
• 33VV50 Male-Male Adapter∗ • 33WWF50, Male-Female Adapter (1)
• 33VFVF50 Female-Female Adapter (2)∗1 • 33WFWF50, Female-Female Adapter (1)
• 33VVF50 Male-Female Adapter (2)∗1 • 01-401, Interchangeable Adapter Fixed Female∗2
• Calibration coefficients diskette • 01-402, Interchangeable Adapter Fixed Male∗2
• Connector thumb wheel (4) • 18WWF50-1, 50 Ω Matched Thruline (Verification Device)
• 01-201 Torque Wrench • 18WWF50-1B, Stepped Impedance Thruline (Verification Device)
• 01-210 Reference Flat • 01-504, Torque Wrench
• 01-322 Pin Depth Gauge • 01-505, End Wrench
• 01-323 Female Adapter for pin gauge • Calibration coefficients diskette
• 01-204 Adapter Wrench • Verification kit diskette
• 01-312 Male Flush Short
• 01-311 Female Flush Short 7
3655 Waveguide Calibration Kit
The 3655 Calibration Kit contains all of the precision components
and tools required to calibrate your VNA for 12-term error-corrected
measurements of test devices with the appropriate waveguide des-
ignation. Components are included for calibrating both module ports.
The kit supports calibration with offset shorts and broadband loads.
Option 1 adds a sliding termination.
Consisting of:
• Short, Flush (2)
• Offsets, 1/8 and 3/8 Wavelength
• Terminations, Fixed (2)
• Test Port Sections (2)
Option 1
Adds the following:
• Sliding Termination
∗1. Phase Equal Adapters

∗2. Interchangeable adapters have one fixed end and one interchangeable
end. The interchangeable end can be switched between a male and fe-
male. This preserves the calibration reference plane for non-insertable
device measurements.
NETWORK ANALYZERS
The following kits are for use with MS462XX Scorpion® VNMS. Ordering information
3750R SMA/3.5 mm 9 GHz Calibration Kit consisting of: Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
• 23LF50 Female Short
• 23L50 Male Short Model/Order No. Name
• 24LF50 Female Open 37XXX Lightning VNA Calibration Kits
• 24L50 Male Open 3650 SMA/3.5 mm calibration kit
• 28L50LF Male Termination (2) Option 1 Adds sliding terminations
• 28LF50LF Female Termination (2) 3651 GPC-7 calibration kit
• Calibration coefficients diskette 3652 K Connector® calibration kit
Option 1 Option 1 Adds sliding terminations
3653 Type N calibration kit
Adds the following: 3654B V Connector® calibration kit with sliding terminations
• Set of five Phase Equal Insertables (PEIs) 3655 Waveguide calibration kit
Option 3
3656 W1 (1.0 mm) calibration and verification kit
Adds the following:
• Additional 3.5 mm (female) and 3.5 mm (male) terminations MS462XX Scorpion VNMS Calibration Kits
required for four port calibrations 3750R SMA/3.5 mm 9 GHz calibration kit
Option 1 Adds a set of five Phase Equal Insertables (PEIs)
3751R GPC-7 9 GHz Calibration Kit consisting of: Option 3 Adds an additional 3.5 mm (female) and 3.5 mm (male)
• 23A50 Short terminations required for four port calibrations
3751R GPC-7 9 GHz calibration kit
• 24A50 Open Option 2 Adds a third GPC-7 termination required for three port
• 28A50LF Termination (2) calibrations
• Calibration coefficients diskette Option 3 Adds two additional GPC-7 terminations required for four
port calibrations
Option 2 3753R Type N 9 GHz calibration kit
Adds the following: Option 1 Adds a set of five Phase Equal Insertables (PEIs)
• Third GPC-7 termination required for three port calibrations Option 3 Adds additional N (female) and N (male) terminations
required for four port calibrations
Option 3 3753-75 75 Ω Type N 3 GHz calibration kit
Adds the following: Option 3 Adds additional N (75 Ω female) and N (75 Ω male)
• Two additional GPC-7 terminations required for four port calibrations terminations required for four port calibrations
3753R Type N 9 GHz Calibration Kit consisting of:

• 23NF50 Female Short
• 24NF50 Female Open
• 24N50 Male Open
• 28NF50LF Female Termination (2)
• 28N50LF Male Termination (2)
• 23N50 Male Short
• Calibration coefficients diskette
Option 1
Adds the following:
• Set of five Phase Equal Insertables (PEIs)
Option 3
Adds the following:
• Additional N (female) and N (male) terminations required for four
port calibrations
3753-75R Type N (75 Ω) Calibration Kit:

• Specified to 3 GHz
Option 3
Adds the following:
• Additional N (75 Ω female) and N (75 Ω male) terminations
required for four port calibrations

NETWORK ANALYZERS
VNA AND VNMS
Verification Kits
3667 GPC-7 Verification Kit consisting of:

For Confirming Accuracy of Vector • 42A-50, 50 dB Attenuator
Network Analyzers • 18A50-10, 10 cm Air line
• 42A-20, 20 dB Attenuator
• 18A50-10B, 10 cm Stepped Impedance Airline (Beatty standard)
• Verification kit disks
3668 K Connector® Verification Kit consisting of:

• 19K50-7, 7.5 cm Airline
• 42K-50, 50 dB Attenuator
• 42K-20, 20 dB Attenuator
• 18K50-7B, 7.5 cm Stepped Impedance Airline (Beatty standard)
3669B V Connector® Verification Kit consisting of:

• 42V-40, 40 dB Attenuator
• 42V-20, 20 dB Attenuator
• 19V50-5, 5 cm Airline
• 18V50-5B, 5 cm Stepped Impedance Airline (Beatty standard)
W1 (1.0 mm) Verification Components are included in W1

Calibration kit and Verification Kit (3656). See previous section
3669B for details.
The following kits are for use with MS462XX Scorpion VNMS. 7
The Anritsu Verification Kits contain precision components with char- 3663R Type N 9 GHz Verification Kit consisting of:
acteristics that are traceable to NIST. Used primarily by the metrolo- • 42N-50, 50 dB Attenuator
gy laboratory, these components provide the most dependable • 42N20, 20 dB Attenuator
means of determining the system accuracy of your VNA. A disk con- • 42NOP-20 N Mismatch attenuator
taining factory measured test data for all components is supplied for • Verification kit disks
comparison with customer-measured data.
3666R SMA/3.5 mm 9 GHz Verification Kit consisting of:
The following kits are for use with 37XXX Lightning VNAs. • 42L-50, 50 dB Attenuator
• 42L-20, 20 dB Attenuator
3663 Type N Verification Kit consisting of:
• 42LOP-20 SMA/3.5 mm Mismatch Attenuator
• 42N-50, 50 dB Attenuator
• 18N50-10, 10 cm Airline
• 42N20, 20 dB Attenuator
• 18N50-10B, 10 cm Stepped Impedance Airline (Beatty standard) 3667R GPC-7 9 GHz Verification Kit consisting of:
• Verification kit disks • 42A-50, 50 dB Attenuator
• 42A-20, 20 dB Attenuator
• 42AOP-20 GPC-7 Mismatch Attenuator
3665 Waveguide Verification Kit consisting of:
• Straight section
• Pin set
• Mismatch section Ordering information
• Ball driver Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
• 50 dB Attenuator
• 20 dB Attenuator Model/Order No. Name
• Verification kit disks Verification kits
3663 Type N verification kit
3666 SMA/3.5 mm Verification Kit consisting of: 3665 Waveguide verification kit
• 19S50-7, 7.5 cm Airline 3666 SMA/3.5 mm verification kit
• 19SF50-7B, 7.5 cm Stepped Impedance Airline (Beatty standard) 3667 GPC-7 verification kit
3668 K connector® verification kit
• 42S-50, 50 dB Attenuator
3669B V connector® verification kit
• 42S-20, 20 dB Attenuator 3663R Type N 9 GHz verification kit
• Verification kit disks 3666R SMA/3.5 mm 9 GHz verification kit
3667R GPC-7 9 GHz verification kit
NETWORK ANALYZERS
NETWORK ANALYZER GPIB
MS4630B
10 Hz to 300 MHz
For Fast Evaluation of IF Filters and Resonators
The MS4630B is suitable for electronics production lines demanding Performance and functions
fast and accurate device measurements. It is particularly well suited • High dynamic range
to accurate, high-speed evaluation of IF filter resonance and group The high dynamic range of 120 dB (RBW: 1 kHz) permits fast and
delay characteristics, as well as evaluating the impedance charac- accurate out-of-band measurement of filter.
teristics of resonators in AV equipment and personal computers. A
fast sweep speed of 150 µs/measurement point is achieved using a
high-speed synthesizer and digital signal processing (DSP) tech-
nologies. The post-processing data analysis functions have been
strengthened with improved data-processing macros that have greatly
increased the total production throughput.
In comparison to the earlier MS3401A/B and MS3606B network an-
alyzers, the sweep speed is three times faster and the group delay
measurement accuracy and stability have been improved by more
than 10 times. In addition, the dynamic range has been improved to
120 dB (RBW: 1 kHz) while the weight of the analyzer has been dra-
matically reduced. The GPIB and PTA processing speed are 30 to
50% faster than the MS4630A. In addition, the sweep conditions can
be set more easily by the addition of the list sweep function.
Features
• High-speed evaluation of IF filters, resonators, etc.
• Greatly increased production/inspection capacity Filter out-of-band attenuation measurement
• Multi-marker function
Up to 10 markers can be set independently for each channel. The
marker list function can be used to display all tabular data and wave-
form information simultaneously at each marker.
Multi-markers
NETWORK ANALYZERS
• High-accuracy group delay measurement
The group delay characteristics can be measured with a high degree
of accuracy at a resolution of 1/10,000 of the measurement range.
Set up menu for filter functions
Simultaneous in-band and spurious response data display

Previously, spurious detection and passband measurement required
Group delay characteristics switching of the measurement setup. The MS4630B alternate sweep-
ing function permits simultaneous display of the measured passband
• Limit test function and spurious band data. The very short switching time greatly im-
Device pass/fail evaluation can be performed in real-time using the proves the measurement efficiency.
single and segmented limit test functions.
Spurious measurement using alternate sweeping

Filter pass/fail evaluation using limit test
• Resonator measurement
• Filter measurement High-speed measurement of resonator characteristics
Filter analysis functions The MS4630B has a number of dedicated waveform analysis func-
Filter characteristics such as 3 dB bandwidth, center frequency (fo), tions to improve the evaluation efficiency of resonators. Resonator 1
in-band ripple, out-of-band attenuation, etc., are digitally processed analyzes the resonance frequency (Fr) and the resonance imped-
and analyzed at high speed. User can easily enter or change default ance (Zr). Resonator 2 is able to measure resonator equivalence in
values using filter set up menu. addition to the parameters for Resonator 1.
Measurement using filter functions Resonator 1 measurement
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Resonator 2 measurement
Specifications
Transmission characteristics (ratio measurement): Amplitude, phase, group delay
Measurement items Reflection/impedance characteristics: Amplitude, phase (with external transducer)
Level characteristics: Absolute amplitude
Range: 10 Hz to 300 MHz
Resolution: 0.01 Hz
Accuracy (standard)
Frequency Aging rate: ≤1 x 10–6/day (15 minutes after power-on)
Temperature characteristics: ≤±5 x 10–6 (0˚ to +50˚C)
Accuracy (Option 13: High-stability reference oscillator)
Aging rate: ≤±2 x 10–8/day (24 h after power-on)
Temperature characteristics: ≤±5 x 10–8 (0˚ to +50˚C)
Channel No.
Standard: 2 (R, TA); Option 12: 3 (R, TA, TB)
Impedance: 50 Ω, 1 MΩ switchable (when combined with MA4605A: 75 Ω, 1 MΩ)
Input range (IRG): 0/+20 dBm
Input Max. input power
AC: +20 dBm; DC ±2.2 V (50 Ω)
AC: 0 dBm; DC: ±20 V (1 MΩ)
Connector: BNC-J
Probe source: +12 ±1 V, 100 mA (with protective circuit for shorts)
Average noise level ≤–120 dBm (RBW: 1 kHz, 1 to 300 MHz), ≤–110 dBm (RBW: 1 kHz, 80 kHz to 1 MHz)
Between channels: ≥120 dB (80 kHz to 300 MHz), ≥110 dB (up to 80 kHz)
Crosstalk
Between transmitter and receiver: ≥125 dB
Resolution bandwidth 3, 10, 30, 100, 500 Hz, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 20 kHz and automatic setting
Output level range
Output A: 0 to +21 dBm; Option 10: –70 to +21 dBm
Output B: –6 to +15 dBm (–9.5 to +11.5 dB when Option 14 added);
Option 10: –76 to +15 dBm (–79.5 to +11.5 dB when Option 14 added)
Output resolution: 0.01 dB
Output Output level accuracy: ≤±1.0 dB (frequency: 100 MHz, Output A: +10 dBm)
Output level linearity: ≤±0.5 dB (0 dBm reference, frequency: 100 MHz, Output A: 0 to +21 dBm)
Output level deviation: ≤±1.5 dB (output A: +10 dBm, 100 MHz reference)
Step error: ±0.5 dB (Option 10)
Output impedance: 50 Ω (when combined with MA4605A: 75 Ω)
Connector: BNC-J
Measurement range: ≥120 dB
Measurement resolution: 0.001 dB
Display scale: 0.01 dB/div to 50 dB/div (1-2-5 sequence)
Dynamic accuracy
Level relative to IRG 80 kHz to 100 MHz 10 kHz to 300 MHz

Amplitude 0 to –10 dB ±0.30 dB ±0.30 dB
measurement
–10 to –60 dB ±0.05 dB ±0.05 dB
–60 to –70 dB ±0.10 dB ±0.30 dB
–70 to –80 dB ±0.30 dB ±1.00 dB
–80 to –90 dB ±1.20 dB ±4.00 dB
–90 to –100 dB ±4.00 dB –

NETWORK ANALYZERS
Measurement range: ±180˚
Measurement resolution: 0.001˚
Display scale: 0.01˚ to 50˚ /div (1-2-5 sequence)
Dynamic accuracy
Level relative to IRG 80 kHz to 100 MHz 10 kHz to 300 MHz
0 to –10 dB ±6.0˚ ±6.0˚
Phase measurement
–10 to –60 dB ±0.3˚ ±0.3˚
–60 to –70 dB ±0.8˚ ±2.0˚
–70 to –80 dB ±2.0˚ ±6.0˚
–80 to –90 dB ±6.0˚ ±20.0˚
–90 to –100 dB ±20.0˚ –
DRG: ∆θ/(360 x ∆F) ∗∆θ: phase measurement range; ∆F: frequency span x smoothing aperture (%);
Group delay smoothing aperture: 20% to ( 2

number measurement points )
x 100%
measurement –5
Measurement resolution: 2.78 x 10 /∆F
Display scale: 1 ps/div to 50 ms/div
Dynamic accuracy: Phase measurement accuracy/(360 x aperture frequency)
Calibration types: Frequency response, 1 port, 1 path-2 port, frequency response/isolation calibration, π-NET calibration
Calibration data interpolation:
Measurement frequency, when number of measurement points changed, based on calibration data before change, new calibration
data interpolation calculation possible (except at log frequency measurement and 1001 measurement points)
Calibration, correction
Normalize: X–S
Electrical length calibration
Range: 0 to ±999999.9999999 m, Resolution: 100 nm
Phase offset range: ±180˚
Frequency sweep: LIN (CENTER/SPAN, START/STOP), LOG (START/STOP)
Level sweep: LIN (START/STOP/STEP)
List sweep: Frequency, level, RBW, the individual setting in the waiting time
Number of measurement points: 11, 21, 51, 101, 251, 501, 1001
Break point: Anywhere between 1 and 1001
Sweeping Sweep time: 150 µs/point, 38 ms/250 points full sweep (RBW: 20 kHz, normalize calibration, 1 trace)
Setting range: 1 ms to 27.5 h
7
Sweep functions
Sweep range: Full sweep, part sweep (between markers)
Sweep control: REPEAT/SINGLE, STOP/CONT
Sweep trigger: INT/EXT (RISE, FALL, LEVEL)
Max. display screens: 2 channels, 4 traces
Display format: LOG MAG (M), PHASE (P), DELAY (D), M/P, M/D, LIN MAG (LIN), LIN/P, LIN/D, REAL (R), IMAG (I), R/I, Z, Z/θ, Q,
Display
Z/Q, POLAR, VSWR, IMPD (Z∠θ, Rs + Ls/Cs, Q/D, R + jx), ADMT (Y∠θ, Rp + Lp/Cp, Q/D, G + jB)
Display: 640 x 480 dots, 16.5 cm color LCD
Marker functions: NORMAL MKR, ∆ MKR, 0 MKR, MKR → MAX, MKR → MIN, MKR → CF, ∆ → SPAN, MKR → +PEAK,
MKR → –PEAK, MKR TRACK + PEAK, MKR TRACK–PEAK, MKR CHANGE, MKR OFFSET
Setting: Set marker position to frequency or point
Multi-marker: Max. 10 markers for each trace
Markers
Filter function: F0, IL, passband (L, R), attenuation band (L, R), Ripple, Q, SF
Resonator function
RESON 1: Fr, Fa, Zr, Za (0 PHASE), Fm, Fn, Zm, Zn (MAX/MIN)
RESON 2: Fs, Fr, Fa, Zr, Za, Q, equivalence constant (R1, L1, C1, C0)
Averaging functions
Method: SUM, MAX, MIN, Count: 1 to 1000
Measurement data memory (max. 1001 points each memory in same format as display format)
Main trace (MT) memory: 2 each (XMEM) for Channel 1 and Channel 2
Trace data calculation Calibration S memory: 2 each (SMEM) for Channel 1 and Channel 2
Image memory: 2 each (IMEM) for Channel 1 and Channel 2
Sub-trace (ST): Following calculation between MT and ST (traces calculation of same data as display format)
MT → ST, MT = MT–ST, MT = ST
Limit line: Single or segment (10) limit line, pass/fail evaluation against limit line
Measurement
Receive bandwidth and sweep time: Receive bandwidth set automatically for set sweep time
parameters
Automatically set to give minimum sweep time at set receive bandwidth
auto-setting
Saving/recalling data:
Measurement parameters, measured data, calibration data, PTA application programs saved/recalled to/from FD and PMC
Function memory
FD: 100 functions max.
Auxiliary media PMC: 100 functions max. (depends on PMC capacity)
Drive and capacity
3.5 inch FDD: 1
Capacity: 720 KB (2DD), 1.44 MB (2HD), MS-DOS format (bmt, text file)
Option 01: PMC (32 to 512 KB)
Printing Printing is available using video plotter, printer and FD (bitmap format).
NETWORK ANALYZERS
Frequency: 5/10 MHz ±10 ppm
Level: ≥0.7 Vp-p (AC coupling)
Input impedance: 50 Ω (connector: BNC-J)
Reference oscillator output
Frequency: 10 MHz
Level: TTL (DC coupling, connector: BNC-J)
Back-panel I/O External trigger input: TTL Level (connector: BNC-J)
GPIB: IEEE488.2 (24-pin Amphenol connector)
I/O Port: Parallel interface for PTA (36-pin Amphenol connector)
RGB output: For external monitor (15-pin D-SUB connector)
Video output: Separate (8-pin DIN)
Centronics (Option 02): Parallel interface for printer (25-pin D-SUB connector)
RS-232C (Option 02): Serial interface (9-pin D-SUB connector)
External control Standard: GPIB and PTA; Option 02: RS-232C
Power 100 to 120/200 to 240 Vac (–15%/+10%, 250 Vac max, 100/200 V system auto-switching), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤180 VA (max.)
Environmental conditions Temperature range: 0˚ to +50˚C (operating; FDD: +4˚ to +50˚C), –20˚ to +60˚C (storage)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
Main frame
MS4630B Network Analyzer
W1534AE MS4630B operation manual (main frame): 1 copy
W1535AE MS4630B operation manual (remote control): 1 copy
Options
MS4630B-01 PMC interface
MS4630B-02 RS-232C, Centronics interface (printer output, external control)
MS4630B-10 Output attenuator (70 dB, mechanical type)
MS4630B-12 3 channel receiver
MS4630B-13 High stability reference oscillator (aging rate: ≤±2 x 10–8/day)
MS4630B-14 3 branch output (for 3 channel receiver)
62BF50 Reflection Bridge
62B50 Reflection Bridge
62BF75 Reflection Bridge
62B75 Reflection Bridge
MA2201A Reflection Bridge
MA2204A Impedance Probe
MA2403A Impedance Probe
MA414A Impedance Measurement Kit (for MA2403A)
MA1506A π Network (DC to 125 MHz, for resonator measurement)
MA4605A Impedance Adapter (for MS4630B, 10 Hz to 300 MHz,
50/75 Ω, unbalanced)
P0005 Memory card (32 KB)
P0006 Memory card (64 KB))
MC3305A PTA Key Board (JIS type)
MC3306A PTA Key Board (ASCII type)
B0329C Front cover (1MW4U)
B0333C Rack mount kit
B0334C Carrying case (hard type)
Optional instruments
ME010 series Test Fixture (PIN, SMD, tip-inductor, etc.)

NETWORK ANALYZERS
When connected to a reflection bridge, the network analyzers can
REFLECTION BRIDGES measure reflection coefficient. This system is used to measure the
input and output impedance of telecommunication, video, and audio
equipment, and the S-parameter (S11 and S22) of two-port networks.
MA2401A MA2201A
The transformers are impedance-conversion devices used with the

TRANSFORMERS network analyzers to measure the magnitude, phase, delay, level, and
spectrum of devices with balanced input and output impedances.
Features
• Input connector is a BNC-type in an unbalanced circuit
• Output connector is a terminal compatible with M-214 7
• Frequency response: <0.3 dB
• Return loss: >25 dB
Impedance (Ω)
Model Frequency range
Input Output
MA29A 75 600 30 Hz to 150 kHz
MA29J 50 600 30 Hz to 150 kHz
MA313A 75 75 4 kHz to 2 MHz
MA313J 50 75 4 kHz to 2 MHz
MA314A 75 135 4 kHz to 2 MHz
MA314J 50 135 4 kHz to 2 MHz
MA315A 75 150 4 kHz to 2 MHz
MA315J 50 150 4 kHz to 2 MHz
MA422A1 75 110 10 Hz to 30 kHz
SIGNAL
GENERATORS
Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

Synthesized Signal Generators . . . . . . . . . . . 417, 422
RF Microwave Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Synthesizer/Level Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Synthesized Level Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
414
SIGNAL GENERATORS
Synthesizer selection guide (measurement Function)
Functions
Frequency extensions Level extensions Modulation Others
Pulse modulation (Internal signal source is another, <40 GHz)

Pulse modulation (Internal signal source is another, >40 GHz)
FM/øM modulation (Internal signal source is another)
For AM/FM/øM modulation (Internal signal source)

AM modulation (Internal signal source is another)
+18 dBm high power (<40 GHz, with Option 13)
+18 dBm high power(<20 GHz, with Option 13)
For pulse modulation (Internal signal source)
Creation software of an arbitrary waveform

mm Wave (75 to 110 GHz) signal source
mm Wave (50 to 75 GHz) signal source
Group
110 dB step attenuator (<20 GHz)

Rear panel RF output (<40 GHz)

Rear panel RF output (>40 GHz)
90 dB step attenuator (>40 GHz)
Name Remarks
+18 dBm high power (<20 GHz)
+18 dBm high power (<40 GHz)
Rack mount kit (without slides)

Rack mount kit (with slides)
High stability time base
10 MHz to 2.2 GHz
Delete front panel

0.1 Hz to 10 MHz
10 MHz to 2 GHz
IF Up-conversion
Low phase noise
Analog sweep
MG3691A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 2 to 8 GHz
MG3692A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 2 to 20 GHz
Main frame
MG3693A √ √ √ ∗1 ∗1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 2 to 30 GHz
MG3694A √ √ √ ∗1 ∗1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 2 to 40 GHz
MG3695A √ √ √ ∗1 ∗1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 2 to 50 GHz
MG3696A √ √ √ ∗1 ∗1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 2 to 65 GHz
1A √
Either selection
1B √
2A √
2B √ Chooses with main frame
2C √ frequency 8
2E √
3 √
4 √
5 √
6 √
<40 GHz model, the combined
7 √
use with Option 18 is impossible.
9A √
9B √
10 √ Requires Option 23
√
Options
12
13A √ Chooses according to main frame
13B √ frequency
14 √
15A √
15B √ Chooses according to the
inclusion situation of main frame
15C √ frequency and pulse modulation.
15D √
16 √
17 √
18-WR15 √ Requires mm Wave module
18-WR10 √ Requires mm Wave module
22 √ Modulation function is un-corresponding
23 √ Two signal for AM and FM/øM
24 √
25A √ √ √ √ √ Chooses with main frame
25B √ √ √ √ √ frequency
∗1: The maximum of frequency required for frequency extension to mm Wave is 20 GHz.
Therefore, when using it only by for mm Wave, a model 20 GHz or more is unnecessary.
SIGNAL GENERATORS
Synthesizer selection guide (frequency range)
Frequency range
Group
Name 0.1 1 10 100 1 10 100 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 Remarks
Hz Hz Hz Hz kHz kHz kHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz MHz GHz GHz GHz GHz GHz GHz GHz GHz
MG3691A 2 to 8 GHz
MG3692A 2 to 20 GHz
Main frame
MG3693A 2 to 30 GHz
MG3694A 2 to 40 GHz
MG3695A 2 to 50 GHz
MG3696A 2 to 65 GHz
4 10 MHz to 2.2 GHz
5 10 MHz to 2 GHz
Options
22 0.1 Hz to 10 MHz
18-WR15 50 to 75 GHz
18-WR10 75 to 110 GHz

SIGNAL GENERATORS
SYNTHESIZED SIGNAL GENERATOR GPIB
MG3641A/MG3642A
125 kHz to 1040/2080 MHz
Economic High-Performance Signal Sources
New Anritsu synthesizer technology permits frequency to be set with

a resolution of 0.01 Hz across the full frequency range, and the non-
harmonic spurious is better than –100 dBc for reliable measurement
at any frequency. A unique low-noise YIG oscillator produces a high-
purity signal with SSB phase noise of better than –130 dBc/Hz (1 8
GHz, 20 kHz offset) making these signal generators for interference
testing of radio receivers and as sources for various local and refer-
ence signals.
Carrier wave frequency stability at frequency modulation
• High output
A stable signal with an output of +17 dBm can be output across the
full frequency range to drive a variety of local signal sources and
power amplifiers. In addition, an overdrive level up to +23 dBm can
be set so as to make full use of the internal amplifier capability. If the
amplifier’s output power comes up to the limitation and output pow-
SSB phase noise characteristic er does not reach the set value, a status message is displayed. This
is useful for confirming the output limits.
Features
• 0.01 Hz, 0.01 dB setting resolution
• High signal purity (–100 dBc spurious)
• Versatile modulation functions
Performance
• High-stable carrier frequency
Carrier frequency is produced by a high-stability crystal oscillator.
Furthermore, the carrier frequency remains phase locked even at
frequency modulation. Then frequency calibration for testing FSK
modulation receivers such as paging system is not necessary.
SIGNAL GENERATORS
• Various modulation types
Up to three internal AF signal sources can be incorporated by adding 3642A allows them to generate high-speed pulse modulation using
options to the standard sine-wave oscillator (1 kHz, 400 Hz). The AF an external modulation signal (TTL level). The output can be used for
synthesizer (Option 21) is a digital synthesizer for generating sine- various burst signals with an ON/OFF ratio of more than 80 dB, as
wave, triangular, square, and sawtooth waveforms; it can also be used well as a pseudo-random signal for radar. Installing the pattern gen-
as a function generator as well as a modulation signal source. In ad- erator (Option 23) in the MG3641A/3642A allows them to generate
dition to permitting simultaneous one-route AM and two-route FM FSK or pulse modulation combined with FSK encoder (Option 22) or
modulation, the modulation factor and polarity can be set indepen- pulse modulator (Option 11) without an external instrument.
dently. Installing the pulse modulator (Option 11) in the MG3641A/
AM
Polarity
depth AM modulator
switching
setting
FM 1
Polarity
deviation
switching
setting
FM modulator
FM 2
Polarity
deviation
switching
setting
AF
level
setting
Ext 1 Ext 2 AF output

Int 1 Int 2 Int 3
400 Hz/1 kHz (option) (option)
• GPIB Only-Mode linked operation • Pattern generator (Option 23)

Two sets of MG3641A/3642A can be linked and operated without an Installing the pattern generator (Option 23) in the MG3641A/3642A
external controller using the Frequency and Output Level Only allows them to generate FSK or pulse modulation combined with
Modes. The Frequency Only Mode in the frequency offset functions FSK encoder (Option 22) or pulse modulator (Option 11) without an
is used for evaluating the characteristics of mixers. The Level Only external instrument.
Mode is useful for evaluating the cross-modulation characteristics of
non-linear devices such as amplifiers.
MG3641A/3642A MG3641A/3642A
Set to Frequency Set to Level

GPIB
GPIB
Talk Only Mode Talk Only Mode 2 signal

Level Spectrum
Mixer characteristics Amplifier
meter measurement pad analyzer
MG3641A/3642A MG3641A/3642A
Frequency offset value is set to IF Set to Listen Only Mode

frequency and Listen Only Mode is set.
Measurement example of mixer characteristics An example of amplifier IM3 measurement
using Frequency Only Mode and frequency offset using Level Only Mode
Specifications
• MG3641A/3642A (main frame)
Range: 125 kHz to 1040 MHz (MG3641A), 125 kHz to 2080 MHz (MG3642A)
Resolution: 0.01 Hz
Accuracy: Reference oscillator accuracy; reference oscillator accuracy ±(0.3% of FM setting deviation + 5 Hz) at frequency modulation
Internal reference oscillator∗1
Carrier frequency Frequency: 10 MHz; Aging rate: ±5 x 10–9/day; Start-up characteristics: 1 x 10–7/10 min (for 24 h after power on),
Temperature stability: ±3 x 10–8 (0˚ to 50˚C)
External reference input: 5/10 MHz, ±10 ppm, ≥0.7 Vp-p/50 Ω (AC coupling), BNC connector (rear panel)
Buffer output: 10 MHz, TTL level (DC coupling), BNC connector (rear panel)
Switching time: <40 ms (external control, response time from last command until becomes within ±0.1 ppm of set frequency)

SIGNAL GENERATORS
Range: –143 to +17 dBm (settable range: –143 to +23 dBm)
Units: dBm, dBµ, V, mV, µV (dBµ, V, mV and µV switchable between termination voltage display and open voltage display)
Resolution: 0.01 dB
Frequency characteristics (at 0 dBm): ±0.5 dB, ±1.0 dB (pulse modulation: on)∗2
Accuracy: ±1 dB (–127 to +17 dBm, upper limit at pulse modulation∗2: +12 dBm), ±3 dB (<–127 dBm)
Impedance: 50 Ω (N connector), VSWR: <1.5 (≤–3 dBm), <2.5 (>–3 dBm)
Output Switching time: <50 ms (normal mode), <100 ms (level safety mode), <10 ms (continuous mode)
∗Response time from last command until becomes within ±0.5 dB of final level
Special setting mode
Continuous mode: Variable within set value ±10 dB with no interruption of output
Safety mode: Prevent large spike signal generation when operating mechanical-type attenuator
Interference radiation: <0.1 µV (at output frequency), <1 µV (over entire frequency range, multi-menu display: OFF)
∗At point 25 mm from cabinet measured with 25 mm diameter loop antenna (2 windings) terminated at 50 Ω
Spurious (CW mode, ≤+7 dBm)
Harmonics: <–30 dBc (2nd, 3rd)
Non-harmonic: <–100 dBc (≥15 kHz offset)
Those related power: <–40 dBc (<15 kHz offset)
SSB phase noise (CW Mode, 20 kHz offset):
Signal purity <–140 dBc/Hz (10 to <256 MHz), <–136 dBc/Hz (256 to <512 MHz), <–130 dBc/Hz (512 to 1040 MHz),
<–124 dBc/Hz (>1040 MHz, MG3642A only)
Residual AM: <–80 dBc (≥500 kHz, CW mode, +7 dBm, 50 Hz to 15 kHz demodulation band)
Residual FM (CW mode)
300 Hz to 3 kHz demodulation band: <4 Hzrms (10 to <512 MHz), <8 Hzrms (512 to 1040 MHz), <16 Hzrms (>1040 MHz, MG3642A only)
50 Hz to 15 kHz demodulation band: <5 Hzrms (10 to <512 MHz), <10 Hzrms (512 to 1040 MHz), <20 Hzrms (>1040 MHz, MG3642A only)
Range: 0% to 100%
Resolution: 0.1%
Accuracy: ±(5% of set value + 2%) ∗≥0.4 MHz, ≤+7 dBm, ≤90% AM, source: Int 1 (1 kHz), 300 Hz to 3 kHz demodulation band
Modulation frequency response (output: ≤+7 dBm)
Upper limit frequency
Carrier frequency Lower limit frequency
AM: 30% AM: 90%
Amplitude 0.4 to <0.5 MHz 2 kHz (±1 dB bandwidth) 1 kHz (±1 dB bandwidth)
modulation DC: External DC coupling
0.5 to <2 MHz 10 kHz (±1 dB bandwidth) 5 kHz (±1 dB bandwidth)
(±1 dB bandwidth)
2 to <32 MHz 20 kHz (±1 dB bandwidth)
20 Hz: External AC coupling
32 to <64 MHz 50 kHz (±1 dB bandwidth) (±1 dB bandwidth)
≥64 MHz 50 kHz (±1 dB bandwidth), 100 kHz (±3 dB bandwidth)
Distortion: <–40 dB (30% AM), <–30 dB (90% AM) ∗≥0.4 MHz, ≤+7 dBm, source: Int 1 (1 kHz)
Incidental FM: <200 Hz peak ∗≥0.4 MHz, ≤AM: 30%, ≤+7 dBm, source: Int 1 (1 kHz), 300 Hz to 3 kHz demodulation band
Modulation signal source: One of internal (Int 1, Int 2, Int 3) and external (Ext 1, Ext 2) 8
Modulation signal polarity: Positive/negative switchable
Range:
0 to 125 Hz (125 to <250 kHz) 0 to 25.6 kHz (16 to <32 MHz)
0 to 250 Hz (250 to <500 kHz) 0 to 51.2 kHz (32 to <64 MHz)
0 to 500 Hz (0.5 to <1 MHz) 0 to 102 kHz (64 to <128 MHz)
0 to 1 kHz (1 to <2 MHz) 0 to 256 kHz (128 to <256 MHz)
0 to 2 kHz (2 to <4 MHz) 0 to 512 kHz (256 to <512 MHz)
0 to 4 kHz (4 to <8 MHz) 0 to 1024 kHz (512 to 1040 MHz)
0 to 10 kHz (8 to <16 MHz) 0 to 2048 kHz (>1040 MHz, MG3642A only)
Resolution:
1 Hz (0 to 4 kHz deviation) 250 Hz (102.25 to 256 kHz deviation)
Frequency 10 Hz (4.01 to 10 kHz deviation) 500 Hz (256.5 to 512 kHz deviation)
modulation 25 Hz (10.025 to 25.6 kHz deviation) 1 kHz (513 to 1024 kHz deviation)
50 Hz (25.65 to 51.2 kHz deviation) 1 kHz (1025 to 2048 kHz deviation, MG3642A only)
100 Hz (51.3 to 102 kHz deviation)
Accuracy: ± (5% of set value + 10 Hz) (0.4 to <512 MHz), ± (5% of set value + 20 Hz) (512 to 1040 MHz)
± (5% of set value + 40 Hz) (>1040 MHz, MG3642A only)
∗Source: Int 1 (1 kHz), 300 Hz to 3 kHz demodulation band
Modulation frequency response: DC or 20 Hz∗3 to 20 kHz (0.4 to <10 MHz), DC or 20 Hz∗3 to 100 kHz (≥10 MHz) ∗±1 dB bandwidth
Distortion: <–40 dB ∗≥16 MHz, 3.5 kHz deviation, source: Int 1 (1 kHz)
<–45 dB ∗≥16 MHz, 22.5 kHz deviation, source: Int 1 (1 kHz)
Incidental FM: <1% peak ∗≥64 MHz, ≤+7 dBm, 100 kHz deviation, source: Int 1 (1 kHz), 300 Hz to 3 kHz demodulation band
External modulation group delay: <30 µs ∗≥10 MHz, source: external DC coupling mode, modulation rate: ≤100 kHz
Modulation signal source (FM1, FM2): One of internal (Int 1, Int 2, Int 3), and external (Ext 1, Ext 2)
Modulation signal polarity: FM1, FM2 positive/negative switchable
Pulse modulation According to option specifications
Internal modulation (Int 1)
Frequency: 400 Hz, 1 kHz
Accuracy: Same as reference oscillator accuracy
Modulation signal Internal modulation (Int 2, Int 3): According to option specifications
source External modulation (Ext 1, Ext 2)
Proper input level: 2 Vp-p approx.
Input impedance: 600 Ω, BNC connector
Coupling: DC/AC switchable
Output signal source: One of internal (Int 1, Int 2, Int 3), and external (Ext 1, Ext 2)
Output level: 0 to 4 Vp-p
AF output Output level resolution: 1 mVp-p
Output level accuracy: ± (5% of setting level + 2 mVp-p) ∗Source: Int 1 (1 kHz)
Impedance: 600 Ω, BNC connector
SIGNAL GENERATORS
Simultaneous Excluding amplitude modulation and pulse modulation∗2 combination, simultaneous modulation, modulation rate, deviation independently
modulation settable
Sweep parameters: Frequency, output level, memory
Sweep patterns
Frequency sweep (start/stop): Linear (specified step size and number of points), Log (multiplying factor: 1%)
Frequency sweep (center/span): Linear (specified step size and number of points)
Level sweep (start/stop, center/span): dB (specified step size and number of points) ∗Sweep: continuous mode (max. 20 dB width)
Memory sweep: Start/stop
Sweep mode: Auto, single, manual
Sweep function Sweep time
Setting range: 1 ms to 600 s/point ∗Actual sweep time depends on sweep parameter (frequency, output level)
Resolution: 10 µs/point
Auxiliary output
X-Out: Ramp waveform (sweep start point: 0 V, sweep end point: +10 V), BNC connector (rear panel)
Z-Out: TTL level (H-level at sweeping), BNC connector (rear panel)
Blanking-Out: TTL level (L-level at switching), BNC connector (rear panel)
Maker-Out: TTL level (H-level at marker match), BNC connector (rear panel)
Relative display: Carrier frequency, output level
Offset display: Carrier frequency, output level
Memory: Saves/recalls 1000 panel settings; recall contents: panel, frequency, frequency/output level selection
Trigger: An external trigger signal (rear panel BNC connector, TTL level) can be used to execute a previously programmed operation
Functions sequence (except power switch, preset key, local key and rotary knob operations). Max. number of sequence steps of trigger
program: 20 steps
Back-up: The panel settings before power-off are back-upped and displayed again at power-on, except data-input contents, GPIB data
contents, remote settings, RPP operations
GPIB control: All functions, except power switch, local key, rotary knobs, and resolution keys (Interface: SH1, AH1, T5, L3, TE0, SR1,
RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C0, E2)
Reverse power
Max. reverse input power: ≤50 W (≤1040 MHz), ≤25 W (>1040 MHz, MG3642A only), ±50 Vdc
protection
Power supply ∗4 Vac (+10%, –15%), 47.5 to 63/380 to 420 Hz, ≤200 VA
Temperature Operating: 0˚ to +50˚C, Storage: –30˚ to +71˚C
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: Can be changed to 5 x 10–10/day using reference crystal oscillator (Option 01)
∗2: Only with pulse modulator (Option 11) installed
∗3: External DC coupling: DC, External AC coupling: 20 Hz
∗4: Specify a nominal voltage of either 100 V and 240 V when ordering; the maximum operating voltage is 250 V.
• Options
Option 01 Frequency: 10 MHz
Reference Aging rate: 5 x 10–10/day
oscillator Temperature stability: ±5 x 10–9 (0˚ to 50˚C)
Frequency: 125 kHz to 2080 MHz
On/off ratio: >80 dB
Rise/fall time: <100 ns
Min. pulse width: <500 ns
Option 11
Pulse repetition rate: DC to 1 MHz
Pulse modulator
Max. delay time: <100 ns
Overshoot, ringing: <20%
Video feed-through: <20%
Pulse modulation input: 50/600 Ω, TTL (positive logic), BNC connector (rear panel)
Frequency: 0.01 Hz to 400 kHz (sine-wave), 0.01 Hz to 50 kHz (triangular, square and sawtooth waveforms)
Option 21 Resolution: 0.01 Hz
AF synthesizer Waveform: Sine-wave, triangular, square and sawtooth waveforms
Frequency accuracy: Same as reference oscillator accuracy
Frequency shift
(Data 21, Data 20) = (0, 0): –frequency deviation setting, (Data 21, Data 20) = (0, 1): –frequency deviation setting/3,
(Data 21, Data 20) = (1, 0): +frequency deviation setting, (Data 21, Data 20) = (1, 1): +frequency deviation setting/3
Frequency set
Free: Frequency shift simultaneously with data input
Rise trigger: Frequency shift at external clock rise time
Option 22 Fall trigger: Frequency shift at external clock fall time
FSK encoder Baseband filter
Filter type: 10-th order Bessel filter
Cut-off frequency: 100 Hz to 30 kHz (–3 dB)
Setting resolution: Upper 2 digits
Frequency deviation accuracy: Depends on frequency modulation deviation accuracy of main frame (at by-pass to baseband filter)
External modulation input
Data 20/21: TTL level (pull-down), BNC connector (rear panel)
External clock input: TTL level (pull-up), BNC connector (rear panel)

SIGNAL GENERATORS
Number of memories: 4 (defined: 1 to 4)
Memory capacity: 524,288 bits/memory
Pattern output
Range: Top address and data bit length can be set for the respective free-pattern memories.
Data Free
Top address setting range: 00000 to 65,535
pattern
Data bit length setting range: 2 to 524,288 bits (Final address of output: 65,535 or less)
Memory: Saves 1-byte units via GPIB interface
Saves when pattern generator output off, or idle pattern being output
Fixed PN9 pseudorandom pattern (conforming to ITU-T V.52), PN15 pseudorandom pattern (conforming to ITU-T O.151), 01 fixed pattern
Number of memories: 1 (idle)
Option 23 Pattern generator
Memory capacity: 524,288 bits

Pattern output
Range: The top address and data bit length can be set.
Idle pattern
Top address setting range: 00000 to 65,535
Data bit length setting range: 2 to 524,288 bits (final address of output: 65,535 or less.)
Memory: Saves 1-byte units via GPIB interface
Saves when pattern generator output off
Single: Specified data pattern output once only (PN9 and PN15 are output twice.)
Output method Continuous: Specified data pattern output continuously
When the data pattern is not output, the idle pattern is output continuously.
Range: 1 to 99,999 bps (resolution: 1 bps)
Output rate
Accuracy: Same as reference oscillator of MG3641A/3642A
1-bit NRZ output (corresponding to binary data output):
Data is output to the Data 21 Output sequentially, one bit after another starting from the top bit. The logic of Data 20 is fixed to 0.
Output system
2-bit NRZ output (corresponding to quadrature data output):
Data is output to the Data 21 Output and Data 20 Output sequentially, two bits after another, starting from the top bit.
Data 20 Output: TTL level
Output level Data 21 Output: TTL level
Clock Output: TTL level, rising
• MX364001B Software for Pattern Generator Data Write

Read-out data format DOS text file
Write memory Data pattern memory (defined: 1 to 4), idle pattern memory (idle)
Pattern data: 2 to 524,288 bits/memory (text format file)
Contents of write Top address of output: 0 to 65,535 (any settable)
data Data bit length: 2 to 524,288 bits (Bit length of pattern data automatically calculated and written)
Data name: Maximum eight characters (Idle pattern memory cannot be named.)
PC IBM PC/AT compatible
8
Supporting OS Microsoft ® Windows 95 ®
Interface GPIB (National Instruments PCI-GPIB or PCMCIA-GPIB)
Model/Order No. Name ∗1: An option 21, 22 and 23 can be mounted to two.
Main frame Convinations
MG3641A Synthesized Signal Generator
MG3642A Synthesized Signal Generator Analog modulations of two tones, such as a tone
Option 21 Option 21
squelch test, can be performed.
FSK modulation by external data input and
Power cord, 2.5 m: 1 pc Option 21 Option 22
analog modulation can be performed.
B0325 GPIB connector shielded cap: 1 pc
F0013 Fuse, 5 A (for 100 Vac mains): 2 pcs Option 21 Option 23
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A (for 200 Vac mains): 2 pcs FSK modulation by internal data pattern can be
W1137AE MG3641A/3642A operation manual: 1 copy Option 22 Option 23
performed.
W1137BE MG3641A/3642A service manual: 1 copy
Options ∗2: The following items and the pattern generator (Option 23) are required to
MG364[ ]A-01 Reference oscillator (aging rate: 5 x 10–10/day) use the MX3640001B.
MG364[ ]A-11 Pulse modulator (pulse repetition rate: DC to 1 MHz)
MG364[ ]A-21∗1 AF synthesizer (0.01 Hz to 400 kHz, resolution: 0.01 Hz) IBM PC/AT® 486DX4 (75 MHz or higher), with RAM of 32 MB or more
MG364[ ]A-22∗1 FSK encoder (2 or 4 levels FSK) Personal (recommended) on which Windows 95 ® is installed
MG364[ ]A-23∗1 Pattern generator computer 3.5 inch FD drive (for program installation)
GPIB PCMCIA-GPIB or PCI-GPIB or equivalent GPIB interface
Application software interface manufactured by National Instruments Inc., supporting NI-488.2®
MX364001B∗2 Software for Pattern Generator Data Write (Microsoft ®
Windows 95) Microsoft Windows 95 is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in
the USA and other countries.
Optional accessories IBM AT is a registered trademark of International Business Machines.
J0576B Coaxial cord (N-P · 5D-2W · N-P), 1 m NI-488.2 is a registered trademark of National Instruments Inc.
J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m
MA1612A Four-Point Junction Pad
MP721[ ] Attenuator (DC to 12.4 GHz)
B0395C Rack mount kit (EIA/IEC)
B0329G Front cover (3/4MW 4U)
B0412A Carrying case (with casters and B0329G front cover)
B0330B Tilt bail (3/4MW 450D)
SIGNAL GENERATORS
SYNTHESIZED SIGNAL GENERATOR GPIB
MG3633A
10 kHz to 2700 MHz
For Evaluating of Quasi-Microwaves and Measuring High-Performance Receivers
The MG3633A has excellent frequency resolution, frequency switching Performance

speed, signal purity, and a high output level, in addition to amplitude, • Signal purity
frequency, and phase modulation functions. Also, sweep functions are The MG3633A has excellent spectral purity. As shown in the Fig. 1,
provided for carrier frequency, output level, and modulation frequency the SSB phase noise at 1 GHz with 20 kHz signal offset is –140
so an appropriate sweep can be performed for various devices to be dBc/Hz. In particular, this shows its power for generating signals
measured. used for testing radio receiver selectivity, for generating high-speed
Also, the MG3633A has a frequency memory that can store 1000 car- clocks of A/D converters and dividers, as well as for generating stan-
rier frequencies and a function memory that stores 100 panel settings. dard signals for communications links. Also, since the residual FM is
Moreover, since the maximum output level is +17 dBm, it can be used 0.8 Hz rms or less (1.28 GHz or less), even the S/N ratio of narrow-
for various local signal sources. band mobile radio equipment can be measured with sufficient mar-
The MG3633A is suitable for research and development of mobile gin (Fig. 2)
communications in the quasi-microwave band, performance evalua-
tion, characteristics testing, and adjustment of various types of radio
equipment such as digital land-based mobile communications, mobile
satellite communications, satellite broadcasting, and radio LANs.
Features
• Low noise
By using both the latest synthesizer and RF-device technologies and
optical data links in the internal control circuit, the SSB phase noise
has been cut to –140 dBc/Hz (CW, 1.1 GHz, offset 20 kHz). In par-
ticular, the MG3633A shows its power in measurement of narrow-
band radio equipment S/N ratio and adjacent channel selectivity.
• High accuracy and high-output level
Low levels of –123 dBm can be set with ±1 dB accuracy by using a
high-accuracy programmable attenuator. The output level can be dis-
played in units of dBm, dBµV, V, mV, and µV or as a relative value Fig. 1 SSB phase noise
(dB).
• Modulation characteristics
The MG3633A has AM, FM, øM, and a combination of all three mod-
ulation functions. A DC mode is provided for FM, which makes sim-
ulation of digital transmissions for a pager possible. Also, a built-in
AF oscillator with a 0.1 Hz to 100 kHz synthesizer can handle vari-
ous modulations.
• Quasi-microwave output
The MG3633A covers a wide range (from 10 kHz to 2700 MHz) and is
suitable for research and development, as well as production of qua-
si-microwave band radio equipment.
Fig. 2 Residual FM

SIGNAL GENERATORS
• Output level characteristics
A maximum output of +17 dBm can be obtained over a wide fre-
quency range so 2-signal or 3-signal testing can be done easily. A
high-accuracy highly-reliable programmable attenuator (life cycle
over 3 million times) is used and, since flat output characteristics are
obtained by internal calibration over a wide range from 10 kHz to 2.7
GHz, it is effective for testing antennas and cables (Fig. 3).
Moreover, compensation data for obtaining flat levels at cable ends
can be input by using a power meter, GPIB, controller, and frequen-
cy-response compensation software (option).
• Continuously variable output level
The MG3633A can output continuously-variable signals in a 20 dB
range with 0.1 dB steps at any level. This is especially convenient for
measuring the dynamic range of magnetic tape and squelch sensi-
tivity of radios which produce hysteresis phenomenon as a result of Fig. 4 AM modulation frequency characteristics
level variation.
• AM
A high-accuracy AM wave is generated over a wide frequency range
(Fig. 4). Countermeasures against carrier-wave variation due to vi-
bration permit even SSB radio equipment to be tested with confidence.
• FM
FM with a maximum frequency deviation of 3.2 MHz is possible (1.28
to 2.7 GHz). Also if the frequency deviation is too low, automatic op-
eration is carried out in the stabilized DC-FM mode so even digital
data transmission equipment such as papers can be tested (Fig. 5).
Fig. 5 FM modulation frequency characteristics
8
Fig. 3 Output level frequency response
Specifications
Range 10 kHz to 2700 MHz
Resolution 0.01 Hz
Accuracy Same as that of the reference oscillator
Frequency: 10 MHz
Internal reference Start-up characteristics: After 30 minutes of operation: ≤1 x 10–7/day, after 60 minutes of operation: ≤5 x 10–8/day,
Carrier oscillator∗1 Aging rate: After 24 hours of operation: ≤2 x 10–8/day,
frequency Temperature characteristics: ±5 x 10–8 (0˚ to 50˚C)
External reference
10 MHz, TTL Level, BNC connector on rear panel
signal input
Reference signal output 10 MHz, TTL Level, BNC connector on rear panel
≤10 ms (time from last command until frequency has stabilized to within ±500 Hz of set frequency, during remote
Switching time
operation)
Range –143 to +23 dBm
Units dBm, dBµV, V, mV, µV (Terminated and open voltages are selectable for dBµV, V, mV or µV.)
Resolution 0.1 dB
Frequency response ±0.5 dB referred to 0 dBm (<1280 MHz), ±1 dB referred to 0 dBm (≥1280 MHz)
Frequency
10 kHz to <1280 MHz ≥1280 MHz
Output level
+17.1 to +23 dBm – –
Accuracy +15.1 to +17 dBm ±1 dB –
Output –122.9 to +15 dBm ±1 dB ±2 dB
–132.9 to –123 dBm ±3 dB ±4 dB
–143 to –133 dBm – –
50 Ω, N-type connector
Impedance
VSWR: ≤1.5 (<1280 MHz, ≤–3 dBm), ≤1.8 (≥1280 MHz, ≤–3 dBm)
Time from last command until output level is stabilized, during remote operation:≤25 ms (at LEVEL NORMAL mode)
Switching time ≤80 ms (when setting level is crossing over –59 dBm, at LEVEL NORMAL mode)
≤5 ms (at LEVEL CONTINUOUS mode)
≤1 µV (Value is voltage terminated with 50 Ω load, measured 25 mm from front panel with a two-turn 25 mm
Interference radiation
diameter loop antenna.) Except sweep mode
SIGNAL GENERATORS
At +7 dBm, CW mode: (fc: carrier frequency)
Harmonics (2nd, 3rd): ≤–30 dBc (at ≥100 kHz)
Sub-harmonics (fC/2, 3fC/2, 5fC/2): None (at <1280 MHz), ≤–30 dBc (at ≥1280 MHz)
Spurious Non-harmonics:
≤–80 dBc (fC<640 MHz, ≥10 kHz offset)
≤–74 dBc (640 MHz≤fC<1280 MHz, ≥10 kHz offset)
≤–68 dBc (fC≥1280 MHz, ≥10 kHz offset)
At +7 dBm, CW mode, 0˚to 35˚C
Offset frequency 1 kHz 20 to 300 kHz
0.01 to <40 MHz –116 dBc/Hz –140 dBc/Hz
Signal purity
40 to <300 MHz –119 dBc/Hz –145 dBc/Hz
SSB phase noise 300 to <600 MHz –113 dBc/Hz –143 dBc/Hz
600 to <1100 MHz –107 dBc/Hz –140 dBc/Hz
1.1 to <2.4 GHz –101 dBc/Hz –132 dBc/Hz
2.4 to 2.7 GHz –97 dBc/Hz –120 dBc/Hz
Floor noise: ≤145 dBc/Hz (40 to <1100 MHz)
Residual AM ≤0.02% rms at ≥150 kHz (demodulation band: 300 Hz to 3 kHz)
≤0.8 Hz rms at <1280 MHz (demodulation band: 300 Hz to 3 kHz)
Residual FM
≤4 Hz rms at <1280 MHz (demodulation band: 50 Hz to 20 kHz)
Range 0 to 100%
Resolution 0.1%
Fixed frequency: 400 Hz, 1 kHz
Internal modulation
Variable frequency: 0.1 Hz to 50 kHz, 0.1 Hz resolution
frequency
Frequency accuracy: 100 ppm
Accuracy ± (5% of indicated value +2%) [at ≥250 kHz, ≤+7 dBm, 0 to 90% and internal 1 kHz]
At ≤+7 dBm, ±1 dB bandwidth
Lower modulation frequency limit 20 Hz (EXT AC mode), DC (EXT DC mode)
Modulation
Carrier factor 0 to 30% 30.1 to 80%
Amplitude Frequency response frequency
modulation
Upper modulation frequency limit 0.25 MHz≤fC<0.5 MHz 5 kHz 5 kHz
0.5 MHz≤fC<80 MHz 20 kHz 10 kHz
80MHz≤fC 50 kHz 20 kHz
Input level: Approx. 2 Vp-p ,600 Ω
External modulation
Input Impedance: Nominal 600 Ω
≤1% (at ≥1 MHz, ≤+7 dBm, internal 1 kHz, 30%)
≤3% (at ≥1 MHz, ≤+7 dBm, internal 1 kHz, 80%)
Depth
≤3% (at 250 kHz≤fC<1 MHz, ≤+7 dBm, internal 1 kHz, 30%)
≤10% (at 250 kHz≤fC<1 MHz, ≤+7 dBm, internal 1 kHz, 80%)
Incidental FM ≤200 Hz peak (at ≥250 kHz, ≤+7 dBm, 1 kHz, 30%, demodulation band 0.3 to 3 kHz)
0 to 400 kHz (1 MHz≤fC<40 MHz) 0 to 800 kHz (320 MHz≤fC<640 MHz)
0 to 100 kHz (40 MHz≤fC<80 MHz) 0 to 1.6 MHz (640 MHz≤fC<1280 MHz)
Range
0 to 200 kHz (80 MHz≤fC<160 MHz) 0 to 3.2 MHz (1280 MHz≤fC)
0 to 400 kHz (160 MHz≤fC<320 MHz)
10 Hz (0 to 9.99 kHz deviation) 1 kHz (100 to 666 kHz deviation)
Resolution
100 Hz (10 to 99.9 kHz deviation) 10 kHz (1 to 3.2 MHz deviation)
Fixed frequency: 400 Hz, 1 kHz
Internal modulation
Variable frequency: 0.1 to 100 kHz. 0.1 Hz resolution
frequency
Frequency
modulation Accuracy ± (5% of indicated value +20 Hz) [internal 1 kHz]
Modulation frequency ±1 dB bandwidth
response Frequency range: 20 Hz to 100 kHz (EXT AC mode), DC to 100 kHz (EXT DC mode)
Input level: Approx. 2 Vp-p/600 Ω
External modulation
Input impedance: Nominal 600 Ω
Distortion ≤1% (internal 1 kHz, 3.5 kHz deviation)
Incidental AM ≤0.4% (internal 1 kHz, 22.5 kHz deviation, demodulation band 0.3 to 3 kHz)
Carrier frequency
±500 Hz for 30-minute period after calibration and 2-hour warm-up (at <1280 MHz, <10 kHz deviation)
accuracy in DC-FM mode
0 to 80 rad (1 MHz≤fC<40 MHz) 0 to 160 rad (320 MHz≤fC<640 MHz)
0 to 20 rad (40 MHz≤fC<80 MHz) 0 to 320 rad (640 MHz≤fC<1280 MHz)
Range 0 to 40 rad (80 MHz≤fC<160 MHz) 0 to 640 rad (1280 MHz≤fC)
0 to 80 rad (160 MHz≤fC<320 MHz)
Besides radian, deg unit is also possible for phase deviation display. However, max. 999 deg.
Phase Resolution 0.01 rad (0 to 9.99 rad deviation), 1 rad (100 to 640 rad deviation), 0.1 rad (10 to 99.9 rad deviation)
modulation Fixed frequency: 400 Hz, 1 kHz
Internal modulation
Variable frequency: 0.1 Hz to 5 kHz, 0.1 Hz resolution
frequency
Accuracy ±(10% of indicated value +0.05 rad) [internal 1 kHz modulation]
Modulation frequency ±1 dB bandwidth
response Frequency range: 20 Hz to 5 kHz (EXT AC mode), DC to 5 kHz (EXT DC mode)

SIGNAL GENERATORS
Input level: Approx. 2 Vp-p/600 Ω
Phase External modulation
Input impedance: Nominal 600 Ω
modulation
Distortion ≤1% (internal 1 kHz, 5 rad modulation)
400 Hz, 1 kHz (fixed oscillator)
0.1 Hz to 100 kHz (variable oscillator)
Frequency range
DC voltage signals equivalent peak values of internal modulating sine wave can be applied as a modulating signal
Internal using the SPECIAL FUNCTION.
modulation
signal Resolution 0.1 Hz
Frequency accuracy 100 ppm
Distortion ≤0.03% (fixed, 400 Hz and 1 kHz), ≤0.3% (variable, 20 Hz to 50 kHz)
Memory Frequency memory 1000 carrier frequencies (store/recall)
function Function memory 100 panel settings (store recall)
Sweep mode Carrier frequency, output level, AF frequency
Carrier frequency Output level AF frequency

Start/stop √ √∗2 √
Pattern
Center/span √ √∗2 √
Entering number of steps √ – √
Step Entering step size √ √∗3 √
Sweep pattern LOG 1% √ – √
Sweep
function Frequency memory Function memory
Continuous address √ √
Pattern Random address √ √
Continuous, random mixed √ √
Maximum number of steps 20∗4 20∗4
Sweep time 0.1 ms to 600 s, 0.01 ms resolution (minimum time depends on the switching time of each function.)
Marker One movable marker
Sweep signal output Staircase (saw-tooth waveform), Start point: 0 V, Stop point: 10 V
Modulation signal is output when modulating.
Modulation signal output
Output level: Approx. 2 Vp-p/600 Ω
Simultaneous modulation is possible in combinations shown below.
INT AM EXT AM INT FM EXT FM INT øM 8
√ √ ∗6
EXT øM – – √
Simultaneous INT øM √∗5 √ – –
modulation
EXT FM √ √ √∗6
Other INT FM √∗5 √
functions EXT AM √
Relative value display Carrier frequency, output level

Continuously variable Continuously variable within a ±10 dB range of the set level
output level mode Step size: 0.1 dB
Previously programmed operation procedure can be started by a trigger input through its input terminal (on rear panel,
Trigger function
BNC connector, TTL level). Maximum program steps for triggered operation: 99 steps
Memory backup Last settings are stored when power is turned off.
GPIB Interface function: SH1, AH1, T5, L3, TE0, LE0, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C0
Reverse power Maximum reverse input power: 50 W (<1000 MHz), 25 W (≥1000 MHz), ±DC 50 V
∗7
Power –15 %, 48 to 63 Hz, ≤270 VA
Vac +10
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: Aging rates up to 5 x 10–10/day are available as option.
∗2: Step width: Max. 20 dB
∗3: 0.1 dB step size only
∗4: One continuous address setting is counted as 3 steps.
∗5: Same one internal modulation frequency is used.
∗6: Different deviation settings are possible for INT and EXT modulations (using the SPECIAL FUNCTION).
∗7: Specify one nominal line voltage between 100 and 240 V when ordering. However maximum operational voltage is limited to 250 V.
SIGNAL GENERATORS
Options
Reference oscillators Standard model Option 01 Option 02 Option 03
Start-up After 30 minutes operation 1 x 10–7/day 7 x 10–8/day – –
characteristics After 60 minutes operation 5 x 10–8/day 3 x 10–8/day 2 x 10–8/day –
After 24 hours operation 2 x 10–8/day 5 x 10–9/day 2 x 10–9/day –
Aging rate
After 48 hours operation – – – 5 x 10–10/day
Temperature characteristics (0˚ to 50˚C) ±5 x 10–8 ±5 x 10–8 ±1.5 x 10–8 ±5 x 10–9
Option 04: Rear RF output, SMA connector
Peripheral equipment Ordering information

Main frame
MG3633A Synthesized Signal Generator
J0025A Coaxial cord (S-5DWP · 5D-2W · S-5DWP), 1 m: 1 pc
J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m: 1 pc
F0013 Fuse, 5 A (for 100 Vac mains): 2 pcs
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A (for 200 Vac mains): 2 pcs
W0504AE MG3633A operation manual: 1 copy
Options
MG3633A-01 Reference oscillator
MA1610A Pulse Modulator MG3633A-04 Rear RF output: SMA connector (however, replaces
front-panel RF connector)
The MA1610A is a pulse modulator used in combination with the Peripheral
MG3633A Synthesized Signal Generator to generate high-speed pulse MA1610A Pulse Modulator (10 kHz to 2.7 GHz)
modulated signals. The MA1610A can switch RF signals with a carrier
frequency ranging from 10 kHz to 2700 MHz ON and OFF using an Optional accessories
input modulation signal (TTL level, 50 Ω terminated). Power is sup- MP614B 50 Ω ↔ 75 Ω Impedance Transformer
plied from the MG3633A via its rear panel AUX connector. (50 Ω ↔ 75 Ω, 10 MHz to 1.2 GHz)
MA1612A Four-Port Junction Pad (5 MHz to 3 GHz)
MP659A Four-Port Junction Pad (40 to 1000 MHz)
Z-164A T-pad (DC to 1000 MHz)
Frequency range 10 kHz to 2700 MHz
ON,OFF ratio ≥60 dB (<1000 MHz), ≥40 dB (≥1000 MHz)
Insertion loss ≤2 dB (<1000 MHz), ≤3.5 dB (<1000 MHz)
Rise time ≤15 ns
Fall time ≤5 ns
Minimum pulse width 20 ns
Maximum repetition rate 10 MHz
Maximum delay time 40 ns
Video feed through ≤50 mVp-p
Overshoot/ringing ≤20%
50 Ω, N-type connector, maximum permissible
RF input/output
input level: AC 200 mW, DC 3.5 V
J0494: Coaxial cord, 0.3 m (1 pc)
Standard accessories J0495: Power cord, 1.0 m (1 pc)
W0508AE: MA1610A operation manual (1 copy)

SIGNAL GENERATORS
RF MICROWAVE SIGNAL GENERATOR GPIB
MG3690A
0.1 Hz to 65 GHz / 110 GHz
The Ideal Signal Generator

NEW
Value without compromise tures in these units include:

Your microwave signal generation requirements have never been • Internal pulse generator with swept delay capability for moving tar-
tougher, and yet your capital equipment budget has never been get simulation
tighter. You need the most value you can get in a synthesizer, but you • Flexible pulse triggering including free-run, delayed, gated, and
can’t compromise performance. You need a synthesizer that meets composite 8
today’s needs yet can be upgraded at a reasonable cost to satisfy fu- • 0 to 90% AM, log or linear, over DC to 100 kHz rates
ture requirements without shattering your test equipment budget. • Four FM modes for up to 10 MHz deviation at 8 MHz rates or 100
Anritsu’s MG3690A series of synthesizers deliver the highest perfor- MHz deviation at 100 Hz rates
mance and the highest value available today. • Phase modulation (ΦM) up to 400 radians deviation at 1 MHz rates
• Internal AM, FM, and ΦM generators, each with 7 modulating
Features waveforms
Basic CW Generators configurable to full-featured Signal Generators. • Optional user-defined, downloaded complex modulation
• Broad Frequency Coverage, in a Single Output: 0.1 Hz to 65 GHz
- 6 Models, 2 to 8.4, 20, 30, 40, 50, and 65 GHz A new standard for a new millennium
- 10 MHz Coverage Optional (Analog or Digital Down-Conversion) The MG3690A leverages the proven design of earlier Anritsu syn-
- 0.1 Hz Coverage Optional thesizers, adding new features to meet the latest needs of the new
• mmW Coverage up to 110 GHz, in Waveguide millennium. The MG3690A builds on a proven reliability record of
• Ultra-Low SSB Phase Noise Option >49,000 hours MTBF. This allows the MG3690A to offer a standard
• –110 dBc/Hz (typically) at 1 kHz Offset, 10 GHz Carrier 3-year warranty. From the sleek new lines of the front panel, the larg-
• Excellent Harmonics and Spurious Response er 1/4 VGA LCD, the reduced front panel buttons and menu depth, to
• High Output Power Option the 10 kg lighter and 15 cm shallower depth, the MG3690A meets
- +19 dBm to 10 GHz the new millennium value-based needs.
- +17 dBm to 20 GHz
- +14 dBm to 40 GHz Automatic Test Equipment
- +3 dBm to 65 GHz The MG3690A is an ideal signal generator for an A.T.E. system. It
• CW and Step Sweep Modes; Analog Sweep Optional packs the highest performance available in a 13.3 cm (3u) package,
• <5 ms Switching Time (typically) for <100 MHz steps with a 450 mm depth that minimizes rack space. High output power
• 0.01 Hz standard Frequency Resolution assures adequate signal strength to the device under test even after
• Phase Offset Capability A.T.E. switching and cabling losses. Accurately leveled output power
• AM, FM/ΦM Modulations Optional to –120 dBm in 0.01 dB steps facilitates receiver sensitivity mea-
- Internal LF Generator Optional surements. For improved MTBF, an electronic step attenuator re-
• Pulse Modulation Optional places the traditional mechanical step attenuator. Fast 5 ms switch-
- 100 ns Leveled Width, >2 GHz ing time maximizes system throughput. Internal list mode frees the
- Internal Pulse Generator Optional A.T.E. controller to perform measurement analysis tasks. Free appli-
• IF Up-Conversion Option, for IQ Modulation Solutions cation drivers, including the IVI-COM driver and National Instruments
• Intuitive, Menu-driven Front Panel LabView® drivers, save you time and money in code generation and
• Small and Light maintenance. For additional cost savings, Option 17 eliminates the
• Proven Reliability with 3 Year Standard Warranty complete front panel, including circuitry.
• Completely Configurable and Upgradable Interchangeable Virtual Instruments Standard
High performance signal generators The IVI standard defines a standard instrument driver model that enables
The ultimate in full-function signal generation. They provide all the instrument interchangeability and interoperability without software
features of the other families along with comprehensive, high-perfor- changes. Anritsu’s IVI-driver supported synthesizer minimizes in-
mance modulation for signal simulation applications. Additional fea- strument development and maintenance cost through the use of IVI-
standard interfaces as well as instrument-specific interfaces for unique
SIGNAL GENERATORS
instrument features. The IVI standard provides a single driver that sup- Generator instrument class, and includes the driver with every
ports the common application development environments such as MG3690A series synthesizer. As an active member of the IVI
Visual Basic, Visual C++, and Labview. The flexible I/O model supports Foundation, Anritsu supports the Foundation’s drive toward instru-
new communication technologies such as USB, Ethernet, and Firewire. ment driver standardization as a powerful means of delivering inter-
Anritsu Corporation leads the way with IVI technology, having re- changeable ATE instrumentation solutions.
leased the first COM-based IVI driver supporting the Signal
Specifications
Output Twenty independent, presettable CW frequencies (F0 – F9 and M0 – M9)
Accuracy Same as internal or external 10 MHz time base
Internal time With aging <2 x 10-9/day (<5 x 10-10/day with Option 16)
base stability With temperature <2 x 10-8/°C over 0°C to 55°C (<2 x 10-10/°C with Option 16)
Resolution 0.01 Hz
CW mode Accepts external 10 MHz ±100 Hz, Φ to +20 dBm time base signal. Automatically disconnects the
External 10 MHz reference input
internal high-stability time-base option, if installed. BNC, rear panel, 50 Ω impedance
10 MHz reference output 0.5 Vp-p into 50 Ω, AC coupled. Rear panel BNC; 50 Ω impedance
Switching time (typical maximum) <40 ms to be within 1 kHz of final frequency
Phase offset Adjustable in 0.1° steps
Electronic Frequency Control (EFC) –5V to +5V input range; Fout/(2 x 106) Hz/v sensitivity typical; ≤250 Hz modulation BW; rear panel
input BNC; high impedance
Sweep width Independently selected, 0.01 Hz to full range. Every frequency step in sweep range is phase-locked
Accuracy Same as internal or external 10 MHz time base
Resolution (minimum step size) 0.01 Hz
User-selectable linear or log sweep. In log sweep, step size logarithmically increases with
Linear/log sweep
frequency
Phase- Steps User-selectable number of steps or the step size
locked step
sweep Number of Steps Variable from 1 to 10,000
mode 0.01 Hz to the full frequency range of the instrument. (If the step size does not divide into the
Step size
selected frequency range, the last step is truncated.)
Dwell time per step Variable from 1 ms to 99 seconds
Allows the user to set the total time of the sweep, including lock time. Variable from 20 ms to 99
Fixed rate sweep
seconds
Switching time (typical maximum) <15 ms + 1 ms/GHz step size or <40 ms, whichever is less, to be within 1 kHz of final frequency
Alternate
Sweeps alternately in step sweep between any two sweep ranges. Each sweep range may be associated with a power level.
sweep mode
Independently selected from 1 MHz to full frequency range. With Option 4, Digital Down Converter,
Analog Sweep Width
analog sweep is only available •500 MHz. Analog sweep is not available <10 MHz with option 22.
Sweep
Mode Accuracy The lesser of ± 30 MHz or (± 2 MHz + 0.25% of sweep width) for sweep speeds of ≤50 MHz/ms.
(Option 6)
Sweep Time Range 30 ms to 99 seconds
Manual
Provides stepped, phase-locked adjustment of frequency between sweep limits. User-selectable number of steps or step size.
sweep mode
Under GPIB control or via the front panel, up to 4 tables with 2000 non-sequential frequency/power sets can be stored and then addressed
List as a phase-locked step sweep. One table of 2000 points is stored in non-volatile memory, all other tables are stored in volatile memory.
sweep mode
Switching time (typical maximum) <25 ms to be within 1 kHz of final frequency
Programmable Under GPIB control, up to 3202 non-sequential frequency/power sets can be stored and then addressed as a phase-locked step sweep.
frequency Data is stored in volatile memory.
agility Switching time (typical maximum) <25 ms to be within 1 kHz of final frequency
Up to 20 independent, settable markers (F0 – F9 and M0 – M9)
Video markers +5V or –5V marker output, selectable from system menus. AUX I/O connector, rear panel
Markers
Marker accuracy Same as sweep frequency accuracy
Marker resolution 1 kHz (0.1 Hz with Option 11)
Sweep triggering is provided for step frequency sweep, list frequency sweep, and CW power sweep.
Auto Triggers sweep automatically
Sweep Triggers a sweep on the low-to-high transition of an external TTL signal. AUX I/O connector, rear
triggering External
panel
Triggers, aborts, and resets a single sweep. Reset sweep may be selected to be at the top or
Single
bottom of the sweep

SIGNAL GENERATORS
Stores front panel settings and nine additional front-panel setups in a non-volatile RAM. A system menu
Stored setups allows for saving and recalling instrument setups. Whenever the instrument is turned on, control settings
and values are the same as when last turned off.
Memory sequencing input TTL low-level signal provides sequencing through ten stored setups. AUX I/O connector, rear panel
Instrument self-test is performed when Selftest soft-key is selected. If an error is detected, an error
Self-test
message is displayed in a window on the LCD identifying the probable cause and remedy.
Disables all frequency and power level state displays. Stored setups saved in secure mode remain secured
Secure mode
when recalled. Mode selectable from a system menu and via GPIB.
Instrument-controlled parameters can be entered in three ways—keypad, rotary data knob, or the "^" and "∨"
touch pads of the cursor-control key (use up/down-arrow symbol). The keypad is used to enter new parameter
values; the rotary data knob and the cursor-control key are used to edit existing parameter values. The "<" and
Parameter entry ">" touch pads of the cursor-control key move the cursor left and right one digit under the open parameter. The
rotary data knob or the "<" and ">" touch pads will increment or decrement the digit position over the cursor.
Controlled parameters are frequency, power level, sweep time, dwell time, and number of steps. Keypad
entries are terminated by pressing the appropriate soft key. Edits are terminated by exiting the edit menu
Returns all instrument parameters to predefined default states or values. Any pending GPIB I/O is aborted.
General
Reset
Selectable from the system menu
Allows two output signals to be swept with a user-selected frequency offset. One instrument controls the other
Master/slave operation
via AUX I/O and SERIAL I/O connections. Requires a Master/Slave Interface Cable Set (Part No. ND36329)
Provides compensation for path loss due to external switching and cables. Compensation may come from a
power table in a GPIB power meter, or it may be from calculated data. When user level correction is
User level flatness correction activated, entered power levels are delivered at the point where calibration was performed. Supported
power meters are Anritsu ML2437A, ML2438A, and ML4803A and HP 437B, 438A, and 70100A. Five user
tables are available with up to 801 points/table
From standby 30 minutes
Warm up
time From cold start 120 hours to achieve specified frequency stability with aging. Instruments disconnected from ac line power
(0°C) for more than 72 hours require 30 days to return to specified frequency stability with aging
Power 90-264 Vac, 48-440 Hz, 250 VA maximum
With AC line power connected, unit is placed in standby when front panel power switch is released from the
Standby
OPERATE position
Weight 18 kg maximum
Dimensions 133 H x 429 W x 450 D mm
All instrument functions, settings, and operating modes (except for power on/standby) are controllable using commands sent from an external
computer via the GPIB (IEEE-488 interface bus)
GPIB address Selectable from a system menu
8
Source handshake SH1
Acceptor handshake AH1
Talker T6
Listener L4
IEEE-488 Service request SR1
Interface
Remote operation
Remote/local RL1
Function
Subset Parallel poll PP1
Device clear DC1
Device trigger DT1
Controller capability C0, C1, C2, C3, C28
Tri-state driver E2
When the instrument is operating in remote, the GPIB status annunciators (listed below) will appear in a window on the front panel display
Under GPIB control (all instrument front panel keys except for the SYSTEM key and the RETURN TO
GPIB Status Remote
LOCAL soft-key will be ignored)
Annunciators
Disables the RETURN TO LOCAL soft-key. Instrument can be placed in local mode only via GPIB or by
LLO (local lockout)
cycling line power
The instrument responds to the published GPIB commands and responses of the Anritsu Models 6600,
Emulations 6700, and 6XX00-series signal sources. When emulating another signal source, the instrument will be
limited to the capabilities, mnemonics, and parameter resolutions of the emulated instrument
Storage temperature range -40 to +75°C
Operating temperature range 0 to +50°C
Relative humidity 5% to 95% at 40°
Altitude 4,600 meters, 43.9 cm Hg
Environmental
EMI: Meets the emission and immunity requirements of

EN61326: 1998
EN55011:1991/CISPR-11:1990 Group 1 Class A
EN61000-4-2: 1995 – 4 kV CD, 8 kV AD
EMI EN61000-4-3: 1997 – 3 V/m
EN61000-4-4: 1995 – 0.5 kV SL, 1 kV PL
EN61000-4-5: 1995 – 1 kV – 2 kV L-E
EN61000-4-6: 1996
EN61000-4-11: 1994
SIGNAL GENERATORS
Spectral purity Power line and fan rotation spurious emissions (dBc)
All specifications apply at the lesser of +10 dBm output or maximum Offset from carrier
specified leveled output power, unless otherwise noted. Frequency range
<300 Hz 300 Hz to 1 kHz >1 kHz
Spurious signals ≥10 to ≤500 MHz
<–68 <–72 <–72
(Option 4)
Harmonic and harmonic helated
>500 to =1050 MHz
Frequency range Standard <–62 <–72 <–72
(Option 4)
0.1 Hz to 10 MHz (Option 22) <–30 dBc
>1050 to ≤2200 MHz
10 MHz to ≤100 MHz (Option 4) <–40 dBc <–56 <–66 <–66
(Option 4)
>100 MHz to ≤2.2 GHz (Option 4) <–50 dBc ≥0.01 to ≤8.4 GHz <–50 <–60 <–60
10 MHz to ≤50 MHz (Option 5) <–30 dBc >8.4 to ≤20 GHz <–46 <–56 <–60
>50 MHz to ≤2 GHz (Option 5) <–40 dBc >20 to ≤40 GHz <–40 <–50 <–54
>2 GHz (2.2 GHz w/Option 4) to ≤20 GHz <–60 dBc >20 to ≤65 GHz <–34 <–44 <–48
>20 GHz to ≤40 GHz <–40 dBc
>40 GHz to ≤50 GHz (MG3695A) <–40 dBc Residual FM (CW and Step Sweep modes, 50 Hz - 15 kHz BW)
>40 GHz to ≤65 GHz (MG3696A) <–25 dBc Residual FM (Hz RMS)
Frequency range Standard
option 3,4
Harmonic and harmonic related (for models with Option 15, at ≥0.01 to ≤8.4 GHz <40 <120
maximum specified leveled output power) >8.4 to ≤20 GHz <40 <220
Frequency range Standard >20 to ≤40 GHz <80 <440
0.1 Hz 10 MHz (Option 22) <–30 dBc >40 to ≤65 GHz <160 <880
10 MHz to ≤100 MHz (Option 4) <–40 dBc
>100 MHz to ≤2.2 GHz (Option 4) <–50 dBc Residual FM (Analog Sweep and Unlocked FM modes,
10 MHz to ≤50 MHz (Option 5) <–30 dBc 50 Hz - 15 kHz BW)
>50 MHz to ≤2 GHz (Option 5) <–40 dBc Residual FM (kHz RMS)
>2 GHz (2.2 GHz w/Option 4) to ≤20 GHz <–50 dBc Frequency range Unlocked Narrow Unlocked Wide FM mode
FM mode or Analog Sweep
>20 GHz to ≤40 GHz <–30 dBc∗
>0.01 to <20 GHz <5 <25
∗ Typical
>20 GHz to <40 GHz <10 <50
>40 GHz to <65 GHz <20 <100
Non-harmonics
Frequency range Standard AM noise floor
0.1 Hz to 10 MHz (Option 22) <–30 dBc Typically <–145 dBm/Hz at 0 dBm output and offsets >5 MHz from
carrier.
10 MHz to ≤2.2 GHz (Option 4) <–60 dBc
10 MHz to ≤2 GHz (Option 5) <–40 dBc
>2 GHz (2.2 GHz w/Option 4) to ≤65 GHz <–60 dBc

SIGNAL GENERATORS
Single-sideband phase noise
Single-sideband phase noise (dBc/Hz)
Offset from carrier
Frequency range
100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz
≥0.1 Hz to <10 MHz (Option 22) –90 –120 –130 –130
≥10 MHz to <500 MHz (Option 4) –94 –106 –104 –120
≥500 MHz to <2200 MHz (Option 4) –82 –94 –92 –108
≥10 MHz to <2 GHz (Option 5) –77 –88 –85 –100
≥2 GHz to ≤6 GHz –77 –88 –86 –102
>6 GHz to ≤10 GHz –73 –86 –83 –102
>10 GHz to ≤20 GHz –66 –78 –77 –100
>20 GHz to ≤40 GHz –60 –75 –72 –94
>40 GHz to ≤65 GHz –54 –69 –64 –88
Single-sideband phase noise (dBc/Hz) – Option 3

Offset from carrier
Frequency range
10 Hz 100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz
≥0.1 Hz to <10 MHz (Option 22) –60 –90 –120 –130 –130 –130
≥10 MHz to <15.625 MHz (Option 4) –105 –126 –139 –142 –141 –145
15.625 MHz to ≤31.25 MHz (Option 4) –99 –120 –134 –137 –137 –145
>31.25 MHz to ≤62.5 MHz (Option 4) –90 –114 –129 –136 –136 –144
>62.5 MHz to ≤125 MHz (Option 4) –84 –108 –127 –135 –133 –144
>125 MHz to ≤250 MHz (Option 4) –88 –102 –125 –132 –130 –143
>250 MHz to ≤500 MHz (Option 4) –77 –99 –123 –125 –124 –142
>500 MHz to ≤1050 MHz (Option 4) –71 –93 –118 –121 –119 –138
>1050 MHz to ≤2200 MHz (Option 4) –66 –86 –112 –115 –113 –135
≥10 MHz to <2 GHz (Option 5) –64 –83 –100 –102 –102 –111
≥2 GHz to ≤6 GHz –54 –87 –104 –108 –107 –130 8
>6 GHz to ≤10 GHz –52 –73 –100 –107 –107 –128
>10 GHz to ≤20 GHz –45 –68 –94 –102 –102 –125
>20 GHz to ≤40 GHz –45 –63 –92 –98 –98 –119
>40 GHz to ≤65 GHz –37 –57 –86 –92 –90 –113
SIGNAL GENERATORS
RF output
Power level specifications apply at 25° ±10°C.
Maximum leveled output power

Output power with Output power with
Frequency range Output power
Model number Configuration step attenuator electronic step
(GHz) (dBm)
(dBm) attenuator (dBm)
With option 4 ≤2.2 GHz +17.0 +15.0 +13.0
MG3691A With option 5 ≤2 GHz +17.0 +15.0 +13.0
Standard >2 to ≤8.4 GHz +13.0 +11.0 +9.0
With option 4 ≤2.2 GHz +17.0 +15.0
With option 5 ≤2 GHz +17.0 +15.0
MG3692A Not available
Standard >2 to ≤8.4 GHz +13.0 +11.0
Standard >8.4 to ≤20 GHz +13.0 +11.0
With option 4 ≤2.2 GHz +13.0 +11.0
Standard >2 to ≤20 GHz +9.0 +7.0
Standard >20 to ≤30 GHz +6.0 +3.0
With option 4 ≤2.2 GHz +13.0 +11.0
Standard >2 to ≤20 GHz +9.0 +7.0
Standard >20 to ≤40 GHz +6.0 +3.0
With option 4 ≤2.2 GHz +12.0 +10.0
Standard >2 to ≤20 GHz +10.0 +8.0
Standard >20 to ≤50 GHz +3.0 +0.0
With option 4 ≤2.2 GHz +12.0 +10.0
Standard >2 to ≤20 GHz +10.0 +8.0
Standard >20 to ≤65 GHz +3.0 +0.0
Maximum leveled output power with option 15 (high power) installed

Output power with Output power with
Frequency range Output power
Model number Configuration step attenuator electronic step
(GHz) (dBm)
(dBm) attenuator (dBm)
With option 4 ≤2.2 GHz +19.0 +18.0 +15.0

MG3691A With option 5 ≤2 GHz +19.0 +18.0 +15.0
Standard >2 to ≤8.4 GHz +19.0 +18.0 +13.0
With option 4 ≤2.2 GHz +19.0 +18.0
Standard >10 to ≤10 GHz +19.0 +18.0
Standard >20 to ≤20 GHz +17.0 +15.0
With option 4 ≤2.2 GHz +15.0 +14.0
MG3693A Standard >2 to ≤10 GHz +15.0 +14.0 Not available
Standard >10 to ≤20 GHz +12.0 +10.0
Standard >20 to ≤30 GHz +14.0 +12.0
With option 4 ≤2.2 GHz +15.0 +14.0
MG3694A Standard >2 to ≤10 GHz +15.0 +14.0 Not available
Standard >10 to ≤20 GHz +12.0 +10.0
Standard >20 to ≤40 GHz +14.0 +12.0
Without an attenuator Maximum leveled output power to –15 dBm (–20 dBm typical)
Standard units With an attenuator Maximum leveled output power to –120 dBm
With an electronic attenuator Maximum leveled output power to –140 dBm
Leveled output Without an attenuator Maximum leveled output power to –5 dBm (–10 dBm typical)
power range
Maximum leveled power to –115 dBm (–120 dBm typical).
Units with option
With an attenuator For units with Option 15A, minimum settable power is –105 dBm
15, high power
(–110 dBm typical)
With an electronic attenuator Maximum leveled power to –115 dBm (–110 dBm typical)
Without an attenuator >40 dB below max power
Unleveled output power range (typical)
With an attenuator >130 dB below max power
Without change in step attenuator <3ms typical
Power level switching time (to within With change in step attenuator <20 ms typical
specified accuracy)
<3 ms typical. Power level changes across –70 dB step will result
With change in electronic step attenuator
in 20 ms delay

SIGNAL GENERATORS
Accuracy specifies the total worst case accuracy. Flatness is included within the accuracy
Frequency (GHz)
Step sweep and CW

Attenuation below max power
≤40 40-50 50-60 60-65
0-25 dB ±1.0 dB ±1.5 dB ±1.5 dB ±1.5 dB
modes
Accuracy∗2 25-60 dB ±1.0 dB ±1.5 dB ±3.5 dB∗1 N/A
>60 dB ±1.0 dB ±1.5 dB∗1 ±3.5 dB∗1 N/A
0-25 dB ±0.8 dB ±0.8 dB ±1.1 dB ±1.1 dB
Flatness∗2 25-60 dB ±0.8 dB ±0.8 dB ±3.1 dB∗1 N/A
>60 dB ±0.8 dB ±0.8 dB∗1 ±3.1 dB∗1 N/A
Accuracy
and flatness Frequency (GHz)
Attenuation below max power
0.01-0.05 0.05-20 20-40 40-65
Analog sweep mode
0-12 dB ±2.0 dB ±2.0 dB ±2.0 dB ±3.0 dB

12-30 dB ±3.5 dB ±3.5 dB ±4.6 dB ±5.6 dB
(typical)
Accuracy
30-60 dB ±4.0 dB ±4.0 dB ±5.2 dB ±6.2 dB
60-122 dB ±5.0 dB ±5.0 dB ±6.2 dB ±7.2 dB
0-12 dB ±2.0 dB ±2.0 dB ±2.0 dB ±2.5 dB

12-30 dB ±3.5 dB ±3.5 dB ±4.1 dB ±5.1 dB
Flatness
30-60 dB ±4.0 dB ±4.0 dB ±4.6 dB ±5.6 dB
60-122 dB ±5.0 dB ±5.0 dB ±5.2 dB ±6.2 dB
Output units selectable as either dBm or mV. Selection of mV assumes 50 Ω load. All data
Output units
entry and display are in the selected units
Output power resolution 0.01 dB or 0.001 mV
Source impedance 50 Ω nominal
Source SWR (internal leveling) <2.0 typical
Power level stability with temperature 0.04 dB/°C typical
Level offset Offsets the displayed power level to establish a new reference level
Toggles the RF output between an off and on state. During the off state, the RF oscillator is
Output on/off turned off. The on or off state is indicated by two LEDs located below the OUTPUT ON/OFF
key on the front panel
System menu selection of RF on or RF off during frequency switching in CW, step sweep, and
RF on/off between frequency steps
Other output list sweep modes
power
RF on/off during retrace System menu selection of RF on or RF off during retrace
specifications 8
Internal leveling Power is leveled at the output connector in all modes
Levels output power at a remote detector location. Accepts a positive or negative 0.5 mV to
External detector 500 mV input signal from the remote detector. EXT ALC ADJ adjusts the input signal range to
an optimum value. BNC connector, front and rear panel
Levels output power at a remote power meter location. Accepts a ±1 V full scale input signal
External power
from the remote power meter. EXT ALC ADJ adjusts the input signal range to an optimum
meter
External leveling value. BNC connector, rear panel
External leveling
30 kHz typical in detector mode. 0.7 Hz typical in power meter mode
bandwidth
Number of points: 2 to 801 points per table
User level flatness
Number of tables: 5 available
correction
Entry modes: GPIB power meter or computed data
Range Sweeps between any two power levels at a single CW frequency
Resolution 0.01 dB/step (Log) or 0.001 mV (Linear)
Accuracy Same as CW power accuracy
CW power
sweep Log/linear sweep Power sweep selectable as either log or linear. Log sweep is in dB; linear sweep is in mV
Step size User-controlled, 0.01 dB (Log) or 0.001 mV (Linear) to the full power range of the instrument
Variable from 1 ms to 99 seconds. If the sweep crosses a step attenuator setting, there will be
Step dwell time
a sweep dwell of approximately 20 ms to allow setting of the step attenuator
Sweep
A power level step occurs after each frequency sweep. Power level remains constant for the length of time required to complete each
frequency/
sweep
step power
∗1: Typical
∗2: 0 to 25 dB or to minimum rated power whichever is higher.
SIGNAL GENERATORS
Frequency/Phase Modulation (Option 12) Frequency Range Divide Ratio, n
Frequency Generator Multiplication/Division Ratios

Option 12 adds frequency and phase modulation, driven externally <10 MHz (Option 22) modulation not available
via a rear panel BNC connector, 50Ω. For internal modulation, add
≥10 to ≤15.625 MHz (Option 4) 256
LF Generator Option 23. Frequency/Phase Modulation is not avail-
able <10 MHz with Option 22. >15.625 to ≤31.25 MHz (Option 4) 128
FM Sensitivity: Continuously variable from ±10 kHz per volt to ±20 >31.25 to ≤62.5 MHz (Option 4) 64
MHz per volt (Locked, Locked Low Noise and Unlocked Narrow FM >62.5 to ≤125 MHz (Option 4) 32
modes), or ±100 kHz per volt to ±100 MHz per volt (Unlocked Wide
>125 to ≤250 MHz (Option 4) 16
FM mode), selectable from modulation menu.
>250 to ≤500 MHz (Option 4) 8
ΦM Sensitivity: Continuously variable from ±0.0025 radians per volt
to ±5.0 radians per volt ( Narrow ΦM mode) or ±0.25 radians per volt to >500 to ≤1050 MHz (Option 4) 4
±500.0 radians per volt (Wide ΦM mode), selectable from modulation >1050 to ≤2200 MHz (Option 4) 2
menu.
>10 to ≤2000 MHz (Option 5) 1
Maximum Input: ±1V
>2 to ≤20 GHz 1
>20 to ≤40 GHz 1/2
>40 to ≤65 GHz 1/4
Parameter Modes Conditions Specifications

Locked Rate= 1 kHz to (Lesser of 8 MHz or 0.03 * Fcarrier) ±[Lesser of 10 MHz or 300 * (mod rate)]/n
Locked Low-noise Rate= 50 kHz to Lesser of 8 MHz or 0.03 * Fcarrier) ±[Lesser of 10 MHz or 3 * (mod rate)]/n
Deviation
Unlocked Narrow Rate= DC to (Lesser of 8 MHz or 0.03 * Fcarrier) ±(10 MHz)/n
Unlocked Wide Rate= DC to 100 Hz ±(100 MHz)/n
Locked 100 kHz rate 1 kHz to (Lesser of 10 MHz or 0.03 * Fcarrier)

Frequency Modulation
Locked Low-noise 100 kHz rate 30 kHz to (Lesser of 10 MHz or 0.03 * Fcarrier)
Bandwidth (3 dB)
Unlocked Narrow 100 kHz rate DC to (Lesser of 10 MHz or 0.03 * Fcarrier)
Unlocked Wide DC rate DC to 100 Hz
Flatness Locked Rate= 10 kHz to (Lesser of 1 MHz or 0.01 * Fcarrier) ±1 dB relative to 100 kHz
Locked and Low-noise
Accuracy Rate= 100 kHz, Sinewave, Int. or 1Vpk Ext. 10% (5% typical)
Unlocked Narrow
Locked, Low-noise,
Incidental AM Rate and Dev.= Lesser of 1 MHz or 0.01 * Fcarrier <2% typical
Unlocked Narrow
Harmonic Distortion Locked Rate= 10 kHz, Dev.= ±(1 MHz)/n <1%
Locked
Locked Low-noise ±(10 kHz/V to 20 MHz/V)/n
External Sensitivity
Unlocked Narrow ±(100 kHz/V to 100 MHz/V)/n
Unlocked Wide
Narrow Rate= DC to (Lesser of 8 MHz or 0.03 * Fcarrier) ±[Lesser of 3 rad or (5 MHz)/(mod rate)]/n
Deviation
Wide Rate= DC to (Lesser of 1 MHz or 0.03 * Fcarrier) ±[Lesser of 400 rad or (10 MHz)/(mod rate)]/n
Phase Modulation
Narrow 100 kHz rate DC to (Lesser of 10 MHz or 0.03 * Fcarrier)

Bandwidth (3 dB)
Wide 100 kHz rate DC to (Lesser of 1 MHz or 0.03 * Fcarrier)
Narrow Rate= DC to (Lesser of 1 MHz or 0.01 * Fcarrier) ±1 dB relative to 100 kHz rate
Flatness
Wide Rate= DC to (Lesser of 500 kHz or 0.01 * Fcarrier) ±1 dB relative to 100 kHz rate
Accuracy Narrow and Wide 100 kHz, Int. or 1Vpk Ext., sine 10%
Narrow ±(0.0025 rad/V to 5 rad/V)/m
External Sensitivity
Wide ±(0.25 rad/V to 500 rad/V)/n
Amplitude Modulation (Option 14)

All amplitude modulation specifications apply at 50% depth, 1 kHz
rate, with RF level set 6 dB below maximum specified leveled output
power, unless otherwise noted. Amplitude Modulation is not available
<10 MHz with Option 22.
AM Depth (typical) 0-90% linear; 20 dB log

DC to 50 kHz minimum
AM Bandwidth (3 dB)
DC to 100 kHz typical
Flatness (DC to 10 kHz rates) ±0.3 dB
Accuracy ±5%
Distortion <5% typical
Incidental Phase Modulation
<0.2 radians typical
(30% depth, 10 kHz rate)
Log AM or Linear AM input, rear-panel BNC, 50 Ω input impedance. For internal modulation, add LF Generator Option 23.
Log AM: Continuously variable from 0 dB per volt to 25 dB per volt.
External AM Input Sensitivity
Linear AM: Continuously variable from 0% per volt to 100% per volt.
Maximum Input ±1V

SIGNAL GENERATORS
LF Generator (Option 23)
Two internal waveform generators are added, one providing a frequency
or phase modulating signal and the other an amplitude modulating
signal. This Low Frequency (LF) Generator option can only be ordered
in combination with either FM/ΦM or AM options, 12 and 14 respectively.
Waveforms Sinusoid, square-wave, triangle, positive ramp, negative ramp, Gaussian noise, uniform noise. (Check Option 10 for User-Defined)
0.1 Hz to 1 MHz sinusoidal
Rate
0.1 Hz to 100 kHz square-wave, triangle, ramps
Resolution 0.1 Hz
Accuracy Same as instrument timebase
Output Two BNC connectors on the rear panel, FM/ΦM OUT and AM OUT
External Pulse Modulation (Option 13)

Pulse modulation specifications apply at maximum rated power, unless
otherwise noted. Pulse modulation is not available <10 MHz with Option 22.
On/Off Ratio >80 dB

100 ns, ≥2 GHz ∗1
Minimum Leveled Pulse Width
1µs, <2 GHz 1
Minimum Unleveled Pulse Width <10 ns
Level Accuracy Relative to CW ±0.5 dB, ≥1 µs pulse width
(100 Hz to 1 MHz PRF) ±1.0 dB, <1 µs pulse width
Pulse Delay (typical) External Mode: 50 ns
DC to 10 MHz, unleveled
PRF Range
100 Hz to 5 MHz, leveled
Rise & Fall Time Pulse Width Video
Frequency Range Overshoot
(10% to 90%) Compression Feedthrough
≥10 to <31.25 MHz (Opt. 4) 400 ns* 33%* 40 ns* ±70 mV*
≥31.25 to <125 MHz (Opt. 4) 90 ns* 22%* 12 ns* ±130 mV*
≥125 to <500 MHz (Opt. 4) 33 ns* 11%* 12 ns* ±70 mV*
≥500 to <2200 MHz (Opt. 4 15 ns 10%* 12 ns* ±15 mV*
≥10 to <1000 MHz (Opt. 5) 15 ns / 10 ns* 10%* 8 ns* ±15 mV* 8
≥1 to <2 GHz (Opt. 5) 10 ns / 5 ns* 10%* 8 ns* ±15 mV*
≥2 to ≤65 GHz 10 ns / 5 ns* 10%∗2 8 ns*
Rear-panel BNC. For internal modulation, add Pulse Generator Option 24.
External Input Drive Level TTL compatible input
Input Logic Positive-true or negative-true, selectable from modulation menu.
Pulse Generator (Option 24)

Pulse Generator option is not available without Pulse Modulation
Option 13.
Modes Free-run, triggered, gated, delayed, singlet, doublet, triplet, quadruplet.
Selectable Clock Rate
Parameter
40 MHz 10 MHz
Pulse Width 25 ns to 419 ms 100 ns to 1.6
Pulse Period∗3 250 ns to 419 ms 600 ns to 1.6s
Variable Delay
Singlet 0 to 419 ms 0 to 1.6s
Doublet 100 ns to 419 ms 300 ns to 1.6s
Triplet 100 ns to 419 ms 300 ns to 1.6s
Quadruplet 100 ns to 419 ms 300 ns to 1.6s
Resolution 25 ns 100 ns
Accuracy 10 ns (5 ns typical)
Inputs/Outputs Inputs/Outputs: Video pulse and sync out, rear-panel BNC connectors
∗1: 2.2 GHz with Option 4, DDC.
∗2: For 50 and 65 GHz units, overshoot >40 GHz is 20% typical at rated power.
∗3: Period must be longer than the sum of delay and width by 5 clock cycles minimum.
* Typical
SIGNAL GENERATORS
Millimeter Wave Multipliers (54000 Series plus
Option 18)
External multipliers can be added to the MG3690A to provide coverage
as high as 110 GHz. Please call us for solutions beyond 110 GHz.
Parameter 54000-4WR15, 54000-5WR15 54000-4WR10, 54000-5WR10

Frequency 50-75 GHz 75-110 GHz
Waveguide Output WR15 WR10
Flange UG-387/U UG-385/U
Source Match <1.7 typical <1.7 typical
Output Power 0.0 dBm (+4 dBm typical) –5 dBm (+1 dBm typical)
Power Flatness, Unleveled ±3.0 dB typical ±3.0 dB typical
Power Flatness, Leveled (54000-5WRxx) ±1.0 dB typical ±1.0 dB typical
Power Leveling Range (54000-5WRxx) 10 dB typical 10 dB typical
Required Input Frequency 12.75 to 18.75 GHz 12.75 to 18.75 GHz
Multiplication Factor x4 x6
Frequency Accuracy Synthesizer Accuracy x4 Synthesizer Accuracy x6
Frequency Resolution Synthesizer Resolution x4 Synthesizer Resolution x6
Filters
FL1 (Through) 50 to 75 GHz 75 to 110 GHz
FL2 50 to 58 GHz 75 to 92 GHz
FL3 57 to 75 GHz 89 to 110 GHz
Spurious
with FL2, FL3 –50 dBc –50 dBc
with FL1 (Through) –20 dBc typical –20 dBc typical
Input N(f) N(f)
Inputs and Outputs

Provides for leveling the RF output signal externally with either a detector or power meter. Signal requirements are shown in
EXT ALC IN
the RF Output specifications.
Provides for RF output from 50 Ω source impedance. K Connector, female. Option 9 moves the RF Output connector to the
RF OUTPUT
rear panel.
Accepts an external 10 MHz ±100 Hz, 0 to +20 dBm time-base signal. Automatically disconnects the internal high-stability time-
10 MHz REF IN
base option, if installed. 50 Ω impedance.
10 MHz REF OUT Provides a 0.5 Vp-p, AC coupled, 10 MHz signal derived from the internal frequency standard. 50 Ω impedance.
Provides 0V at beginning and +10V at end of sweep, regardless of sweep width. In CW mode, the voltage is proportional to
HORIZ OUT (Horizontal
frequency between 0V at low end and +10V at the high end of range. In CW mode, if CW RAMP is enabled, a repetitive, 0V to
Sweep Output)
+10V ramp is provided.
Provides the capability to frequency modulate the internal crystal oscillator, allowing phase locking the synthesizer inside an
EFC IN:
external lock loop.
Provides for most of the rear panel BNC connections through a single, 25-pin, D type connector. Supports master-slave
AUX I/O
operation with another synthesizer or allows for a single-cable interface with the Model 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer and
(Auxiliary Input/Output)
other Anritsu instruments.
SERIAL I/O
Provides access to RS-232 terminal ports to support service and calibration functions and master slave operations.
(Serial Input/Output)
IEEE-488 GPIB Provides input/output connections for the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB).
mmW BIAS Provides the bias for the external waveguide multipliers for coverage up to 110 GHz.
RF, LO, IF Provides access to an internal IF up-conversion mixer, Option 7.
Accepts an external TTL compatible signal to pulse modulate the RF output signal or to trigger or to gate the optional internal
PULSE TRIG IN
pulse generator. Available with Option 13, Pulse Modulation.
PULSE SYNC OUT Provides a TTL compatible signal, synchronized to the internal pulse modulation output, Option 24.
PULSE VIDEO OUT Provides a video modulating signal from the internal pulse generator, Option 24.
AM IN Accepts an external signal to amplitude modulate the RF output signal, Option 14. 50 Ω impedance
FM/ΦM IN Accepts an external signal to frequency or phase modulate the RF output signal, Option 12. 50 Ω impedance
AM OUT Provides the amplitude modulation waveform from the internal LF generator, Option 23.
FM/ΦM OUT Provides the frequency or phase modulation waveform from the internal LF generator, Option 23.

SIGNAL GENERATORS
Models MG3690A/16 High Stability Time Base – Adds an ovenized, 10 MHz
MG3691A 2 – 8.4 GHz CW Generator crystal oscillator as a high-stability time base.
MG3692A 2 – 20 GHz CW Generator MG3690A/17 Delete Front Panel – Deletes the front panel for use in
MG3693A 2 – 30 GHz CW Generator remote control applications where a front panel display
MG3694A 2 – 40 GHz CW Generator and keyboard control are not needed.
MG3695A 2 – 50 GHz CW Generator MG3690A/18 mmW Bias Output – Adds a rear panel BNC Twinax
MG3696A 2 – 65 GHz CW Generator connector required to bias the 5400-xWRxx millimeter
wave source modules, sold separately (Not available
Options and accessories with Option 7).
MG3690A/1A Rack Mount with slides – Rack mount kit containing a MG3690A/22 0.1 Hz to 10 MHz Audio coverage – Uses a DDS for
set of track slides (90 degree tilt capability), mounting coverage down to approximately DC. When adding
ears, and front panel handles to let the instrument be Option 22, the output power is derated by 2 dB. The
mounted in a standard 19-inch equipment rack. frequency resolution below 10 MHz is 0.02 Hz. No
MG3690A/1B Rack Mount without slides – Modifies rack mounting modulation is available in the 0.1 Hz to 10 MHz band
hardware to install unit in a console that has mounting (Not available without Option 4 or 5).
shelves. Includes mounting ears and front panel handles. MG3690A/23 LF Generator – Provides modulation waveforms for
MG3690A/2X Mechanical Step Attenuator – Adds a 10 dB/step internal AM, FM, or ΦM (Not available without Option
attenuator. Rated RF output power is reduced. (This 12 or 14).
option comes in different versions, based on instrument MG3690A/24 Pulse Generator – Provides pulse waveforms for internal
configuration.) Pulse Modulation (Not available without Option 13).
MG3690A/2E Electronic Step Attenuator – Adds a 10 dB/step MG3690A/25X Analog Modulation Suite – For ease of ordering and
electronic attenuator with a 120 dB range for the package pricing, this option bundles Options 12, 13, 14,
MG3691A. Rated RF output power is reduced. 23 and 24, offering internal and external AM, FM, ΦM,
MG3690A/3 Ultra Low Phase Noise, main band – Adds new and Pulse Modulation. (This option comes in different
modules to significantly reduce SSB phase noise. versions, based on instrument configuration.)
MG3690A/4 10 MHz to 2.2 GHz RF coverage, Ultra-Low Phase
Noise version – Uses a digital down converter to Accessories
significantly reduce SSB phase noise. 34RKNF50 DC to 20 GHz, Ruggedized Type N female adapter for
MG3690A/5 10 MHz to 2 GHz RF coverage – Uses an analog down units with a K connector output
converter. ND36329 Master/Slave interface cable set
MG3690A/6 Analog Sweep Capability (limited to •500 MHz when 760-212A Transit case
used with Option 4) 2300-469 IVI Driver, includes LabView® driver
MG3690A/7 IF Up-Conversion – Adds an internal 40 GHz mixer for 806-97 Aux I/O cable, 25 pin to BNC: Provides BNC access to
up-converting an IF signal. (Not available with V/GHz and Sequential Sync connections and other AUX
MG3695A, MG3696A, or with Option 18) I/O data lines
MG3690A/9X Rear Panel Output – Moves the RF output connector to
the rear panel. (This option comes in different versions, Millimeter wave accessories (requires MG3690A/18)
based on instrument configuration.) 54000-4WR15 50 to 75 GHz, V band X4 multiplier-source module,
MG3690A/10 User-Defined Modulation Waveform Software – External (includes A36599 power cable and 3 filters). 8
software package provides the ability to download user- 54000-5WR15 50 to 75 GHz, V band X4 multiplier-Ssource module
defined waveforms into the memory of the internal with internal reference coupler/detector (includes
waveform generator, serially or via GPIB. External PC A36599 power cable, 3 filters, and 560-10BX-2 detector
and an instrument with LF Generator, Option 23, are adapter cable).
required. This external software package can only be 54000-4WR10 75-110 GHz, W band X6 multiplier-source module
used with Option 10 enabled instruments. (includes A36599 power cable and 3 filters).
MG3690A/12 Frequency and Phase Modulation – External, via a rear 54000-5WR10 75-110 GHz, W band X6 multiplier-source module with
panel BNC connector. For internal modulation capability, internal reference coupler/detector (includes A36599
requires additionally LF Generator, Option 23. power cable, 3 filters, and 560-10BX-2 detector adapter
MG3690A/13X Pulse Modulation – External, via a rear panel BNC cable).
connector. For internal modulation capability, requires N120-6 Semi-rigid cable, N(m) to N(m), 15 cm long, connects
additionally Pulse Generator, Option 24. (This option synthesizer’s RF output to multiplier’s RF input. (Also
comes in different versions, based on instrument requires 34RKNF50 or 34RVNF50 Adapter).
configuration.)
MG3690A/14 Amplitude Modulation – External, via a rear panel BNC Upgrades
connector. For internal modulation capability, requires Economical upgrades are available to upgrade any
additionally LF Generator, Option 23. model to any higher performing model. Consult Anritsu
MG3690A/15X High Power – Adds high-power RF components to the for details.
instrument to increase its output power level. (This
option comes in different versions, based on instrument
configuration.)
SIGNAL GENERATORS
The MG443B is carefully designed. Its output level is highly stable, so
SYNTHESIZER/LEVEL GENERATOR it can be used for applications within the telecommunications indus-
MG443B try without the need for a separate standard level meter.
10 Hz to 30 MHz
Features
• Wide frequency range with 1 Hz resolution
• As many as 20 panel settings can be memorized; memory sweep
For Frequency Tracking with ML422C capability
• High output level characteristics
Flatness: ±0.07 dB (0˚ to +50˚C)
Level accuracy: ±0.15 dB (0˚ to +50˚C)
• High precision output level setting of 0.01 dB
• Continuous output level variable within approximately 4.5 dB
• Variety of output impedances
Unbalanced: 50, 75 Ω
Balanced: 75, 135, 150, 600 Ω
GPIB
The MG442A is a compactly designed level generator with excellent

SYNTHESIZED LEVEL GENERATOR stability and accuracy in frequency and output level. Because it is a
MG442A synthesized level generator, its output frequency is highly stable. It
has an excellent output level accuracy and a superb frequency re-
10 Hz to 20 MHz
sponse unrivaled by similar level generators.
The MG442A can be used for many applications as a measurement
signal source where high frequency stability and level accuracy are
Compact and Lightweight required.The MG442A is best suited for use as a signal source for
measuring baseband circuits from audio to video and various types
of communications systems.
With its ease of operation and excellent portability, it can be utilized
for many purposes as a fundamental measuring instrument in labo-
ratories and manufacturing plants.
Features
• Universal output impedance
• Excellent operation: Digital frequency setting with 4 digits and output
level with 3 digits
• Compact and lightweight

RF MICROWAVE
MEASURING
INSTRUMENTS
Microwave Frequency Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440

Wideband Peak Power Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
Calibration Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Electronic Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Interference/Field Strength Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Resistance Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Programmable Attenuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Pre-Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
EMI Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
EMI Probe Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Antennas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452, 453
Microwave Repeater Checker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Radar Test System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
439
RF MICROWAVE MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
MICROWAVE FREQUENCY COUNTER GPIB
MF2400B Series
10 Hz to 20/27/40 GHz
For Measuring CW Frequency and Pulse Width of Burst Signals
The MF2400B series consists of three frequency counters: the • Analog display function
MF2412B (20 GHz), the MF2413B (27 GHz), and the MF2414B (40 Using this function, the entire LCD becomes an analog meter and
GHz). They are ideal for evaluating mobile radio communications de- the measured values are indicated by the position of the meter nee-
vices and circuits, with the ability to measure the carrier frequency dle. In addition to measuring changes in the frequency, this permits
and pulse width of burst signals. In addition to displaying measure- faster frequency adjustment and Go/No-go judgement of oscillators,
ment results on a 12-digit LCD, the frequency values can be read us- which had to be read many digits of measured data before. This ana-
ing the analog display function, which is ideal for monitoring evalua- log meter also solves problems associated with misreading frequen-
tion and especially for frequency adjustment, etc., as in the case of cy values.
various types of oscillators.
Furthermore, the template function is useful for assessing quickly
whether or not the measurement results fall within the upper and
lower frequency limit specifications; the evaluation result is output
from the AUX connector on the rear panel as a Go/No-go signal. An
easy-to-use automatic measurement system can be configured using
the GPIB function.
Features Moves left/right and indicates frequency value

• Measures carrier frequency and pulse width of burst signals
• Analog frequency display • Template function
• Pass/Fail evaluation for frequency range specified by template function After the upper and lower frequency limits have been preset, if the
• Measurement of any burst section using gating function measured frequency is within the preset range, Go is displayed; if it
is out of range, No-go is displayed. In addition, the Go/No-go signal
Functions can be output from the AUX connector on the back panel as a TTL
• Wide band measurement signal. This is very useful for configuring an automatic device
The three counters, with upper frequency limits of 20, 27 and 40 Pass/Fail evaluation system (using analog display).
GHz, meet every usage requirement. In addition, a high-frequency
fuse holder and fuse element protects the input circuit from exces-
• High-speed transient measurement
Frequency counters have an interval when measurement is not per-
sively powerful signals, and a variety of adapters are available for formed (sample rate), so that sudden frequency changes during this
coupling each connector. period cannot be measured. However, the MF2400B series over-
• High-accuracy burst measurement comes this problem by capturing frequency changes at speeds of up
The carrier frequency, burst width, and burst repetition rate of a 100 to 10 µs and saving a maximum of 2000 sampling points. When it is
ns to 0.1 s burst signal input from INPUT 1 can be measured quickly combined with a host computer, frequency changes can be dis-
with high accuracy. played graphically. This is very effective for measuring VCO start-up
• Save and recall functions added characteristics and PLL lock times.
Up to a maximum of 10 setups can be stored in the internal memo- • Gating function
ry, and these can be freely recalled. Storing complex setups in ad- With burst signal measurements, the carrier frequency may be differ-
vance, such as burst triggers and gate settings, makes it possible to ent at the start, middle, and end of the burst. In the MF2400B series,
recall them immediately when needed for measurement, which the carrier signal frequency at any position of the signal (delay time
makes it possible to reduce the measurement setup time and to pre- from trigger signal leading edge) and at any specified time (gate time)
vent malfunctions from setup mistakes. can be measured using a combination of the gating and trigger delay
functions.

Specifications
• MF2400B series
INPUT 1
MF2412B: 600 MHz to 20 GHz, MF2413B: 600 MHz to 27 GHz, MF2414B: 600 MHz to 40 GHz
Frequency range
INPUT 2
10 MHz to 1 GHz (50 Ω), 10 Hz to 10 MHz (1 MΩ)
INPUT 1
–33 to +10 dBm (<12.4 GHz), –28 to +10 dBm (<20 GHz),
Input level range –25 to +10 dBm (<27 GHz), [–44.6 + 0.741 x frequency (GHz)] to +10 dBm (≤40 GHz)
Input
(sine wave input) INPUT 2

25 mVrms to 2 Vrms (50 Ω), 25 mVrms to 10 Vrms (1 MΩ)
INPUT 1: 50 Ω, AC couple
Impedance, coupling
INPUT 2: 50 Ω or ≥1 MΩ (≤35 pF), AC couple
INPUT 1
Connector MF2412B: N-type, MF2413B: SMA-type, MF2414B: K-type
INPUT 2: BNC-type
INT: Triggered by measurement signal
Gating function
EXT: Triggered by external signal

Trigger mode
∗Trigger level: 1.5 V ± (2 to 10 Vp-p), Trigger pulse width: ≥1 µs, Impedance: ≥100 Ω, Coupling: DC
LINE: Triggered by AC line signal
20 ns to 0.1 s∗1, off
Trigger delay
(≤320 ns in 20 ns steps, and <1 µs in 40 ns steps variable; ≥1 µs in continuously variable as effective two digits)
Gate width 100 ns to 0.1 s (<1 µs in 20 ns steps variable; ≥1 µs in continuously variable as effective two digits
Frequency range MF2412B: 600 MHz to 20 GHz, MF2413B: 600 MHz to 27 GHz, MF2414B: 600 MHz to 40 GHz
Pulse width 100 ns to 0.1 s (NARROW), 1 µs to 0.1 s (WIDE)
Pulse repetition frequency 10 Hz to 4 MHz (pulse off time: ≥240 ns)
Pulse modulation wave measurement
Max. resolution: 10 kHz (pulse width: 100 ns to 1 µs), 1 kHz (pulse width: 1 to 10 µs), 100 Hz (pulse width: 10 to 100 µs),
10 Hz (pulse width: 0.1 to 1 ms), 1 Hz (pulse width: 1 to 10 ms), 0.1 Hz (pulse width: 10 to 100 ms)
Measurement time: (T or TS whichever is greater) x {1/(fR x TGW)}2 ∗3
Carrier frequency Resolution 1 Hz 10 Hz 100 Hz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz
measurement∗2
Measurement time 200 s 20 s 2s 200 ms 20 ms 5 ms 5 ms
∗Measurement carrier frequency: 1 GHz (TGW∗3 = 0.1/fR)
Accuracy: ±1 count ±time base accuracy x measurement frequency ±trigger accuracy ±residual error∗5
±1/TGW∗3
Resolution: 1 ns
Pulse width measurement Accuracy: ±20 ns ±time base accuracy x measurement pulse width ±trigger accuracy
Unit indication: µs (fixed)
Resolution: 1 ns
Pulse period measurement Accuracy: ±20 ns ±time base accuracy x measurement period ±trigger accuracy
Unit indication: µs (fixed)
INPUT 1 9
NORMAL: 1 MHz/1 µs to 0.1 Hz/10 s
FAST: 1 MHz/0.18 µs to 0.1 Hz/1.8 s (typical)
INPUT 2
10 MHz to 1 GHz (50 Ω): 1 MHz/1 µs to 0.1 Hz/10 s
Carrier wave frequency measurement
10 Hz to 10 MHz (1 MΩ): Shown below

Measurement period (times)
10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7
Resolution, gate time
Frequency resolution
10 s
Measurement time
10 1 mHz
2 1s 10 mHz
100 ms 100 mHz
10 ms 1 Hz
1 ms 10 Hz
100 µs 100 Hz
10 100 1k 10 k 100 k 1M 10 M
Input frequency (Hz)
INPUT 1
NORMAL: ±1 count ±time base accuracy x measurement frequency ±residual error∗4
FAST: ±1 count ±time base accuracy x measurement frequency ±trigger accuracy ±residual error∗5
Measurement accuracy
INPUT 2
10 MHz to 1 GHz: ±1 count ±time base accuracy x measurement frequency
10 Hz to 10 MHz: ±1 count ±time base accuracy x measurement frequency ±trigger accuracy
Auto
FM tolerance: 35 MHzp-p, Acquisition time: ≤50 ms
Manual (CW measurement)
Input allowable frequency range: ±30 MHz (600 MHz to 1 GHz), ±40 MHz (≥1 GHz)
Acquisition time: ≤15 ms
Auto/manual measurement
Manual (Burst measurement)
Input allowable frequency range:
±30 MHz (600 MHz to 1 GHz, pulse width mode: WIDE), ±20 MHz (≥1 GHz, pulse width mode: NARROW),
±40 MHz (≥1 GHz, pulse width mode: WIDE)
Acquisition time: ≤15 ms
Template: Inputs in upper/lower limit of frequency, judged on GO/NO-GO
Frequency offset: +offset, –offset, ppm
Functions Statistical processing: mean, maximum, minimum, p-p
Save/recall: 10 panel settings (Max.)
AUX output Output for GO/NO-GO, count end, input level detection, internal gating, restart, and acquisition signal
Sample rate 1 ms to 10 s (1-2-5 steps), hold
High-speed sample period/ INPUT 1: 10 µs/10 kHz, 100 µs/1 kHz, 1 ms/100 Hz
frequency resolution INPUT 2: 10 µs/100 kHz, 100 µs/10 kHz, 1 ms/1 kHz ∗Measurement frequency: 100 MHz
Memory back up Store in non-volatile memory at instrument power-down
Display digits: 12 digits and 1 digit (– mark)
Display
LCD: 248 x 60 dots (with back light)
Frequency: 10 MHz
Reference crystal oscillator Warm-up: ≤±5 x 10–8/day (after 30 min. warm-up)
Aging rate: ≤±2 x 10–8/day (after 24 h warm-up)
Temperature characteristics: ±5 x 10–8 (0˚ to 50 ˚C)
External reference input 1/2/5/10 MHz, Input voltage: 1 to 5 Vp-p (AC coupling), Input impedance: ≥1 kΩ
External reference output 1/2/5/10 MHz∗6, Output voltage: ≥2 Vp-p (open end, AC coupling), Output impedance: ≤400 Ω
External control GPIB (conforms to IEEE488.2 standards): SH1, AH1, T5, L4, SR1, RL1, PP0, DC1, DT1, C0, E2
Power 85 to 132/170 to 250 V (auto switch), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤80 VA
Operating temperature 0˚ to 50 ˚C
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class D)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: Delay time until counter started by trigger detection ∗4: Measurement frequency (GHz)/10 count (rms)
∗2: MANUAL measurement mode ∗5: Measurement frequency (GHz)/2 count (rms)
∗3: fR; frequency resolution, TGW; gate width, Ts; processing time (50 µs), ∗6: 10 MHz when using internal reference signal; outputs signal based on
T; period (2/fR) this signal (1/2/5/10 MHz) when using external reference signal
• Options 01/02/03: Crystal oscillator

Option number 01 02 03
Frequency 10 MHz
5 x 10–9/day, 5 x 10–8/month, 7.5 x 10–8/year 2 x 10–9/day, 3 x 10–8/month, 4.5 x 10–8/year 5 x 10–10/day, 1 x 10–8/month, 1.5 x 10–8/year
Aging rate ∗After power on, with reference to frequency ∗After power on, with reference to frequency ∗After power on, with reference to frequency
after 24 h after 24 h after 48 h
Temperature ±5 x 10–8 ±1.5 x 10–8 ±5 x 10–9
characteristics –10˚ to 60˚C (with reference to 25˚C)
MF2412B Microwave Frequency Counter K224B∗1 Coaxial adapter (K-P · K-J, SMA compatible, DC to 40
MF2413B Microwave Frequency Counter GHz, SWR: 1.2)
MF2414B Microwave Frequency Counter 34RKNF50 Coaxial adapter (ruggedized K-P · N-J, DC to 20 GHz,
SWR: 1.25)
Standard accessories J0060 Coaxial adapter (N-J · SMA-P)
Power cord, 2.5 m: 1 pc J0526 Coaxial adapter (N-J · SMA-J)
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A: 2 pcs J0527 Coaxial cord (K-P · K-P), 2 ft
W1520AE MF2412B/2413B/2414B operation manual: 1 copy J0127A Coaxial cord (BNC-P · RG-58A/U · BNC-P), 1 m
J0853 Coaxial cord (N-P · SF104P · N-P), 2 m
Options J0854 Coaxial cord (APC3.5-P · SF104P · APC3.5-P), 2 m
MF2412B-01 Crystal oscillator (5 x 10–9/day) MP612A∗2 Fuse Holder (N-P · N-J, DC to 1 GHz)
MF2413B-01 Crystal oscillator (5 x 10–9/day) MP613A∗2 Fuse Element (DC to 1 GHz, Power rating: +17 dBm,
MF2414B-01 Crystal oscillator (5 x 10–9/day) Blow rating: ≥+35 dBm)
MF2412B-02 Crystal oscillator (2 x 10–9/day) J0007 GPIB cable, 1 m
MF2413B-02 Crystal oscillator (2 x 10–9/day) J0008 GPIB cable, 2 m
MF2414B-02 Crystal oscillator (2 x 10–9/day) B0426A Carrying bag (soft type)
MF2412B-03 Crystal oscillator (5 x 10–10/day) B0409 Carrying case (with B0329L protection cover)
MF2413B-03 Crystal oscillator (5 x 10–10/day) B0329L Protection cover
MF2414B-03 Crystal oscillator (5 x 10–10/day) B0390G Rack mount kit (19 inch type, one unit)
B0411A Rack mount kit (19 inch type, two units, side by side)
ERV713-H Portable power supply (Matsushita product)
∗1: The K224 adapter is used to prevent damage to the input connector.
∗2: The MF2400B series has the MP612A Fuse Holder (with MP613A Fuse
Element) to prevent input of excessive power. In addition, the MP612A
Fuse Holder has an N-type connector, so an adapter is required accord-
ing to the coupled connector type.

WIDEBAND PEAK POWER METERS GPIB
ML2480A Series
10 MHz to 50 GHz*
For High Speed Modulated and Pulsed Power Measurements

NEW
The ML2480A series Power Meters are especially designed for ac- The new MA2491A wideband sensor has been designed for a vari-
curate power measurements on high speed modulated measure- ety of applications. With a selectable 5/20 MHz bandwidth, mea-
ments. The power meter combines advances in diode sensor tech- surements can be made on the rising edges of pulsed systems as
nology with DSP to produce a compact and economical high speed well as CDMA waveforms. The new sensor has a dynamic range of
peak power meter. A new color display is used to display the results –60 dBm to +20 dBm.
in graphical or numerical format. The power meter incorporates fea- The new power meter combines the very best of high speed mea-
tures normally found in digital oscilloscopes to produce an easy to surement technology and CW stability.
use high speed peak power meter. A high speed GPIB interface can
be used for the rapid automation of the power measurement.
The ML2480A series have been designed to use the new MA2491A 9
Wideband Sensor. The ML2480A is fully compatible with the wide range
of Anritsu diode, fast thermal and universal sensors. See the section on
the ML2430A Series Power Meters for more details on these sensors.
Two versions of the product are available; the ML2487A Single Input
unit and the ML2488A Dual Input unit.
Profile or Readout Displays can be chosen
Features
• Dual Display Channel
The ML2480 supports dual display channels. Each display channel
is a measurement set up and can use any selection or combination
of the sensor inputs. The instrument can be configured to view one
Performance display channel or two. The instrument can be switched between dis-
The ML2480A has a 20 MHz signal amplifier bandwidth and a sam- play channels quickly and simply via the CH1/CH2 “hot” key on the
pling rate of 64 MS/s. This makes the power meter especially suit- front panel. The user can choose to view the measurement results
able for measuring signals with high modulation rates such as as a graph profile or numerical readout.
WLAN, 3G or EDGE signals as well as providing fast rise times for
examining pulsed signals such as radar.
* Frequency range is sensor dependent.

• Measurement Gates Applications
At the heart of the new power meter’s signal processing lies the mea- • Radar
surement gate facility. The new power meter supports up to four in- The high bandwidth and sample rate of the ML2480A provide accu-
dependently set gates or eight gates repeated in a pattern. The gate rate peak measurements on a variety of RADAR, Radio navigation
allows the user to capture the relevant information from the signal and Radio location systems.
under test. The wide bandwidth and high speed A/D allow the posi- The ML2480A series has a number of features tailored for peak power
tioning of the gate very accurately within the signal profile. The user measurement on pulsed systems. The power meter can be easily set up
can choose between several measurements performed within the to trigger on a pulse or sequence of pulses. Up to four independent
gate. Average, peak, crest, max and min are available as selections gates can be set to measure the average, max and min powers on a se-
for the output. quence of pulses. The data for the max and min includes the time-
The max and min data are time stamped so that the position of these stamp and gives the user automatic display of the position and value
signals is recorded within the gate and can be used to record the of the maximum overshoot and minimum undershoot in each pulse.
overshoot and undershoot of a pulsed signal. A set of automatic marker functions gives pulse rise time, fall time,
Exclusion zones within the measurement gate are also available. off time and Pulse Repetition Interval. The Delta marker can be set
Termed fences, these can be used to exclude sections of the signal up to measure the droop of the pulse top.
from the measurement gate. Particularly useful for excluding mid- A single shot trigger is available to capture one-off pulse events.
burst training sequences. Each gate has a switchable fence associ- The offset table function corrects the power meter reading to read
ated with it. the true output power when the power meter is being used with a
• Markers coupler or high power attenuator in the radar test system.
Four independent markers are available for denoting points of inter- • WLAN
est on the signal profile. The active marker can be scrolled directly The ML2480A series is the ideal power meter for all variants of the 802.11
from the front panel. A delta marker can be set independently from WLAN specification. The 20 MHz bandwidth allows users for the first
the active marker to read the difference or the average power result. time to get an accurate peak power reading without having to resort
The delta marker can linked to provide continuous scrolling through to manual correction of the peak reading due to bandwidth limitations.
the signal. The wide bandwidth of the signal channel allows for the accurate
A set of specialized automatic marker functions has been provided placement of the gate to measure precise selections of the signal
to ease the measurement of pulsed systems. These functions are such as the OFDM training sequence at the start of the 802.11g signal.
automatic pulse rise time, pulse fall time, off time and pulse repeti-
tion interval.
• GSM/EDGE /GPRS
The graphical display and the measurement gates make the mea-
• Trigger facilities surement of GSM and PCS systems straightforward.
High speed measurements require precise triggering. The The power meter is set up to trigger on the GSM pulse. The active
ML24380A series offer the following trigger modes: gate is set up to measure the power within the 10% to 90% section
Continuous, internal trigger on the rising or falling edge of either in- of the burst profile. An automatic limit can be used to give pass or fail
put A or input B and external TTL trigger. The external trigger allows indication. The display shows the results from the active gate, indi-
the power meter to be synchronized to external equipment. Data col- cating the average power within the burst.
lection can be delayed for a pre-determined time after the trigger GPRS and GSM test modes can be tested easily with the use of the
point. The trigger facility incorporates a settable hold off facility which multiple gates. A GSM gate pattern can be repeated up to eight
prevents the trigger from being re-armed and re-triggering on a noisy times to allow the power meter to capture and read back the power
signal. A pre-trigger facility allows the capture and display of pre-trig- from each of the slots, giving up to eight simultaneous measurements.
ger information on the signal. EDGE measurements are quick and simple to make. The high sample
The single shot trigger facility can be used to capture specific one off rate leads to improved settling time and the use of the trigger hold off
events. facility prevents re-triggering on the symbol transitions. PHS and IS-136
• Test Limits systems can also be measured effectively and quickly in this way.
The ML2480 series has two different types of automatic test limits. • 3G-CDMA
For many applications a simple power limit can be set up to test the The ML2488A has been designed to measure the peak power of all
upper and /or lower boundaries of the signal. For pulsed systems the major CDMA systems in the world including those that use Time
such as RADAR, TDMA phone systems or WLAN, a time varying lim- Division Duplexing such as TD-SCDMA. The display can be configured
it line can be set up to test all aspects of the pulse profile. The pow- to measure Average, Peak and Crest Factor. The measurement pe-
er meter can be set up to indicate pass or fail and to hold the mea- riod can be set for accurate results. TDD systems can be displayed
surement display on failure which is important when trying to track as a graph profile and the measurement gates can be set to measure
down intermittent faults. An internal limit editor enables the user to and display the peak and crest factor during the transmission.
create and select their own limit profiles. CCDF, CDF and PDF statistical functions are supported on the
• Presets CDMA measurements and enable the designers of power amplifiers
The ML2480 offers a number of radio system presets. Each preset to correctly estimate the margins on the peak power handling capa-
configures the power meter settings to measure a radio system. bilities of the amplifiers.
GSM, GPRS, WCDMA, WLAN and Bluetooth are some of the ex- • Amplifier and Return Loss Measurements
amples of radio systems supported by this facility. Use the dual input ML2488A to measure the gain or the return loss
• Settings stores of an amplifier under its correct operating conditions. Power amplifiers
The power meter has 20 settings stores. These provide a convenient designed for peak applications, whether pulsed or CDMA , cannot op-
way of having application specific measurement set ups for easy re- erate at full peak power with CW test inputs. The gain and output
call by the user. power can only be measured accurately using a peak power meter
under representative conditions. The return loss of amplifiers and
• Remote Interfaces other devices can only be evaluated under high power pulsed condi-
The ML2480A series supports GPIB and RS-232 as standard. USB tions with a peak power meter connected to a high directivity coupler.
and Ethernet will be available as options.
• MA2490A and MA2491A Wideband Sensors
• Secure mode The MA2490 series sensors are wideband sensors suitable for pulse
The ML2480A series has a secure mode for operations in security and CDMA applications. They have a selectable 5/20 MHz band-
sensitive areas. Once activated the secure mode wipes all informa- width. The MA2490A covers the range 50 MHz to 8 GHz and the
tion stored in the non-volatile RAM on power up. MA2491A extends the range to 18 GHz. Rise time on this sensor is
18 ns. The sensor incorporates a ‘chopper’ which extends the RMS
measurement range to –60 dBm. Upper limit is +20 dBm.
• MA2411A Pulse Sensor
The MA2411A Pulse sensor is specifically designed for fast measure-
ments on pulsed systems. The bandwidth of this sensor is 50 MHz and
has a rise time of 8 ns. This sensor covers the frequency range 300 MHz
to 40 GHz. Requires 1 GHz Calibrator option no. ML2400A/15.
Specifications General MIL-T28800F, Class 3
Frequency Range 100 kHz to 65 GHz, sensor dependent Operating

Temperature 0 to +50°C
Meter compatible with the MA2400 A/B series Range
Power Sensors
sensors
General Specifications
Storage
Sensor Dynamic –70 dBm to +20 dBm for standard MA2400 A/B Temperature –40 to +70°C
Range Sensor Range Range
Power Measurement –70 to +200 dBm dependent upon sensor
Power AC
Range range, external coupler or attenuator
Requirements 90V to 250 VAC, 47 to 440 Hz
20 MHz, CW and lower bandwidth mode EMI Complies with requirements for CE Marking
Channel Bandwidth
sensors supported
1 year Standard
Sampling Rate Up to 64 MS/s dependent upon settings Warranty
3 year Optional
<0.5% 8.39 inches (213mm) wide, 3.46 inches (88mm)
Instrumentation Dimensions
±0.02 dB absolute Accuracy high, 9.84 (390mm) inches deep
Accuracy
±0.04 dB relative Accuracy
Display Resolution Selectable from 0.1 to 0.001 dB
Linear: nW to W, % Ordering information
Display Units Please specify model/order number, name and quantity when ordering.
Log: dBm, dBW, dB
1.00 mW, Nominal 50 MHz,Traceable to Model/Order No. Name
Power Reference
Output Level
National Standards Main frame
ML2487A Power Meter, Single Input
Connector Type N female ML2488A Power Meter, Dual Input
Options
VSWR 1.04 ML2400A-01 Rack Mount, single unit
ML2400A-03 Rack Mount, side by side
Readout ML2400A-05 Front Bail Handle
Dual Display Channel ML2480A-06 Rear Mount input A
Operating RF power ML2480A-07 Rear Input A and Reference
Modes Profile ML2480A-08 Rear Mount inputs A,B and Reference
CDMA Average, Peak Power, Crest factor ML2480A-09 Rear Mount Inputs A and B
ML2400A-12 Front Panel Cover
Sensor/Channel Control
CDF,PDF and CCDF

ML2480A-15 1 GHz Calibrator (for use with MA2411A Sensor)
Simple pass/ fail as per ML24XX ML2480A-16 Ethernet and USB
Limit Lines Profile shape for pulsed and TDMA systems ML2480A-17 Blank Front Panel
Profiles can be stored in the instrument ML2400A-20 Spare 1.5m Sensor Cable
ML2400A-21 0.3m Sensor Cable
4 Markers ML2480A-33 Extra Operating Manual ML2487/8A
Delta Marker ML2480A-34 Extra Programming Manual ML2487/8A
Markers
Marker to Max/Min ML2480A-98 Premium cal to Z540 ISO guide 25
Pulse Rise/Fall time, off period and PRI ML2480A-99 Service cal to Z540 ISO guide 25
760-209 Hardside Transit Case
4 Independently set Gates or 8 Repeated Gates D41310 Soft Carry Case with Shoulder Strap
Gates
1 Fence per Measurement Gate MA2418A 50 MHz Reference Oscillator with Power Supply
9
Gate Measurement supports Average, Peak,
Crest, Max and Min
Continuous, Internal, External TTL, GPIB or
Trigger Sources
external Bus.
Triggering
Delay Range 0-999 ms

Delay
0.5% of display period or 1 ns
Resolution
Internal Trigger –15 dBm to +20 dBm
Range Selectable to –25 dBm
Display LCD, Color
System Configuration
20 settings stores
Save / Recall Preset accessible on Front Panel
Offset tables
Wipes non-volatile ram on power up when
Secure Mode
active
Interfaces GPIB, RS232, Ethernet, USB
CALIBRATION RECEIVER GPIB
ML2530A
100 kHz to 3 GHz
Measuring Level while Observing Signals under Test
The ML2530A is a receiver for calibrating the output power level of

such devices as signal generators and attenuators, covering the
range of 100 kHz to 3 GHz. It is suitable for use as a reference lev-
el meter for the RF communications bands used by the world’s mo-
bile communications markets. High linearity is achieved by using a
level detector that uses DSP technology. The level can be measured
while observing the signal waveform to be measured by using the
spectrum monitor function.
Features
• Wide dynamic range of –140 to +20 dBm and high linearity
• Provides measurement bandwidth of 1 Hz to 100 kHz, so that even
signals with large residual FM can be measured using the 1 Hz
bandwidth.
• Supports level units
Manual tuning mode
Monitor mode

Specifications
• ML2530A (main frame)
Frequency range 0.1 to 3000 MHz
Connector: N-J
Impedance: 50 Ω
RF input connector VSWR: ≤1.25 (Range 1), ≤1.40 (Range 2), ≤1.50 (Range 3)
Max. input level: +20 dBm, 0 Vdc
Connector: N-J
Impedance: 50 Ω
Frequency: 50 MHz ±500 kHz
CAL output∗1
Level: 1.000 mW
Level accuracy: ±1.2% (RSS: ±0.9%)
Harmonic frequency: ≤–50 dBc
General
Frequency: 10 MHz
Start-up characteristics: ≤±5.1 x 10–8/day (10 minutes after power on, with reference to frequency at 24 hours after power on)
Reference oscillator Aging rate: ≤±2.1 x 10–8/day, ≤±10.1 x 10–8/year (with reference to frequency at 24 hours after power on)
Temperature characteristics: ≤±5.1 x 10–8 (with reference to frequency at 25˚C in 0˚ to 50˚C temperature range)
Accuracy: ≤±15.1 x 10–8 (24 hours after power on, within 6 months of calibration)
Connector: BNC-J
Impedance: 50 Ω
External reference input
Frequency: 10 MHz ±10 Hz
Level: 0.5 to 5.0 Vp-p
Connector: BNC-J
Impedance: 50 Ω
Internal reference output Frequency: 10 MHz
Frequency accuracy: Same as reference oscillator
Level: 2.1 V ±0.6 Vp-p (when 2 m coaxial cable terminated with 50 Ω)
Manual tuning: Measures level of frequency input directly by ten keys and encoder
Measurement modes
Monitor: Measures level of frequency specified by marker on spectrum monitor
Measured frequencies Range: 100 kHz to 3000 MHz, Resolution: 1 Hz
Range: 1 Hz to 100 kHz (1-10 sequence)
Measurement bandwidth Filter: Gaussian type
Accuracy (3 dB width): ±20% (BW: 1 Hz), ±5% (BW: 10 Hz to 100 kHz)
Range: –140 to +20 dBm
Measured level
Resolution: 0.1, 0.01, 0.001 dB
Range Range 1: –35 to +20 dBm, Range 2: –80 to –25 dBm, Range 3: –140 to –70 dBm
Total relative error: In-range linearity + range switching error + noise floor error +1 digit error
Total absolute error:
Total relative error + CAL output level accuracy + mismatch error at CAL + sensor module calibration factor
uncertainty + calibration receiver linearity + sensor module insertion loss reproducibility + mismatch error
In-range linearity: ±0.05 dB/55 dB (BW: 1/10/100 Hz, RSS: ±0.03 dB/55 dB)
±0.09 dB/55 dB (BW: 1/10 kHz, RSS: ±0.07 dB/55 dB) 9
±0.22 dB/55 dB (BW: 100 kHz, RSS: ±0.20 dB/55 dB)
∗In same range, BW: 100 kHz, frequency: ≥1 MHz
Level measurement
Error∗2 Range switching error: ±0.01 dB (at range switch point: –30, –75 dBm)
Noise floor (BW: at 100 Hz):
≤–70 dBm (Range 1, ≤11 MHz), ≤–80 dBm (Range 1, >11 MHz), ≤–115 dBm (Range 2, ≤11 MHz),
≤–120 dBm (Range 2, >11 MHz), ≤–125 dBm (Range 3, ≤11 MHz), ≤–135 dBm (Range 3, >11 MHz),
Noise floor error: ±0.05 dB (S/N: ≤35 dB), ±0.04 dB (S/N: ≤25 dB), not specified (S/N: ≤10 dB)
Frequency drift error: ±0.007 dB (1% of BW frequency drift relative to set signal frequency)
BW switching error: ±0.01 dB (BW: 1 Hz to 10 kHz), ±0.05 dB (BW: 1 Hz to 100 kHz, frequency: ≥1 MHz)
∗Excluding effect of measured signal residual FM
Average Measurement times: 1 to 256
dBm, dB, dBµ, dBµ (emf)
Display units W, mW, µW, pW, fW, aW (automatically chosen best unit for measured value)
V, mV, µV, nV, pV (automatically chosen best unit for measured value)
dB units: 0.1, 0.01, 0.001 dB
Display digits
W/V units: 3, 4, 5 digits
Set any value: –180 to +60 dBm
Reference Meas → Ref: Obtain current measured value
Offset Setting range: –100 to +100 dB
Calibration frequency count: 300
Calibration level:
Calibration 0 dBm +3/–4 dB (relative level calibration at Range 1, using MA2540A)
–30 dBm +3/–4 dB (calibration between Range 1 and Range 2)
–75 dBm +3/–4 dB (calibration between Range 2 and Range 3)
Center frequency 100 kHz to 3000 MHz, Min. setting resolution: 1 Hz
Spectrum monitor
Frequency span 10 kHz to 1 MHz, Setting resolution: 1 Hz

Resolution bandwidth 300 Hz to 100 kHz (1-3 sequence)
Video bandwidth 10 Hz to 100 kHz (1-3 sequence)
Sweep time 100 ms to 1000 s
Reference level Range 1: +20 dBm, Range 2: –25 dBm, Range 3: –70 dBm
Functions
MKR → PEAK: Moves marker to max. level in monitored range
Spectrum monitor
MKR → CNTR: Sets marker frequency to center frequency of monitored range

Markers PEAK → CNTR: Sets max. level frequency to center frequency of monitored range
Frequency readout level
Range 1: ≥–35 dBm, Range 2: ≥–80 dBm, Range 3: ≥–100 dBm
Zone marker width: Spot, 1, 5, 10 div.
Signal detection frequency range: 30 to 3000 MHz
Auto-tune Signal detection level: ≥–30 dBm
Save/recall Save count: 100
Panel lock Function: Disables all key and encoder functions except power switch and panel lock key
Function: Used to control ML2530A as device from controller
GPIB
Power 100 to 120 V/200 to 240 V (auto-switching), 47.5 to 63 Hz, ≤120 VA
Other
Dimensions and mass 426 (W) x 221.5 (H) x 451 (D) mm, ≤17.9 kg
Operating temperature range: 0˚ to 50˚C
Storage temperature range: –20˚ to +60˚C
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Class A)
EMC EN61000-3-2: 1995/A2: 1998 (Class A)
EN61326: 1997/A1: 1998 (Annex A)
∗1: At constant temperature in operating range of 15˚ to 35˚C
∗2: At fixed temperature in ambient temperature range of +15˚ to +35˚C, and level calibration after 1 hour warm-up
MA2540A Sensor Module

Frequency range 100 kHz to 3000 MHz
Level Level range: –140 to +20 dBm, Max. input level: +20 dBm
Type: N-J
Nominal impedance: 50 Ω
RF input connector
VSWR (power sensor side): ≤1.30 (100 to 300 kHz), ≤1.20 (0.3 to 1 MHz), ≤1.36 (1 to 3000 MHz)
VSWR (through side): ≤1.12 (0.1 to 100 MHz), ≤1.35 (100 to 3000 MHz)
RF output connector Type: N-J, Nominal impedance: 50 Ω
Through side insertion loss: ≤0.7 dB
RF input/output characteristics
Through side insertion loss reproducibility: ±0.006 dB
Environmental conditions Same as the ML2530A
Sensor module calibration factor uncertainty

Frequency Simple total RSS total
0.1 MHz ±3.0% ±1.4%
10 MHz ±2.4% ±1.1%
100 MHz ±2.4% ±1.1%
1000 MHz ±3.0% ±1.4%
2000 MHz ±3.0% ±1.4%
3000 MHz ±3.2% ±1.5%
Total level error

The total level error is the total of each error source. For example, the The absolute level error for a measured signal at a frequency of 1
total relative level error at a frequency of 1 GHz and a BW of 100 Hz GHz, measurement bandwidth of 100 Hz, device under test VSWR
is as shown below. of 1.5, and signal level of –100 dBm is as follows.
Source of uncertainty NIST traceable uncertainty

± 0.50 Relative level error at –100 dBm 1.6% (±0.07 dB)
Total relative level error (dB)
± 0.45 CAL output level error ±0.93%

Specification (RSS)
± 0.40
Mismatch error at calibration ±0.23%
± 0.35
Sensor module calibration factor
± 0.30 ±1.4%
error at measured frequency
± 0.25
Typical Linearity error of the ML2530A
± 0.20 value ±1.0%
power measurement section
± 0.15
± 0.10 Sensor module relay repeatability ±0.14% (±0.006 dB)
± 0.05 DUT mismatch error sensor
± 0.00 module + calibration receiver ±3.7%
20 0 –20 –40 –60 –80 –100 –120 –140 VSWR: 1.2 (typ.)
Input level (dBm) Total (RSS) ±4.5 (±0.19 dB)

Main frame
ML2530A Calibration Receiver
F0012 Fuse, 3.15 A: 2 pcs
W1492AE ML2530A operation manual: 1 copy
MP721A Fixed attenuator (3 dB, 2 W)
MP721B Fixed attenuator (6 dB, 2 W)
MP721C Fixed attenuator (10 dB, 2 W)
MP721D Fixed attenuator (20 dB, 2 W)
MP721E Fixed attenuator (30 dB, 2 W)
MP721F Fixed attenuator (40 dB, 2 W)
MP721G Fixed attenuator (50 dB, 2 W)
MP721H Fixed attenuator (60 dB, 2 W)
J0078 High power fixed attenuator (20 dB, 10 W)
J0431F Coaxial cable (BNC-P · RG55A/U · BNC-P), 1 m
J0431G Coaxial cable (BNC-P · RG55A/U · BNC-P), 2 m
J0903A Coaxial cable (NP · RG-142B/U · N-P), 1.5 m
J0904A Sensor module cable, 1.5 m (for MA2540A control)
B0329D Front cover
B0331D Front handle (2 pcs/set)
B0334D Carrying case (hard type, with protective cover and casters)
Peripheral instruments
MG3633A Synthesized Signal Generator (10 kHz to 2700 MHz)
Sensor module
MA2540A Sensor Module
J0903A Coaxial cable (N-P · RG-142B/U · N-P), 1.5 m: 1 pc
J0904A Sensor module cable, 1.5 m (for MA2540A control): 1 pc
The ML69B is a high-sensitivity, high-frequency electronic voltmeter
ELECTRONIC VOLTMETER using semiconductor diodes and a high-sensitivity chopper amplifier. It
ML69B can measure high-frequency voltages ranging from 10 kHz to 1000
MHz with a full-scale sensitivity of 1 mV. It has a pen-type Probe
10 kHz to 1000 MHz
MA61B, which can measure at high impedance with minimal effect on
the device under test.
Popular High-Frequency Voltmeter Features
• High input impedance
• Easy measuring operation
• Multipurpose usage with accessories
• DC output
Custom-made
product
The ML428B not only enables measurement of the field strength of

INTERFERENCE/FIELD STRENGTH METER general broadcasts and radio communications, but it can also perform
ML428B measurements of interference waves in accordance with CISPR, VDE,
FCC, or other specifications. The ML428B possesses a local syn-
9 kHz to 30 MHz
thesizer and high-precision sine-wave comparison oscillator to obtain
data with excellent repeatability. In addition, the built-in microproces-
sor allows level calibrations and attenuator operation to be automat-
For Measuring Noise Field Strength (in Conformance with ically performed to enable direct reading of the field strength and ef-
CISPR Specifications) ficient measurement.
Features
• Correct interference measurement can be performed in accordance
with CISPR specifications.
• The use of a frequency synthesizer in the local oscillator enables a
high degree of frequency stability to be gained.
• Allows direct reading of the field strength.
• Up to a maximum of any 100 frequencies can be stored.
• Prompt measurement is possible through use of the auto-range
function.
• Direct readout of field strength is possible arbitrarily for conventional
antenna by memorizing its coefficient via GPIB.
• Convenient outdoor operation through the use of a DC power source.
GPIB
These are variable resistance attenuators for measurement of 50 and

RESISTANCE ATTENUATOR 75 Ω impedance systems. Each of these attenuators has a wide fre-
MN510C/D quency range and is highly accurate, compact, lightweight with good
articulation, and easy to handle. Moreover, comparison measurement
DC to 500 MHz
can be made far more smoothly when used in conjunction with a key
box.
Custom-made product MN510D

The MN63A/65A/72A/64B provide GPIB as a standard feature and
PROGRAMMABLE ATTENUATOR are suitable for automatic measuring system components used in
MN63A, MN65A, MN72A, MN64B R&D, inspection, or production. The 50 Ω models are available in three
different frequency ranges, which can be selected to match the appli-
DC to 2 GHz DC to 6 GHz DC to 18 GHz DC to 1 GHz
cation for maximum economy. The attenuation calibration value is
stored in the internal memory and can be uploaded to the system con-
troller for checking against measured values, permitting a significant
For Configuring Automated Measurement Systems increase in system accuracy. A relative setting function is also pro-
vided, which allows measurement to be referenced to any arbitrary
level. Rotary encoders are standard, allowing simple, smooth setting
under manual control.
Features
• Wide frequency range
• High accuracy
• Long operating life
• High-speed switching
• Readout of attenuation calibration via GPIB
• Relative attenuation display function
• Rotary encoders for smooth manual setting
MN63A
GPIB
The MH648A is a pre-amplifier for improving sensitivity in spectrum

PRE-AMPLIFIER analyzers, field strength meters, frequency counters, etc.
MH648A
100 kHz to 1200 MHz
For Amplifying Low-Level Signals
The MA2601B/C is a compact loop antenna to use with a spectrum

EMI PROBE analyzer or a field strength meter for EMI measurement. The combi-
MA2601B/C nation is used to locate noise sources and to compare relative noise
source levels.
Features
• Exact detection of magnetic field components (because MA2601B/C
is electrostatically shielded)
• Approximately flat magnetic-field detection characteristics in the
range from 100 to 1000 MHz (MA2601B)
Applications
• Sensing magnetic fields when it is connected to a spectrum ana-
lyzer, etc.
• Noise immunity testing of electronic components or electrostatic
shield-effect testing with using a signal generator
Custom-made product
In addition to the MA8610A Pre-amplifier that can be directly mount-
EMI PROBE KIT ed on the input connector of the MS610C and MS2601B Spectrum
MA8611A Analyzers, this kit also includes MA2601B/C EMI Probes and con-
necting cables.
Specifications (MA8610A Pre-amplifier)

Frequency range 9 kHz to 2.2 GHz, 50 Ω
Gain 20 dB
Frequency response ±0.5 dB (20 kHz to 1 GHz)
Noise figure 6 dB typ. (≤1 GHz)
Those half-wavelength dipole antennas are reference antennas, but

DIPOLE ANTENNA the element length must be adjusted for each frequency to be mea-
MP534A/B, MP651A/B, MP663A sured.
25 to 520 MHz 470 to 1700 MHz 300 to 1000 MHz
∗Tripod sold separately
MP534A MP663A
The gain remains roughly constant over a wide range so the element
LOG-PERIODIC ANTENNA length does not require adjustment. Compared with dipole antennas,
MP635A, MP666A these antennas have a gain of 5 dB.
80 to 1000 MHz 200 to 2000 MHz
Specifications
Model MP635A MP666A
Frequency range 80 to 1000 MHz 200 to 2000 MHz
Input impedance 50 Ω (connector: N-type)
VSWR ≤2.5
Average relative again 5 dB
Maximum input power 10 W
Front-to-back ratio ≥15 dB
200 x 200 x 1750 mm, ø140 x 900 mm,
Dimensions and mass
≤7 kg ≤5 kg

The MP414B/415B can be used with the ML428B Interference Field
LOOP ANTENNA, ROD ANTENNA Strength Meter.
MP414B, MP415B
Custom-made
product MP414B MP415B
The Microwave Repeater Checker (MRC) is an integrated microwave

MICROWAVE REPEATER CHECKER measuring instrument packed in a handy carrying case. It consists of
MS75B three devices most frequently used for the maintenance of mi-
crowave communications systems: a power meter (10 MHz to 14
GHz) and frequency counter (10 Hz to 18 GHz) are standard acces-
sories, and a signal generator is sold separately. The signal genera-
tor can be changed according to the frequency band to be mea-
For Maintaining Microwave Repeaters sured. There are eight difference generators available for the fre-
quency range 1.7 to 13 GHz.
Features
• Maintains and adjusts microwave line repeaters
• All parts and accessories are contained in the carrying case so the
measurement procedure is less time-consuming.
• When removed from the carrying case, the power meter can be
mounted independently in a specially designed case (optional ac-
cessory). It can run on either batteries or AC line power when used
separately. 9
Custom-made product
The MG724E1/G1 are a compact lightweight microwave signal gener-

SIGNAL GENERATOR ator, designed for medium – and small – capacity microwave line re-
MG724E1/G1 peater maintenance or adjustment. The instrument is best suited to
measure AGC characteristics, squelch function, and signal-to-noise
1.7 to 13 GHz
ratio. Its high signal purity and frequency stability also enable it to be
used as a general-purpose signal source for microwave receiver ad-
justment on a production line.
For Maintaining and Adjusting Microwave Links
Features
• High signal purity
• High frequency stability
• Wide output level range
• Low price
• Small and lightweight
Custom-made product
RADAR TEST SYSTEM (RTS)
ME7220A
76 to 77 GHz
Target Simulation & Signal Analysis for Automotive Radar

Exceptional Performance at an Affordable Price
Description Features
The ME7220A Radar Test System (RTS) accurately and repeatedly • Verifies operation under realistic conditions by simulating moving
characterizes 76-77 GHz automotive radar modules and systems, in a targets (other vehicles or roadside objects) at multiple target
confined and controlled environment, to ensure quality and optimum distances
functionality. The RTS is designed to work with current and future • Fully characterizes the radar module by quantifying transmitter,
generations of automotive radar, including Adaptive Cruise Control receiver and antenna performance
(ACC) radar and collision warning or avoidance radar. The test sys- • Integrated functionality allows radar signal power and frequency
tem provides a simulated radar target response with one of two set measurements without external equipment. Interfaces with exter-
target ranges with an adjustable target Radar Cross Section (RCS). nal test accessories including spectrum analyzers and power
The signal response can be Doppler shifted to simulate the speed of meters for complete test flexibility
a moving target. The system also allows the measurement of the • Suited for stand-alone, bench-top or anechoic-chamber testing,
power characteristics or Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP) of but easily integrates with other instruments into an automated test
the transmitted radar signal as well as its spectral characteristics bench or into standard production lines for complete testing of the
(bandwidth, spurious signals, AM/FM Noise, etc.). radar modules
The ME7220A RTS is the ideal solution for your testing environment, • Built-in laser allows accurate alignment of the radar-under-test to
including research and development, radar module manufacturing, the RTS antennas without additional mechanical fixtures
or vehicle manufacturing. Whether you are involved in the develop- • Speeds automobile production by simplifying functional testing and
ment of components and systems, setting up for production of sen- alignment of the radar sensor (antenna) when installed on the
sors, or installing modules on automobiles, you will find that the vehicle
ME7220A is an essential tool for dramatically reducing your devel- • Easily controlled from an external computer (via RS-232) or by
opment and test times and for helping you deliver a superior product. using the included handheld manual controller
Specifications
Frequency range∗1 76 GHz to 77 GHz
General
Antenna E-field polarization Horizontal standard (other polarization options available)

Alignment laser Class II laser, 600-700 nm, output power <1 mW (alignment laser shuts off above 40°C)
Received radar power (at RTS waveguide input) –10 dBm, specifications below apply
Internal Range 30 dB, minimum

meter Accuracy ±2 dB accuracy
Measured
Radar signal analysis
radar power Range 35 dB, minimum (50 dB, typical, with option 5)
External
meter Accuracy ±1 dB accuracy, including IF measurement and EIRP Cal Factor
Maximum radar occupied frequency Full band 76 to 77 GHz (translated to IF of 4.7 to 5.7 GHz)
Accuracy of 76-77 GHz frequency limited by spectrum analyzer external reference and
External spectrum analyzer
Radar transmit specifications. If RTS internal reference is used, accuracy is 50 ppm.
frequency spectrum Internal frequency
Accuracy of displayed frequency is ±50 MHz, maximum
measurement
Spurious signals, in-band 38 dBc maximum, referenced to output signal

Received radar power (at RTS waveguide input) –15 dBm, specifications below apply
Radar occupied bandwidth 300 MHz, maximum, in the 76-77 GHz range
Number of simultaneous targets 1 (either near target or far target)
Near target 3.5m nominal (+ distance from RTS to radar)
Far target 116.5m nominal (+ distance from RTS to radar)
Target distance∗2 NEAR Target = ±0.5m, maximum
Distance accuracy
FAR Target = ±2.0m, maximum
Distance from RTS to DUT radar 1.5 meter, minimum
–4 dBsm, minimum (near target)
Maximum RCS
50 dBsm, minimum (far target)
Target simulation
Radar cross RCS adjustment range 50 dB, 1 dB steps

section (RCS)
±0.75 dB ± 5% of attenuation, maximum (measured at a single frequency
RCS accuracy of 76.5 GHz
±2.5 dB, maximum (measured over 76-77 GHz)
Speed range 0 to ±250 km/h, minimum (0 to ±35 kHz, minimum)
Target speed simulation Speed step size 0.1 km/h, minimum (15 Hz, minimum)
(Doppler frequency) Speed error 0.2 km/h, maximum (30 Hz, maximum)
Doppler carrier & sideband suppression 40 dBc, minimum
In-band responses 40 dBc, maximum
Spurious signals
Characteristics
(measured at Local oscillator signal: –5 dBm, maximum (at 70.8 to 71.8 GHz)
Signal
waveguide output) Out of band

Image response: –3 dBc, maximum (65.6 to 66.6 GHz)
RF noise Local oscillator phase noise –80 dBc/Hz @ 100 kHz offset, maximum
density (CW) AM noise for target simulation –130 dBm/Hz @ 2 MHz offset, maximum
Display screen 160 x 128 dot matrix monochrome LCD, with backlight
Display module
Cable from main module 1 meter
Power requirements Primary power 85 - 240 Volts AC, 50-60 Hz, 200 VA maximum
Operating temperature range +15°C to +35°C (0°C to +50°C, with reduced performance)
Operating humidity 5% to 95% at 40°C
Environmental Warm-up time 30 minutes, maximum, for ambient +15°C to +35°C
Storage temperature –15°C to 75°C
EMC & safety Meets European community requirements for CE marking
197.6 x 485.6 x 553.6 mm, main module
Dimensions
178.8 x 228 x 76.5 mm, display module
Size and weight
10 kg, main module 9
Weight
1 kg, display module
Front panel connectors Antenna input/output WR12 waveguide, 0 dBm maximum no damage
Power meter port N (F), 50 Ω, 10 dBm maximum output
Spectrum analyzer port N (F), 50 Ω, 10 dBm maximum output
Rear panel connectors 10 MHz reference input BNC (F), 50 Ω, +15 dBm to –5 dBm, 25 V DC, max
RS-232 serial port D-Sub 9-pin (M)
IF external loop 2 SMA (F), 0 dBm maximum input/output
∗1: 24 GHz or other frequency range options available – contact factory.

∗2: Other target distance options available – contact factory.
ME7220A Radar Test System includes, in addition to the main and Recommended accessories to increase the
display modules, the following accessories: measurement capabilities of the ME7220A:
- WR12 Horn Antennas, quantity 2 MS2663C Spectrum Analyzer, 9 kHz to 8.1 GHz
- Operation and programming manual ML2437A Power Meter, Single Channel
- N-type, 50 Ω termination MA2472A Power Sensor, 10 MHz to 18 GHz
- Display interface cable
- Serial interface cable Optional accessories:
- Power cord 15NN50-1.5C 50 Ω Cable, N(M)-N(M), 1.5m, 6 GHz
15NN50-3.0C 50 Ω Cable, N(M)-N(M), 3.0m, 6 GHz
Options 15NN50-5.0C 50 Ω Cable, N(M)-N(M), 5.0m, 6 GHz
1A Rack mount kit with handles
2A Antenna polarization – vertical
2B Antenna polarization – 45° slant left
2C Antenna polarization – 45° slant right
3A Input/Output port waveguide extensions, 5.08 cm (2.0 in)
5 Wider dynamic range at power meter port using
external bandpass filter
ANALOG
TRANSMISSION
CHARACTERISTICS
MEASURING
INSTRUMENTS
Level Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
456
ANALOG TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
The ML424A/B is a compactly designed level-meter of high level-
LEVEL METER measuring accuracy with a calibration signal internally provided. It is
ML424A, ML424B also capable of measuring noise levels in conformity with the ITU-T
Recommendations with the necessary psophometer option.
10 Hz to 20 MHz 10 Hz to 30 MHz
Features
• Excellent frequency response of ±0.1 dB over the range from 100
For Constructing and Maintaining FDM Communication Lines Hz to 13 MHz
• High measuring accuracy of ±0.2 dB including the frequency re-
sponse, attenuator step accuracy, and temperature stability
• A psophometer option can be incorporated (option 01) for measur-
ing noise levels of telephone and sound program circuits. The char-
acteristics of the weighting filters conform to the ITU-T Recommen-
dations P.53 and J.16.
• The ML424B provides true RMS detection
Custom-made product
10
COMPONENTS
Fixed Attenuator for High Power Measurement . . . 459

Impedance Transformer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Directional Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459, 460
Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
High-Pass Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Band Pass Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
458
COMPONENTS
Order No. Attenuation Frequency range Remarks
FIXED ATTENUATOR FOR HIGH POWER MEASUREMENT
J0063 30 dB DC to 12.4 GHz N-type connector, permis-
sible max. power 10 W
J0078 20 dB DC to 18 GHz (+40 dBm), 50 Ω
N-type connector, permis-
J0395 30 dB DC to 8 GHz sible max. power 30 W
(+44.7 dBm), 50 Ω
N-type connector, permis-
B0472 30 dB DC to 18 GHz sible max. power 100 W
(+50 dBm), 50 Ω
The MP614B is used over the range from 50 to 1200 MHz mainly for
50 Ω ↔ 75 Ω IMPEDANCE TRANSFORMER changing the impedance of a measuring signal source such as a sig-
MP614B, MB-009 nal generator. It is a transformer type, so that it has a smaller loss
than a resistance attenuator type, and does not lower the signal
50 to 1200 MHz DC to 2 GHz
source level. When the output level of a signal generator is shown in
a power unit as in dBm, the output level after impedance transform-
ing by the MP614B will have a value which is obtained by subtract-
ing the insertion loss (dB) of the impedance transformer from the
output level of the signal generator.
The MB-009 is constructed so that the central connector will not be
damaged if 50 Ω N-type plug is connected by mistake to the 75 Ω
side.
This coupler is used in the measurement of fundamental frequency

CM DIRECTIONAL COUPLER power and spurious power which supplies coaxial feeders in VHF 11
MP520 series and UHF bands. Various models are provided in accordance with
feeder impedance and frequency. It is also capable of measuring the
25 to 1700 MHz
VSWR of antenna systems.
MP520A
COMPONENTS
The MP654A and MP655A are used to branch one part of the trans-
DIRECTIONAL COUPLER mitted output for such measurements as those of fundamental wave
MP654A, MP655A and higher harmonic spurious characteristics using a spectrum ana-
lyzer. The MP654A is used for measuring personal radio transceivers
0.8 to 3 GHz 3.0 to 4.4 GHz
and automobile telephones while the MP655A is used for measuring
microwave band ratio equipment.
Specifications
Model MP654A MP655A
Frequency range 0.8 to 3 GHz 3 to 4.4 GHz
Impedance 50 Ω (N connector)
Coupling Approx. 30 dB∗
Input power (max.) 50 W
∗: Calibration data reattached
MP654A MP655A
Custom-made product
The Z-164A/B is used as a matching pad for applying the mixed out-
T-PAD put of two signal generators to the input terminal of a receiver for mea-
Z-164A, Z-164B suring two-signal characteristics (such as the blocking and intermodu-
lation characteristic) of the receiver.
DC to 1 GHz DC to 200 MHz
Specifications
Model Z-164A Z-164B
Frequency range 0 to 1000 MHz 0 to 200 MHz
Insertion loss 6±0.5 dB (voltage ratio)
50 Ω 75 Ω
Impedance
VSWR: ≤1.3 (up to 500 MHz) VSWR: ≤1.2
characteristics
≤1.5 (≥500 MHz) (up to 200 MHz)
Connector N (S)-J M-J
Operating
0˚ to 45˚C
temperature
Note: The maximum allowable power is 0.5 W
Z-164A
The MP659A and MA1612A are used as an impedance matching

FOUR-PORT JUNCTION PAD box applying the mixed output of three RF signal generators to a re-
MP659A, MA1612A ceiver input terminal for measurement of three-signal characteristics
(such as receiver SINAD performance).
40 MHz to 1 GHz 5 MHz to 3 GHz

COMPONENTS
The MP640A is used for branching a part of the transmitted signal
BRANCH in measuring the spurious characteristics of a transmitter with a
MP640A field strength meter or a spectrum analyzer. Its frequency charac-
teristics of attenuation is flat over DC to 1700 MHz, so that it can
DC to 1700 MHz
be conveniently utilized for measurement without taking the fre-
quency characteristic into consideration. The maximum allowable
input power is 16 W.
The MP526 series is for measuring the spurious characteristics with

HIGH-PASS FILTER a field strength meter or a spectrum analyzer. Eliminating the funda-
MP526 series mental signal by using a filter prevents the internal spurious of the
field strength meter or spectrum analyzer due to an excessive input
27/60/150/250/400 MHz bands
to facilitate measurement. A, B, C, D, and G are available to suit the
five different frequency bands. The maximum allowable input level is
+10 dBm.
11
COMPONENTS
BAND PASS FILTER GPIB
MA2512A
1.92 to 2.17 GHz
When the signal generator outputs IMT-2000 test signal, sometimes Specifications
spurious signals generated by the circuits in the signal generator are
an obstacle for tests. In this case, connect the MA2512A to filter Frequency range: 1.92 to 2.17 GHz
Insertion loss: ≤3.5 dB
these unwanted signals. The MA2512A has excellent amplitude rip- Ripple: ≤0.2 dB (at 5 MHz bandwidth)
ple and group delay characteristics in the frequency band of IMT- Pass band
Group delay: ≤1 ns (at 5 MHz bandwidth)
2000, because the MA2512A does not degrade modulation accura- Impedance: 50 Ω
cy of the signal generator. Return loss: ≥15 dB
Frequency range: DC to 1.5 GHz, 2.58 to 7 GHz
Filter band
Attenuation: ≥20 dB (<5 GHz), ≥10 dB (≥5 GHz)
I/O connector N-J
Max. input power 1W
Dimensions and mass 148 x 35 x 31 mm, ≤500 g
Main frame
MA2512A Band Pass Filter
Standard accessory
Peripherals
MG3681A Digital Modulation Signal Generator

MICROWAVE
COMPONENTS
Outline of Microwave Components . . . . . . . . . . . . 464

K Connector ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
V Connector ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Integrated V Connector ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
VP Connector ® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Connector Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
RF Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Coaxial Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Waveguide-To-Coaxial
Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484, 485, 486, 489
Coaxial Terminations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493, 494
Fixed Attenuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Step Attenuators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
SWR Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .499
Autotesters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500, 502, 503
Air Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Open/Shorts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Open/Shorts/Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Microwave Detectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508, 511
Diode Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Power Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Power Dividers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515, 516
Power Splitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517, 518
Bias Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519, 520, 522
DC Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524, 526
Bias Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Universal Test Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Limiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
Matching Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
463
MICROWAVE COMPONENTS
OUTLINE OF MICROWAVE COMPONENTS
Precision Components-Precision Measurements Coaxial and Waveguide to Coax Adapters

Anritsu is a leader in the design and production of precision mi- A series of precision measurement adapters are available to adapt
crowave components. one connector type to another. Poor adapter VSWR (or poor re-
• Precision Coaxial Connector Systems to 65 GHz turn loss) can be a major source of measurement error and, there-
• Precision Coaxial and Waveguide to Coax Adapters fore, adapters must be carefully selected. Anritsu precision
• High Directivity SWR Autotesters and Bridges adapters typically have 6-12 dB better return loss than competitive
• RF Detectors units. Waveguide-to-Coax Adapters are available to 65 GHz.
• Precision Terminations and Air lines
• Precision Fixed Attenuators
• Precision Step Attenuators
• Precision Power Dividers and Splitters
• Precision Bias Tees
• Broadband Microwave Limiters
Precision Terminations and Air Lines

Anritsu is recognized as the leader in the field of impedance stan-
dards. Anritsu air lines and terminations are unsurpassed for ac-
curacy and impedance matching. Not only do these products in-
crease measurement accuracy, they also provide the only method
of certifying the performance of SWR Autotesters, bridges, direc-
Connector Design Leadership tional couplers, and other devices.
Anritsu is the leader in high frequency microwave connector tech-
nology and is driven by an ongoing commitment to exceed customer
needs. Anritsu created and trademarked the K Connector® with cov-
erage to 40 GHz, along with a complete family of 40 GHz test equip-
ment. It was an immediate success and today is used on many com-
mercial components, test fixtures, and military systems.
The V Connector® offers coaxial coverage to 65 GHz and uses a
1.85 mm geometry endorsed by the International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC). It mates with commercially available 2.4 mm con-
nectors.
Anritsu continues its leadership role with the introduction of the
Integrated V Connector, which combines compatibility with V Connectors
with easy installation and consistent excellent performance.
The VP™ Connector delivers push-on simplicity with excellent per-
formance to 65 GHz.
Precision Fixed Attenuators

Anritsu attenuators offer superior performance in a low cost pack-
age. The low VSWR (excellent return loss) minimizes signal re-
flections and simultaneously reduces ripple effects in the output
frequency response. This assures flat, consistent attenuation
characteristics regardless of other devices reflection characteris-
tics. One of the simplest ways to improve impedance match is to
insert a precision attenuator between the device under test and
the source or RF detector. The 41K and 41V Series attenuators
are specifically designed for such applications where accuracy is
a basic requirement.

In addition to being available as individual units of 3, 6, 10, or 20 dB, High Directivity SWR Autotesters and Bridges
the 41K and 41V Series Fixed Attenuators are also available in sets SWR Autotesters and SWR Bridges are directional measurement
with certified calibration data. Available frequency ranges cover DC devices that separate the incident and the reflected signals of a de-
to 26.5 GHz, 40 GHz, or 60 GHz. vice under test. The reflected component can then be compared to
Many other attenuator applications have as their principal objective the incident signal to determine the difference between the device’s
the reduction of power. Since the attenuator might not be inserted at impedance and its characteristic impedance.
a measurement point, the measurement precision discussed earlier An SWR bridge has a precision termination inside the bridge, elim-
is not required. In such a power-reducing system application, atten- inating the need for an external reference. An autotester further sim-
uators are often required in large quantities, making price an impor- plifies the user interface by incorporating a detector into the RF out-
tant consideration. The 43K Series includes models covering DC to put that provides a DC output proportional to the DUT mismatch.
26.5 GHz, and DC to 40 GHz. All are available with 3, 6, 10, or 20 The directivity of the SWR Autotester or bridge is the measure of
dB attenuation values. All have the Anritsu K Connectors and are how well the incident and reflected signals can be separated. For ex-
compatible with SMA connectors. ample, 40 dB directivity means that the error signal in the output is
Whatever your fixed attenuator needs might be, Anritsu provides the 40 dB below the reflected signal to be measured.
solution. Anritsu’s high directivity bridges and autotesters set the standards
for reflection measurements. High directivity translates to accurate
Precision Step Attenuators measurements. Anritsu high directivity bridges are available for
Anritsu offers low loss, high precision step attenuators. These GPC-7, 50Ω and 75Ω Type N. High directivity autotesters are avail-
programmable step attenuators are available with 10 dB steps from able with GPC-7, Type N, and SMA, 3.5, K Connectors®, and V
0 to 70 dB or 0 to 110 dB ranges. DC to 40 GHz frequency range Connectors®.
ensures the broadest attenuation and frequency coverage available.
Contact Anritsu for needs above 40 GHz. RF Detectors
Just as directivity is the principal error contributor in reflection mea-
Precision Power Dividers and Splitters surements, the impedance match of the signal source and RF de-
Anritsu produces precision V Connector® dividers and splitters to tector is a significant error contributor in transmission measure-
60 GHz and precision K Connector® dividers and splitters to ments.
40 GHz. Anritsu offers a complete line of coaxial RF detectors covering from
All Anritsu power dividers are 3-resistor symmetrical designs with 100 kHz to 50 GHz with the lowest SWR available. The excellent im-
excellent amplitude and phase tracking. Anritsu power splitters are pedance match of the detectors, along with that of the test port on
2-resistor designs, used to accurately split signals for ratio mea- the SWR Autotesters and bridges, minimize errors when making si-
surements. multaneous transmission and measurements.
Precision Bias Tees Calibration and Verification Kits
Anritsu Bias Tees are used to combine DC and RF for active device Anritsu offers calibration kits which contain all the precision compo-
measurements. Low RF throughline loss and low SWR ensure neg- nents and tools required to calibrate an Anritsu VNA in a connector
ligible effect on measurements from 50 kHz to 60 GHz. style of your choice.
Broadband Microwave Limiters Specials
Anritsu broadband microwave limiters provide the widest frequency Anritsu also manufactures assemblies and components to meet
range available in a limiter. Designed to protect sensitive microwave specific customer requirements in both coaxial and waveguide
equipment, these limiters incorporate unique single-side limiting to structures. These include such components as Connectors, Bias
provide soft limiting characteristics over 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz. Tee, Step Attenuator, Detector, Power Sensors, Waveguide, Coaxial
Adapters, and RF Cables.
When requesting quotations on special assemblies, as a minimum
please provide: frequency range, electrical characteristics, mechan-
ical details and outline dimensions if any.
12
CONNECTORS
®
K Connector
DC to 40 GHz
All K Connectors, including the cable connectors, incorporate a fea-

ture that eliminates a major cause of connector failure; misalignment
of the male pin with respect to the female contacts. To solve the prob-
lems, the K Connector male pin is deliberately made shorter than the
SMA or 3.5 mm pin. With this arrangement, the outer housing is
properly aligned prior to the mating of the center conductors. Thus a
proper, non-destructive alignment before mating is ensured.
The effect of pin gap on a connection is often overlooked, but is the
dominant source of error in many connection systems. Pin gap is the
short length of smaller diameter caused when a connector pair is
mated. Pin gap causes a discontinuity at the connector interface.
The K Connector has considerably less susceptibility to pin gap than
either SMA or 3.5 mm connectors.
The K Connector® is a precision coaxial connector system that op-

erates up to 40 GHz. It is compatible with SMA, WSMA, and 3.5 mm
connectors. It is well suited to applications in components, systems,
or instrumentation.
SMA/APC-3.5
K Connector features
• Excellent performance up to 40 GHz
• Performance exceeding SMA below 18 GHz
• Superior reliability
• Compatibility with SMA, WSMA, and 3.5 mm
• Complete testability on existing network analyzers
Exceptional reliability and repeatability K Connector
Microwave connector reliability is affected by insertion force, outer
conductor strength, stress relief while mating, and mating alignment. Shortened male pin eliminates damage to female K Connector
The K Connector exhibits exceptional performance
in all of these areas.
For proper seating, a standard SMA or 3.5 mm connector can re- Many connector manufacturers specify connector performance as-
quire in excess of 27N* of insertion force, In contrast, the K suming no pin gap, an unrealistic assumption. K Connectors are
Connector requires only 2.3N*. The reduced wear on the female cen- specified assuming pin gap to be at its maximum tolerance, to pro-
ter conductor improves reliability. In addition, the K Connectors out- vide you the assurance of real-world specifications.
er conductor is four times thicker than that of SMA. Taken together,
the lower insertion force and the thicker wall offer more reliable con- Compatibility
nections than available from an SMA connector. Life tests show that The K Connector interfaces electrically and mechanically with 3.5
the K Connector makes greater than 10,000 connections with negli- mm connectors, including SMA and 3.5 mm without degradation in
gible change in electrical characteristics. performance.
Launcher design
At the heart of the K Connector product line are the launchers. As
Pin Gap their name implies, the launchers “launch” (make the transition) from
a microwave circuit (microstrip, suspended substrate, stripline, or
Male Female coplanar waveguide) to a coaxial connector and an outside trans-
Center Center mission line. The key to making the transition without
Pin Pin compromising electrical and mechanical objectives is the glass bead
in the launcher assembly.
Pin Gap Return Loss (dB)
-10
-20
3.5
SMA
-30
K
-40
0 20 30 40
Frequency (GHz)
Effect of pin gap
*Force is measured in Newtons (N).

Low-reflection bead
The K Connector’s standard glass bead has a 0.30 mm center con-
ductor and readily connects to fragile devices. The bead is appropri- Microstrip, Coplanar
ate for most applications employing Duroid and ceramic (Alumina) Waveguide, Suspended Substrate
microstrip, such as the 0.25 mm wide transmission line on a 0.25 mm Solder
thick Alumina substrate. Applications using suspended substrate
geometry are equally well satisfied. The bead is constructed of
Corning 7070 glass and has a gold-plated center conductor and a 1.98 mm ± 0.03
gold-plated Kovar collar. Solder
The outstanding design of the bead is largely accountable for the ex- or Bond
cellent performance of the K Connector launchers. Because the Bead 0.30 mm
small 0.30 mm pin introduces minimal discontinuity, return loss is
typically better than 20 dB at 40 GHz and better than 25 dB below
18 GHz. In addition, the design provides for soldering the bead to
achieve a hermetic seal. A 310°C maximum soldering temperature is Solder
recommended. +0.08
1.42 mm
–0.00
25
Transition from microcircuit to external transmission line
SMA + K 3.5 mm + K
30
Return loss (dB)
35
WSMA + K Complete family
Virtually every interface need can be satisfied by one or more of the
K Connector items offered. There are six different models of
40 K Connector launchers. Two sparkplug (screw-in) launchers are
available, the K102F female version and the K102M male version.
45 Both screw into the housing that encloses the microwave circuit, and,
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 like all Anritsu launchers, they can be easily removed for replace-
Frequency (GHz) ment or repair without unsoldering the glass bead and its interface to
the microwave circuit.
Return loss characteristics When the housing that encloses the microwave circuit is not thick
enough to support a threaded, screw-in launcher, flush-mounted
(flange) launchers are required. Models with two mounting holes are
Both the sparkplug (screw-in) and the flange-mount K Connector available in both male and female versions, K103M and K103F. Two
launchers offer an additional advantage over existing designs. These other models, the K104F and K104M, have four mounting holes.
launchers do not use an epoxy pin to secure the center conductor, Mounting hole spacing is identical to that of similar SMA flange
as used in some SMA designs. Without an epoxy pin, the outer con- launchers. The glass bead interface, of course, is the same design
ductor remains solid, and thereby eliminates the leakage path com- used for the sparkplug launcher.
mon to pin-captivated designs. Furthermore, K launchers have a wall
thickness that is four times that of typical launchers (0.8 vs. 0.2 mm). Cable connectors
The heavier wall results in superior resistance to over-torquing. Both male and female cable connectors are available. The cable con-
Finally, the K Connector launcher can be removed for repair without nectors, K101M and K101F, use gold-plated, beryllium-copper cen-
removal of the glass bead. This ensures that during removal the crit- ter conductors for optimum performance and wear characteristics.
ical microcircuit-to-glass bead interface is not disturbed, hermeticity Typical return loss at 40 GHz for finished cables exceeds 16 dB (1.35
is preserved, and the micro-circuit will not be subjected to the addi- SWR).
tional stress caused by heating to soldering temperature. Hardware
locking compound such as removable Loctite® should be used to fur-
ther secure the screw-in launcher in its housing.
0.13
0.00 0.00
0.28
0.10 0.13
2.90
2.93
4.60 4.52
4.65 1.25 4.57 12
1.28 1.47
1.73
0.15 1 x 36 0.203 R
0.31 4 0.40 R 0.00
UNS-2A THD BLEND 0.00
0.90 0.10
10.3 NOMINAL 0.13
0.93 1.02
1.12
FEMALE MALE
Dimensions in millimeters
K Connector ® interface dimensions
Evaluation kit Semirigid coaxial cable
• 01-101A evaluation kit Semirigid coaxial, tin-plated copper outer
Kit contains one K120 25 cm male/male cable assembly, Type conductor, silver-plated copper center
two K102F female sparkplug launcher connector assemblies, two conductor
K104F female flange launcher Impedance 50 ±2 Ω
connector assemblies, five K100 Microporous Teflon, 0.24 cm
glass beads, one 01-102A test fix- Dielectric type
diameter
ture, one 01-104 drill and tap set,
Dielectric constant 1.687
five K110-1 microstrip sliding con-
tacts, and all other parts and fix- Relative velocity 0.77
tures required to assemble launch- Outside diameter 3.00 mm
ers with or without sliding contacts. Center conductor diameter 0.81 mm
Minimum bend radius 0.65 cm
1.6 dB/m at 10 GHz
2.3 dB/m at 20 GHz
Attenuation
3.3 dB/m at 30 GHz
4.7 dB/m at 40 GHz
Tools and fixtures • K118 Semi-rigid coaxial cable
• 01-103 soldering fixture 1.5 m length of 3.00 mm semi-rigid cable for K101 series connector
For sparkplug launcher glass beads,
package of 10.
• 01-104 drill and tap set 3.00
For precision machining of concentric 0.81

holes for mounting K Connector® in mi-
crowave housing (drill part No. B14094, Dimensions in millimeters
tap part No. 783-255).
Stress relief contacts

• 01-105A male and female sparkplug Stress Relief Contacts provide an elegant yet simple solution to re-
torquing kit lieving stress at the interface of the microcircuit and its connecting
coaxial conductor. These contacts simply slide onto the K100 and
K100B standard glass bead pins.
Frequency range DC to 40 GHz

Material 0.025 mm heat-treated BeCu
Plating Bondable gold
• K110-1* microstrip and

• 01-106 K soldering fixture coplanar waveguide • K110-3* microstrip
For flange launcher glass bead, package
of 5. 0.710
0.300
0.710
0.200
0.150
0.300
0.04 ± 0.01
0.04 ± 0.01
• 01-107M or 01-107F cable sleeve Dimensions in millimeters

soldering fixture Dimensions in millimeters 0.410
For K101M male and K101F female

cable connectors, package of 10.
• K110-2* stripline
• 01-108 drill and tap set 0.10 INSTL.
For precision machining of concentric

holes for mounting K Connector in mi- 0.04 ± 0.01
crowave housing in applications where
stress relief contacts are used (drill part 0.300 0.710
No. B16526, tap part No. 783-255).
0.410 Dimensions in millimeters
• 01-118 K Connector cable assem-
bling fixture kit
For K118 semi-rigid coaxial cable. * Use with 01-108 Drill and Tap Set

Launchers and cable connectors
Return loss (launchers only) 15 dB up to 40 GHz
Coupling nut tightening torque 1.36 N-m max
Passivated stainless steel with heat-treated
Material
beryllium copper center conductors
0.000 to –0.13 mm for male and female
Pin depth
connectors
Temperature range
–55˚ to +125˚C
(200˚C available; contact factory)
• K1001,2 • K100B1,2 • K101M 4

Glass beads for K102, High Hermeticity∗ Glass K male in-line cable
K103 and K104 Beads for K102, K103, connector, DC to 40
connectors and K104 connectors GHz for 0.118 cable
• K101M-085
for 0.085 cable
1.93 1.93
3.04 for K101M

2.26 for K101M-085
3.18 3.18
1.40 1.40
4.55 for K101M

8.4 3.05 for K101M-085
7.9 HEX
0.74 0.74
0.30 DIA. 0.30 DIA.

Dimensions in millimeters Dimensions in millimeters
• K101F 5 • K102M3 • K102F3

K female in-line cable K male sparkplug K female sparkplug
connector, DC to 40 launcher connector, launcher connector,
GHz for 0.118 cable DC to 40 GHz DC to 40 GHz
1/4 - 36 THD
3.04 1/4 - 36 THD
1/4 - 36 THD
05.33
4.65 ∅ 5.33 4.65
12.0 0.13
4.67
10.9 0.28 0.15
7.9 HEX 16.2 7.9 HEX
0.30
12.9 Dimensions in millimeters 10.4 Dimensions in millimeters
• K103M • K103F
Notes:
1. Use with 01-104 or 01-108 Drill and Tap Sets
K male flange launcher, K female flange 2. Use with 01-103 or 01-106 Soldering Fixtures
two-hole, DC to 40 GHz 3. Use with 01-105A Male and Female Sparkplug
launcher, two-hole, Torquing Kit
DC to 40 GHz 4. Use with 01-107M Cable Sleeve Fixture 12
5. Use with 01-107F Cable Sleeve Fixture
7.9 HEX 1/4 - 36 THD

2.6 DIA. (2 PLACES)
2.6 DIA. (2 PLACES)
1.7 1.7
4.14 12.2
15.9 ∅ 5.33 4.14 15.9 12.2
0.05
0.05 0.20
0.20
6.60 5.7
13.1
Dimensions in millimeters 9.6
∗ Glass Bead Hermeticity Spec: Hermetic to 1 x 10-8 std cc He/sec at 1atm differential
• K104M • K104F • K202F
K male flange launcher, K female flange Combination of K102F,
four-hole, DC to 40 GHz launcher, four-hole, K100, K110-1
DC to 40 GHz
1/4 - 36 THD
7.92 HEX
2.6 DIA. (4 PLACES) K100
2.6 DIA. (4 PLACES) 1.7
1.7
∅ 5.33
K110-1
4.14
4.14
K102F
0.05
0.05 0.20
0.20 8.6 TYP
8.6 TYP
13.1
Dimensions in millimeters 12.7 SQ. 12.7 SQ.

9.6
• K202FB Ordering information

Combination of K102F, Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
K100B, K110-1 Model/Order No. Name
01-101A K Connector® (evaluation kit)
01-103 Soldering fixture for sparkplug launcher glass bead
K100B 01-104 Drill and tap set
01-105A Male and female sparkplug torquing kit
01-106 Soldering fixture for flange launcher glass bead
01-107F Cable sleeve soldering fixture, female connector
K110-1 01-107M Cable sleeve soldering fixture, male connector
01-108 Drill and tap set
K102F 01-118 Cable assembling fixture for 0.118-inch semi-rigid
coax cable
K110-1 Microstrip stress relief contact
K110-2 Stripline stress relief contact
K110-3 Microstrip stress relief contact
K100 Glass bead for K102/103/104 connector.
K100B Hermetic glass bead for K102/103/104 connector.
K101M K(m) in-line cable connector, DC to 40 GHz for K118 cable
K101M-085 K(m) in-line cable connector, DC to 40 GHz for V085 cable
K101F K(f) in-line cable connector, DC to 40 GHz
K102M K(m) sparkplug launcher connector, DC to 40 GHz
K102F K(f) sparkplug launcher connector, DC to 40 GHz
K103M K(m) flange launcher connector, DC to 40 GHz,
2 mounting holes
K103F K(f) flange launcher connector, DC to 40 GHz,
2 mounting holes
K104M K(m) flange launcher connector, DC to 40 GHz,
4 mounting holes
K104F K(f) flange launcher connector, DC to 40 GHz,
4 mounting holes
K118 Coaxial cable, 1.5 m of 3.00 mm semi-rigid cable for
K101 series connector
K202F Combination of K100, K102F, and K110-1
K202FB Combination of K100B, K102F, and K110-1

CONNECTORS
®
V Connector
DC to 65 GHz
The effect of pin gap on a connection is often overlooked, but is the

dominant source of error in many connection systems. Pin gap is the
short length of smaller diameter created when a connector pair is
mated. Pin gap causes a discontinuity at the connector interface.
The V Connector has considerably less susceptibility to pin gap than
2.4 mm connectors.
Many connector manufacturers specify connector performance as-
suming no pin gap, an unrealistic assumption. V Connectors are
specified assuming pin gap to be at its maximum tolerance, to pro-
vide you the assurance of real-world specifications.
Pin Gap
Male Female
Center Center
Pin Pin
The V Connector® is a reliable 1.85 mm device that operates up to
65 GHz. It is compatible with 2.4 mm connectors and is assembled
using procedures that are similar to those used on K Connectors. It is
well suited to applications in components, systems, or instrumentation. -10
Pin Gap Return Loss (dB)

V Connector® features 2.4 mm
• Excellent performance up to 65 GHz -20
• Low VSWR
• Superior reliability
-30
• Low Loss V
Exceptional reliability and repeatability -40

Microwave connector reliability is affected by insertion force, outer 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
conductor strength, stress relief while mating, and mating alignment. Frequency (GHz)
The V Connector exhibits exceptional performance in all of these areas.
For proper seating, the V Connector requires only half the insertion
force of a 2.4 mm connector. The reduced wear on the center con- Effect of pin gap
ductor equates to greater reliability. All V Connectors, including the
cable connectors, incorporate another feature that eliminates a ma- Launcher design
jor cause of connector failure; misalignment of the male pin with re- At the heart of the V Connector product line are the launchers. As
spect to the female. To solve the problem, the V Connector male pin their name implies, the launchers “launch” (make the transition) from
is deliberately made sufficiently short to prevent damage to the fe- a microwave circuit (microstrip, suspended substrate, stripline, or
male connector by misalignment. With this arrangement, the outer coplanar waveguide) to a coaxial connector and an outside trans-
housing must be properly aligned prior to the mating of the center mission line. The key to making the transition without compromising
conductors. Thus a proper, non-destructive alignment before mating electrical and mechanical objectives is the glass bead in the launch-
is ensured. er assembly.
Low-reflection glass bead
The V Connector’s standard glass bead has a unique 0.23 mm cen-
ter conductor and readily connects to fragile devices. The bead is ap-
propriate for most applications employing Duroid and ceramic
(Alumina) microstrip, such as the 0.25 mm wide center conductor on
a 0.25 mm thick Alumina substrate. Applications using suspended
substrate geometry are equally well satisfied. The bead is construct-
ed of Corning 7070 glass and has a gold-plated center conductor
and a gold-plated Kovar® collar. 12
The outstanding design of the bead is largely accountable for the ex-
cellent performance of the V Connector launchers. In addition, the
design provides for soldering the bead to achieve a hermetic seal. A
V Connector®
310°C maximum soldering temperature is recommended. The V
Shortened male pin eliminates damage to female V Connector® Connector launchers can be removed for repair without removal of
the glass bead. This ensures that during removal the critical micro-
circuit-to-glass bead interface is not disturbed, that hermeticity is
preserved, and that the microcircuit will not be subjected to the ad-
ditional stress caused by heating to soldering temperature.
Hardware locking compound such as removable Loctite® should be
used to further secure the launcher in its housing.
Complete family that encloses the microwave circuit. And, like all Anritsu launchers,
Anritsu’s family of V Connector products is large and growing. they can be easily removed for replacement or repair without unsol-
Virtually every interface need can be satisfied by one or more of the dering the glass bead and its interface to the microwave circuit.
items offered. As a convenience to the design engineer, each item is When the housing that encloses the microwave circuit is not thick
completely specified with both guaranteed and typical performance. enough to support a threaded, screw-in launcher, flush-mounted
There are four different models of V Connector launchers. Two types (flange) launchers are required. Models with two mounting holes are
of sparkplug (screw-in) launchers are available; the V102F female available in both male and female versions, V103M and V103F. The
version and the V102M male version. Both screw into the housing mounting hole spacing is identical to that of similar SMA flange
launchers. The glass bead interface, of course, is the same design
used for the sparkplug launcher.
Microstrip, Coplanar
Waveguide, Suspended Substrate
Cable connectors
To complement high performance V085 cable, both male and female
Solder
cable connectors are available. Typical return loss at 60 GHz for fin-
ished cables exceeds 16 dB (1.35 SWR).
The V Connector coaxial cable connectors use a 2.16 mm cable with
Solder a microporous Teflon dielectric and a copper center conductor. The
or Bond
Bead 1.78 mm ± 0.02
cable assemblies use the center conductor of the coax as the male
pin. This is similar to the UT-141 SMA-type assembly and 2.4 mm ca-
ble assemblies. The microporous Teflon dielectric has maximum
phase stability and minimum insertion loss. This type of cable as-
Solder sembly allows for easy assembly and maximum RF performance;
+0.08
1.42 mm
–0.00 however, since the male pin is copper, the cable assemblies are not
suitable for repeated connections. In applications where the cable
Transition from microcircuit to outside transmission line will be subject to more than 100 connections, we recommend that a
connector saver be used.
7.9 HEX
M6.0 x 0.75 - 6G M7.0 x 0.75 - 6G

∅ 7.7 ∅ 3.18
FLATS 7.1 M6.0 x 0.75 - 6G
0.05 4.77 DIA.

∅ 0.8
3.18 DIA. 1.85 DIA. 5.8 DIA. ±0.1 ∅ 1.85 ∅ 3.18
∅ 0.5
0.8 DIA. ∅ 4.7
3.0
2.1
0.10 4.4
TYP BOTH 3.4
M+F 0.00 0.00
0.10 0.10
3.8 5.0 5.6
11.5 10.8
FEMALE MALE
V Connector ® interface dimensions
Evaluation kit Tools and fixtures

• 01-301 V Connector® evaluation kit • 01-303 soldering fixture
Kit contains one V120MM-25CM For sparkplug launcher glass beads,
male/male cable assembly, two package of 10.
V102F female sparkplug launcher
connector assemblies, two V103F
female flange launcher connector • 01-304 drill and tap set
assemblies, two V101M male in- For precision machining of concentric
line cable connector assemblies, holes for mounting V Connector® in
five V100 glass beads, one 01-304 microwave housing (drill part No. 783-
drill and tap set, one 01-302 test 568, tap part No. 783-569).
fixture, two 01-303 soldering fix-
tures.

• 01-105A K and V Connector® male Stress relief contacts
and female sparkplug torquing kit Stress Relief Contacts provide an elegant yet simple solution to re-
lieving stress at the interface of the microcircuit and its connecting
coaxial conductor. These contacts simply slide onto the standard
glass bead pins and can be soldered, bonded or parallel gap weld-
ed to a circuit trace.
Frequency range DC to 67 GHz

Material 0.025 mm heat-treated BeCu
Plating Bondable gold
Packaging Lots of 25
• 01-306 soldering fixture • V110-1 microstrip and

For flange launcher glass bead, package 0.64 coplanar waveguide
of 5. 0.16
When using the V110-1,
0.25 mm
0.04 ± 0.01
use 01-308 drill and tap set to
make the required concentric
Dimensions in millimeters holes.
• 01-307M or 01-307F cable sleeve
soldering fixture Launchers and cable connectors
For V101M male and V101F female
Return loss (launchers only) 13 dB up to 60 GHz typical
cable connectors, package of 10.
Coupling nut tightening torque 1.36 N-m typical
Typical
Passivated stainless steel with heat-treated
• 01-308 drill and tap set Material
beryllium copper center conductors
For precision machining of concentric 0.000 to –0.130 mm for male and female
Pin depth
holes for mounting V Connector® in connectors
microwave housing in applications Temperature range –55˚ to +125˚C
where stress-relief contacts are used.
• 01-309 V Connector® cable assem- 1.72
bling fixture
For 0.085 semi-rigid cable.
2.79
1.40
• V1001,2
Semirigid coaxial cable Glass beads for V102
Semi-rigid coaxial, tin-plated copper outer con- and V103 connectors 0.60 0.240 DIA.
Type (package of 5)
ductor, silver-plated copper center conductor Dimensions in millimeters
Impedance 50 ±2 Ω
Dielectric type Microporous Teflon, 0.14 cm diameter
Dielectric constant 1.687 1.72
Relative velocity 0.77

Outside diameter 2.16 mm
Center conductor diameter 0.51 mm
2.79
Minimum bend radius 0.65 cm 1.40
2.3 dB/m at 10 GHz

3.6 dB/m at 20 GHz • V100B1,2
Attenuation 4.3 dB/m at 30 GHz High Hermeticity∗
5.2 dB/m at 40 GHz Glass Beads for V102, 0.60 0.240 DIA.
7.2 dB/m at 60 GHz and V103 connectors
(package of 5)
• V085 semirigid coaxial cable
12
1.5 m length of 2.16 mm semi-rigid cable for V101 series connector
∗ Glass Bead Hermeticity Spec: Hermetic to 1 x 10-8 std cc He/sec at 1atm

differential
2.18
Notes:
0.51
1. Use with 01-303 or 01-306 Soldering Fixtures
2. Use with 01-304 or 01-308 Drill and Tap Sets
• V101M2,4 • V101F 3,4 • V102M1
V male in-line cable V female in-line cable V male sparkplug
connector, DC to connector, DC to launcher connector,
65 GHz for V085 cable 65 GHz for V085 cable DC to 65 GHz
2.26
M6 x 0.75 - 6G 7.11
M7 x 0.75 - 6G
6.35 2.26 ID
∅ 3.20
∅ 5.8 ∅ 3.18
∅ 4.06
8.76 10.8 1.02
7.9 HEX 15.3 7.9 HEX

10.1 11.4 Dimensions in millimeters
7.9 HEX Dimensions in millimeters
• V102F1 • V103M • V103F

V female sparkplug V male flange launcher, V female flange
launcher connector, two-hole, DC to 65 GHz launcher, two-hole,
DC to 65 GHz DC to 65 GHz
7.9 HEX M7 x 0.75 - 6G

2.6 DIA. (2 PLACES) 2.6 DIA. (2 PLACES)
1.7
1.7
M6 x 0.75 - 6G
4.9
∅ 3.20
15.9
∅ 5.8 ∅ 4.83 ∅ 5.8 15.9 12.2
12.2
∅ 3.20 ∅ 3.20
M7 x 0.75 - 6G
11.5 ∅ 6.9
0.10 0.10
5.7 12.3 5.7
12.0
• V202F Notes:
Combination of V102F, 1. Use with 01-105A Male and Female Sparkplug Torquing Kit
2. Use with 01-307M Cable Sleeve Fixture
V100, V110-1 3. Use with 01-307F Cable Sleeve Fixture
4. Use with 01-309 Cable Assembling Fixture
V102F Model/Order No. Name
V110-1
01-105A Male and female sparkplug torquing kit
01-301 V Connector® (evaluation kit)
01-303 Soldering fixture for sparkplug launcher glass bead
V100 01-304 Drill and tap set
01-306 Soldering fixture for flange launcher glass bead
01-307M Cable sleeve soldering fixture, male connector
01-307F Cable sleeve soldering fixture, female connector
• V202FB
01-308 Drill and tap set
01-309 Cable assembly fixture
Combination of V102F, V085 Coaxial cable, 152 cm (5 feet) length of 2.16 mm
V100B, V110-1 semi-rigid cable
V100 Glass bead for V102/103 connectors.
V100B Hermetic glass beads for V102/103 connectors.
V101M V(m) in-line cable connector, DC to 65 GHz
V101F V(f) in-line cable connector, DC to 65 GHz
V102M V(m) sparkplug launcher connector, DC to 65 GHz
V102F V(f) sparkplug launcher connector, DC to 65 GHz
V103M V(m) flange launcher connector, DC to 65 GHz,
2 mounting holes
V102F V103F V(f) flange launcher connector, DC to 65 GHz,
V110-1 2 mounting holes
V110-1 Microstrip stress relief contact
V202F Combination of V100, V102F, and V110-1
V202FB Combination of V100B, V102F, and V110-1
V100B

CONNECTORS
®
Integrated V Connector
DC to 65 GHz
M7 x 0.75 - 6G
2.50
R3.94
.80
.418 ±.025
6.400 ±.025
∅ 5.84 ±.05
V115FMS10 ∅ 4.19 ±.05 ∅ 2.948 ±.025

6.41 ±.05
V115FMS75 7.42 ±.05
(10.66)
V115FMS75*
Integrated V Female solder-in connector, with ground lip, DC to 65 GHz.

Compensated for Microstrip. For use with 0.19 mm (7.5 mil) substrates.
V115FCPW
V116F
M7 x 0.75 - 6G
∅ 4.19 ±.05
2.50 ∅ 2.948 ±.025
6.400 ±.025
The Integrated V Connector® family is a group of female connectors ∅ 5.84 ±.05
which have the launcher and the glass bead integrated into one .02 ±.05
piece. All compensation steps for matching to Microstrip or Coplanar
.50 R3.94
Waveguide (CPW) are included in the solder-in hermetic* connectors, 6.41 ±.05
ensuring that they deliver excellent performance. The integrated V
7.42 ±.05
connectors come in two easy-to-install styles: the solder-in version,
(10.33)
which is the V115F group, and the V116F screw-in version, which al-
lows more versatility of microcircuit launch design. In addition, the
V116F can be soldered-in for hermeticity. These connectors, except V115FCPW*
for the CPW version, are designed to be used with the V110-1 Stress
Integrated V Female solder-in connector, with ground lip, DC to 65 GHz.
Relief Contacts. The Integrated V connectors are compatible with
Compensated for Coplanar Waveguide.
other V Connectors.
M7 x 0.75 - 6G
∅ 4.19 ±.05 M7 x 0.75 - 6G
M5 x 0.5 - 6G
2.50 ∅ 2.948 ±.025
.80 .71 ±.05
6.400 ±.025
∅ 5.84 ±.05 ∅ 5.84 ±.05 ∅ 4.27 ±.03
.597 ±.025
R3.94
6.41 ±.05 5.78 ±.05
2.92 ±.05
7.42 ±.05 6.54 ±.05
(9.46)
(10.66)
V115FMS10* V116F*
Integrated V Female solder-in connector, with ground lip, DC to 65 GHz. Integrated V Female Sparkplug (screw-in) connector, DC to 65GHz.
Compensated for Microstrip. For use with 0.25 mm (10 mil) substrates.
∗ Hermeticity specification: 1 x10 -8 std cc He/sec at 1 atm differential. 12
V115FMS10 Integrated V(f) solder-in connector for use with 0.25 mm
(10 mil) substrates
V115FMS75 Integrated V(f) solder-in connector for use with 0.19 mm
(7.5 mil) substrates
V115FCPW Integrated V(f) solder-in connector for Coplanar
Waveguide
V116F Integrated V(f) sparkplug connector
CONNECTORS
™
VP Connector Family
DC to 65 GHz
The new VP Connector family, with shrouds and adapters, is well easier. The VP cable connector has a flange to ensure a good
suited for applications in components, systems and instrumentation rigid connection to the module. The cable connectors can also be
to 65 GHz. Anritsu's family of VP Connectors satisfy virtually every utilized for connecting two modules back to back.
interface and provide excellent and reliable performance.
VP-VF Adapters
Features VP-VF Adapters are specifically designed for testing the modules
• Superior RF Performance to 65 GHz using the Precision V Connector. The VP-VF Adapter can be re-
• Hermetic Connection placed with a VP Bullet or VP cable connector.
• Sliding Contact Connection to Microstrip
• Ground lip for handling substrates on carriers
• Testing capabilities using VP-VF Adapter
• Auto alignment capabilities on VP-VF Adapters
VP Bullet
The VP Bullet is a VP-VP adapter, designed to connect two modules
with shrouds, back to back. The VP Bullet exhibits exceptional per-
formance due to it's unique design concept. The VP Bullet is de-
signed with six slots in the outer conductor and four slots in the cen-
ter conductor. The increase in the number of slots in the outer con-
ductor reduces the insertion and extraction force to less than one
half of the force required for conventional SMP connectors and thus Model 01-501 Model 01-502
reduces wear and tear. In the lab VP Bullets have been tested to Bullet insertion and Torque screwdriver
1000 insertions with no degradation in performance. Anritsu guaran- removal tool adapter
tees at least 500 connections. In addition, the VP Bullet provides a
positive stop so that fingers cannot be damaged during insertion.
Specifications
VP Shroud Design
Anritsu VP Shrouds are based on the design concept first used in Impedance 50 Ω
Anritsu's Integrated V Connector®. VP Shrouds use the standard V Frequency DC to 65 GHz
glass bead and the critical compensation steps required to install the Insertion loss 0.05 √ f (GHz)
glass bead in the housing are a part of the hermetic shroud design.
Since Anritsu controls the critical internal dimensions, consistent VSWR 1.43:1 to 65 GHz typical
performance is assured. Additionally, the ground lip allows the sub- Insulation resistance > 1200 MΩ
strate ground to be attached directly to the connector, eliminating the Center conductor contact resistance 6 mΩ typical
long ground path common to other connector families. This short
ground path improves return loss performance, especially at the high Force to engage 4.2 N typical (1 lbf typical)
end of the frequency range. Force to disengage 7 N typical (1.5 lbf typical)
VP Shrouds, except for the CPW version, are designed to be used Center contact retension 83 N typical (18 lbf typical)
with the Anritsu V110-1 Stress Relief Contact (sliding contact). The
CPW backside interface is a pin overlap design, so the center pin is Radial misalignment 0.25 mm (0.010”)
directly connected to the transmission line and the substrate ground Axial misalignment 0 – 0.15 mm (0 to 0.006”)
is directly attached to the ground lip.
1 x 10-8 std cc He/sec at 1
Hermeticity atmosphere differential for all
Cable Connector shrouds
The VP cable connector uses standard semi-rigid 2.16 mm cable just
like the V cable connectors. One can install a standard V cable con-
nector on the opposite end and make the testing of modules much

VP100BCPW
VP101F
Solder-in CPW
VP cable adapter
hermetic shroud
4.94 1.24 2X R6.35

1.72 .76 Ø3.18
All dimensions in mm
2X Ø.50 .02
3.62 Ø5.33 Ø3.00

10.11
5.1 2X Ø1.60
0.24
.38 Ø4.06 5.18
All dimensions in mm 1.53 10.24 1.6 6.35
VP100BMS10
Solder-in VP102F
10 mil microstrip VP bullet
hermetic shroud
0.24 Ø3.18 Ø3.05

.51 6.50
3.62
Ø1.51
Ø4.06
.58
1.72 2X Ø.50
1.6 Ø1.93 2.62 All dimensions in mm
5.26 All dimensions in mm
VP100BMS75
Solder-in VP103F
7.5 mil microstrip VP-VF adapter
hermetic shroud
6.65 2X Ø1.60 THRU 10.24
5.26 3.33 1.24
1.72 M7 X .75
0.24 Ø4.06
Ø5.84 Ø5.33
3.62 10.11
5.1
.42
Ø3.18
.51 All dimensions in mm All dimensions in mm 1.6
11.84
VP100BNL
No lip
hermetic shroud Ordering information
4.75 Ø4.06
1.02 VP100BCPW Solder-in CPW hermetic shroud
Ø.63
VP100BMS10 Solder-in 10 mil microstrip hermetic shroud
VP100BMS75 Solder-in 7.5 mil microstrip hermetic shroud
VP100BNL No lip hermetic shroud
VP100B Screw in hermetic shroud
VP101F
VP102F
VP cable adapter
VP bullet
12
All dimensions in mm Ø3.18 0.24 VP103F VP-VF adapter
Model 01-501 Bullet insertion and removal tool
Model 01-502 Torque screwdriver adapter
VP100B
Screw in
hermetic shroud
4.15
Ø4.02 .57
Ø4.02
3.57 ACROSS FLTS
Ø.24
All dimensions in mm
CONNECTOR TOOLS
01-201, 01-204
Anritsu provides two connector tools that make connecting and dis-
connecting tiny connectors more easily and surely accomplished.
These tools are featured below.
Features
• 01-201 Torque wrench: 0.9 N-M (8 in-lbs) for standard SMA and 3.5 mm
connectors, and for the Anritsu K Connector® and V Connector®.
01-201 • 01-204 Handy stainless steel connector wrench for standard SMA,
3.5 mm, and 2.4 mm connectors, and for the Anristu K Connector®
and V Connector®.
01-204 01-201 5/16 torque wrench, 0.9 N-M (8 in-lbs), for SMA,
3.5 mm, K Connector® and V Connector®
01-204 Anritsu stainless steel connector wrench

RF CABLES
K120, V120 Series
DC to 67 GHz
Semirigid coaxial cable specifications for

K Connectors
Semirigid coaxial, tin-plated copper outer
Type conductor, silver-plated copper center
conductor
Impedance 50 ±2 Ω

K120 Dielectric constant 1.687
Outside diameter 3.00 mm
Minimum bend radius 0.65 cm
V120
1.6 dB/m at 10 GHz, 2.3 dB/m at 20 GHz,
Attenuation
3.3 dB/m at 30 GHz, 4.7 dB/m at 40 GHz
1.52m length of 0.118-inch Semirigid
K118 semirigid coaxial cable
cable for K101 series connector
Anritsu produces precision RF cables with characteristics as shown Semirigid coaxial cable specifications for
in the tables below. Contact the Microwave Measurements Division
for low loss, low VSWR cable bending services.
V Connectors
Semirigid coaxial, tin-plated copper outer con-
Semi-rigid RF cable features Type
ductor, silver-plated copper center conductor
• DC to 67 GHz frequency range Impedance 50 ±2 Ω
• Type N, K Connector®, and V Connector®
• K Connector® compatibility with SMA and 3.5 mm
• V Connector® compatibility with 2.4 mm Dielectric constant 1.687
Specifications Outside diameter 2.18 mm
Frequency range Impedance
Model Length Connectors Minimum bend radius 0.65 cm
(GHz) (Ω)
N120-6 DC to 18 50 15 cm N(m) - N(m) 2.3 dB/m at 10 GHz, 3.6 dB/m at 20 GHz,
Attenuation 4.3 dB/m at 30 GHz, 5.2 dB/m at 40 GHz,
NS120MF-6 DC to 18 50 15 cm N(m) - SMA(f)
7.2 dB/m at 60 GHz
K120MM DC to 40 50 See table K(m) - K(m)
K120MF DC to 40 50 See table K(m) - K(f)
K120FF DC to 40 50 See table K(f) - K(f)
V120MM DC to 67 50 See table V(m) - V(m)
V120MF DC to 67 50 See table V(m) - V(f)
V120FF DC to 67 50 See table V(f) - V(f)
Temperature range: –55°C to +125°C
12
Cable assembly part number reference
Length Metric cable asemblies
cm K120MM K120MF K120FF V120MM V120MF V120FF
5 K120MM-5CM K120MF-5CM K120FF-5CM V120MM-5CM V120MF-5CM V120FF-5CM
13.0 mm K118 13.0 mm

"L"
11.0 mm 13.0 mm
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
K101F
(1/4-36 UNS-2A) K101F K101F
(1/4-36 UNS-2A) 7.9 mm HEX (1/4-36 UNS-2A)
K118
"L" K101M
(1/4-36 UNS-2B)
K120FF outline K120MF outline
11.0 mm 11.0 mm
K118
29 mm 516-20
(SMAF CONN)
0.141
XXXXXX SEMI-RIGID
XXXXXX
K101M
(1/4-36 UNS-2B)
K101M 12.7 mm
B25292
(1/4-36 UNS-2B)
(LABEL)
516-93
(NM CONN)
"L" "L"
K120MM outline N120-6 outline
516-93 (CONN RF)

516-93 (CONN RF)
0.141 V-FEMALE V-FEMALE
SEMI-RIGID
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
V085
11.4 mm 11.4 mm
29 mm 29 mm
"L" "L"
NS120MF-6 outline V120FF outline
V-MALE V-FEMALE
V-MALE V-MALE
XXXXXX
XXXXXX
11.3 mm V085 11.4 mm

11.3 mm V085 11.3 mm
"L"
"L"
V120MF outline V120MM outline

Cable, semi-rigid V120MM-5CM DC to 65 GHz, 50 Ω, 5 cm, V(m) to V(m)
N120-6 0.01 to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, 15 cm, N(m) to N(m) V120MM-10CM DC to 65 GHz, 50 Ω, 10 cm, V(m) to V(m)
NS120MF-6 0.01 to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, 15 cm, N(m) to SMA(f) V120MM-15CM DC to 65 GHz, 50 Ω, 15 cm, V(m) to V(m)
K120MM-5CM DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, 5 cm, K(m) to K(m) V120MM-20CM DC to 65 GHz, 50 Ω, 20 cm, V(m) to V(m)
K120MM-100CM DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, 100 cm, K(m) to K(m) V120MF-5CM DC to 65 GHz, 50 Ω, 5 cm, V(m) to V(f)
K120MF-5CM DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, 5 cm, K(m) to K(f) V120MF-20CM DC to 65 GHz, 50 Ω, 20 cm, V(m) to V(f)
K120MF-100CM DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, 100 cm, K(m) to K(f) V120FF-5CM DC to 65 GHz, 50 Ω, 5 cm, V(f) to V(f)
K120FF-5CM DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, 5 cm, K(f) to K(f) V120FF-20CM DC to 65 GHz, 50 Ω, 20 cm, V(f) to V(f)
K120FF-100CM DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, 100 cm, K(f) to K(f)
12
COAXIAL ADAPTERS
K, V, K to V
DC to 65 GHz
K-MALE
V-MALE
7.92 DIA CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
(1/4 -36 UNS-2A)
(1/4 -36 UNS-2A)
34VK50
34VK50
Outline
11 8.64
K224B 31.7
K222B Dimensions in Millimeter
V-MALE
CONNECTOR 7.92 DIA K-FEMALE
(1/4 -36 UNS-2A) CONNECTOR
(1/4-36 UNS-2A)
34VKF50
34VKF50
Outline
11 8.64
28.5
Dimensions in Millimeter
V230 K230B
VF-FEMALE K-MALE
7.92 DIA CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
(M7.0 X .75-6G) (1/4 -36 UNS-2A)
The K220 and 34V Series of precision adapters enable accurate 34VFK50
measurements with K or V connectors. Every adapter is fully speci-
34VFK50
Outline
fied and 100% tested to ensure low reflections and optimum perfor- 7 8.64
mance over the DC to 60 GHz range. 27.8
Precision K and V adapter features

• K Connector® DC to 40 GHz frequency range
• V Connector® DC to 65 GHz frequency range VF-FEMALE
CONNECTOR
7.92 DIA KF-FEMALE
CONNECTOR
• Low SWR and insertion loss (M7.0 X .75-6G) (1/4-36 UNS-2A)
34VFKF50
Specifications 34VFKF50
Outline
Model Frequency range (GHz) Connectors SWR 7 8.64
24.4
K220B K(m) to K(m)
K222B DC to 40 K(f) to K(f) 1.12
K224B K(f) to K(m)
7.92 DIA V MALE
CONNECTOR
34VK50 V(m) to K(m) M7 X .75-6G 2X
DC to 40 1.3
34VKF50 V(m) to K(f)
34VFK50 V(f) to K(m) 34VV50
34VV50
DC to 40 1.3 Outline
34VFKF50 V(f) to K(f)
34VV50 V(m) to V(m)
11 8.64
34VFVF50 DC to 65 V(f) to V(f) 1.5
31.4
34VVF50 V(m) to V(f) Dimensions in Millimeters
7.93 HEX 6.35 DIA. 5.33 ACROSS FLATS 7.92 DIA

V FEMALE
K MALE CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
(1/4 - 36 UNS - 2B) 2X M7.0 X .75-6G 2X
K220B
K220B 34VFVF50
34VFVF50
Outline Outline
7.0 5.84
7 8.64
20.6 23.6
Dimensions in Millimeters Dimensions in Millimeter
5.33 ACROSS FLATS V MALE CONNECTOR 7.92 DIA V FEMALE

6.35 DIA. K FEMALE CONNECTOR M7.0 X .75-6G CONNECTOR
(1/4 - 36 UNS - 2A) 2X M7.0 X .75-6G
K222B K222B 34VVF50

34VVF50
Outline Outline
7.0 5.84
11 8.64
19.1
27.5
Dimensions in Millimeters
7.93 HEX 6.35 DIA. 5.33 ACROSS FLATS

K MALE CONN. K FEMALE
(1/4 - 36 UNS - 2B) CONNECTOR
K224B K224B
Outline
7.0 5.84
19.8

The K230 Series is the panel-mount version of the K220 Series V panel adapter specifications
Adapters. These units mount in a standard 9.5 mm “D” hole.
Model Frequency range (GHz) Connectors SWR
K and V panel adapter features K230 V(m) to V(m)
• Precision, panel-mounted feedthru adapter DC to 65 1.5
K232 V(f) to V(f)
• Broad, DC to 65 GHz frequency range
K234 V(f) to V(m)
K panel adapter specifications
Model Frequency range (GHz) Connectors SWR 8.76
31.7
11.56 8.64
K230B K(m) to K(m) 1.02
K232B DC to 40 K(f) to K(f) 1.12 3/8 CLEAR

MOUNTING HOLE V230
K234B K(f) to K(m)
Outline
8.64 ACROSS FLAT 3/8 - 32 UNEF - 2A V MALE CONNECTOR V MALE CONNECTOR

M7.0 X .75-6G M7.0 X .75-6G
K-MALE CONNECTOR 3/8-32 UNS-2A
(1/4 - 36 UNS - 2B) 2X
8.76
12.7 DIA.
K230B 8.76
22.9
7.14 8.64
outline 1.02
1.02
6.60 ±0.50
3/8 CLEAR
MOUNTING HOLE
5.84
20.6
3/8 CLEAR
MOUNTING HOLE
V232
Dimensions in Millimeters Outline
V FEMALE CONNECTOR V FEMALE CONNECTOR

8.64 ACROSS FLAT 3/8 - 32 UNEF-2A M7.0 X .75-6G M7.0 X .75-6G
3/8-32 UNS-2A
K FEMALE CONNECTOR
1/4 - 36 UNS-2A 2X
8.76
12.7 DIA. K232B 8.76
27.3
7.14 8.64
outline 1.02
1.02
6.60 ±0.50
3/8 CLEAR
MOUNTING HOLE
5.84
19.1
3/8 CLEAR
MOUNTING HOLE
V234
Dimensions in Millimeters outline
8.64 ACROSS FLAT V FEMALE CONNECTOR

M7.0 X .75-6G V MALE CONNECTOR
3/8 - 32 UNEF - 2A
7.92 HEX 3/8-32 UNS-2A M7.0 X .75-6G
K-MALE CONNECTOR K FEMALE CONNECTOR
(1/4 - 36 UNS - 2B) 1/4 - 36 UNS-2A
K234B
8.76
outline Ordering information
1.02
3/8 CLEAR 7.5 5.84 Model/Order No. Name
MOUNTING HOLE 19.6
Precision adapter
34VK50 DC to 40 GHz, V(m) to K(m)
34VKF50 DC to 40 GHz, V(m) to K(f)
34VFK50 DC to 40 GHz, V(f) to K(m)
34VFKF50 DC to 40 GHz, V(f) to K(f)
34VV50 DC to 60 GHz, V(m) to V(m)
34VFVF50 DC to 60 GHz, V(f) to V(f)
34VVF50 DC to 60 GHz, V(m) to V(f)
K220B DC to 40 GHz, K(m) to K(m)
K222B DC to 40 GHz, K(f) to K(f)
K224B DC to 40 GHz, K(f) to K(m)
K230B DC to 40 GHz, Panel mount, 50 Ω K(m)-K(m)
K232B DC to 40 GHz, Panel mount, 50 Ω K(f)-K(f)
K234B DC to 40 GHz, Panel mount, 50 Ω K(m)-K(f)
V230 DC to 65 GHz, Panel mount, 50 Ω V(m)-V(m)
V232 DC to 65 GHz, Panel mount, 50 Ω V(f)-V(f)
V234 DC to 65 GHz, Panel mount, 50 Ω V(f)-V(m)
12
CALIBRATION GRADE ADAPTERS
33 Series
DC to 65 GHz
20.8
7.5 5.80
K-MALE
CONNECTOR
(1/4-36 UNS-2B)
2X
33KK50B
33KFKF50B 33KK50B
Outline
33VV50B Ø 6.35
7.90 HEX
2X
33VFVF50B
K-MALE CONNECTOR K-FEMALE CONNECTOR

(1/4-36 UNS-2B) 6.35 DIA
(1/4-36 UNS-2B)
33KK50B
33KKF50B
33KKF50B
Outline
33KKF50B
7.5 5.84
33VVF50 20.0
The 33 Series of precision adapters enable accurate measurements K-FEMALE CONNECTOR

(1/4-36 UNS-28)
with Anritsu V Connector® and K Connector® interfaces. Every adapter 2X 6.35 DIA
is fully specified and 100% tested to ensure low reflections and optimum
phase performance over a broad frequency range.
33KFKF50B
33KFKF50B
Features Outline
• Low SWR and insertion loss
• DC to 65 GHz, with V Connector® interface 7.0 5.84
• DC to 40 GHz, with K Connector® interface 19.1
• 50 Ω impedance Dimensions in Millimeter
V-MALE CONNECTOR
Specifications M7.0 X .75-6H 2X 7.87 DIA
Frequency range Impedance

Model Connectors SWR
(GHz) (Ω) 33VV50B
33KK50B DC to 40 50 K(m)-K(m) 1.1
33VV50B
Outline
33KKF50B DC to 40 50 K(m)-K(f) 1.1
15.3
33KFKF50B DC to 40 50 K(f)-K(f) 1.1 26.0
33VV50B DC to 65 50 V(m)-V(m) 1.22
33VVF50B DC to 65 50 V(m)-V(f) 1.33
V-FEMALE CONNECTOR V MALE CONNECTOR
M7.0 X .750-6G M7 X .75-6G
33VFVF50B DC to 65 50 V(f)-V(f) 1.33 7.87 DIA

33VVF50B
33VVF50B
Outline
16.0
Model/Order No. Name 26.9
Calibration grade adapter
33KFKF50B DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, K(f)-K(f)
33KK50B DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, K(m)-K(m)
33KKF50B DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, K(m)-K(f) V-FEMALE CONNECTOR
M7.0 X .75-6G 2X 7.87 DIA
33VFVF50B DC to 65 GHz, 50 Ω, V(f)-V(f)

33VV50B DC to 65 GHz, 50 Ω, V(m)-V(m)
33VVF50B DC to 65 GHz, 50 Ω, V(m)-V(f) 33VFVF50B 33VFVF50B
Outline
16.0
27.5

INSTRUMENTATION GRADE ADAPTERS
34 Series
The 34R Series precision adapters provide a rugged, rigid connec-
tion between Anritsu instruments with WSMA, K Connector®, or
V Connector® outputs and Anritsu SWR Autotesters and SWR
Bridges or other instruments.
The adapters have an outside diameter equal to that of a
Type N connector, adding mechanical strength to the test
setup and making installation convenient and fast.
34ASF50 34RKRK50
Ruggedized adapter features
• Enhanced reliability of microwave test setup
• Easy-to-grasp Type N outside diameter
• Rigid test connections for improved test data repeatability
34R Series specifications

Frequency Dimensions
Model range Connectors SWR L(cm) x
(GHz) dia(cm)
34NN50A 34RSN50 34RSN50 DC to 18 RS(m) to N(m) 1.40 5.1 x 2.2

34RKNF50 DC to 18 RK(m) to N(f) 1.40 5.1 x 1.7
34RVNF50 DC to 18 RV(m) to N(f) 1.40 5.1 x 1.7
The 34 Series of precision adapters enable accurate measurements 34RKRK50 DC to 40 RK(m) to RK(m) 2.00 5.8 x 1.7
with GPC-7, Type N, or WSMA interfaces. Every adapter is fully 34RVRK50 DC to 40 RV(m) to RK(m) 2.00 5.8 x 1.7
specified and 100% tested to ensure low reflections and optimum
phase performance over a broad frequency range. 34RVRV50 DC to 60 RV(m) to RV(m) 2.30 5.8 x 1.7
Impedance: 50 Ω
Precision adapter features Temperature range: 0°C to +75°C
• Low SWR and insertion loss
• GPC-7, Type N, and WSMA connectors
• Convenient transition with minimal effect on signal
• 50 Ω or 75 Ω impedance
Anritsu 34R Series
34 Series specifications Instrument
Adapter
Connector
Frequency Dimensions
Model Impedance
range Connectors SWR L(cm) x
(Ω)
(GHz) dia(cm)
34NN75B N(m) to N(m) 6.0 x 2.2
DC to 3 75 1.1
34NFNF75B N(f) to N(f) 4.7 x 1.6 Ordering information
34AN50 GPC-7 to N(m) 4.2 x 2.2
DC to 18 50 1.02
34ANF50 GPC-7 to N(f) 4.2 x 2.2 Model/Order No. Name
34AS50 GPC-7 to WSMA(m) 3.8 x 2.2 Precision adapter
DC to 18 50 1.033 34NN75B DC to 3 GHz, 75 Ω, N(m)-N(m)
34ASF50 GPC-7 to WSMA(f) 3.8 x 2.2
34NFNF75B DC to 3 GHz, 75 Ω, N(f)-N(f)
34NN50A
DC to 18 50
N(m) to N(m)
1.1
6.0 x 2.2 34AN50 DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, GPC-7-N(m)
34NFNF50 N(f) to N(f) 4.7 x 1.6 34ANF50 DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, GPC-7-N(f)
34NK50 N(m) to K(m) 3.8 x 2.2 34AS50 DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, GPC-7-WSMA(m)
34NKF50 N(m) to K(f) 3.8 x 2.2 34ASF50 DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, GPC-7-WSMA(f)
34NFK50
DC to 18 50
N(f) to K(m)
1.12
3.8 x 1.6 34NN50A DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N(m)-N(m)
34NFKF50 N(f) to K(f) 3.8 x 1.6 34NFNF50 DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N (f)-N(f)
34NK50 DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N (m)-K(m)
1.11 to 34NKF50 DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N(m)-K(f)
34SFSF50 DC to 26.5 50
WSMA(f) to 18.5 GHz
1.6 x 0.8 34NFK50 DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N (f)-K(m)
WSMA(f) 1.18 to 34NFKF50 DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N(f)-K(f) 12
26.5 GHz 34SFSF50 DC to 26.5 GHz, 50 Ω, WSMA(f)-WSMA(f)
35WR Series
18 to 65 GHz
Specifications
Frequency W/G
Model range Connectors flange SWR
(GHz) UG-(_) U
35WRD180K WRD180 to K(m)
18 to 40 N/A 1.25
35WRD180KF WRD180 to K(f)
35WR42K 35WR19K 935WR42K WR42 to K(m)

18 to 26.5 595 1.25
35WR42KF WR42 to K(f)
35WR28K WR28 to K(m)
26.5 to 40 599 1.25
35WR22K WR22 to K(m)
33 to 50 383 1.30
35WR22V WR22 to V(m)
33 to 50 383 1.30
35WR22VF WR22 to V(f)
35WR19K 40 to 50 WR19 to K(m)
35WR22V 35WR19V 383 1.30
35WR19KF Usable to 54 WR19 to K(f)
35WR19V WR19 to V(m)
40 to 60 383 1.30
The 35 Series precision adapters transform standard or 35WR15V WR15 to V(m)
double-ridge waveguide to coaxial K Connector® and V Connector® 50 to 65 385 1.38
interfaces, thus enabling convenient millimeter wave coaxial mea-
Impedance: 50 Ω
surements.
Maximum input power: 1 W
Features
• 18 to 65 GHz frequency coverage
• K Connector® compatibility with SMA and 3.5 mm Outline drawings for the 35 Series Waveguide-to-Coaxial Adapters,
• V Connector® compatibility with 2.4 mm 18 to 65 GHz, are shown on the following two pages.
• Standard and double-ridge designs
Precision waveguide to coax adapter
35WRD180K 18 to 40 GHz, WRD180 (double ridge waveguide) to K(m)
35WRD180KF 18 to 40 GHz, WRD180 (double ridge waveguide) to K(f)
35WR42K 18 to 26.5 GHz, WR42-K(m)
35WR42KF 18 to 26.5 GHz, WR42-K(f)
35WR28K 26.5 to 40 GHz, WR28-K(m)
35WR28KF 26.5 to 40 GHz, WR28-K(f)
35WR22K 33 to 50 GHz, WR22-K(m)
35WR22KF 33 to 50 GHz, WR22-K(f)
35WR22V 33 to 50 GHz, WR22-V(m)
35WR22VF 33 to 50 GHz, WR22-V(f)
35WR19K 40 to 50 GHz (usable to 54 GHz), WR19-K(m)
35WR19KF 40 to 50 GHz (usable to 54 GHz), WR19-K(f)
35WR19V 40 to 60 GHz, WR19-V(m)
35WR19VF 40 to 60 GHz, WR19-V(f)
35WR15V 50 to 65 GHz (usable to 67 GHz), WR15-V(m)
35WR15VF 50 to 65 GHz (usable to 67 GHz), WR15-V(f)

Outline drawings
MALE OR FEMALE,
K OR V CONNECTOR B
A C
D
E 4.77
TYPICAL
4.37
ALIGNMENT PIN
2 PLACES
(WR180 ONLY)
ALIGNMENT PIN
2.44 DIA. THRU 2 PLACES
2 PLACES
4-40 UNC-2B
2 PLACES
3.40 14.22 22.23 SQ.

7.11
1.45
Dimensions (mm)
Model
A B C D E
7.31
1.83 35WRD180K 13.20 27.9 14.43 28.40 23.80
7.92
7.92 35WR180DKF 13.20 22.9 14.43 28.40 23.80
35WRD180K, 35WRD180KF 35WR42K 13.20 27.9 14.43 28.14 23.93
35WR42KF 13.20 22.9 14.43 28.14 23.93
35WR28K 10.67 27.9 14.86 28.78 23.93
35WR28KF 10.67 22.9 14.86 28.78 23.88
2.95 DIA. THRU
4 PLACES
4.31 17.0 22.23 SQ.
10.67
16.26
35WR42K, 35WR42KF
2.95 DIA. THRU

4 PLACES
3.56 13.46 19.05 SQ.

12
7.11
12.7 Dimension in millimeters
35WR28K, 35WR28KF
35WRD180K, 35WRD180KF, 35WR42K, 35WR42KF, 35WR28K, 35WR28KF outlines
Outline drawings
MALE OR FEMALE,
K OR V CONNECTOR B
A C
D
E
3.96
ALIGNMENT PIN
2.46 DIA. THRU
2 PLACES
2 PLACES
ALIGNMENT PIN
2 PLACES
23.82 DIA.
28.57 DIA.
2.84 Dimensions (mm)
Model
A B C D E
35WR22K 12.70 26.9 14.73 25.76 21.44
5.69 35WR22KF 12.70 21.6 14.73 25.76 21.44
35WR22K, 35WR22KF, 35WR22V 12.70 26.9 14.73 25.76 21.44
35WR22V, 35WR22VF
35WR22VF 12.70 21.6 14.73 25.76 21.44
2.46 DIA. THRU 35WR19K 12.70 26.9 14.73 25.76 21.44
2 PLACES
35WR19KF 12.70 21.6 14.73 25.76 21.44
ALIGNMENT PIN 35WR19V 12.70 27.9 14.73 25.76 21.44
2 PLACES
35WR19VF 12.70 22.6 14.73 25.76 21.44
35WR15V 12.70 24.4 12.19 26.97 21.62
23.82 DIA.
35WR15VF 12.70 20.3 12.19 26.97 21.62
28.57 DIA.
2.39
4.77
35WR19K, 35WR19KF,
35WR19V, 35WR19VF
1.7 DIA. THRU

2 PLACES
ALIGNMENT PIN
2 PLACES
14.3 DIA.
19.05 DIA.
1.88
3.76
Dimension in millimeters
35WR15V, 35WR15VF
35WR22K, 35WR22KF, 35WR22V, 35WR22VF, 35WR19K, 35WR19KF, 35WR19V, 35WR19VF, 35WR15V, and 35WR15VF outlines

35U, 35C Series
3.3 to 26.5 GHz
35UA42K
35UM40N
35UA187N
35UM84N
The 35U and 35C Series precision adapters transform standard

waveguide to coaxial N and K Connector® interfaces, thus enabling
convenient microwave coaxial measurements.
Features
• 3.3 to 26.5 GHz frequency coverage
• N connector compatibility
• K Connector® compatibility with SMA and 3.5 mm
Specifications
Frequency W/G flange Frequency W/G flange
Model Connectors SWR Model Connectors SWR
range (GHz) UG-(_) U range (GHz) UG-(_) U
WR229 to N(m) CPR90F, CPR90G,
35UM40N 3.3 to 4.9 PDR40 1.08
WG11A to N(m) UG-1360/U, UG-1361/U,
WR90 to N(m)
WR187 to N(m) CAR48, PAR48, 35UA90N 8.2 to 12.4 UG-1736/U, UG-1737/U, 1.08
35UM48N 3.9 to 5.8 1.08 WG16 to N(m)
WG12 to N(m) UAR48, PDR48 UG-40B/U, UG-39/U,
WR159 to N(m) CAR58, PAR58, UG-135B/U, UG-136/U
35UM58N 4.9 to 7.0 1.08
WG13 to N(m) UAR58, PDR58 WR75 to N(m)
35UA75N 10 to 15 WR75 1.08
WR137 to N(m) CAR70, PAR70, WG17 to N(m)
35UM70N 5.8 to 8.2 1.08
WG14 to N(m) UAR70, PDR70 WR62 to N(m) UG-541A/U, UG-419A/U
35UA62N 12.4 to 18 1.08
WR112 to N(m) CBR84, UBR84, WG18 to N(m) UG-1665/U, UG-1666/U
35UM84N 7.0 to 10 1.08
WG15 to N(m) PBR84, PDR84 WR42 to K(m) UG-596A/U, UG-595/U,
35UA42K 17 to 26.5 1.20
WR90 to N(m) CBR100, UBR100, WG20 to K(m) UG-597/U, UG-598A/U
35UM100N 8.2 to 12.4 1.08
WG16 to N(m) PBR100, PDR100 35CMR229N 3.3 to 4.9 WR229 to N(m) CMR229 1.08
WR75 to N(m) CBR120, UBR120, WR187 to N(m) CMR187, UG-1475/U,
35UM120N 10 to 15 1.08 35CMR187N 3.9 to 5.8 1.08
WG17 to N(m) PBR120, PDR120 WG12 to N(m) UG-148/U
WR62 to N(m) CBR140, UBR140, WR159 to N(m)
35UM140N 12.4 to 18 1.08 35CMR159N 4.9 to 7.0 CMR159 1.08
WG18 to N(m) PBR140, PDR140 WG13 to N(m)
WR42 to K(m) CBR220, UBR220, WR137 to N(m) CMR137, UG-1476/U
35UM220K 17 to 26.5 1.20 35CMR137N 5.8 to 8.2 1.08
WG20 to K(m) PBR220, PDR220 WG14 to N(m) 1UG-1481/U
CPR229F, CPR229G, WR112 to N(m) CMR112, UG-1477/U
WR229 to N(m)
35UA229N 3.3 to 4.9
WG11A to N(m)
UG-1350/U, UG-1351/U, 1.08 35CMR112N 7.0 to 10
WG15 to N(m) UG-1482/U
1.08 12
UG-1726/U, UG-1727/U
WR90 to N(m) CMR90, UG-1478/U
35CMR90N 8.2 to 12.4 1.08
CPR187F, CPR187G, WG16 to N(m) UG-1483/U
WR187 to N(m) UG-1352/U, UG-1353/U, WR229 to N(m)
35UA187N 3.9 to 5.8 1.08 35UER40N 3.3 to 4.9 UER40 1.08
WG12 to N(m) UG-1728/U, UG-1729/U, WG11A to N(m)
UG-148/U, UG-149A/U
WR187 to N(m)
CPR159F, CPR159G, 35UER48N 3.9 to 5.8 UER48 1.08
WR159 to N(m) WG12 to N(m)
35UA159N 4.9 to 7.0 UG-1354/U, UG-1355/U, 1.08 WR159 to N(m)
WG13 to N(m) 35UER58N 4.9 to 7.0 UER58 1.08
UG-1730/U, UG-1731/U WG13 to N(m)
CPR137F, CPR137G, WR137 to N(m)
UG-1356/U, UG-1357/U, 35UER70N 5.8 to 8.2 UER70 1.08
WR137 to N(m) WG14 to N(m)
35UA137N 5.8 to 8.2 UG-1732/U, UG-1733/U, 1.08 WR112 to N(m)
WG14 to N(m) 35UER84N 7 to 10 UER84 1.08
UG-343B/U, UG-344/U, WG15 to N(m)
UG-440B/U, UG-441/U
WR90 to N(m)
35UER100N 8.2 to 12.4 UER100 1.08
CPR112F, CPR112G, WG16 to N(m)
UG-1358/U, UG-1359/U,
35UA112N 7.0 to 10
WR112 to N(m)
UG-1734/U, UG-1735/U, 1.08 Impedance: 50 Ω
WG15 to N(m)
UG-52B/U, UG-51/U,
UG-137B/U, UG-138/U
Outline drawings
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
43.69 39.62
36.83
55.88 ± 0.76 59.69 ± 0.76

76.2 ± 0.76 57.15 ± 0.76
76.2 ± 0.76 71.12 ± 0.76
82.30 ± 0.05 4.76 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES –0.00 4.76 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES –0.00
4.76 DIA. +0.01

2 PLACES –0.00
69.85 ± 0.05
46.43 ± 0.05
M5
2 PLACES
M5 35UM58N M6
4 PLACES 4 PLACES
35UM40N M6 35UM48N M6 Dimensions in millimeters
4 PLACES 4 PLACES
35UM40N outline 35UM48N outline 35UM58N outline
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
34.54 32.0
30.73
50.8 ± 0.76 45.72 ± 0.76 43.18 ± 0.76

67.31 ± 0.76 63.5 ± 0.76 55.88 ± 0.76
3.19 DIA. +0.01 3.19 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES –0.00 2 PLACES –0.00 3.19 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES –0.00
36.52 ± 0.05
37.43 ±0.05 32.5 ± 0.05
M5
2 PLACES
M5
35UM70N 4 PLACES M4
35UM100N 6 PLACES
Dimensions in millimeters 35UM84N
M4 Dimensions in millimeters
Dimensions in millimeters 6 PLACES
35UM70N outline 35UM84N outline 35UM100N outline
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
30.48
29.72
19.81
43.18 ± 0.76 43.18 ± 0.76

30.48 ± 0.76
55.88 ± 0.76 55.88 ± 0.76 38.1 ± 0.76
M4 2.37 DIA. +0.01
4 PLACES 3.19 DIA. +0.01 2 PLACES –0.00
2 PLACES –0.00
3.19 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES –0.00
17.01 ± 0.05
24.28 ± 0.05
28.50 ± 0.05
M3
35UM220K 2 PLACES
35UM140N M4
35UM120N 2 PLACES
35UM120N outline 35UM140N outline 35UM220K outline

CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
39.62
43.68
36.83
59.69 ± 0.76
55.88 ± 0.76 57.15 ± 0.76
76.2 ± 0.76
76.2 ± 0.76
71.12 ± 0.76
82.29 ± 0.05 4.76 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES –0.00 4.76 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES−0.00
4.76 DIA. +0.01

2 PLACES −0.00
50.8 ± 0.05 44.45 ± 0.05
#1/4-20 #1/4-20
#1/4-20 8 PLACES 35UA159N 4 PLACES
35UA229N 35UA187N
4 PLACES Dimensions in millimeters
35UA229N outline 35UA187N outline 35UA159N outline

Outline drawings
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
34.54
32.0 30.73
50.8 ± 0.76
67.31± 0.76 45.72 ± 0.76 43.18 ± 0.76

63.5 ± 0.76 55.88 ± 0.76
4.76 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES −0.00 3.19 DIA. +0.01 3.19 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES −0.00 2 PLACES −0.00
37.44 ± 0.05 32.51 ± 0.05

36.52 ± 0.05
35UA112N #8-32 35UA90N #8-32

#10-32 6 PLACES 6 PLACES
6 PLACES Dimensions in millimeters Dimensions in millimeters
35UA137N
35UA137N outline 35UA112N outline 35UA90N outline
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
30.48 29.71 19.81
43.18 ± 0.76 43.18 ± 0.76 30.48 ±0.76
55.88 ± 0.76 55.88 ± 0.76 38.1 ± 0.76

3.19 DIA. +0.01 2.37 DIA. +0.00
3.19 DIA. +0.01 2 PLACES −0.00 2 PLACES −0.00
2 PLACES −0.00
24.28 ± 0.05 17.01 ± 0.05

28.50 ± 0.05
#6-32 #4-40
#6-32 35UA62N 35UA42K 2 PLACES
35UA75N 2 PLACES 2 PLACES
35UA75N outline 35UA62N outline 35UA42K outline
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
39.62
36.83
43.68
59.69 ± 0.76 57.15 ± 0.76

55.88 ± 0.76
76.2 ± 0.76
76.2 ± 0.76 71.12 ± 0.76
4.76 DIA. +0.01
4.76 DIA. +0.01 2 PLACES −0.00 4.76 DIA. +0.01
42.87 ±0.05 36.32 ± 0.05 33.68 ± 0.05
#6-32 #6-32
35CMR229N 4 PLACES #6-32 35CMR159N 4 PLACES
35CMR187N 4 PLACES
35CMR229N outline 35CMR187N outline 35CMR159N outline
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
12
32.0 30.73
34.54
45.72 ± 0.76
50.8 ± 0.76 43.18 ± 0.76
63.5 ± 0.76
67.31 ± 0.76 55.88 ± 0.76
3.19 DIA. +0.01 3.19 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES −0.00 3.19 DIA. +0.01
29.97 ± 0.05 26.26 ± 0.05

23.11 ± 0.05
#6-32 #6-32 #6-32

35CMR137N 4 PLACES 35CMR112N 4 PLACES 35CMR90N 4 PLACES
35CMR137N outline 35CMR112N outline 35CMR90N outline
Outline drawings
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
36.83
43.68 39.62
55.88 ± 0.76 59.69 ± 0.76

57.15 ± 0.76
76.2 ± 0.76 71.12 ± 0.76
76.2 ± 0.76
4.76 DIA. +0.01 4.76 DIA. +0.01

2 PLACES −0.00 4.76 DIA . +0.01
2 PLACES −0.00
2 PLACES –0.00
42.87 ± 0.05 33.68 ± .0.05

36.32 ± 0.05
M4 DIA. M4 DIA.
35UER40N 35UER48N
8 PLACES M4 DIA.
8 PLACES Dimensions in millimeters 35UER58N 8 PLACES
35UER40N outline 35UER48N outline 35UER58N outline

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
34.54
32.0
30.73
50.8 ± 0.76
45.72 ± 0.76 43.18 ± 0.76
67.31 ± 0.76
63.5 ± 0.76
3.19 DIA. +0.01 55.88 ± 0.76
2 PLACES –0.00 3.19 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES –0.00 3.19 DIA. +0.01
2 PLACES −0.00
29.97 ± 0.05 23.11 ± 0.05

26.26 ± 0.05
M4 DIA.
35UER100N 8 PLACES
35UER84N M4 Dimensions in millimeters
35UER70N M4 DIA.
8 PLACES Dimensions in millimeters 6 PLACES
35UER70N outline 35UER84N outline 35UER100N outline
Coaxial adapter
35UM40N N(m), metric, 3.30 to 4.90 GHz
35UM220K K(m), metric, 17.00 to 26.5 GHz
35UA229N N(m), US, 3.30 to 4.90 GHz
35UA187N N(m), US, 3.95 to 5.85 GHz
35UA159N N(m), US, 4.90 to 7.05 GHz
35UA137N N(m), US, 5.85 to 8.20 GHz
35UA112N N(m), US, 7.05 to 10.00 GHz
35UA90N N(m), US, 8.20 to 12.40 GHz
35UA75N N(m), US, 10.00 to 15.00 GHz
35UA62N N(m), US, 12.40 to 18.0 GHz
35UA42K K(m), US, 17.00 to 26.5 GHz
35CMR229N N(m), CMR, 3.30 to 4.90 GHz
35CMR187N N(m), CMR, 3.95 to 5.85 GHz
35CMR159N N(m), CMR, 4.90 to 7.05 GHz
35CMR137N N(m), CMR, 5.85 to 8.20 GHz
35CMR112N N(m), CMR, 7.05 to 10.00 GHz
35CMR90N N(m), CMR, 8.20 to 12.40 GHz
35UER40N N(m), UER, 3.30 to 4.90 GHz
35UER48N N(m), UER, 3.95 to 5.85 GHz
35UER58N N(m), UER, 4.90 to 7.05 GHz
35UER70N N(m), UER, 5.85 to 8.20 GHz
35UER84N N(m), UER, 7.05 to 10.00 GHz
35UER100N N(m), UER, 8.20 to 12.40 GHz

COAXIAL TERMINATIONS
26, 28, 29 Series
DC to 65 GHz
26NF75 28N50-2 28K50
28KF50 29A50-20
28V50B
These precision, metrology-grade terminations are used in mea- Offset termination specifications
surement systems that need to achieve the smallest possible reflec-
tions. Their excellent match makes them ideal as a reference for fault Frequency Test Dimensions
Return loss
location measurements on scalar network analyzers. Model range port L(cm) x
(dB)
(GHz) connector dia(cm)
Precision termination features 20 ± 0.5 to 1 GHz
• Accurate reference for SWR measurements 29A50-20 DC to 18 GPC-7 20 ±1.0 to 4 GHz 5.2 x 2.2
• Precise termination for test instrument or device under test 20 ±1.5 to 18 GHz
20 ±1.5 to 18.5 GHz
Precision termination specifications 29S50-20 DC to 26.5 WSMA(m)
20 ±2.5 to 26.5 GHz
3.7 x 1.2
Frequency Input Dimensions 20 ±1.5 to 18.5 GHz
Test port SWR 29SF50-20 DC to 26.5 WSMA(f) 3.7 x 1.2
Model range impedance L(cm) x 20 ±2.5 to 26.5 GHz
connector (F in GHz)
(GHz) (Ω) dia(cm) 15 ±1.5 to 18.5 GHz
26N75A N(m) 5.2 x 2.2 29K50-15 DC to 40 K(m) 15 ±2.5 to 26.5 GHz 3.7 x 1.2
DC to 3 75 1.013 Max. 15 ±3.5 to 40 GHz
26NF75A N(f) 4.8 x 1.6
15 ±1.5 to 18.5 GHz
28A50-1 DC to 18 GPC-7 50 1.02 Max. 5.2 x 2.2 29KF50-15 DC to 40 K(f) 15 ±2.5 to 26.5 GHz 3.7 x 1.2
15 ±3.5 to 40 GHz
28N50-2 N(m) 5.2 x 2.2
DC to 18 50 1.02 Max. Temperature range: +25°C ±5°C
28NF50-2 N(f) 4.8 x 1.6
28N50-3
DC to 8
N(m)
50 1.03 Max.
5.2 x 2.2 Ordering information
28NF50-3 N(f) 4.8 x 1.6 Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
28S50-1 WSMA(m) 1.020 to 18.5 GHz 3.7 x 1.2 Model/Order No. Name
DC to 26.5 50
28SF50-1 WSMA(f) 1.153 to 26.5 GHz 3.7 x 1.2
Precision termination
1.040 to 18.5 GHz 26N75A DC to 3 GHz, 75 Ω, N(m)
28K50 K(m) 3.7 x 1.2
DC to 40 50 1.070 to 26.5 GHz 26NF75A DC to 3 GHz, 75 Ω, N(f)
28KF50 K(f) 3.7 x 1.2
1.135 to 40 GHz 28A50-1 DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, GPC-7, Max. SWR=1.02
28N50-2 DC to 18 GHz, 40 dB, 50 Ω, N(m)
1.018 to 6 GHz
28NF50-2 DC to 18 GHz, 40 dB, 50 Ω, N(f)
1.058 to 26.5 GHz
28V50B V(m) 3.7 x 1.2 28N50-3 DC to 8 GHz, 50 Ω, N(m)
DC to 65 50 1.074 to 40 GHz
28VF50B V(f) 3.7 x 1.2 28NF50-3 DC to 8.6 GHz, 50 Ω, N(f)
1.12 to 60 GHz
1.25 to 65 GHz
28S50-1 DC to 26.5 GHz, 50 Ω, WSMA(m) 12
(selected for higher accuracy)
Maximum Input Power: 0.5 W 28SF50-1 DC to 26.5 GHz, 50 Ω, WSMA(f)
(selected for higher accuracy)
When used with Anritsu airlines, the 29 Series Offset Terminations 28K50 DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, K(m)
permit measurements down to 1.006 SWR to 18 GHz, 1.01 SWR to 28KF50 DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, K(f)
28V50B DC to 65 GHz, V(m)
26.5 GHz, and 1.02 SWR to 40 GHz.
28VF50B DC to 65 GHz, V(f)
Offset termination features Offset termination
• 50 Ω Offset Terminations for precise measurement of low SWR or 29A50-20 DC to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, GPC-7, 20 dB return loss
high directivity 29S50-20 DC to 26.5 GHz, 50 Ω, WSMA(m), 20 dB return loss
• Measurements down to 1.006 SWR to 18 GHz, 1.01 SWR to 26.5 GHz, 29SF50-20 DC to 26.5 GHz, 50 Ω, WSMA(f), 20 dB return loss
and 1.02 SWR to 40 GHz 29K50-15 DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, K(m), 15 dB return loss
29KF50-15 DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, K(f), 15 dB R return loss
COAXIAL TERMINATIONS
K210, V210
DC to 40 GHz, DC to 60 GHz
22.1 mm K-MALE
7.9 mm
10.2 mm
7.9 mm ACROSS FLAT

K210 HEX
Ø 8.9 mm
K210 outline
22.9 mm V MALE
CONNECTOR
7.9 mm 10.2 mm M7 X .75-6H
7.9 mm
ACROSS
These economy-grade 50 Ω terminations provide good return loss V210 FLAT
HEX
for use when a small amount of reflection won't be an issue.
These terminations are intended for use as circuit terminators; they
are not intended for use as calibration standards.
Ø 8.9 mm
Features
• Good return loss V210 outline
• Economical
• Maximum Input power 0.5 W
Specifications Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
Model Frequency range Return loss Connector Model/Order No. Name
26 dB to 18 GHz K210 50 Ω termination, K(m), 19 dB to 40 GHz
K210 DC to 40 GHz K(m) V210 50 Ω termination, V(m), 14 dB to 60 GHz
19 dB to 40 GHz
23 dB to 18 GHz
18 dB 18 to 26.5 GHz
V210 DC to 60 GHz V(m)
16 dB 26.5 to 40 GHz
14 dB 40 to 60 GHz

FIXED ATTENUATORS
41, 43 Series
DC to 60 GHz
Lightning VNA
37269C
Port 1 Port 2
6 dB Air line 6 dB
Pad under test Pad
0
41V-10
Insertion loss
43KC-10 0.5
1.0
(dB)
Without pads
1.5
DC 8 12 18 26 40
Frequency (GHz)
0
Insertion loss
0.5
(dB)
1.0
41V-20 43KC-20 With pads
1.5
DC 8 12 18 26 40
Frequency (GHz)
Improved Measured Accuracy
Anritsu offers two series of fixed attenuators: these areas. For example, a typical female SMA, 3.5 mm center con-
• The Gold Line (Series 41) for precision measurement applications ductor requires up to 27N* of insertion force compared to 2.2N* for
covering DC to 60 GHz the K Connector In addition, the K Connector outer conductor is four
• The Silver Line (Series 43) for use in systems and OEM equipment times thicker than SMA, resulting in a conservative order-of-magni-
covering DC to 40 GHz tude improvement in the number of reliable connections.
Both series offer fixed attenuation values of 3, 6, 10, or 20 dB with To avoid a major cause of connector failure, the K Connector male
models that span frequency range of DC to 26.5 GHz, 40 GHz, or pin is deliberately made shorter than the SMA pin. Therefore, the
60 GHz. outer housing is properly aligned prior to center conductor mating,
preventing destructive misalignment.
Features
• 3, 6, 10, or 20 dB Attenuation up to 60 GHz Gold Line - improved measurement accuracy
• Low SWR, 1.28 Up to 40 GHz Adding Gold Line attenuators to your attenuation measurement set-
• SMA, 3.5 mm, and 2.4 mm compatibility up will improve your measurement accuracy. In the test setup shown,
• Rugged and reliable K Connector® and V Connector® the insertion loss of an air line was measured, first without and then
with matching 6 dB pads. The difference in the accuracy of the two
Advanced performance and reliability measurements is striking. By attenuating reflections and re-reflec-
Anritsu attenuators define the standard for fixed attenuator tions that occur at the input and output of the air line, the pads re-
performance and reliability. Performance, however, is not their only duce mismatch errors and allow the system to measure more accu-
distinguishing feature. Attenuators that use the K Connector offer a rately the actual insertion loss.
vast improvement in reliability compared to attenuators with SMA
connectors. Attenuators that use the V Connector can be connect- Silver Line - improved system reliability
ed directly to 2.4 mm devices. Fixed attenuators used in systems or OEM equipment must be
For applications in metrology and calibration laboratories where pre- small, lightweight, economical, and reliable under severe environ-
cise characterization is essential, the Gold Line models are available mental conditions. The Silver Line meets these requirements.
in sets consisting of 3, 6, 10, and 20 dB units. Each is provided with K Connectors ensure well-seated, low-reflection connections that
attenuation and SWR calibration data. Calibration data is also op- provide consistent operation year after year.
tionally available for individual units, each of which is serialized. The Series 43 (Silver Line) attenuator’s small size, 8 mm dia. x 28.8
The reliability of the attenuator connectors is affected by insertion mm length, and light weight, 8g, make them an attractive choice for
force, outer conductor mating area, and mating alignment. The K miniaturized, lightweight systems.
Connector® is used because it has excellent performance in all of
12
* Force is measured in Newtons (N).
Common specifications
Impedance 50 Ω
Power rating (average) 2W at 20°C; 1W at 85°C
Temperature coefficient 0.001 dB/dB/°C
V Connector® Male and female compatible with 2.4 mm
Connectors
K Connector® Male and female, compatible with SMA and 3.5 mm
Material Passivated stainless steel housing
Length 28.8 mm ±0.5 mm
Size
Diameter 8 mm
Weight 8g
Operating –55°C to +85°C
Temperature range
Nonoperating –55°C to +125°C
Specifications
Attenuation Attenuation Accuracy SWR
Model∗1
(dB) DC-18 GHz 18-26.5 GHz 26.5-40 GHz 40-60 GHz DC-12 GHz 12-18 GHz 18-26.5 GHz 26.5-40 GHz 40-60 GHz
DC to 60 GHz
41V-3 3 ±0.5 ±0.6 ±0.9 ±1.20 1.15 1.20 1.30 1.50 1.90
41V-6 6 ±0.5 ±0.6 ±0.9 ±1.20 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.40 1.70
41V-10 10 ±0.5 ±0.6 ±0.9 ±1.20 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.40 1.70
41V-20 20 ±0.5 ±0.6 ±0.9 ±1.20 1.15 1.20 1.25 1.40 1.70
Gold Line
DC to 40 GHz
41KC-3 3 ±0.4 ±0.5 ±0.8 - 1.10 1.15 1.23 1.42 -
41KC-6 6 ±0.4 ±0.5 ±0.8 - 1.10 1.15 1.18 1.28 -
41KC-10 10 ±0.4 ±0.5 ±0.8 - 1.10 1.15 1.18 1.28 -
41KC-20 20 ±0.4 ±0.5 ±0.8 - 1.10 1.15 1.18 1.28 -
DC to 26.5 GHz
41KB-3 3 ±0.4 ±0.5 - - 1.10 1.15 1.23 - -
41KB-6 6 ±0.4 ±0.5 - - 1.10 1.15 1.18 - -
41KB-10 10 ±0.4 ±0.5 - - 1.10 1.15 1.18 - -
41KB-20 20 ±0.4 ±0.5 - - 1.10 1.15 1.18 - -
Attenuation∗2 Attenuation Accuracy SWR

Model
(dB) DC-18 GHz 18-26.5 GHz 26.5-40 GHz 40-60 GHz DC-12 GHz 12-18 GHz 18-26.5 GHz 26.5-40 GHz 40-60 GHz
DC to 40 GHz
43KC-3 3 ±0.5 ±0.6 ±0.9 - 1.15 1.20 1.30 1.50 -
Silver Line
43KC-6 6 ±0.5 ±0.6 ±0.9 - 1.15 1.20 1.30 1.40 -

43KC-10 10 ±0.5 ±0.6 ±0.9 - 1.15 1.20 1.30 1.40 -
43KC-20 20 ±0.5 ±0.6 ±0.9 - 1.15 1.20 1.30 1.40 -
DC to 26.5 GHz
43KB-3 3 ±0.5 ±0.6 - - 1.15 1.20 1.30 - -
43KB-6 6 ±0.5 ±0.6 - - 1.15 1.20 1.30 - -
43KB-10 10 ±0.5 ±0.6 - - 1.15 1.20 1.30 - -
43KB-20 20 ±0.5 ±0.6 - - 1.15 1.20 1.30 - -
∗1: For traceability, all Gold Line attenuators are serialized.

∗2: ±1 dB from DC to 26.5 GHz; ±1.3 dB from > 26.5 to 40 GHz, including frequency response and DC offset.
Single fixed attenuators may be ordered from the table above.
Precision Fixed Attenuator
41KB-3, 6, 10, or 20 DC to 26.5 GHz, 50 Ω, K(m)-K(f)
41KC-3, 6, 10, or 20 DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, K(m)-K(f)
41V-3, 6, 10, or 20 DC to 60 GHz, 50 Ω, V(m)-V(f)
Precision Fixed Attenuator Set

41KB-S∗1 41KB Series
41KC-S∗1 41KC Series
41V-S∗1 41V Series
Fixed Attenuator
43KB-3, 6, 10, or 20 DC to 26.5 GHz, 50 Ω, K(m)-K(f)
43KC-3, 6, 10, or 20 DC to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, K(m)-K(f)
Option
Option C∗2 Calibration Data
∗1: A set of 3, 6, 10, and 20 dB Gold line (Series 41). Attenuators are supplied
in a handsome hardwood case. Calibration data are included for each unit.
∗2: Attenuation and SWR test data are provided for input and output ports at
500 MHz frequency intervals.

STEP ATTENUATORS
4400, 4500, 4600 Series
DC to 40 GHz
4622K
4612K
Anritsu programmable step attenuators bring a substantial increase cluding settling time) are achieved. Upon completion of the switching
in the frequency and attenuation range available in one small pack- operation, the solenoid is magnetically latched to withstand severe
age. Using the latest technology, these units offer superior perfor- shock and vibration. At the same time, the solenoid current is auto-
mance, reliability, and ease of use to 40 GHz. All are plug-compati- matically turned off to save power and to minimize temperature rise.
ble with competitive units. Also integrated in the design is solid state DC switching circuitry that
avoids the relatively high failure rate of mechanical DC switches.
Features Each attenuator section is controlled by its own driver circuit, which
• DC-20 GHz, DC-26.5 GHz, DC-40 GHz requires 24 V, 125 mA. A typical external driver circuit for one sec-
• 70 dB and 110 dB attenuation ranges tion is shown in the figure below.
• Lowest insertion loss
• Precise repeatability
• Life of 5 million operations +24 V Power
• Small, rugged, light weight +5 V
8
TTL 1
Advanced technology-advanced performance Input
3 Control
11 9 6 2
Anritsu has lowered throughline loss by designing the first 40 dB at- 4
Line
tenuator sections to operate above 18 GHz. Compared with designs 7 14 +5 V 6
that use 30 dB sections, these attenuators have a shorter thru path 10 7 5 Control
and fewer switching contacts. As a result, insertion loss is as much 75LS04 75LS04 1N4446 Line
as 1.7 dB less than that of units made by other companies. RF input 75451
power requirements for systems that use these attenuators can be
reduced, saving money, space, and weight.
Accuracy enhancing calibration data
Integrated switching structure Attenuation accuracy can be improved by using optional calibration
The push rods that switch in the attenuator modules and thrulines data taken on an Anritsu vector network analyzer. The calibration
are driven by a solenoid actuator. By designing the solenoid as an in- data can be used to normalize the effect of frequency response and
tegral part of the attenuator assembly, switching speeds of 20 ms (in- reflections. The calibration data is traceable to NIST.
Female
Connector 7.0 102.9 4422K, 4522K, 4622K 24.4
90.2 4412K, 4512K, 4612K
7.1
4-40 UNC-2B 7.1 12
Female
Connector
17.8 17.8
SN XXXXX MAX POWER
1 WATT CW
XXXX K STEP ATTENUATOR 44.5
25.4
410
5.7 117 4422K, 4522K, 4622K
2 Places 76.2 4412K, 4512K, 4612K
14 Pin Dip
4400, 4500, and 4600 series outline
Specifications Impedance match
Frequency and attenuation ranges Frequency (GHz) Return loss (dB) SWR
Attenuation range DC to 8 19 1.25
Model Frequency range Connectors
in 10 dB steps >8 to 12 14 1.5
4412K 0 to 70 dB >12 to 20 12.7 1.6
DC to 20 GHz K(f)
4422K 0 to 110 dB
>20 to 26.5 11 1.8
4512K 0 to 70 dB
DC to 26.5 GHz K(f) >26.5 to 40 9 2.1
4522K 0 to 110 dB
4612K 0 to 70 dB
DC to 40 GHz K(f)
4622K 0 to 110 dB Mechanical
Attenuator accuracy (± dB) 4412K, 4512K, 4612K: 170g
Weight
4422K, 4522K, 4622K: 213g
Frequency Attenuation (dB)
Mounting position Any
(GHz) 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80-110
RF connectors K Connectors, female, in-line
DC to 8 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.4
Programming connector 14 pin DIP
>8 to 12 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.5 2.0
Programming cable length 406 mm
>12 to 20 0.5 0.6 0.8 1.1 1.2 1.4 1.7 2.2
>20 to 26.5 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.5 1.6 1.9 2.3 2.8
Environment
>26.5 to 40 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.7 1.9 2.3 2.6 3.2
Operating: 0°C to +70°C
Temperature
Electrical Non-operating: −55°C to +85°C
Switching speed (maximum) 20 ms Operating: 4.6 km (440 mm Hg)
Altitude
Operating voltage 20 to 30 Volts Non-operating: 15 km
125 mA at 24 V nominal per section Operating: 10 g, 6 ms, on 6 sides, 3 blows

Shock
Switching control current 3 sections in 4412K, 4512K, 4612K Non-operating: 500 g, 1.8 ms, in 6 directions
4 sections in 4422K, 4522K, 4622K
Humidity 0 to 95% relative humidity
Solenoid coil impedance 190 Ω Mil-Std-461, Method RE02, VDE 0871,
EMC
Solenoid coil inductance 65 mH CISPR#2
RF input power (maximum) 1 W average, 100 W peak for 10 µs

RF power sensitivity 0.001 dB/W Ordering information
Life (minimum operations per section) 5 million
±0.03 dB to 18 GHz 4412K Step Attenuator, DC to 20 GHz, 70 dB
Repeatability
±0.05 dB to 26.5 GHz 4512K Step Attenuator, DC to 26.5 GHz, 70 dB
(typical after 1 million operations)
±0.08 dB to 40 GHz 4612K Step Attenuator, DC to 40 GHz, 70 dB
4422K Step Attenuator, DC to 20 GHz, 110 dB
4522K Step Attenuator, DC to 26.5 GHz, 110 dB
Insertion loss (maximum) 4622K Step Attenuator, DC to 40 GHz, 110 dB
Options
0 Option C∗ Calibration Data (4412K, 4512K, 4612K)
0.5 ∗ Calibration data is taken every 100 MHz from DC to 900 MHz and every 500 MHz from
Insertion loss (dB)
1.0 1 GHz to 40 GHz.
1.5
4412
2.0 K, 45
442 12K,
2K, 4612
2.5 K
452
2K,
3.0 462
2K
3.5
4.0
0 10 20 30 40
Frequency (GHz)

SWR BRIDGES
61 Series, 87 Series
5 to 2500 MHz 2 to 18 GHz
61N50 87A50
The 61 series RF SWR Bridges are precision directional devices de- The 87 Series SWR Bridges are precision, high directivity measure-
signed to make very accurate measurements of SWR. All models ment components, ideal for SWR and return loss measurements.
contain a built-in reference termination and preserve phase and am- Models include a built-in termination, and they are provided with an
plitude of the reflected signal. overall accuracy equation. These SWR bridges can be used for mak-
ing very low-level SWR measurements by amplifying the RF output
Features prior to detection. Since both the phase and amplitude of the reflected
• 5 to 2500 MHz frequency coverage signal are preserved in the RF output, these components can also
• 40 dB directivity be used to make accurate phase comparisons in a network analyzer
• Built-in reference termination system.
• Type N test port connectors
Features
Specifications • Broadband 2 to 18 GHz frequency range
• High 38 dB directivity
Frequency
Model range
Test port Directivity Impedance
Accuracy∗ • Precise GPC-7 test port connector
connector (dB) (Ohms) • Built-in reference termination
(MHz)
61N50 5-2500 Type N(m) 40 50 0.01 + 0.09ρ2 Specifications
61NF50 5-2500 Type N(f) 40 50 0.01 + 0.09ρ2
Directivity Accuracy∗1
Model
(dB) 2 to 3 GHz 3 to 4 GHz 4 to 18 GHz
Insertion loss 6.5 dB nominal from input to test port
87A50 35 0.018 +0.32ρ2 0.018 +0.23ρ2 0.018 +0.015ρ2
Maximum input power 0.5 W
87A50-1 38 0.013 +0.32ρ2 0.013 +0.23ρ2 0.013 +0.015ρ2
Input and output connector Type N(f)
Dimensions 6.7 x 5.1 x 2.54 cm (excluding connectors) Frequency range 2 to 18 GHz
Weight 340 g Insertion loss 6.5 dB nominal ∗2
∗Includes the effects of test port reflections and directivity. Maximum input power 0.5 W
ρ is the measured reflection coefficient.
Test port connector GPC-7
Input and output connector Type N(f)
Dimensions 7.3 x 5.2 x 2.9 cm plus connectors
Weight 340 g
12
61N50 SWR Bridge, 5 to 2500 MHz, Type N(m), 40 dB directivity ∗1: Where ρ is the measured reflection coefficient.
61NF50 SWR Bridge, 5 to 2500 MHz, Type N(f), 40 dB directivity ∗2: Typically 9 dB at 18 GHz from input to test port.
87A50 SWR Bridge, 2 to 18 GHz, GPC-7, 35 dB directivity
87A50-1 SWR Bridge, 2 to 18 GHz, GPC-7, 38 dB directivity
Temperature range: +25°C ±5°C
SWR AUTOTESTERS
97 Series and 560-97, 560-98 Series
10 MHz to 50 GHz
560-97A50
560-97N50
97A50
The Series 97, 560-97 and 560-98 SWR Autotesters integrate a high 560-97, 98 Series SWR autotester features
directivity bridge, a detector, a low reflection test port, and a preci- • Up to 40 dB directivity
sion reference termination. The 560-97 and -98 Series units are • 10 MHz to 50 GHz range
broadband microwave measurement components that are used with • Test port connectors to fit most measurement applications; avoids
the Model 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer and with Series 54100A use of adapters
Scalar Measurement System for making fixed-frequency and swept-
frequency return loss (SWR) measurements. Return loss measure- 97 Series SWR autotester features
ments are used over a wide range of radio and microwave frequen- • High 40 dB directivity
cies to check the performance of systems, subsystems, and mi- • Low test port reflections
crowave components such as amplifiers, directional couplers, atten- • Broadband 10 MHz to 18 GHz frequency range
uators, filters, splitters, and terminations. • Small package including bridges, termination, and detector
• Selection of GPC-7, WSMA, or Type N test port connectors
Specifications
Directivity Freq. Sensitivity Test Port
Models Accuracy∗1 Physical
(dB) (dB) Connection
97 Series SWR Autotesters, 10 MHz to 18 GHz∗2
10 MHz-8 GHz 8-18 GHz
97A50 36 0.016 ±0.06ρ2 0.016 ±0.10ρ2 ±1.5 max. GPC-7
97A50-1 40 0.010 ±0.06ρ2 0.010 ±0.10ρ2 ±1.5 max. GPC-7
97N50 Type N(m) Dimensions:
35 0.018 ±0.08ρ2 0.018 ±0.12ρ2 ±1.5 max.
97NF50 Type N(f) 7.6 x 5 x 2.8 cm
plus connectors
97N50-1 Type N(m)
38 0.013 ±0.08ρ2 0.013 ±0.12ρ2 ±1.5 max. Weight:
97NF50-1 Type N(f)
340 g
97S50 WSMA(m)
35 0.018 ±0.08ρ2 0.018 ±0.12ρ2 ±1.5 max.
97SF50 WSMA(f)
97S50-1 WSMA(m)
38 0.013 ±0.08ρ2 0.013 ±0.12ρ2 ±1.5 max.
97SF50-1 WSMA(f)
560-97 Series SWR Autotesters, 10 MHz to 18 GHz∗2
0.01-8 GHz 8-18 GHz
560-97A50 36 0.013 ±0.08ρ2 0.016 ±0.10ρ2 ±1.2 GPC–7
560-97A50-1 40 0.010 ±0.06ρ2 0.010 ±0.10ρ2 ±1.2 GPC–7 Dimensions∗5:
7.6 x 5.1 x 2.8 cm
560-97N50 Type N (m) Weight:
35 0.018 ±0.08ρ2 0.018 ±0.12ρ2 ±1.5
560-97NF50 Type N (f) 340 g
560-97N50-1 Type N (m)
38 0.013 ±0.08ρ2 0.013 ±0.12ρ2 ±1.5
560-97NF50-1 Type N (f)

Directivity Freq. Sensitivity Test Port
(dB) (dB) Connection
560-98 Series SWR Autotesters, 10 MHz to 40 GHz∗2
0.01-8 GHz 8-18 GHz 18-26.5 GHz 26.5-40 GHz
560-98S50
37 0.014 ±0.10ρ2 WSMA (m)
560-98SF50 ±2.0
36 0.016 ±0.13ρ2 WSMA (f)
Dimensions∗4:
560-98S50-1 40 0.010 ±0.07ρ2 0.010 ±0.10ρ2 WSMA (m) 1.9 x 3.8 x 2.9 cm
±2.0
560-98SF50-1 38 0.013 ±0.13ρ2 WSMA (f) Weight:
198 g
35 0.018 ±0.07ρ2 0.018 ±0.07ρ2
560-98K50 Type K (m)
32 0.026 ±0.15ρ2 ±3.0
560-98KF50 Type K (f)
30 0.032 ±0.18ρ2
560-98 Series SWR Autotesters, 10 MHz to 50 GHz➂
0.01-50 GHz
Dimensions∗4:
560-98VA50 Type V (m) 2.2 x 6.6 x 5.3 cm
30 0.032 ±0.11ρ2 ±4.0
560-98VFA50 Type V (f) Weight:
198 g
560-97, 560-98 Offset SWR Autotesters, 10 MHz to 40 GHz

500 MHz-18 GHz∗5
Dimensions∗4:
560-97A50-20 20 ±2.5 GPC-7 7.6 x 5.1 x 2.8 cm
0.0015
Weight:
340 g
800 MHz-40 GHz∗6

Dimensions∗4:
560-98KF50-15 15 Type K (m) 2.2 x 6.6 x 5.3 cm
0.0100 ±4.0
Weight:
198 g
All Models:
Input Port Impedance: 50 Ω Detector Output Polarity: Negative Maximum Power Input: 0.5 W (+27 dBm) (560-98C50A: +24 dBm)
Insertion Loss (from input to test port): 6.5 dB nominal Output Time Constant: 2 µs Cable Length: 122 cm (4 ft.)
∗1: Where r is the reflection coefficient being measured. Accuracy includes the effects of test port reflections and directivity.
∗2: Input Connector: Ruggedized Type K Female
∗3: Input Connector: Ruggedized Type V Female
∗4: Plus connectors and cable
∗5: When used with 18A50 Airline
∗6: When used with 19K50 Airline
Temperature: +25°C ±5°C
SWR Autotester 560-98SF50 10 MHz-26.5 GHz, WSMA(f), 50 Ω,
97A50 10 MHz to 18 GHz, GPC-7, 36 dB directivity directivity = 37 dB (< 18 GHz), 36 dB (18 GHz)
97A50-1 10 MHz to 18 GHz, GPC-7, 40 dB directivity 560-98SF50-1 10 MHz-26.5 GHz, WSMA(f), 50 Ω,
97N50 10 MHz to 18 GHz, N(m), 35 dB directivity directivity = 40 dB (< 18 GHz), 38 dB (18 GHz)
97N50-1 10 MHz to 18 GHz, N(m), 38 dB directivity 560-98K50 10 MHz-40 GHz, K(m), 50 Ω, directivity = 35 dB
97NF50 10 MHz to 18 GHz, N(f), 35 dB directivity (<18 GHz), 32 dB (18 to 26.5 GHz), 30 dB (26.5 GHz)
97NF50-1 10 MHz to 18 GHz, N(f), 38 dB directivity 560-98KF50 10 MHz-40 GHz, K(f), 50 Ω, directivity = 35 dB
97S50 10 MHz to 18 GHz, WSMA(m), 35 dB directivity (<18 GHz), 32 dB (18 to 26.5 GHz), 30 dB (26.5 GHz)
97S50-1 10 MHz to 18 GHz, WSMA(m), 38 dB directivity 560-98VA50 10 MHz-50 GHz, V(m), 50 Ω, directivity = 36 dB
97SF50 10 MHz to 18 GHz, WSMA(f), 35 dB directivity (<20 GHz), 30 dB (20 GHz)
97SF50-1 10 MHz to 18 GHz, WSMA(f), 38 dB directivity 560-98VFA50 10 MHz-50 GHz, V(m), 50 Ω, directivity = 36 dB
560-97A50 10 MHz-18 GHz, GPC-7, 50 Ω, 36 dB directivity (<20 GHz), 30 dB (20 GHz)
560-97A50-1 10 MHz-18 GHz, GPC-7, 50 Ω, 40 dB directivity
560-97N50 10 MHz-18 GHz, N(m), 50 Ω, 35 dB directivity Offset SWR Autotester
560-97N50-1 10 MHz-18 GHz, N(m), 50 Ω, 38 dB directivity 560-97A50-20 10 MHz to 18 GHz, GPC-7, 20 dB offset reference 12
560-97NF50 10 MHz-18 GHz, N(f), 50 Ω, 35 dB directivity in bridge
560-97NF50-1 10 MHz-18 GHz, N(f), 50 Ω, 38 dB directivity 560-98KF50-15 10 MHz to 40 GHz, K(f), 15 dB offset reference in bridge
560-98S50 10 MHz-26.5 GHz, WSMA(m), 50 Ω,
directivity = 37 dB (<18 GHz), 36 dB (18 GHz)
560-98S50-1 10 MHz-26.5 GHz, WSMA(m), 50 Ω,
directivity = 40 dB (< 18 GHz), 38 dB (18 GHz)
SWR AUTOTESTERS
5400-6 Series
1 MHz to 3000 MHz
5400-6N50
5400-6NF50
The 5400-6 Series SWR Autotesters integrate a high directivity cies to check the performance of systems, subsystems, and mi-
bridge, a detector, a low reflection test port, a precision reference ter- crowave components such as amplifiers, directional couplers, atten-
mination, and a connecting cable. They are used with the Model uators, filters, splitters, and terminations.
56100A Scalar Network Analyzers and with Series 54100A Scalar
Measurement Systems for making fixed-frequency and swept-fre- Features
quency return loss (SWR) measurements. Return loss measure- • 40 dB directivity.
ments are used over a wide range of radio and microwave frequen- • 1 MHz to 3000 MHz range
• F, N, or BNC type test port connectors
Specifications
Directivity Test Port
(dB) Connection
10-1000 MHz
5400-67FF75∗2,5 40 0.010 ±0.01ρ2 F (f)
1-1500 MHz
5400-6B50B∗3 BNC (m)
40 0.010 ±0.01ρ2
5400-6BF50B∗3 BNC (f)
Dimensions∗4:
5400-6B75B∗3,5 BNC (m) 2.5 x 5.1 x 7.0 cm
40 0.010 ±0.10ρ2
5400-6BF75B∗3,5 BNC (f) Weight:
255 g
1-1000 MHz 1000-3000 MHz 2000-3000 MHz
5400-6N50∗3 Type N (m)
40 0.010 ±0.05ρ2 0.010 ±0.05ρ2 0.010 ±0.05ρ2
5400-6NF50∗3 Type N (f)
5400-6N75∗3,5 Type N (m)
40 0.010 ±0.05ρ2 0.010 ±0.05ρ2 0.010 ±0.08ρ2
5400-6NF75∗3,5 Type N (f)
All Models:
Input Port Impedance: 50 Ω (except as noted) Detector Output Polarity: Negative Maximum Power Input: 0.5 watts (+27 dBm)
Insertion Loss (from input to test port): 6.5 dB nominal Output Time Constant: 2 µs Cable Length: 122 cm (4 ft.)
∗1: Where ρ is the reflection coefficient being measured. Accuracy includes the effects of test port reflections and directivity.
∗2: Input Connector: BNC Female
∗3: Input Connector: Type N Female
∗4: Plus connectors and cable
∗5: Impedance 75 Ω
SWR Autotester
5400-6N50 1 to 3000 MHz, Type N(m), 50 Ω 40 dB Directivity
5400-6N75 1 to 3000 MHz, Type N(m), 75 Ω
5400-6NF50 1 to 3000 MHz, Type N(f), 50 Ω
5400-6NF75 1 to 3000 MHz, Type N(f), 75 Ω

CONVERTIBLE SWR AUTOTESTER
560-98C50A and Test Port Heads
10 MHz to 40 GHz
STANDARD RF BRIDGE
SWR AUTOTESTOR TEST PORT
INPUT
DUT
560-98C50A Zx
TEST PORT
A test port adapter on
Ed Ea Ex ADAPTER a standard SWR Autotester
DETECTOR
or RF Bridge creates an error
CABLE TO vector Ea in addition to
ANALYZER
directivity, Ed.
CONVERTIBLE
SWR AUTOTESTOR TEST PORT
INPUT
Ea The directivity response

Ed Ex
PHASE MATCHED
TEST PORT HEAD
of a Convertible SWR
Test Port Heads DETECTOR Autotester is tuned to cancel
the vector reflection response
CABLE TO
ANALYZER of the phase matched test
port heads.
Convertible SWR Autotesters reduce capital equipment and mainte-

nance costs. A single Convertible SWR Autotester accurately mea-
sures the Return Loss or SWR of devices with SMA, 3.5 mm, or K
Connector®. Six interchangeable test port heads (male and female Accuracy improvement
for each connector standard) are precision tuned to the Convertible The Convertible SWR Autotester improves the accuracy of SMA de-
SWR Autotester’s internal bridge circuit. vice tests. It is common practice to test SMA devices with either 3.5
The inexpensive test port heads save repair and calibration costs, mm or K test ports. The 3.5 mm and K Connector® standards offer
because they are interchangeable. Repetitive connect/disconnect rugged, instrument grade connections, but they are not designed for
cycles will eventually wear out test port connectors – especially proper impedance match to a device that has SMA connectors.
when excess torque is applied or the connector’s mating surfaces SMA, K, and 3.5 mm connectors are mechanically compatible, but
are rotated against each other. lack electrical compatibility. The resulting connector mismatch caus-
It is common practice today to avoid the subsequent maintenance es a 10 to 15 dB degradation in measurement directivity.
cost by using adapters or “Connector Savers” on the test port of the
directional device (RF Bridge, SWR Autotester, or Directional Model: 54169A
Coupler). Unfortunately, the adapters attached to a standard RF 1: K-K CONNECTN(B) 10.0 dB/DIV OFFSET 0.0 dB
2: K-SMA CONNEC(B) 10.0 dB/DIV OFFSET 0.0 dB
Bridge cause accuracy problems. Directional devices are tuned for
optimum directivity at a specific phase reference point – this position
CURSOR
is called the reference plane. Any test port adapter will degrade the
effective directivity. The Convertible SWR Autotester’s interchangable 1: -38.89 dB
2: -29.51 dB
test port heads eliminate the accuracy problem.
17.6286 GHz
K-SMA
Adapter errors 2
In a standard RF bridge, measurement error increases when

adapters or connector savers are used 1) to change the connector’s
sex and/or 2) to protect the test port from physical wear. The error ef- K-K
fect is represented as a reduction to directivity. Effective Directivity is
a measurement error term consisting of the directional device’s di- 1
rectivity plus the SWR response of the test port adapter/connector
saver.
Effective-Directivity is illustrated in the following illustration.
The Directivity Error, Ed, is caused by deviations from ideal within the START: 0.5000 GHz STOP: 40.0000 GHz
directional device. The adapter’s SWR is represented by Ea. Both Ed 401pts
5 GHz/DIV
LEVEL: 0.0 dBm 12
and Ea cause errors in the measurement of DUT’s return loss, Ex.
This error problem is compounded by production practices which use The Directivity of a K - K connector interface is far
poor quality adapters and neglect calibration/verification cycles. superior to a mismatched K - SMA connection
The above graph illustrates the degradation to directivity when

a K Connector® test port is used to measure a precision SMA device.
A 3.5 mm interface causes similar errors. The directivity was
measured using the precision return loss mode on a 54100A Series
Network Analyzer.
K - SMA or 3.5 mm - SMA interfaces. The Convertible SWR Autotester solves these problems. Air dielec-
Electrically, the Convertible SWR Autotester provides a nearly tric is used to eliminate the temperature and humidity variations suf-
perfect 50 Ω interface when connected to SMA devices – resulting in fered by Teflon® and other dielectrics. Dimensional tolerances and
a typical 10 dB improvement in effective directivity performance as metallic composition are clearly specified and center pin dimensions
compared to other SMA compatible connectors. are phase matched. Air dielectric also allows use of thicker outer
conductors, drastically decreasing potential deformation from exces-
sive torque.
0
The Convertible SWR Autotester reduces maintenance costs without
using error prone test port adapters or connector savers.
-10 Accuracy for SMA device test is also improved because the test port
head is properly compensated for operation with standard SMA con-
Connector Interface Return Loss, dB
-20
nector dimensions.
K (2.92 mm) to SMA
Interface
Specifications
-30
3.5 mm to SMA
Interface
Frequency Range 0.01 to 40 GHz
-40 >34 dB 0.01 to 20 GHz

Directivity >32 dB 20.0 to 26.5 GHz
>29 dB 26.5 to 40.0 GHz
-50 SMA to SMA
Interface >21 dB 0.01 to 20.0 GHz
Test Port Match
>18 dB 20.0 to 40.0 GHz
-60
Maximum Input Power +27 dBm
0.01 10 20 30 Source Input to Test Port 7.0 dB to 9.0 dB nominal insertion loss,
Frequency, GHz Isolation frequency dependent.
Impedance 50 Ω
The Convertible SWR Autotester provides significantly better Input Connector K(f), 2.92 mm with ruggedized threads
directivity performance than test components with either
K (2.92 mm) or 3.5 mm test port connectors. The 560-98C50 is compatible with the
Compatibility 560, 560A, 561, 5400A, 56100A, 562,
54100A and 54000A analyzers.
SMA connections to either K (2.92 mm) or 3.5 mm connectors are in-
herently capacitive. Both K and 3.5 mm connectors use air dielectric. Autotester: 7.3 cm x 5.3 cm x 2.3 cm
Dimensions
The Teflon® or foam polyethylene dielectric common to SMA con- Test Port Heads: 16 mm(L) x 9 mm (dia.)
nectors have different dielectric constants than air. Thus, the coaxial Temperature range: +25°C ±5°C
dimensions of the center and outer conductors must also be different
to maintain a 50 Ω transmission line impedance. Since the K and 3.5
mm connector standards specify flush pin depths, a non-50 Ω ca- Ordering information
pacitance develops between their relatively thick outer conductors to Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
the center pin of an SMA connected device. Model/Order No. Name
Anritsu’s 25S50 and 25SF50 SMA Test Port Heads include an in- 560-98C50A∗ Convertible SWR Autotester
ductive connection to SMA connectors by virtue of a slight air gap at
the center pin interface. The air gap negates excess capacitance Open/Shorts
caused by the 50 Ω dimensional transition from the test port head's 22K50 Male Open/Short, (Included with 560-98C50A purchase.)
air dielectric to the SMA connector's Teflon® dielectric. 22KF50 Female Open/Short, (Not included with 560-98C50A
SMA connectors are not used as a precision instrumentation purchase.)
connector for three important reasons. First, the dielectric tends to
Test Port Heads
expand and contract slightly with temperature and humidity
25S50 Precision Matched WSMA male
conditions; thus, it is difficult to adhere to dimensional standards 25SF50 Precision Matched WSMA female
traceability (typically, precision air lines are used as primary or sec- 25L50 Precision Matched 3.5 mm male
ondary reference standards) over a reasonable range of manufac- 25LF50 Precision Matched 3.5 mm female
turing floor conditions. Second, as an inexpensive connector type, 25K50 Precision Matched K male
many manufacturers have taken liberties in the specification of di- 25KF50 Precision Matched K female
mensions, tolerances, dielectric types and metallurgic content. A 25SKF50 Precicion Matched Set, WSMA male & female,
precision standard for SMA connector design is not recognized by K male & female
25SLF50 Precicion Matched Set, WSMA male & female,
the microwave industry. Finally, SMA designs suffer from reliability
3.5 mm male & female, K Connctor male & female
problems when subjected to multiple connections. Center pins can
back out easily and the thin outer conductor wall is easily crushed ∗ The Convertible SWR Autotester must be used with a test port head.
when subjected to excessive torque.

AIR LINES
18, 19 Series
2 to 40 GHz
Specifications
Beaded
Frequency Test port Dimensions
Model port
range (GHz) connector L(cm) x dia(cm)
connector
18A50 2 to 18 GPC-7 GPC-7 30 x 0.7
18N50 18N50 N(m)
2 to 18 GPC-7 30 x 0.7
18NF50 N(f)
19S50 WSMA(m)
2 to 26.5 WSMA(m) 25 x 0.35
19SF50 WSMA(f)
18A50 19K50 K(m)
2 to 40 K(m) 15 x 0.29
19KF50 K(f)
19S50 Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
Precision Air Line
18A50 2 to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, GPC-7
The 18 and 19 Series Precision Airlines are the most accurate im- 18N50 2 to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N (m)
pedance standards available today, and they are the recognized 18NF50 2 to 18 GHz, 50 Ω, N (f)
traceability path for impedance at high frequencies. Anritsu airlines 19K50 2 to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, K(m)
are a critical component when measuring accurate impedances, en- 19KF50 2 to 40 GHz, 50 Ω, K(f)
abling measurements down to 1.006 SWR to 18 GHz,1.01 SWR to 19S50 2 to 26.5 GHz, 50 Ω, WSMA(m)
19SF50 2 to 26.5 GHz, 50 Ω, WSMA(f)
26.5 GHz, and 1.02 SWR to 40 GHz.
A beadless connector is used at the measurement end to provide a
minimum reflection connection. The other end is beaded to keep the
center conductor captive, thus fixing the reference plane at the bead-
less end.
Features
• Virtually lossless gold over silver plating
• Provides impedance traceability to NIST
• Enable measurements down to 1.006 SWR to 18 GHz, 1.01 SWR
to 26.5 GHz, and 1.02 SWR to 40 GHz
12
OPEN/SHORTS
22 Series
DC to 50 GHz
Specifications
Frequency Characteristic Dimensions
Test port
Model range impedance L(cm) x
connector
(GHz) (Ω) dia(cm)
22N75 N(m) 6.3 x 1.8
DC to 3 75
22NF75 N(f) 4.9 x 1.6
22N50 N(m) 6.3 x 1.8
DC to 18 50
22NF50 N(f) 4.9 x 1.6
22K50 22A50 DC to 18 GPC-7 50 3.8 x 1.6
22S50 WSMA(m) 4.2 x 0.8

DC to 26.5 50
22SF50 WSMA(f) 3.5 x 0.8
22K50 K(m) 4.2 x 0.8
DC to 40 50
22KF50 K(f) 3.5 x 0.8
22KF50
22V50 V(m) 3.6 x 0.8
DC to 50 50
22VF50 V(f) 2.8 x 0.8
The 22 Series Open/Shorts are used on the test port of an SWR Ordering information
Autotester or SWR bridge to establish a full reflection reference for Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
accurate SWR measurements. When used with scalar network ana-
lyzers, the open and short reflections over a swept frequency range
can be automatically averaged to enhance measurement accuracy. Open/Short
All models consist of an open on one end and a short on the other. 22N50 DC to 18 GHz, N(m), 50 Ω
22NF50 DC to 18 GHz, N(f), 50 Ω
Features 22N75 DC to 3 GHz, N(m), 75 Ω
22NF75 DC to 3 GHz, N(f), 75 Ω
• Single gold-plated component providing full open and short reflec-
22A50 DC to 18 GHz, GPC-7 connector, 50 Ω
tions for accurate SWR measurements 22K50 DC to 40 GHz, K(m), 50 Ω
• DC to 50 GHz frequency coverage 22KF50 DC to 40 GHz, K(f), 50 Ω
• GPC-7, Type N, WSMA, K Connector® and V Connector® 22S50 DC to 26.5 GHz, WSMA(m), 50 Ω
• 50 Ω or 75 Ω impedance 22SF50 DC to 26.5 GHz, WSMA(f), 50 Ω
22V50 DC to 50 GHz, V(m), 50 Ω
22VF50 DC to 50 GHz, V(f), 50 Ω

OPEN/SHORTS/LOADS
OSL Series
DC to 4 GHz
Specifications
Frequency Characteristic
Test port
Model range impedance
connector
(GHz) (Ω)
OSLN50LF DC to 4 N(m) 50
OSLNF50LF DC to 4 N(f) 50
22K50 Ordering information

Open/Short/Load
OSLN50LF DC to 4 GHz, N(m), 50 Ω
OSLNF50LF DC to 4 GHz, N(f), 50 Ω
The OSL series open/short/load are used on the test port of hand
held spectrum analyzers to establish a full reflection reference for
accurate measurements. When used with a Site Master, the
open/short and load reflection over a swept frequency range can be
automatically averaged to enhance measurement accuracy. The
OSL series Open/Short/Load comes in both N (Male) and N
(Female) connector configuration and consists of an open on one
end, a short on other end, and a Load on the tee section.
Features
• Single Nickel Plated Component providing full open, short and load
reflections for accurate measurements.
• DC to 4 GHz frequency coverage
• Type N(Male) and N(Female) connector configurations
• 50 Ω Impedence
12
MICROWAVE DETECTORS
70, 75 Series
100 kHz to 50 GHz
1000
RL= 50 k
Output voltage (mV)

100
RL= 50
10
RL= 1 k
RL= 200
1
70KA50
RL= Load resistance
0.1
–40 –30 –20 –10 0 +10 +20
Input power (dBm)
75N50B
Typical sensitivity
+1
RL= 1 k
RL= 5 k
0
Change in sensitivity (dB)

Within the 70 or 75 Series product lines, you will find a model that
matches your needs for instrumentation, system, or OEM applica-
tions. By using the latest design and microelectronics production –1
technologies, Anritsu low-barrier Schottky-diode detectors outper-

form others and offer significant cost savings. Input connector types –2 RL= 10 k
include Type N, and K Connector® (compatible with SMA and 3.5
mm), and V Connector® (compatible with 2.4 mm). In addition to fre- –3
RL= 40 k
quency coverage and price, these detectors are distinguished by
their low SWR, flat frequency response, and close output-voltage RL= Load resistance
–4
tracking over a wide dynamic range. –10 0 +10 +20 +30 +40 +50 +60 +70 +80
Temperature (˚C)
Features
• Broadband coverage, 10 MHz to 50 GHz with a Single Detector
• K Connector® compatible with SMA and 3.5 mm Typical sensitivity change
• V Connector® compatible with 2.4 mm
• Lowest SWR: 1.33 to 20 GHz, 1.5 to 40 GHz
• Flat Response: ±0.5 dB to 20 GHz ±1.5 dB to 40 GHz
• Best Value for Instrumentation, system, and OEM applications
• Low price and availability from stock

Specifications
Connectors Low level High level
Input Output
Frequency Flatness Impedance SWR sensitivity at sensitivity at
Model maximum capacitance
range (dB) (Ω) (Maximum) –30 dBm +13 dBm
In Out (mW) (pF)
(mV/µW) (Volts, Min.)
0.01 to
70KA50 ± 0.6 K(m) SMC(f) 50 1.33 0.6 1 100 30
20 GHz
± 0.5 to 20 GHz 1.33 to 20 GHz
0.01 to
70KC50 ±1.0 to 26.5 GHz K(m) SMC(f) 50 1.50 to 26.5 GHz 0.4 1 100 30
40 GHz
±1.5 to 40 GHz 1.90 to 40 GHz
1.15 to 4.5 GHz

0.01 to ± 0.3 to 12.4 GHz
75N50B N(m) BNC(f) 50 1.30 to 15 GHz 0.35 1 100 30
18 GHz ± 0.6 to 18 GHz
1.39 to 18 GHz
± 0.5 to 20 GHz 1.33 to 20 GHz
0.01 to
75KC50 ±1.0 to 26.5 GHz K(m) BNC(f) 50 1.50 to 26.5 GHz 0.4 1 100 30
40 GHz
±1.5 to 40 GHz 1.90 to 40 GHz
± 0.5 to 20 GHz 1.33 to 20 GHz
0.01 to ±1.0 to 26.5 GHz 1.50 to 26.5 GHz
75VA50 V(m) BNC(f) 50 0.4 1 100 30
50 GHz ±1.5 to 40 GHz 1.90 to 40 GHz
±3 to 50 GHz 2.1 to 50 GHz
Dimensions Ordering information

Model Dimensions L(cm) x dia(cm)
70KA50 4.6 x 1.0
Microwave Detector
70KC50 4.6 x 1.0 70KA50 10 MHz to 20 GHz, K(m) input, SMC(f) output, 50 Ω
75N50B 6.4 x 1.8 70KC50 10 MHz to 40 GHz, K(m) input, SMC(f) output, 50 Ω
75KC50 10 MHz to 40 GHz, K(m) input, BNC(f) output, 50 Ω
75KC50 4.6 x 1.0 75N50B 10 MHz to 18.5 GHz, N(m) input, BNC(f) output, 50 Ω
75VA50 4.6 x 1.0 75VA50 10 MHz to 50 GHz, V(m) input, BNC(f) output, 50 Ω
Options
Option 2 (75KC50) Matching frequency response of two detectors
Option 3 (75KC50) Matching frequency response of three detectors
12
FIELD REPLACEABLE DIODE MODULES
1000
RL= 50 k
Output voltage (mV)

100
RL= 50
10
RL= 1 k
RL= 200
1
RL= Load resistance
0.1
A16176 –40 –30 –20 –10 0 +10 +20
Input power (dBm)
Typical sensitivity
+1
RL= 1 k
RL= 5 k
Field replaceable diode modules provide field replacements for 0
Change in sensitivity (dB)

damaged diodes, virtually eliminating down time. To avoid all degra-
dation in performance when a diode is replaced in the field, all re- –1
placement modules include the thin-film matching circuit.
Performance after replacement cannot be distinguished from that of –2 RL= 10 k
a new detector.
–3
RL= 40 k
RL= Load resistance
Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering. –4
–10 0 +10 +20 +30 +40 +50 +60 +70 +80
Model/Order No. Name Temperature (˚C)
Diode module
A16176 70K Series, (≥20 GHz) and 75K Series (≥20 GHz)
A16177 70K Series (≤20 GHz) and 75K Series (≤20 GHz) Typical sensitivity change
A18735 74N50B
B16132 75N50B

MICROWAVE DETECTORS
5400-71, 560-7 Series
1 MHz to 50 GHz
The Anritsu 560-7 and 5400-71 Series RF Detectors are used with the
Model 56100A Scalar Network Analyzer and with Series 54100A
Scalar Measurement System for making coaxial transmission loss or
gain and power measurements. They are also used with the Site
Master™ and Cable Mate™ Series Personal SWR/RL and Fault
Location Testers for making power measurements.
Features
• Zero-biased Schottky diodes
5400-71N50 • –55 dBm to +16 dBm range
Specifications
Model Frequency range Impedance Return loss Input connector Frequency Response
15 dB, <0.04 GHz
560-7A50 0.01 to 18 GHz 50 Ω 22 dB, <8 GHz GPC-7 ±0.5 dB, 18 GHz
17 dB, <18 GHz
15 dB, <0.04 GHz
22 dB, <8 GHz ±0.5 dB, <18 GHz
560-7N50B 0.01 to 20 GHz 50 Ω N(m)
17 dB, <18 GHz ±1.25 dB, <20 GHz
14 dB, <20 GHz
15 dB, <0.04 GHz
22 dB, <8 GHz ±0.5 dB, <18 GHz
560-7S50B 0.01 to 20 GHz 50 Ω WSMA(m)
17 dB, <18 GHz ±1.25 dB, <20 GHz
14 dB, <20 GHz
15 dB, <0.04 GHz
22 dB, <8 GHz ±0.5 dB, <18 GHz
560-7S50-2 0.01 to 26.5 GHz 50 Ω WSMA(m)
17 dB, <18 GHz ±1.25 dB, <26.5 GHz
14 dB, <26.5 GHz
12 dB, <0.04 GHz
22 dB, <8 GHz ±0.5 dB, <18 GH
7 dB, <18 GHz ±1.25 dB, <26.5 GHz
560-7K50 0.01 to 40 GHz 50 Ω K(m)
15 dB, <26.5 GHz ±2.2 dB, <32 GHz
14 dB, <32 GHz ±2.5 dB, <40 GHz
13 dB, <40 GHz
12 dB, <0.04 GHz
±0.8 dB, <20 GHz
19 dB, <20 GHz
560-7VA50 0.01 to 50 GHz 50 Ω V(m) ±2.5 dB, <40 GHz
15 dB, <40 GHz
±3.0 dB, <50 GHz
10 dB, <50 GHz
5400-71B50 0.001 to 1.5 GHz 50 Ω 20 dB BNC(m) ±0.2 dB, <1.5 GHz
5400-71B75 0.001 to 1.5 GHz 75 Ω 20 dB BNC(m) ±0.2 dB, <1.5 GHz
5400-71N50 0.001 to 3 GHz 50 Ω 26 dB N(m)

±0.2 dB, <1 GHz 12
±0.3 dB, <3 GHz
26 dB, <2 GHz ±0.2 dB, <3 GHz
5400-71N75 0.001 to 3 GHz 75 Ω N(m)
20 dB, <3 GHz ±0.3 dB, <3 GHz
±0.2 dB, <1 GHz
5400-71N75L∗ 0.005 to 1.2 GHz 75 Ω 24 dB N(m)
±0.5 dB, <1.2 GHz
∗ The input of the 5400-71N75L is designed to extend the damage level to 1 W (+30 dBm).
Compression begins at 10 dBm <0.05 GHz, 15 dBm <1 GHz, or 20 dBm <1.2 GHz.
Temperature range: 0°C to +70°C
Microwave Detector 560-7N50B 10 MHz to 20 GHz, N(m), 50 Ω
5400-71N50 1 to 3000 MHz, N(m), 50 Ω 560-7S50-2 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz, WSMA(m), 50 Ω
5400-71N75 1 MHz to 3 GHz, N(m), 75 Ω 560-7S50B 10 MHz to 20 GHz, WSMA(m), 50 Ω
560-7A50 10 MHz to 18 GHz, GPC-7, 50 Ω 560-7VA50 10 MHz to 50 GHz, V(m), 50 Ω
560-7K50 10 MHz to 40 GHz, K(m), 50 Ω
POWER SENSORS
MA2400A/B Series
10 MHz to 50 GHz
tor and linearity correction data. This results in assured accuracy

when measuring any signal. Anritsu’s fast thermal power sensors
improve sensor rise time and fall time to less than 4.0 ms – an or-
MA2472A der of magnitude faster than previous thermal sensors. Settled
power measurements are now 10 times faster, which means re-
duced test time.
1000
MA242XA Series
100 Thermal Sensors
Rdgs/sec
10
MA2475A
Traditional
1
Thermal Sensor
0.1
-70
-60
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
10
20
0
The MA2400A/B Series Power Sensors consist of MA247XA Series Pin
Power Sensors, MA246XA/B Series Power Sensors, MA248XA
Series Universal Power Sensors, MA242XA/B Series Thermal Power Figure 1 Fast Thermal Sensors
Sensors, and MA244XA Series High Accuracy Power Sensors.
These units are broadband microwave measurement components.
All models except the MA246XA/B Series Power Sensors, are used Standard diode sensors
with the ML2430A Series Power Meters. The MA246XA/B Series Diode sensors have greater speed, sensitivity, and dynamic range
Power Sensors are used only with the ML2400A Series Power Meter. than thermal sensors (see figure 2). All Anritsu diode sensors use a
dual diode architecture that gives improved sensitivity and dynamic
Features range over single diode architectures. The MA2470A Series Power
• 10 MHz to 50 GHz range Sensors 90 dB dynamic range is both fast and accurate. Linearity is
• N, K, and V type RF connectors better than 1.8%, typically < 1.0% through 18 GHz.
• 90 dB dynamic range provides stable power readings to –70 dBm MA2470A power sensors offer an ideal combination of speed and
• MA244XA Series High Accuracy Power Sensors contain an addi- dynamic range for general purpose power measurements. A single
tional matching circuit to improve return loss performance sensor replaces the two sensors that were previously required with
• MA242XA/B Series Thermal Power Sensors provide measuring sensors limited to 50 dB dynamic range.
speeds to 4 ms rise and fall times in addition to exceptional return
loss performance
• MA246XB power sensors have fast one millisecond rise and fall 100000
times needed for CDMA measurements MA2470A, Sampling Rate

• MA248XA Universal sensors measure average power of modulat- 10000 MA2470A, Reading Rate
ed signals such as W-CDMA, multi-tone, etc.
• All MA2400A/B Series Power Sensors contain internal EEPROMs 1000
for storage of calibration data as a function of frequency, power,
Rdgs/sec
MA2470A, GPIB Continuous

and temperature. This allows the power meter to interpolate and Auto-Averaged Readings
100
correct readings automatically
10
Fast thermal sensors Traditional
Anritsu’s thermal sensors provide excellent power measurement ac- Diode Sensor
1 Traditional
curacy over 50 dB of dynamic range with more speed than any oth- Thermal Sensor
er thermal sensor available (see figure 1). Thermal sensors use
0.1
Seebeck elements where the combined effect of a thermal gradient
-70
-60
-50
-40
-30
-20
-10
10
20
0
and charge migration between dissimilar metals gives a true reading Pin
of average power on any incident waveform. Anritsu thermal sensors
have class-leading SWR and a built in EEPROM with calibration fac- Figure 2 Standard Diode Sensors

High accuracy diode sensors Pulses down to 1 µs can also be captured and displayed, thanks to
The Anritsu MA2440A series high-accuracy diode sensors have a the sensor rise time of 0.6 µs. In profile mode the ML2407A meter
built in 3 dB attenuator to minimize input SWR. They are used where can be used to measure average power across narrow pulses, an in-
the best measurement accuracy is required over a large dynamic creasingly common test method for amplifiers in digitally modulated
range, for example when measuring amplifiers. High accuracy diode systems.
sensors have a dynamic range of 87 dB compared to the 90 dB of
standard diode sensors. Universal power sensors
The new MA2480A series Universal Power Sensors will measure
Fast diode sensors any modulated or multi-tone signal, thanks to a patented sensor ar-
The MA2460A fast diode sensors from Anritsu have a rise time of chitecture with three diode pairs (see figure 3). Universal power sen-
0.6 µs. This, together with a sensor video bandwidth of 1.25 MHz, sors deliver over 80 dB of dynamic range with speed and accuracy.
makes them the ideal solution for power measurements on Average power measurements on WCDMA signals can now be
N-CDMA (IS-95) signals. The MA2460 sensors must be used with made without the need for special power meters. Universal sensors
the ML2407/08A power meter. This combination of meter and sensor are also ideal for power measurements on other digitally modulated
provides fast signal processing and sampling speeds. Average pow- carriers such as HDTV, DAB or QAM modulated radio links.
er, peak power and crest factor on N-CDMA signals can be mea- Universal power sensors are also ideal for applications where multi-
sured and displayed. The MA2460 are dual diode sensors that de- ple signals are present, such as intermodulation measurements and
liver a greater-than 80 dB dynamic range, which makes them suit- satellite multi carrier power loading measurements.
able for both open- and closed-loop power-control testing. The sen- Anritsu universal power sensors have a unique additional capability
sors internal AC detection circuitry gives a guaranteed noise floor of for performing as a standard diode sensor for CW measurements. In
–60 dBm with typical performance to –70 dBm, even when measur- this mode the fast response of diode sensors is maintained across
ing CDMA signals. the full dynamic range of the sensor, meaning that for the majority of
users it is the only sensor that they will ever need – a truly Universal
Power Sensor.
Detector DET C +ve

‘C’ DET C -ve
RF 6dB DET B +ve

Detector
Power
INPUT Divider ‘B’ DET B -ve
6dB
11dB
Power
Pad Divider
17dB Detector DET A +ve

Pad ‘A DET A -ve
Figure 3 Universal Power Sensor
12
Specifications
Dynamic range Rise time∗1 RF
Model Frequency range SWR Sensor linearity
(dBm) (ms) connector∗2
Standard diode sensors
MA2472B 10 MHz - 18 GHz <1.17; 10 - 150 MHz (MA2472B only) N (m)

<1.90; 10 - 50 MHz
<1.17; 50 - 150 MHz
MA2473A 10 MHz - 32 GHz <1.12; 0.15 - 2 GHz 1.8%, <18 GHz K (m)
–70 to +20 <1.22; 2 - 12.4 GHz <0.004 2.5%, <40 GHz
MA2474A 10 MHz - 40 GHz <1.25; 12.4 - 18 GHz 3.5%, <50 GHz K (m)
<1.35; 18 - 32 GHz
<1.50; 32 - 40 GHz
MA2475A 10 MHz - 50 GHz <1.63; 40 - 50 GHz V (m)
Fast thermal sensors

<1.10; 0.1 MHz - 2 GHz
MA2421B 0.1 MHz - 18 GHz <1.15; 2 - 12.4 GHz N (m)
<1.20; 12.4 - 18 GHz
MA2422B 10 MHz - 18 GHz <1.90; 10 - 50 MHz N (m)

<1.17; 50 - 150 MHz 1.3%, <18 GHz
–30 to +20 <1.10; 0.15 - 2 GHz <4.0 1.5%, <40 GHz
MA2423B 10 MHz - 32 GHz 1.8%, <50 GHz K (m)
<1.15; 2 - 12.4 GHz
<1.20; 12.4 - 18 GHz
MA2424B 10 MHz - 40 GHz <1.25; 18 - 32 GHz K (m)
<1.30; 32 - 40 GHz
MA2425B 10 MHz - 50 GHz <1.40; 40 - 50 GHz V (m)
High accuracy diode sensors

<1.17; 10 -150 MHz (MA2442B only)
MA2442B 10 MHz - 18 GHz <1.90; 10 - 50 MHz N (m)
<1.17; 50 - 150 MHz
<1.08; 0.15 - 2 GHz 1.8%, <18 GHz
MA2444A 10 MHz - 40 GHz –67 to +20 <1.16; 2 - 12.4 GHz <0.004 2.5%, <40 GHz K (m)
<1.21; 12.4 - 18 GHz 3.5%, <50 GHz
<1.29; 18 - 32 GHz
MA2445A 10 MHz - 50 GHz <1.44; 32 - 40 GHz V (m)
<1.50; 40 - 50 GHz
Fast diode sensors
<1.90; 10 - 50 MHz
MA2468A∗3 10 MHz - 6 GHz
<1.17; 50 - 150 MHz
–60 to +20 <1.12; 0.15 - 2 GHz <0.0006 1.8% N (m)
MA2469B∗3 <1.22; 2 - 12.4 GHz
10 MHz - 18 GHz
<1.25; 12.4 - 18 GHz
Universal power sensors
10 MHz to 6GHz
MA2481B 10 MHz - 6 GHz < 1.17; 10 - 150 MHz 3% -60 to +20 dBm
<0.004 6 to 18 GHz
< 1.12; 0.15 - 2 GHz
–60 to +20 (with option 3% -60 to 0 dBm N (m)
< 1.22; 2 - 12.4 GHz
1 only) 3.5% 0 to +20 dBm
MA2482A 10 MHz - 18 GHz < 1.25: 12.4 - 18 GHz (1.8% CW with
option 1)
MA2480/01 Adds fast CW mode to Universal Power Sensors for high speed measurements of CW signal plus TDMA and pulse measurements.
∗1: 0.0 dBm, room temperature.

∗2: Each MA2400A/B series sensor incorporates precision RF connectors with hexagon coupling nut for attachment by industry standard torque wrench.
∗3: MA2460A/B Fast Diode Sensors must be used with ML2407/08A Power Meters for NCDMA and Fast Pulse measurements.
Thermal Sensor Power Sensor
MA2421A 0.1 MHz to 18 GHz MA2472B 10 MHz to 18 GHz
MA2422B 10 MHz to 18 GHz MA2473A 10 MHz to 32 GHz
MA2425B 10 MHz to 50 GHz MA2481B Universal Power Sensor, 10 MHz to 6 GHz
MA2482A Universal Power Sensor, 10 MHz to 18 GHz
High Accuracy Sensor MA2480/01 Option 1, Universal Power Sensor CW Option
MA2442B 10 MHz to 18 GHz MA2400/98 Z540/Guide 25 Calibration
MA2444A 10 MHz to 40 GHz MA2400/99 Premium Calibration
MA2445A 10 MHz to 50 GHz MA2497A Agilent (HP) Sensor adapter
MA2499B Anritsu Sensor 10 to 12 pin Adapter
Fast Diode Sensor
MA2468A 10 MHz to 6 GHz
MA2469B 10 MHz to 18 GHz

POWER DIVIDERS
11 Series
DC to 3000 MHz
0 0
Typical Insertion Loss (dB)
Typical Return Loss (dB)

2 10
Return loss
4 Insertion loss 20
6 30
8 40
10 50
12 60
0 Frequency (GHz) 3
Insertion loss (typical) /return loss (typical)

11N50B
17.78
(TYP.)
40.64
(MAX)
These RF power dividers are symmetrical, three-resistor tee designs

that can be used in applications where signals from DC to 3000 MHz
must be accurately divided. They are available in 50 Ω or 75 Ω and 31.75 31.75
provide excellent amplitude and phase tracking. (MAX) (MAX)
Features
• DC to 3000 MHz frequency range 11N50B, 11N75B outline
• Excellent amplitude and phase tracking
• 50 or 75 Ω Ordering information
Specifications Model/Order No. Name
Frequency Insertion
Impedance Connectors 11N50B Power Divider, 1 MHz to 3 GHz, 50 Ω
Model range SWR loss
(Ω) 11N75B Power Divider, 1 MHz to 3 GHz, 75 Ω
(MHz) (dB, max.) Input Output
11N50B DC to 50
<1.25 7 N(f) N(f)
11N75B 3000 75
Maximum Input Power: 1 Watt
12
POWER DIVIDERS
K240, V240 Series
DC to 65 GHz
0 0
Typical Insertion Loss (dB)
Typical Return Loss (dB)

2 5
Return loss
4 10
Insertion loss
6 15
8 20
10 25
12 30
0 Frequency (GHz) 67
Insertion loss (typical) /return loss (typical)

V240C
7.4 mm K CONNECTOR FEMALE

.25-36 UNC-2A, 3X
6.6 mm TYP. Ø 2.6 mm

2X
3
7.4 mm
POWER DIVIDER
7.4 mm
These microwave power dividers are symmetrical, three-resistor tee
K240
designs that can be used in applications where signals from DC to 10.2 mm
1
14.7 mm
65 GHz must be accurately divided or combined. K Connector® is
compatible with 3.5 mm and SMA; V Connector® is compatible with
2
2.4 mm. All models have exceptional amplitude and phase tracking 2-56 UNC-2B, 2X
characteristics.
Features 10.2 mm 4.6 mm
• DC to 65 GHz frequency range 14.7 mm

9.1 mm
• K Connector® compatibility with SMA/3.5 mm

• V Connector® compatibility with 2.4 mm
• Excellent amplitude and phase tracking K240B, K240C outline
Specifications
Frequency Impedance
Model Connectors V CONNECTOR FEMALE
range (GHz) (Ω) 7.4 mm THREAD M7.0 X .75-6G,2X
K240B DC to 26.5 50 K(f)

6.1 mm V CONNECTOR MALE
K240C DC to 40 50 K(f) THREAD M7.0 X .75-6G
3
V240C DC to 65 50 V(f) 7.4 mm

POWER DIVIDER
DC-65GHz
V240C
14.7 mm 10.2 mm
Frequency Tracking of outputs Insertion loss
SWR
range (GHz) Amplitude Phase (dB max.)
2
Ø 2.6 mm 2X
DC to 6 ± 0.3 dB ± 2˚ 7 1.22
2-56 UNC-2B, 2X
6 to 18 ± 0.3 dB ± 3˚ 7.5 1.44

18 to 26.5 ± 0.6 dB ± 4˚ 8 1.58 10.2 mm 4.6 mm
14.7 mm 9.1 mm
26.5 to 40 ± 0.6 dB ± 6˚ 8.5 1.79
40 to 65 ± 1.8 dB ± 18˚ 10 3.11
V240C outline
Maximum Input Power: 1W
Weight: 43g
K240B Precision Power Divider, DC to 26.5 GHz
K240C Precision Power Divider, DC to 40 GHz
V240C Precision Power Divider, DC to 60 GHz

POWER SPLITTERS
K241, V241 Series
DC to 65 GHz
11.5 9.2
6.1 K or V FEMALE
(TYP) (TYP)
4.57
2.28 2.64 2X K or V
OUTPUT MALE
INPUT
14.7 10.16
OUTPUT
2-56 UNC-2B, 2X
2.28
10.16
K241C (MAX)
K241B, K241C Outline
V241C
7.4 mm V CONNECTOR FEMALE
THREAD M7.0 X .75-6G,2X
6.1 mm V CONNECTOR MALE

11.4 mm THREAD M7.0 X .75-6G
These microwave power splitters are symmetrical, two-resistor designs
OUT
that can be used in applications where signals from DC to 65 GHz 7.4 mm
POWER DIVIDER
DC-65GHz
must be accurately divided for ratio measurements. They provide ex-
V241C
IN
14.7 mm 10.2 mm
cellent flatness and effective output SWR. K Connectors® are com-
OUT
patible with 3.5 mm and SMA; V Connectors® are compatible with Ø 2.6 mm 2X
2.4 mm. 2-56 UNC-2B, 2X
Features 10.2 mm
14.7 mm
4.6 mm
9.1 mm
• DC to 65 GHz frequency range
• K Connector® compatibility with SMA/3.5 mm
• V Connector® compatibility with 2.4 mm V241C Outline
• Excellent flatness and effective output SWR
Specifications
Frequency Impedance Connectors Ordering information
Model Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
range (GHz) (Ω) Input Output
K241B DC to 26.5 50 K(m) K(f)
K241B Precision Power Splitter, DC to 26.5 GHz
K241C DC to 40 50 K(m) K(f) K241C Precision Power Splitter, DC to 40 GHz
V241C DC to 65 50 V(m) V(f) V241C Precision Power Splitter, DC to 60 GHz
Frequency Effective Insertion

Flatness Input
Model range output loss
(dB) SWR
(GHz) SWR (dB)
K241B DC to 26.5 2.0 1.45 1.45 7.5
DC to 26.5 2.0 1.45 1.45 7.5
K241C
26.5 to 40 2.0 1.93 1.70 8.5
DC to 18 2.0 2.11 2.00 8.5
V241C 18 to 40 2.0 2.33 2.30 9.5
40 to 65 2.0 2.62 2.60 10.5 12
Weight: 43g
POWER SPLITTERS
N241 Series
DC to 3000 MHz
17.78
(TYP.)
40.64
(MAX)
31.8 31.8
(MAX) (MAX)
N241A50, N241A75 outline

N241A50
N241A50 Power Splitter, DC to 3000 MHz, 50 Ω
N241A75 Power Splitter, DC to 3000 MHz, 75 Ω
These RF power splitters are symmetrical, two resistor designs that
can be used in applications where signals from DC to 3000 MHz
must be accurately divided for ratio measurements. They are avail-
able in 50 or 75 Ω and provide excellent flatness and effective output
SWR.
Features
• DC to 3000 MHz frequency range
• Excellent flatness and effective output SWR
• 50 or 75 Ω
Specifications
Model N241A50 N241A75
Frequency range DC to 3000 MHz DC to 3000 MHz
Input SWR 1.3 1.4
Effective output SWR 1.3 1.4
Insertion loss 7.5 dB 7.5 dB
Flatness ±1.5 dB ±1.5 dB
Impedance 50 Ω 75 Ω
Input: N(f) Input: N(f)
Connectors
Output: N(f) Output: N(f)


BIAS TEES
K250, V250
100 MHz to 40 GHz 100 MHz to 60 GHz
Specifications
Temperature 0 to 60°C
Mounting position Any
Weight 57g
29.2 NOM
K FEMALE
.25-36 UNS-2A 12.7 NOM
7.87 NOM
Ø 2.69 THRU
SMC MALE CONNECTOR
OUT
BIAS TEE K250 DC 2.54 NOM

12.7 NOM
IN
RF IN 6.35 NOM
K250
K MALE
.25-36 UNS-2B
6.35 NOM
6.35 NOM
DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS
These bias tees are designed for applications where both DC and
RF signals must be applied to a device under test. They are particu- Outline drawing (K and V models)
larly suited for active device measurements. DC voltages of up to 30
volts at 0.5 amps may be applied to test devices with negligible ef-
fect on RF performance. Low RF throughline loss (<1 dB) and low re- DC IN
turn loss ensure negligible effect on measurements up to 60 GHz. An
RF input DC block isolates the input port from the applied bias voltage.
Features
• Broadband, 0.1 to 60 GHz coverage
• Low SWR, low insertion loss RF IN RF OUT
• K Connector® and V Connector® availability
Specifications
Model K250 V250 Schematic diagram (K and V models)
Frequency range 0.1 to 40 GHz∗1 0.1 to 60 GHz∗1
Insertion loss 1.2 dB typ. 2.2 dB typ. Ordering information
13 dB min. to 20 GHz
15 dB min. to 20 GHz Model/Order No. Name
Return loss 9 dB min. to 40 GHz
10 dB min. to 40 GHz
8 dB min. to 60 GHz K250 Precision Bias Tee, 100 MHz to 40 GHz
V250 Precision Bias Tee, 100 MHz to 60 GHz
RF power 1W max. 1 W max.
DC voltage 30V max. 30 V max.
DC current 0.5A 0.5 A
20 dB at 0.1 GHz 20 dB at 0.1 GHz

DC port isolation
40 dB above 0.5 GHz 40 dB above 0.5 GHz
Input: K(m) Input: V(m)

RF connectors
Output: K(f) Output: V(f)
DC connectors SMC(m) SMC(m)

12
∗1. Usable between 0.04 and 0.1 GHz with degraded performance.
ULTRA-WIDEBAND BIAS TEES
K251, V251
50 kHz to 40 GHz 100 kHz to 65 GHz
K MALE CONNECTOR
1/4-36 UNS-2B
MOUNTING HOLE
2X Ø.104 THRU
2.03
11.8 TYP
33.4 RF IN 7.72
15.44 K251 BIAS TEE DC
IN
2.03
S/N XXXXXX TYP
OUT
K FEMALE CONNECTOR
1/4-36 UNS-2A 4.45
V251 7.1
4.45
SMC MALE CONNECTOR
8.89
31.8 (MAX)
39.5
K251 K251 outline drawing

V MALE CONNECTOR
M7.0 X .75-6H
MOUNTING HOLE
2X Ø.104 THRU
2.03
11.0
These ultra-wide bandwidth bias tees have been optimized for opti- TYP
cal communications and other high-speed pulse, data or microwave 33.7 RF IN 7.72
applications. Designed to simultaneously apply both DC and RF drive 15.44 V251 BIAS TEE DC
IN
2.03
TYP
S/N XXXXXX
signals to a device via a single input port, these bias tees feature fast OUT
rise times, excellent low frequency response, minimum insertion loss

and flat group delay. Precision K Connector® and V Connector® in- V FEMALE CONNECTOR
M7.0 X .75-6G 4.45
terfaces assure excellent impedance match across the wide band- 7.11
widths available. A one year warranty is provided. 4.45
SMC MALE CONNECTOR
Features 8.89
• Ideal for Optical Communications Applications 31.75

• Low Insertion Loss 39.5
• Risetime: <5 ps typical (V251), <7 ps typical (K251) Dimensions in millimeters
V251 outline drawing

Specifications
Max Max Max
Model Frequency range Insertion loss Return loss Rise time Group delay Connectors
DC current DC voltage RF power
RF In: K(m)
50 kHz to 110 ±2 ps
K251 <2 dB typical See Plot <7 ps typical 100 mA 16 VDC 1W RF Out: K(f)
40 GHz typical
Bias: SMC(m)
RF In: V(m)
100 kHz to 113 ±2 ps
V251 <2.5 dB typical See Plot <5 ps typical 100 mA 16 VDC 1W RF Out: V(f)
65 GHz typical
Bias: SMC(m)
Specifications apply over the full DC Bias current range and over the temperature range of 0°C to +70°C.
Insertion Loss
Return Loss
Insertion Loss
Return Loss
Typical Low Frequency Insertion Loss and Return Loss Typical Insertion Loss and Return Loss measured on K251
measured on K251 over the range of 1kHz to 1 MHz. over the range of 40 MHz to 40 GHz.

Insertion Loss
Return Loss
Insertion Loss
Return Loss
Typical Low Frequency Insertion Loss measured on V251 Insertion Loss and Return Loss measured on V251 over the
over the range of 1 kHz to 1 MHz. range of 40 MHz to 65 GHz.
Typical Uncorrected Pulse Response for V251.

Absolute risetime for the Bias Tee is derived
from this measured data by applying the RSS
method to compensate for the risetime of the
input pulse.
TBT2 + TPG 2 = T meas.
T meas. = uncorrected risetime

TBT = absolute Bias Tee risetime
TPG = risetime of input pulse
TBT = Tmeas2 – TPG 2
K251 Precision Bias Tee, 50 kHz to 40 GHz
V251 Precision Bias Tee, 100 kHz to 65 GHz
12
ULTRA-WIDEBAND BIAS TEE, HIGH CURRENT
V255
50 kHz to 65 GHz
61.7
52.8
6.5
V-FEMALE CONNECTOR
2.0
M7.0 X 75-6G
7.1
RF IN
10.7
2.8
21.3
DC SMC MALE
V255 BIAS TEE IN CONNECTOR
39.6 S/N XXXXXX 2.8
RF OUT
2X MOUNTING HOLE
V-MALE CONNECTOR ∅ 2.5[.10] THRU
M7.0 X 75-6H
6.5 7.0
V255
14.0
The V255 Gen II Ultra Wideband Bias Tee is designed to meet the Features
high electrical performance requirements of passive components in • Ideal for Optical Communication applications.
optical communication networks. This bias tee is ideal for use in • Very low Insertion Loss
40 Gbps systems because of low insertion loss, excellent return loss • Rise Time 3 ps typical
and broad bandwidth. Its fast rise time and flat group delay perfor- • High Current Capacity
mance allows extremely accurate measurements within a laboratory • High Isolation between Input Port and DC Port
environment. The V255 Bias Tee comes with a standard
V Connector® that assures excellent impedance match across the
available wide bandwidth. The DC signal can be applied or extracted
from the bias tee through an SMC connector at the third port. As with
our other bias tees, the V255 also has a one-year warranty.
Specifications
Rise Group Operating
Model Frequency range Insertion loss Return loss DC voltage DC current Isolation
Time delay temp.
50 kHz to 65 GHz 1.5 dB to 65 GHz 12 dB to 65 GHz 10 V 400 mA –50 dB 125 ±2 ps

V255 3 ps typ. 0°C to 80°C
30 kHz to 65 GHz typ. typ. typ. max. max. min. typ.

Typical High Frequency Insertion Loss and Return Loss Typical Isolation between Data I/P and DC Port
measured on V255 over the range of 65 GHz
Typical Low Frequency Insertion Loss and Return Loss

measured on V255 Bias Tee over the range of 10 kHz to 300 kHz
Typical Group Delay Performance measured on V255 V255 Gen II Wideband Bias Tee, 50 kHz to 65 GHz
12
PRECISION DC BLOCKS
K261, V261
10 kHz to 40 GHz 50 kHz to 65 GHz
3.96
33.5
4.78
9.53
K261
7.92 11.8 15.44

V261
K MALE CONNECTOR K FEMALE CONNECTOR
1/4-36 UNS-2B 1/4-36 UNS-2A
K261 outline drawing

K261
3.96
34.0
These ultra-wide bandwidth DC Blocks have been optimized for op-

4.78
tical communications and other high-speed pulse, data or microwave 9.53
applications. Designed to apply AC drive signals to a device while V261
eliminating any DC components, these DC Blocks feature wide
bandwidth, excellent low frequency response, minimum insertion
7.92 11.5 15.44
loss and flat group delay. Precision K Connector® and V Connector®
interfaces assure excellent impedance match across the wide band-
widths available. A one year warranty is provided. V MALE CONNECTOR V FEMALE CONNECTOR
M7.0 X .75-6H M7.0 X .75-6G
Features
• Ideal for Optical Communications and high-speed Pulse Applications Dimensions in millimeters
• <1.0 dB Insertion Loss (K261)
• Risetime: <5 ps (V261), <7 ps (K261) V261 outline drawing
Specifications
Frequency Max Max
Model Insertion loss Return loss Rise time Group delay Connectors
range DC voltage RF power
10 kHz to RF In: K(m)
K261 <1.0 dB typical See Plot <7 ps typical 110 ±1 ps typical 16 VDC 1W
40 GHz RF Out: K(f)
50 kHz to RF In: V(m)
V261 <2.0 dB typical See Plot <5 ps typical 113 ±1 ps typical 16 VDC 1W
65 GHz RF Out: V(f)
Specifications apply over the temperature range of 0°C to +70°C.
Insertion Loss
Return Loss
Insertion Loss
Return Loss
Typical Low Frequency Insertion Loss measured on K261 Typical Insertion Loss and Return Loss measured on K261
over the range of 1 kHz to 1 MHz. over the range of 40 MHz to 40 GHz.

Insertion Loss
Return Loss
Insertion Loss
Return Loss
Typical Low Frequency Insertion Loss measured on V261 Typical Insertion Loss and Return Loss measured on V261
over the range of 1 kHz to 1 MHz. over the range of 40 MHz to 65 GHz.
Typical Uncorrected Pulse Response for V261.

Absolute risetime for the DC Blocks is derived
from this measured data by applying the RSS
method to compensate for the risetime of the
input pulse.
TBT2 + TPG 2 = T meas.
T meas. = uncorrected risetime

TBT = absolute Bias Tee risetime
TPG = risetime of input pulse
TBT = Tmeas2 – TPG 2
K261 Precision DC Block, 50 kHz to 40 GHz
V261 Precision DC Block, 100 kHz to 65 GHz
12
DC BLOCK
V265
50 kHz to 65 GHz
27.8
11.5 8.6
7.9
V265
V MALE CONNECTOR 7.9 7.1 V FEMALE

M7.0 X .75-6H ACROSS FLATS CONNECTOR
M7.0 X .75-6G
V265
The V265 DC Block has been designed and optimized for optical Features
communications and other high speed pulse, data or microwave ap- • Ideal for Optical Communication applications.
plications. Based on the coaxial resilient connection – which is the • Low Insertion Loss
same as on our V255 Gen II Bias Tee – it provides excellent low fre- • Rise Time 3 ps typical
quency response with very low losses and flat group delay over the
temperature of operation. Designed to apply AC drive signals to a
device while eliminating any DC voltage or current components, the
V265 DC Block can be used in isolating DC leakage between two
electrical components. The DC block comes with a standard
V Connector® and assures excellent impedance match across the
wide bandwidth available. A one-year warranty is provided.
Specifications
Max RF Max Rise Group Operating
Model Frequency range Insertion loss Return loss Connector
power DC voltage Time delay temp.
0.9 dB to 65 GHz 13 dB to 65 GHz V(f)

V265 50 kHz to 65 GHz 1W 10 V 3 ps typ. 84 ±2 ps typ. 0°C to 80°C
typ. typ. V(m)

Typical High Frequency Insertion Loss and Return Loss Typical Group Delay Performance measured on V265
measured on V265 DC Block over the range of 40 MHz to 65 GHz
V265 DC Block, 50 kHz to 65 GHz
Typical Low Frequency Insertion Loss and Return Loss on

V265 DC Block over the range of 10 kHz to 300 kHz
12
BIAS TERMINATION
DBT60, DBT60CPW
50 kHz to 65 GHz
Specifications
NEW Model Frequency Return DC DC Operating
Number Range Loss Voltage Current Temperature
50 KHz to ≥18 dB 0°C
DBT60 16V 200 mA
60 GHz typical to 70°C
50 kHz to ≥17 dB
50 GHz typical 0°C
DBT60CPW 16V 200 mA
50 GHz to ≥14 dB to 70°C
60 GHz typical
5.00 1.2
±.025
.25
DC BIAS IN
57126-3
5.00
The Bias Termination is designed to meet the stringent electrical per- ±.025
formance requirements and small size of passive components in op-
tical communication networks. A broad bandwidth of 50 kHz to 65
GHz with very good return loss makes it ideal to provide DC Bias in
40 Gbps optical modulators. In addition, the small size of the bias
.254
termination makes integration of the biasing network easier.
RF IN
The two different models available are DBT60 and DBT60CPW. Dimensions in Millimeters
Depending on the type of substrate configuration used within an

optical modulator, one can use the DBT60 for 0.25 mm thick DBT60 Outline Drawing
Microstrip or DBT60CPW for 0.25 mm thick CPW substrate. Bias
Terminations can be customized to meet customer requirements for
different substrate types, substrate thickness, frequency ranges, etc. 1.2
5.00
±.025
Features DC BIAS IN .254
.25
• Low SWR
57128-3
• Broad Frequency Performance

• High Voltage Capacity
• Small Form Size
Application 5.00
±.025
Figure 1 shows a typical block diagram of a Lithium Niobate Optical
Modulator. Since the optical modulator is a voltage-controlled device,
it does not require high current. In this case, bias can be provided
through a high value shunt capacitor. Therefore DC voltage applied
.203
across the optical modulator will be the voltage applied across the
capacitor and the DC bias is supplied through the internal bias .102 Dimensions in Millimeters
RF IN
termination rather than using an external bias tee. This approach
has the advantage of reducing the cost and size of the system by
eliminating the need for an external bias tee. DBT60CPW Outline Drawing
OPTICAL MODULATOR
LIGHT MODULATED
IN LIGHT OUT
DOT BIAS
RF IN DC BIAS IN TERMINATION
Figure 1. Lithium Niobate Optical Modulator

DPT60 Return Loss DPT60 Return Loss

0 0
-5 -5
-10
-10
-15
S11 (dB)
-15
(dB)
-20
-20
-25
-25
-30
-30
-35
-40 -35
-45 -40
.04 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Frequency (GHz) Frequency (kHz)
Typical High Frequency Return Loss measured on DBT60 over Typical DBT60 Low Frequency Return Loss Performance.
the range of 40 MHz to 65 GHz using Anritsu 37397C VNA.
DPT60CPW Return Loss DPT60CPW Return Loss

0 0
-5
-5
-10
-10
-15
S11 (dB)
-20 -15
(dB)
-25 -20
-30
-25
-35
-30
-40
-35
-45
-50 -40
.04 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Frequency (GHz) Frequency (kHz)
Typical High Frequency Return Loss measured on DBT60CPW Typical DBT60CPW Low Frequency Return Loss Performance.
over the range of 40 MHz to 65 GHz using Anritsu 37397C VNA.
DBT60 Bias Termination
DBT60CPW Bias Termination
12
UNIVERSAL TEST FIXTURES
3680 Series
DC to 60 GHz
• Electrical
MMIC
Right-Angle
Universal Test Fixture Attach-
Model Launcher
ment
3680-20 3680K 3680V 36801K 36801V 36802
Frequency range
DC to 20 DC to 40 DC to 60 DC to 40 DC to 60 DC to 60
(GHz)
Return loss (dB)
DC to 20 GHz >17 >17 >17 >16 >16 >12
20 to 40 GHz >14 >14 >12 >12 >8
40 to 60 GHz >8 >7 >6
Repeatability (dB)
DC to 20 GHz <±0.10 <±0.10 <±0.10 <±0.15 <±0.15 <±0.20
20 to 40 GHz <±0.20 <±0.20 <±0.25 <±0.25 <±0.40
40 to 60 GHz <±0.30 <±0.40 <±0.60
Temperature –20˚ to 70˚C
The 3680 series provide an accurate, repeatable solution for mea- Main frame
suring microstrip and Coplanar substrate devices. Input and output 3680-20 Universal Test Fixture (20 GHz)
connections are made to the substrate device by two spring-loaded 3680K Universal Test Fixture (40 GHz)
jaws that include coax-to-microstrip/Coplanar launchers. The jaws 3680V Universal Test Fixture (60 GHz)
accommodate substrates from 0.13 to 1.9 mm in thickness. No cen- Accessories
ter section is required. One jaw is movable in two dimensions to ac- 36801K Right-Angle Launcher (40 GHz)
commodate substrates up to 50 mm long (100 mm for 3680-20) and 36801V Right-Angle Launcher (60 GHz)
substrates with line offsets of up to 13 mm (25 mm for 3680-20). The 36802 MMIC Attachment
3680 series includes three models: the 3680-20 covers DC to 20 36803 Bias Probe
GHz with APC-3.5TM connectors, the 3680K covers DC to 40 GHz 36805-10M 10 mil launchers∗1
with Anritsu's K Connector®, and the 3680V covers DC to 60 GHz 36805-15M 15 mil launchers∗1
36805-25M 25 mil launchers∗1
with Anritsu's V Connector®.
Calibration/verification kits
Features 36804B-10M 10 mil microstrip cal/verif. kit
• DC to 60 GHz coverage 36804B-15M 15 mil microstrip cal/verif. kit
• Microstrip and coplanar measurement capability 36804B-25M 25 mil microstrip cal/verif. kit
• Accommodates offset and right-angle test devices 36804B-25C 25 mil coplanar waveguide cal/verif. kit
• Calibration/verification kits (optional) ∗1: 36805 series includes (4) substrate launchers for the 36802 MMIC attachment
• Substrate measurement capability
Substrate types supported Microstrip or coplanar waveguide

3680 series Universal Test Fixture
Overall size 10 x 12.7 x 6.4 cm

0.5 cm min.
Substrate length 5 cm max.
[10 cm with 3680-20]
Maximum substrate width No limit
0.012 cm min.
Substrate thickness
0.19 cm max.
±1.2 cm
Maximum line offset
[±2.5 cm with 3680-20]
3680-20: APC-3.5™ female
Input and output connectors 3680K: K Connector® female
3680V: V Connector® female
Substrate thickness 0.0 cm, 0.038 cm, 0.064 cm
36802 MMIC
Attachment
Minimum test substrate length 1.5 mm

Maximum test substrate
1.17 cm with standard block
length
Maximum line offset ±1.2 cm
Right Angle
Distance from in-line Minimum: 1 cm

Launcher
36801
connector, axial Maximum: 4 cm

Distance from in-line Minimum: 0.0 cm
connector, offset Maximum: 2 cm

LIMITERS
1 Series
1 MHz to 26.5 GHz
95
13 32.3
RF LIMITERS
21 Dia. 15.7 Dia.

MAXIMUM
INPUTS
N Connector Male N Connector Female
1N50C and 1N75C Limiters outline

1N50C
40
13 17.4
1K50B RF LIMITERS
17.4 Dia.
MAXIMUM
INPUTS
K Connector Male K Connector Female

Features
• High power protection: 5 Watts
• Very fast turn-on time: 10 ns maximum 1K50A and 1K50B Limiters outline
• Broad frequency range: 0.01 to 26.5 GHz
• Low insertion loss: 2.7 dB to 20 GHz
• Excellent return loss: 11 dB at 20 GHz
• Single side limiting Ordering information
Specifications Model/Order No. Name
Model 1K50B 1K50A 1N50C 1N75C 1N50B 1N75B Limiter
1N50C N(m) to N(f), 50 Ω, 10 MHz to 20 GHz
Frequency 0.01 to 0.01 to 0.01 to 0.01 to 0.01 to 0.01 to 1N75C N(m) to N(f), 75 Ω, 10 MHz to 3 GHz
range 26.5 GHz 20 GHz 18 GHz 3 GHz 3 GHz 3 GHz 1K50A K(m) to K(f), 50 Ω, 10 MHz to 20 GHz
Max. 3 5 5 5 1.5 1.5 1K50B K(m) to K(f), 50 Ω, 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz
input power Watts Watts Watts Watts Watts Watts
Min.
return loss 14 dB, ≤12 GHz 14 dB, ≤12 GHz
10 dB 15 dB 19 dB 19 dB
(at 0 dBm 11 dB, >12 GHz 11 dB, >12 GHz
input)
Max.
insertion loss
3.9 dB 2.7 dB 2.9 dB 1.1 dB 1.3 dB 1.3 dB
(at 0 dBm
input)
Max.
10 ns 10 ns 10 ns 10 ns 10 ns 10 ns
turn-on time
Input 75 Ω 75 Ω
K(m) K(m) N(m) N(m)
connector N(m) N(m)
Output 75 Ω 75 Ω
K(f) K(f) N(f) N(f)
connector N(f) N(f)
Input/output
DC DC DC DC AC AC
coupling 12
Limiting Level: Limiter begins compressing at approximately +10 dBm.
In compression, output level increases by 0.25 to 0.5 dB for each 1 dB in-
crease at the input. Output power at 5 W input at 500 MHz is 21 dBm max.
Dimensions: 1N50B and 1N75B 3.8 cm x 2.5 cm x 2.5 cm
MATCHING PADS
12 Series
DC to 3000 MHz
Specifications
Frequency
Insertion loss
Model range SWR Connectors
(dB)
(MHz)
N(m) 50 Ω to
12N50-75B DC to 3000 1.25 7.5 max.
N(f) 75 Ω
N(m) 50 Ω to
12N75B DC to 3000 1.25 3.0 max.
N(m) 75 Ω

Dimensions: 3.8 cm x 2.5 cm x 2.5 cm
12N50-75B Please specify model/order number, name, and quantity when ordering.
12N50-75B Matching Pad, DC to 3000 MHz
12N75B Minimum Loss Adapter, DC to 3000 MHz
RF matching pad and impedance adapter features

• DC to 3000 MHz frequency range
• Matching pad matches 50 Ω to 75 Ω or 75 Ω
to 50 Ω circuits
• Impedance adapter converts 50 Ω to 75 Ω with <3 dB loss
The 12N50-75B matching pad is a two-resistor design that matches
50 Ω to 75 Ω or 75 Ω to 50 Ω circuits.
The 12N75B impedance adapter is a one-resistor design that con-
verts 50 Ω to 75 Ω with less than 3 dB loss.

PERIPHERAL
EQUIPMENT
Portable Test Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534

Coaxial Cords, Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Dimensions of Waveguide Flanges . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
Accessories for F-Series Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Accessories for E-Series Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
533
PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT
The MB23A and MB24A can be folded so they can be transported
PORTABLE TEST RACK easily and used in places with space limitations. Metal fittings to
MB23A, MB24A accommodate both current and new cabinet designs are included.
MB23A
• By easy operation of the lever, the table can be inclined at five dif-
ferent angles for optimum instrument viewing ease.
• Thanks to Anritsu's exclusive construction, just a light touch of the
lever is all it takes to move the angle safely up to 45˚.
MB24A
• The table is fixed in a horizontal position.
• Since the rack can support up to 100 kg, several instruments may be
stacked.
MB23A MB24A

COAXIAL CORDS, ADAPTERS
Figure Name Order

Impedance
No. Item Composition (connector · cable · connector) Length No.
1 m J0576B
1 Coaxial cord N-P · 5D-2W · N-P
2 m J0576D
1 m J0025A
30 Coaxial cord S-5DWP · 5D-2W · S-5DWP
2 m J0025C
50 Ω 1 m J0133A
2 Coaxial cord 3CA-P2 · TG-58A/U · 3CA-P2
2 m J0133C
3 Clip conversion pad N-J · Clip J0047
4 Coaxial cord 3CA-P2 · TG-58A/U · Alligator clip 1m J0054A
1 m J0026A
5 Coaxial cord 3CV-P2 · 3C-2V · 3CV-P2
2 m J0081
1 m J0028A
6 Coaxial cord SP-3CP · 3C-2WS · SP-3CP
Connecting 2 m J0028B
cords 1 m J0029A
7 Coaxial cord SP-3CP · 3C-2WS · 3CW-P
2 m J0029B
75 Ω
1 m J0030A
8 Coaxial cord P-5CP · 5C-2W · P-5CP
2 m J0030B
1 m J0027A
9 Coaxial cord M-P-3 · 3C-2V · 3CV-P2
2 m J0027B
1 m J0031A
10 Coaxial cord M-P-5 · 5C-2V · M-P-5
2 m J0031B
1 m J0032
11 Balanced cord I-214APS · C1UUS shielded connecting cord · I-214APS
2 m J0033
(balanced)
12 Balanced cord M-214S · Shielded connecting cord · M-214S 1m J0050A
13 CS1-MM2 shielded connecting cord 2m J0034
14 Coaxial adapter N-P · N-P – J0038
15 Coaxial adapter N-J · N-J – J0039
50 Ω 16 Coaxial adapter N-P · BNC-J – J0040
17 Coaxial adapter N-J · BNC-J – J0044
18 Coaxial adapter N-J · BNC-P – J0043
Conversion 19 Coaxial adapter N-P · M-J J0041
–
connectors 20 Coaxial adapter N-J · M-P – J0042
21 Coaxial adapter NC-P · SP-3CJ – J0046
22 Coaxial adapter NC-P · BNC-J – J0055
75 Ω 23 Coaxial adapter BNC-P · M-J – J0045
24 Coaxial adapter SP-3CJ · 3C-P (BNC-P) – J0053
25 Coaxial adapter SP-3CP · 3C-J (BNC-J) – J0052
U-link 75 Ω 26 MP529A U-Link – –
Coaxial 50 Ω 27 Coaxial T-connector S (N)-type – J0048
T-connectors 70 Ω 28 Coaxial T-connector M-type – J0049
13
Order Number J0576B/D 1 J0133A/C 2 J0047 3
Coaxial cord 1 m/2 m Coaxial cord 1 m/2 m

Item/Composition N-P · 5D-2W · N-P 3CA-P2 · RG-58A/U · 3CA-P2 Clip conversion pad, N-J · clip
J0054A 4 J0026A 5 J0028A/B 6 J0029A/B 7
J0081
Coaxial cord 1 m Coaxial cord 1 m/2 m Coaxial cord 1 m/2 m Coaxial cord 1 m/2 m
3CA-P2 · RG-58A/U · Alligator clip 3CV-P2 · 3C-2V · 3CV-P2 SP-3CP · 3C-2WS · SP-3CP SP-3CP · 3C-2WS · 3CW-P
J0030A/B 8 J0027A/B 9 J0031A/B 10 J0032 11
J0033
Balanced cord 1 m/2 m

Coaxial cord 1 m/2 m Coaxial cord 1 m/2 m Coaxial cord 1 m/2 m I-214APS · C1UUS shielded
P-5CP · 5C-2W · P-5CP M-P-3 · 3C-2V · 3CV-P2 M-P-5 · 5C-2V · M-P-5 connecting cord · I-214APS
J0050A 12 J0034 13 J0038 14 J0039 15
Balanced cord 1 m, M-214S ·

shielded connecting cord · M-214S CS1-MM2 shielded connecting
(compatible with I-214APS) cord, 2 m Coaxial adapter N-P · N-P Coaxial adapter N-J · N-J
J0040 16 J0044 17 J0043 18 J0041 19
Coaxial adapter N-P · BNC-P Coaxial adapter N-J · BNC-J Coaxial adapter N-J · BNC-P Coaxial adapter N-P · M-J
J0042 20 J0046 21 J0055 22 J0045 23
Coaxial adapter N-J · M-P Coaxial adapter NC-P · SP-3CJ Coaxial adapter NC-P · BNC-J Coaxial adapter BNC-P · M-J
J0053 24 J0052 25 – 26 J0048 27
Coaxial adapter Coaxial adapter

SP-3CJ · 3C-P (BNC-P) SP-3CP · 3C-J (BNC-J) MP529A U-Link Coaxial T-connector, 50 Ω, S (N) type
J0049 28 J0025A/C 29
Coaxial cord 1 m/2 m

Coaxial T-connector, 75 Ω, M type S-5DWP · 5D-2W · S-5DWP

List of principal coaxial cables
Coaxial Characteristic Nominal attenuation Nominal Finished Mass Suitable
Remarks
cable impedance (10 MHz) capacitance diameter (g/m) connector
3C-2V 5.8 mm 48 3C connector Single outer conductor, PVC covered
3C-2W 0.042 dB/m 6.5 mm 75 Double outer conductor, PVC covered
75 ±3 Ω (10 MHz)
3C-2Z 3.8 mm 28 Single outer conductor, No PVC covered
3C connector
3C-2T (0.013 dB/m, 1 MHz) 7.4 mm 110 Triple outer conductor, PVC covered
67 pF/m
3C-2WS 75 ±1 Ω (10 MHz) 0.048 dB/m 6.6 mm 76 SP connector Double outer conductor, PVC covered
5C-2V 7.8 mm 75 5A connector Single outer conductor, PVC covered
plug for 1 V
5C-2W 75 ±3 Ω (10 MHz) 0.027 dB/m 8.5 mm 110
type, connector
Double outer conductor, PVC covered
5C-2Z 5.8 mm 48 for 1 V type Single outer conductor, No PVC covered
3D-2W 0.047 dB/m 6.4 mm 75 Double outer conductor, PVC covered
5D-2V 50 ±2 Ω (10 MHz) 100 pF/m 7.5 mm 85 Single outer conductor, PVC covered
0.031 dB/m S connector
5D-2W 8.2 mm 120 Double outer conductor, PVC covered
RG-55/U 5.25 mm 55 BNC Double outer conductor, PE covered
53.5 ±2.5 Ω (4 MHz) 0.0328 dBm
RG-58/U 93.5 pF/m
4.95 mm 50 BNC, N Single outer conductor, PVC covered
RG-58A/U 50 ±2 Ω (10 MHz) 0.0427 dB/m
Dimensions of waveguide flanges

BRJ-4
BRJ-4 (3.30
(3.30 to to 4.90
4.90 GHz)
GHz) BRJ-6
BRJ-6 (4.90
(4.90 to 7.05
to 7.05 GHz)
GHz)
20
38
50
29.1
47
60
2 – 3.2ø
2 – 3.2ø
40
6 – 3.5ø
52
20 8 – 3.5ø 58
58.1
70
76
90
BRJ-7(5.85
BRJ-7 (5.85to
to8.20
8.20GHz)
GHz) BRJ-10
BRJ-10 (8.20
(8.20 to 12.40 GHz)
2 – 3.2ø 4 – 4.5ø
15.85
50
36
10.2
32.5
42
2 – 3.2ø
34.85
6 – 3.5ø 22.9
50
56 31
70 42
BRJ-120
BRJ-120 (9.84
(9.84 toto 15.0
15.0 GHz)
GHz) BRJ-140(11.9
BRJ-140 (11.9
toto 18.0
18.0 GHz)
GHz) BRJ-18
BRJ-18(14.5
(14.5to
to22.0
22.0 GHz)
GHz)
4 – 4ø 4 – 4ø 2 – 3.2ø 4 – 3.3ø
12.14 12.14
14.25 14.25
7.899
9.525
33.5
38
6.477
41ø
52ø
19.050 15.799
13.21 13.21 12.625 12.625

38 33.5 12.954
90˚ 13
(Unit: mm)
ACCESSORIES FOR F-SERIES CABINETS
Anritsu's F-series cabinet was designed using basic dimensions that • Tilt stand
conform to EIA and IEC racking specifications, permitting compatible Allows cabinet to be used at an angle
equipment to be easily stacked up to form a system, or to be mount-
ed on the EIA/IEC standard rack.
The accessories of the F-series cabinet are easy to mount and use,
and blend with the design of the cabinet. The F-series can be iden-
tified by its green feet.
• Protective cover
Protects front of cabinet
1
No. Description Quantity
1 – 1
Item Order No.

Tilt stand 1MW450D B0330A
Tilt stand 3/4MW450D B0330B
1
Tilt stand 3/4MW350D B0330C
Tilt stand 2/3MW350D B0330D
1 Protective cover 1
• Rack mount kit
Item Order No. The rack mount accessory is for use with 1MW450D cabinet.
For EIA/IEC standard rack
Protective cover 1MW2U B0329A
Protective cover 1MW3U B0329B 4
Protective cover 1MW4U B0329C
Protective cover 1MW5U B0329D
Protective cover 3/4MW3U B0329F
Protective cover 3/4MW4U B0329G
Protective cover 2/3MW4U B0329K
Protective cover 1/2MW2U B0329L
• Coupler 2
To mount two or more F-series cabinet in a stack
1
3

1 Rack flange 2
1 2 Side rail 2
3 5NPS25S7 + SW 2
4 4NPS6S7 + SW 4
Item Order No.

2 Rack mount kit 2U B0333A
Rack mount kit 3U B0333B
Rack mount kit 4U B0333C
No. Description Quantity Rack mount kit 5U B0333D
1 Coupler 4
2 Screw 8
Item Order No.

Coupler B0332

• F-series cabinet rack mount dimensions • Front handle
Protects the front section
448 ±1.5
426
Opening
6
481.6 ±1.5
10 R3
Holes
1
A
C
H
B
2.5
A
1 Front handle 2
465 ±1.5 451 2 Screw 4
Unit: mm
Cabinet height H A B C Item Order No.
2U 88 5.9 76.2 85.5 Front handle 2U B0331A
3U 132.5 37.7 57.1 130 Front handle 3U B0331B
4U 177 37.7 101.6 174.5 Front handle 4U B0331C
5U 221.5 37.7 146.1 219 Front handle 5U B0331D
• Cabinet angle support dimensions • Symbol and dimensions of F-series cabinet

Cabinet
2
Angle support
C
2.5
Height
430 ±1.5
+2
432 0
448 ±1.5 Wi
dth pth
De
Note: Merely attaching the equipment to the rack with rack mount kit does not
provide enough support. Use either angle supports or shelves to provide
the necessary support.
Height
Symbol Dimension (mm)
2U 88
3U 132.5
4U 177
5U 221.5
6U 266
Width
1MW 426
3/4MW 320
2/3MW 284
1/2MW 213 13
Depth
250D 251
350D 351
450D 451
Note: knobs, handles, and feet are not included in cabinet external dimensions.
ACCESSORIES FOR E-SERIES CABINETS
Anritsu's E-series cabinet was designed using basic dimensions that • Front handle kit
conform to EIA and IEC racking specifications, permitting compatible
equipment to be easily stacked up to form a system, or to be mount-
ed on the EIA/IEC standard rack. Featuring a balanced design, the
E-series cabinet accessories provide ease of mounting and use. The
E-series cabinet can be identified by the four silver metal sections be-
tween its top and side surfaces.
• Front/rear cover
1
Remove trim tape

1
2
3
Front cover cannot be used.

1 Front handle 2
2U to 3U∗1 4
2 Screw
1 4U to 6U 6
3 Trim tape 2
Protects front and back of cabinet. ∗1: Denotes height of cabinet
Due to projections, the rear cover may not be usable with some equip-
ment. Front handles and front cover cannot be used simultaneously.
Item Order No.
Front handle kit 2U B0036
1 Front/rear cover 1
Item Order No.
Front/rear cover 1MW2U B0018
Front/rear cover 1MW5U B0021 • Stacking foot
Front/rear cover 2/3MW2U B0023
1
These one-touch lock feet replace the standard molded feet for use
when stacking equipment of the same width and depth, and when
mounting the equipment on a portable test rack.

1 Stacking foot 4
2 Screw 8
Item Order No.

Stacking feet B0029
Note: By replacing the standard molded feet with stacking feet (B0029), the
1MW cabinet can be used with Anritsu's portable test racks MB23A and
MB24B.

• Rack flange kit • E-series cabinet rack mount dimensions
1.5
a b c b a
H
2.5
465 Holes
482
438
Remove Remove trim tape

screws
1 R3
2
The rack mount accessory is for use with equipment having 1MW cabi- 6
net width providing front handles.
10
No. Description Quantity 426 Detail of holes
1 Rack flange 2
2U to 3U 4 Cabinet height H (mm) a b c
2 Screw
4U to 6U 6 2U 88 5.9 – 76.2
3U 132.5 37.7 – 57.1
Item Order No. 4U 177 37.7 – 101.6
Rack flange kit 2U B0046 5U 221.5 37.7 – 146.1
Rack flange kit 3U B0047 6U 266 37.7 57.1 76.2
Rack flange kit 4U B0048 Note: This space provides room to attach a flange for supporting the equipment
Rack flange kit 5U B0049
Rack flange kit 6U B0050 • Symbol and dimensions of E-series cabinet
Note: • For 1MW cabinets
• When assembled, the panel width is suitable for 19-inch racks.
• For EIA/IEC standard rack
• Rack mount kit
Height
Wi
dth pth
De
Height
Remove trim tape 2U 88
1 3U 132.5
2
3 4U 177
5U 221.5
The rack mount accessory is for use with equipment having 1MW cabi-
net width. 6U 266
Note: Merely attaching the equipment to the rack with rack mount kit does not
provide enough support. Use either angle supports or shelves to provide Width
the necessary support.
1MW 426
1 Front handle 2
3/4MW 320
2 Rack flange 2
2/3MW 284
3 Screw
2U to 3U 4
1/2MW 213 13
4U to 6U 6
Depth
Item Order No.
Rack mount kit 2U B0041
250D 251
350D 351
450D 451
Note: knobs, handles, and feet are not included in cabinet external dimensions.
Note: • For 1MW cabinets
• When assembled, the panel width is suitable for 19-inch racks.
• For EIA/IEC standard rack
QUALITY, RELIABILITY ASSURANCE SYSTEM AND EFFORT FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
ISO9000/14000
IP Network, Wireless and Precision products contained in this cata-
logue are manufactured under a quality system and environment
management system in conformance to the ISO international stan-
dard.
Factory name Conformed standard Qualification number Qualified date Qualification organization
ISO9001 JQA-0316 Nov. 15, 1993
Atsugi factory
ISO14001 JQA-EM0210 Aug. 28, 1998
Japan Quality Assurance Organization (JQA)
ISO9002 JQA-0737 Dec. 28, 1994
Tohoku Anritsu
ISO14001 JQA-EM0560 Oct. 22, 1999
ISO9001 FS22679 May 24, 1999
England factory BSI Quality Assurance
ISO14001 EMS54120 Mar. 15, 2000
U.S.A factory ISO9001 6495 Apr. 17, 2001 The Seal of National Quality Assurance Limited
Quality and Reliability Assurance for Products

• Planning stage • After sold
Management resources are focused on measuring instruments re- In each service department, traceability assurance by calibrations
lated to growing fields such as mobile Internet, WDM and digital based on high-technical capabilities , as well as rapid repair and pre-
broadcasting, System solutions, precision measurement business ventive maintenance are performed.
and device businesses. New products are planned to provide solu-
tions whenever required by users. Parts standardization and improving activities for
• Design stage quality and reliability
To realize a design with high-safety and high-reliability, several levels For parts generally used in each measuring instrument, quality im-
of design assessments are performed. Power consumption is re- provement and standardization are actively promoted. All field data
duced from the viewpoint of environment considerations, starting are analyzed, arranged and completely made known to each de-
with evaluation of specifications, legal regulations and used parts. partment while required actions are taken for reliability improvement.
Evaluations are also implemented for improving the recycling ratio In addition, failure rate, MTBF observation and parts failure rate are
and so forth, and the design quality is improved. calculated based on this information.
Anritsu engages a design that targets customer satisfaction.
• Evaluation stage Traceability assurance
In addition to safety, reliability and environment considerations of test As defined in the International Vocabulary of Basic and General
models for the new product, functions and performance are verified Terms in Metrology (VIM; 1993), traceability is defined as "the prop-
by an operating environmental conditions test and operability, uncer- erty of the result of a measurement or the value of a standard where-
tainty, maintainability and flexibility of design are evaluated fully. After by it can be related to stated references, usually national or interna-
passing these tests, the products can be commercialized. tional standards, through an unbroken chain of comparisons all hav-
ing stated uncertainties." Anritsu's system to ensure traceability is
• Manufacturing and inspection stages shown below. Measurements made by Anritsu's laboratory's are
Based on our policy, “post-processing is the customer”, the product traceable to national, international, or intrinsic standards, where such
is manufactured by experienced employees according to the work standards are available.
standards. In the adjustment and inspection stage, automatic mea-
surement is promoted. An expert will be in charge of the adjustment
if high-skilled adjustment is required.
National Institute of
Advanced Industrial Communication National Institute of
Science and Research Standard and National Physical
Technology (AIST) Laboratory (CRL) Technology (NIST) Laboratory (NPL)
Japan Quality Japan Electric Telecom

Assurance Meters Inspection Engineering
Organization Corporation (JEMIC) Center (TELEC)
JCSS Accredited UKAS Accredited

Laboratory Laboratory
Anritsu Industrial Solutions North America European Measurement Division

Co., LTD. Quality Anritsu Customer Services Ltd. European Service
Calibration Center Measurement Group Manufacturing Operation Quality
Management Dept. Calibration Laboratory Control Section Center
Products Inspection Section Products Inspection Section/ Products Inspection

(Japan) Services Center (United States) Section (United Kingdom)
Anritsu Products

EMI20catalogue PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

EMI20catalogue PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EMI20catalogue PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CONTENTS

Outline of Anritsu Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Request for measuring instruments not appearing

Pulse Pattern Generators/Error Detectors

IP/Network Measuring Instruments

4 Mobile Communications Measuring Instruments ...........

5 Handheld Measuring Instruments

7 Network Analyzers ..........................................................................

9 RF Microwave Measuring Instruments ...................................

10 Analog Transmission Characteristics Measuring Instruments

Microwave/Millimeter Wave Components ..............................

See page 4 for sales network.

ANRITSU COMPANY, U.S.

2 For product ordering information, see pages 3 – 6

4 For product ordering information, see pages 5 – 12

6 For product ordering information, see pages 5 – 12

8 For product ordering information, see pages 3 – 6

X/V series Interface (for MD6420A) ....................................211

10 For product ordering information, see pages 3 – 6

12 For product ordering information, see pages 3 – 6

14 For product ordering information, see pages 3 – 6

16 For product ordering information, see pages 3 – 6

MD1230A Data Quality Analyzer/MD1231A IP Network Analyzer/MT7407A Multislot Chassis

The MD1230A Family achieves all this network monitor-

(For further information see page 144)

Network Performance Tester

The MP1590A is a measuring instrument capable of test-

(For further information see page 187)

For High Speed Testing of 802.11 WLAN Devices

The MT8860A WLAN Test Set from Anritsu is an inte-

(For further information see page 265)

Development and Testing of 3G Terminals

The Rapid Test Designer (RTD) is a revolutionary new

(For further information see page 302)

18 For product ordering information, see pages 3 – 6

Cell Master MT8212A is a comprehensive, one-box base

(For further information see page 306)

For Analyzing Cable and Antenna Problems

The Site Master Model S331D combines the functionality

(For further information see page 310)

For Analyzing Cable and Antenna Problems

The Site Master model S332D adds a 100 kHz to 3 GHz

(For further information see page 310)

Fast, Accurate, Repeatable, Portable Spectrum Analysis

The Spectrum Master Model, MS2711D, is an enhance-

(For further information see page 316)

20 For product ordering information, see pages 3 – 6

The IMT-2000 (2 GHz band) service for third-generation

(For further information see page 322)

For Highly Accurate and Stable Optoelectronic Measurements

The MN4765A is a characterized, unamplified photodi-

(For further information see page 386)

For Performing Precise Calibrations of Vector Network Analyzers

The 3656 W1 calibration and verification kit consists of

(For further information see page 404)

The Ideal Signal Generator

Your microwave signal generation requirements have

(For further information see page 427)

22 For product ordering information, see pages 3 – 6